WM
§ r M?l
IWI
£'0 , 7 5
\l 8-(
The Virginia Journal of Science
Volume 10 (New Series), 1959
EDITORIAL BOARD
Robert T. Brumfield, Farmville . . . Editor
Mary E. Humphreys, Staunton . Associate Editor
Charles F. Lane, Farmville . Managing Editor
Lee S. Harrow, Richmond . Advertising Manager
SECTION EDITORS
Carl W. Allen, Blacksburg . Agricultural Science
Irving G. Foster, Lexington . Astronomy, Mathematcis and Physics
P. Arne Hansen, College Park, Md . Bacteriology
Walter S. Flory, Jr., Boyce . Biology
Merle A. Kise, Norfolk Chemistry
fames P. Patton, Richmond . Education
Robert M. Hubbard, Charlottesville . Engineering
Bruce W. Nelson, Blacksburg . Geology
W. Parker Anslow, Jr., Charlottesville . Medical Science
Cyril R. Mill, Richmond . Psychology
Caroline Gambrill, Waynesboro . . . Science Teachers
C. Y. Kramer, Blacksburg . . . Statistics
Published by The Virginia Academy of Science
i
CONTENTS
No. 1, January, 1959
Edwin Morris Betts . 1
Errors Associated with Process Adjustments — J. Edward
Jackson, Richard A. Freund and William G. Howe . 3
Heliscus Tentaculus, n. sp. An Aquatic Hyphomycete —
Clyde J. Umphlett . 27
Skin and Hair Follicle Development in Dairy Goats —
Lubow A. Margolena . 33
News and Notes . 48
No. 2, April, 1959
Characters Differentiating Common Morning-Glories
Occurring in Virginia — Robert J. Knight, III . 63
A Study of the Chlorophyta of the James River Basin,
Virginia — Bernard Woodson, Jr . 70
News and Notes . 83
Program of the Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting of the
Virginia Academy of Science . . . 101
No. 3, July, 1959
Ginkgo Bihloha L: Historical Summary and Bibliography —
Alicelia Hoskins Franklin . 131
A Preliminary Report on an Occurrence of Campostoma
Anomalum (Rafinesque) in the Yadkin River
Drainage System — B. J. Abbott . 177
The Tube Precipitation Technique as applied to the
Study of Serological Relationships among
Crayfishes — Rose Mary Johnson . 181
The In Vitro Effects of X-Radiation on Human White Blood Cells —
Samuel P. Maroney, Jr . . . 186
News and Notes . 193
ii
bo^, 7'i
\I%I
'y), S/
lO
IC^K\c;
' No. 4, September, 1959
Proceedings for the Year 1958-59
Minutes of the Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting,
May 6, 7, 8, 9, 1959
Detailed Table of Contents . 212
SUBJECT INDEX
Adiantum . . 133
Amoenitatum exoticarum . 137
Astacidae . 181
Awards
Academy’s Distinguished Service . 217
Bacteriology Section in Microbiology . 231
J. Shelton Horsley . 217
George Washington Engineering . 231
Baiera . 132
Bequest, Form of . 351
Blood Cells, Effects of X-Radiation on, . . . . . 186
Brontosaurus . 131
Cambarus . 181-184
C. hartonii bartonii . 181
C. bartonii robustus . 181, 182
C. bartonii sciotensis . 181
C. longulus longulus . . 181
C. longulus longirostris . 181
C. montanus acuminatus . 181, 183
Campostoma anomalum . 177, 178, 180
C. a. anomalum . . 177
m
C. a. kanawhanum . 177
C. a. roanokense . 177, 180
C. a. virginianum . 177
Calystegia . 63, 65
C. tomentosa . 65, 67
Carya cathayensis . 135
Cephalotaxus . 139
Cherax . 181
Chlorophyta . 70
James River, species of . 78
Committees . 209
Local Arrangements . 211
President’s Advisory . 209
Committee Reports
Education . 364
Flora . 234
Journal . 224
Jxmior Academy . 225
Long Range Planning . 224
Place of Meeting for 1961 . 234
Research . 224
Resolutions . 235
Scholarship . 234
Science Talent Search . 231
Contributors, Notice to . Inside Back Cover
Convolvulaceae . 63
Convolvulus . 63, 65
C. arvensis . 65, 67
iv
C. sepium . 63, 65, 67
C. spithamaeus . 63, 65, 67
C. Purshianus . 63, 65, 67
Crayfishes, Serological Relationships among . 181
Serological comparisons among . 183
Council, Membership of . 209
Diplodocus . 131
Errors Associated with Process Adjustments . 3
Euastacus . 181
Fagus grandifolia . 27, 31
Financial Statement, Journal . 223
Follicle, Development in Goats . 33
Ginkgo hiloha . 131-140
Bibliography on, . 140-176
var. fastigata . 139
var. macrophylea laciniata . 139
variegata . . : . 139
Ginkgoaceae . 139
Ginkgoales . . 139
Heliscus tentacidus . 27, 29, 31
H. aquaticus . 30
H. longibrachiatus . 30, 31
H. stellatus . 30, 31
Ipomoea . 65, 67
I. hederacea . 65, 68
1. lacunosa . 66, 68
I. pandurata . 65, 66
1. purpurea . 65, 68
James River Basin, Chlorophyta of the . 70
V
Mantissa plant arum . 138
Membership
Applieation for . 351
List of . 321
Memorial
Edwin Morris Betts . 1
Metasequoia . 134
Minutes
Academy . 216
Conference . 216
Council . 83, 193, 214, 217
Section . 236
Morning Glories . 63
Key to Virginia Species of . 66
News and Notes . 48, 83, 196
Nothotaxus . 135
Officers, 1958-1959 . 102
1959-1960 . 20£
Orconectes . 181, 182, 184
O. immunis . 181
O. juvenalis . 182
O. nais . 181
O. propinquis . 181
Pacifastacus . 181, 182, 184
P. trowhridgii . 182
Parastacidae . 181
Platanus occidentalis . 27, 31
President’s Message . 46
vi
Procambarus . 181, 182, 184
P. blandingii acutus . 181
P. clarkii . 181
Proceedings (1958-1959) . 20£
Contents . . 212
Program — 37th Annual Meeting . 101
37th Junior Academy of Science Annual Meeting . 105
Pseudolarix . 135
Psychological Research in Virginia . 91
Quamoclit pennata . . 65
. coccinea . 65, 67
Research Committee Notice . 49
Salisburia adiantifolia . 138
Secretary-Treasurer, Report of . 220
Section News . . 49, 86, 195
Sections
Agriculture . . . 49, 86, 195, 236
Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics . 198, 244
Bacteriology . 51, 199, 254
Biology . . . 51, 199, 256
Chemistry . 53, 87, 201, 265
Education . 274
Engineering . 55, 87, 203, 277
Geology . . . 58, 89, 289
Medical Sciences . 298
Psychology . . . . . 89, 203, 305
Science Teachers . 314
Statistics . . . 61, 97, 207, 316
Sequoia . 133
Tabulation of Registration . 222
Taxus . 139
Teacher Scholarships . 231
Torreya . 139
Torreya grandis . 135
X-Radiation, Effects on Blood Cells . 186
AUTHOR INDEX
Abbott, B. J . 177
Franklin, Aliceha Hoskins . 131
Freund, Richard A . 3
Howe, William G . 3
Jackson, J. Edward . 3
Johnson, Rose Mary . 181
Knight, Robert J., Ill . 63
Margolena, Lubow A . 33
Maroney, Samuel P., Jr. . 186
Umphlett, Clyde J . 27
Woodson, Bernard, Jr . 70
Till
S’ or, 13
, V5j
Vol. 10, New Series
January, 1959
No. 1
No. 1
VoL. 10, New Series January, 1959
THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science
Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS
Pages
Edwin Morris Betts . 1
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments —
J. Edward Jackson, Richard A. Freund and
William G. Howe . 3
Heliscus Tentaculus, n. sp. An Aquatic Hyphomycete —
Clyde J. Umphlett . 27
Skin and Hair Follicle Development in Dairy Goats —
Lubow a. Margolena . 33
News and Notes . 48
EDITORIAL BOARD
Robert T. Brumfield, Editor
Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor
Charles F. Lane, Managing Editor
Lee S. Harrow, Advertising Manager
Section Editors
Carl W. Allen
Walter S. Flory, Jr.
Robert M. Hubbard
Cyril R. Mill
Irving G. Foster
Merle A. Kise
Bruce W. Nelson
Caroline Gambrill
P. Arne Hansen
James P. Patton
W. Parker Anslow, Jr.
C. Y. Kramer
Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Farmville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 per volume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July,
and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Farmville, Va.
Mailed March 3, 1959
THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
VoL. 10, New Series January, 1959 No. 1
EDWIN MORRIS BETTS
1892-1958
Edwin Morris Betts, Professor of Biology at the University of Virginia,
died September 27, 1958 in Charlottesville at the age of 65 years. He was
born November 2, 1892 in Raleigh, N. C., son of William C. Betts and
Mary Williams Betts. He was graduated from Oxford High School at Ox¬
ford, N. C., from the Durham Conservatory of Music and received the
Ph.B. degree from Elon College in 1919, the M. S. and Ph.D. degrees
from the University of Virginia in 1924 and 1927, respectively. During
the summer of 1924 he studied at the Marine Biological Laboratory at
Wood’s Hole, Mass.
Upon graduation from Elon College he became chairman of the Depart¬
ment of Music there but his interest in plants led him to resign this posi¬
tion to attend the University of Virginia. In 1927, he became Assistant
Professor of Biology at the University of Virginia; in 1946, Associate Pro¬
fessor; and in 19o0, Professor.
While Mr. Betts’ interests were broad, he derived more genuine pleas¬
ure in the classroom than in any of his many endeavors. He was an excell¬
ent teacher and although an exacting one, his students always knew pre¬
cisely what was expected of them. His personality and the interest that
he demonstrated in each student won for him an enviable measure of re¬
spect and admiration.
During the early years of Mr. Betts’ teaching his research interests were
mainly directed toward the ascomycetes and somewhat later toward meg-
asporogenesis and megagametogenesis in the angiosperms. His broadening
interests in the flowering plants led him into a study of the ornamental
plants in the vicinity of Charlottesville, and subsequently to the history
of the introduction of many of them. Since Thomas Jefferson was respon¬
sible for many of these introductions and so many references to plants
were included in his various journals, it was a natural sequence that Mr.
Betts’ interest in Mr. Jefferson’s garden and farm should follow. With Mrs,
W. Allan Perkins he published “J^ff^^^son’s Flower Garden” in 1941, and
three years later The American Philosophical Society sponsored publica¬
tion of his “Jefferson’s Garden Book” which was rated one of ten best
non-fiction books of 1944. In recognition of the scholarlv nature of this
2 The Virginia Journal of Science | Janiiarv
book Mr. Betts was awarded the first Phi Beta Kappa Prize by the Uni¬
versity of Virginia Chapter and was made an honorary member of the
Society. A Guggenheim Foundation grant enabled Mr. Betts to take time
from his teaching to edit “Jefferson’s Farm Book” which was also pub¬
lished by the American Philosophical Society in 1953. At the time of his
death he was editing a volume including Jefferson’s letters to his daugh¬
ters and their children.
Mr. Betts’ familiarity with Jeffersonian documents and his intimate know¬
ledge of plants assured his position on the Restoration Committee for
Monticello, and his assistance was invaluable in restoring the gardens at
the University. He had accumulated an unusually fine collection of old
prints and photographs of the University and Monticello, and had plann¬
ed to publish the best of them along with annotated notes in book form.
For five years Mr. Betts spent the summers on Nantucket where he
was director of the Natural Science Department of the Nantucket Maria
Mitchell Association.
With all of his activities, he maintained an active interest in music. An
accomplished musician in his own right, he was at various times organist
at Christ’s and St. Paul’s Episcopal Churches, the First Methodist and
Westminster Presbyterian Churches.
He was a member of Phi Beta Kappa, Sigma Xi, The Raven Society,
Virginia Academy of Science, and the Botanical Society of America, and
at one time was Secretary of the General Section of the latter.
Mr. Betts was a scholar and a gentleman, and will long be remembered
by his devoted students, his colleagues and friends. He is survived by
his widow, the former Miss Mary Hall Stryker; a son, Edwin M. Betts,
Jr.; a daughter, Mrs. Hunter C. Lang; and two grandchildren.
— Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. and B. F. D. Runk
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments
3
ERRORS ASSOCIATED WITH PROCESS
ADJUSTMENTS
J. Edward Jackson, Virginia Polytechnic Institute"^
Richard A. Freund and William G. Howe, Eastman Kodak Company
Introduction
In the last decade, many industrial personnel have paid an increasing
degree of attention to the probability of making Type I errors (the
probability a of rejecting satisfactory material) and Type II errors (the
probability p of accepting material which deviates too greatly from some
standard level). These people have often found that a knowledge of
these two risks is not enough when a choice must be made between
two or more alternate methods of control. They also need to know the
probability of making a correct process adjustment in order to maintain
precise control. To be more specific, once it has been decided that a
process is not operating at its standard level, they wish to know the
probabilities involved in making adjustments to return it to standard. In
general they estimate the actual process level and then use some func¬
tion of the difference between this estimate and the standard value to
guide their adjustment. This may result in improvements to the process
if the adjustment is made in the right direction and in the right amount.
On the other hand, if the correction is in the wrong direction or is
much too large, the process will be in a poorer state of control than
before. In many cases the state of the process would be improved if,
within certain bounds (e.g. a zone of stability), it were unadjusted
rather than be in an unstable condition due to repeated adjustments.
The purpose of this paper is to associate a probability, y, with each
of the errors of adjustment. Since no adjustments will be made unless
the process goes out of control, this amounts to the decomposition of
the power curve (1 — p) into the following four components:
yi — the probability of making an undercorrection
y2 — the probability of making a helpful overcorrection
y3 — the probabihty of making a harmful overcorrection
y4 — the probability of making an adjustment in the wrong direction.
^Sponsored in part by the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy :
Contract Number: NONR-2352(01). Task Order NR 042-019 with the Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute. Reproduction in whole or in part is permitted for any purpose of the
United States Government,
4
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
If p denotes the probability of failing to detect trouble for a given process
level, then yi + 72 + 73 74 “ ^ probabilities associated
with adjustments to correct the trouble. 71 and 72 represent the prob¬
abilities of improvements to the process while 73 and 74 represent the
probabilities of the process being made worse. Unless the control limits
are extremely tight, as would occur when one is willing to increase the
a risk to reduce the fi risk, the latter two errors will be small.
The Gamma Risks
To state the problem in its simplest terms, let us assume that a
process is being monitored by means of a eontrol chart for averages.
Whenever the product is sampled and the average of this sample is
outside the control limits, an adjustment is made equal to the differenee
between the sample average and the standard value. A correet adjust¬
ment will be made only when the estimate (the sample average) and
the true (aetual) process level are identical; a situation with a probabihty
of zero. As stated above, if an adjustment is to be made, one of the
four following situations must oecur:
1) If the adjustment is smaller than necessary, the adjusted process
will still be biased on the same side of the standard as before adjust¬
ment, but the bias will be smaller. This will happen when the sample
average is outside of the control limits but still lies between the actual
process level and the standard so that an adjustment of less than k cr -
is made when the proeess is actually kcr_from standard. The probability
of this undercorrection is:
Xj = P 1 M < X < L J M < L J + P 1 < X < M I ^< > LJ
= 0 otherwise
2) If the adjustment is slightly larger than necessary, the adjusted
process will then be biased in the opposite direction, but the absolute
bias will be smaller and the process will be improved. This will hap¬
pen when the sample average is outside of the control limits and lies
between ku- and 2 k (7^ from standard although the true process level
^The following symbols are in standard units (deviations from standard divided
by a) :
X— Sample mean
IJi=: True process level
L 2= Lower control limit
L2= Upper control limit
1959] Errors Associated With Process Adjustments 5
is exactly k cr - from standard. The probability of this overcorrection is:
y. = P 1 < X < min (L n) 1 [Jt < I + P 1 max {L , fi) <X < 2fi \ |
2 2
“0 otherwise
3) If the adjustment is enough larger than neeessary, the adjusted
process will be more biased, though in the opposite direetion, than it
was before adjustment and will be in poorer control. This will happen
when the sample average is outside of the control limits and lies more
than 2ko- ^ from standard while the actual process level is only ka ^ from
standard. The probability of this overeorrection is:
Xa = P 1 X < min (L^, 2fi) | < 0 } + P { X > max 2fi) | /Lt > 0 |
4) If the adjustment is in the wrong direction, the adjusted process
will be more biased than the original one though in the same direction.
This will happen when the sample average is outside of the control limits
on the opposite side of standard from the true process level. The prob¬
ability of this erroneous adjustment is;
y4=Pl X<LJ jz>0 l + Pl X>LJ |a<0 1
Figure 1 illustrates how, for this particular set of rules for adjust¬
ment, the various gamma risks change as the true process level shifts
away from standard. This same information is shown graphically in
Figure 2. The three graphs represent control limits of ± , ± 2a-
and ± 3c7^ respectively. The calculations associated with this example
are shown in Part A of the appendix. When the process level coincides
with the standard, == y2 = 0 and yg = y^ = -|a. ( yg and are ac¬
tually undefined for the standard level but each approaches «/2 in
the limit as ^ approaches zero.) yg and y4 decrease as wider limits are
used. It is interesting to note that whereas the ^ risk is reduced by
shifting from a 3a- chart to a la- chart (at the price of increasing
the a risk), a process whose true level is a^/2 from standard will be
rejected more often. All of these rejections will result in harmful ad¬
justments (yg and y4 risks) to the process, and thus are apt to magnify
the control problem.
It is believed that the basic concepts implict in the study of these
gamma risks will apply to a large number of problems. For example.
6
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
Figure 1. Illustration of y values for 2a control charts when X falls
outside the upper control hmit.
in control chart analysis, a study of the gamma values might help decide
the most appropriate k for ka limits; whether a nm of one, two or
more points, or their average must exceed control limits before correc¬
tive action is taken; or whether the corrective action should be the full
difference between the sample estimate and standard or some fraction
thereof. A number of ground rules for adjusting processes are in use
today and a study of their «, and y risks should prove quite enlight¬
ening. Some examples of a few of the procedures encountered in indus¬
try are included in the following section.
Figure 2. Probability curves for case 1.
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments
7
PROBABILITY
T
\
CONTROL LIMITS t Itr- CONTROL LIMITS +2o-- CONTROL LIMITS
8
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
Examples
The various process control procedures that will be discussed in this
section are included primarily to illustrate this y-concept rather than to
pass on the merits of these procedures as such. As stated above, there
are a large number of problems to which this technique may be applied.
In addition to those already mentioned there are such things as the
effect of process variability between the time the sample is taken and
an adjustment is made, the effect of heterogeneity of variance, condi¬
tional process adjustments (i.e. on the basis of prior adjustments), run
theory, etc. Although the computations required for some of these situa¬
tions are complicated, they can be handled with the aid of high-speed
computers coupled if necessary with the use of the Monte Carlo tech¬
nique. Some of the simpler examples are given below:
Case 1
The most frequently encountered adjustment procedure is that of cor¬
recting by the full amount of the difference between standard and the
sample average when the average exceeds the control limits. This case
has been discussed above and the probability curves for 1, 2 and 3 a-
limits are shown in Figure 2. It is often desirable to substitute the
actual value of a- for a particular process on the scale for the abscissa
since the curves can then be interpreted in terms of the original units,
an important feature as far as the experimenter or control man is con¬
cerned. In certain cases it is helpful to separate into its components,
such as process and measurement variance, and use a scale related to
one of these components.
Case 2
One method of reducing the risks of harmful adjustments, while still
taking advantage of the benefits of decreased ^ risks, is to make adjust¬
ments whieh are only a fraetion of the differenee between the sample
mean and the standard value. The ground rules for this case call for
adjustments of one-half the difference between the sample average and
standard when averages plot between the control limit and twice the
control limit, and for full corrections when an average exceeds twice the
control limit. The probability curves for this system are shown in Fig¬
ure 3. The a, /? and risks are unchanged from Case 1. A com¬
parison of the respective la- , 2a- and 3a^ control charts of Figures 2
and 3 will show that ys, the risk of harmful over-adjustment, is reduced
appreciably in the region between one-fourth the distance from the mean
Figure 3. Probability curves for case
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments
9
PROBABILITY
■p
CONTROL LIMITS + lo-^ CONTROL LIMITS ±2cr- CONTROL LIMITS ± So--
10
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
to the control limit and the control limit itself, (e.g. for 2a- limits,
this region would go from jcr- to 2a^ ) . This reduction in is accom¬
panied by a corresponding increase in y2* 72 tu^^ is reduced in the
interval between one-half the distance from the mean to the control limit
and twice the control limit (e.g. for 2a^ hmits, this region would go
from a- to 4c7^ ) with a corresponding increase in yj. This is often
advantageous in the sense that the process ceases to oscillate as much
about the standard, but instead gradually approaches the desired level.
The calculations are given in part B of the appendix.
Both cases 1 and 2 are designed for use in those situations in which
an assumption of control is reasonable; that is, the process can be
expected to run at the standard level subject only to those sources and
amounts of variability which are included in the inherent variability
term. Whenever the relatively rare event of an assignable cause occurs,
the process will be stopped and the assignable cause removed, but as
long as the sample averages are inside of the control limits, it is assumed
that no assignable causes have entered the system. As processes become
more complex, however, it often happens that at least one of a number
of possible assignable causes is always present. In effect, the process
is never truly in control. For situations like this, it may be desirable
to use the system of adjustments described in Case 3.
Case 3
The adjustment procedures for this case call for corrections of one-
third the difference between the sample average and standard for aver¬
ages lying between Icr^ and 2a^ ; two-thirds correction for averages lying
between 2cr^ and 3(7^^ ; and full corrections for averages outside 3a- .
The probability curves for this system are shown in Figure 4. The power
curve 1—^ is the same as for a standard la^ control chart. Despite
the unusual appearance of these curves, a comparison of this illustration
with Figures 2 and 3 will show that this system combines the curves
for the lu-, 2a- and 3(7^^ charts and produces even greater reductions
in the risk of overadjustment. The yi risk of underadjustment will
be further increased while the low ^ risk of the Icr^ limit situation is
maintained. The calculations are given in part C ot the appendix.
Case 4
This final example is a two-sample situation as contrasted to the single
samples involved in cases 1 through 3. For example, in the chemical
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments
11
Figure 4. Probability curves tor case 3.
laboratory it is of tea found that the total variance includes a large com¬
ponent of analytical variability in addition to the product variability for
which the test is being run. Therefore, when an individual analysis is
out of control, the problem arises as to whether it is the constituent
level or the analysis which is in error, as well as how large an adjust¬
ment is to be made. Naturally, the ratio of , the analytical vari¬
ance, to cTp , the product variance, varies considerably among the many
chemicals to be analyzed. The adjustment procedure to be discussed
in this example is as follows;
Analyze the sample.
A. If the result is in control, assume the process to be in control
with respect to this constituent.
B. If the result is out of control, reanalyze and plot the average of
the two analyses.
1. If the average is in control, assume the process to be in con¬
trol with respect to this constituent.
2. If the average is out of control, adjust the level of the con¬
stituent by an amount equal to the difference between the
sample average and the standard.
12
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
The control limits for the first analysis should be a multiple of
+ (7^ while those for the average should be a multiple of
y^p + cr^/2 . To make the technique as simple as possible, a satis¬
factory single Emit, k y^p + <7^ , was used for both charts by com¬
promising on the risks involved (i.e., a and /? differ for the first sam¬
ple and the average of the two samples). The risks which have to
be considered are described below. An asterisk after a symbol indicates
that the risk is a function of both the first and second analyses.
a — probability of a reanalysis when the chemical concentration is
at its standard level.
*
^2
Ts
*
■)'4
— probability of a process adjustment when the concentration is
at its standard level.
— probability of failing to call for a reanalysis when the concentra¬
tion is actually k-sigma from standard.
— probability of failing to make an adjustment when the concentra¬
tion is k-sigma from standard.
— probability of making an underadjustment in which the concen¬
tration will still be on the same side of the standard as it was
before the correction was applied, although the situation is im¬
proved.
— probability of making an overadjustment in which the concentra¬
tion will now be on the other side of the standard but not as
far from standard as it was before.
~ probabiEty of making an overadjustment to the extent that the
concentration is now farther from standard in the opposite direc¬
tion than before the change was made.
— probability of making an adjustment in the wrong direction so
that the concentration is now farther from standard on the same
side than before the correction was made.
These individual terms can be reduced to the four basic probabilities.
1 — ^ = continuing to process without making a second analysis ,
2 — yg* — ^ == reanalyzing but not making a process adjustment ,
3 — y* + 72“ making a process adjustment which improves the
process ,
4 — y* + y* — making a process adjustment which harms the process.
Figure 5. Probability curves for case 4.
Control limits = ±: 3.0\/(7^ + (Jj
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments
13
K3
PROBABILITY
Control limits = zb 15
[January
14
The Virginia Journal of Science
PROBABILITY
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adtustments
15
Figure 5 shows the values of the various risks of error for three com¬
binations of (cTp + crp using control limits of db 3 Th®
three combinations are: 1) lOo^ = Up ; 2) 3) (1/10)
cr^ ^ (jp . Figure 6 shows these same risks using 1.5 Jo-'^ + con-
tool limits. The scales for Figures 5 and 6 are given in terms of both
and Up . The latter will be of most interest to the chemist.
The calculations are given in part D of the appendix.
Reference
Pearson, Karl. “Tables for Statisticians and Biometricians , Parts I and 11”,
Cambridge University Press, London (1930 and 1931),
16
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
A. Formulas for case 1:
Let
Appendix -
std = center line on control chart
j _ lower control limit — std
upper control limit — std
JLo — - — — - -
population mean — std
X = sample mean in standard unit
f(x) = normal distribution function
= 1
_lx2
■/
so that / f(x)dx
can be obtained in any table of normal deviates.
OC
a = P 1 X < Lj I ft = 0 f + P 1 X > I u = 0 \ - j f (x) dx + / f (x) dx
L,
^ ^ ^ i ^ I i ^ > L2 I I = 1 - f f (x) dx f f (x) dx
L2-P
The limits of integration for yj, y2> and yg, which vary with n, are
shown in Table 1.
= P 1 /I < X < LJ ^ < L J + P 1 L2 < X < /I I ^ I
= 0 otherwise
= P \ 2p < X< min(L^ ,ft) | ft < Lj/2 I + P | max(L2 ,fi) < X < 2ft | ft > L2/2 I
= 0 otherwise
*Only in^ualities are shown in most of these probability statements because the
control situations result in discontinuous functions. The probability of these equalities is
zero.
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments
17
I P 1 X < min(Lj, 2fi) | (i < 0 \ -f P 1 X > max (L^ , 2fi) | // > 0 (
j = P I X < LJ /z > 0 i + P j X >LJ < 0 i
j!
oo
= J Hx)dx ficO
^1-fI
= / f (x) dx fi > 0 .
— oo
B. Formulas for case 2:
! Lj, L2, /X, X and f(x) are defined the same as in case 1. a, (S
and y4 are determined in the same way as in case 1. The limits
1 of integration for the remaining y — risks are shown in Table I.
Xj == P I min(2Lj,/a) <X<Lj|/a<Lji + Pl2/i<X<Lj|Lj</i< Lj/ 2 |
+ PIL^<1<2ii\ h^/2<^<L^ ! + PI L2<X<max(2L2,(i m<M !
= 0 otherwise
y2 = P 1 2/i < X < min(2Lj,i[x) | /r < f + P 1 2Lj < X < 2/i | < ft < L^/2 I
+ Pi 4ft<X<Lj 1 Ly2</i<Lj/4 I + Pi L2 <X<4ft I L2/4<ft<L2/2 I
+ P 1 2/i < X < 2L2 I L2/ 2 < ft < L2 I + P 1 max ( 2L2 , /x) < X < 2ft | L2 < fi I
= 0 otherwise
Xj = P I X < min (2Lj,2/i) | ft <Lj/2 f + P 1 X <min (Lj,4ft) | Lj/2 < ft < 0 |
+ P 1 X > max (L^, 4ft) | 0 < ft < L2/2 j + P 1 X > max (2L2,2ft) [ L2/2 <ft } .
18
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
C. Formuas for case 3;
Li, L2, fXy X, f(x), a , fi , and are the same as in cases 1 and
2. The limits of integration for the remaining y — risks are shown
in Table 1. For the example given in case 3, L| = —a and
Lj = + CT.
Xj = P 1 min(3Lj,,i) < X < L J n < 2L J + P S 3/X/2 < X < Lj [ 2Lj < ^ < 4L/3 I
+ P i min(3f<,2L,) < X < Lj [ 4Lj/3 < n < L^/S i
+ P t Lj < X < min(3(i, 2L2) 1 Lj/S < /i < 4Lj/3 !
+ P 1 < X < 3,i/2 1 4L2/3 < M < 2L2 ! + P ! Lj < X < maxOLj,//) j 2^ < /x I
= 0 otherwise
y2 = Pl2fx<X</i I ft< 3Lj i + P 1 2^ < X < max{3f(/2,3Lj) [ 3Lj < /r < 3Lj/2 f
+ P I 3Lj < X < 3^!/2 1 3L,/2 < ft < 4L,/3 i
+ P i max(3^ ?3Lj) < X < 2Lj 1 4L^/3 < ^ < 2Lj/3 i
+ P t 2L^ < X < 3f( 1 2L,/3 < (X < Lj/3 i + P t 6jx < X < Lj [ L,/3 < ii <L^/6 1
+ P t < X < 6fi I L^/6 < /X < L^/S 1 + P t 3m < X < 2L2 1 L^/S < fx < 2^/3 I
+ P 1 2L2 < X < min(3M,3L2) | 2^/3 <n< 4^/3 !
+ P t 3m/2 < X < 1 4L2/3 < /X < 3L2/2 1
+ P lmin(3M/2,3L2) < X < 2m 1 3L2/2 < m < SL^ i + P 1 m < X < 2m | SL^ < m !
= 0 otherwise
=s P 1 X < min (3Lj, 2/z) | /z < I + P 1 X < min(2Lj, 3/li) | < /z < Lj/3 I
+ P 1 X < min (Lj,6/li) | Lj/3</!z<0| +P1X> max(L2,6/Lt) | 0 < /z < ^
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments
19
+ P 1 X > max(2L2,3/i) | L^/S < /x < f + P 1 X > max (SL^, 2/x) | \ .
D. P'ormiilas for case 4;
Let: = analytical variability
<7p = process variability
^T “ — total variability since analytical and
process variabilities are independent
p— J{a^ + (Tp ) = correlation between first and
^ second analysis
q = 0-2 /a “ == ratio of process to analytical variability
V =: population mean
ai = result of first analysis
a2 = result of second analysis
a = ( aj + a2 ) /2
Xi = result of first analysis in standard units
Rj — std
=
_ aT — std.
X = a in standard units, i.e.: / 2 2
^ = population mean in standard units
Li = lower control limit in standard imits
L2 — upper control limit in standard units
f(x)=: normal deviates as used in cases 1, 2, and 3.
g(a) ,a) =
I
i'? -2(.
- v) (a - u)
2(a -
+2(t2
e
(7 2 +a2
20
The Virginia Journal of Science [January
= joint distribution of the first analysis and the average of
both analyses.
To simplify the computations, let:
y =
so that the resultant distribution is:
- ^
^ 2ryi-a,^' e ^
1
y^-26Xyz +z^
_
which is tabulated in Karl Pearson’s ‘"Tables for Statisticians and
Biometricians.”
Type 1 Errors
n = probability of an imnecessarv analysis: same as in cases 1, 2
and 3.
rt* = probability of an unnecessary process adjustment:
= P 1 < L,, X < L J /X = 0 I + P 1 < Lj, X > I /i = 0 I
-I- P 1 > L2, X<Lj 1 /x = 0|+Pl Xj> L2, X > L2 I /X = 0 I
L,
J j g(y,z)dzdy + / / g(y,z)dzdy
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments
21
oo _ 1 oo oo
/ f g(y,z)dzdy + / / g(y,z)dzdy
CO
Type 11 Errors
^ = probability of not reanalyzing: same as cases 1, 2, and 3.
= probability of not adjusting process:
= P 1 Lj < < LJ /I 1 + P 1 < X < I /z I
+ P 1 Xj > L2, Lj <X< L^ \
^2-1^ L,-m
-/ / g(y,z)dzdy +
CO
Lj-/x
(O
f /
g(y,z)dzdy
(O
Errors of Adjustment
y* = Probability of making an under-adjustment on the same side of
the standard
= P 1 X^ < Lp jLt<X<L^l/z<Lj|-t-PlXj > L2, /z < X < Lj I /z < \
-I- P { Xj < Lj, L2 < X < fz 1 /z > L2 1 + P 1 X^ > L2, L2 < X < /z I /z > L2 I
= 0 otherwise
= y g(y,z)dzdy / f ^ g(y, z)dzdy /z <
u-/
22
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
X2
^ 0
I f
g(y,z)ciz(iy
00 0
/ /
g(y,z)dzdy M ^
(D Cl>
* = probability of making an underadjustment on the opposite side
of the standard
= P i Xj < Lj, 2m < X < min (Lj,g) I g < Lj/2 S
+ P I Xj > Lj, 2m < X < mii(Lj,M) 1 M < Li/2 1
+ P I Xj <Lj, max(L2,M) <X<2m | M > ^2/2!
+ P 1 Xj > Lj, maxlLjjM < X < 2m I M > L2/2 j
= 0 otherwise
=/ /
g(y, z)dzdy
^ f
r g(y,z)d-zdy
M < Lj
-00 fl
To
J
Lj-m
J
y-
CO
Li-M Lj-m
=/ /■"
g(y, z)dzdy
00
• /
T" g(y,z)dzdy
J
L^ < M < L/2
—00 ^
TJ-
Lj-m
y
lo
L^-m M
= / f
g(y,z)dzdy
CO
* /
y
/ g(y,z)dzdy
Lj/2 < M < Lj
L,-m
CO
J
Lj-m
J
Lj-m
CO
Li“^ fi
=/ r
g(y, z)dzdy
00
* /
y
1 g(y,z)dzdy
Lj < M
—00 0
Lj-m
J
0
1959]
Errors Associated With Process Adjustments
23
/g* = Probability of making an overadjustment
= P 1 < Lj, X < min(Ljy
2fJL) 1 /X < 0 1
+ P 1 Xj^ > X < min(Lj^,
2fx) 1 /X < 0 !
+ P \ X^ < Lj, X >max(L2,
2/x) 1 M > 0 !
+ P 1 Xj > L2, X >max(L2,
2m) 1 M > 0 i
00
= f f ^ g(y,z)dzcly
• /
/"
g(y,z)dzdy
fJ- < Lj/2
•/ %/
—00 —00
Lj-m
— 00
Lj-M Lj-/x
00
Lx-
= r r " g(y,z)dzdy
* /
f ^
g(y,z)dzdy
Lj/2<^<0
J J
—00 —00
Lj-m
— 00
Lj-fi
/> ^
00
00
= / g(y,z)dzdy
J J
* /
/
g(y,z)dzdy
0 < ja < L2/2
L^-fx
~or
l^-m
“S5“
00
00
= / / g(y,z)dzdy
* /
/
g(y,z)dzdy
/X > L2/2
%J %/
-00 jJi
Lj-m
Ct)
- Probability of making an adjustment in the wrong direction
= P i Xj < Lj, X > LJ p < 0 ! + P I Xj > Lj, X > m fx < 0 !
= P ! Xj < Lj, X < L, I ,x > 0 1 + P 1 Xj > Lj, X < L, I /X > 0 !
24
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
oo oo
/ / g(y,z)dzdy + / /
I..-/
-I f
0)
g(y,z)dzdy +
-OO — OO
,z)dzdy
CO
r r—
J J ^ g(y,z)dzdy
g < 0
// > 0
# These risks do not exist for these values of [i.
26
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
Case 3
Lower
Bound
Upper
Bound
yi
Lower
Limit
Upper
Limit
^2
Lower
Limit
Upper
Limit
Lower
Limit
^3
Upper
Limit
— oo
3L,
Lj-^i
0
0
ft
P
~oo
3L,
2L,
3L,-ft
3Lj— /i
ft
P
“OO
3L^/2
Lj-(i
p/2
ft/2
ft
P
■—00
3L/2
4Lj/3
Lj-n
p/2
ft/ 2
34-/1
3Lj
-P
■—00
4L/3
L^-p
2Lj-ft
2Li-ft
3Lj-/i
3Lj
“P
“OO
2Lj/3
Lj-fx
2Lj-/t
2Lj-ft
2ft
^2p
“OO
2L/3
L,/3
Lj-m
2ft
2ft
24-ft
2Li
“P
— OO
Lj/3
L,/6
#
#
Lj-ft
5ft
5p
“OO
L/6
0
#
#
#
#
P
“OO
0
L/6
#
#
#
#
DO
L^-ft
L,/6
L^/S
#
#
5/1
L^-ft
00
5ft
L^/S
2L2/3
2jx
4-ft
24-ft
2ft
DO
24-
2^/3
2Lj— ft
Lj-ft
2ft
24-/2
DO
2ft
L,
4L2/3
24-/1
Lj-ft
34-/2
24-/2
DO
34-1
4^/3
3L2/,2
ft/ 2
4-/X
34-/X
ft/ 2
DO
34-1
3L,/2
2L,
ft/2
Lj-ft
ft
fi/2
DO
ft
2L,
3L2
SLj-ft
Lj-ft
ft
DO
ft
3L
00
0
Lj-ft
ft
0
DO
ft
# These risks do not exist for these values of
1959] Heliscus tentaculus 27
HELISCUS TENTACULUS, n. sp., AN AQUATIC
HYPHOMYCETE’
Clyde J. UmphletC
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
During a recent preliminary survey of the aquatic Hyphomycete flora
of Montgomery County, Virginia, (Umphlett, 1957) an undescribed fun¬
gus was found growing on submerged, decaying leaves of Platanus occi-
dentalis and Fagus grandifolia. The fungus was found in two collections
made in Januarv, 1957, and was not observed in collections made at any
other time during the year. Growth of the organism on the leaves was
rather sparse. Usually only about a dozen sporophores were seen on any
single leaf. On Platanus growth was restricted to the petiole, but on Fagus
the sporophores appeared also along the margins of the blade.
Heliscus Tentaculus, sp. nov.
Fungus aquaticus submersus, mycelio ramoso, septato. Sporophoro hya¬
line, 38-100/a longo, 3-4/a lato, terminente in catervam phiialidum, 26-52/a
longo, 3-5/a lato. Phialosporo hyaline, aseptato, ramoso, clavata basi, 45-
71/a longa, 1.5-2.0/a lata ad radices, 5-7/a lata ad apicem, et tribus tenui-
bus ramosis emergentibus simul ad apicem; liberate post fabricatum sep¬
tum ad basium spori.
In foliis putrescentibus Platanus occidentalis in Mill Creek, Montgom-
erv County, Virginia.
Heliscus Tentaculus, n. sp.
Submerged aquatic fungus with branched, septate mycelium. Sporo¬
phores hyaline, 38-100/a long, 3-4/a broad, branched near the distal end to
form one or more groups of phialides, 26-52/a long, 3-5/a broad. Phialo-
spores hyaline, unicellular, branched, each consisting of an elongate, clav-
ate basal portion, 45-71/a long, 1.5-2.0/a broad at the point of attachment
to the phialide, broadening to 5-7/a at the apex, and three slender diver¬
gent branches, 33-43/a long, arising simultaneously at points equidistant
from one another on the broadest portion of the apex; spores produced in
basipetal succession from the phialides; liberated by disarticulation at a
septum formed at the point of attachment of the mature spore to the
phialide.
1 This paper constitutes a portion of a thesis submitted to the Graduate Faculty of the
Virginia Polytechnic Institute in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree
of Master of Science in Botany.
-Present address: Botany Department, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North
Carolina.
28
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
I
1959!
Heliscus tentaculus
29
On submerged, decaying leaves of Plantus occidental is in Mill Creek,
Montgomery County, Virginia.
As in other aquatic Hyphomycetes the mycelium of Heliscus tentaculus
deyelops within the yascular systems of the submerged leayes which serye
as its substratum. The sporophores arise from these internal hyphae, pene¬
trate the leaf tissues and protrude at right angles into the water. The
sporophores with developing phialospores are very conspicuous by their
length. The combined length of the sporophore, phialide, and phialospore
may be as much as 225/x in which case the phialospore is extended into
the water at a distance considerably greater than the comparable struct¬
ures of other species observed growing on the same substratum.
The phialospore is initiated as a slender, hypha-like extension, 1. 5-2.0^
thick, from the apex of the phialide (figs. 1-4). As apical elongation of
the extension continues the end of this structure becomes noticeably swoll¬
en, and soon the spore primordium has become clavate (fig. 5). When
the clavate primordium has attained its mature length of 45-71/x, elonga¬
tion of this l3asal portion ceases. Then three divergent protuberances arise
simultaneously at points equidistant from one another on the swollen apex
(fig. 6). Simultaneous elongation of these slender protuberances produces
the three divergent branches of the mature phialospore (fig. 7). When
the spore is fullv mature, a septum forms at its base and liberation oc¬
curs by a gradual disarticulation at this septum.
In some instances phialides were observed which had produced normal
spores previouslv, but which gave rise subsequentiv to abnormal struct-
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 1-7. Heliscus tentaculus, showing spore development. 1. Tip of a
sporophore with two phialides; on left is a clavate spore primordium; on
right is a primordium just beginning to develop, 11:50 A.M. 2. Initiation
of three branches of spore at left, 12:05 P.M. 3. Same spores at 1:05
P.M. 4. Spore on left is being liberated; primordium on right continues
elongation, 4:00 P. M. 5. Primordium on right is now clavate, 4:30 P.M.
6. Branches developing on spore at right, 5:30 P.M. 7. Spore on right
is mature, septum has formed at base; primordium on left is elongating,
6:15 P.M. Figs. 8-10. Heliscus tentaculus. 8. Tip of sporophore branch
showing three phialides with spores each of which is in a different stage
of development. 9. Abnormal spore with only two divergent branches. 10.
Abnormally functioning phialide producing a bent hypha-like structure
instead of a typical phialospore. All figs, from hanging-drop cultures on
bits of Platanus occidentalis leaves. All figs, drawn with the aid of a
camera lucida. All X670.
30
The Virginia Journal of Science | January
ures. In one case a spore with only two divergent branches was pro¬
duced (fig. 9.). This spore was liberated in the normal manner. In anoth¬
er case the structure produced did not differentiate into the typical clav-
ate basal portion of a spore, but rather it had the appearance of a slen¬
der, bent hypha growing from the tip of the phialide (fig. 10). This struc¬
ture was not observed to separate from the phialide.
Repeated attempts to isolate this fungus in pure culture were unsuc¬
cessful. The phialospores germinated readily in water, but no germination
was observed on the malt agar medium employed successfully for isola¬
tion of other species of aquatic Hyphomycetes. In water a slender germ
tube was produced from the base of the spore and from anv or all of the
divergent branches.
The present fungus is placed in the genus Heliscus Saccardo with some
reservation. Ingold (1942) and Ingold and Cox (1957) have described
three species of aquatic Typhomycetes which they refer to that genus.
One, H. aquaticus Ing., conforms well to the original generic description
of Saccardo (1880) in that sporodochia are formed and the spores are
phialospores. However, the two other species, H. longibmchiatus Ing., and
H. stellatus Ing. and Cox, are referred to the same genus on the basis of
developmental and morphological similarities of the phialospores. Sporo¬
dochia have not been observed in either of the latter two species. Like¬
wise, in H tentaculiis sporodochia are unknown. Spore development and
morphology are essentially the same in this species as in the three Brit¬
ish species. In all the species the spores develop from phialides, and at
maturity the spores of each have three protuberances at the apex of a
first-formed basal portion. Ingold and Cox (1957) suggest that it may
become necessary to segregate H. stellatus and H. longibrachiatus from
H. aquaticus. This author agrees that such a segregation may well prove
necessary after further studv of all the species involved, and points out
again that the assignment of the fungus described herein to the genus
Heliscus is tentative. It appears now, on the basis of their comparative
morphology, that if and when a new genus is erected to contain H. longi-
hrachiatus and H. stellatus, then H. tentaculus would fit well in that
same genus.
Recently Ingold (1958) observed a hyphomycetous fungus growing on
submerged leaves in streams in Uganda and Southern Rhodesia. His figures
3E and 3F depict spores verv similar to those produced by the fungus
described herein. Ingold stated that he was “almost satisfied” that the
spores of his fungus were produced on phialides, and that if this were
so, the fungus would be a member of the genus Heliscus. It is possible
that we are dealing with the same species.
H. tentaculus mav be separated readily from H. aquaticus. The spores
Heliscus tentaculus
31
1959]
of the latter are multicellular and each spore has three short, blunt pro¬
tuberances in contrast to the long slender branches of the spores of H.
tentaculus. The two species differ also in that no sporodochium has been
observed for H. tentaculus. The present species is distinct from H. longi-
hrachiatus in that the spores of H. tentaculus are always at least twice as
long as those of H. longibrachiatus, and in the latter species a single
phialide terminates the simple, unbranched sporophore. In H. tentaculus
the sporophore is often branched, and each branch may be terminated
by more than one phialide (fig. 8). Differences between H. tentaculus
and H. stellatus are likewise readily apparent. The three branches of the
spore in the latter species are short conical, and of about the same di¬
mensions as the basal portion of the spore, whereas the branches of the
spores of H. tentaculus are slender filiform structures much shorter than
the basal portion of the spore of which they are parts.
The proposed specific epithet, tentaculus, was suggested by the ten¬
tacle-like appearance of the three divergent branches arising from the
apex of the basal portion of the phialospore.
Summary
Heliscus tentaculus, an aquatic Hyphomycete found on submerged, de¬
caying leaves of Platanus occidentalis and Fagus grandifolia in Mont¬
gomery Countv, Virginia, is described. The fungus is characterized by a
branched, septate mycelium and hyaline sporophores which may branch
at the apex to form one or more groups of phialides. These produce in
basipetal succession hyaline, unicellular, elongately clavate phialospores
which bear three slender, tentacle-like branches at the swollen apex. The
taxonomic status of this fungus and related species relative to the valid-
itv of the generic assignments is discussed.
Acknowledgments
Sincere thanks are extended to Prof. W. W. Scott, under whose direc¬
tion this work was carried out, for his help and encouragement, and for
his critical reading of the manuscript. Thanks are due also to Dr. A. 1.
Suskin for aid in preparation of the Latin diagnosis included in this
paper.
Literature Cited
Ingold, C. T. 1942. Aquatic hyphomycetes of decaying alder leaves.
Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc. 25 (I):339-4I7.
- - - 1958. Aquatic hyphomycetes from Uganda and Rhodesia.
Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc., 41 (I): 109-11 4.
32
The Virginia Journal of Science | januarv
- and V. J. Cox, 1957 Heliscus stellatus n. sj., an a(|uatic
hvphomvcete. Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc., 40 (1): 155-158.
Saccardo, P. A., 1880. Conspectus genernm fimgorum Italiae inferiorum.
Michelia II: 1-38.
Umphlett, C. ]. 1957. Aquatic Hyphomycetes, including Heliscus tenta-
cuius, n. sp., on decaying angiosperm materials. M. S. Thesis, Vir¬
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Unpublished.
1959]
Follicle Development in Goats
33
SKIN AND HAIR FOLLICLE DEVELOPMENT
IN DAIRY GOATS
Lubow a. Margolena^
United States Department of Agriculture
With the exception of the improved domestic wool sheep, seasonal
shedding is considered to be a universal phenomenon in fur-and wool¬
bearing animals. The object of the present study was to find out whether
essential differences in the nature of histogenesis and further development
exist between the skin and hair follicles of dairy goats and Karakul
sheep, and whether these observations would contribute to the apprecia¬
tion of some basic processes involved, culminating in production of the
various wools, and possibly also of mohair.
Descriptions of the pre- and post-natal development of hair follicles in
animals related to goats have been confined to a few breeds of wool
sheep. The bibliography and the subject itself have been admirably
reviewed and presented by Carter (1955). Hence only publications per¬
tinent to this study will be referred to here.
While dairy goats undergo a well pronounced seasonal shedding, the
situation is not so definite in the Karakul sheep. Lepeshchinskaya (1952)
speaks of clear cut shedding and seasonal changes in the Karakul in the
U. S. S. R. and Tanzer (1928) describes shedding in the Karakul in Ger¬
many as a process spread over a considerable period of time, involving,
therefore, simultaneously relatively few follicles per unit of skin. No
mass shedding was evident whatever in the Karakul flock kept from 1928
to 1951 at Beltsville, Maryland.
Shedding and non-shedding are evidently heritable characters. How¬
ever, in view of the findings of Lepeshchinskaya (1952) that a definite
shedding season exists in the Karakul and because of its absence in the
Beltsville flock, environmental factors must be considered as being pos¬
sibly instrumental in causing it in some sheep like the Karakul. Goats
seemed well suited for the present study as they are closely related to
sheep. Both are members of the Bovidae. The generic differ¬
ences between sheep and goats, such as the presence of glands in the
fore and hind feet of sheep, differences in skull form, in the direction
of spiralling of horns, etc., are unimportant as compared to similarities
of structure, general physiologv of these animals, and the duration of
^ Wool, Fur and Fiber Section, Sheep, Goat and Fur Animal Research Branch, Agricultural
Research Service, Beltsville, Maryland.
34 The Virginia Journal of Science 1 January
fetal development. Gestation in both sheep and goats is about 150
days, which makes a chronologic comparison of their skins a particularly
suitable one.
Material. Samples collected for the present studies were obtained
from the skin of the mid-dorsum and mid-venter of the common Ameri¬
can and Toggenburg goats from the Belts ville flock of the Agricultural
Research Center, United States Department of Agriculture at Beltsville,
Maryland, in the course of the years 1949 to 1956.
Twenty-two fetuses ranging in age from 39 to 145 days of uterine
life, 12 kids, 1 to 210 days old, and 16 goats, 1 to 9 years of age, were
used. Of the fetuses, 14 were of the common American breed, 7 were
pure Toggenburg, and 1 caried 75% Toggenburg heredity. Among the
postnatal samples — 20 were common American, 7 Toggenburg, and 1
carried 50% Toggenburg heredity. Both sexes, including two 3-year
wethers were represented. No developmental differences connected with
breed or sex were noted.
The Karakul material consisted of skin samples taken from the dorsum
and venter of a strain which originated also from the Beltsville flock.
These Karakul samples were collected during the vears 1949-1951 and
were partially described bv Margolena (1954).
Methods. Mid-dorsal and mid-ventral skin samples, cut out in rectan¬
gles about 1 to 2 inches or smaller, depending on the size of the ani¬
mal, were collected immediately upon slaughter. The hair was sheared
or clipped with a pair of small animal clippers from the area chosen,
after which both the skin and the razor were sterilized in 70% alcohol
prior to taking the sample. The same procedure was used for younger
fetuses, with the exception that, of course, the naked ones needed no
shearing. The skin was next flattened out on file card stock of appro¬
priate size and transferred to Bouin’s solution for fixation. After 24 or
more hours as required for older specimens, the skins were dehydrated
with the addition of butyl alcohol to the ascending series of ethyl alcohols,
and finally pure butyl alcohol was used as an intermediate medium prior
to infiltration in tissue mat. Sections were cut at 8 microns and heavier,
where needed.
For staining the following procedures were used: Hematoxylin, Phlo-
xine. Orange G (Margolena, 1933); Orcein, Mallory 11, Orange G (Mar¬
golena, 1950) and Feulgen’s chromatin reaction counterstained with picric
acid and fast green.
Measurements were carried out bv means of ocular micrometers. The
epidermis was measured at a magnification of 230 with a Spencer binocu¬
lar; the dermis and depth of follicular penetration were measured at a
magnification of 40 with a Reichert Zetopan; for the diameters of fol-
1959] Follicle Development in Goats 35
licular bulbs a magnification of 80 was used with the Reichert micro¬
scope. The averages arrived at were based on figures from no less than
10 measurements taken usually from material on several slides.
The ratios between the secondary and the primary follicles were ob¬
tained by counting follicles contained in 236 bundles. This included
over 700 primary and over 270 secondary follicles. Skins of 5 com¬
mon American and 4 Toggenburg goats were used for the above counts.
Discussion and Results
In goats, as in wool-bearing animals, and this is probably the case
for mammals in general, the hair follicles develop at certain stages of
their life history. The follicles develop in a definite sequence, and those
appearing earliest are referred to as primary. In sheep and goats they
are characterized by the presence of three accessory structures: the
sebaceous and sudoriferous glands and the hair muscle. The secondary,
or later developing follicles, show no sudoriferous gland nor muscle, and
may or may not possess a sebaceous gland. In both Karakul sheep and
the common American and Toggenburg goat, the larger primarv follicles
remain distinguishable throughout their lives. The fibers mav also be
distinguishable because of their larger diameter.
The appearance and differentiation of follicles is dependent on the
physiologic and histologic preparedness of the skin to initiate and support
such development and growth. Mature fully differentiated skins are inca¬
pable of recapitulating the process, thus the new follicles can only be
initiated in regions where for one reason or another, e.g. wound healing,
new skin is developing and undergoing stages corresponding to those
found in fetal or verv young animals (unpublished data on Merino and
Hampshire sheep and Toggenburg goats at Beltsville, Maryland).
Development of the hair follicles in mid-dorsal and mid-ventral regions
of the goat skin. The primary follicles develop in groups of three, hence
the expression “trio”. The anlage of the first primary follicle, that is
the future central follicle, appears between the 65th and 70th day; this
is soon followed by 2 lateral follicles, which are also primary follicles,
but of slightly later initiation, thus establishing the trio group member¬
ship between the 75th and 85th dav.
In about three weeks after the development of the primary follicular
generation the first earlv anlagen of the secondary follicles begin to ap¬
pear, which is upward of 90 days. Unlike the situation in the Karakul
sheep, where initiation of the secondaries is practicallv confined to a
few weeks (approximately 90 to 105 days of intrauterine life, Margolena,
1954), the initiation of the secondarv follicles in goats is extended through
fetal and early postnatal life. Chart 1.
SEQUENCE IN FOLLICULAR DEVELOPMENT
in Fetal Skins
36
The Vibgixia Journal of Science
[ janiiarv
Chart 1. Sequence of events in the development of primary and secondar\'
follicles in fetal skins of dairv goats and Karakul sheep.
( birth )
1959] Follicle Development in Goats 37
Development of later secondary follicles in lambs several weeks old is
apparently a phenomenon which takes place not only in Merino, but
also in some of the British Mountain sheep, Ryder (1957).
Differentiation and maturation of the primary follicles. Follicular acces¬
sory structures develop in goats from about the 90th to 100th day of
uterine life, which is similar to the period when they develop in Karakul
sheep fetuses. Sudoriferous glands develop a few days ahead of the
sebaceous glands which is according to the general pattern of hair follicle
differentiation.
The direct blood supply, that is the actual entry of capillaries in the
follicular papilla, takes place at a time when the papilla is well estab¬
lished during the 95th to 105th day. Chart 1.
In his comprehensive presentation of the blood supply to wool follicles,
Ryder (1955) writes that in the 100 day Romney fetus, blood vessels
have not yet entered the dermal papilla. It appears, therefore, that
both in the Karakul and goat fetuses the blood capillaries may penetrate
the papilla slightly earlier than is the case with Romney sheep. Never¬
theless, in both breeds of sheep and in goats, hairs are already definitely
growing in the primary follicles at about 110 days of uterine life.
The penetration of the blood capillaries in the follicles of Karakul sheep
and goats seems to be synchronized with the differentiation of the outer
epidermal root sheath. This sheath becomes delineated from other epider¬
mal formations particularly by a conspicuous row of cells with nuclei
which have migrated away from the side closest to the connective tissue
elements, and are disposed on the side closest to the follicular axis. A
similar temporary transformation of epidermal cells was first presented
by Segall, (1918) in his beautifully and clearly illustrated work on the
guinea pig follicles, and later bv Spottel and Tanzer in Merino fetuses
in 1923.
The maturation of the follicles, beginning with the keratinization of
the cells forming the sheath about the growing hair, and referred to
as the hair cone, follows the direct blood supply within about a week.
Growth and further development of the follicles and hair from here on
takes approximately 10 days and the primary hair pierces the skin before
or at 120 days of uterine life. All this is similar to the development
as found also in the Karakul sheep.
The relative increase in size of primary follicles (phenomena asso¬
ciated with shedding excluded) can be judged bv the depth of follicular
penetration in the skin as shown in figures 1, 2 and 3 and Table 1.
The straight hair of goats develop in follicles that are more or less
slanting throughout their pre- and post-natal histories, verv much like
38 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
Table 1. Average Thickness of Dermis and
Follicular Penetration of Primary
OF Fetal, Kid and Goat Skin.
Maximum
Follicles
Depth of
IN Dermis
GOAT FETAL SKIN
Dermis
Follicular
Dermis
Follicular
mid-dorsum
penetration
mid-venter penetration
mid-dorsum
mid-venter
Days
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
75-80
0.30
0.10
0.25
0.10
81
0.30
0.10
0.45
0.10
88
0.50
0.20
0.60
0.20
88
0.60
0.15
0.60
0.15
92
0.60
0.30
0.50
—
103*
0.60
0.15
0.50
0.15
112
0.90
0.50
1.0
0.50
118
1.30
0.80
—
0.70
120
1.45
0.85
—
1.0
130
1.10
0.80
1.10
0.70
134
1.45
0.85
. —
—
143
1.60
0.80
2.20
1.0
145
1.10
0.70
1.5
0.80
KID
SKIN
1
0.90
0.60
—
—
3
1.20
0.55
1.10
0.60
5
1.75
0.90
2.00
0.90
10
1.80
1.10
1.30
0.70
30
1.85
1.25
1.20
0.65
120
1.80
1.10
2.00
0.90
Years and
GOATS SKIN
months
1 yr.
1.90
0.80
1.35
0.70
1 yr. 4 months
1.65
0.90
1.30
0.80
2 yr. 4 months
2.75
1.10
2.55
0.85
3 yr.
2.40
1.45
2.00
0.90
3 yr. 8V2 months
4.40
2.45
3.40
1.30
3 yr. 9 months
3.10
1.45
2.45
1.45
5 yr.
3.55
1.80
1.95
0.80
7 yr.
3.85
2.20
2.40
1.10
8 yr.
3.30
1.45
1.65
0.70
9 yr.
3.30
1.45
—
—
* These skins were from fetal twins, supposedly 103 days old, and born
from a doe which gave a positive Johne’s reaction. They showed a
considerable retardation of follicular development, and were rather
small if their age actually corresponded to our records.
19591
Follicle Development in Goats
39
Table 2. Average Thickness of Epidermis of Fetal, Kid and Goat
Skin.
Days
Goat Fetal Skin
Mid-dorsum Mid-venter
11 IX
Goat Skin
Years and
months Mid-dorsum Mid-venter
IX IX
39
6
6
1 16
17
50
14
14
1 yr. 4 mo. 17
20
75-80
1 24
24
2 yr. 4 mo. 18
18
81
24
28
2 yr. 6 mo. 19
17
88
28
24
3 yr. 22
17
92
25
25
3 yr. 8^ mo.27
21
103
26
25
3 yr. 9 mo. 16
16
112
21
18
5 yr. 21
—
120
17
14
6 yr. 13
14
130
16
17
7 yr. 23
24
143
17
16
8 yr. 16
16
145
16
16
9 yr. 30
21
Kid Skin
1
16
16
3
16
16
5
16
16
10
16
15
30
18
16
120
30
16
210
21
17
those of Karakul sheep and unlike the twisted and curled follicles of
the Merino sheep. There is, however, a surprisingly straight phase exhi¬
bited by both goat and Karakul dorsal follicles at about birth and for
some 10 days after. Whether that period during which the primary fol¬
licles are disposed at a right angle in relation to the surface of the skin
is caused by the tension associated with accelerated growth during the
first postnatal days is a question that remains to be answered.
Maturation and keratinization of the secondary follicles. While keratin-
ization is close to completion a few days before birth in the Karakul,
40 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
at about 130 days of prenatal life, this is not the case with goats, where
maturation is spread out from about 135 days of fetal hfe to the first
postnatal month. In this respect, goats are more like fine wool sheep
{e. g. the Merino) than the Karakul sheep.
Another possible difference in the development of the secondary fol¬
licles of dairy goats is the incidence of sebaceous glands. Sparse and
uneven sebaceous glands will be encountered in the early development
in goats, while they are practically absent in the Karakul sheep.
The blood supply in the papillae of the small secondary follicles in
goats is not only less pronounced as compared to that of the primary
ones, but appears even somewhat uncertain. The dermal papillae may
have difficulty in getting themselves established within a space that is
hardly large enough to house the connective tissue cells forming it, not
to speak of the area necessary to accomodate two capillary loops. The
chronologic development of secondary fibers is shown in Chart 1.
In view of the more flexible and variable nature of the secondary
follicles, it is suggested that attempts to improve the quality of wool
or other fibers, particular attention should also be devoted towards fac¬
tors which might influence the initiation and maturation of the above fol¬
licles.
Maturation and growth of the bulbs of the primary follicles. Measure¬
ments of the diameters of the bulbs of pre- and post-natal primary follicles
of goats and Karakul sheep indicate that the bulbs of goats attain their
mature dimensions later in development than those of the Karakul. Thus
the diameters in sheep are well within the range of that found in mature
animals (110-135 microns) beginning with fetuses 4 months old, while
the bulbs of goats do not reach their full dimensions (90 to 115 microns),
until about 10 days after birth.
Tolmakova (1956) found that bulbs of the primary follicles of '‘Elite”
Karakul newborn lambs measured 117 to 129 microns at Sovkhoz “Mura-
bek”, U. S. S. R., while those of another good variety, but with a fur
less dense than in the “Elite” and sampled at same age were 130 to 145
microns. Tolmakova’s values confirm our findings that Karakuls have
comparatively larger bulbs than goats.
Skin development and differentiation. In goat skins, just as in Karakul
skins, and at variance with that of the Merino, a progressive thicken¬
ing of the dorsal corium takes place as the kid, or the lamb develops
into a mature and eventually older animal, figures 2 and 3.
The measurements presented may not quite give the whole story of
the thickness of the skin, assuming that it may vary according to sea-
1959]
Follicle Development in Goats
41
GOAT: FETAL
DAYS
Fig. 1. Average thickness of dermis and maximum depth of follicular
penetration of primary follicles in dermis of goat fetal skin.
KID
DAYS
Fig. 2. Average thickness of dermis and maximum depth of follicular
penetration of primarv follicles in dermis of kid skin.
42
The Virginia Journal of Science
GOAT: POSTNATAL
I January
DORSUM
mm
4
VENTER
3
‘ A ■
iW Dermis
■ rh -
2
'' /l''' A.
- / -
1
/X
Follicular penetration
_ ^ ^ _ 1 _ ^ _
- 0-
I - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - L 0 -I - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
YEARS
Fig. 3. Average thickness of dermis and maximum depth of follicular
penetration of primary follicles in dermis of goat skin.
EPIDERMIS: FETAL AND KID
1959]
Follicle Development in Goats
43
EPIDERMIS: GOAT
Fig. 5. Average thickness of epideimis of goat skin.
son. With the exception of two December specimens (one 2 years 4
months, and the other 3 years 9 months of age), mature skins avail¬
able were from animals slaughtered during the second or third week of
October. None was representative of early or mid-summer, and only
three were late summer skins (collected in September); of these one was
a one-year old goat, and two were kids, 1 and 10 days old.
The general tendency, however, of mature and older animals to
show heavier skins accompanied by a greater depth of follicular penetra¬
tion as compared to younger ones, has been also found in the Karakul
by recent workers — Tolmakova (1956), Diomidova (1957), and the
author (1954).
Unlike the skins of the Karakuls, where shedding and resting hair
follicles are rare, 'some shedding or resting hair as well as new growing
ones were noted in goat specimens taken in January, March, September,
October, November, December and January. Some early January sam¬
ples contained more new growing hair than mature primary follicles.
These samples are not included in our measurements because too few
animals were available.
Shedding hairs in goats appears to be of the usual “brush” type.
The stages leading to and shedding of the primary follicles during the
44 The Virginia Journal of Science [ January
colder months is a phenomenon hardly noticeable on the surface, espe¬
cially as compared to the conspicuous shedding involving the underhair
(secondary follicles ) in early and mid-summer.
Measurements of the dorsal dermins of mature animals varied from 3
to near 4 millimeters. The heaviest, 4.4 millimeters, happened to be
that of a Toggenburg male almost 4 years old. The softer and thinner
ventral skins showed less uniformity as a whole. Nevertheless, the same
male which had a heavier dermis in the dorsal region, measured also a
heavier one in the ventral region, figure 3, table 1.
The epidermis of the goafs skin. The epidermis remains a thin layer
throughout pre-and postnatal life. Disregarding the irregularly present
periderm of certain fetal stages, it is barely 6 microns wide prior to
follicular initiation. The germinal layer of the epidermis is 20-28 microns
thick during the height of its activity, that is during that period when
the anlagen of the primary and earlier secondary follicles are being ini¬
tiated, figures 4 and 5, and table 2. It is interesting to find that the
mitotic counts in the cells of the fetal epidermis of the Karakul are
highest at that same period, that is between about the 65 and 95 days
of uterine life. (Margolena and Dolnick, 1953)
Once the anlagen of the primary and earlier secondary follicles in
goats are established, the diameter of the germinal layer of the epidermis
returns to that found just prior to their initiation. In fetuses 4 months
old it is about 16 microns wide. In mature animals the germinal layer
varies around 25 microns. The differences between the diameters of
the dorsal and ventral epidermis of goat skins are quite comparable to
variations within any spot in the same region.
The same general trend is described by Diomidova (1957). However,
the value of 8 to 9 microns, as given by her for the germinal layer of
the epidermis of the skin of Karakul fetuses ranging in age from 4 months
to the time of birth seems low.
Differentiation of the dermis of goat skin. The differentiation of the
corium is directly related to processes taking place in the epidermis and
conditions the development of the follicles. The appearance and behavior
of melanocytes will be dealt with elsewhere. At the time the first fol¬
licular anlagen are being formed there is no differentiation of the mesen¬
chymal cells except for a formation of a layer denser than the rest of
the embryonal tissue and with elements disposed parallel to the surface.
Blood capillaries are found in the proximity of follicular anlagen. The
above developments appear to proceed almost simultaneously. Capilla¬
ries and blood vessels in the skin of goats become particularly conspicuous
during the trio stage. Here the capillaries mav appear to delineate the
1959] Follicle Development in Goats 45
trio group, similar to the way that the collagenic fibers will almost appear
to fence in portions of follicles.
Gradually, while the trio stage progresses, collagenic fibers make their
appearance. Their differentiation is more pronounced in the lower regions
of the dermis, where they are found in heavier bundles.
Fat cells appear at practically the same time, that is upwards of the
80th day of fetal life. They appear in the deeper reticular region in
the vicinity of blood vessels or capillaries in units of from 1 to 5 cells,
and increase in numbers until fat cells form longish islands of fairly loose
discontinuous adipose tissue amidst the areolar mesh. The groups of fat
cells lie parallel to the underlying skin muscle. In goats the accelerated
period of fat cell development is apparentlv terminated in fetuses about
4 months old.
Fat cells in animals here examined were found under the limits of
follicular penetration, not between the follicles themselves, as is the case
during certain stages of fetal follicular development of the softer skins
of ranch mink, Dolnick (1955).
Elastic fibers appear apparently later than the collagenic ones. They
are, however, present about the time the primary follicles begin to kera¬
tinize. This refers to elastic fibers as constituents of the network as such,
for they are, of course, developed at much earlier stages in the walls of
the vessels of the immature fetal skins.
Follicular ratio. The average ratio between the secondary and primary
follicles of dairy goats was found to be 3.97, with a range of 9 to 14
per bundle. It seems interesting to note that even this approximate
figure is close to that found in the Beltsville Karakul flock, and perhaps
not essentiallv different from some of the British Mountain breeds, Rvder
(1957).
Summary
A description of the development and differentiation of skin and hair
follicles of the common American and Toggenburg goats from fetal stages
through maturity is presented and compared with that of the Karakul
sheep. Measurements of the fetal and postnatal skins, depth of follic¬
ular penetration, and ratios between the secondarv and primarv follicles
are included.
Despite the fact that the dairy goats observed undergo regular sea¬
sonal shedding and belong in a different genus • ( Gapra ) , than the non¬
shedding Karakuls of the Beltsville, Maryland flock, (Ovis), the initia¬
tion and maturation of the secondarv follicles in goats appear closer chron-
46
The Virginia Journal of Science 1 januarv
ologically to fine wool sheep than to the Karakul. However, differ¬
ences in size between the primary and secondary follicles are more pro¬
nounced in goats than in the Karakul and still more than in the fine
wool sheep.
The general sequence of events in the development of the skin com¬
ponents and of the primary follicles in the above goats and sheep proceed
too closely to be due to chance. However, differences in the time and
span of production, maturation and morphologic detail of the secondarv
follicles are more variable in goats than in the Karakul.
Literature Cited
Carter, H. B. 1955. The hair folhcle group in sheep. Animal Breeding
Abstracts. 23:101.
Diomidova, N. A. 1957. Individual character in the development of the
skin and hair follicles of Karakul lambs. Karakidevodstvo i Zvero-
vodstvo. 10:39. (In Russian)
Dolnick, Ethel H. 1955. Histogenesis of hair in the mink. Doctoral Dis¬
sertation, George Washington University. (Unpublished) 83 pp.
Lepeshchinskaya, E. M. 1952. Seasonal changes of the skin of mammalian
animals. Jour. Zool. 31:434. (In Russian)
Margolena, Lubow A. 1933. Phloxine with Orange G as a differential
counterstain. Stain Technology. 8:157.
Margolena, Lubow A. 1950. A differential staining method for elastic
fibers, collagenic fibers and keratin. Stain Technology. 26:119.
Margolena, Lubow A. and Ethel H. Dolnick. 1953. Cell division in the
epidermis of the fetuses and young lambs of Karakul sheep. Virginia
Jour. Science. 4: Abstracts.
Margolena, Lubow A. 1954. Sequence and growth of primary and sec¬
ondary fiber follicles in Karakul sheep. Jour. An. Sci. 13:765.
Ryder, M. L. 1955. The blood supply to the wool follicle. Proc. Intern.
Wool Text. Res. Conference, Australia, F63.
Ryder, M. L. 1957. A survey of the follicle population in a range of
British breeds of sheep. J. Agr. Sc. 49:275.
Segall, A. 1918. Wechsel der Haare beim Meerschweinchen, Cava cobya.
Arch. Mike. Anat. 91:218.
Spottel, Walter and Tanzer, Ernst. 1923. Rassenanalytische Untersuch-
Follicle Development in Goats
47
1959]
ungen an Schafen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung von Haiit iind
Haar. Arch. Naturgesch. 89:1.
Tanzer, Ernst. 1928. Haul und Haar beim Karakulschaf iiu rassenanah-
tischen Vergleich. Kuhn Archiv. 18:151.
Tolmakova, G. M. 1956. Age changes of the skin and hair cover of
Karakul lambs in connection with the quality of the pelt. Kdrakule-
vodstvo i Zverovodstvo. 9:25 (in Russian)
48
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
News And Notes
{Editors Note). News contributions should be sent to the person
whose name appears at the end of the appropriate sections.)
MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT
The 1959 meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science will be held
at the University of Virginia, May 7-9 inclusive. It is our earnest hope
that as many as possible will attend, and will also contribute to the suc¬
cess of the meeting by presenting papers. It is fitting that in this time of
such great interest in science that the Academy should meet at an in¬
stitution founded by Thomas Jefferson, one of the first great American
Scientists.
Your officers look forward to a stimulating meeting as we gather
in the hallowed halls of the University of Virginia. Although the pre¬
sentation of a paper at the annual meeting of the Academy may not add
anything to the professional reputation of a seasoned investigator, never¬
theless, the fact that he, or she, does present a paper is of great inspira¬
tional value to those who are starting on their scientific careers. May we
look forward to having your advice and guidance, not only at the var¬
ious scientific sessions, but also at the Academy Conference and busi¬
ness meeting?
The J. Shelton Horsley Research Award is given each year for a
“highly meritorious” paper presented at the Academy’s annual meeting.
Details of this award will be sent you by the secretaries of the various
sections.
We are very fortunate in having Mr. S. 1. Gale, Fellow of the
Royal Astronomical Society of London, and a member of the Develop¬
ment and Research Staff of the Bound Brook Plant of American Cyan-
amid Company as our guest speaker for the Friday night meeting. His
topic will be “Chemistry on a Cosmic Scale.”
One of the major functions of the Academy is to encourage and develop
scientific interest among the youth of the State. To this the Senior Acad¬
emy is dedicated. It is so easy to forget one’s obligation to youth and to
assume that someone else will do what should be done. May I urge that
when the secretaries of the various sections ask you to appear on the
program you will give the request serious consideration. May I also urge
as many as possible of the senior scientists to visit the exhibits of the
Junior Academy. I am sure the juniors will appreciate it and that you
will not be disappointed bv the reception that vou will be given. Please
News and Notes
1959]
49
do not forget the commercial exhibits where you will see the latest in
scientific equipment and in books.
The local Committee on Arrangements, under the able direction of Dr.
S. P. Marony, has its plans for the meeting well organized and nearly com¬
plete. I am sure you will all be pleased with the facilities and other ar¬
rangements which are being made not only for the scientific part of the
program but also for your pleasure and comfort.
— J. C. Forbes, President
Research Committee Notice
The Research Committee of the Virginia Academy of Science invites
members of the Academy to submit papers in the 1958 competition for
the J. Shelton Horsley Research Prize. Papers should be submitted to Sec¬
tion Secretaries so that they may be forwarded to the Research Com¬
mittee by April 15, 1958. Papers should be submitted in triplicate and
to be eligible (1) should contain original research, (2) the author must
be a member of the Academy, (3) the paper must be presented at the
May, 1958, meeting, and (4), although the paper may be either publish¬
ed or unpublished, publication must not have been prior to May of the
preceding year (reprints may be submitted). It is expected that the
winner’s paper, or a revision of it, wifi be made available for publication
in the VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. No person will be awarded
the prize more than once. The J. Shelton Horsley Research Award is
made annually and consists of recognition for meritorius research and a
cash prize of $100.00.
The Research Committee also has some funds available for small re¬
search grants and applications for grants will be welcomed. The 1958-59
Committee has prepared a list of information required in an application
for a grant, and this can be obtained by prospective applicants by writ¬
ing to the Chairman, Ralph A. Bradley, Department of Statistics, Vir¬
ginia Polvtechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia.
— R. A. Bradlev, Chairman
Agricultural Sciences
Russell G. Louis has returned to his position as associate professor of
Industrial Arts Education, Department of Vocational Education, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, after serving as Educationist, U. S. Mission to Haiti.
Kenneth E. Dawson, who served as assistant professor in Mr. Louis’
absence is now enrolled at the Universitv of Marvland as a candidate for
a doctor’s degree.
50 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
Dr. W. G. Evans resigned August 1, as assistant professor of Entomo¬
logy at Virginia Polytechnic Institute to accept a position at the Univer¬
sity of Alberta, Canada. Jack Lynn Bishop, with B.S. and M.S. degrees
from Kansas State and nearing completion of work on his Ph.D has
been appointed assistant professor of Entomology.
Littleton W. Johnson with B. S. degree has been appointed assistant pro¬
fessor of Food Technology to serve as extension specialist and assistant with
research in fruit and vegetable processing in the Department of Horti¬
culture at Virginia Polytechnic Institute. He replaced Roy Moser who
resigned to accept a position at Oregon State.
Mr. Roy Russell has been appointed assistant professor in the Depart¬
ment of Agricultural Economics, Virginia Polytechnic Institute to work in
Livestock Extension Marketing. Mr. Russell holds a B.S. degree from
Alabama Polytechnic Institute and has completed requirements for his
M.S. from the same school. He comes to the V. P. I. directly from grad¬
uate school and is a native of Alabama. The position being filled by Mr.
Russell was formerly held by Mr. Shirlev Carter who resigned to do
graduate work at North Carolina State.
Mr. Albert J. Orfego has been appointed assistant professor in the
Department of Agricultural Economics, Virginia Polytechnic Institute to
work in Dairy Marketing Extension. Mr. Ortego holds the B.S. degree from
Southern Louisana Institute and the M.S. degree from Louisiana State
University and is a native of Louisiana. The position he fills was held by
Dr. Carl T. Arnold who transferred to research and teaching January 1,
1958.
A grant of $344,005 for health related research facilities has been
approved for the Virginia Pol\ technic Institute bv the National Institute
of Health.
This money will be used in providing research facilities in the bio¬
chemistry and nutrition laboratory for which the 1958 General Assembly
appropriated $490,000. The grant of $344,005 was made on a match¬
ing basis.
The grant will be used to strengthen the research being conducted at
Virginia Polytechnic Institute in the health related sciences. These in¬
clude the evaluation of the use of such chemicals as pesticides, herbi¬
cides, and fungicides on crops and animals as thev influence human
health.
Other matters upon which research will be conducted include the
determination of nutritional requirements of pre-adolescent children; use
of antibiotics in disease control and as growth stimulants of animals and
News and Notes
1959]
51
poultry; and the impact of food processing on the wholesomeness and
nutrient values with emphasis on new methods of sterilization.
The grant combined with the state appropriation will provide a three
story building and research facilities in bio-chemistry, micro-biology, and
nutrition. The building and its facilities will be directed by the bio-chem¬
istry and nutrition department of which Dr. R. W. Engel is head.
~ Carl W. Allen, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Bacteriology
Dr. E. C. Nelson of the Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Vir¬
ginia, attended the 6th International Congress for Tropical Medicine and
Malaria in Lisbon, September 5 to 13.
Dr. P. A. Hansen participated in the Symposium on: “Exchange of
genetic materials. Mechanisms and consequences” held at Cold Spring
Harbor, Long Island, June 3 to 11.
Biology
Dr. Huseyin Gokcora, Associate Professor, University of Ankara, Turkey
and also Dr. Josip Gotlin, Associate Professor, Zagreb University, Yugo¬
slavia worked with Professor W. Ralph Singleton— learning new techni¬
ques and methods— at the corn breeding radiation laboratory at The
Blandy Experimental Farm during the summer of 1958. Both Dr. Gok¬
cora and Dr. Gotlin were Fellows of the International Cooperation Ad¬
ministration.
Among foreign visitors to The Blandy Experimental Farm during the
summer of 1958 were geneticists from Argentina, Australia, Japan, and
Yugoslavia. In addition four students from Turkey and a group of 13 stu¬
dents from France studied work in progress at Blandy.
A number of members of the Northern Nut Growers Association from
mid- western states visited The White Arboretum at Blandy Farm, en-
route to their annual meeting at Beltsville, Maryland, on August 16 and
17, 1958. The heavily-fruited selected paw-paw trees {Asimina triloba)
were among the chief objects of interest to the group.
At Bridgewater College Dr. Frances E. Silliman has returned to the
Biology Department after completing doctoral studies and receiving her
degree at the University of North Carolina, where she also assisted in the
Department of Botnay. Professor Harry G. M. Jopson participated in the
National Science Foundation Institute for College Teachers of Biology
52 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
held at Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon during the summer. Mrs.
Elizabeth League Kyger has resigned her position in the department, but
will continue to reside in Bridgewater.
Mr. Robert E. Merritt has returned to his position in the Longwood
College Department of Biology after a year of graduate study at
the University of Tennessee. Dr. J. M. Lodewijks who substituted for
Mr, Merritt last session has returned to his home country. The Nether¬
lands. His present address is Buizerdlaan 13, The Hague, Holland.
Mr. A. H. O’Bier, Jr., who last year assisted Dr. R. T. Brumfield, at
Longwood, under a grant from the Atomic Energy Commission is pur¬
suing graduate studies at Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Dr. Paul J. Osborne of the Biology staff of Lynchburg College, spent
the past summer at the Duke Marine Laboratory, Beaufort, North Caro¬
lina, working on the energy cycles of marine invertebrates, determining
whether they fixed carbon dioxide, and if so, observing any phylogenetic
similarities and differences. The work was done by means of radioactive
tracers, coupled with paper chromatography. He worked with Dr. Carl
Hammen, under the direction of Dr. Karl Wilbur. Dr. Osborne’s work
was made possible by a research grant from the American Physiological
Society.
Dr. John G. Mahan, also of the Lynchburg College Biology staff, was
a member of a team from that college which participated in the Dan-
forth Foundation College Community Workshop, at Colorado Springs,
Colorado for three weeks last summer. Twenty-eight colleges were repre¬
sented in a consideration of the place of the small college in modern
education.
At the University of Richmond Dr. Jack D. Burke has been awarded
a grant from the Sigma Xi Research Fund for blood studies in the arma¬
dillo. Dr. William S. Woolcott, of the same institution, gave a course
in animal ecologv during the first term at the Mountain Lake Biological
Station.
Dr. Harry L. Hollowav has been promoted to Professor of Biology at
Roanoke College. He has recently received grants-in-aid for the purchase
of equipment, in connection with studies on the helminths of wild animals
in Virginia, from the Sigma Xi-RESA Research Fund and from the Vir¬
ginia Academy of Science.
Mr. William N. Garner was appointed Assistant Professor of Biology at
Roanoke College in 1957. He received the B. S, degree in biology and
chemistry from Bethany College and the M. A. degree in zoology and
botany from Duke University.
1959]
News and Notes
53
Eta Eta Chapter, Tri-Beta Society, Roanoke College and the Roanoke
Valley Bird Club are presenting a series of lectures by eminent naturalists
(Audubon Screen Tours) on the campus during the session 1958-59.
Allan Cruickshank spoke on October 21 on the topic “River of the Crying
Bird”; Fran William Hall on December 3 lectured on “Puerto Rico, U.
S. A.”; and on April 18 Emerson Scott will discuss “Rocky Mountain
Rambles”.
The Mountain Lake Biological Station has recently been advised by
the National Science Foundation that its grant of $18,000 for three years
has been renewed (1959-1961). This grant has made available funds foi
the establishment of Awards for research and study at the Station. Three
types of awards are available: Post-Doctorates, for research; Pre-Doctor¬
ates, for supervised research; and Post-Graduates, for training in field
or laboratory research techniques, thus permitting course work. AppHca-
tion blanks for these awards may be secured from the Director, Moun¬
tain Lake Biological Station, Department of Biology, University of Vir¬
ginia, and must be submitted by April 1, 1959.
— Walter S. Florv, Jr., Blandy Experiment Farm
Chemistry
Bridgewater College Chemistry Department is offering an upper-level
undergraduate chemistry course in Advanced Organic Chemistry, taking
up such topics as mechanisms of organic reactions, dyes, vitamins, ster¬
oids, alkaloids, etc. This course is being offered in the evenings, for the
benefit of the chemical industry of this area.
Mary Kapp from Richmond Professional Institute was a summer em¬
ployee in Research and Development at Philip Morris.
Dr. John H. Wise, Washington and Lee University, spent his fifth
consecutive summer at Oak Ridge as a temporary employee of the Physics
Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory. In August, he was a partici¬
pant in the Virginia Education Association Instructional Institute on
“Science in the Secondary Schools” at Longwood College.
From Randolph-Macon Womans College
A summer institute for high school teachers of science was held at the
college from July 9 to August 21. Dr. Nan V. Thornton, Dr. Helen L.
Whidden, and Miss Imogene B. Claiborne instructed in chemistry. The
institute was sponsored by the National Science Foundation.
Mr. Forrest C. Hentz, Jr., has joined the Chemistry Department as
54 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
an instructor. He received his M.S. degree this summer from the Uni¬
versity of North Carolina.
Dr. Nan V. Thornton attended the meetings of the American Chemical
Society in Chicago in early September. She was also a participant in the
Institute of the Virginia Educational Association at Longwood College,
August 21-23.
Dr. Helen L. Whidden continued her work as technical adviser to the
Chemistry Section of the Babcock and Wilcox Company this summer on
a fullTime basis. During the school year, she works part-time in the same
position.
Dr. Laura Bliss attended the Fourth International Congress of Bio¬
chemistry in Vienna in September.
From the Virginia Polytechnic Institute:
William L. McPherson has been promoted from assistant professor
to associate professor and also directs the work of the Radioehemistry
Laboratory.
Dr. Alexej B. Borkovec joined the staff of the Chemistry Depart¬
ment in September as an assistant professor. He was previously employed
by the Texas Division of the Dow Chemical Company.
Dr. Frank A. Vingiello taught in the first summer session at Duke
University in North Carolina.
Dr. and Mrs. J. W. Watson attended the meeting of the American
Chemical Societv in Chicago in September.
Robert C. Krug and James A. Rigney presented a paper at the Chi¬
cago meeting entitled, “Unsaturated Cvclic Sulfines IV: Isomeric 2-
Methyldihydrothiophene 1, 1-Dioxides.”
Professor W. L. McPherson attended the Second Conference on
Analytieal Chemistry in Nuclear Reactor Technology sponsored by the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory held on September 29, 30, and October
1, at Gatlinburg, Tennessee.
Dr. Luther K. Brice and Professor William L. McPherson were re¬
sponsible for the Physical Science portion of the Virginia Polytechnic
Institute Virginia State Fair Exhibit shown in Richmond, September, 1958.
Mr. N. B. Lorette, a Research Specialist from the Organic Basic Re¬
search Laboratory of the Dow Chemical Company, Freeport, Texas Divi¬
sion, and Mr. John Moore, Assistant Director of Research, Organic Chem¬
istry Section, Dow Chemical Company, were visitors on our campus Octo-
News and Notes
55
1959]
ber 15 and 16. Mr. Lorette spoke before the local Chapter of Phi Lambda
Upsilon on the Preparation of Ketals.
Dr. J. W. Watson retired as Head of the Chemistry Department on
September 1 and the position is now filled by Dr. Robert C. Krug.
Mr. Clifton Wilson and Mr. John Sheridan joined the staff of the
Chemistry Department as teaching assistants in September.
Dr. Robert C. Krug, Councilor representing the Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, attended the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies Council
Meeting in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, October 21.
— M. A. Kise, Virginia Smelting Company
Engineering
Dean Lawrence R. Quarles of the University of Virginia School of En¬
gineering has announced the appointment of Professor Charles N. Gay¬
lord of tne Civil Engineering Department as Assistant Dean of the School
of Engineering. Dean Quarles represented the University of Virginia on
a NRUTC cruise to Europe tor two months from June to August. Pro¬
fessor Gaylord attended the annual meeting of the American Society for
Engineering Education in Berkeley, California in June. In August Dean
Quarles attended the Virginia Education Association Conference of Science
Teachers in the capacity of consultant in physics. In October he repre¬
sented the University of Virginia at the Atlanta meeting of the Regional
Advisory Council on Nuclear Energy.
Professor Orville R. Harris of the Electrical Engineering Department
of the University of Virginia was elected Secretary-Treasurer of the Vir¬
ginia Section ot the Inscitute of Radio Engineers. Professor R. E. L. Gildea
of the Civil Engineering Department of the University was elected to mem¬
bership in the American Academy of Sanitary Engineers in recognition of
his high standing and long experience in this field. Prof. Gildea presented
a paper on “Sand and Anthrafilt Filters” at a conference held in the Wash¬
ington area in May.
Mr. Tilton E. Shelburne, Director of the Virginia Council of Highway
Investigation and Research, attended a meeting of the Board of Directors
of the American Society of Civil Engineers in Portland, Oregon in June.
He traveled to La Salle, Illinois in July to attend regular meetings of
the Performance Rating Panel and the National Advisory Committee of
the AASHO Road-Test. Mr. Shelburne was active in all preparations
made at the University of Virginia for the First International Skid Pre¬
vention Conference held September 8 to 12. He was chairman of the sub-
56
The Virginia Journal of Science
1 January
Products of
Uctkuzeo- IS OUR MIDDLE NAME
News and Notes
57
1959]
committee reviewing laboratory and field methods of measuring road sur¬
face friction.
Mr. James L. Eades of the Virginia Council of Highway Investigation
and Research has been awarded a fellowship by the National Lime Asso¬
ciation for study and research at the University of Illinois where he is
now located. He will work for the doctors degree under Prof. Ralph
Grimm.
Professor David M. Crim of the Civil Engineering Department of Vir¬
ginia Military Institute has collaborated on writing a text Engineering
Materials published recently by Pitman.
Professor Arthur Bruce, on leave of absence from the Aeronautical Engi¬
neering Department of Virginia Polytechnic Institute, is attending Massa¬
chusetts Institute of Technology. He was awarded a fellowship to work
for the doctor’s degree in aeronautical engineering. During the past sum¬
mer he was engaged in research for the NACA at Langley Field, Vir¬
ginia during which time he completed a NACA publication "Smooth
Entry Into the Earth’s Atmosphere”. Professor Robert W. Truitt of the
Aeronautical Engineering Department at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
also was engaged in research for the NACA at Langley Field where he
worked on the preparation of a manual "Introduction to Hypersonic Aero¬
dynamics”. A paper "Minimum-Drag Cone Frustum at Hypersonic Speeds”
by Dr. Truitt appeared in the August issue of Aero Space Sciences.
The Chemical Engineering Department of Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬
tute has announced the appointment of Mr. Donald Puyear as Instructor.
Mr. Puyear comes from the Missouri School of Mines. A new bulletin ol
the Chemical Engineering Department "Anodic Behavior of Nickel, I,
Effect of Components of Electrolvte” has been prepared by B. C. Oza
and Professor N. F. Murphv.
Professors Otis L. Updike and Robert M. Hubbard of the Chemical
Engineering Department of the University of Virginia attended the Gol¬
den Anniversary Meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engi¬
neers in Philadelphia in June. Professor Updike is active in work of the
Program Committee preparing for a future symposium, and Professor Hub¬
bard is chairman of a committee for Teacher Recruiting and Placement.
Professor Hubbard spoke in June to the Virginia Section of the Instru¬
ment Society of America in Richmond. In October he attended a confer¬
ence of college professors at Esso Research and Engineering Company
in New Jersey.
The Chemical Engineering Department of the Universitv has announced
the appointment of Dr. Harold A. O’Hern and Dr. Robert H. Moen as As-
58 The Virginia Journal of Science | januarv
sistant Professors of Chemical Engineering. Dr. O’Hern comes from ihe
Engineering Experiment Station of the Du Pont Company, and Dr. Moen
comes from the Petroleum Development Division of Esso Research and
Engineering.
— Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia
Ceology
Gilles O. Allard joined the staff of the Geology Department at the Uni¬
versity of Virginia in September 1958 as assistant professor. He received
his B. A. and B. Sc. (geology) from the University of Montreal, his M. A.
from Queen’s University in 1953 and his Ph.D. from the Johns Hopkins
University in 1956. He has been working in the Chibougamau area, north¬
ern Quebec, since 1952, first for the Quebec Department of Mines doing
detailed mapping, and then as Superintendent of field operations for
Chibougamau Mining and Smelting, an active exploration company. Mr.
Allard’s main interests are economic geologv and petrolog\'.
R. S. Mitchell, at the University of Virginia, is completing a two-year
research project entitled “A Study of Polvtvpism and Its Relationship to
the Theory of the Spiral Growth of Crystals” which is financed by a Re¬
search Corporation Frederick Gardner Cottrell grant. Papers completed
under this project are “A Correlation between Theoretical Screw Dislo¬
cations and the Known Polytypes of Silicon Carbide,” Zeitschrift fur Kris-
tallographie, 109, 1, 1957; “Cadmium Bromide: Growth Spirals and Pos¬
sible Polytypism”, Nature, 182, 337, 1958; and “A Study of a Silicon Car¬
bide Crvstal Containing a New Polvtvpe, 27H,” Zeitschrift fur Kristallo-
graphie, in press, 1958. Structural polvtvpism in lead iodide is currentlv
being investigated.
“Industrial Limestones and Dolomites in Virginia: James River District
West of the Blue Ridge”, by R. S. Edmundson has been published bv the
Virginia Department of Conservation and Development as Bulletin 73 of
the Division of Mineral Resources, Charlottesville, Virginia. The bulletin
is accompanied bv a colored geologic map.
New geology staff member at Washington and Lee University is Dr.
Kenneth F. Bick, assistant professor. Dr. Bick has carried out stratigraphic
studies in the westward extension of the Unita Mountains in Utah and
Nevada.
Four undergraduates from the Washington and Lee University Geology
Department accompanied Dr. Edgar Spencer to Montana last summer.
Dr. Spencer’s studies of Precambrian geologv and structural historv of the
News and Notes
1959J
59
Madison Range will continue for two more years under a National Science
Foundation grant.
The largest undergraduate geology class in Washington and Lee history
was graduated last June, a total of 14 seniors, more than a third of which
went on to graduate school at Michigan and Columbia.
Washington and Lee’s geology department will occupy new modern
quarters in another year. The department will be assigned two floors and
share a new science building with the biology department under the
University’s recently announced expansion plans.
A social item from Lexington: Miss Elizabeth Humphries became the
bride of Dr. Edgar Spencer on November 26th.
The Department of Geological Sciences at the Virginia Polytechnic
Institute has enrolled a record number of graduate students this year. A
total of 23 graduate students currently are working on advanced degrees
and 7 of these are candidates for the Ph.D. The number of field mapping
problems being pursued activelv in Southwest Virginia has thereby trip¬
led.
Dr. Jack A. Redden joined the Virginia Polytechnic Institute of Geolog¬
ical Sciences on September I as a permanent addition to the staff. Dr.
Redden is a graduate of Dartmouth College and obtained his Ph.D.
degrees from Harvard University. He has been employed by the U.S.
Geological Survey for ten years as petrologist and economic geologist
working in the Black Hills area, South Dakota. Dr. Redden is particularly
interested in pegmatites, metamorphic petrology, and structural geology.
He will be partly responsible for instruction at the Summer Field Station
at Saltville.
A record number of students attended the Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Summer Field Course at the Saltville Field Station last summer. Some 31
students from seven states were enrolled. The staff included Dr. B. N.
Cooper, Director, Dr. B. W. Nelson, Dr. C. E. Sears, and Prof. C. G.
Tillman.
Dr. R. V. Dietrich, Professor of Geology at the Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, left in August with his family for a year’s study at the Mineral-
ogical Institute, University of Olso, Norwav, under a FuTbright research
professorship.
Dr. C. E. Sears conducted the geology sessions for the Summer Institute
for High School Science Teachers held at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute
for the second successive year under auspices of the National Science
Foundation.
Dr. B. N. Cooper, head of the Virginia Poivtechnic Institute Depart-
60
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
epe tit
ere 6 Amo
Le . ,.tL
ere 6
PHILIP MORRIS, INC
^ke (^uaiiti^
ouAe
Marlboro
Philip Morris
Parliament
Benson & Hedges
Spud
News and Notes
61
1959J
ment of Geological Sciences, traveled extensively during the summer to
study special economic aspects of limestone and shale deposits in Texas,
Kansas, Indiana, New York, Maryland, and Alabama. He also completed
a special report on ground water for the Virginia Advisory Legislative
Council. Preceding the meeting of the Geological Society of America
Council, of which he is a member, Dr. Cooper gave a special lecture to
the faculty and graduate students at the University of Wisconsin at Madi¬
son, Wisconsin.
Professor C. G. Tillman of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute spent the
latter part of the summer in Cambridge, Massachusetts, continuing his
studies of Middle Silurian invertebrate faunas.
Dr. W. D. Lowry of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute spent the sum¬
mer finishing his extensive report of structural and stratigraphic geology
of parts of eastern Oregon. This report soon will be published by the
Oregon Geological Survey.
Dr. B. W. Nelson of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute spent two months
in Wyoming making a stratigraphic and mineralogical study of bentonites
under the faculty supplementation program of the Gulf Oil Company. His
research work on sedimentary processes and geochemistry of the Virginia
estuaries has been given renewed support by the American Petroleum
Institute and the Chesapeake Corporation of Virginia.
—Bruce W. Nelson, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Statistics
Dr. Boyd Harshbarger, Head of the Department of Statistics at the
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, was chairman of one of the sessions of the
Fourth Conference on Design of Experiments at the Quartermaster Re¬
search and Engineering Center, Natick, Massachusetts. This conference
was sponsored by the Army Mathematics Steering Committee.
The Department of Statistics of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute was
the recent recipient of a grant for $3,500 from the Smith, Kline and
French Foundation to support research in biometry.
Dr. Herbert A. David of the Virginia Polvtechnic Institute was appoint¬
ed an associate editor for Biometrics.
Recipients of Ph.D. degrees in Statistics at the Virginia Polytechnic
Institute in June, 1958, were as follows: John J. Cart, Robert Riffenburgh,
and Willard O. Ash.
Mary B. McCahey, John P, Robinson, and Charles A. Bruce completed
62 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
their work for their Master of Science degree in Statistics at the Virginia
Polytechnic Institute; and Leroy S. Brenna completed his work for the
Ph.D. degree in Statistics.
The Virginia Academy of Science Chapter of the American Statistical
Association and the Richmond Section of the American Society for Quality
Control held a joint one day meeting at the Holiday Inn Restaurant
near Lynchburg on October 25.
The Statistics Section at the Institute of Textile Technology has been
enlarged with the purchase of a Burroughs Electro Data E-IOi-3 electron¬
ic computer, for use in statistical analysis work.
Mr. David Regnery Myers completed his M.S. thesis at the Institute
of Textile Technology, under the title: "‘The Influence of Doublings and
Draft on the Long-and Short-Term Weight Variations of Sliver and Sub¬
sequently Processed Yarn.” Mr. Meyers is now with Joanna Cotton Mills
Company, Joanna, S. C.
Textile Research Journal of July 1958 published a paper by N. L.
Enrick of the Institute of Textile Technology, and former Institute Student
W. D. Hicks, now with Fieldcrest Mills, Leaksville, N. C. on “Varia¬
tions in Roving Weight Introduced by the Slubber.”
Mill Test Procedures is the title of a new book by N. L. Enrick, pub¬
lished by Rayon Publishing Corporation, based on a series of articles ap¬
pearing in prior issues of Modern Textiles Magazine.
N. L. Enrick attended the Fall Meeting of the American Society for
Testing Materials, Committee D-I3, to chair the Task Group on Yarn
Imperfection Counters and participate in the work of the statistical group,
Subcommittee B-5.
— Clyde Y. Kramer, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
« The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
iiumber, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof
is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia.
The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements,
and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The
Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia.
Notice To Contributors
Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Brumfield, Stevens
Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub¬
lished on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must
accompany the manuscript.
Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the len^h of his paper by counting the total
number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 8300. The result is the
approximate number of printed pages in the Journal.
Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be
held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.
Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashedrline above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.
Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically
according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the
name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any).
For example: “Sniff en, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the
Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the
bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations,
where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940: 186)”, or “Sniffen
(1940) states that ..."
Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figui*es
should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated
by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin.
Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1 /2” x 6-1 /2”, and so
that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1 /2” x
11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish
the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional
figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a
grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black
drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬
graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬
graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast.
Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬
mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted.
Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction.
Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author.
OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
John C. Forbes, President
William M. Hinton, President-Elect
Paul M, Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr. Assistant Secretary-Treasurer.
COUNCIL
(Board of Trustees)
Edward S. Harlow (1960) Mrs, B. G. Heatwole (1960)
Byron N. Cooper (1958) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. (1962) Robert T. Brumfield
William Hinton (1959) Ralph A. Bradley (1963) Charles F. Lane
Thomas E. Gilmer (1961) Walter S. Flory (1959) George W. Jeffers
THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
%
il
jVol. 10, New Series April, 1959 No. 2
i
1
I
1
VoL. 10, New Series April, 1959
THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
No. 2
Published Four Times a. Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science
Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS
Pages
Characters Differentiating Common Morning-Glories
Occurring in Virginia —
Robert J. Knight, III . . . . ' . . 63 J
A Study of The Chlorophyta of the James River Basin, Virginia —
Bernard Woodson, Jr . 70
News and Notes . 83
Program of the Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting of the
Virginia Academy of Science . 101
EDITORIAL BOARD
Robert T. Brumfield, Editor
Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor
Charles F. Lane, Managing Editor
Lee S. Harrow, Advertising Manager
Carl W. Allen
Walter S. Flory, Jr.
Robert M. Hubbard
Cyril R. Mill
Section Editors
Irving G. Foster
Merle A. Kise
Bruce W. Nelson
Caroline Gambrill
P. Arne Hansen
James P. Patton
W. Parker Anslow, Jr.
C. Y. Kramer
Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Farmville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 per volume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July,
and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Farmville, Va.
Mailed April 6, 1959
THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
VoL. 10, New Series April, 1959 No. 2
CHARACTERS DIFFERENTIATING
COMMON MORNING-GLORIES
OCCURRING IN VIRGINIAi
Robert J. Knight, III"
The Blandij Experimental Farm, Boyce, Virginia
A few species in the Convolvulaceae are numerically abundant in
Virginia. These morning-glories and bindweeds are in greatest evidence
as seedlings or blooming and maturing plants during tiie warm months
of the year. During the course of a study of evolutionary trends in the
family, a key was prepared for diagnosing the taxa most common in
northern Virginia. It is believed that this may be of use in determining
the identity of specimens encountered in the field in most parts of the
State. An artificial key is used rather than one based on putative phvlo-
genetic relations, because this method appears to the author to be the
simplest procedure for rapidly determining identities of living specimens.
If the treatment common in Europe were followed (Van Ooststroom,
1938; Hallier, 1893), three species discussed here would be placed in
Calijstegia which is not usually given generic standing in North America
(Fernald, 1950; Lawrence, 1951; Gleason, 1952). These species are
listed here as Convolvulus sepium, C. spithamaeus and C. Ptirshianus
Wherry. There seems to be some justification for the European practice
when one considers the relative size and position of bracts, and volume
of pollen grain in relation to length of style in these three species. Never¬
theless at present and pending additional taxonomic studies of the
group, it is believed advisable to follow the usual American procedure
and retain them within the genus Convolvulus.
1 The author gratefully acknowledges the counsel and support of Dr. W. S. Flory, Jr.,
who directed his graduate research at The Blandy Experimental Farm. This paper is a
portion of a dissertation submitted to the Universiy of Vii’ginia in partial fulfillment of
requirements for the Ph.D. degree.
^ Present address : U.S.D.A. Agricultural Research Service, Crops Research Division,
Beltsville, Maryland.
%
SMITHSONIAN
INSTITUTION
APR 1 T 195»
64
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
1959] Morning Glories in Virginia 65
In southern Virginia near the coast one might occasionally encounter
the cypress-vine, Quamoclit pennata (Desr.) Voigt. The cypress-vine
itself is not included in the present key because of its comparative rarity
when the entire State is considered. This species is unmistakably iden¬
tified by its finely-divided pinnate leaves (fig. 1 f, leaf -blade and coty¬
ledon) and the dark red, star-shaped flowers. White flowers are also
known.
On shale foimations in western Virginia and West Virginia, Con¬
volvulus Purshianus Wherry {Calystegia tomentosa Pursh) occurs. This
species is readily recognized by the dense silvery tomentum on the leaves.
The leaves remain folded together for much of their length, and this
makes them appear wilted even when moisture relations are normal.
The annual versus perennial growth habit can be determined by
following a given shoot into the soil. In annual species, the cotyledons
persist until the plant is quite large; even though the cotyledons may
have fallen they leave two prominent, oppositely-oriented scars near the
soil line. The true leaves are alternately arranged in morning-glories, and
therefore leave no scars directly opposite each other upon falling. Thus
a Convolvulaceous plant without visible cotyledons or their scars is im¬
mediately classed as perennial.
The habit of promiscuous rooting from widely proliferating under¬
ground rhizomes affords a useful means of distinguishing Convolvulus
from the only perennial Ipomoea occurring throughout Virginia, 1. pandu-
rata. The large fleshy taproot of this species may terminate as much as
30 to 40 centimeters below the soil’s surface. Though several shoots may
arise from a given root, they can all be traced back to a common point
of origin. These shoots are true stems, bearing nodes below ground. They
produce no roots above the point of attachment to the taproot.
Within the annual species, the only problem of identification likely
to be encountered is that of differentiating Ipomoea purpurea from L
hederaeea. It is believed that the accompanying key and the descriptive
Figure I. Outlines of leaf-blades of nine, and cotyledons of five
morning-glory species occurring in Virginia: a. leaf-blade of Ipomoea
pandurata; b. shoot of Convolvtdus arvensis, bearing 4 leaves; c. leaf-
blade of Convolvulus spithamaea; d. leaf-blade of C. sepium; e. leaf-
blade and cotyledon of Ipomoea lacunosa; f. leaf-blade and cotyledon of
Quamoclit pennata; g. leaf-blade and cotyledon of Q. coccinea; h. leaf-
blade and cotyledon of Ipomoea hederaeea; i. leaf -blade and cotyledon
of I. purpurea.
66 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
information immediately following it will make this problem less diffieuTt.
A Key to the Morning-glories Common in Virginia
A. Perennial
B. Individual plants arising from single large fleshy taproot, rarely
spreading by underground rhizomes . Ipomoea pandurata.
B. Individual clones spreading widely by means of underground
rhizomes; roots finely divided, no single large taproot . C
C. Bracts small, inconspicuous, well below the calyx .
Convolvulus arvensis
C. Bracts large, enveloping sepals and later capsule
as it develops . D
D. Erect habit of growth, producing many short stems .
C. spithamaeus.
D. Twining habit of growth . C. sepium.
A. Annual
B. Flowers orange or scarlet, salverform with exserted pistil and
stamens; sepals tapering into long, spurlike projections .
Quamoclit coccinea.
B. Flowers not orange or scarlet, funnelform with included pistil
and stamens; calyx without spurlike projections . C
C. Flowers small (1.5 to 2 cm. long by 1 to 2 cm. in diameter),
white or pale purple, ovary 2-celled . Ipomoea lacunosa.
C. Flowers larger than above (tube 2.5 cm. or longer, limb 3.0
cm. or more in diameter), blue, purple, red or white; ovary
3-celled . D
D. Flowers blue, never with 5 dark lines in throat, relatively
small (tube 2.5 to 5.0 cm., limb 2.5 to 4.0 cm.), leaves
usually 3-lobed; ripened ovary never depressed 1. hederacea.
D. Flowers purple, red, blue, or white, almost always with
5 dark lines in throat, relatively large (tube 4.0 to 6.0 cm.,
limb approximately the same); leaves usually entire, not
lobed; ripened ovary almost always depressed J. purpurea.
1. Ipomoea pandurata (L.) G. F. W. Meyer. Leaves cordate to
panduriform, glabrous or finely pubescent, with conspicuous dark vein-
1959] Morning Glories in Virginia 67
ing; stems uniformly dark brown to purple; calyx glabrous, fleshy, ad¬
hering closely to base of flower; corolla funnel-shaped, tube from 5 to
8 cm. long, limb of approximately the same width, white; interior of tube
maroon; stigma 2-parted; often fails to set seed, thus late in season may
exhibit many barren peduncles from which flowers have fallen. Occurs
in cultivated fields, along roadsides, in power company rights-of-way and
other cleared areas. Blooms in Clarke County from earliest summer to
frost. Leaf -blade outline (fig. 1 a).
2. Convolvulus arvensis L. Corolla bell-shaped, small (1.5 to 2.0
cm. long by about same width), white or sometimes pinkish; plant finely
pubescent or glabrous, having small, rounded-triangular to conspicuously
sagittate leaves, from 2 to 5 cm. long by 2 to 3.5 cm. wide; leaves vary
much in shape and size from one clone to another (Brown, 1946); plant
generally fine in scale, of a dark grayish-green color. A frequent pest in
lawns and gardens, common in moist soil along roadsides and ditchbanks.
Blooms, moisture supply permitting, from early summer to frost.
Individual clones, isolated, set few if any seed. Outline of shoot with
leaves (fig. lb).
3. Convolvulus spithamaeus L. Leaves oblong or slightly narrower
at base than middle, pubescent; corolla large, white or pinkish, bell¬
shaped (4 to 7 cm. long by about same width). Common along Skyline
Drive in mid-June. Leaf -blade outline (fig. 1 c). [Closely related to this
species, if not a form of it, is Convolvulus Purshianus Wherry (Calij-
stegia tomentosa Pursh), with persistently conduplicate leaves bearing a
thick, silvery pubescence; an inhabitant of shale areas in western Virginia.]
4. Convolvulus sepium L. Entire plant glabrous, of a bright green
color; peduncles rectangular in cross-section; leaves large (5 to 10 cm.
long by 3 to 7.5 cm. wide), usually triangular or saggittate, with one or
two sharply defined angles at the base; veins depressed, giving leaves a
reticulate appearance; flowers large (4 to 7 cm. long by about same
width), white or pink. Abundant in old cornfields or other areas long in
cultivation, often occurring along fencerows. Blooms in Clarke County
from the third week in June until frost. Leaf-blade outline (fig. 1 d).
5. Quamoclit coccinea (L.) Moench. Readily determined from color
of corolla and, after blooms have faded, by the long spurlike awns which
terminate the sepals; ripening and mature ovary depressed; leaves usu¬
ally cordate, entire or very shallowly trilobed, but in form hederifoUa
House are deeply 3- to 5-lobed. Immature plants can be distinguished
from species of Ipomoea which might be present by the lighter green,
almost yellowish cast of the Quamoclit plants, in contrast to the darker
green color characteristic of Ipomoea seedlings. Quamoclit coccinea is oc-
68 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
casional in cultivated fields. Blooms in Clarke County from mid- August
until frost. Outline of leaf -blade and cotyledon (fig. 1 g).
6. Ipomoea lacunosa L. Flowers inconspicuous, closing early in day,
often hidden in foliage; corolla most often white, but may be a pale
purple; leaves most often entire, not lobed, but may be shallowly 3-lobed
or, rarely, 5-lobed; cotyledons deeply divided, with narrow lobes which
flare widely; sepals thin but tough and rigid as opposed to soft, herbace¬
ous calyx of other annual species of Ipomoea. Blooms from late June to
October at Blandy Farm. Only white flowers have been observed in
Clarke and Warren Counties, but the mauve-colored forma purpurata Fer-
nald has been collected in Albemarle County. Outline of leaf-blade and
cotyledon (fig. 1 e ).
7. Ipomoea hederacea (L.) Jacquin. Leaves usually 3-lobed in this
part of the range, occasionally unlobed or 5-lobed; cotyledon lobes or¬
dinarily not widely flared, but sulcus between lobes is usually relatively
deep; entire plant is usually thickly covered with coarse, straw-colored
hairs, calyx particularly well supplied with tomentum so that glands
though present are not always readily visible; edges of sepals rolled to¬
gether making a cross-section of the portion of the sepal which projects
beyond the ovary U- or horseshoe-shaped; rarely exhibits abundant pig¬
ment in stem above cotyledons, and never in abruptly distinct patches;
ordinarily no more than 3 flowers to a single peduncle, often only one.
An abundant weed in cultivated fields and recently disturbed ground,
but appears unable to compete with other plants in sod or woodland.
This species has usually finished blooming, and ripened its seed crop well
before the first frost in autumn. Outline of the type of leaf-blade most
frequently observed and of cotyledon, fig. 1 h.
8. Ipomoea purpurea (L.) Roth. Leaves usually entire in this part
of the range, but may be deeply 3- or 5-lobed; cotyledon lobes never
widely flared, and sulcus between lobes is relatively shallow; entire plant
is sparsely puberulous, thus glands on calyx usually appear prominent;
individual sepals flattened in cross-section, not involute; cross-section of
sepal may be cresent-shaped, but is never U- or horseshoe-shaped; stems
frequently display long patches of dark purple pigment on the side ex¬
posed to sunlight (even in white-flowered specimens), with an abrupt
line of demarcation between pigmented area and the pale green portion
of stem that is ordinarily shaded; frequently as many as 5 flowers in one
inflorescence. Common weed in fields and gardens, but apparently can¬
not persist in grassland or woods: “Crimson Rambler,” “Rose Marie,” and
“Tinkerbell’s Petticoat” are all cultivated forms of this species. Continues
to bloom profusely in autumn till frost. Outline of leaf-blade and cotv-
ledon, fig. 1 i.
1959]
Morning Glories in Virginia
69
LITERATURE CITED
Brown, E. D. 1946. Notes on some variations in field bindweed {Con¬
volvulus arvensis L.) Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci. 20: 269-276.
Fernald, M. L. 1950. Gray’s Manual of Botany. Eighth Ed. American
Book Co. New York. 1632 pages.
Gleason, H. A. 1952. The New Britton and Brown Illustrated Flora. Vol.
3. New York Botanical Garden. New York. 589 pages.
Hallier, H. 1893. Versuch einer naturlicher Gliederung der Convolvul-
aceae. In Engler’s botan. Jahrbucher 16: 453-591.
Lawrence, G. H. M. 1951. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. Macmillan.
New York. 823 pages.
Van Ooststroom, S. J. 1938. The Convolvulaceae of Malaysia, I. Blumea
3: 62-94.
70
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
A STUDY OF THE CHLOROPHYTA OF THE
JAMES RIVER BASIN, VIRGINIA^
I. COLLECTION POINTS AND SPECIES LIST.
Bernard Woodson, Jr.
Virginia State College
Objectives of This Study
This is an investigation of the distribution, elassification and ecology
of the Chlorophyta of the James River Basin. The primary objectives of
this 'work have been: (1) the collection and identification of green
algae (Chlorophyta) from representative points along the James River
Basin; (2) the determination, where possible, of the geological or soil
features and chemical factors related to the distribution of Chlorophyta
along the James River Basin; and, (3) the assembling of ecological data
concerning algal development in the streams concerned in general.
Need for this work was brought to the attention of the writer by his
advisor, Dr. G. W. Prescott. R was suggested that since no formal study
had been made on the distribution and ecology of green algae in the area
covered by this report, that it would be well to make such a survey. Sev¬
eral persons have reported organisms from different points in Virginia,
but for the Chlorophyta along the James River Basin it is virgin territory.
J. C. Strickland, (1942)^, has made a survey of blue-green algae, H. S.
Forest (1954) has presented a check list of algae in the vicinitv of
Mountain Lake Biological Station, Virginia, S. L. Meyer (1940) has
reported species of Phacus, and Vivian Farlow (1928) has reported on
algae of ponds, from tadpole intestine. It was also suggested by Dr.
Prescott that the writer try to associate as many factors (ecological,
parent rock, soil regions, water chemistry, etc.) with the distribution of
the Chlorophyta along the James River Basin as possible. The investiga¬
tion was started during the summer of 1955.
The Present Study — The results of the complete study will be
published in several articles. The present article will list in detail the
collection points, as well as the 89 species of Chlorophyta encountered.
Methods and Procedure — In order to carry out the major ob¬
jectives of this problem, representative water samples were collected
from points along the James River. This was done by taking samples
1 A survey made as partial fulfillment for the requirements for the Ph.D. degree at
Michigan State University.
2 Literature citations will appear in a later paper in this series.
1959] Chlorophyta of the James River Basin 71
from tributaries emptying into the James River on both sides making
certain that all main streams were represented from headwaters to the
mouth of the river.
The distance from origin to mouth of the James is approximately
300 miles, but it was necessary to travel over one thousand miles to
make a complete survey of the area studied for each sampling period.
The first collections were made in August of 1955. Samples were
taken from both sides of the James making certain that representative
samples were taken from each county bordering the river. This was
done mainly with the desire of obtaining samples from each parent soil
type. As shown by the soils map, many of the counties had the same
physiography.
At least two, often many more, samples, however, were taken from
streams emptying into the James from each county. This procedure was
adhered to as closely as possible, for the winter collection 1955-56 and
spring collection 1956. A total of 97 points were sampled by the
author, and Dr. Strickland of the University of Richmond contributed 16.
In surveying the tributaries, all macroscopic algal growth were
sampled. In many instances soil samples of stream bottoms were collect¬
ed even though there was no definite sign of algal growth. Also samples
of twigs, leaves, rocks or other debris were collected for examination.
Observations were made as to the speed of the currents of the streams,
type of bottom and where possible, the various species or genera of
higher plants of the stream and bordering banks. Plankton samples were
also obtained from many of the larger bodies of water. The samples
were preserved in Transeau’s solution, known as 6-3-1 (6 parts water,
3 parts ethyl alcohol and 1 part commercial formahn).
In the summer of 1956, the author again covered the same distance
taking samples of water from the main tributaries for chemical analyses
and also taking the pH of the explored streams. The chemical analyses
of these waters had already been made by the Department of Conser¬
vation, Division of Water Resources, but phosphorus analyses had been
omitted from the data by the Conservation Department of Virginia;
therefore, the author made phosphorus determinations using the ‘‘Molyb¬
date Colorimeter Method.”
The materials collected were examined in the laboratory and the
species found in each collection were recorded. A drawing of each species
observed was made with the camera lucida.
72
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
0)
r-i 0^
^ rS
(U ^
bJD g
OT
o
cd
oi
i:§
0
P3
0
0
nd
S'!
0 ^
bJO
£
p
0
:z:
g
:2:
0
0
PP
^ 4_r
00 -2
P4 ^
a .2
>%
>^
pd
TS
a a •
-TJ
Id
TS
0 0 'T5
P
P
P
9 c3
^ .2
.s
^ G s
- s ^
W2 O
•g ^ cd
o -Q i5
,-H ^
0
00 0
^-5
TS
Ph
0
P
O
00
2 ^
feJD §
'S
^ P
^ s
0
0
0
0
P
P
P
0
0
0
0
T5 ^
P P 9
c3 c« O
OO 00 5h
s
bJO
bJO
bJD
bb
b£)
00
Pd
0
5-1
PL,
P
r2
P
.a
r2
P
p
¥
0
.a
0
f-H ^
0
.2^
'-a
p
p
mh
Pd
Pd
dn
Pd
'4h
u
a
pA
>^
c«
0
'-I
s>
__o
rB
^ d
J ^
s
P4
0
0
P4
0
0
C/D
Pd
Pd
0
c«
1 °
S 6
4->
6
6
0
s .a
pp 0
nd
p
0
a
00
0
0
p
a
0
p
3
I
Pd 0,
bJO
:§
1> .2
't!
c«
-M
rP
a
pp
c«
•a .§
s
'■n 0
*a
H
s
J i
bO
. 00
-M 0
Pd pp
0
6
0
Pd
0
Pd
£
[p
rH
0
rH
rd
Mh O
O > rP
l-H ^ 4-1
U ^ ^
3^ -
s.
r-H ^
a 00
P
.2
o
o
W2 1-P
p
I o
p
p
4J O
PP u
^-1
0
S;5
bf) 0)
1 1
•p I — i
03
_r1
^ "S
u g
(H
0
v I— I
p .2
0
o
O
p
c3
P
&
PP P^
a ^
o
^ n-T
g g
S
0 ^
a:!
O PP
CO
0
0
0
0
o
o
O
co'
pc;
0
0
Sh
U
o
U
nd
P
i_p
2
o
o
o
o
zo
P2^
P4
0
0
0
"■O
o u
^to
Sh
p
!-i
0
PQ
o
o
o
lO
0
2
u
0
.2
CO
Sop
0
>
ctf
0
PQ
0
o
p
P4
O
P
CD
O O
® o
w o
. O
S i
0''
0 >
0 .P
O Q
o
o
O
0
pp
O
o
TS
0
a
0
0
o
pp
o
O
2
*0
0
4-<
00
0
6
OT
0
S
0
of
0 CO
•p cd
p 5-<
^ bJO
-TS
2
00 0
^ P^
X
o
P
P W)
.a
o
P Pw
C/D
0
0
.a
's
p^
a
>
0
0
X
Pd
0
• 2
0
0
!~l
0
0
'£
d
0 .9
0
Ti
S ^
Gj
bJO
P
p 0
a bJD
Tb
2 ^
Ph 0
Pd 0
Id
£
c 0
rH
Cvj
CO
1959]
Chlorophyta of the James River Basin
73
pi.
CO
CO
8
s
O
•+^
8
a
bD
o
a
8
su
O
CO
0)
bJO
>
.o
'S
8
QO
CO
S
I
8
bJO
S
O
bJD
O
.5^
>3
bS
00
a
6
G
s
0
O
8
8
8
a
c<^
0
-w
^co
*co
•8
8
X
CO
O
G
0
X
G
G
d<
CO
•S
a
8
a
pi
Ph
c/T
bJO
G
O
8
so
8
r8
A.
CO
G
U
bJO
"1^
G
0
X
S>
>
a.
8^
O
o
1
0
G
O
0
G
O
X
0
0
0"
G
0
w
O
:z:
pc;
ct;
X
■5
G
X
CO
G
CO
X
X
0
G
X
X
G
«-+-.
. — 1
CO
G
CO
G
G
G
G
>^
X
0
O
0
0
0
G
0
0
0
PP
C/3
pc;
PP
pp
13
Ti
c
a
C/D
CO
>>
03
w
■xs
03
pp
BP
G
X
CO
GP
CO
X
X
’rB
0
G
X
>-8
X
i-i
iB
G
bJO
S
G
G
CO
G3
W3
■x
o3
X
o5
C/3
X
G
a
O
O
PC
G
o
X
G
03
G
H
6
. U
^ o
o
^ X
<D G
O 0
5h h-l
U X
Gb lO"
o3
S X
C/3 p::;
o
U
C
__0
X
c3
o
0
0
S-H
o
X
G
S-4
G
H
o
U
4-*
• pH
u
lO ^
. G
■ti
U
lO
pc;
0
0
J-l
u
G
‘£
0
ffi
lO CO
U
a
U
io"
G
G
Ph
CO
G
G
G
O
X
G
G
G
pc;
§ ^
o Q
0
0 u
lO
0
0
Jh
P4
0
0
u
o
tj
U
a
U
lO
0
£ O O
00
o
U
G
lO
pc; p^
>%
G
a
o
a
.a
IB
u
o
CN
0
G
G
G
O
CO
G
>
bO
J a
X G
IG
0 X
o i
CM
CO
X
G
O
pc;
G
O
Oi
a
G
ffi
1
G
>
X
X
0
!-<
0
0
•pH
Mh
rH
i
G
.>
2
2
%
G
-M
PP
CO
0
CO
6
0
G
hP
pi.
a
P4
a
■i
0
u
G
0
0
^-1
•w
"So
<-w
0
G
c-M
0
U
CO
6
CJ
CO
CO
0
2
CO
0
$-4
M-i
0
"0
0
;-!
u
CO
0
;-l
■.-I
G
G
0
X
g;
0
HH
G
CO
PG,
u
CM
CO
CD
l>
cq
cq
cq
cq
cq
74
The Virginia Journal of Science
^ g :§
o 2
o
<1^
i
O
15^
tdO
O
53
"i
^ I
tdO
a. o
^ I
i-'S
8 1
§ §
bJO
1
0 ^
2 §
p
p:3
PL
c/3
So
on
of
CO
S
r~o
0
c3
bJO
CO
0
cc3 0
0
0
5
g
irum
<
0"
0
P
< 'co
0
G
a
0
0
g ^
c
o
O
Q
0
W
0
:z:
CP
kPI
:z:
:z:
TJ
C
a
o
o
pc;
'-CS
’rt
M-l
c3
■TJ
"O
TJ
r.
^ Ti
C ^ n
c3 to WD
C/3 fe
TJ
C
C3
bJD
o
c;:
>^
CO
c^
O
O
PP
TJ
ns
ns
T3
-TJ
ns
C
C3
__o
Ln
o
U
0
b^)
;-i
o
03
O
03
O
CP
o
o
c
03
03
iz:
o'
CO
PC
o
U
o
O
o a
O 2
o
- o
CO o
4J ^
CO*'
o
o
o
o
03
o
o3
>
r ^
co"
CO
PC
o
O
a
o3
bJD
g
'M
O
pq S
o' ^
Cvj
CP
CP
0
2
0
0
£
CP
0
0
pp
0
0
^-1
u
Co.
0
'.-1
U
g
a
0
U
zn
0
0
.>
2
2
0
0
0
u
^co
0
u
a
a
>
a
Georg
0
CP
0
2
u
0
0
rJS
0
V
PC
a
03
.>
2
>
V
a
ffi
ns
2
1
00
0
0
CM
CO
10
CO
CNl
CM
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
PP
o
o
J-(
03
^>
S
OJ
2 C3
a 3
CO CP
C30
CO
o
u
-o
o
2h
u!
03
P2
a
u
^ cS ^
I I oi
■s ^ 2
[April
40 Deep Creek, Rt. 60, Cumberland Co. Slow and muddy None
41 Falling Creek, Rt. 60, Chesterfield Co. Fairly swift, mucky None
42 Appomattox River, Petersburg, Va. Fairly swift, rocky None
and polluted
44 Swift Creek, Rt. 1, Chesterfield Co. Swift and rocky Veronica sp.
45 Appomattox River, Two mi. above Quite swift and rocky None, seemed polluted.
Petersburg in Chesterfield Co.
46 Swift Creek, Rt. 602, Chesterfield Co. Fairly swift and rocky None, algae on rocks
and soil
47 David Creek, Rt. 60, Appomattox Co. Fairly swift, slate rock None, Algae on rocks
.1959]
Chlorophyta of tbpe James R,iver Basin
75
rocks,
soil
debris
rocks
o S bb
O G C
on
md
on
on
(D
DXJ 0
i-C
^ O
< 2
<D
sp.,
iatae,
overha
ch
Vi
p
clT 9^
CD ^
CD
a>-
cd"
CD bS G5
bJO
o
o ^
S
o ^
G
O
o
O
2:
r ^
00
'TJ
AC
o
o
O
o
o
p
o
P
00
p
o
Jh
T5
TJ
'~0
rj
rt
a
G
s
4-.
4-1
4-1
.V
M-!
M-l
a
cn
C/D
C/D
C/D
o
6
U
U
X
o
6
6
U
4-4
U
6
r.Q
G
6
0
C
CD,
c
s
U
0
V,
G
O
a
S
X!
’ci
CD
'O
G
0
O
u
CD
Sh
A
0
0
<
CD
0
-M
0
G
S
O
04
o'
CO
Ol
TD
0
PQ
0
bJO
0
CQ
PC
0''
O ^
<
4-4
pc;
s
rH
o
lO
S
0
220
oq
oq
qd"
a"
4->
(M
0
s-<
4J
PC
s
0
Sh
u
0
_>
s
4D
Pd
A
ek, B
Co.
PC
A*'
0
a''
0
0
A
0
>
X
o
0
0
0
0
0
j-i
U
0
p
0
G
u
U bJO
'li
u
G
CJ
a
o
CD
A
4-4
G
■5
•Ti
t! 0
0
0
4-4
0
•"S
CD
w
G 0
0
c3
PQ
<
« PC
u
00
O
oq
CO
in
in
in
10
10
10
m
56 Lapsley Run, Rt. 220, Botetourte Co. Swift and rocky None, grasses, golden
rods and willows
overhanging
57 Craigs Creek, Rt. 220, Botetourte Co. Swift and rocky Potamogeton sp. Elodea
canadensis, Lijsimachia
sp. and Char a sp.
58 Mills Creek, Rt. 220, Botetourte Co. Swiftly flowing, rocky None, seemed polluted.
59 Sinking Creek, Rt. 220, Botetourte Co. Slow flowing with None, algae on rocks
shale bottom
76
The Virginia Journal of Science
§)
.O
’s
3 >
OO
O
O
Sh
^ bO
^ 3
p S
r/5
y C3
^ a h
? (T* C2
o
W3
P^
o
2
G
o
CS
bJD
<D
O
<3
S
s'
o
so
tUD
<3
OT
00
Vi X
^ 9.
a P
in
X
^ 8
p^ 2
'IS
u o
o
(S-s
[April
>%
p.54
O
O
!h
pii!
O
O
o o
o o
!-i ;-i
o
p^
o
o
o
o
TJ
G
S
C/D
C/D C/D
'OH ^ CC
■? p2
C/D C/D C/D
C/D
6
u
s
cu
W)
00
o'
CO
p:;
;-l
oo
>
pp
o
o
tn
O
O
CO
6
O
00
6
bJD
oo
c
0
6
C
6
U
<
oo
pp
bO
§
in
P
0
6
U
o"
pP
"So
OO
pO
C/3
To
6
U
s
CO
<
p0
<
g
<3
oo
pC
00
pS
bJO
pOO
PP
CO
o'
CO
0"
CO
(O
CM
W)
pO
<
<
X
00
00
s
p
s
p.54'
00
p
S
£
£
'.-T
00
>
X
00
P
oo
U
4->
cn
u
00
p
_>
rr'
£
u
0
o
tn
P-l
s
0
m
Os
U
in
5-1
Ph
prt
C+H
p5^
Tb
O
$
J>
O
U
s
5d
OO
00
W
00
Ph
0
0
PP
CM
CO
10
CO
00
CD
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
69 Westhampton Lake, University of Richmond
70 Temporary Pool — Huguenot Bridge
Chesterfield Co.
71 Granite Quarry — Chesterfield Co.
72 Ditch along railroad — Northside of James
River, Henrico Co.
73 Swamp, 10 miles west of Richmond,
77
1959]
Chlorophyta of the James River Basin
Co
3
^ §
3 3
O 3
tjo ^
3 "3
O
r2
- T3
<D
bJO 3
fi r:;
c3 S
s’?
"3 a
cy
p:;
CD
(D
on
3D
a
o
p
a
r-
CD
Ti
C
ci
C5
CO"
^ -S
<D
rs C/3
r— < CD
" 3
in CD
CM 3D
.s O
00
o g
o
3
78
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
TAXONOMIC LIST
(Numbers in parenthesis refer to collection points as listed above.)
Division Chlorophyta
Class Chlorophyceae
Order Volvocales
Family Volvocaceae
Pandorina morum Bory (69)
Eiidorina elegans Ehr. (13) (72)
Order Tetrasporales
Family Palmellaceae
Gloeocijstis gigas (Kutz) Lagerh (30) (52)
Tetraspora luhrica (Roth) Agardh (14) (15) (16) (28) (29)
(45)
Family Coccomyxaceae
Dispora crucigenioides Printz (65)
Coccomyxa dispar Schmidle (71)
Order Ulothrichales
Family Ulotrichaceae
Ulothrix tenerrima Kutz (11) (12) (27)
U. zonata (Weber and Mohr) Kutz (4) (22) (23) (53) (64)
Family Trentepohliaceae
Lochmium piluliferum Printz (57)
Order Microsporales
Family Microsporaceae
Microspora amoena (Kutz.) Rab. (4) (6) (16) (17)
M. Willeana Lagerheim and Detoni (12)
Order Chaetophorales
Family Chaetophoraceae
Stigeoclonium stagnatile (Hazen) Collins (34)
S. subseciindum Keutzing (1) (10) (11) (12) (15) (69)
Chaetophora elegans (Roth) Agardh (15) (22) (42)
1959]
79
Chlorophyta of the James River Basin
C. incrassata (Hads.) Hazen (73)
Draparnaldia glomerata (Vauch.) Agardh (72)
D. platijzonata Hazen (3) (44) (45) (73)
D. plumosa (Vauch.) Agardh (22) (42) (62) (66) (69) (72)
Order Cladphorales
Family Cladophoraceae
Cladophora callicoma. Keutz (21)
C. insignis Keutz (54) (64)
Pithophora keioensis Wittr. (42)
Rhizocloniiirn hieroglyphicum (Ag.) Kutz (20) (32) (35) (42)
(74)
Order Ulvales
Family Ulvaceae
Enteromorpha prolifera (FI. Dan.) Agardh (24)
Ulva lactuca Linn. (23)
Order Oedogoniales
Family Oedogoniaceae
Oedogonum echinospermum Braun and Keutz (6)
Oe. minor Witt. (13)
Order Chlorococcales
Family Hydrodictyaceae
Hydrodictyon reticidatiim (L) Lager. (74)
Pediastrum duplex — var clathratum (Braun) Lagerh. (13) (20)
var. reticidatum Lagerh. (20)
P. integrum Naegeli (20)
P. simplex (Meyen) Lemmer (61)
Family Coelastraceae
Coelastrum camhricum Archer (46)
Family Oocystaceae
Eremosphaera viridis DeBary (24)
Family Scenedesmaceae
Scenedesmus quadricauda (Turp.) Breb. (22) (46)
80
[April
The Virginia Journal of Science
Order Zygnematales
Family Zygnemataceae
Spirogyra aplansopora Rand. (69)
Sp. cleaveana Trans. (3) (69)
Sp. communis (Hass.) Keutz
Sp. crassa Keutz. (5) (34) (36)
Sp. denticiilata Trans. (15)
Sp. insignis (Hass.) Keutz (42)
Sp. mirabilis (Hass.) Keutz (69)
Sp. protecta (2)
Sp. semiornata Jac. (69)
Zijgnema insigne (Hass.) Keutz (71)
Family Desmidiaceae
Closterium acerostim (Schrank) Ehren. (42)
Cl. abruptum var. africanum (West) Kreiger (19) (46)
Cl. Dianae Ehren. (6) (16)
Cl. didymotocum Rails. (40)
Cl. Leibleinii Keutz. (6) (69)
Cl. Morale Gay (38) (46) (48) (53)
Cl. moniUforme (Rory) Ehren. (2) (6) (19) (33) (38) (41)
(46) (52) (61) (64) (68)
Cl. Frit char dianum Archer (1) (52) (71)
Cl. praelongum Brab (46)
Cl. rostratum Ehren. (40) (46)
Cl. tumidum Johnson (40) (48) (62) (65)
Cl. tumidulum (40)
Cosmarium formosuliim var. nathorastii (Boldst.) W. & W. (40)
(54) (56)
Cos. fomosuliim Boldst. (54) (56) (57)
Cos. meneghini Breb. (46) (57) (71)
Cos. margaritatum (Lund). Roy & Bliss (59)
Cos. pseudoconnatum Nordst. (40) (58) (59)
Cos. pseudopyramidatum (58)
Cos. punctulatum var. subpunctulatum (Nordst.) Berg. (4)
(33) (48) (58) (68)
Cos. suhreniforme Nordst. (40)
1959]
81
Chlorophyta of the James River Basin
Cylindrocystis diplospora Lund. (71)
Desmidium Bailey i (Rails.) Nordst (59)
D. Swartzii Agardh. (6) (7) (16) (57) (59)
Euastnim verrucosum var. alatum Wolle (6)
Hyalotheca dissiliens (J. E. Smith) Breb. (3) (15) (28) (38)
(39) (45) (57) (59) (71)
Hy. mucosa (Dillw.) Ehren. (22)
Micrasterias americana (Ehren.) Ralls. (6)
M. sol. (Ehren.) Keutz (6) (39)
M. truncata (Corda) Breb. (57) (58)
Penium margaritaceum (Ehren.) Breb. (1) (33) (64)
Pleurotaenium cylindricum Ralls. (6) (39)
Pi. Ehrenbergii (Breb.) DeBary (59)
Staurastrum alternans Breb. (17) (38) (48) (65)
Str. Brebissonii Archer (13)
Str. Dickei Ralls.
Str. gracile Ralls. (22)
Str. orbiculare var. hibernicum West and West (57)
Str. punctulatum Breb. (66)
Class Charophyceae
Order Charales
Family Characeae
Tribe Nitelleae
Nitella opaca Agardh. (18)
Tribe Chareae
Chara Braunii Gmelin (64)
C. fragilis Desv. and Loisel. (57) (63) (61)
Division Euglenophyta
Class Euglenophyceae
Order Euglenales
Family Euglenaceae
Euglena Spirogyra Ehren. (65)
Division Chrysophyta
Class Xanthophyceae i
82
[April
The Virginia Journal of Science
Order Heterosiphonales
Family Vaucheriaceae
Vaucheria aversa Hass. (15) (19) (69)
V. discoidea Taft. (33) (72)
V. geminata (Vauch.) DeCand. (30) (42)
V. sessilis (Vauch.) DeCand. (14)
Division Rhodophyta
Class Rhodophyceae
Subclass Florideae
Order Nemalionales
Family Batrachospermaceae
Batrachospermum virgatum (Kuetz.) Sin. (4) (9) (16) (17)
(18) (19) (26) (28) (29) (34)
Subclass Bangiodes
Order Ceramiales
Family Ceramiaceae
Ceramium ruhrum (Huds.) C. Ag. (23)
Family Erythrotrichiaceae
Compsopogon coeruleus (Balbis) Mont. (5)
Although this is an investigation of the Chlorophyta, the author has
included in the Taxonomic list several species of Rhodophyta and Chry-
sophyta. These species were included because some appeared quite fre¬
quently in collections, and it was thought that these forms may be of
interest to some biologist.
1959]
News and Notes
83
News And Notes
(Editors Note: News contributions should be sent to the person
whose name appears at the end of the appropriate sections.)
MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL MEETING
Longwood House — October 19, 1958
The Council of the Virginia Academy of Science, together with
Committee and Section representatives, met at Longwood House in
Farmville, president Forbes presiding.
Council members present were as follows: Ralph A. Bradley, Robert
T. Brumfield, Walter S, Flory, Jr., William G. Guy, William M. Hinton,
Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., George W. Jeffers, Harry G. M. Jopson, Charles
F. Lane, Paul M. Patterson, and Foley F. Smith.
Those representing Committees and Sections were as follows:
Sections:
Franklin D. Kizer, Science Teachers.
B. A. Niemeier, Engineering
S. S. Obenshain, Agricidtural Science
W. T. Parrott, Geology
William W. Scott, Biology
Jackson J. Taylor, Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics
Frank A. Vingiello, Chemistry
Committees:
L. D. Abbott, Jr., Business Memberships
I. G. Foster, History of Science
Boyd Harshbarger, Institute for Prospective College Seniors and
Their College Teachers
J. C. Holmes, Science Talent Search
S. P. Maroney, Jr., Arrangements for 1959
Sydney S. Negus, Awards
Nolan E. Rice, Resolutions
Since the minutes had been circulated a motion was passed to dis¬
pense with the reading.
84 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
The subject of the James River Basin Association tabled at the last
meeting was left tabled.
Dr. Harshbarger reported on his conference concerning raising money
for an Institute for the Exceptional College Students in the Sciences. It
appeared that the National Science Foundation might be interested in
this. After considerable discussion the following motion was formulated
for Dr. Negus and passed:
That Council accepts and approves the report of The Science Con¬
ference Committee of which Dr. Harshbarger is Chairman and directs
this Committee to continue their work towards inauguration of this plan
with the approval of The Virginia Academy of Sciences. The President
is authorized to sign the application for the Academy.
Mr. Foley Smith reported on sales of the River Basin” and
reprints of the Journal Issue for The Jamestown Festival. Mr. Smith mov¬
ed that the Committee on James River Project be dissolved. This motion
was passed. Future sales of this book, however, would be credited as be¬
fore.
Mr. Maroney brought up several problems that faced his Planning
Committee. One concerned rental that would be charged for use of the
Student’s Activities Building. Council passed Dr. Flory’s motion to the
effect that his Committee may use Academy funds for this purpose up
to $400 as they see fit.
Mr. Maroney brought up the question of a tea in the Rotunda.
Opinion was somewhat divided but Council approved a tea for May, 8,
1959 at 5-6 p.m.
Dr. Forbes called attention to a letter from A. T. McPherson, Presi¬
dent of the District Academy over possible conflict with their Junior
Aeademy and ours in the adjoining Virginia territory where they are
aetive. Couneil would foresee no conflict and designated President Forbes
to reply.
Dr. Jackson Taylor pointed out that there was sentiment among the
mathematicians to form an independent Section. He was advised that
this is the wishes of the group and is always accepted by the Academy on
a two year trial basis as indicated in Article 9 Sections 1 and 2 of the
Constitution.
Dr. Bradley formulated a proeedural basis for awarding research
funds which he plans to publish in the Journal. Council listened with
comments which centered chiefly around the eligibility clauses for
awards, but reminded him that his Committee was autonomous.
News and Notes
85
1959]
Mr. Lane pointed out that the printing contract for the Journal
would soon expire and a new one should be negotiated. Dr. Flory moved
that the Editor and Business Manager of the Journal be empowered to
do so. This motion was passed.
Dr. Negus reported the Awards Committee had nominated Lloyd C.
Bird for the Distinguished Service Award. Dr. Flory put this in the form
of a motion and Council approved the nomination unanimously.
Dr. Guy made, and Council passed, a motion that Dr. N. F. Murphy
be commended for the outstanding job he did in obtaining commercial
exhibits at the 1958 Roanoke meeting.
The President reported that R. W. Engel was appointed to the Re¬
search Committee for two years, because of C. L. Gemmill’s resignation,
and would become Chairman at GemmilFs rotational year (Engle’s sec¬
ond) in order to preserve the sequential continuity of this Committee.
President-elect Hinton reported Ed Berkeley is Chairman of the
Local Arrangements Committee for the 1960 meeting in Richmond with
Jefferson Hotel as headquarters. The Academy speaker, he said, would
be Harry Harlow, a student of primates. Adjournment.
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary.
American Tobacco Company
Dr. William R. Harlan, Managing Director, Department of Re¬
search and Development, The American Tobacco Company, announced
the appointment of two supervisors in the Quality Control and Improve¬
ment of Products Division. Oswald N. Coty has been named Supervisor
of Essential Materials and Ralph R. Chesson, Supervisor of Tobacco
Control.
The following personnel changes at the Research Laboratories of
The American Tobacco Company were announced by H. R. Hanmer,
Vice President, Research Department: William R. Harlan, formerly As¬
sistant Director of Research was named Managing Director, Research
and Development. He received his B. S. degree from New Mexico State
University and his Doctor’s degree in Plant Chemistry from Iowa State
College.
Edward S. Harlow was appointed Assistant Managing Director, Re¬
search and Alexander W. Schoenbaum, Assistant Managing Director,
Development. Both Mr. Harlow and Mr. Shoenbaum are natives of
Richmond, Virginia and are graduates of the University of Richmond.
86
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
Other appointments, aeeording to the Vice President, were as fol¬
lows: John M. Moseley, Assistant to Vice President and to Managing
Director, Research and Development; Overton L. Hillsman, Executive
Assistant; Claiborne E. Brogden, Assistant to Managing Director, Re¬
search and Development; Blanton M. Bruner, Assistant to Managing
Director, Research and Development; Clarence H. Rayburn, Supervisor
of Research; John T. Ashworth, Supervisor of Development.
Agricultural Sciences
Dr. C. J. Ackerman of the Department of Biochemistry and Nutri¬
tion, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, participated recently in a conference
called by the National Research Council, Washington, D. C., to con¬
sider the use of ethylene oxide gas as a sterilizing agent for human
blood plasma. Dr. Ackerman’s advice was sought because of his recent
researches on the effect of the sterilizing gas on the nutritional value of
proteins.
W. W. Osborne, Associate Extension Plant Pathologist, Virginia
Polvtechnic Institute, has been granted two years educational leave to
work on his Ph. D. degree in plant pathologv. Dr. Robert Pristou is sub¬
stituting for Mr. Osborne during his leave.
The Department of Vocational Education, Virginia Polvtechnic In¬
stitute, cooperating with the State Department of Education and the
teachers of vocational agriculture, has just completed a follow-up study
of approximately 71,000 former students of vocational agriculture. The
chief purpose of the study was to answer the question: What becomes
of boys who study vocational agriculture in the high school? Copies of
the study are available from the Department of Vocational Education.
The National Science Eoundation has announced that Dr. M. D.
Lane, Associate Professor of Biochemistry and Nutrition, Virginia Polv¬
technic Institute has been awarded a three-year grant in the amount of
$17,200.00 for the study of the metabolism of fattv acids by animal
tissues.
The National Institute of Health has awarded a sum of $25,530.00 to
support basic agricultural research at the Virginia Polvtechnic Institute
under the direction of Dr. K. W. King in the Department of Biochemist¬
ry of Biochemistry and Nutrition. Approximately half of the funds will
be used for graduate assistantships. The research is an attempt to learn the
details of how bacteria and fungi decompose cellulose. Understanding of
the process is intended to lead to ways of improving cattle and sheep
nutrition, maintenance of soil fertility, sewage disposal, and cotton fabric
preservation.
News and Notes
87
1959]
Dr. R. W. Engel, Head of die Department of Biochemistry and
Nutrition at Virginia Polytechnic Institute has been appointed to the
Editorial Board of the newly-created scientific journal, Toxicology and
Applied Pharmacology .
Need for the journal arose from the rapid postwar increase in the
use of new chemicals in drugs, cosmetics, food processing, and agricul¬
ture. Protection of the public from unsuspected toxic effects of the new
chemicals can only be assured by extensive research to establish their
safety prior to commercial use. The Journal of Toxicology and Applied
Pharmacology will serve the scientific world as a means of reporting the
results of such research.
James F. Eheart, Associate Professor of Biochemistrv, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute attended a National Pesticide Residue Conference at
Washington, D. C., in January. This meeting was sponsored by the U.S.
D.A. and the Federal Food and Drug Administration.
Mr. Robert K. Reynolds has been appointed Assistant Extension
Agricultural Economist, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, to work in Farm
Management. Mr. Reynolds holds a B. S. degree from Virginia Polytech¬
nic Institute and is now working part-time on his M. S. degree. He served
for a period of two years with the Virginia Agricultural Extension Service.
— Carl W. Allen
Chemistry
A new Infra-Cord has just been installed in the physical chemistry
laboratorv at Virginia Military Institute. The cost of the instrument was
partiallv met by a grant of $2500 from the Hercules Power Company.
A new lecture room at the Institute, seating 250, is nearing com¬
pletion and will be ready for occupancy about March 1.
New instructors added to the Virginia Military Institute staff include:
Mr. John Borders of Wake Forest, Lt. William Corr, Lt. Theron Henry
and Lt. William Sink of Virginia Militarv Institute.
— M. A. Kise
Engineering
Professors Fred W. Bull and Nelson F. Murphy of the Chemical
Engineering Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, attended the
annual meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers held in
Cincinnati, Ohio in December. Professor Bull has announced the ap¬
pointment of Dr. Stuart B. Row as Professor of Chemical Engineeiing.
88
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
Dr. Row received his B. S. and M. S. degrees from die Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute and his Ph.D. from Ohio State University. Formerly he
taught at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and at Southwestern Louis¬
iana Institute of Technology. He has most recently been employed by the
American Viscose Company and O’Sullivan Rubber Company. Professor
Bull has announced that the Chemical Engineering Department will move
into its new building during the summer of 1959. This new facility will
provide expanded space for research, instruction and offices. In addition
to general laboratory space, special laboratories will be provided for
instrumentation, corrosion, electrochemical processes, and nuclear chemi¬
cal engineering. U. S. Patent Number 2,848,396 covering an electro¬
chemical method for preparing boron from fused salt mixtures has been
issued to Professor Nelson E. Murphy and Dr. Richard S. Tinsley, now
with Allied Chemical and Dye Corporation, Hopewell, Virginia.
Mr. Tilton E. Shelburne of the Virginia Council for Highway In¬
vestigation and Research, attended the annual meeting of the Highway
Research Board in Washington in January. He presented two papers:
“Resume of the First International Skid Prevention Conference” and
“Review of Laboratory and Field Methods of Measuring Road Surface
Friction.” As a director from District Six of the American Society of
Civil Engineers, Mr. Shelburne attended the annual meeting of the
Pittsburgh Section in January. In February he traveled to Los Angeles to .
attend the meeting of the National Board of Directors of the ASCE.
Dean Lawrence R. Quarles of the School of Engineering, University
of Virginia, attended the meeting of the American Nuclear Society in
Detroit in December. He is a member of the Board of Directors and is
Chairman of the Education Committee. Dr. Orville R. Harris of the Elec¬
trical Engineering Department, University of Virginia, has been elected
Vice-Chairman of the Virginia Section, Institute of Radio Engineers.
Professors Otis L. Updike and Robert M. Hubbard of the Chemical
Engineering Department, University of Virginia, attended the annual
meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers in Cincinnati
in December. Dr. Updike presented a paper “The Laboratory Period in
the Process Control Course.” Dr. Updike has been awarded a National
Seience Foundation Seience Faculty Fellowship for the academic year
1959-1960. He will study at California Institute of Teehnology. Pro¬
fessor Hubbard has been elected Vice-Chairman of the Central Virginia
Section of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
— Robert M. Hubbard
1959]
News and Notes
89
Geology
Dr. Edgar W. Spencer has been named Associate Professor of Geo¬
logy and Chairman of the Department at Washington and Lee University.
The Washington and Lee faculty will be increased to three mem¬
bers in 1960. The present faculty has added to the geology curriculum
courses in paleontology, stratigraphy and sedimentation, field methods,
and basic geological concepts and has adopted a new set of major re¬
quirements for geology majors.
— Bruce W. Nelson
Psychology
A recent addition to the Psychology Department, College of William
and Marv is E. Rae Harcum, Assistant Professor. Dr. Harcum, whose cur¬
rent field of interest is in visual perception, earned his B. S. at William
and Mary, 1950; M. A. at Johns Hopkins, 1952; Ph.D. at University of
Michigan, 1955. He is taking the place of John K. Bare who accepted the
chairmanship of Psychology Department at Carleton College. Charles R.
Havward of Harvard College and Brown Universitv has also joined the
staff. Mr. Hayward is interested in information theorv and Skinnerian be¬
haviorism.
Frank A. Geldard chaired a symposium on “The Human As a Measur¬
ing Instrument” at the AAAS meetings in Washington on December 28.
Professor Geldard was elected Chairman of Section I (Psychologv) and
was also elected Vice-President of the AAAS.
Frank W. Finger participated in the Miami Conference on Graduate
Education in Psychology, attended by 120 psychologists of various affilia¬
tions, from November 29 to December 7. Among the noteworthy view¬
points aired at the conference was the following: An attempt to minimize
the distinction between science and profession, stressing that all psycho¬
logists should have a primary orientation toward investigation with a
secondary interest in service. Since it is impossible to anticipate precisely
the directions in which Psychology will develop, the preeminent goal of
graduate education must be to foster flexibility and continuing growth
in the individual. General principles might be emphasized more than
specialized techniques, leaving the latter to post-doctoral experience; in
any case, graduate departments are to be encouraged to experiment free¬
ly, albeit responsibility, with a variety of programs. The demand for
psychological services will exceed the supply available at the Ph.D. level,
so more attention ought to be given to the problems of training and
90 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
utilization of non-doctoral personnel. In order to attract a fair share of
the manpower pool into Psychology, it seems desirable to introduce the
concept of Psychology as a research discipline into the secondary school
curriculum, and it is imperative that positive steps be taken to invigorate
the teaching of Psychology at the college level.
John F. Hurley announces that the staff of School Psychologists of
Fairfax County has completed the first year of a study “Comparative
Effectiveness of Four Basal Reading Series” in which the primary read¬
ing programs of four publishers were compared on equated groups under
controlled conditions. This work, which will continue for another year, is
part of a larger project in which the series of six additional publishers is
being evaluated. The staff, which includes Robert Lanagan, Gloria Mc¬
Dowell, Catherine Murphy, and Richard Schillo, have also made a com¬
parative study of two achievement tests, the California and the Stanford,
and have conducted a controlled evaluation of a half-day versus a full-
day program for first grade children.
John F. Hahn read an invited paper, “Communieating Via The
Skin” at the meetings of the Speech Association of America in Chicago
on December 29.
Reuben S. Horlock, formerly Chief Clinical Psychologist, Audiology
and Speech Center, Walter Reed Army Hospital, has been appointed
Chief, Psychological Services Center, Department of Corrections, District
of Columbia. He will be responsible for designing, developing and ad¬
ministering a psychological treatment and research program for a selected
inmate population at the District of Columbia Reformatorv.
Antania Bell Morgan delivered a paper at the AAAS meetings
in Washington in December on “Critical Factors in the Aeceleration of
Gifted Children; A Follow-up Study.”
The Division of Behavioral Science, Department of Neurology and
Psychiatry, University of Virginia School of Medicine announces its first
Annual Symposium, “Experimental Foundations of Clinical Psychologv,”
to be held at Charlottesville, Virginia, April 1 and 2, 1959. The members
of the Symposium are Janet A. Taylor, Northwestern University, Robert
B. Malmo, McGill University, Murray Sidman, Walter Reed Armv In¬
stitute of Research, Irwin A. Berg, Louisiana State Universitv, Jack A.
Vernon, Princeton University, and John H. Weakland, Veterans Adminis¬
tration Hospital, Palo Alto, California. The Symposium will be under the
chairmanship of Arthur J. Bachrach, University of Virginia. Information
pertaining to attendance may be obtained by writing to Mrs. Katherine
Tiffany, Secretary, Division of Behavioral Science, Universitv of Virginia
School of Medicine, Charlottesville, Virginia.
News and Notes
91
1959]
A workshop in “Play-Group Therapy” will be conducted by Haim
G. Ginott, psychologist from the Ghild Guidance Glinic in Jacksonville,
Florida, on April 9-12 in Richmond under the sponsorship of the State
Department of Mental Hygiene and Hospitals.
- Gyril R. Mill
Gurrent Academic Psychological Research in Virginia on
Theoretical and Applied Issues
The geographical and institutional section of the American Psycholo¬
gical Association 1958 Directory lists some 70 psychologists participating
in the activities of 20 colleges and universities throughout Virginia. The
training of these persons was such that 43 of them hold the Ph.D. degree,
conferred in years ranging from 1918-1957, with modal date being 1952.
It may be inferred, then, that those awarded these degrees are a rela¬
tively voung group of scientists with the pleasant addition of a few older
heads. Of the total population, 18 hold the Master’s degree. The re¬
mainder of the population consists of doctorates in education, largely,
and law; three persons carry the Bachelor’s degree as their highest earned
diploma and one listed no degree. Virginia’s psychologists are seen gene¬
rally to be well qualified to do research work.
In order to ascertain the nature of psychological research in pro¬
gress or in preparation, letters were mailed to each of the 70 psycholo¬
gists. They were requested to send an abstract of each research project
familiar to them, as well as the names of the principal investigators. The
inclusion of some words regarding the theoretical or practical value of
the project as well as the research design, was encouraged. After the
lapse of a month a second and less demanding letter was addressed to all
who had not yet responded. In this way replies were received from 33
psychologists representing 17 colleges and universities. Ten of the res¬
pondents indicated they were neither engaged in research, nor were thev
contemplating any. Six of these people held Master’s degrees, three had
doctorates in philosophy, and one listed no degree. Fortunately, many
of those answering included information regarding the research projects
of colleagues on the original list. Hence, information arriving in time for
inclusion in the present report represented the research efforts of 61 ac¬
credited psychologists in 17 of the Old Dominion’s academic institutions.
Psychological research may be roughly divided into three parts,
clinical, theoretical, and applied. The present paper deals only with
what the writer considered to be theoretical or applied experiments. Al¬
though clinical findings are not included in this report, it may be inter¬
esting to note that petulant correspondence was received exclusively
92
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
from those mostly engaged in theoretical investigations. Thus, the clini¬
cians submitted their summaries with bland covering letters. Several of
the theoreticians, however, responded that they did not have time to
comply fully with the request. One offered “a program of college admin¬
istration that is quite demanding,” another noted that the difficulties of
an adequate response were increased “by uncertain definition of Tesearch
project.’ ” It was the experimentalists too who presupposed sapience in
the present writer. For example, one brief but detailed report, involving
several years of work, a dozen or so papers, and a brace of investigators,
concluded by stating, “Of course, you are familiar with their general
objectives ...”
The general objectives of ongoing and recent experimental, psychologi¬
cal research in academic Vii'ginia are presented herewith.
Learning Studies: Reinforcements
The first of a series of experimental studies in the area of automa¬
tion of learning is shortly to be completed by Diehl and Kent at Bridge-
water College under a grant from the Virginia Academy of Science. This
investigation is concerned with an examination of the relative effective¬
ness of learning nonsense syllables by machine presentation using various
methods such as paired associates, anticipation, multiple choice, and
written recitation. Depending upon the outcome of the first experiment
on the effects of immediate reinforcement on rote memorization at the
college level, later studies on foreign languages, organic chemistry, and
biology will be undertaken.
Woods is investigating the effects of motivation and probability of
reward on two-choice learning at Hollins College. Three experimental
conditions involve motivation in the form of an aversive auditory stimulus,
correction and noncorrection procedure, and a schedule of contigent
reward. When the acquisition data were analyzed in the context of Es¬
tes’ statistical learning theory, the main effect was found to be due to the
probability of reward. A report of the experiment has been accepted for
publication in the Journal of Experimental Psychology. Another manu¬
script soon to appear in that journal presents the relationship between
probility difference and learning rate in a contigent partial reinforcement.
In that experiment Woods found rate of learning to be directly related
to probability difference.
Ogdon and Lebo, of the Richmond Professional Institute, have
completed an interesting study of reward involving throwing darts at a
genuine British pub dart board. It was their hypothesis, based on the
goal-gradient theory, that more force would be exerted on dart throws
1959]
News and Notes
93
when subject had the opportunity to triple their raw score. Although
experimenters and subjects alike enjoyed the experience, analysis of the
graphic records has failed to support the hypothesis.
A variation of the effect of discrimination training conditions on
secondary reinforcement is being examined experimentally at Hollins
College by McGuigan.
Research aiming in the direction of establishing a more meaningful
concept of motivation is being conducted by Finger and Reid at the
University of Virginia. As they have proceeded in their study of patterns
of ingestion in the rat, they have emphasized specific problems, such
as: the interaction of eating and drinking, the physiological basis of
thirst, the development of additional measures of biological drive, and
the role of reinforcement upon general activity. Their work has received
partial support by grants from the National Science Foundation and
some results have been presented at professional meetings and in the
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology as well. Their most
recent publication in that journal was entitled, “The Effect of Rein¬
forcement Upon Activity During Cyclic Food Deprivation.”
Other Learning Studies
A project is presently underway at the University of Virginia to ex¬
tend a recent study of paired-associates learning which purported to
show that associations are formed in one trial rather than by gaining
strength gradually. Battig is scaling nonsense syllable pairs for ease of
learning in order to eliminate one variable contaminating the earlier pro¬
cedure. Several other refinements of procedure and controls should pro¬
vide a more rigorous test of the hypothesis. If it receives substantiation
it will have tremendous importance with respect to conceptiualization of
the learning process.
The influence of early experince on later behavior has been of in¬
terest to psychologists for some time. Studies of the effect of early en¬
vironmental experience on intelligence as measured in an animal’s maze
solving ability has resulted in provocative experiments. Woods investi¬
gated the effects of subsequent free environmental experience on rats
who were inferior problem solvers because of early, restricted environmen¬
tal experience. Early environmental restriction was found to be related to
maze learning deficiency. However, the effects of early sensory and
motor deprivation can be markedly reduced by later exposure to an en¬
riched environment.
McGuigan is experimenting with a variation of whole and part meth-
94
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
News and Notes
95
1959]
ods of learning, the effect of delay of knowledge of results before and
after a response, the effect of delay, precision and schedule of know¬
ledge of results on performance, and the interfering effect of motor
activity on knowledge of results.
Studies in Theory and Design
Arising from McGuigan’s empirical interest in whole and part meth¬
ods is a paper entitled, “An Explanation of Whole-Part Learning in
Terms of Hullian Theory.” Similar considerations of his are, “The Delay
of Knowledge of Results — A Problem in Design,” and a criterion for
choosing between matched and randomized group designs.
In a study soon to appear in Psychological Reports, it is shown that
presentation of data in the form of cumulative response curves, in the
manner of Skinner, is subject to the possibility of serious misinterpretation.
Battig asked subjects to compare pairs of curves representing the same
two sets of data plotted both cumulatively and non-cumulatively. He
found the cumulative pair was judged consistently to be more alike in
shape and farther apart in position or location on the graph. Cumulative
curves, therefore, should not be used for the communication and analysis
of experimental results.
Studies of Decision Making
Henneman, Reid, and Lloyd, as well as several graduate students,
all of the University of Virginia, have research in progress on decision
making in complex situations. Under a contract with the Surgeon General
of the Army, laboratory experiments are being conducted on behavior
believed to be involved in a variety of military situations. Experiments
are being carried on to determine the efficiency of decisions in complex
task situations with varying kinds and degrees of sequential dependency
among successive events, to determine whether variables influencing be¬
havior in a two-choice situation are related in a similar manner to verbal
responses that differ in complexity and have been specified in different
ways, to discover the influence of irrelevant information on the discrimi¬
nation of complex visual stimuli, to investigate variables influencing the
identification of ambiguous (distorted) visual stimuli, and lastly, an ex¬
perimental analysis of the variables determining the efficiency of short¬
term memory for sequentially occurring events marked by heterogeneity,
i.e., the interpolation of unlike categories of information.
Bachrach, Banghart, and Pattishall have also been conducting experi¬
ments in decision making at the University of Virginia School of Medicine.
Their research project consists of a number of parallel experiments under
96
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
a contract from the Office of Naval Research. The experiments are con¬
cerned with: an investigation of pre-problem set and group pressure on
deeision making; group strueture, anxiety, and efficieney in problem solv¬
ing; operant eonditioning and group-leader interaction; and an analysis
of the linguistie strueture of verbalization during group problem solving.
A report on one aspect of these experiments has been presented at a
meeting of the Southern Psychiatrie Assoeiation
Physiological Studies
Baehraeh, Gibson, and Johns have noted that pigeons may remain
active for 1500 hours with minimal breaks. Their experiment seeks to
determine whether the sleep patterns of pigeons are markedly different
from those of other animals, or if pigeons do not sleep. By eorrelating
eleetroencephalographie patterns in pigeons with a eumulative behavior
record they hope to arrive at an understanding of the periodieity of
sleeping and waking cycles of the pigeon.
Hawks is investigating cutaneous electrical intensity diserimination
at the University of Virginia. Comparison with results in experiments
involving audition and mechanical vibration has been faeiliated. Another of
his aims is determining the number of intensity levels which may be used
as cues for signaling purposes. A dissertation furnishing eomplete details
of these investigations is now being prepared.
Two physiological studies concerned with vision are anticipated by
Kent. In one of these studies the International Commission of Illumination’s
tristimulus values of negative afterimages will be eomputed. The second
investigation will examine the adaptation of the eye to various colors.
A pilot study indicated that chromatic adaptation may be a funetion of
the method by which it is determined. The equality of brightness tech¬
nique demonstrated chromatie adaptation while it was not shown bv
flicker photometry. Sueh data will have potential value in color vision
theory.
Studies of Conditioning
Guthrie, of the College of William and Mary, has been earrying out
research on the eonditioned and unconditioned stimulus time interval us¬
ing avoidance training on white rats. Dovel and Kent are attempting to
obtain higher order conditioning of the human response. Sueh condition¬
ing was reported in 1935. Sinee then, however, 12 published experiments
have indieated a failure to observe higher order pupillary conditioning.
Three years ago a student project at Bridgewater suecessfully demon¬
strated the eonditioning but laeked satisfaetory quantitative measurement.
News and Notes
97
1959]
The present study is using automatically timed high speed photography
to record pupil change. It is being performed under a Virginia Academy
of Science Research Grant.
Future Research Trends
By far the greatest number of theoretical investigations treated in
the present paper are aspects of learning theory. Even the majority of
studies in theory and design correspond closely to interests in learning
theory. In view of the importance and prominence of this theory it may
be expected that such studies will continue to dominate the field of
theoretical academic research. Learning theory originated in the univer¬
sity and, with few exceptions, such research has continued to flow from
academic institutions.
Such theoretical unity in research seems healthful, for it suggests
that most of the investigations are centered around ideas rather than
individuals. Thus, theories are being systematically explored rather than
the shifting research interests of individuals pursued. This welding to
a supporting framework is also apparent in the applied studies.
In brief, the present writer believes that theoretical and applied
research in the departments of psychology in Virginia’s colleges and
universities is in a healthy and flourishing state, despite the somewhat
disparaging comments which were made earlier upon the correspondence
of those engaged in such investigations.
— Dell Lebo
Statistics
Seven members of the Department of Statistics, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, attended the Christmas meetings of the American Statistical
Association and the Biometric Society, in Chicago. They were Bovd
Harshbarger, president of the Biometric Society, Ralph A. Bradley, H. A.
David, David Hurst, Rolf Bargmann, William Glenn, and C. W. Clunies-
Ross.
Under a grant from the Ford Foundation, the Department of Sta¬
tistics, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, is completing the indexing of the
Journal of the American Statistical Association, Volumes 35 through 50.
Tom Sparks has completed his Ph.D. requirements and has taken a
position with DuPont in Wilmington, Delaware. His dissertation was
“Significant Tests in Experiments Involving Paired Comparisons.”
98
The \Trginia Journal of Science
[April
WL epe tk
et'e Inere 6 6moRe
ke .. •tk
ere 6
PHILIP MORRIS, IHC
^ke (^uciiiti^
ou6e
Marlboro
Philip Morris
Porliomeiit
Benson & Hedges
Spyd
1959]
News and Notes
99
Mr. R. J. Taylor joined the Department of Statistics, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute, as an assistant professor on January 1, 1959. Mr.
Taylor received his B. S. degree from Virginia Polytechnic Institute. He
has been working at the National Institute of Health and has obtained a
leave of absence to permit him to work on a contract involving reliability.
Charles Quesenberry completed requirements for the Master of
Science degree in statistics at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and is cur¬
rently working on his Ph. D. degree in Statistics.
N. L. Enrick’s book “Quality Control,” published by The Industrial
Press, New York, is scheduled to appear in their edition about the
middle of March, 1959. This book deals with the application of statistical
methods of control in industry, with examples drawn from metalworking,
chemical and textile processing.
— Clyde Y. Kramer
1959]
Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting
101
Virginia Academy of Science
P>
ro^ram.
OF THE
Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting
AT THE UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA
CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA
May 6, 7, 8, 9, 1959
HOST TO MEETING
The University of Virginia
102
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
Virginia Academy of Science
OFFICERS
John C. Forbes, President
William M. Hinton, President-Elect
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Assistant Secretary-Treasurer
COUNCIL
Elected Members
Harry G. M. Jopson (1959) Thomas C. Gilmer (1961)
Thelma C. Heatwole (1960) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. (1962)
Ralph A. Bradley (1963)
Ex-Officio Members
Walter S. Flory, Jr. (1959) George W. Jeffers
Edward S. Harlow (1960) Ralph A. Bradley
William G. Guy (1961) Robert T. Brumfield
Charles F. Lane
LOCAL COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS
General Chairman: Dr. S. P. Maronev, Jr,, Department of Biology
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia.
Housing: Dr. Jacques Rappaport, Chairman,
Junior Academy: Dr. Edward Victor, Chairman.
Registration: Dr. Richard McKinsey, Chairman.
Public Information: Dr. Kenneth Lloyd, Chairman.
Commercial Exhibits: Dr. Bartholomeus Van’t Riet, Chairman.
Meeting Rooms and Eqidpment: Dr. Starling Reid, Chairman
HOST TO MEETING
THE UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA
1959]
Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meetinc
103
General Program Of The 37th Annual Meeting
EXHIBITORS. SECOND FLOOR, NEWCOMB HALL
WEDNESDAY, MAY 6
5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Registration for Junior Academy Members
and Participants in the Science Talent Search. Gymnasium.
5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Arrangement of Exhibits. Gymnasium.
THURSDAY, MAY 7
8:00 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Registration. South Lobby, Newcomb Hall.
9:00 A. M.— Meeting of Science Exhibit Judges. Gymnasium.
Meeting of Science Talent Search Judges. 4C, Newcomb
Hall.
9:30 A.M. —Meeting of Chairmen, Exhibitors, and Science Talent Search
Participants. Gymnasium.
10:00 A.M. to 12:15 P.M. and 1:15 to 4:00 P.M. - Finalists of Talent
Search Meet with Chairmen and Interviewers. Newcomb
Hall 4A, 4B, 4C Board Room, Conference Room.
10:00 A.M. to 12:15 P.M. and 1:15 to 4:00 P.M. — Judging of Science
Exhibit Contest. (Encouragement of Juniors at their Ex¬
hibits.) Gymnasium.
1:00 P.M. Section of Science Teachers. Peabody 104
2:00 P.M.— Meeting of the Council. South Meeting Room, Newcomb Hall.
4:30 P.M.— Meeting of Section Officers. 4C, Newcomb Hall.
4:30 P.M. —Meeting of Section Editors. Conference Room, Newcomb Hall.
5:30 P.M. —Meeting of Junior Academy of Science Committee, Board
Room, Newcomb Hall.
8:00 P.M. —Annual Academy Conference. 11 Monroe Hall.
FRIDAY, MAY 8
8:30 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Registration. South Lobby, Newcomb Hall.
104 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
9:00 A. M.— Section Meetings. See the detailed section programs for
the time schedule of papers.
Agricultural Science — Biology 3.
Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics — Physics, Large
Auditorium.
Bacteriology — 4 A, Newcomb Hall.
Biology — South Meeting Room, Newcomb Hall.
Chemistry — Peabody 106
Education — Peabody 108
Engineering — Physics, Small Auditorium.
Geology — Peabody 1.
Medical Science — Conference Room, Newcomb Hall.
Psychology — 4C Newcomb Hall.
Statistics — 4B Newcomb Hall.
12:00 Noon to 2:00 P.M. — Virginia Junior Academy of Science As¬
sembly. Ballroom, Newcomb Hall. (See Program of Junior
Academy. )
12:15 P.M. to 1:15 P.M. — Recess for Luncheon.
1:30 P.M.— Section Meetings.
5:00 P.M. to 6:00 P.M. — Tea, University of Virginia host. Ballroom,
Newcomb Hall.
6:00 P.M. to 8:00 P.M. — Recess for Dinner.
8:00 P.M. —Virginia Academy of Science Assembly. Cabell Hall Audi¬
torium.
Short Business Meeting. Election of Officers.
Presentation of the J. Shelton Horsley Research Award.
Guest Speaker: S. 1. Cale: American Cyanamid Company
Subject: “Chemistry on a Cosmic Scale”
The general public is invited to attend.
SATURDAY, MAY 9
9:00 A. M.— Section Meetings.
10:00 A. M.— Meeting of the Council of the Academy. 4A Newcomb Hall.
1959]
Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting
105
Program Of The Virginia Junior
Academy Of Science
WEDNESDAY, MAY 6
5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Registration for Junior Academy Members
and Participants in the Science Talent Search. Gymnasium.
5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Arrangement of Exhibits. Gymnasium.
THURSDAY, MAY 7
8:00 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Registration. Gymnasium.
9:00 A.M. to 9:30 A.M. — Meeting of Science Exhibit Judges. Gym¬
nasium. Meeting of Talent Search Judges. 4C Newcomb Hall.
9:30 A.M. to 10:00 A.M. — Meeting of Chairmen, Exhibitors, and
Science Talent Search Participants. Gymnasium.
10:00 A.M. to 12:15 P.M. - and 1:15 P.M. to 3:00 P.M. - Finalists
of Talent Search meet with Chairmen and Interviewers.
Newcomb Hall 4A, 4B, 4C, Board Room, Conference Room.
10:00 A.M. to 12:15 P.M. - and 1:15 P.M. to 3:00 P.M. - Judging
of Science Exhibit Contest. Gymnasium.
4:00 P.M.— Business Meeting of Virginia Junior Academy of Science.
Ballroom, Newcomb Hall.
7:30 P.M.— Discussion Hour: Junior Academy Members and Invited
Scientists.
FRIDAY, MAY 8
9:00 A. M.— Participation in the Senior Academy Section Meetings.
12:00 Noon to 2:00 P.M. — Virginia Academy of Science Assembly and
Awards Hour. Ballroom, Newcomb Hall.
Guest Speaker: R. N. DuPuis; Phillip -Morris, Inc.
106
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
Section Of Agricultural Science
S. S. Obenshain, Chairman
Maurice B. Rowe, III, Vice-Chairman
\Vm. H. Brittingham, Secretary
Carl W. Allen, Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8, - 8:30 A.M. - BIOLOGY 3
8:30 Call to order by Chairman. Announcements and Committee
Appointments.
1. 8:45 A 26-Year Weather Summary at Holland, Virginia.
D. L. Hallock; Tidewater Research Station, Virginia Agri¬
cultural Experiment Station
2. 9:00 Some New Cultural Techniques in Strawberry Production in
Eastern Virginia.
M. M. Parker; Virginia Truck Experiment Station, Norfolk
3. 9:15 The Development of Fi Spinach Hybrids Adapted to East¬
ern Virginia.
E. A. Borchers; Virginia Truck Experiment Station, Norfolk
4. 9:30 Some New Aspects of Potato Insect Investigations in South¬
eastern Virginia.
R. N. Hofmaster; Eastern Shore Branch, Virginia Truck Ex¬
periment Station, Painter
5. 9:45 Guest Speaker: A. C. Orvedal, Chief, World Soil Map, Soil
Survey Investigations, USD A
Subject: Engineering Use of Pedological Soils Information.
10:15 Recess
6. 10:30 Rates and Types of Ground Limestone for Alfalfa.
George D. Jones and W. W. Moschler; Virginia Agricultural
Experiment Station.
7. 10:45 2, 3, 5 Triphenyl Tetrazolium Chloride as a Quick Test in
determining Viability of small Grain seeds.
T. G. Copeland, Jr., and C. F. Bruce; Division of Plant Indus¬
try, Virginia Department of Agriculture
1959]
8. 11:00
9. 11:30
11:50
10. 1:15
11. 1:30
12. 1:45
13. 2:00
14. 2:15
15. 2:30
2:45
16. 3:00
17. 3:15
Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting 107
Guest Speaker: W. L. Hill, Fertilizer Materials Section, Soil
and Water Conservation Research Division
Subject: Trends in Fertilizer Technology.
Woodchucks: A Major Agricultural Pest in Virginia.
John C. Jones; Fish and Wildlife Service, U. S. Department of
Interior
Adjourn for Lunch
Nutritional Status of Rural Haitians.
K. W. King and G. L. Brinkman; Virginia Agricultural Ex¬
periment Station
Purification of a Growth Factor found in Meat Meal.
Paul Lepore and G. J. Ackerman; Virginia Agricultural Ex¬
periment Station
The Influence of Dominance Rank on Sexual Activity of
Ghickens.
P. B. Siegal; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
The Use of equine Gonadotrophins in increasing reproductive
Performance of Ewes.
G. H. Kiracofe and J. W. Gossett; Virginia Agricultural
Experiment Station
The Effect of Certain Feed Additives and Feed Preparations
for Fattening Feeder Lambs.
H. A. Hopkins, J. P. Fontenot, W. M. Mestanza, and J. S.
Copenhaver; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
Cell Divisions in Wool Follicles and the Chromatin Reaction
in the Skin of Sheep throughout the Seasons.
Lubow A. Margolena; Animal Husbandry Department, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Md.
Recess
Use of Electronic Data Computing Methods to analyze the
Basic Survey of Virginia Dairying.
Robert F. Hutcheson; Division of Markets, Virginia De¬
partment of Agriculture
The Economics of feeding Grain to Milking Cows on Pasture.
W. A. Hardinson and G. C. Graf; Virginia Agricultural Ex¬
periment Station
108
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
18. 3:30 Progress Report on Researeh on Dwarfism in Beef Cattle.
Thomas |. Marlowe; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
19. 3:45 Preliminary Investigation of the Fermentation of Uniformly
Labelled C^^-glueose by Rumen Mieroorganisms.
J. H. Newman and W. E. C. Moore; Virginia Agricultural
Experiment Station
20. 4:00 The Effects of Implanting Different Levels of Stilbestrol in
Grazing Beef Steers.
J. P. Fontenot, R. F Kelly, and J. A. Gaines; Virginia Agri¬
cultural Experiment Station
21. 4:15 Effects of Selected Physical and Economic Variables on Prices
of Calves in Virginia Feeder Calf Sales.
K. C. Williamson, R. C. Carter, G. W. Litton, J. D. Johnson,
and G. A. Gaines; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
4:30 Business Session
Section Of
Astronomy, Mathematics, And Physics
J. J. Taylor, Chamnan
Robert C. Yates, Secretary
Irving G. Foster, Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8, 1959 - 9:00 A.M. LARGE AUDITORIUM, PHYSICS
9:00 Announcements and Remarks by the Chairman.
1. 9:10 Equilibrium Ultracentrifuge.
C. E. Williams, R. D. Boyle, and J. W. Beams; University
of Virginia
2. 9:25 Yield of Fast Photoneutrons from Heavy Elements.
G. C. Reinhardt and L. B. Aull; University of Virginia
3. 9:40 Photoproton Yields from Light Elements.
D. C. Worth and G. Haste; University of Virginia
1959] Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting 109
4. 9:55 Angular Distribution of 14-Mev Neutrons Scattered by Light
Elements.
B. C. Groseclose, R. F. Stetson, and W. W. Walker; Univer¬
sity of Virginia
5. 10:10 Demonstrations of Parity Conservation.
F. L. Hereford and J. S. Plaskett; University of Virginia
6. 10:30 A Precision 0 to 20 amp Magnet Current Control.
M. A. Chramiec and C. D. Bond; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
7. 10:45 A Water-Moderated Natural Uranium Sub-Critical Reactor.
T. H. Row and Andrew Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
8. 11:00 Observation of the Decay of Absorbed Barium-133 in the
Field Emission Microscope.
William C. Saunder; Virginia Military Institute
9. 11:15 Divisibility Testing.
Herta T. Freitag; Hollins College, and Arthur H. Freitag;
lefferson High School
10. 11:35 Some Aspects of Terminal Ballistics.
Robert L. Kernell; College of William and Mary
11:50 Business meeting
12:15-1:15 Luncheon Recess.
11. 1:20 Curvatures of r" = cos n^.
Robert C. Yates; College of William and Mary
12. 1:40 Probability for High School Students.
Beatrice A. Harrington; Maggie L. Walker High School
13. 1:55 A Laboratory for Liberal Arts Physics.
J. L. McKnight; College of William and Mary
14. 2:15 Historical and Philosophical Experiments in Elementary Physics.
Richard H. Prosl; College of William and Mary
15. 2:30 The Junior Instructorship Program at William and Mary.
R. C. Yates, Carrett Etgen, and Richard H. Prosl; College of
William and Mary
16. 2:50 Experiments for Advanced Undergraduates.
W. D. Whitehead; University of Virginia
17. 3:05 An Apparatus for the Measurement of the Range of Alpha
Particles in Air.
110 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
J. W. Little; College of William and Mary
18. 3:20 An Intermediate Laboratory Experiment on Rutherford Scat¬
tering of Alpha Particles.
E. T. Gerry; College of William and Mary
19. 3:30 An Analog Computer Used in Reactor Simulation.
William S. Baber and Andrew Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic
Institute
20. 3:50 Simultaneous Photoelectric Effect of Two Electrons.
F. R. Crownfield, Jr.; College of William and Mary
Alternates
Unfamiliar Facts Concerning Thermoelectricity.
L. G. Hoxton; University of Virginia
Electrical Conduction in Magnetic Thin Films. I — Theoretical.
B. W. Sloope and A. D. Campbell; University of Richmond
Electrical Conduction in Magnetic Thin Films. II —
Experimental.
A. D. Campbell, J. F. Garren, Jr., A. C. Hudgins, Jr., and
B. W. Sloope; University of Richmond
Surface Deformation of Cooper Monocrystals at High
Temperatures.
John M. Bailey; University of Virginia
SATURDAY, MAY 9, 1959 - 9:00 A.M.
21. 9:00 Motions and Absolute Magnitudes of Mira Type Stars.
H. L. Alden and V. Osvalds; L. McCormick Observatory
and A. Marguerite Risley; Randolph-Macon Womans College
22. 9:25 Oscillation Theorems for Difference Equations.
J. S. Plaskett; University of Virginia
23. 9:40 Mechanical Properties of Whiskers.
M. J. Skove; University of Virginia
24. 9:55 Conductibility of Metallic Whiskers at Low Temperatures.
E. P. Stillwell; University of Virginia
25. 10:10 Piezoresistance Effect at Very High Elastic Strains in Metallic
Whiskers.
H. H. Hobbs; University of Virginia
26. 10:25 Positron Lifetime in Water and Ice.
W. W. Walker and W. S. Walker; University of Virginia
1959] Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting 111
27. 10:40 Possible Effects of Centrifugal Fields on Radioactive Lifetimes.
W. Tucker; University of Virginia
28. 10:55 Mechanical Strength of Thin Films of Metal.
H. H. Pattillo and C. J. Lowman; University of Virginia
29. 11:10 Elastic Scattering of 2 to 4 Mev Polarized Neutrons.
W. P. Bucher, W. B. Beverly, and G. C. Cobb; University of
Virginia
30. 11:30 Recent High Pressure Investigations of Solidified Gases at
Low Temperature.
John W. Stewart and Robert F. Patterson; University of
Virginia
31. 11:50 The Surface Structure of growing Crystals.
N. Calvera; University of Virginia
Section Of Bacteriology
{Virginia Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists)
Miles Hench, President
Quentin Myrvik, Vice-President
Catherine M. Russell, Secretary
P. Arne Hansen, Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8, 1959 - NEWCOMB HALL, 4A
11:00 A.M. Business Meeting
12:00 NOON Adjourn
2:00 P.M. Presentation of Scientific Papers.
2:00 P.M. The Enzymatic Formation of Arabinose-5-Phosphate.
Wesley A. Volk; Department of Microbiology, University of
Virginia School of Medicine
2:20 P.M. A Comparative Study of Media for the Detection of Entero¬
cocci in Water.
R. Travis Hill; State Department of Health Laboratory,
Richmond
[April
112 The Virginia Journal of Science
2:40 P.M. Listeria Meningitis — Is It Rare?
H. J. Welshimer; Department of Microbiology, Medical
College of Virginia
3:00 P.M. Serum Lysozyme Levels in Rabbits undergoing a Generalized
Granulomatous Reaction.
Quentin N. Myrvik and Eva Soto Leake; Department of
Microbiology, University of Virginia School of Medicine
3:20 P.M. Reduction of Potassium Tellurite by Streptococcus bovis.
Margaret Garlson and P. Arne Hansen; Department of
Microbiology, University of Maryland, College Park
3:40 P.M. Observations on the Effect of Carbon Dioxide on the Growth
of Entamoeba histolytica.
E. Clifford Nelson and Muriel M. Jones; Department of
Microbiology, Medical College of Virginia
Section Of Biology
William W. Scott, Chairman
Jesse C. Thompson, Jr.; Secretary
Walter S. Flory, Jr.; Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8 - 9:00 A.M. - SOUTH MEETING ROOM
NEWCOMB HALL
1. 9:00 Experimental Evocation of Differentiation of Chick Melano¬
cytes.
Willie M. Reams, Jr. and Stuart E. Nichols, Jr.; Medical
College of Virginia
2. 9:15 Serosal Melanocytes in the Pet Mouse.
Stuart E. Nichols, Jr. and Willie M. Reams, Jr.; Medical
College of Virginia
3. 9:30 Techniques with a Mierorespirometer.
Jack D. Burke; University of Richmond
4. 9:45 The Effect of Propylthiouracil on Gross Weights of Thyroid
Ovaries, and Adrenals of the Albino Rat.
Iris B. Hadden and W. L. Mengebier; Madison College.
5. 10:00 Tissue Ergothioneine.
Kamal Yackzan; University of Richmond
Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting
113
1959]
6. 10:15
7. 10:30
8. 10:45
9. 11:00
10. 11:15
11. 11:30
12. 11:45
13. 12:00
14. 12:15
15. 12:30
12:45
16. 2:00
17. 2:45
18. 3:00
A Comparative Study of Vertebrate Embryonic Serum Proteins.
Edwin M. Weller; Randolph-Macon Womans College
Action of Iproniazid on Tetrahymena pyriformis.
Joseph Krezanoski; Medical College of Virginia
Studies on the Control of Growth in Timothy Roots.
Robert T. Brumfield; Longwood College and Oak Ridge
National Laboratory
A Comparison of Initial Effects from Gamma Radiation upon
Some Gymnosperms and Angiosperms.
W. S. Flory and W. Ralph Singleton; The Rlandy Experimental
Farm, University of Virginia.
Embryological Evidence for the Relationship of Aquifoliaceae
to Celastraceae.
J. M. Herr, Jr.; Pfeiffer College
Ground Vegetation Patterns of the Spruce-fir Area of the
Great Smoky Mountains National Park
Dorothy L. Crandall; Randolph-Macon Womans College
The Controversial Sex-bivalent in the Golden Hamster.
Lyman R. Emmons; University of Virginia
The Chromosomes of Several Zephyranthes Species from the
West Indies.
W. S. Flory, Jr.; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of
Virginia
A Study of Phylogeny and of Karyotype Evolution in Lycoris.
Smritimoy Bose; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University
of Virginia
Experimental Infections of Chick Embryos with Tetrahymena
pyriformis.
Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Lynne Santy, and Valer Clark; Hollins
College
Section Business Meeting.
Invitation Paper. Plant Migrations in Mid-Appalachian Region.
E. L. Core; West Virginia University
Virginia Flora.
A. B. Massey; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Notes on the Helminths of Mammals in the Mountain Lake
114
[April
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
The Virginia Journal of Science
Region — The Helminths of Rabbits.
Harrv L. Hollowav; Roanoke College
3:15 Evaluation of Rabbit Management Methods bv Live Trapping.
Donald K. Fortenberv; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
3:30 Techniques Involved in the Use of Chemicals for Establishing
Wildlife Clearings.
Harold A. Trumbo; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
3:45 Effect of Forestry Practices and Wildlife Management on
Abundance and Distribution of Deer.
John H. Quillen, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
4:00 Incidence and Causes of Tularemia in Humans in Virginia.
Burd S. McCinnes; Virginia Cooperative Wildlife Research
Unit, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
4:15 The Effect of Blackbirds upon Agriculture in Southeastern
Virginia.
Thomas C. Crebbs, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
4:30 The Stomach Contents of Rana catesbeiana Shaw as Corre¬
lated with Different Pond Environments.
Garnett R. Brooks, Jr.; University of Richmond
4:45 The Food of the Chain Pickerel Esox niger LeSueur in
Tuckahoe Creek.
David A. Felmer; University of Richmond
5:00 Respiration and Hemolysis of Ultraviolet Irradiated Frog
Erythrocytes.
Lewis Harvie and S. P. Maroney, Jr.; University of Virginia
5:10 Observations on the Biology of Pelomyxa palustris Greef
Collected under polysaporbic Conditions.
Daniel H. Stern; University of Richmond
5:20 Studies on Tardigrades from Virginia.
G. T. Riggin, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
1959]
Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting
115
Section Of Chemistry
Frank A. Vingiello, Chairman
Mearl A. Kise, Secretary
Mearl A. Kise, Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8 - 9:00 A.M. - PEABODY 106
9:00 Announcements; Introductory Remarks
1. 9:15 The Effect of Foreign Metals on the Corrosion of Titanium
in Boiling 2M Hydrochloric Acid.
W. Roger Buck, III, Billy Sloope and Henry Leidheiser, Jr.;
Virginia Institute for Scientific Research
2. 9:30 Oxidative Studies of Dipyridylamines.
Robert N. Lawhorn, Ertle Thompson, Oscar Rodig and James
W. Cole, Jr.; Department of Chemistry, University of Virginia
3. 9:45 N-Substituted L- Amino Nitriles.
L. Neelakantan; Department of Chemistry and Pharmaceutical
Chemistry, Medical College of Virginia
4. 10:00 Quantitative Microanalysis of Alkoxy Groups.
Robert E. Bailey and Bryant Harrell; Department of Chemistry,
College of William and Mary
5. 10:15 A Study of the Structure of Nitryl Chloride.
John C. Kotz and Richard P. Carter; Chemistry Department,
Washington and Lee University
6. 10:30 Synthetic Homologs of L-Amino Acids and Their Derivatives
as Anti-Tumor Agents.
John Andrako, J. Doyle Smith and W. H. Hartung; Department
of Chemistry and Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Medical College
of Virginia
7. 10:45 Selected Addition Complexes of Nitryl Chloride.
Richard P. Carter and John C. Kotz; Chemistry Department,
Washington and Lee University
8. 11:00 The Infra-red Absorption of Phosphorus Compounds.
Margaret Anne Barber; Research Department, Virginia-
Carolina Chemical Corporation
[April
116 The Virginia Journal of Science
9. 11:15 Specific Centers in Palladium Catalysts.
Robert L. Reamer and Walter H. Hartung; Department of
Chemistry and Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Medical College of
Virginia
10. 11:30 Research in Cancer Chemotherapy.
John E. Yurko and Brvant Harrell; Department of Chemistry,
College of William and Mary >
11:45 Business Meeting
11. 1:00 Recent Electron and Optical Micrographs of a Catalyst Surface.
Allan T. Gwathmey; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, Department
of Chemistry; Shaukt Azim; Department of Chemical Engi¬
neering, University of Virginia
12. 1:15 Electron Microscope Observations on the Decomposition of
Molybdenum Trioxide and Cuprous Oxide.
Kenneth R. Lawless; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, Department
of Chemistry, University of Virginia
13. 1:30 Carotenoid Pigments of Aged Burley Tobacco.
H. E. Wright, Jr., W. W. Burton and R. C. Berry, Jr.;
Department of Research and Development, The American
Tobacco Company
14. 1:45 Qualitative Elementary Analysis of Organic Compounds by a
Combustion < Method.
Frank Denaro and Bryant Harrell; Department of Chemistry,
College of William and Mary
15. 2:00 A Study of the Acid Catalyzed Cleavage of 10-Cyclohexyl-l,
2-Benzanthracene.
F. A. Vingiello and T. Delia; Chemistry Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
16. 2:15 Surface Tension, Intermolecular Distance and Association
Energy of a Pure Non-Polar Liquid.
Ralph G. Steinhardt, Jr.; Department of Chemistry, Hollins
College
17. 2:30 Some Colorless Polyenes of Aged Burley Tobacco.
H. E. Wright, Jr., W. W. Burton and R. C. Berry, Jr.;
Department of Research and Development, The American
Tobacco Company
18. 2:45 Proof of Structure of 4-Hydroxy-2-methyltetrahydrothiophene
I, 1-Dioxide.
1959] Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting 117
Robert C. Krug and James A. Rigney; Department of Chem¬
istry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
19. 3:00 Inhibition of the Nitrostyrene Condensation in Acetic Acid by
Traces of Water.
Charles E. Bell, Jr., and Thomas I. Crowell; Cobb Chemical
Laboratory, University of Virginia
20. 3:15 Quantitative Separation of Some Pyridine Compounds by Paper
Chromatography.
Eugene Clock and T. H. Vaughan, Jr.; Department of Re¬
search and Development, The American Tobacco Company
21. 3:30 The Preparation of a 10-(Hydroxymethylphenyl)-l, 2-Ben¬
zanthracene.
F. A. Vingiello and C. Lewis; Chemistry Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
22. 3:45 Kinetics in a Dual Temperature System.
Thomas I. Crowell; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, University of
Virginia
23. 4:00 An Investigation of Three Derivatives of Chromotropic Acid
as Possible Colorimetric Reagents for the Simultaneous Deter¬
mination of Uranium and Thorium.
H. Perry Holcomb and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analysis
Laboratory, Department of Chemistry, University of Virginia
24. 4:15 Color Reactions of 1, 4-Dihydroxyanthraquinones.
E. Guy Owens II; Pratt Trace Analysis Laboratory, Depart¬
ment of Chemistry, University of Virginia
25. 4:30 Spectrophotometric Determination of Manganese (II).
Dwight O. Miller; Pratt Trace Analysis Laboratory, Depart¬
ment of Chemistry, University of Virginia
26. 4:45 Spectrochemical Determination of Trace Amounts of Nickel in
Normal Human Plasma and Red Blood Cells.
Leonel M. Paixao; Pratt Trace Analysis Laboratory, DepaH-
ment of Chemistry, University of Virginia
27. 5:00 Some Observations of Crystal Imperfections during Oxidation
and Catalytic Reaction on Copper.
R. H. Kean; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, Department of
Chemistry, University of Virginia
118
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
Education Section
Charles J. Turner, Chairman
George W. Kent, Secretary
James B. Patton, Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8, 1959 - 9:00 A.M. - PEABODY 108
1. 9:00 The Relation between ACE Scores and Academic Success in
College.
A. L. Wingo; State Department of Education
2. 9:15 Socio-psychological Factors in the Development of ChildreiTs
Interest.
Judith Hollen; Bridgewater College
3. 9:30 A Study of Teacher Evaluation in College.
Donald Banks; Bridgewater College
4. 9:45 Where Do College Teachers Come From?
W. D. Clague; Bridgewater College
5. 10:00 Symposium: Relative Merits of Laboratory vs. Demonstration
in the Teaching of Science.
A. L. Wingo, Moderator
Earl Savage, Science Coordinator, Bichmond Piihlic Schools
Richmond
Sydney S. Negus; Medical College of Virginia
Franklin D. Kiser; Assistant Supervisor of Public Education —
Science
Richard Irby; Leader, Physical Chemistry Section, Depart¬
ment of Besearch and Development, American Tobacco Com¬
pany
6. 10:45 Business Meeting.
1959] Program, Thirty-Seventh . Annual Meeting 119
Section Of Engineering
B. A. Niemeier, Chairman
, O. R. Singleton, Jr.; Secretary
R. M. Hubbard, Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8-9:10 A.M. - PHYSICS, SMALL AUDITORIUM
9:10 The Electrometer Measurement of Very Low Ion Densities in Gases.
Robert L. Ramsey and Robert L. Overstreet; Department of
Electrical Engineering, University of Virginia
9:30 Research in Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavements.
Howard Newlon, Jr.; Virginia Council of Highway Investigation
and Research, University of Virginia
9:50 Theoretical Analysis of Torsion in Skewed Bridges
William Zuk; Department of Civil Engineering, University of
Virginia
10:10 The Effect of Mechanical Vibration on Liquid Film Heat Transfer
Coefficients.
Dennis M. Frame; School of Engineering, University of Virginia
10:30 Heat Transfer in a Hot Water Storage Heater
Robert M. Hubbard and Edward J. Leech; Department of Chemi¬
cal Engineering, University of Virginia
10:50 Break
11:00 Hypersonic Stability of Three Fundamental Missile Nose Configu¬
rations.
E. B. Pritchard; Aeronautical Engineering Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
11:20 The Applicability of Sandwich Type Structures for Missile Con¬
struction.
E. B. Pritchard and J. S. Pratt; Aeronautical Engineering De-
partment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
11:40 On the Optimization of Missile Trajectories.
J. E. Eades, Jr., J. N. Perkins, and R. B. Richards; Aeronautical
Engineering Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
12:00 Presentation of Engineering award at the meeting of the Junior
Academy of Science
[April
120 The Virginia Journal of Science
2:00 On the Problem of Earth Satellites.
J. B. Eades, Jr., and R. N. Bell; Aeronautical Engineering De¬
partment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
2:20 Boundary Layer Control by Magnetoaerodynamic Techniques.
R. W. Truitt and C. M. Jackson, Jr.; Aeronautical Engineering
Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
2:40 Effects of Compressibility in Magnetoaerodynamics.
R. W. Truitt and L. B. Callis; Aeronautical Engineering Depart¬
ment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
3:00 Break
3:10 The Fundamentals of Caseous Diffusion Applied to a System of
Hydrogen and Carbon Dioxide.
Russell A. Primrose; Chemical Engineering Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
3:25 The Design Construction and Operation of a Heat Exchanger for
a Moving Bed Hypersorption Process.
William A. Barkley and Stuart B. Row; Chemical Engineering De¬
partment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
3:40 Factors Affecting Mass Transfers in a Mixer-Settler Extractor.
G. E. Brown, N. C. M. Landis, and Dr. F. W. Bull; Chemical En¬
gineering Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
4:10 Electrolytic Recovery of Caustic and Acid from Pulp Waste with
Ion Exchange Membranes.
E. J. Holberg and N. F. Murphy; Chemical Engineering De¬
partment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
4:30 Engineering Exhibits
Presented by members of the Virginia Junior Academy of Science
5:30 Business Meeting and Election of officers
SATURDAY, MAY 9 - 9:00 A.M. - PHYSICS, SMALL AUDITORIUM
9:00 General Description of the University of Virginia Nuclear Reactor.
Lawrence R. Quarles; School of Nuclear Engineering, University
of Virginia
9:20 Inherent Safety of the Swimming Pool Type Nuclear Reactor.
J. Lawrence Meem; Department of Electrical Engineering,
University of Virginia
9:40 Hazards Analysis for the University of Virginia Nuclear Reactor.
1959]
Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting
121
Walter P. Walker; Department of Nuclear Engineering, University
of Virginia
10:10 Shielding of the University of Virginia Nuclear Reactor.
W. Reed Johnson; Department of Nuclear Engineering, University
of Virginia
10:30 Heat Transfer in the University of Virginia Nuclear Reactor.
F. Anthony lachetta; Department of Mechanical Engineering,
University of Virginia
10:50 Study of the Fission Product Activity in the Gas Stream of a Gas
Gooled Nuclear Reactor.
David D. Wallace; School of Engineering, University of Virginia
11:10 An Analog for Study Temperature Gontrol in Jacketed Ghemical
Reaction Vessels.
William B. Gashion; School of Engineering, University of Virginia
11:25 Fluidized Conveying of Solids.
Elmer F. Zurn; School of Engineering, University of Virginia
11:40 Volumetric Heat Transfer Coefficient in a Parallel-flow Spra);
Dryer.
Everett L. Plyler; School of Engineering, University of Virginia
12:05 Equilibrium Relationships in the System CO2 — Methylene
Chloride.
John W. Eldridge and Donald S. Buell; Department of Chemical
Engineering, University of Virginia
12:20 Catalytic Studies on Surfaces of Single Crystals of Nickel-Coppei
Alloys.
Edwin Cox, Otis L. Updike, and Allan T. Gwathmey; Depart¬
ment of Chemical Engineering and Chemistry, University of
Virgina
J. T. Hack, Chairman
J. L. Calver, Vice-Chairman
R. S. Mitchell, Secretary
B. W. Nelson, Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8, - 9:00 A.M. - PEABODY I
9:00 Announcements
122 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
1. 9:10 Ground-Water Resources in Western Albemarle County, Virginia
Whitman Cross, II; University of Virginia
2. 9:30 Garnet Deposits of the Virginia Piedmont.
C. W. Crist, Jr.; University of Virginia
3. 9:45 A Discussion of Iron Oxide Pseudomorphs after Pyrite Meta-
crysts in the Piedmont Schists of Virginia.
R. K. Peare; University of Virginia
4. 10:00 The Geology of the Piedmont Physiographic Provinces of
Virginia as Applied to Highway Engineering.
W. T. Parrott; Virginia Department of Highways
5. 10:20 Highway Engineering in Virginia by Photogrammetric Methods.
F. B. Bales; Virginia Department of Highways.
6. 10:35 Metamorphic Features of the Black Hills Area, South Dakota.
J. A. Redden; Virginia Polytechnie Institute
7. 10:50 The Dore Lake Complex: A Metamorphosed Layered Complex
(Chibougamau District, Quebec).
G. O. Allard; University of Virginia
8. 11:10 Crystallization Temperature of Anorthosite, Nelson and Am¬
herst Counties, Virginia.
D. N. HilThouse; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
9. 11:25 Cretaceous and Triassic Clay Minerals of Pamunkey River Basin.
J. R. Kreglo; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10. 11:40 Some Unusual Clay Minerals from Pennsylvanian Undershales.
B. W. Nelson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
12:00 Recess
11. 2:00 Mineral Indicators of Environment in Parts of the Coastal
Plain Sediments of Maryland.
Dorothy Carroll; United States Geological Survey
12. 2:15 Unusual Speliothems from Walker Mountain Cave.
J. F. Quinlan; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
13. 2:30 Age and Fauna of Huntersville Formation, Tannersville Area,
Virginia.
P. C. Ciaramella; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
14. 2:45 Celestite and Strontianite from Wise County, Virginia.
R. F. Pharr and R. S. Mitchell; University of Virginia
1959] Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting 123
15. 3:00 A Description of the Concretions Found in the Millboro
Black Shales of Virginia.
C. E. Roberts and G. T. Farmer, Jr.; University of Virginia
16. 3:15 Basal Conglomerate of Mosheim Limestone, Chatham Hill,
Virginia.
F. Webb; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
17. 3:30 Faults and Fault Breccias of the Blacksburg-Shawsville Area.
J. B. Deaton; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
18. 3:45 Upper Mississippian Sedimentary Structures in the Bluefield
Area.
W. A. Thomas; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
19. 4:00 Structure of the Kent Window Area.
F. Marshall; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
20. 4:15 Glaciological Measurements on the Ross Ice Shelf.
W. W. Boyd, Jr.; University of Virginia
4:30 Business Meeting
Section Of Medical Science
Robert H. Brownson, Chairman
E. W. Pullen, Secretary
W. Parker Anslow, Jr., Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8, 1959 - 10:00 A.M. - CONFERENCE ROOM,
NEWCOMB HALL
1. 10:00 Effect of Insulin on Glucose Utilization by Frog Skeletal
Muscle in vitro.
D. R. H. Gourley; University of Virginia School of Medicine
2. 10:15 The Production of Hemorrhagic Irreversible Shock in the Cat.
Eugene D. Brand; University of Virginia School of Medicine
3. 10:30 An Interspecific Study of Per Cent Fatness and of Water
Content of the Fat-Free Body.
Grover C. Pitts; University of Virginia School of Medicine
4. 10:45 Metabolic Studies on Frog Skin Epithelium and Epithelium
Homogenate.
124
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
Leif Skjelkvale, Kathryn Nieder and Ernst G. Huf; Medical
College of Virginia
5. 11:00 Urinary Bladder Response in the Cat to Stimulation of the
Thalamus, Hypothalamus, Basal Ganglia and Other Forebrain
Structures.
Everett H, Ingersoll, Louise L. Jones and Erling S. Hegre;
Medical College of Virginia
6. 11:15 The Effect of Exposure to Cold on the Response to Alcohol
Intoxication of Rats Which are Deficient in Tryptophan and
Niacin.
J. C. Forbes and G. M. Duncan; Medical College of Virginia
7. 11:30 A Study of the Development of the Sacrococcygeal Region
of Human Embryos and Fetuses.
James E. Kindred; University of Virginia School of Medicine
8. 11:45 Hypothermia in Thyroidectomized Rats.
Chalmers L. Gemmill; University of Virginia School of
Medicine
12:00 Business Meeting
9. 2:15 Experimentally produced Regeneration of Adult Frog Limbs.
Theodore I. Malinin; University of Virginia School of
Medicine
10. 2:30 Clinical and Experimental Studies on Nephrosis.
Cornelia Hoch-Ligeti; University of Virginia School of
Medicine
11. 2:45 X-lrradiation of Rat Central Nervous System.
Robert H. Brownson; Medical College of Virginia
12. 3:00 Ovarian Pregnancy.
Bernard A. Heckman and Delilah A. Little (Introduced by
James E. Kindred); University of Virginia School of Medicine
13. 3:10 Anomalies of the Umbilical Cord in Human Embryos and
Fetuses.
Burton D. Goodwin and William M. Runkle (Introduced by
James E. Kindred); University of Virginia School of Medicine
14. 3:20 Human Monster with Abnoimal Development of tlie Amnion.
David S. O’Brien and Charles L. Gaudry, Jr. (Introduced by
James E. Kindred); University of Virginia School of Medicine
125
1959] Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting
15. 3:30 Description of Full Term Male “Siamese” Twins of the
Thoracopagus Type.
James H. Carraway; Maurice J. O’Connell (Introduced by
James E. Kindred); University of Virginia School of Medicine
16. 3:40 Dissection of a Human Craniopagus Parietalis.
Robert B. Moore and Arthur H. Wasser (Introduced by
James E. Kindred); University of Virginia School of Medicine
17. 3:50 Description of a Human Full Term Cyclops.
Louis J. Elsas and John T. Hitchens (Introduced by
James E. Kindred); University of Virginia School of Medicine
18. 4:00 Anomalies of Kidneys of Human Embryos and Fetuses.
Edwin L. Lyons, Robert K. Maddock, Jr., and Alan D.
Rosenthal (Introduced by James E. Kindred); University of
Virginia School of Medicine
19. 4:10 Absorption, Distribution, and Excretion of Methocarbamol.
Leah L. Eubank, Frances K. Coles, Addison D. Campbell and
Ernst G. Huf; Medical College of Virginia
Section Of Psychology
Merton E. Carver, Chairman
Richard H. Henneman, Executive Committeeman
Penelope Lewis, Secretary-Treasurer
Cyril R. Mill, Section Editor
FRIDAY MORNING, MAY 8, - 10:00 A.M. - NEWCOMB HALL 4C
Kenneth E. Lloyd, Session Chairman
1. 10:00 Painless Electrical Cutaneous Stimulation.
Robert H. Gibson; University of Virginia
2. 10:15 An Investigation of Short Term Memory.
John B. Feallock; University of Virginia
3. 10:30 The Inter-Trial Interval in Avoidance Training.
Raymond H. Kirby; College of William and Mary
4. 10:45 Partial Recognition, Word Frequency, and Responses Bias.
William F. Hawkins; University of Virginia
126 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
5. 11:00 Attitudes of Parents and Educators toward Sex Instruction in
Public Schools.
Cyril R. Mill; Department of Mental Hygiene and Hospitals
6. 11:15 Panel Discussion: The Miami Conference on Graduate Edu¬
cation in Psychology.
Moderators Frank W. Finger; University of Virginia
7. 12:30 Lunch
John F. Hahn, Session Chairman
8. 2:00 Non-sexual Behaviors Induced by an Estrogen.
Robert L. Rhyne; University of Virginia
9. 2:15 A Modification of the Iowa Picture Interpretation Test.
David Rice; College of William and Mary
10. 2:30 A Second Report on Achievement Imagery and ACE
Scores as Predictors of Grades in General Psychology.
John E. Williams; University of Richmond
11. 2:45 The Effects of Failure and Achievement Imagery on Arith¬
metic Performance.
Robert A. Johnson; University of Richmond
12. 3:00 Humans in a Puzzle Box.
Peter Guthrie and Henry Schwartz; College of William and
Mary
13. 3:15 AF: A New approach to the Concept of Achievement.
Robert M. Roth, and Jean Gilbert; Hampton Institute
14. 3:30 Discussion: Implications of the National Defense Education
Act for Psychologists
15. 4:30 Business Meeting.
16. 5:30 Social Hour and Dinner at The Steak House
SATURDAY, MAY 9 - 9:00 A.M. - NEWCOMB HALL
Robert A. Johnston, Session Chairman
17. 9:00 The Reinforcement Variable in Verbal Operant Conditioning.
Richard DeWilde; College of William and Mary
18. 9:15 The “Doctor of Psychology’' as a Professional Degree.
Dell Lebo and Leland W. Calvin; Richmond Professional
Institute
1959] Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting 127
19. 9:30 Differential Drug Effects on Schedules of Reinforcement in
the Pigeon.
Arthur J. Bachrach and Janice Gibson; University of Virginia
School of Medicine
20. 9:45 The Perception of Form in the Peripheral Retina.
William B. Camm; College of William and Mary
21. 10:00 Drinking Behavior as a Function of Saline Injections and
Water Deprivation.
James F. Campbell, Jr.; University of Virginia
22. 10:15 The Present Status of Recorded Sound Stimuli Association Tests
Dell Lebo and Roselyn Sherman Bruce; Richmond Professional
Institute
23. 10:30 A Comparison of Science and Non-Science Students on the
Morgan Test of Logical Reasoning.
Fred K. McCoy; University of Richmond
CONCURRENT SESSION
SATURDAY, MAY 9 - 9:00 A.M. - NEWCOMB HALL
William F. Battig, Session Chairman
24. 9:00 A Discussion of the Concepts of Play.
Jacob Silverberg; Department of Mental Hygiene and Hospitals
25. 9:15 Nine Years of Diagnosis and Treatment at the Lynchburg
College Reading Center.
William D. Brown and Louann Bolden; Lynchburg College
26. 9:30 Detection and Recognition of Non-uniform Visual Targets.
E. Ray Harcum; College of William and Mary
27. 9:45 The Lowry Reasoning Test Combination as a Status — Free
Device for a Personnel Selection Problem.
R. S. Andrews; QM Field Evaluation Agency,
R. O. Lucier; CouHney and Co., and
Dell Lebo; Richmond Professional Institute
28. 10:00 Counseling with a Group of Mentally Retarded Children in
the Public School Setting.
Cora Lynn C. Goldsborought; Arlington County Schools
29. 10:15 The Olfactory Sensitivity of the Rat to Some Homologous
Hydrocarbons.
128
[April
The Virginia Journal of Science
William R. Goff; University of Virginia
30. 10:30 Determining Aptitudes by Fiat.
Henry E. Garrett; University of Virginia
31. 10:45 Intermission
32. 11:00 Business Meeting: Virginia Psychological Association
Gilbert J. Rich, President
Gletus A. Cole, Vice-President
Cora Lynn C. Goldsborough, Secretary
Jacob Silverberg, Treasurer
Section Of Science Teachers
Mae Jennings, Chairman
A. B. Niemeyer, Jr., Chairman-Elect
Virginia C. Ellett, Secretary
Caroline Gambrill, Section Editor
THURSDAY, MAY 7, 1959 - 1:00 P.M. - PEABODY 104
1:00 Teaching Materials. Booth 7.
Demonstrators A. B. Niemeyer, Jr.
1. 1:00 Setting and Maintaining Standards in Today’s Schools.
Franklin D. Kizer; Assistant Supervisor of Secondary Edu¬
cation
2. 1:20 What the Virginia Junior Academy of Science has Meant to
Me.
Joanna Hackman; Hollins College, and Robert Dunning
3. 1:30 Research and Techniques to Raise the Level of Instruction
in Physics and General Science.
Edward North; Washington and Lee High School
4. 2:10 Recent Advances in Cytology.
Henry G. Kupfer; Depaitment of Clinical Pathology, Medical
College of Virginia
5. 2:50 The Role of the Virginia Department of Agriculture and
Immigration in the Economic Growth and Development of
Virginia.
1959] Program, Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting 129
Parke C. Brinkley; Commissioner, Department of Agriculture
and Immigration
3:30 Audio-visual Laboratory, Cabell Hall
Visual Aids and Graphic Arts in Science and Mathematics
Teaching.
Sponsored by Participants in the NSF Academic Year Institute.
Presented by Frank Moore and Ertle Thompson; University
of Virginia.
Section Of Statistics
J. W. Griswold, Chairman
Ira A. DeArmon, Jr., Vice-Chairman
R. J. Freund, Secretary
Clyde Y. Kramer, Section Editor
FRIDAY, MAY 8, 1959 - 9:00 A.M. - NEWCOMB HALL 4B
1. 9:00 Introductory Remarks by the Chairman
2. 9:10 Applications of Computers to Medical Research.
Frank W. Banghart; University of Virginia
3. 9:30 Linear Programming Applications.
N. L. Enrick and S. C. Lawrence; Institute of Textile
Technology
4. 9:50 Aspects of Risk Programming.
R. J. Freund and M. E. Rein; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10:10 Intermission
5. 10:20 Traffic Volume Estimates; Probability Applications.
Marvin Tummins; Virginia Council of Highway Investigation
and Research
6. 10:40 A Method of Scheduling.
M. F. Peck; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
7. 11:00 Notes of the Detection of Wearout.
C. W. Clunies-Ross; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
8. 11:20 Some Problems of Inventory Control.
R. L. Chaddha; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
130
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
11:35 Statistical Theory and Economic Theory, a Comparison of
Concepts of Decision Making.
D. Rutledge Vining; University of Virginia
2:00 Path Analysis, Linear and Non-linear.
M. Turner; Medical College of Virginia
2:45 Business Meeting
3:15 A Comparison of Internal and External Assay Variation in
Virulence Testing of Bacillus Anthracis Spores.
I. A. DeArmon, Jr.; Fort Dietrich, Maryland
3:40 Graded ys. All-or-None Response in Bioassay.
F. M. Bradley; Fort Dietrich, Maryland
4:00 Some Uses of Statistics in Plant Maintenance.
J. Armstrong; DuPont, Richmond
SATURDAY, MAY 9, 1959 - 9:00 A.M. - NEWCOMB HALL 4B
9:00 Multiyariate Sequential Procedures for Testing Means (Pre¬
liminary Report).
J. E. Jackson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
9:20 On Comparing Different Tests of the Same Hypothesis.
H. A. Dayid; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
9:40 A Study of Multiyariate Confidence Bonds.
R. E. Bargmann; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10:00 Extremal Methods in Estimating Procedures.
D. C. Hurst; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10:20 Intermission
10:30 Two-yv'ay Rank Sum Tests for Variances.
A. R. Ansari and R. A. Bradley; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
11:10 A Comparison of the Effectiyeness of Tournaments.
W. A. Glenn; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
11:30 Factorials in Associated Incomplete Block Designs.
L. S. Brenna and C. Y. Kramer; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof
is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia.
The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements,
and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The
Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia.
Notice To Contributors
*
Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Brumfield, Stevens
Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub¬
lished on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must
accompany the manuscript.
Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
8V2” X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total
number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 8300. The result is the
approximate number of printed pages in the Journal.
Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be
held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.
Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.
Bibliographies (Literature Cited,x References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically
according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the
name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any).
For example: “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the
Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288_ 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the
bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations,
where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940; 186)”, or “Sniffen
(1940) states that . . .”
Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures
should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated
by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin.
Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1 /2” x 6-1 /2”, and so
that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1/2” x
11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish
the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional
figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a
grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black
drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬
graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬
graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast.
Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬
mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted.
Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction.
Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be' defrayed by the author.
OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
John C. Forbes, President
William M. Hinton, President-Elect
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr. Assistant Secretary-Treasurer.
COUNCIL
(Board of Trustees)
Edward S. Harlow (1960) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960)
Byron N. Cooper (1958) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. (1962) Robert T. Brumfield
William Hinton (1959) Ralph A. Bradley (1963) Charles F. Lane
Thomas E. Gilmer (1961) Walter S. Flory, Jr. (1959) George W. Jeffers
THE VIRGINIA
OURNAL OF SCIENCE
A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
VOL. 10, New Series
July, 1959
No. 3
No. 3
VoL. 10, New Series July, 1959
THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science
Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS
Pages
Ginkgo Biloba L: Historical Summary and Bibliography—
Alicelia Hoskins Franklin . 131
A Preliminary Report On An Occurrence Of Campostoma Anomalum
(Rafinesque) In The Yadkin River Drainage System—
B. J. Abbott . 177
The Tube Precipitation Technique As Applied To The Study Of
Serological Relationships Among Crayfishes—
Rose Mary Johnson . 181
The In Vitro Effects of X-Radiation On Human White Blood Cells—
Samuel P. Maroney, Jr . 186
News and Notes . 193
EDITORIAL BOARD
Robert T. Brumfield, Editor
Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor
Charles F. Lane, Managing Editor
Lee S. Harrow, Advertising Manager
Section Editors
Carl W. Allen
Walter S. Flory, Jr.
Robert M. Hubbard
Cyril R. Mill
Irving G. Foster
Merle A. Kise
Bruce W. Nelson
Caroline Gambrill
P. Arne Hansen
James P. Patton
W. Parker Anslow, Jr.
C. Y. Kramer
Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Farmville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 per volume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July,
and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Farmville, Va.
Mailed October 13, 1959
THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
VoL. 10, New Series
July, 1959
No. 3
GINKGO BILOBA L: HISTORICAL SUMMARY AND
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Alicelia Hoskins Franklin
Washington, D. C.
Historical Summary
Geological History.— Gm/cgo biloba, the sole survivor of the family
Ginkgoaceae, which in turn comprises the entire group or order Gink-
goals, represents a distinct plant form whose ancestry can be traced 200
million years or more into the past. Ginkgos evolved from the ancient
seed-bearing ferns and first existed as small trees along the borders of
the shallow seas. When the great Mesozoic Reptiles, among them
Brontosaurus and Diplodocus lived in the shallow waters and fed upon
the cycads, ferns and club mosses, the Ginkgo migrated to the tops of
the gently rising hills, and grew to a height of 100 feet or more—too
great for even an eighty foot dinosaur to reach. In this war between the
destructive herbivorous reptiles and the plant life of their time, (a war
which meant extinction for many other species) the Ginkgo survived.
Through millions of years the ginkgos grew in the steamy forest atmos¬
phere, living on somewhat higher ground than many of the early tree-like
forms. The uplands of the Triassic and Jurassic ages became covered with
ginkgo leaves bedded through endless generations and the trees still arched
their enormous branches. In the Tertiary forests, the mammoth came and
sharpened his tusks upon the trunk of the ginkgo tree, the sabertoothed
tiger lurked in its shade and mice made their homes in its roots. Of early
trees which survived the glacial period, F. H. Lamb (1938) states that
the following are still in existence: two taxad cypresses (one living along
the Gulf and South Atlantic coasts of the United States, the other the
Montezuma Gypress of Mexico), the Giant Sequoias of Galifornia, and the
Gryptomerias of East Asia and Japan; south of the equator other survivors
include the podocarps, and the Kami and Norfolk Pines of New Zealand,
South Africa and the Pacific Islands.
From the Triassic to the Tertiary Period the ginkgos spread over
most of the Northern Hemisphere and parts of the Southern. Warm
132
The Virginia Journal of Science [J^ty
valleys in Greenland and Alaska beeame filled with enormous ginkgo
trees. Ginkgo colonies were liberally distributed in Europe. Ginkgos were
present in South America, South Africa, Austraha, Asia and even Siberia.
In America a few members of the ginkgo family thrived in what is now
North Garolina, and they are widely distributed over what is now the
Dakotas, Wyoming, Montana, Washington, and Oregon.
As the Triassic age came to a close more than 150 million years ago,
the Ginkgoales boasted two large groups of the family, notably Ginkgo
and Baiera. With the advent of the Jurassic we find other genera added
to the growing family, increasing in volume through the Early Gretaceous
age— genera which estabhshed themselves over a vast extent of territory
both north and south of the equator. Only in Antarctica were there no
Ginkgoales. At this time the ginkgo family was more widely spread than
at any other era of its development, but during the Late Gretaceous its
world wide distribution began to dwindle. The Gretaceous sea with its
heavy concentrations of marine life flooded vast continents, and as a
result the flora of the earth changed to a more modern aspect. A world¬
wide burst of evolution brought the angiosperms to prominence. Ginkgo
hiloha and only a few of its close relatives adapted to the chalky hills left
by the calcareous oceans and survived the competition enforced by the
new plant life. However, American, Artie, European, and Asiatic forests
could boast of widely dispersed Ginkgo trees. During this time the Ginkgo
gradually became restricted to the North Temperate Zone as a result of
competition from neeotropical forests encroaching from the south.
During the Tertiary Period came a new threat. Great land upheavals
accompanying the evolution of the Pyrenees, the Alps, and later the
Andes mountains caused the great forests of Ginkgo to fall. New genera¬
tions of Ginkgo took their places, but they were in isolated groups,
separated by mountain chains, deserts and dry plains. In Oregon and
Washington the rise of the Gascade Mountains cut off the summer
moisture from the Pacific. This, combined with winter cold, hastened
their end in this area.
At the end of the Tertiary Period a tremendous change took place
in the northern continents. Gold gripped the world. Ice covered the
northern latitudes extending into the temperate zones. In the face of
these arctic conditions the ginkgos dwindled in number. Probably the
Pleistocene was their last appearance in Europe. As the ice sheet moved
southward with successive advances, the ginkgos gave ground, though
they recovered lost valleys sporadically whenever the ice receded. Finally
the ice completely overwhelmed these northern forests and swept all life
before it far into the south temperate regions. The Ginkgo was unable
to cross the Alps. In America the great cold preceding the ice sheets
moved as far south as Philadelphia and Galifomia. If any stands of
Ginkgo remained in the northwest they were unable to cross the Sierras
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L. 133
into California as Sequoia did. Thus they met extinction on this continent.
Only in East Asia, where the destructive ice halted in its southward
progression, was the Ginkgo able to survive. Nestling in some warm
secluded valley where it could migrate southward in those mountain
chains where the ridges run in a northerly-southerly direction. Ginkgo
hiloha was spared complete extinction during the Ice Age. This sole
survivor of a once numerous family retained its basic heritage through
millions of years to appeal to the imagination of man, who with his
cultivating hand would preserve this relic of an ancient past.
General Description.— Let us take a look at this deciduous, naked-
seeded gymnosperm which so populated the earth at one time. Ginkgo in
winter dress resembled the larch in general shape when young, with its
slender pyramidal branching. When old its shape somewhat resembled
that of the Douglas fir, especially in fastigate varieties, but in some cases
it became spreading with a dense head. Individual trees could reach the
age of 1,000 years, being sm'passed in longevity only by the Galifornia
Sequoia (3.500 years) and the Bristlecone Pine (4,600 years) Ginkgo
stretched its branches higher than 100 feet and its girth exceeded 20 feet.
Its bark was greyish, deeply furrowed on old trees. Branches whorled from
the trunk at irregular intervals— some were erect and formed duplicate
leaders. Branchlets drooped or were horizontal, continuing to produce
short spur-like shoots for many years (as in larch or in cedar), and
then suddenly lengthening out into long shoots. Sharp-pointed conical
buds with bright brown scales terminated the short shoots which were
crowded with leaf scars of past years. The branches in winter were a
light golden brown.
In spring, leaves appeared in whorled clusters of six or less at the
short shoots, and scattered along the length of the long shoots. The
ends of the short shoots, and scattered along the length of the long shoots.
The leaves varied from one to two or three inches in depth, and from
one to three inches in breadth, with occasional exceptions up to six inehes.
In general aspect the leaf and stalk resembled a fan (the upper edge
rounded, entire, irregular undulate, or bilobed). On vigorous young shoots
the blade became dissected by V-shaped depressions into four or more
wedge-shaped sections, and occassionally there were deeply cuneate leaves
found in the seedlings or in new growth reviving from old roots,
recapitulating the leaves of its ancestors. In spring these leaves were a
light green, in summer a deeper glabrous leathery green, and in fall
they turned a rich golden yellow before dropping in a elean and sudden
fall.
In venation and shape these leaves appeared much like the leaves
of the maidenhair fern or Adiantum. The two strands of connective
134
The Virginia Journal of Science [July
tissue from the forked veins in the stem radiated into the leaves, ending
in numerous parallel veins which were interspersed with stomata and
secretory cells exuding a sticky fluid.
On trees of twenty years or more, flowers appeared in May. The
male blossoms were small, pendulous catkins on the short stalks, three to
six upon a shoot, bearing loosely arranged stamens. The female flowers
(mere naked ovules) emerged from the short shoots in pairs of two or
three, growing to stand erect upon their long stiff stalks rimmed at the
juncture by a collar. The pollen blew across the forests thick and yellow,
depositing itself upon the sticky ovule for the propagation of a new
generation. In time a small plum-like fruit, containing a hard-shelled
nut with a kernel, developed upon the stalk. The fruits in turn fell to
the ground in early September giving off a most offensive odor. In the
fall two spermatozoids developed from the pollen within the ovule,
swimming in a sac of simulated sea water, to fertilize the egg cell. The
developing embryo within the seed lay where it fell in the woodland
duff, or was planted by small animals in the woodland loam. In spring
two cotyledons followed by five cuneate leaves appeared on the ground
underneath the big old tree’s shade. Sometimes the ancient trees would
produce peg-like structures (air roots) from the trunk or lower branches,
which would produce true roots upon touching the ground, and then
produce branches above it. Sometimes the old tree died and the new
sprouts took its place. Generation followed upon generation for millions of
years with virtually no change in the Ginkgo hiloha.
Ginkgo in the Orient.— In some remote valley of the forests of
China, the Ginkgo hiloha overstayed its time. Although its ancestors had
covered the entire world, this remnant of one of the “first families” of
trees now remained hidden from those who sought its native habitat.
Some reported seeing it in the wild state. Mrs. Bishop (Bird, 1880)
traveled widely in the Orient at tlie end of the last century and reported
that she had seen it growing natively in Japan in the great forests of
the northern island Yezo, and also in the country at the sources of the
Great Gold and Min Rivers in Western China. The foresters of Japan
denied however that the Ginkgo was indigenous to that country in historic
times, maintaining that it was introduced from China, perhaps by the
Buddhist monks, about a thousand years ago.
E. H. Wilson (1913), travelling for the Arnold Arboretum fifty
years ago believed that the Ginkgo no longer existed in the wild state.
His travels, though extensive in range, followed the main river valleys,
and were intensive in the area of Lushan in Northern Kiangsi in eastern
China, and in western China in western Hupeh and Szechuan. His
itinerary barely missed the stand of truly wild Metasequoia, another rare
remnant from before the Ice Age. Perhaps he missed the Ginkgo also.
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L. 135
Yet another botanical explorer for the Department of Agriculture,
Frank Meyer, travelling for the discovery of useful native plants of
China, searched the southerly approaches to the Chinese mountains
while Wilson was exploring the more northerly sector. He maintained
that the Ginkgo grew spontaneously (according to Wilson, 1913) near
Hsien, about 70 miles west of Hanchow, in the Chekiang Province of
China, where he reported the Ginkgo was so common that it was cut
for fire wood. Whether this stand of Ginkgo, lying in the Tien Mu Shan
Range, along the northwestern border of Chekiang and Southeastern
Anhwei and attaining a topmost altitude of 5,000 feet, represented the
last wild Ginkgo cannot now be verified, since the prodigious accumu¬
lation of population and resulting cultivation in China has meant depre¬
dation of the wild forests.
However, there were Chinese who collected Ginkgo in this area,
also in the mountains of southwest Kweichow and Szechuan, and be¬
lieved that it grew spontaneously, in association with conifers and broad¬
leaved trees. This area of Chekiang, according to Hui Lin Li (1956)
is the habitat of some other relic plants, among them Psetidolarix and
Nothotaxus. Tarreya grandis and Cary a cathayensis also occur in this
region, as do the semi-wild and cultivated Ginkgo. So possibly it was in
this region that Ginkgo was finally preserved from extinction and later
cultivated by the ancient Chinese who used the nuts for food. Certainly
this is the region from which all our cultivated trees of today have been
derived.
In these mountain fastnesses far from habitation it attains a height
of over a hundred feet. It is also found in the vicinity of temples and
private gardens where the native plants have been preserved, and is a
very common tree in an area where primeval forests no longer exist.
Ginkgo may have been known to the populace of Kiangsu and
Anhwei during the Tsin Dynasty (240-420 A.D.) and has been attributed
the name of P’ing Chung Kuo in poetical essay by Wu Tu Fu.^
According to Bretschneider, all plants mentioned in the literature
before the fii'st century, B. C., can be presumed to have originated in
China, as tliere was no possibility of communication with the outside
world at that time. It was still some centuries before the Chinese traded
as far south as India.
Bretschneider also states that a single character in Chinese indicates
antiquity, thus of the name Yin Sing (Silver Apricot) for the Ginkgo, the
single character for Apricot is of ancient origin. The name Ya Chio (leaf
lAccordinsr to botanists Li Shih-chen in 1956. and Wu Chi-chum in 1948 who studied this
literary work.
136 The Virginia Journal of Science [July
of a Duck’s Foot), is perhaps older, since it appears to have originated
the southern provinces, the native haunt of Ginko. The earliest
civilization of the Chinese flourished in the north of China along the
Yellow River and although many indigenous plants are mentioned in
the early literature of this period in North China apparently Ginkgo is
is laeking. Since Ya Chio is written in two or sometimes three idiographs,
it indicates a later introduetion from the South.
During tlie Sung Dynasty of the eleventh eentury there are many
reeords of tliis tree in cultivation along the Yangtze River. It has been
reported by Hui Lin Li (1956) that a Sung notebook entitled "‘Shi Hua
Ching Duei” proelaimed: “In the Capitol (Kaifeng) there was original¬
ly no Ya Chio (Duck’s Foot). Since Prince Li Wen-ho came from the
south and transplanted it to his residenee, it becomes famous. From
then it gradually propagates and multiplies, and fruits from the south
are no longer eonsidered precious.”
As a result of early Chinese agriculture, many botanical works were
published in medieval times. A medieinal use for early plants was sub-
seribed to in many instanees. Ginkgo seed eaten raw has been touted
as an expeetorant and as a eure for eancer. However, the toxic effects of
the raw seed sometimes prove to be fatal. One herbal by Wu Jui called
“Jill Jung Pen Ts’ao” recounts that even the cooked nuts if eaten in excess,
especilly by ehildren may prove to be slightly toxie. In spite of this warn¬
ing note, the Ginkgo was extensively eultivated as' a source of food, and
was eonsidered a delieacy when roasted for festive oceasions.
The peoples of the orient have used the Ginkgo in the preparation
of a kind of cosmetie when the seeds are soaked in wine. The Chinese
even use the seed pulp eombined with lye as a soap to wash clothes. It
has wood uses of a very limited sort as the grain is mueh like white pine.
Abaeus beads have been made from it; chessmen also. It is widely used
as the base for fine oriental lacquerware.
According to some early botanical records the Chinese were aware
that Ginkgo, which is dioecious with pistillate and staminate reproduetive
organs on separate plants, should be planted with the two kinds together
to insure fruiting. But other early records stated that the female tree when
planted alone beside water would produee seed. This may be aseribed to
the fact that the ovule develops mueh stareh even without fertilization.
Grafting of a male branch upon a female tree was also practieed as a
method of insuring the erop. Seed shape was considered to be a sex de¬
terminant. Those seeds with three ridges on the two-pointed nut were
supposed to yield male trees, while those with two were supposed to yield
females. The accuracy of this belief does not appear to have been demon¬
strated, as three-sided Ginkgo nuts are rare.
The Ginkgo was also planted for its aesthetie value, being trans-
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L. 137
planted and cared for in private gardens and temple grounds, often
perched on some mountain crag, adding an aura of charm to ihe
temples. In time it became known as the sacred Ginkgo. Lengthy legends
grew up around the old tree, for the people of the orient have revered
and preserved these Ginkgo, decorating them as shrines with incense
stands. The temple grounds provided a sanctuary for the Ginkgo along
with much of the indigenous flora of the orient, since the Buddhist and
Taoist priests preserved the forests surrounding their temples. Consequent¬
ly there are Ginkgo trees of enormous size in many venerable temple
enclosures.
The temple tree. Ginkgo, is next found to be introduced into Japan.
Although the exact date is unknown, some have supposed it was im¬
ported with Buddhism, or at least to have come to Japan by the end
ut the Sung Dynasty of the eleventh century. Japanese botanists
assume a minimal date of 1,000 years residence for Ginkgo in Japan,
since there are living specimens of approximately that age at the present
time.
In Japan, the Ginkgo leaves are ground for fertilizer, and are used
as an insecticide when spread around the base of plants. School children
place Ginkgo leaves in their books “to scare the worms away.” Young
girls’ hair styles and artists’ designs derive inspiration from the shape of
the leaf. Ginkgo is woven in many wavs into the pattern of oriental
life.
Ginkgo in the Western World.— Ginkgo first becme known to
the western world when Dr. Englebert Kaempfer, a ship’s doctor in
the employ of the Dutch East India Company, searched the Far East
during his extensive travels for a tree which he had previously seen in
Japan in 1690. It is believed that he obtained the tree in south China,
and brought it back to Holland. Perhaps it became the famous old ginkgo
in the Botanical Garden at Utrecht.
He published a description of it in his Amoenitatum exoticarum
(1712), containing a drawing of a leafed branch with ovule. He called
it “Ginkgo vel Ginan, vulgo Itsojo, arbor nucifera folio adianto.”
There has been much speculation as to the origin of the name
Ginkgo, since tliere is no word corresponding exactly to this spelling in
either Chinese or Japanese literature. Kaempfer’s fifth and last fascicle
of his work Amoenitatum exoticarum introduced the name as indicative
of the Chinest literary idograph for Yin Sing (Silver Apricot) as pro¬
nounced in Japan. The Rev. Dr. A. C. Moule, a Professor of Chinese at
Cambridge University has pointed out that there are no grounds for the
termination -kgo, which is “unpronounceable and probably ought never to
have existed.” In all probability it is a misspelling of the word Gin-yo or
or Gin-go of South Chinese origin meaning Silver Apricot, the -kg of the
138
The Virginia Journal of Science
word ginkgo becoming attached in the process of transliterating the word
into Dutch, perhaps the work of Kempfer or one of Kaempfer’s assistants.
In 1771 Gordon sent a sample of the leaves to Linnaeus, who included
it in his publication Mantissa plantarwn. To Kaempfer’s “Ginkgo”, which
he adopted as the generic name, he added the specific name of “hiloha” as
descriptive of the leaf form which he obtained.
Twenty-six years later, J. E. Smith (1797) in a paper before the
Linnaean Society, renamed the tree Salisburia adiantifolia. A few authors
subsequently wrote papers under this title, but the accepted nomenclature
of Linnaeus prevailed in spite of Smith’s contention that the word ginkgo
was “Equally uncouth and barbarous.” To this day the Ginkgo is known as
the Maidenhair Tree in England— a name derived from the form of its leaves
which resemble the Maidenhair Fern— the adiantifolia of Smith
The tree has been called Ginkgo, as a preferred spelling, by the
London Times in a series of articles and correspondence in February and
March in 1946. The New York Times and The New Yorker have used the
plural “Ginkgoes”— in a facetious manner (because of the periodic rash of
ill-smelling fruits upon the sidewalks during fruiting season). Ginkgo is
also the spelling found in official usage by the United States Department
of Agriculture.
In French literature, reference is often found among the older publi¬
cations to the “arbre an quarante ecus,” referring to the price a M. Petigny
paid a nurseryman in England in 1780 for five Ginkgo seedlings which he
took to France.
Most of the early trees in Europe proved to be staminate trees.
De Candolle recorded the first fruiting tree in Geneva in 1814, and was
instrumental in having scions grafted on the trees in the Botanic Garden
in Montpellier, France, where fii'st permanent seed was produced.
As far as the records show, the Ginkgo was first introduced to the
United States by William Hamilton, who planted a tree in 1784 in what
is now Woodlands Cemetery, West Philadelphia. Although this tree died a
fews years go, one of comparable age in John Bartram’s Garden in Phila¬
delphia is still thriving.
Since the Ginkgo is free from serious pests and diseases, is not particu¬
lar as to soil, and shows a marked tolerance to city smoke and industrial
fumes, it is becoming known as a fine street tree, reaching a height of 40-80
feet. It flourishes particularly in Washington, D. C., and other locations
where the climate fulfills the Ginkgo requirement for moisture (35 inches
of rainfall) and warm nights during the growing season. With sufficient
watering, however it grows well in most of the country.
Ginkgo is distributed over all but the coldest states of the north central
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L. 139
United States, where winter cold and limited rainfall fail to provide even
minimal conditions. It grows only slowly in the northwest states, which
may account for the discrepancy in the literature as to its rate of growth.
In the latitude of Chicago or even New York, seedlings will not withstand
the winter temperature, but must be protected in a greenhouse. Cuttings
will survive in an exposed situation more readily, as will grafted stock.
Both of the latter methods of propagation are required when staminate
trees or specific varieties are demanded for street planting. Under culti¬
vation, this tree now grows in many countries in the temperate latitudes
where it once grew natively before the Ice Age.
History of Classification.— The genus Ginkgo was included, under
Coniferae in Die Natwiichen Pflanzenfamielien, in the Taxae with Taxus,
Cephalotaxus and Toney a. Eichler had previously referred Ginkgo, or
Salishnria to a separate family— the Salisbureae. The most remarkable
botnical event in the late 19th century then occurred. Hirase, a servant in
the laboratory of Matsumura in Tokyo, asked his master for a problem in
botany, since he had learned the use of a microscope. Recalling that the
reproductive mechanism of Ginkgo had yet to be determined, his master
referred Hirase to the Ginkgo tree outside the door. Hirase’s discovery in
1896 of the motile antherozoid in the pollen tube of Ginkgo confirmed a
growing suspicion among taxonomists that the classification of Ginkgo with
Taxus and other Coniferae was no longer consistent. Following this dis¬
covery Engler adopted the family name Ginkgoaceae, and further isolated
its position by placing it in the special class of Ginkgoales.
Dallimore and Jackson list the varieties of fastigata (columnar in form
with branches erect), macrophylea laciniata (with leaves larger and more
deeply cut), and variegata (whose leaves are variegated with yellow). Other
varieties have sometimes been named, or differentiated and again disputed.
Epilogue
Ages before a unique creature called man discovered its usefulness,
and made it his original nut tree, the Ginkgo inherited the earth. In a world
comprised of mountains where there are now valleys, and water where there
are now hills, prior to the formation of the Rockies and the Urals, it
demonstrated everywhere its extraordinary vitality, adaptability, and re-
sliency to the changing environment. In times of temporary drought it
preserved its cellular structure enough to revive— coming up from the roots
when otherwise appearing dead. It receded here to revive again elsewhere.
It crossed the temporary land bridge between Asia and America by way of
Alaska and Siberia, and possibly another land bridge between Asia and
America by way of Greenland and Franz Joseph Land. In general it liked
a moist humid climate but could withstand temporary searing by fire. Its
trunk with bark which has been compared to an elephant’s skin, was pro-
140
The Virginia Journal of Science
lection against marauders both animal and insect. The leaves were not
bothered by insect pests, and the wind carried the pollen from male to
female tree for thousands of generations.
The great enigma in the investigation of Ginkgo still hinges around the
problem— the innate question— of how the Ginkgo survived the vicissitudes
of the passage of time for millions of years during the rise and fall of
countless genera upon the face of the earth. Time and its relationships lose
meaning for the human mind in the face of such a survival, and some
fundamental facts of paleontology find an exception in the reading of the
record of Ginkgo. Ginkgo biloha L. indeed has a preeminent claim to be
designated in Darwin’s words “a living fossil.”
Bibliography
This bibliography was compiled for the University of Virginia with
funds provided by Mr. John Lee Pratt under the supervision of Dr.
Randolph T. Major of the Cobb Chemical Laboratory of the University,
and with the encouragement of Dr. Ladley Husted of the Biology depart¬
ment of that University.
The bibliographv encompasses all aspects of the literature of the
living Ginkgo from the more general paleobotanical and historical works
to the research investigations on taxonomy, morphology, reproductive
system, cytology, chemistry, pharmacology, and horticulture, which are
obtainable in Washington, D. C.. It includes the research published dur¬
ing the years of 1880 to the summer of 1958, and lists only those earlier
works of particular historical interest. For extensive bibliographies of the
19th century investigators, consult A. Seward and J. Cowan, The Maiden¬
hair Tree, Annals of Botany, London 1900; and A. Specher, Ginko biloba
L., Geneva, 1907. Unpublished material may be found in the Hill Culture
Section Reports of the Pre-World War II Soil Conservation Service of
the U. S. National Archives. The Plant Science Catalogue of the Depart¬
ment of Agriculture lists 141 publications on the Ginkgo biloba which
are included in this bibliography.
Dr. Samuel Detwiler, retired, and Miss Doris Hayes of the Depart¬
ment of Agriculture; Mr. Oliver Shipley and others of the Staff of the
Department of Agriculture Librarv; Dr. Roland Brown of the Geological
Survey were of great help, as were Mr. Wm. V. Heers and Miss Guerry
Newton of the Geological and Paleobotanical Libraries. The Orientalia and
Science Sections of the Librarv of Congress were also of assistance. Miss
Marie Siegrist of the Geological Society of America Bibliographio Staff
gave encouragement.
A number of papers written in Japanese have been translated by
Dr. Joseph Yoshioka of Bethesda, Maryland, and a number of those in
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L. 141
French and German by the author. These translations, together with a
set of notes and abstracts, may be obtained from the author by those
wishing to pursue research on the Ginkgo.
It is hoped that this historical background and the following biblio¬
graphy will aid investigators studying the Ginkgo, and that further re¬
search will provide new information on the reasons for its survival.
Aberconway, L. 1947. Ginkgo hiloha (Notes from fellows). Roy Hort. Soc..
Jour., 72(1) :32.
Achille, R. 1955. II portere germinale nella cellula del soma confermato da
Ginkgo hiloha L. conifera superstite frale specie del periodo carbo-
nifero
Orientamenti. La nuovo via. Boll. Acad. Gioenia (3(l):37-42.
Affourtit, M. F. A. and La Riviere, H. C. 1915. On the ribbing of the seeds
of Ginkgo. Ann. Bot., 29:591-595.
Ahlburg, H. 1878. Uber das Vorkommen der Ginkgo hiloha. Flora, 61:382-
383.
American Forestry Association. 1936 and 1957. Open letter on the Ginkgo.
Anderson, D. 1954. The structure of the walls of higher plants. Bot. Rev.,
1:52.
Andrews, H. N. 1947. Ancient Plants and the World They Lived In. Ithaca,
N. Y. Comstock, 279p. Ginkgo: 159-165.
Anhaeusser, H. 1953. Germination and tube formation by gymnospermous
pollen with particular regard to the problem of growth substance.
Beitr. Biol. P flans., 29:297-338.
Chem. Ahst., 5590d. 1955.
Anonvmous. 1924. The maidenhair tree. Mo. Bot. Gard. Bull., 12 (5): 64,
65.
Anonvmous. 1935. Sidelights of the conference. Nursery Notes, 4(11) :5.
Anonymous. 1937. The Maidenhair Tree and Its Allies. Gard. Chron., 101
(2628) :303.
Anonymous. May 16, 1938. Ginkgo. Washington Times.
Arnaud, M. (presentee par M. Pasteur). 1889. Recherches sur la carotene;
son role physiologique probable dans la feuille. Acad, des Sci. Compt.
Rend., 109:911-914.
Arnold, C. A. 1947. An Introduction to Paleobotany. 433p. Ginkgo: 273-
142 The Virginia Journal of Science
Arnold, C. A. 1948. Classification of the Gymnosperms from the view¬
point of paleobotany. Bot. Gaz., 110:2-12.
Arnold, F. 1944. Plant your ginkgo seeds before snow comes. Card. Chron.
Amer., 48:284-285.
Arnoldi W. 1903. Beitrage Zur Morphologie der Gymnospermen VI. Uber
den Bau der Zellkerne im Embryo von Ginkgo biloba VII. Die Em¬
bry obildung bei Ginkgo biloba. Inst. Agron. et Forest, a Nowo- Alexan¬
dria, 16:1-22.
Ascherson, P. and Grebner, P. 1912.. Syn. Mitteleur, Fl. 2, aufl., 1:260-261
Angier, J. 1944. Le Raffinose dans le Ginkgo biloba. Soc. Bot. de France
Butl, 89:113-115.
Baker, W. and Simmonds, W. H. C. 1940. Derivatives of 5, 6, 4- and 5, 8,
4- trihydroflavones and a note on the structure of ginkgetin. Jonr.
Chem. Soc., p. 1370-1374.
Bailey, L. H. 1923. Ginkgo. Culitvated Evergreens. London, Macmillan,
434p. Ginkgo: 77, 177, 178.
Bailey, L. H. 1941. The Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture II.
New York, Macmillan, 2421p. Ginkgo: 1338.
Baillon, H. 1860: Adasonia, 1:11.
Ball, E. 1954. Experiments on the embryo of Ginkgo biloba. Vllle Congr.
Internatl. Bot. Paris.
Rapports in Commun. Sec., 8:265-267.
Biol. Abst., 26860. 1955
Ball, E. 1956a. Growth of the embryo of Ginkgo biloba under experimental
conditions. I: Origin of the first root of the seedling in vitro. Amer.
Jour. Bot., 43 (7):488-495.
Ball, E. 1956b. Growth of the embroy of Ginkgo biloba under experimental
conditions, II Effects of a longitudinal split in the tip of the hypocotyl.
Amer. Jour. Bot., 43(12) :802-810.
Bannen, M. V. 1936. A comparison of the distribution of albuminous and
tracheary ray cells in gymnosperms. Amer. Jour. Bot., 23 (1): 36-40.
Biol. Abst., 9298. 1936.
Barclay, J. G. 1944. The name Ginkgo. Roy. Hort. Soc. Jour., 69:68-69.
Bastin, E. 1950. Strange survivor. Nature Mag., 43 (8):410.
Baxter, D. 1952. Pathology in Forest Practice. Ed. 2, New York and London,
Wiley, 618p. Ginkgo: p. 5, 394.
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L. 143
Baxter, S. N. 1938. The Ginkgo-Earth’s Oldest Tree. Parks and Recrea¬
tion. 22(10) :57.
Beaiiverie, J. 1933. Les Gymnospermes vivantes et fossiles, Goiirs de
Botanique, prof esse a la Faeiilte des Seienees de Lyon, Lyon, Bose.
Freres, M. et L. Riow, 160p. Ginkgo: p. 3, 22-23, 34, 52, 92, 102,
133-134.
Beehamp, M. A. 1846. Sur Fexistenee de plusieiirs aeides gras odorants et
homolognes dans le fruit du Ginkgo biloha. Acad, des Sci. Compt.
Rend., 58:135.
Ann. Chem., 130:314. 1864.
Beck, G. F. 1935. The quest of the sacred Ginkgo. Wash. Hist. Quaii;.,
26(1) :3-9.
Beilmann, A. 1932. Adventitious roots from ginkgo leaves. Mo. Rot. Gard.
Bull, 20(3):53-54.
Beisner, L. 1930. Handbuch der nadelholzkunde Systematik, beschriebung,
und kultur der ginkgoaceen, frieland-conciferen und gnetaceen. Fur
gartner forstleute und hotaniker, bearh., von L. Beissner— 2; vollig
umgearb, verm, und verb, ufl, Berlin, Parey, 765p. Ginkgo: p. 4, 31,
33.
Belajeff, W. 1897. Uber den nebenkern in Spermatogenen Zellen und die
Spermatogenese bei den farnkrauten. Deut. Rot. Gesell. Ber., 15:337.
Benson, L. 1957. Plant Glassification. Boston, Heath 688p.
Berry, E. W. 1920. Paleobotany: A sketch of the Origin and Evolution of
Floras. Smithsonian Inst. Ann. Report for 1918 p. 355-359. Washington
Govt. Printing Office, p. 289-407.
Berry, E. W. 1933, pub. 1934. Former Land Gonnection between Asia
and N. America as indicated by the Distribution of fossil trees. 5th
Pacific Sci. Cong. Proc., 4:3093-3100.
Berry, E. W. 1938. Additional Miocene plants from Grand Goulee, Wash.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 65:89-98.
Bessey, E. A. 1901. Notes on the spermatozoids of Ginkgo. Science, 13:255.
Bird, I. 1880. (Mrs. Bishop). Unbeaten Tracks in Japan. London.
Blakeslee, A. F. and Jarvis, G. D. 1931. Trees in Winter. New York,
Macmillan, 292p. Ginkgo: p. 96.
Blasdale, W. G. 1899. A Description of Some Ghinese Vegetable Food
Materials. U. S. D. A. Off. Expt. Sta. Bull, 86:44, 45.
144 The Virginia Journal of Science IJ^ty
Bliss, M. C. 1918 Interrelationships of the Taxaceae Bot. Gaz., 42:54-59.
Bold, H. C. 1957. Morphology of Plants. New York, Harper Bros., 669p.
Bouffioux, M. R. 1929. The Ginkgo tree— ancient and modern. Flow. Grow.,
16(2);45-48.
Boureau, E., Enron, R., and Rosset, L. F. 1950. Contribution a Petude flores
jurassiques d’Asie II Le plateau iranien. Paris, Mus. (FHist. Nat. Mem.,
30 (2): 207-242.
Bowen, G. R. 1939. Selection, Care and Culture of Shade and Ornamental
Trees. Syracuse, N. Y., thesis (PhD), N. Y. State College of Forestry.
Bretschneider, E. 1876. Notes of the medieval geography and history of
central and western Asia. Roy. Asiatic Soc. of Great Britain and Ireland,
N. China Branch, Shanghai Jour., (n. s.) 10:75-307.
Bretschneider, E. 1882-95. Botanicom Sinicum. Botanical Investigation into
the Materia Medica of the Ancient Chinese, III. Roy. Asiatic Soc. of
Great Britain and Ireland, N. China Branch, Shanghai Jour., (n. s.)
16:79 (Salisburia)
Bretschneider, E. 1898. History of European Botanical Discoveries in China.
London, Sampson, Low, Marstow; 2 vols. Ginkgo: p. 709.
Brizi, U. 1948. Some further notes on Ginkgo biloha. Roy. Hort. Soc. Jour.,
73:328-331.
Brockman, C. F. 1952. Story of the Petrified Forest. Ginkgo State Park.
Takoma, Wash., Northern Pacific Bank Note Co., 16p.
Brown, H. P., and Panshin, A. J. 1940. Commercial timbers of the United
States. New York and London, McGraw-Hill, 554p. Ginkgo: p. 6, 7.
Brown, R. W. 1937. Fossil Plants from the Colgate member of the Fox
Hills Sandstone and Adjacent Strata. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper
189-1, p. 246-247.
Brown, R. W. 1943. Some prehistoric trees of the United States. Jour.
Forestry, 41:861-868.
Brush, W. D. 1947. Ginkgo. Amer. Forests, 53(10) ;460-461.
Bucholz, J. 1806. Notice sur le Ginkgo au Noyer du Japan. In his Disser¬
tation sur le Cedre du Liban, etc. p. 87-90.
Bucholz, V. 1932. Der "Tacherblatterbaum” Ginkgo biloba L. als strassen-
baum. Gartenfl., 81:241-244.
Bulard, C. 1952. Culture aseptique d’embryons de Ginkgo biloba. Role des
cotyledons dans I’absortion du sucre et la croissance de la tige.
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L. 145
Acad. des. Sci. Compt. Rend., 235:739-741.
Biivat, R. 1948. Reclierches sur les effets cytologiques de Feau. Rev. Cyt.
et Cytophys. veget., 10:1-35,
Calien, E. 1943, The Ginkgo through the Ages. Roy. Hort. Soc. Jour.,
68:99-105.
Cahen, E. 1947. Ginkgo biloba L. Roy. Hort. Soc. Jour., 72:288.
Camefort, H. 1951. Sturcture du point vegetatif de Ginkgo biloba en
periode d'activite (initiation foliaire). Acad, des Sci. Comp. Rend.,
233:88-90.
Camefort, H. 1956. Etude de la structure du point vegetatif et des varia¬
tions phyllo-1 taxiques chez quelques gymnosperms. Ann. Sci. Nat.
Rot., 17(1):1-185.
Riol Abst., 11815. Apr. 1957.
Camp, W. H. 1947. Distribution Patterns in Modern Plants and the
Problems of Ancient Dispersals. Ecological Monographs, 17:182.
Campbell, D. 1940. Evolution of the Land Plants [ Embry ophy ta ] , Stan¬
ford, Cal, Stanford Univ. Press, 731P. Ginkgo: p. 32, 436, 440, 441,
450, 452, 454, 460, 474-480, 481.
Campbell, W. 1949. Ancient trees of Kew Gardens, Ginkgo biloba. Trees,
10(1):11-16.
Cappelletti, C. 1940. Sulla sopravvivenza di radici di Ginkgo biloba nel
terreno dopo Fabbattimento del fusto. Nuovo Giorn. Rot. Ital., (n.s.)
47:527-530.
Carothers, I. 1907. Development of the ovule and female gametophyte in
Ginkgo biloba. Rot. Gaz. 42:116-130.
Carriere, E. A. 1854. Notice sur le Torreya myristica et sur de nouvelle
varietes du Salisburia adiantifolia ou Ginkgo biloba. Rev. Hort., ser.
4, 3:412-413.
Carruth, M. 1. 1940. The quest for “lost” plants is kept up by the
botanists. The New York Times, Feb. 25.
Cavara, F. 1924. Fecondazione a distanza in Ginkgo biloba Linn, e in
Araucaria bidevilli Hook. Roll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, ce (Comm. Ver-
baldi) :3-5.
Celanovsky, L. J. 1900. Die Vermehrung der Sporangia von Ginkgo biloba
L. in Ost. Rot. Zietchr., 50:229-236, 276-283, 337, 341.
Ceruti, A. 1947a. Clorocondrioma e cromocondrioma isolata in vitro Lavori
Bot. Torino, 8:77-94.
146 The Virginia Journal of Science CJuly
Ceruti, A. 1947b. Isolamento in vitro di un cloro- e di un chromo-
condrioma. Atti. Accad. Lincei Rend. Cl. Sci. Fis. Mate, e Mat., Ser.
8A, 2(6): 828-829.
Ceruti, A. 1947c. Sul indrazione delle lignine in rapporto alia sua specifici-
cita. Niiovo Giorn. Bot. Ital., 54(1/2) :371-372.
Ceruti, A. 1948. L’azione di alcuni cationi e dell "“acqua siil cliondrioma
isolata in vitro. Atti. Accad. Lincei Rend. Cl. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Mat.,
Ser 8A 5(6) :452-460.
Chadwick, L. C. 1951a. The demand outlook for shade trees New and
Old. Trees, 11(6):8-21.
Chadwick, L. C., Miller, R. R. and Erskine, D. 1951b. Prevention of
fruit formation on some ornamental trees. Amer. Soc. FLort. Sci. Proc.,
58:308-312.
Chem. Abst., 8798C 1952.
Chamberlain, C. J. 1898. The homology of the blepharoplast. Bot. Gaz.,
26:431-435.
Chamberlain, C. J. 1916. (On Cycads). Bot. Gaz., 50:417-418; 53:16;
61:362.
Chamberlain, C. J. 1935. Gymnosperms, Structure and Evolution. Chicago,
Univ. Chicago Press, 484p. Ginkgo: p. 191-193.
Chaney, R. W. 1940. Tertiary Forests nd Continental History. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bull., 51:473.
Chaney, R. W. 1944a. Pliocene Floras of Cahfornia and Oregon. Carnegie
Inst, of Washington, p. 311.
Chaney, R. W. 1944b. Trees and History. Sci. in the Univ., 75th Anniv.
vol., Univ. of California, p. 252.
Chaney, R. W. 1947. Tertiary centers and migration routes. Ecol.
Monographs, 17:139-148.
Cheng, W. C. 1933. Enumeration of gymnosperms of 20 species of Cycas,
Ginkgo, and Coniferae. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China Bot. Ser. Contr.,
8(3):3.
Cheng, W. C. and Chien, C. S. 1933. An enumeration of vascular plants
from Chekiang I. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China Bot. Ser. Contr. 8:298-
306.
Chien, H. 1921. Chinese Economic Trees. Shanghai, Commercial Press,
China, 309p. Ginkgo: p. 1-3.
147
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L.
Chou, H. F. 1934. Familiar Tress of Hopei. Handbook 4; Fan Mem. Inst,
of Biol Nat. Hist. Bull, Peiking, 370p. Ginkgo: p. 14-17.
Chow, H. F. 1934. see Chou, H. F.
Chun, W. Y. 1921. see Chien, H.
Claxton, T. B. 1940. Ginkgo biloba in Kentucky. Trees, 3:8.
Clemenceau, 1868. Ginkgo biloba a feuille panachee. Rev. Hort., 40:360.
Cleveland Shade Tree Census, 1939, Cleveland, p. 43.
Collingwood, G. H. and Brush, W. 1947. Knowing Your Trees. Washing¬
ton, D. C. Amer. Forestry Assn. 312p. Ginkgo: p. 304-305.
Collins, G. N. 1903. Dimorphism in the shoots of the Ginkgo. Plant World,
6:9-11.
Cook, M. T. 1902. Polyembryony in Ginkgo. Bot. Baz., 34:64-65.
Cook, M. T. 1903. Polyembryony in Ginkgo. Bot. Gaz., 36:142.
Cooper, D. C. 1952. The transfer of desoxyribose nucleic acid from the
tapetum to the microsporocytes at the onset of meiosis. Amer. Nat.,
86:219-229.
Corbett, L. C. 1903. The Japanese Ginkgo makes a fine avenue tree. The
avenue at Washington, D. C. is thirty years old. Amer. Gard. 24:587-
588.
Corsa, W. P. 1896. Nut culture in the United States. U. S. D. A. Div. of
Pomology, Special Kept., p. 144.
Coulter, J. M. 1898. Origin of Gymnosperms and the Seed Habit. Bot. Gaz.,
26:153-168.
Coulter, J. M. and Chamberlain, C. J, 1910. Morphology of Gymnosperms.
Chicago, Univ. of Chicago Press, 458p. Ginkgo: p. 185-219.
Crittenden, H. F. 1932. Conifers in Cultivation, Report of Conifer Con¬
ference, Roy. Hort. Soc., 1931, p. 81.
Dallimore, W. 1922. The fruiting of Ginkgo biloba at Kew. Kew Roy. Bot.
Gard. Bull Misc. Inform, p. 262-265.
Dalhmore W. and Jackson, A. B. 1923. A handbook of Coniferae including
Ginkgoaceae. New York, Longmans Green, 570p. Ginkgo: p. 543-547.
Dangeard, P. 1920. Evolution of a vascular system in Gymnosperms. Acad,
des Sci. Comp. Rend., 170(8) :474-477.
Dangeard, P. 1946. Sur le moment de la fecondation chez le Ginkgo. Soc.
148
[July
The Virginia Journal of Science
Bot. de France Bull., 93:19-20.
Durrah, W. C.. 1939a. Principles of Paleobotamy. Leiden, Holland,
Chronica Botanica Co., 239p. Ginkgos p. 129-131, 176, Chapt. XIII
Gingoales.
Durrah, W. C. 1939b. Textbook of Paleobotany. Cambridge, Harvard
Univ. Press, 44 Ip. Ginkgo: p. 12, 207.
Davis, S. H. Jr. and Harry, J. B. 1942. A Xijlaria pathogenic to Ginkgo
biloba L. seeds. Phytopathology, 31(l):91-93.
Biol. Abst. 10866. 1942.
De Bary, A. 1884. Comparative Anatomy of the Vegetative Organs of the
Phanerogams and Ferns. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 659 p. Ginkgo:
p. 14, 204, 345, 246, 301, 379, 382, 443, 552, 561, 566.
DePape, G. et Borel, A. 1954. Un Ginkgo biloba L. femelle fertile a Lille.
Bull. Ste. Bot. dll Nord de la Fr., 7:23-26.
Desfontaines, R. 1829. Catalogus plantarum. Paris, J. S. Chaude, 460p.
Ginkgo: p.357.
Delisle, A. 1939. Further studies on the vegetative propagation of some
gymnosperms, with Indole Acetic acid. Amer. Jour. Bot., 26(10) :22s.
Dem, H. F. 1836. Bemerkung uber einen Aufsatz von Herrn Raffineau-
Delile zu Montpellier wegen Ginkgo biloba oder Salisburia adianti-
folia Allg. Gartenzeit, 4:131-134.
Dern, H. F. 1838. Bemerkung uber einen Aufsatz von Herm Raffineau-
Delile zu Mon Montpellier wegen Ginkgo biloba oder Salisburia
folia. Allg. Gartenzeit, 6:189-190.
Detwiler, S. 1938. The Ginkgo— A Street Tree Today; a Hillculture Possi¬
bility Tomorrow. Soil Conservation, 4(5) : 122-124.
Dippel, L. 1862. Zur Histologie der coniferen. Bot. Zeitschr., 20(22): 169-
174.
Doran, W. 1954. Vegetative propagation of Ginkgo. Jour. Forestry, 52:176-
177.
Dorf, E. 1955. Plants and the geologic time scale (In the Crust of the
Earth). Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Pap., 62:586-589.
Dorf, E. 1958. The Geological Distribution of the Ginkgo Family. Wagner
Free Inst. Bull., 33(1), 10 p.
Drahowzal, G. 1936. Beitrag zur Morphologie and Entwicklungageschichte
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L. 149
der Pollenkomer. Oesterreich. Bot. Zeitschr., 85(4) ;241-296. Biol.
Ahst., 7022. 1937.
Eames, A. J. 1955. The seed and Ginkgo. Jour. Arnold Arboretum, 36:165-
170.
Egberts, H. 1955. Outbladering van boomwekerijgewassen met chemische
middelen. Jaarb. Proefst. Boomkw. Boskoop., Ginkgo: p. 122-124.
Eichler, A. N. 1863. Dans “Martins Flora Brasiliensis.” Monaco 4(1):423.
Eichler, A. N. 1889. Ginkgo Kampf. Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien
(by A. Engler and K. Prantl). Leipzig, W. Englemann, 2(1):262.
Eichom, A. 1928. Sur la mitose somatique et le satellite du Ginkgo b. Soc.
Biol. Compt. Bend., 99(36) : 1787-1788.
Eichorn, A. 1931. Recherches oaryologiques comparees chez les Angiosperms
et les Gymnosperms. Arch.Bot., 5:1-93.
Emberger, L. 1942. LLomologie des organes reproducteurs femelles de
Ginkgo biloba. Soc. Bot. de France. Bull, 89:243-244.
Emberger, L. 1942. Sur les Pteridospermees et les Cordaitales. Soc. Bot.
de France Bull, 89:202-203.
Emberger, L. 1944. Les Plantes Fossiles dans leurs Rapports avec Les
Vegetaux Vivants. Paris, Masson et Cie Libraires de VAcademie de
Medecine, 492p. Ginkgo: p. 35, 276, 282, 359, 361, 367, 376, 406,
460; Ginkgoales: p. 37, 39, 40, 41, 340, 359, 363, 380, 406, 407, 409,
410, 424, 444, 445, 447, 448, 449, 464.
Emberger, L. 1949. La position systematique de Ginkgo biloba. Acad, des
Sci. Compt. Rend., 229:960-963.
Embrey, H., and Wang, T. G. 1921. Analyses of Some Ghinese Foods.
Chinese Medical Jour., 35:247-257.
Chem. Abst., 16, no. 1467. 1922.
Endlicher, S. 1836. Genera plantarum I secundum ordines naturales
disposita Vindobonae. Fredericum Beck, 1483p. Ginkgo: p. 262, no.
1803 as Salisburia.
Endlicher, S. 187. Synopsis Coniferarum (in Latin), 368p. (as Salisburia
in Taxineae). Sangali, Scheitlin Zollikofer, 368p. Ginkgo: p. 236-237.
Engler, A. 1897. Ginkgoaceae von A. Engler. Die naturlichen pflanzenfa¬
milien, begr. von A. Engler und K. Prantl. Leipzig. Nachtrage z. II.-
IV. t. p. 19-20.
Erdtman, G. 1943. An Introduction to Pollen Analysis. Waltham, Mass.,
150
[July
The Virginia Journal of Science
Chronica Bot., 239p. Ginkgo: p. 132, 133.
Erwin, A. T., and Baker, H. P. 1907. Evergreens for the Iowa planter.
Iowa Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull., 90:46.
Ewart, A. J. 1908. On the Longevity of Seeds. Roy. Soc. Victoria Proc., 21.
Fairchild, D. 1938. The World was My Garden. New York and London,
Scribners, 494p. Ginkgo: p. 99.
Faun, M. 1945. Studies on the influence of several substances upon the
production of precipitines. Formosan Med. Assn. Jour., 44(4):5-35.
Favre-Duchartre, M. 1943. Sur le comportement des ovules de Ginkgo
biloba. Soc. Bot. de France Bull., 90:111-116.
Favre-Duchartre, M. 1945. Polyprothallie chez Ginkgo biloba. Soc. Bot.
Bull, 92:26-28.
Favre-Duchatre, M. 1950a Gontribution a Tetude de la fecundation et du
devellopement synctial du proembryon chez Ginkgo biloba. Acad, des
Sci. Compt. Rend., 230:569-570.
Favre-Duchartre, M. 1950b. La reaction de Feulgenan au cours de la
gametogenese chez Ginkgo biloba. Acad, des Sci. Compt. Rend.,
230:404-406.
Favre-Duchartre, M. 1956. Gontribution a Fetude de la reproduction chez
le Ginkgo biloba L. Rev. de Cyt. Biol. Veg., p. 1-214.
Felt, E. P. 1940. Nature’s Report on Shade Trees. Flow. Grow., 27(6) :277.
Fernow, B. 1911. Care of Trees in lawn, street and park with a list of trees
for decorative use. New York, Henry Holt, 392p. Ginkgos p. 209, 213,
226.
Fischer, H. 1949. Plasmolyseform and Mineralsalzgehalt in altemdern Blat-
tern II Untersuchugen au Land and Schwimmpflanzen. Planta,
37(2):244-292.
Biol Abst., 13485. 1950.
Florin, R. 1935. Anatomy of the leaves and dwarf shoots in Mesozoic
ginkgophyta. Int. Bot. Cong. Proc., 2:235-237.
Florin, R. 1936a. Die fossilen Ginkgophyten von Franz Joseph Land, nebts
Erortung uber vermeintliche Cordaitales mesozoischen Alters. 1.
Specieller Teil. Palaeontographica, 81(B) :1-173, 11-42.
Florin, R. 1936b. Die fossilen Ginkgophyten von Franz Joseph Land, nebts
Erortung uber vermeintliche Cordaitales mesozoischen Alters. II.
Allgemeiner Teil. Palaeontographica, 82(B) :l-72, pi. 1-6.
Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L.
1959]
151
Florin, R. 1937. On A. C. Seward, The Geological History of the Maiden¬
hair Tree and its Allies. Nature Mag., 139:741-745.
Fortune, R. 1847. Three years wanderings in the northern provinces of
China. London: John Murray. 440p.
Fortune, R. 1857. A residence among the Chinese. London: John Murray.
440p.
Foster, A. 1920. The fruiting of the Ginkgo at Kew. Kew Roy. Bot. Card
Bull., Misc. Inform., Ginkgo: p. 47-48.
Foster, A. 1938. Structure and Growth of the Shoot Apex in Ginkgo hiloha.
Torrey Bot. Club Bull., 65:531-556.
Biol. Abst., 16796. 1938.
Francis, W. 1954. Coal: Its formation and composition. London: E. Arnold.
Arnold. 567 Ginkgo: p. 19, 78, 103.
Freund, H. 1921. Goethe und die Ginkgo. Deut. Dendrologischen Gesell.
Mitt., 31:312-313,
Fujii, K. 1895. On the nature and origin of the so-called “chi-chi” (nipples)
of Ginkgo biloba L. Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 9:444-450.
Fujii, K. 1896. On the different views hitherto proposed regarding the
morphology of the flowers of Ginkgo biloba L. (in Japanese). Bot.
Mag. (Tokyo), 10:8-9, 13-15, 104-109.
Fujii, K. 1898. Has the spermatozoid of Ginkgo a tail or not? (in Japanese).
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 12:287-290.
Fujii, G. 1899. Obseiwations on the morphology of the pollen tube and the
spermatozoid of Ginkgo. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 13:28-30.
Furuichi, M. 1927. On physical and chemical properties of various proteins
in the nuts of Ginkgo biloba L. (in Japanese with English summ.).
Tott. Soc. Agri. Sci., 1(2):123.
Furuichi, M. 1928. Physiochemical study of proteins contained in the ginkgo.
Tott. Higher Agr. Schol Bull., 1:105-122.
Chem. Abst., 2196(7). 1929.
Furukawa, S. 1932a. Constituents of Ginkgo biloba L. Leaves 1. Inst. Rhys,
and Chem. Res. Tokyo Sci. Papers Bull., 19:27-39.
Furukawa, S. 1932b. Constituents of Ginkgo biloba L. Leaves H. Inst. Phys.
and Chem. Res. Tokyo Sci. Papers Bull., 19:39-42.
Furukawa, S. 1933a. Constituents of Ginkgo biloba L. Leaves HI. Inst.
Phys. and Chem. Res. Tokyo Sci. Papers Bull., 21:273-277.
152 The Virginia Journal of Science
Furukawa, S. 1933b. Constituents of Ginkgo biloba L. Leaves IV. Inst.
Phys. and Chem. Res. Tokyo Sci. Papers Bull, 21:278-285.
Furukawa, S. 1934a. Studies on constituents of Ginkgo biloba fruits I. Inst.
Inst. Phys. and Chem. Res. Toyko Sci. Papers Bull., 24:314-319.
Furukawa, S. 1934b. Studies on constituents of Ginkgo biloba fruits II.
Inst. Phys. and Chem. Res. Tokyo Sci. Papers Bull., 24:304-313.
Furukawa, S. 1934c. Studies on constituents of Ginkgo biloba fruits III.
Inst. Phys. and Chem. Res. Tokyo Sci. Papers Bull., 24:319-333.
Gale, E. 1945. Tree of another Age. Horticulture, 23:55-56.
Gatenby, E. 1944. A further note on the name Ginkgo. Roy. Hort. Soc.
lour., 69:308-309.
Gaussen, H. 1946. Les Gymnospermes actuelles et fossiles. Trav. Lab.
Taulouse, Ease. 3, Les Ginkgoales.
Ginkgo: p. 1-54.
Geyler, H. T. 1867. Ueber den Gefassbundelverlasuf in den Laubblatt-
regionen der Coniferen. Prigsb. Jahrb. f. Wiss. Bot., 6:55-103.
Gilliland, F. 19^7. The Conifers at Mt. Usher Co., Wicklow. Roy. Hort.
Soc. lour., 72:237.
Goebel, K. 1932. Organographic der Pflanzen. Jena; G. Fisher, 838p.
Ginkgo: p. 699.
Goff, E. S. 1894. Notes on ornamental trees and shrubs. Wisconsin Agri.
Expt. Sta. Rept., p. 340-342.
Gopal-Ayengar, A. R. 1942. Structure and behavior of meiotic chromo¬
somes in Gvmnosperms. Genetics, 27(1): 143.
Biol. Abst.,' S691. 1942.
Goroshankin, J. N. 1883. Zur Kenntnis der Corpuscula bei den Gymno-
spermen. Bot Zcitscher., 41:825-831.
Gourla^^ W. 1952. A fruiting maidenhair tree [Ginkgo biloba]. Gard.
Chron., 131:6.
Graebner, L. 1894. Samen an Ginkgo biloba. Garenfl., 43:642.
Graham, R. J. D., and Stewart, L. B. 1929. Vegetative Propagation of Leaf
Cuttings in Gvmnosperms. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh Trans, and Proc.,
30(2):67-69.
Green, E. 1946. Ginkgo biloba. Nat. Hort. Mag., 25:409.
Green, S. B. 1892. Ornamental and timber trees, shrubs and vines.
Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L.
153
1959]
Minnesota Agri. Expt. Sta. Bull. 24:173-208, 214-222.
Greguss, P. 1929. A Bryonia dioica es a Ginkgo hiloba levelei nek sexualis
dimorphizmusa. (in Hungarian). Mat. Termeszett Ertesito Magjar Tud.
Akad. Budapest, 46:625-631.
Greguss, P. 1955. Identifification of Living Gymnosperms on the Basis of
Xylotomy. Budpest: Akad. Kiado, 350p. Gingo: p. 263.
Griebel, C. 1939. Beitrage zur kenntnis der ginkgosamen. Deut. Apoth-
Zeit., 54:603-608.
Chem. Abst., v. 33, 7484/6.
Grier, N. M. 1917. Sexual dimorphism and variation in Ginkgo biloba. L.
Torreya, 17(12): 225.
Grove, W. B. 1935. British stem and leaf fungi (Coelomycetes) , a con¬
tribution to our knowledge of the Fungi Imperfecti belonging to the
Sphaeropsidales and Melanconiales which have colorless or nearly
colorless spores. Cambridge, Eng. Cambridge Univ. Press, 488p.
occulta V. ginkgoina: p. 179.
Biol. Abst., 4178, 1936.
Gulliermond, A. 1937. Sur la presence de lipides ( Phospho-lipides et
Sterides) dans les vacuoles de certaines cellules vegetales. Protoplasma,
27:290-307.
Gunckel, J. E. 1942. Certain dynamic aspects of shoot growth in Ginkgo.
Amer. Jour. Bot., 29(10): 10 p.
Gunckel, J. E., 1947. Studies of the development in long shoots of Ginkgo
biloba L. Harvard Univ. Grad. School Arts and Sci. Sum. 1943/45:
75-78. 1947 thesis.
Gunckel, J. E,. and Wetmore, R. H. 1946a. Studies of development in long
shoots and short shoots of Ginkgo biloba L. I. The origin and pattern of
development of the cortex, pith and procambium. Amer. Jour. Bot.,
33(4): 285-295.
Gunckel, J. E., and Wetmore, R. H. 1946b. Studies of development in long
shoots and short shoots of Ginkgo biloba L. II Phylotaxis and the
organization of the primary vascular system. Amer. Jour. Bot., 33(6):
532-543.
Gunckel, J. E., and Thimann, K. V. 1949a. Studies of the development in
long shoots and short shoots of Ginkgo biloba L. III. Auxin pro¬
duction in shoot growth. Amer. Jour. Bot., 36(2) : 145-151.
Gunckel, J. E., and Thimann, K. V., and Wetmore, R. H. 1949b. Studies
of development in long shoots and short shoots of Ginkgo biloba L. IV.
154 The Virginia Journal of Science [Juty
Growth habit, shoot expression and mechanism of its control. Amer.
Jour. Bot., 36(3):309-316.
Gunckel, J. E., and Sparrow, A. H. 1953. Aberrant growth in plants in¬
duced by ionizing radiation. Brookhaven Symposia in Biol., 6:252-279.
Biol. Abst. 1774. 1955.
Hadfield, M. 1950. Guttings of deciduous conifers. Boy. Hort. Soc. Jour.,
75(12) :487.
Hanbury, D. 1876. Notes on Ghinese Materia medica. Scientific Papers,
London: Macmillan, 543p. Ginkgo; p. 234.
Harris, T. M. 1937a. The fossil flora of Scoresby Sound, east Greenland.
Part 4. Ginkgoales, Goniferales, Lycopodiales nd isolated fructifica¬
tions. Medd. om Gronland, 112(1) ;1-176, pi. 1-29.
Harris, T. M. 1937b. The fossil flora of Scoresby Sound, east Greenland.
Part 5, Stratigraphic relations of the plant beds. Medd. om Gronland,
112(2);1-114.
Harris, T. M. 1948. Notes on the Jurassic Flora of Yorkshire 37-39. Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist., 12th Sen, 1 (3) ;181-213.
Biol. Abst., 17941. 1951.
Hartzell, A,, and Wilcoxon, F. 1941. A survey of plant products for insecti¬
cidal properties. Boyce Thompson Inst. Contr., 12:131.
Hase, A. 1955. Uber insecktenschaden an Ginkgo biloba L. Ghent
Landbouwhogeschool Mededelingen, 20:331-336.
Hasegawa, M., Nakamura, H., and Tsurumo, S. 1955. Flavonoids from the
leaves of gymnosperms. I. Gatechin and flavonoids in the leaves of
Chamaecyparis pisifera. Jap. Forestry Soc. Jour., 37:488-491.
Hatano, K,, and Kano, T. 1952. A brief report on the after-ripening of the
seeds of Ginkgo biloba (in Japanese). Jap. Forestry Soc. Jour., 34
(12);369-370.
Hatano, K. 1953. On the Amino Acids in the Seeds and Seedlings of Ginkgo
biloba. Bull. Tokyo Univ. Forests, 44:221-227.
Hatano, K. 1955. Free mino acids in the ripening Ginkgo biloba Seed, (in
German). Jap. Forestry Soc. Jour., 37:527-529.
Heal, R. H. 1950. A Survey of Plants for Insecticidal Activity. Lloydia,
13(2):89-164.
Heer, O. 1881. Zur Geschichte der Ginkgoartigen Baume. Englers Bot.
Jahrb., Leipzig, 1:1-13
Heinricher, E. 1927. Fin anschlauliches beispiel fur die stetigkeit indi-
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L. 155
vidueller eigenschaften. Deut. Bot. Gesell. Ber., 45:207-210.
Henkel, J. B., and Hochstetter, W. 1865. Synopsis der Nadelholzer. Stutt¬
gart. /. G. Cottaschen, 446p. Ginkgo: p. 373.
Henry, A. 1906. Ginkgo biloba, maidenhair tree, in Elwes and Henry, Trees
o£ Great Britain and Ireland. Edinburgh: Privately printed. 1:56-62.
Henry, M. L. 1898. Gharacteres secondaires distinctifs des deux sexes chez
le Ginkgo biloba. Assoc. Anciens Eleves Ecole Hort. Versailles Bull.,
Ginkgo: p 592.
Henry, M. L. 1899a. Gharacteres secondaires distinctifs des deux sexes chez
le Ginkgo biloba. Soc. Nat. Hort. France Jour., 3 ser. 21.
Henry, M. L. 1899b. Distinctive characteristics of the sexes of Ginkgo
biloba. cited in Gard. Chron., 3 ser. 25 (640): 201.
Herrick, G. W. 1935. Insect Enemies of Shade Trees. Ithaca, New York:
Comstock, 417p. Ginkgo insects: p: 105.
Herzfeld, S. 1926. Neue beitrage zur kenntnis des befruchtungevorganges
von Ginkgo biloba. Vorlaufige mitt. Oester. Bot. Zeitschr., 75:158-161.
Herzfeld, S. 1927. Beitrage zur Kenntnis von Ginkgo. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot.,
66:814-862.
Herzfeld, S. 1928a. Nachtrag zu meiner arbeit "‘Beitrage zur Kenntnis von
Ginkgo.” Jahrb. Wiss. Bot., 67(5) :981.
Herzfeld, S. 1928b. Ueber die Kernteilungen im Proembryo von Ginkgo
biloba L. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot., 69:265-293.
Hildebrand, F. 1860. Der Bau der Goniferenspaltoffnungen und einige
Bemerkungen uber Verteilungen derselben. Bot. Zeitung, 18(17): 149.
Hilpert, R., and Pfutzenreuter, J. 1938. Characterization of the plant cell
wall by treatment with copper oxide-ammonia solution. Deut. Chem.
Gesell Ber., 71B: 2220-2222.
Chem. Abst., v. 33:8539, 1939. col. 1-4464.
Hilpert, R. S., and Knalstedt, W. 1939. Composition of the Plant Cell Wall.
11. The bast fibers of tree barks. Deut. Chem. Gesell. Ber., 72B:1582-
1588.
Hirase, S. 1894a. Fecundation period of Ginkgo biloba. (in Japanese).
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 8:7-9.
Hirase, S. 1894b. Notes on the attraction spheres in the pollen cells of
Ginkgo biloba. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 8:359-360.
156 The Virginia Journal of Science [July
Hirase, S. 1895a. Etudes sur le Ginkgo biloba. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 9:239-
240.
Hirase, S. 1895b. Etude sur la fecondation et rembryogenie du Ginkgo
biloba. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Col. Sci. Jour., 8:307-322.
Hirase, S. 1896. On the spermatozoid of Ginkgo biloba. (in Japanese).
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 10:325-328.
Hiiase, S. 1897. Untersuchungen uber das Verhalten des Pollens von
Ginkgo biloba. Bot. Centrallblatt, 69:33-35.
Hirase, S. 1898. Etudes sur la fecondation et I’embryogenie du Ginkgo
biloba. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Col. Sci. Jour., 12(2) :103-149.
Hirase, S. 1918. Nouvelles recherches sur la fecondation et rembryo-genie
du Ginkgo biloba. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 32:139-143.
Hirata, T. 1939. Forest Fires in Japan. Tokyo Dept. Forestry, Ministry of
Agr. and Forestry, 21p. Ginkgo: p. 8.
Howe, H. J. 1942. Our common trees and how to know and use them.
Maryland Nat. Hist. Soc., Baltimore, 98p. Ginkgo: p. 86, 87.
Ikeno, S. and Hirase, S. 1897. Spermatozoids in Gymnosperms. Ann. Bot.
11:344-345.
Ikeno,S. 1901. Contribution a Fetude de la fecondation chez le Ginkgo
biloba. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., Ser. 8, 13:304-318.
Ikeno,, S. 1904. Blepharoplasten im Pflanzen Reich. Biol. Centralblatt,
24:211-221.
Ikuse, M. 1955. General List of pollen grains in Japan, (in Japanese with
English summary). Jap. Jour. Bot., 30(2):45-55.
Illick, J. T. 1941. Chromosomes of Ginkgo biloba during early development
stages of the male gametophyte. Anat. Rec., 81:78:79.
Biol. Abst., 11560, 1942.
loue, Y., and Moda, M. 1950. Paper partition chromatography of aliphatic
carboxylic acids by means of hydroxamic acid method. Agr. Chem.
Soc. Japan Jour., 23:368.
Ishikawa, M. 1910. Ueber die Zahl der Chromosomen von Ginkgo biloba L.
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 24:225-226.
Ishimaru, K. 1946. Distribution of ascorbic acid oxidase in plants. Shokunjo
no Kagaku (Sci. of Foods), 1:77-78.
Jackson, A. B. 1946. The identification of conifers. London: E. Arnold,
152p. Ginkgo: p. 146.
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L. 157
Jacques, A. 1836. Note sure le Ginkgo femelle, Salisburia adiantifolia
foemina. Soc. Hort. Paris Ann., 18:374-375.
Jacques, A. 1857. Flore des Jardins de I’Europe. Paris: Lib. Agr. de la
Maison Rust. 1094p. Ginkgo: p. 306.
Jacquin, N. J. von. 1819. Ueber den Ginkgo. Jahrb. Med. Oesterr.
Jaffa, M. E. 1908. Nuts and their Uses as Food. U. S. D. A. Farmer s Bull.,
332:9.
Jeffrey, E. G., and Torrey, R. E. 1916. Ginkgo and the microsporangial
mechanisms of the seed plants. Bot. Gaz., 62:281-292.
Jeffrey, E. C., and Wetmore, R. H. 1926. On the occurence of parichnos in
certain conifers. Ann. Bot., 40:799-811.
Johnson, G. W. 1944. The Ginkgo— The Story of a Living Fossil. Canadian
Hort. and Home Mag., 67:12-18.
Just, T. 1948. Gymnosperms and the Origin of Angiosperms. Bot. Gaz.,
110(1) :91-103.
Kaempfer, E. 1712. Amoenitatum exoticarum. Lemgoviae fasc. 5:811.
Kanehira, K. 1926. Anatomical Characters and Identification of Most Im¬
portant Woods of Japanese Empire. Taikoku, Formosa: Govt. Research
Inst., Dept, of Forestry, 297p.
Karsten, H. 1865. Gesammelte Beitrage zur Anatomie und Physiologie der
Pflanzen. Berlin: R. Friedlander. Ginkgo: p. 192.
Karstens, W. K. H. 1945. Variability of the Female Reproductive Organs in
Ginkgo biloba L. Blumea, 5:532-553.
Karstens, W. K. H. 1955. Observations on the proliferation of stem pith
parenchyma in vitro. I. General Introduction. Acta. Bot. Neerlandica,
4(2):183-187.
Biol. Abst., 23953. 1956.
Kasanaga, H. and Mosnsi, M. 1954. The light transmission of leaves and its
meaning for the production of matter in plant communities, (in
English). Jap. Jour. Bot., 14:304-324.
Kawamura, J. 1928a. Uber die chemischen Bestandteile der Frucht von
Ginkgo biloba L. Jap. Jour. Chem., 3(2):89-108.
Kawamura, J. 1928b. Uber die chemischen Bestandteile der Frucht von
Ginkgo biloba L. Ringyo Shikenhokoku, 28:127-156.
Keener, P. D. 1950. Microflora of buds— Results of cultures from non-
158 The Virginia Journal of Science
irradiated materials of certain woody plants. Amer. Jour. Bot., 37 (7) ;
590-597
Biol. Abst., 6247. 1951.
Kircheimer, F. 1945. Beitrag zur Morphologie der Samen von Ginkgo
biloba L. Soc. Bot. Suisse Bull., 55:304
Knowlton, F. H. 1927. Plants of the Past. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press,
275p. Ginkgo: p. 140.
Koch, K. 1855. Geschichtliches uber die Verbeitung des Ginkgobaumes.
Ver. Beford. Gartnb. Preuss. Verb., ser. 2 (1854) pt. 2:6. 8-15.
Koch, K. 1856. Geschichtliches uber die Verbeitung des Ginkgobaumes.
Deut. Mag. Gertenb. Blumenk. p. 29-28.
Koidzumi, G. 1936. Old records of Ginkgo in Ghina. (in Japanese). Act.
Phytotax. Geobot., 5:263-264.
Korea. 1928. Forestal Exp. Sta., Method of identification by seeds of
principal forest trees of Japan, (in Japanese). Its. Bull., 8. Ginkgo:
p. 54, pi. III.
Koshimizu, T. 1940a. Various forms of the seed of Ginkgo biloba L. Jap.
Jour. Bot., 10(9):551-552.
Koshimizu, T. 1940b. Various forms of the seed of Ginkgo biloba L. Plant
Sci. Lit., 12(19) :10.
Kristofovich, A. 1938. Nazvanie Ginkgo v nauchnow literature, (in Russian).
S. S. S. R. Bot. Thurn., 23:193-208.
Kuwada, Y., and Maeda, T. 1929. On the structure of the cytoplasm around
the blepharoplast in Cucas revoluta. Num. Col. Sci. Kyoto Imp., Ser.
B 4(3):165-174.
Biol. Abst., 10792, 1930.
Lamb, F. H. 1938. Sagas of the Evergreens. New York: W. W. Norton,
351p. Ginkgo: p. 17, 21, 26, 30, 32, 36-45, 115, 116.
Lange, J. H. Gingko or Ginkgo? Amer. Forests, 45(5) :242.
Langley, R. W. 1907. Gomposition of Some Edible Seeds from China.
Amer. Chem. Soc. Jour., 29:1513-1515.
Lee, C. L. 1943. Reproductive morphology of Ginkgo biloba. Urbana: Abst.
of thesis Univ. of Illinois, 1921.
Lee, C. L. 1954. Sex chromosomes in Ginkgo biloba. Amer. Jour. Bot.,
41:545-549.
Lee, C. L. 1955. Fertilization in Ginkgo biloba. Bot. Gaz., 117(2) :79-100.
1959]
Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L.
159
Biol. Abst., 143. 1957.
Lemaire, C. 1855. Ginkgo hiloha var. macrophylla laciniata. 111. Hort.,
2:27-28.
Lemesle, R. 1941. De Fexistence de complexes tannin-mucilage chez cer-
taines phanerogames {Ginkgo hiloba L. et equelques especes de
Myristica) Soc. Bot. de France Bidl., 88:424-427.
Lesley, Mrs. M. C. (Mann). 1924. Microsporogenesis of Ginkgo hiloha L.
with a special reference to the distribution of the plastids and to cell
wall formation. Berkeley, California: Univ. of Cal. Agr. Sci. Pub.,
2(3):243-248.
Leung, W., Pecot, R., and Watt, B. 1952. U. S. D. A. Agr. Handbook 34.
Composition of Foods Used in Far Eastern Countries. Washington:
(U. S. Govt. Print. Off.) 62p. Ginkgo: p. 30.
Ley, W. 1951. Dragons in amber, further adventures of a romantic natura-
hst. New York Viking, 328p. Ginkgo: p. 168-181.
Li, H. L. 1956. A Horticultural and Botanical History of Ginkgo. Morris
Arboretum Bull., 7(1):3-11.
Li, T. T. 1934a. The Development of Embryo of Ginkgo biloba. Sci. Rep.
Nat. Tsing Hua Univ., Ser. B, 2(l):29-35.
Li, T. T. 1934b. The development of Ginkgo embryo in vitro. Sci. Rep.
Nat. Tsing Hua Univ., Ser.B, 2(l):41-52.
Li. T. T., and Shen, T. 1934c. The effect of “Pantothenic Acid” on the
growth of the yeast, and on the growth of the radical of Ginkgo
embryo in artificial media. Sci. Rep. Nat. Tsing Hua Univ. Ser. B,
2(l):53-60.
Li, T. T. 1934d. Light and Leaf Development in Ginkgo biloba. Sci. Rep.
Nat. Tsing Hua Univ., Ser. B. 2(l):ll-27.
Li, T. T., and Chen, S. M. 1934e. Temperature and the development of the
Ginkgo embryo. Sci. Rep. Nat. Tsing Hua Univ., Ser. B, 2(l):36-40.
Linne, C. von. 1771. Mantissa plantarum, impensis direct. L. Salvii. D.
Holmiae. Ginkgo: p. 313.
Little, E. 1949. Fifty trees from Foreign Lands, (in Trees: Yearbook of
Agriculture). U. S. D. A., 944p. Ginkgo: p. 20, 48, 53, 78-79, 823-
824.
Loebel, F. 1855a. Sur la multiplication du Ginkgo b. (trans. by Duchartre )
Rev. Hort., Ser. 4, 4:331-334.
160 The Virginia Journal of Science
Loebel, F. 1855b. Ueber Vermerkung du Ginkgo b. {Salisburia adianti-
folia). Hamburg Gart. Blumenz., 11:62-66.
Loiseleur-Delongchamps, J. 1834a. Notes historique sur le Ginkgo biloba
vulgariement noyer du Japon, ou Arbre aux quarante ecus. Soc. Hort.
Paris Ann., 15:81-97.
Loiseleur-Delongchamps, J. 1834b. Recherches sur I’histoire de Cypres et
note historiques sur le Ginkgo biloba. Paris. Ginkgo: p. 20-36.
Lutz, H. J. 1931. A living Fossil— the Maidenhair Tree. Amer. Forests,
37:475-478.
Lyon, H. L. 1904. The embrvogeny of Gynkgo. Minnesota Bot. Stud.,
3-275-290.
M. A. 1924. The maidenhair tree. Mo. Bot. Gard. Bull.,
M. A. 1928. Foliar anomalies of Ginkgo biloba. 12:64-65 Gard. Chron.,
83(2142) :28.
M. A. 1938. The maidenhair tree. Nature, 141:280.
Maekawa, F. 1948. Dichotomy of Ginkgo and its bearing to phylogeny (in
Japanese, English summ.). Jap. Jour. Bot., 22:119-124.
Makino, T< 1948. Illustrated Flora of Japan. Tokyo: Hokuryukan, 1070p.
Ginkgo: p. 911.
Manning, L. 1943. Your shade trees; some unusual varieties. Amer. Forests,
49:80-81.
Manning, W. H. 1927. Exotic Trees for Forest Plantation. Amer. Forests
and Forest Life, 33 (405): 535.
Manskaya, M. and Koneva, M. N. 1948. Lignins of various plant groups.
Ginkgo biloba. Akad. Nauk. U. S. S. R. Doklady, 62:505-507.
Martins, C. 1851-4. De la croissance du Ginkgo biloba L., sous le climat de
Montpellier, comparee a celle de quelques autres Conniferes (1854).
Acad. Sci. Montpellieer Mem. Sect. Sci., 2:377-386.
Martins, C. 1854. Croissance du Ginkgo biloba L. a Montpellier comparee a
celle de quelques autres Coniferes. Rev. Hort., ser. 4, 3:70-78.
Masters, M. T. 1869. Vegetable Teratology. London: Pub. for Roy. Soc. by
R. Hardwick, 534p. Salisburia adiantifolia.
Masters, M. T. 1902. Conifers. In Forbes and Hemsley, An enumeration of
all plants known from China Proper. Linn. Soc. Bot. Jour., 26:540-559.
Maury, S. W. 1909. The Ginkgo Tree. Louisville, Kentucky: Nunemaker,
lOp.
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L. 161
McAtee, W. L. 1911. U. S. D. A. Biol. Surv. Bull, 39. Woodpeckers in
relation to trees and Wood Products, 99p. Ginkgo: p. 22.
Medikus, F. C. 1796. Ueber einige auslandische nun wenigstens an den
pfalzischen himmelsstrich augewoUinen baume, die wahren nutzen
versprechen. In Beeker, W. G., “Taschenbuch fur garten freunde.”
p. 149-203.
Medikus, F. C. 1806. In his "Beitrage zur Kultur exotischer Gerwackse.”
Ginkgo: p. 155-164, 189-205.
Medikus, F. C. 1807. Erfahrugen vom Ginkgo biloba {Salisburia adianti-
folia Sm.). Forst. Arch., 30:211-219.
Mehra, P. M. 1938. Some abnormalities in the female strobilus of Ginkgo
biloba L. Indian Acad. Sci. Proc., Ser. B, 8:211-217.
Mehta, K. R., and Sud, }. D. 1953. Some Ginkgoalean Leaf Impressions
from the Rajmahal Hills. Paleobotanist (India), 2:51-54.
Merriam. J. C. 1929. Story of a Leaf. Scribners M. 81:130-133.
Messeri, A. 1930. Lo svilluppo del sistema vascuolare e del tessuto di
transfusione in plantule di Ginkgo biloba L. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. ItaL,
37:678-679.
Messeri, A. 1931. Lo sviluppo del sistema conduttore di Ginkgo biloba L.
Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital., n. s., 38:78-127.
Messeri, A., and Pecciarini, A. M. 1941. Richerche sulla istologia del legno
secondario delle Gymnospermae II. Ginkgo biloba. Nuovo Giorn. Bot.
Ital, 47(4):675-688.
Biol Abst., 24177. 1941.
Metcalf, C. and Flint, W. 1951. Destructive and Useful Insects. N. Y.,
McGraw-Hill, 1071p. Ginkgo: p. 763.
Metcalf, W. (no year given). Interesting Trees in California. Berkeley:
Univ. California Extension Service. Ginkgo: p. 10.
Metzger, F. W., and Grant, D. H. 1932. Repellency to the Japanese Beetle
of extracts made from plants immune to attack. U. S. D. A. Technical
Bull 299.
Meyer, F. 1911. Agricultural Exploration in the Fruit and Nut Orchards of
China. U. S. D. A. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 204. Ginkgo: p. 51.
Mever, K 1938. Ginkgo tree. Dent. Apoth. Zeitung, 53:1136-1139. Chnn.
' Abst., V. 33, col. 1-4464.
Meyer, O. 1933. Ein lebendes fossil unter den pflanzen: Ginkgo biloba.
162
[July
The Virginia Journal of Science
Kosmos, 30:312, 315-316.
Milhau, M. 1924. Le Ginkgo hiloba’ peut-il servir comme arbre d’aligne-
ment? Jour. Agr. Sud. •‘Quest., 3:86-87.
Mibie, M., and Gerling, J. 1941. Discussions on Fastigiate Tree Varieties,
Part II. Trees, 4(2): 13-14.
Miyake, K. 1902. The spermatozoid of Ginkgo. Jour. Appl. Micros., 5:1173-
1780.
Miyake, K. 1906. Antherozoides of Cycas revoluta. Deut. Bot. Gesell. Ber.,
24:82-83.
Miyoshi, M. 1931. Merkwuridge Ginkgo biloba in Japan. Deut. Dendrolo-
chen Gesell. Mitt., 43:21-22.
Mobius, M. 1931. Der Ginkgo und die "chichi”, (in Japan). Natur u.
Museum, 61:32-33.
Molisch, H. 1936. Die samenkeme des ginkgo-baumes sind essbar. Gartenz.
(Wien), p. 121.
Monoyer, A. 1934. Contribution a Tanatomie du Ginkgo biloba L. Assoc.
Franc, pour avanc. des Sci. Rabat 58 Session, p. 156-157.
Montaigne, L. C. 1836. Notice sur les boutures, et en particulier sur celles
du Ginkgo biloba. Soc. Agr. Com. Caen Mem., 4:148-151.
Moore, G. G. 1943. Where is the largest ginkgo tree in the U. S.? Mo. Bot.
Card. Bull, 31 (5) : 105-106.
Moore, T. 1862. Salisburia adiantifolia fol. varigatis. Hort. Soc. London
Proc., 2:544.
Morren, C. 1853. Le Gincko ou FArbre aux quarante ecus. Belg. Hort.,
3:293-295.
Moren, E. 1856. Nouvelle variete de FArbre aux quarante ecus (editee par
M. Pacob Makoy) Salisburia adiantifolia var. laciniata. Belg. Hort.,
6:148-149.
Morton, J. 1929. Autumn foliage color. Morton Arboretum Bull. Popular
Inf., 4(ll):34-46.
Mosnat, H. R. 1929. Tree Scion of Ancient Lineage. Amer. Landscape
Architect, 1 ( 5 ) : 25.
Moule, A. C. 1938. Maidenhair Tree, origin of the generic name Ginkgo
(abstract). Nature, 141:280.
Moule, A. C. 1944. The name Ginkgo. Boy. Hort. Soc. Jour., 69:166.
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L. 163
Mulford, F. L. 1922. Trees for Town and City Streets. U. S. D. A. Fmm.
Bull., 1208, 40p: Ginkgo: p. 4, 18.
Murakoshi, M. 1952. Illustrated Medicinal Plants, (in Japanese). Tokyo:
Fukumura shosten, 759p.
Mussat, E. De Temploi du Ginkgo hiloba et de Tutilization possible de ses
fruits. Rev. Hort., 73(9): 206-208.
Naegeli,' C. 1868. Das Wachstuin des Stammes. Beit, zur Wiss. Bot.
Leipzig.
Nagy, L. von, 1886. Ginkgo hiloba var. Wien. Garten-Zeit, 11:7-10.
Nathorst, A. G. 1919. Ginkgo adiantoides (Unger) Heer in ‘‘Tertiar
Spitsbergens nebst einer Kunzen nebersicht der ubrigen fossilen Gink-
gophyten desselben Landes.” Geol. Foren. Forhandl. Stockholm,
41:234-248.
Nayar, S. L. 1954. Poisonous Seeds of India II. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
Jour., 52 (2/3):515-532.
Newcomer, E. H. 1939. Pollen longevity of Ginkgo. Torrey Bot. Club Bull.,
66:121-123.
Newcomer, E. H. 1945. Induced parthenocarpy in Ginkgo. Amer. Nat.,
79:186-187.
Newcomer, E. H. 1954. The karyotype and possible sex chromosomes of
Ginkgo biloba. Amer. Jour. Bot., 41(7) : 542-545.
Nicholson, G. 1889. Ginkgo biloba. Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 26:47-48.
Nicholas, G. 1924. Sur le dimorphisme sexuel du Ginkgo biloba L. et son
emploi comme arbre d’alignement. Feuille Nat., 45:68.
Nobecourt, P. 1952. Studies on the structure and constitution of plant
cellular membranes. Assoc. Tech. Ind. Papetiere Bull., 6:1-13.
Chem. Abst. 6376 i, 1952.
Nozeran, R. 1949. Les rameaux courts reproducteurs de Ginkgo biloba. Rec.
Trav. Inst. Bot. Montpellier Fasc. 4:68-75
Nozeran, R. 1955. Contribution a Tetude de quelques structures florales
(Essai de morphologie comparee). Ann Sd. Nat. Bot., 16:1-227, Ill.
Ochi, K. 1956. Ginkgo leaves which appear within a year after the seed
has germinated. Amortes Herbarii. Apr. 1. p. 12.
O’Hara, K., and Sakae, N. 1941. On difference of tracheid membrane of
needle-leaved trees according to directon. Fibers, 17:1-13. Biol. Abst.,
8663. 1949.
164 The Virginia Journal of Science [July
Oishi, S. 1930. On the cuticles of some fossil Ginkgoacean leaves. Imp.
Acad. Tokyo, Proc., 6(3) :109-112.
Oishi, S. 1941. Notes on some Mesozoic Plants from lo-tzu-kuo, Province
Chientao, Manchoukuo. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. Fac. Sci. Jour., Ser. 4,
Geol. and Min., 6:167-176
Biol. Abst., 6194. 1943.
Okabe, Y. 1940. Growth-promoting and growth-inhibiting substances in
the petiole, (in Japanese, English summ.). Bot. Mag. (Tokyo),
54:357-365.
Hort. Abst., V. 21, no. 63. 1951.
Okamura, J. 1894. Uber den Gehalt versheidener Holzarten an Holzgummi.
Landiv. Versuch., 42:437-438.
Oliver, F. W. 1903. The ovules of the older Gymnosperms. Ann. Bot.,
17:451-476.
Oliver, F. W. 1906. The seed, a chapter in evolution. British Assoc. Advanc.
Sci. Rep. 76th Meet. p. 725-733.
Ouden, P. den. 1949. Goniferen, Ephedra en Ginkgo, (in Dutch). Wagen-
ingen: Viernman and Louen, 444p. Ginkgo: 368-370.
Pammel, L. H. 1911. Manual of Poisonous Plants. Gedar Rapids, Iowa:
Torch Press, 977p. Ginkgo: p. 326, 395, 815.
Pecciarini, A. 1941. Richerche sulla istologia del legno secondario delle
Immiin., 57:211-227.
Johnson, R. M., 1957. The agar diffusion technique as applied to the study
gymnospermae. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. ItaL, 47: 689-692.
Penhallow, D. P. 1907. Manual of North American Gymnosperms. Boston:
Ginn and Co., 374p. Ginkgo: p. 14, 28, 51-51, 65, 74, 76, 82, 99, 105,
109, 119, 130, 156, 196, 209., biloba p. 110, 209, 358.
Persons, L. D. 1934. New or Unusual Diseases reported or Obseiwed in
Mississippi in Recent years. Phytopathology, 24:843.
Persoon, G. H, 1807. Synopsis plantarum. Paris and Tubingae: A. G.
Cottam, 657 p. Ginkgo: p. 573.
Peschier, J. 1818. Recherches analytiques sur le fruit du Ginkgo. Bibl.
Univ. de Geneve Sci. AHs, 7(3): 130.
Pilger, K. 1926. Ginkgoaceae. Die naturlichen pflanzenfamilien. Ed. 2,
Leipzig: Wilhelm Englemann, 13:98-109.
Plant Buyers Guide. 1958. edited by H. Gleason Mattoon. Ed. 6, Boston
Hort. Soc.
Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L.
165
1959] _
Plattj R. 1947. Our Flowering World. New York: Dodd Mead, 278p.
Ginkgos p. 17, 30, 35, 45, 84^86, 90-96, 98, 107, 110, 111, 113, 114,
119, 121, 125, 141, 184, 224.
Pollock, E, G. 1957. The sex chromosomes of the Maidenhair Tree. Jour.
Heredity, 48(6) : 290-294.
Popenoe, A. M. Mason, S. C., and Marlatt, F. A. 1890. Descriptive notes
on conifers and suggesting planting and pruning methods, Ginkgo
included. Kansas Agr. Expt. Sta. BuU., 10:13.
Popular Encyclopedia of Gardening. 1954. London: Waverly Book Co.,
3 Vols. Ginkgo p. 343.
Porter, C. L. 1944. A leaf spot disease of Ginkgo biloba. Indiana Acad.
Sci. Proc., 53:78-80.
Biol Abst., 20508. 1944.
Porterfield, W. 1924. Sexual dimorphism and leaf variation in Ginkgo
biloba L. China Jour. Sci. and Arts, 2:255-265.
Porterfield, W. 1940. Seeds of the Ginkgo. N. Y. Bot. Gard. Jour., (4) :185-
186.
Prideaux-Brune, H. 1947. The maidenhair tree. Roy. Hort. Soc. Jour.,
72:446-450.
Prideaux-Brune, H. 1948. Some further notes on Ginkgo biloba. Roy Hort.
Soc. Jour., 73:328-331.
Py, G. 1932. Recherches cytologiques sur Fassise nouriciere des microspores
et les microspores des plantes vasculaires. Rev. Gen. de Bot., 44:316-
413, 450-462, 484-512.
Quisumbing, E. 1925. Stony layer in seeds of Gymnosperms. Bot. Gaz.,
79:121-195.
Radforth, W. 1936. The development in vitro of the proembryo of Ginkgo.
Roy. Canadian Inst. Trans., 21:87-94.
Raffineau“Delile, A. 1835. Premiere recolte de fruits du Ginkgo du Japon,
en France. Montpellier (extrait du Soc. d’Agr. du Dept, de FHerault
Bui. No. De 9bre et lObre 1835),
Raffineau-Delile, A. 1849a. Ueber die erste Fruchtemte von Ginkgo b. im
Frankreich im Jahre 1835. Allg. Gartenblit., 17:346-349.
Raffineau-Delile, A. 1849b. Sur la premiere recolte de fruits du Ginkgo du
Japon qui ent Beu en France en 1835. Soc. Agr. Bot. Gard. Ann.,
5:269-273.
Rafn, J. 1915. The Testing of Forest Seeds During 25 years. 1887-1912.
[July
166 The Virginia Journal of Science
Copenhagen, Denmark: Langkjaers Bogtrykkeri.
Read, B. E., and Liu, J. C. 1927. Plantae Medicinalis Sinensis, Flora
Sinensis. A. I., 106p. Ginkgo: p. 59.
Read, B. E., and Yung, L. W., and Kuang, C. J. 1946. Shanghai Foods.
China Nutritional Aid Council, 117p. Ginkgo: p. 56.
Record, S. J. 1934. Identification of the Timbers of Temperate North
America. New York: Wiley, 196p. Ginkgo: p. 1, 32, 51.
Rehder, A. 1927. Manual of Cultivated Trees and Shrubs hardy in North
America. New York: Macmillan, 496p. Ginkgo: p. 1.
Reisner, J. H. 1921. Nut Culture in China. Amer. Nut Jour., 14:17.
Rhodes, A. S. 1918. Some new or little known hosts for wood destroying
fungi. Phytopathology, 8:164-167.
Rhodes, H. S. 1921. Some new or little known hosts for wood destroying
fungi III. Phytopathology, 11:324.
Robertson, A. 1907. The Taxoideae— A Phylogenetic Study. New PhutoL,
6(3-4) :92-101.
Robinson, F. 1948. Great Ginkgo. Amer. Forests, 54:146.
Royal Horticultural Dictionary of Gardening. 1941. Oxford: Clarendon,
2:8pl.
Sachs, J. von 1887. Physiology of Plants. Oxford: Clarendon, 836p. Ginkgo:
p. 175, 177.
Sahni, B. 1915. Foreign pollen in the ovules of Ginkgo and of fossil plants.
New Phytol., 14:149-151.
Sahni, B. 1925. Ontogeny of Vascular Plants and the Theory of Recapitula¬
tion. Indian Bot. Soc. Jour., 4(6): 215.
Sahni, B. 1933. On some abnormal leaves of Ginkgo. Indian Bot. Soc. Jour.,
' 12-13:50-55.
Saito, J. 1929. Klinische und experimentelle Utersuchung der durch Ginkgo-
frucht verusachten Dermatitis und ihrer hautreizenden Bestandteile.
Jap. Jour. Dermatol, and Urol., 29(2) : 105-129. Ger. Summ. 11-13.
Biol. Abst., 25080. 1931.
Saito, J. 1930. Pharmacological study of the Ginkgo toxin, component of
Ginkgo biloha L. which causes dermatitis. Tokoku Jour. Exptl. Med.,
16:413-423.
Sakai, A. 1949. We Japanese. Yokohama, Japan: Yamagata, 591p. Ginkgo:
p. 363, 364.
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L. 167
Sakisaka, M. 1927. On the morphological significance of seed-bearing leaves
of Ginkgo, (in Japanese). Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 41 (483) :273-278.
Biol. Abst., 13393. 1927.
Sakisaka, M. 1928a. Comparison of the dwarf shoot of Ginkgo biloba with
the trunk of Ctjcas revoluta. Jour. Jap. Bot., 5(3) : 101-104.
Sakisaka, M. 1928b. The real nature of the epiphyllous fruit of Ginkgo
biloba L. in Mt. Minohu province Kai. (in Japanese). Jap. Jour. Bot.,
3:168-170.
Sakisaka, M. 1929. On the seed-bearing leaves of Ginkgo. Jap. Jour. Bot.,
4(3):219-235.
Biol. Abst., 2364. 1931.
Sandeman, C. 1947. Gardening in Lima, Roy. Hort. Soc. Jour., 72:30.
Sax, K., and Sax, H. J. 1933. Chromosome number and morphology in the
conifers. Jour. Arnold Arboretum, 14:356-375.
Schaffner, J. H. 1927. Ginkgo a flowerless seed plant. Amer. Jour. Bot.,
14(3): 126-128.
Schmitz, H. 1921. Concerning the Durability of the Wood of the Maiden¬
hair Tree, Ginkgo biloba. Jour. Forestry, 19:165-166.
Schnarf, K. 1933. Embryologie der Gymnospermen. In Handbuch der
Pflanzenanatomie 2:2. Berlin.
Scholz, R. 1932. Microchemical Studies of the Changes During Vernal
Activity in Ginkgo biloba. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. Jour., 48:133-137.
Schwerin, F. von. 1922. Uber die Schreibweise der “Ginkgo.'' Deut.
Dendrologischen Gesell. Mitt., 32:93:
Scott, D. H. 1904. Structural Botany. Part II. Flowerless Plants. London:
A. and C. Black, 341p. Ginkgo: p. 304.
Scott, D, H. 1909. Studies in Fossil Botany, II. Fd. 2, London: A. and C.
Black, p. 355-665. Ginkgo: p. 392, 458, 517, 529, 538, 539, 542, 544-
546, 549, 550, 552, 555, 611, 612, 613, 655. Ginkgoaceae: p. 473, 546,
552-544.
Scott, D. H. 1911. The Evolution of Plants. New York: Henry Holt; London:
Williams and Norgate, 256p. Ginkgo: p. 57.
Scott, D. H. 1923. Studies in Fossil Botany, II. Ed. 3, London: A. and C.
Black, 433p. Ginkgo: p. 275, 282, 299, 301, 304, 308, 311-313, 316,
384, 385, 425.
Scott, D. H. 1924. Extinct Plants and Problems of Evolution. London:
168
[July
The Virginia Journal of Science
Macmillan. 240p. Ginkgo: p. 103; biloba p. 34.
Seitz, F. W. 1951k, Chromosomenzahlenverhaltnisse bei Holzpflanzen.
Zeitchr. Forstgenetish u Forstpflanzensucht, l(l):22-32.
Senft, M. E. 1907. Concerning the substance in Ginkgo seeds which de¬
velops myelin forms, as well as so-called myelin forms in general.
Pharm. Post., 40:265-271, 287-289, 304-307, 319-321.
Chem. Abst., 2159(7), vol. 1, 1907.
Seward, A. C., and Cowan, J. 1900. The maidenhair tree. Ann. Bot.,
14:109-153.
Seward, A. C. 1910. Fossil Plants, II. Cambridge, Eng: Cambridge Univ.
Press, 624p. Ginkgo: p. 307.
Seward, A. C. 1911. Links with the past in the Plant World. Cambridge,
Eng: Cambridge Univ. Press, 142p. Ginkgo: p. 113, 120-133.
Seward, A. C. 1917. Fossil Plants, III. Cambridge, Eng: Cambridge Univ.
Press, 656p. Ginkgo: p.7, 61, 62, 119, 135, 139, 173, 222, 251, 266,
294, 301, 306, 327, 333, 338, 339, 398, 499, 502.
Seward, A. C. 1919. Fossil Plants, IV. Cambridge, Eng: Cambridge Univ.
Press, 543p. Ginkgo: p. 60-62.
(Review, Fossil Plants, IV., Gonkgoales, Coniferales and Gnetales,
London Jour. Bot. 57:323. 1919, signed E. J. S.)
Seward, A. C. 1926. The Cretaceous plant^bearing rocks of Western Green¬
land. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London (B), 215(v.422) :57-175.
Seward, A. C. 1931. Plant Life Through the Ages. New York: Macmillan,
601p. Ginkgo: p. 71, 72, 139, 149, 225, 226, 262, 362, 385, 440, 441,
459-462, 473, 517, 421, 524.
Seward, A. C. 1935. Selections from the study of Plant Migrations Revealed
by Fossils. Science Progress, 32:420-440.
Seward, A. C. 1937. The Geological History of the Maidenhair Tree and its
Allies. Nature Mag., 139:741-745.
Seward, A. C. 1938. Story of the Maidenhair Tree (Map).
Science Progress, 32( 127) :420-440.
Smithsonian Inst. Kept., p. 441-460.
Shaparenko, K. K. 1935. Ginkgo adiantoides (Unger) Herr: Contemporary
and fossil forms. Philipp. Jour. Sci., 57:1-28.
Biol. Abst., 17047. 1937.
Shaparenko, K. K. 1936. Blizhaishie predki Ginkgo biloba L. (Eng. summ.)
Akad. Nauk Bot. Inst. Trudy, S. S. S. R., Ser. I (Acta Inst. Bot. Acad.
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L. 169
Sci., N. R. S. S. Ser. 1, Flora et Sept. Plant Vase.) 2:5-32.
Sharp, L. W. 1934. Introduction to Cytology. Ed. 3, New York: McGraw-
Hill, 565p. Ginkgo: p. 71, 207, 234.
Shaw, G, R. 1908. A contribution to the anatomy of Ginkgo biloba. New
Phytol, 7:85-92.
Shaw, N. 1914. Chinese Forest Trees and Timber Supply. London: Leipsic,
351 p. Ginkgo: p. 229.
Shear, C. L. and Wood, A. K. 1913. Studies of fungus parasites belonging
to the genus Glomerella. U. S. D. A. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull., 252:33-34.
Shen, C. 1. 1932. Species of Pestalozzia and Monochaetia in China. Sci.
Soc. China Biol. Lab. Bot. Ser. Contr., 7(5) :131-141.
Shimamura, T. 1928. On the formation of the proembryo of Ginkgo biloba
L, Bot Mag. Tokyo, 42( 494):71-82.
Biol. Abst., 142. 1930.
Shimamura, T. 1931. A note on the mitotic division in the proembryo of
Ginkgo, with special reference to chromatin-elimination. Bot. Mag.
(Tokyo), 45(539): 525-530.
Shimamura, T. 1935a. Ueber die Bestaubung und Befruchtung bei Ginkgo
biloba. Jap. Jour. Genetics, 11:180-184.
Shimamura, T. 1935b. Zur Cytologie des Befruchtungsvorganges bei Cycas
und Ginkgo unter Benutzung der Feulgenschen Nuclealreaktion.
Ctjtologia (Tokyo) 6(4) :465-473.
Biol Abet., 12590. 1936,
Shimamura, T. 1939. On the spermatoziod of Ginkgo biloba. Cytologia
(Fujii Jubil. voL Tokyo), p. 416-423.
Shull, C. A. 1934. A lateral water transfer in leaves of Ginkgo biloba.
Plant Physiology, 9(2) :387-389.
Siebold, P. F. von., et Zuccarini, J, G. 1870. Flora Japon II (edid Moquil),
72-75 T 136.
Smith, J. E. 1797. Characters of a new genus of plants named Salisburia.
Linn. Soc. Trans., 330-332.
Sokolowa, C. 1890. Naissance de Fendosperme dans le sac embryonnaire
de quelques Gymnospermes. Soc. Natural Moscow Bull. 3® Ser., 4:446-
497.
SolmS“Laubauch, H. 1891. Fossil Botany, Oxford: Clarendon, 401p. Ginkgo:
p. 62, 81, 88, 111, 118, 119, 181.
170 The Virginia Journal of Science [Juty
Sosa, A. 1947. Sur quelques constituants du Ginkgo biloha L. Soc. de Chim.
Biol. Bull, 29:833-836.
Sousa-Bourdouil, C. 1947. Activite diastasiques des inflorescences de Ginkgo
biloha L. an cours de devellopment. Acad, des Sci. Compt. Rend.,
224(23): 1651-1653.
Sousa-Bourdouil, C. 1948a. Sur I’absorption de Teau par les rameaux de
Ginkgo biloha L. Paris Mas. d’ Hist. Nat. Bull, ser. 2, 20(4) :427-429
Biol Abst., 27445. 1949.
Sousa-Bourdouil, C 1948b. Sur les acides nucleiques au cours du developpe-
inent des inflorescences de Ginkgo biloha L. Acad, des Sci. Compt.
Rend., 226(11) :953-954.
Sousa-Bourduil, C. 1949. Etudes physiologiques sur Ginkgo biloha L. Ann.
Sci. Nat. Bot. et Biol. Veg., 11® Ser., 10: 145-162.
Spies, K. V. 1902. Ginkgo. Cephalotaxus und die Taxaceen. Oester. Bot.
Zeitschr., 52:432-436,469-473.
Spies, K. V. 1903. Ginkgo, Cephalotaxus und die Taxaceen. Oesterr. Bot.
Zeitschr., 53:1-9.
Sprecher, A. 1907. Ginkgo biloha L. These, Geneve, Impr. Atar. p. 1-207.
Standardized Plant Names. 1942. Harrisburg, Pa.: J. Horace McFarland.
Ginkgos p. 274.
Starr, A. 1910. Microsporophylls of Ginkgo. Bot. Gaz., 49:51-55.
Stenning, H. W. 1937. The Gard. Chron., 101(2612), 3rd ser. 42.
Stevens, F. L. 1925. Plant Disease Fungi. New York: Macmillan, 469p.
Ginkgo: p. 192.
Steward, F. C. and Caplin, S. M. 1952a. Growth and metabolism of plant
cells. III. Evidence for growth inhibitors in certain mature tissues.
Ann. Bot. (London), 16:477-489.
Steward, F. C., and Caplin, S. M. 1952b. Growth and metabolism of plant
cells. IV. Evidence on the roles of the cocoanut milk factor in develop¬
ment. Ann. Bot. (London), 16:491-504.
Stewart, L. B. 1927. Methodis of Propagation. Roy. HoH. Soc. Jour., 27
(l):33-39.
Stiles, Harvey C. 1903. More about Maidenhair Trees. Pacific Fruit World,
Los Angeles, Calif. Apr. 25.
Stone, W. 1938. Letter to the Editor, Reader’s Forum. Amer. Forests,
44(12) :530.
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L. 171
Stopes, M. C., and Fujii, K. 1906. The nutritive relations of the surround¬
ing tissues to the archegonia of Gymnosperms. Beit. Bot. Centralblatt,
20:1-24.
Stopes, M. G. 1910. Ancient Plants. London: Blache, 198p. Ginkgo: p. 7,
8, 14, 66, 69, 70, 98-102.
Strasburger, E. 1867. Ein Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Spal-
toffnungen. Pringsh. Jahrb fur Wiss. Bot., 6:55-103.
Strasburger, E. 1872. Die Goniferen und die Gnetaceen. Jena: Gustav
Fischer, 442p. Ginkgo: p. 290, 291, 293, 321, 313.
Strasburger, E. 1879. Die Angiospermen und die Gymnospermen. Jenna:
Gustav Fischer, 173p.
Strasburger, E. 1882. Ueber den Bau und das Wachstum der Zellhaute.
Jena: Gustav Fischer, 264p.
Strasburger, E. 1891. Der Bau der Gymnospermen. Jena: Gustav Fischer,
Hist. Beit., 3:45.
Strasburger, E. 1892. Uber das Verhalten des Pollens und die Befmcht-
ungs vorgange bei den Gymnospermen Schwarmsporen, Gameten,
Strasburger, E. 1879. Die Angiospermen und die Gymnospermen. Jena:
Gustav Fischer, Hist. Beit., 4:16, 44.
Stuart, G. A. 1911. Chinese Materia Medioa. Shanghai: Amer. Presbyterian
Mission Press, 558p. Ginkgo: p. 390-391.
Sturdevant, E. L. 1919. Notes on Edible Plants. Albany: /. B. Lyon, 686p.
Ginkgo: p. 290.
Sumi, M. 1929. The sterols isolated from several vegetables. Inst. Phys. and
Chem. Res. Tokyo Bull., 8:228-233.
Suzuki, U. 1902a. The Composition of the nuts of Ginkgo biloba. Tokyo
Imp. Univ. Col. Agr. Bull., 4(5) :357-358.
Suzuki, U. 1902b. On the Occurence of cane sugar in the seeds of Ginkgo
biloba and Camelia theifera. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Col. Agr. Bull., 4:349-
350.
Sze, H. C. 1933. Beitrage zur Mesozoischen Flora von China. Peking:
Geol. Surv. China, p. 28.
Tamaki, W. 1955, Obsei*vations on Ginkgo biloba. (in Japanese, Eng.
summ.) lour. lap. Bot., 30(11) : 340-345.
Tanaka, N., Takemasa, N., and Sinoto, Y. 1952. Karyotype analysis in
172 The Virginia Journal of Science
Gvmnospermae. I. Karyotype and chromosome bridge in the young
leaf meristem of Ginkgo biloba L. Cytologia, 17(12) :112-123.
Tang, Y. 1933. Identification of Chinese Softwoods. Fan. Mem. Inst. Biol.
Peiping, 4(7) :321.
Tang, Y. 1935. Ueber die bindungweise der essigsaure im ginkgoholz
(Ginkgo biloba). Cellulosechemie, 16:90-92,
Taylor, W. A. 1941. In The Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture, edit, by
L. H. Bailey. New York: Macmillan. Ginkgo: p. 1338.
Teng, S. C. 1932a. Fungi of Nanking II by Shen, C. I. Contr. Biol. Lab.
Sci. Soc. China Bot. Ser., 8(1) :5-48.
Teng, S. C. 1932b. Fungi of Nanking III, by Shen, C. I. Contr. Biol. Lab.
Sci. Soc. China Bot. Ser., 8(2) : 143-152.
Teng, S. C. 1933c. Fungi of Nanking IV, by Shen, C. I. Contr. Biol. Lab.
Sci. Soc. China Bot, 8(2) :153-161.
Teng, S, C. 1933. Fungi of Nanking V. by Shen C. I. Contr. Biol. Lab. Sci.
Soc. Chin Bot. Ser, 8 (3):253-270.
Tetley, U, 1936. Tissue differentiation in some foliage leaves. Ann. Bot.,
50(199) :523-557.
Biol. Abst., 19353. 1937.
Teuscher, H. 1951. The propagation of Ginkgo biloba by cuttings. Parks
and Recreation, 34:10-11.
Thimann, K. V., and Delisle, A. L. 1939. The vegetative propagation of
difficult plants. Jour. Arnold Arboretum, 20:116-136.
Thomas, F. 1865. Zur vergleichenden Anatomic der Coniferen-Laubblatter.
Pringsh. Jahrb. fur Wiss. Bot., 4:23-63.
Thommen, E. 1949. Neues zur Schreibung des Namens Ginkgo. (Eng.
summ.). Naturf. Gesell. Basel Ver., 60:77-103.
Thomson, R. B. 1905. The megaspore membrane of the Gymnosperms.
Univ. Toronto Stud. Biol., Ser. no. ^4: 85-146.
Thorpe’s Dictionary of Applied Chemistry, 1941. Ed. 4, New York: Long¬
mans Green. Ginkgo: p. 536.
Tieghem, P. van. 1869. Anatomic comparee de la fleur famelle et du fruit
des Cycadees, des Coniferes et des Gnetacees. Ann. des Sci. Nat.,
5«^e Ser., 10:269.
Tieghem, P. van. 1870. Recherches sur la symetrie de structure des plantes
vasculaires. Ann. des Sci. Nat., 5^^ Ser., 13:195.
Bibliography on Ginkgo Bilob a L.
1959]
173
Tieghem, P. van. 1887. Sur le second bois primarie de la racine. Soc. Bot.
de France, 34:101.
Tieghem, P. van. 1891. Traite de Botanique. Paris: Lib. F. Savy, 1656p.
Ginkgo: p. 409, 619, 624, 656, 665, 755, 830, 880, 901, 1320-
1332, 1594, 1608.
Tippo, O. 1942. A Modem Classification of the Plant Kingdom. Chronica
Botanica, 7:203-206.
Tobler, F, 1938. Beobachtungen uber den Ban von einigen Bastfasem I and
II. Deut. Bot. Gesell. Ber., 56:230-234.
Tobler, F. 1940. Zur Kenntnis der Blattform von Ginkgo hiloha. Deut. Bot
Gesell. Ber., 58(6) :363-369.
Biol. Abst., 15313. 1941.
Tomsone, Z. 1955. Rooting of green cuttings with aid of growth stimulants.
Latvijas: P. S. R. Zinatnu Akad. Vestis, no. 9 (whole no. 90), p. 107-
115. (Russ. summ. p. 115-116).
Chem. Abst., 8394C. 1955.
Traynard, P., Ayroud, A. M., Emery, A., Robert A., and de Coligny, S.
1954. Distribution of lignin in the secondary wall of vegetable tissues.
Ecole franc papeterie, Genoble Fr. Holzforschung, 8:42-46.
Trieber, E. W. 1952. Ultraviolet absorption of cambial saps. Protoplasma,
41:452-457.
Chem. Abst., 10450. 1955.
Trotter, A. 1923. Intorno ad alcuni eccezionali fenomeni d’interesse mor-
phologico e fisiologico in Aesculus e Ginkgo. Ann. R. Scuola Sup.
d'Agr. Portici II, 18:22 p.
Trotter, A. 1938. Foliar anomalies of Ginkgo biloba. Gard. Chron., 83:28
(Session of the Fr. Nat. Hort. Soc.)
Tseng, M. C. 1935. The Ginkgo biloba of Chuki District, Chekiang, (in
Chinese). Hortus, 1:157-165.
Tubeuf, K. von. 1891. Samen, Fruchte und Keimlinge der in Deutchland
hemischen oder eigenfuhrten forstlichen Culturpflanzen. Berlin: Julius
Springer, 154p. Ginkgo: p. 34, 96.
Tukey, H. B. 1944. Plant breeding by incubator methods. Sci. Monthlij,
58(4):321-322. Biol. Abst. 15389. 1944.
Tulecke, W. 1953. A tissue derived from the pollen of Ginkgo biloba.
Science, 117:599-600.
Tulecke, W. 1954. Preseiwation and gennination of the pollen of Ginkgo
174 The Virginia Journal of Science
under sterile conditions. Torrey Bot. Club Bull., 81 (6):509-512.
Tulecke, W. 1957. The pollen of Ginkgo hiloba: in vitro culture and tissue
formation. Anier. Jour. Bot., 44(7) :602-608.
Tupper, W. W. 1911. Notes on Ginkgo biloba. Bot. Gaz., 51:374-377.
Turner, H. E. 1953. Practical blossom {Ginkgo fruit) control for the
arborist. Nat. Shade Tree Conf. Proc. p. 17-20.
Tuzimoto, M. 1940. The occurrence of linolenic acid in the leaves of land
plants. Soc. Chem. Ind. Japan Jour., 43 sup. p. 208-209.
Chem. Absts., v. 35, nos. 22-24, 34:79744.
United Nations Food and Agricultural Organ. 1955. Forest and Seed
Directory. Rome: F. A. O.
U. S. D. A. Forest Service. 1955. Seed Dealers’ List. Washington, D. C.
U. S. D. A. Soil Conservation Tech. Serv. Bull. 27. 1939. Seed Propaga¬
tion of Trees, Shrubs and Forbs.
Uyeki, H. 1926. Corean timber trees I. Ginkgoales and Coniferales. (in
Japanese). For Exp. Sta. Chosen Rep. 4. Ginkgo: p. 1-8
Wallace, R. H. 1926. The production of intumescences upon apple twigs
by ethylene gas. Torrey Bot. Club Bull., 53(6) :385-401.
Biol. Abst., 479. 1928.
Wang, S. 1933. Preliminary notes on the fungus diseases of Ginkgo in Han
Chow. Chinese Yearbook Bur Ent. Hangchow 3:124-138.
Warburg, O. 1913. Die Pflanzenwelt 1:335-338. abb. 85.
Ward, L. W. 1885. The Ginkgo Tree. Science, 5:495, 497.
Ward, L. W. 1886. Synopsis of the Flora of the Laramie Group. U. S.
Geol. Survey 6th Annual Report, p. 405-559.
Webber, H. J. 1897. Notes on the fecundation of Zamia and the pollen-
tube apparatus of Ginkgo. Bot. Gaz., 24:225-234.
Webber, J. J. 1901. Spermatogenesis and fecundation of Zamia, U. S. D. A.
Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 2. Ginkgo: p. 7-13, 17-23, 26-30, 32, 46-47,
51-52, 54, 56, 58, 60-63, 70, 71, 75, 77-82, 86.
Wehmer, C. 1911. Die Pflanznstoffe. Jena: Gustav Fischer. Ginkgo: p. 2.
Wehmer, C. 1929. Die Pflanzenstoffe. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1:1.
Wehmer, C. 1931. Die Pflanzenstoffe. Jena: Gustav Fischer 2:1290.
Weiss, A. 1865. Untersuchgen uber die Zahlen-und Grossenverhaltnisse der
175
1959] Bibliography on Ginkgo Biloba L.
Spaltoffnungen. Pringsh. Jahrb. fur Wiss. Bot., 4:125-196.
Wester, H. V., and Marth, P. C 1954 3-Cl-IPC found effective for
removal of Ginkgo fruits. Arborists News, 19(10): 83.
Wettstein, R. 1899. Die weibliche Blute von Ginkgo. Uesterr. Bot.
Zeitschr.y 49:417-425. T. 7.
Wettstein, R. 1935. Handbuch der systematischen Botanik Deutliche. Leip¬
zig and Wien: F. Deutiche, 1152p. Ginkgo: p. 292, 294 450, 510,
596.
Widder, F. von. 1948. Die Rechtschreibung des Namens ^'Ginkgo.** Phyton,
1:47-52. M
Widder, F. von. 1949. Ginkgo and Telomtheorie. Natur. Ver. f. Steiermark
MiU.y 77/78:181-183.
Wieland, G. R. 1899. A study of Some American Fossil Cycads, Pt. III.
Amer. Jour. Sci., 7:383.
Wieland, G. R. 1906. American Fossil Cycads. Carnegie Inst, of Wash.,
vol. 2, 267p. Ginkgo: p. 124, 216, 239.
Wieland, G. R. 1935. Ginkgo. Science, 81:515-516.
Wigglesworth, G. 1903. The Cotyledons of Ginkgo biloba and Cycas
revoluta. Ann. Bot., 17:789-791.
Williams, R. S. 1924. Fruiting of the Maidenhair Fern Tree. Jour. N. Y.
Bot. Gard., 25:271-272.
Williams, R. S. 1926. Ginkgo biloba; Maidenhair Tree. Addisonia, 11(2):
19-20.
Wilson, E. H. 1913a. Aristocrats of the Trees (Patriarchal Ginkgo).
Boston: Stratford, 279p. Ginkgo: p. 14, 17, 41-57.
Wilson, E. H. 1913b. A naturahst in Western China II. London: Methuen,
229p. Ginkgo: p. 13, 30.
Wilson, E. H. 1916. The conifers and taxads of Japan. Arnold Arboretum
Publ. no, 8.
Wilson, E. H. 1919. The romance of our trees. II. The Ginkgo. Gard.
Mag., 30(4):144-148.
Winton, A. L., and Winton, K. B. 1^32. Structure and Composition of
Foods. Seeds of the Ginkgo family. New York. John Wiley, 1:46-48.
Wise, L. 1944. Wood Chemistry. New York: Reinhold, 900p. Ginkgo
p. 281.
176 The Virginia Journal of Science
Worsdell, W. C. 1897. On tlie origin of “Transfusion Tissue” in the leaves
of Gymnospermous Plants. Linn. Soc. Trans., (2):301.
Wright, J. G. 1928. The pit-closing membrane in the wood of the lower
gvmnospenns. Roy. Hort. Soc. Canda Trans., 22(l):63-94.
mol. Ahst., 3132. 1929.
Wyman, D. 1951, Trees for American Gardens, New York: Macmillan,
376p. Ginkgo: p. 1, 4.
Yamabayashi, N. 1928. Identification of Gorean woods, (in Japanese).
For Exp. Sta. Chosen, no. 7, 56p.
Yamamoto, T. 1935. On the Biology of Dictyploca japonica. (in Japanese).
Oyo-Dobuto Zasshi (Tokyo), 7(4) :200-203.
Yamashita, T., and Sato, T. 1930. Shikiminic acid from the leaves of
Ginkgo biloba L. Pharm. Soc. Jap. Jour., 50:113-117.
Zerova, M. I. 1940. Some Phomopsis species new for U. S. S. R. Jour.
Bot. U. S. S. R., 1(2):305-312.
Ziegenspeck, H. 1829. Die Nadeln der erwachsenen und keimenden
Koniferen und die Phylogenie dieser Klasse, eine phylogenetische-
anatomische Studie. Bot. Arch Leipzig, 26(3/4) : 257-348.
Zimmerman, M. S. 1896. Die Morphologie imd Physiology des pflanz-
lichen Zellkern. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 188p. Ginkgo: p. 66, 105, 107,
109.
Zimmerman, W. 1930. Die Phylogenie der Pflanzen. Jena: Gustav Fischer,
452p. Ginkgo: p. 22, 276, 277-282.
Zuccarini, J. G. 1840. Beitrage zur Morphologie der Goniferen. Bay. akad.
1959] Campostoma Anomalum 177
A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON AN OCCURRENCE
OF CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM (RAFINESQUE)
IN THE YADKIN RIVER DRAINAGE SYSTEM
B. J. Abbott
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
A new record of Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque) from the Yadkin
River drainage system was taken in a collection (RDR No. 802) made by
R. D. Doss, Kenneth Cook, and Jerry Wakeman, July 16, 1957, from John¬
son Creek, 3.5 miles SE of Fancy Gap in Carroll County, Virginia. This
appears to be a race of the New (Upper Kanawha) River campostomid
tentatively described as kanawhanum Ross, 1952, and published as a nomen
nudum (Ross, 1958). It also shows some relationship to the Roanoke and
James River campostomids published as virginianum (Ross, 1958, nomen
nudum) and tentatively described as roanokense (Davis, 1953). It shows
some parallelism v^ith the Santee River sub-race of C. A. anomalum de¬
scribed by Ross in 1952. The Yadkin, Roanoke, and James River forms,
however, are probably best regarded as races of the undescribed New
New River form.
The Yadkin and New River forms show a relationship in six characters,
( 1 ) number of scales in the lateral line, ( 2 ) number of scales around caudal
peduncle, (3) number of scales from lateral line to lateral line across the
back anterior to the dorsal fin, (4) number of scales anterior to the dorsal
fin, (5) number of scales below lateral line from origin of anal fin plus
number of scales below lateral line from base of pelvic fin, and (6)
number of scales below lateral line to anal plus number below lateral line
to pelvic, plus number of scales around caudal peduncle. (Tables I, II and
IV). In two characters, number of lateral line scales and number of
caudal peduncle scales, this relationship is very close. The Yadkin and
Roanoke River races approach each other in these characters and in the
characters: (1) number of scales from lateral line to lateral line across
anterior to the pelvic fins, and (2) number of scales in lateral line plus
number of scales around body. The Yadkin specimens show no significant
relationship with the other forms in number of scales around body minus
the number of scales around the caudal peduncle (Table I), and it is
believed that the correspondence which appears between the Yadkin
and Santee forms in the number of scales around body plus number of
lateral line scales (Table III) is due to parallel evolution.
This record provides biological evidence for Wright’s (1931) suspected
stream capture from the New River drainage in the Hillsville area, and
178 The Virginia Journal of Science
lends credence to Evermann’s (1916) record of Campostama anomalum
from the Lumbee (Lumber) River of Yadkin drainage in North Carolina.
It is hoped that further collections will provide more specimens for study
and that a more complete report on the Yadkin campostomids can be made
at a later date.
Acknowledgement
The author is most grateful to Dr. R. D. Ross for making available his
collection of the Yadkin campostomids for study, for permitting use of his
data concerning the New and Santee River forms and for his advice and
guidance concerning this study. Also, 1 wish to thank Mr. W. S. Davis for
giving his permission to use data from his unpublished thesis.
. f
TABLES I-IV. Scale Numbers in Campostomd anomalum from
Different Collecting Sites
TABLE 1
Forms From:
Number
Range
Mean-
a
oM
Lateral Line Scales
Yadkin River
23
47-56
50.9
2.4
0.50
New River
350
43-58
50.6
2.4
0.13
Roanoke River
53
45-55
49.4 .
1.8
0.25
Santee River
68
46-57
50.1 . '
2.1
0.26
Scales Around Body
Yadkin River
23
35-42 ,
39.6
1.79
0.37
New River
334
40-56
48.1
; 3.2
0.17
Roanoke River
53
39-52
45.1
3.6
0.29
Santee River
68
33-51
40.8
2.7
0.33
Scales Below Lateral Line to Anal Fin Plus Scales Below Lateral Line to
Pelvic Fin Plus Caudal Peduncle Scales
Yadkin River
23
32-40
36.4
1.76
0.37
New River
141
30-48
39.6,
3.5
0.30
Roanoke River
44
32-39
35.0
3.0
0.44
Santee
68
31-37
34.2
1.3
0.15
1959] Campostoma Anomalum 179
TABLE II
Forms From:
Number
Range
Mean
(j
oM
Lateral Line to Lateral Line Across Back
Yadkin River
23
16-19
17.2
0.88
0.18
New River
256
16-23
19.1
1.2
0.08
Roanoke River
53
16-23
18.3
1.3
0.18
Santee River
68
15-18
16.3
0.90
0.11
Scales Around Caudal
Peduncle
Yadkin River
23
20-24
21.5
1.3
0.27
New River
192
18-23
22.3
1.6
0.12
Roanoke River
53
16-23
19.9
1.2
0.16
Santee River
69
19-23
20.4
0.8
0.10
Scales Around Body Minus Scales Around Caudal Peduncle
Yadkin River
23
14-21
17.96
1.7
0.35
New River
136
17-34
25.6
3.2
0.28
Roanoke River
53
19-31
25.2
3.3
0.45
Santee River
68
14-26
20.1
2.5
0.30
TABLE III
Forms From
Number
Range
Mean
o
(^M
Yadkin River
Scales Around Body Plus Lateral Line Scales
23 85-98 90.5
3.6
0.74
New River
343
86-111
98.8
4.5
0.24
Roanoke River
53
85-113
94.5
4.6
0.63
Santee River
68
83-99
90.5
3.2
0.39
180
The Virginia Journal of
TABLE IV
Science
[July
Forms From:
Number
Range
Mean
a
oM
Scales from Lateral Line to Lateral Line across
Belly
Yadkin River
23
20-25
22.3
1.3
0.27
New River
253
19-35
26.9
2.7
0.17
Roanoke River
53
20-33
25.1
2.4
0.33
Santee River
70
19-27
22.2
1.9
0.23
Scales Anterior to the Dorsal Fin
Yadkin River
23
20-27
23.4
1.6
0.32
New River
148
22-29
25.2
1.6
0.13
Roanoke River
44
21-28
24.3
1.5
0.22
Santee River
69
19-26
21.5
1.3
0.15
Scales Below Lateral Line From Anal Fin Plus Below Lateral Line From
Pelvic Fin
Yadkin River
23
13-16
14.5
0.78
0.16
New River
207
12-21
15.8
1.5
0.11
Roanoke River
44
11-24
15.2
2.1
0.32
Santee River
69
12-17
13.9
1.1
0.13
Literature Cited
Davis, W. S. 1953. Campostoma anomalum roanokense, a new subspecies of
the stoneroller minnow in the James and Roanoke Rivers. M.S. Thesis,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va. (typewritten).
Evermann, B. W. 1916. Notes on the fishes of the Lumbee River. Copeia,
36:77-80.
Ross, Robert D. 1952. The subspecies and races of the cyprinid fish
Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque) in eastern United States. Ph.D.
thesis, Cornell University, ( tvpewritten ) .
- 1958. Some taxonomic problems of Shenandoah River fishes.
Tech. Bull. 137, pp. 1-10, p. 7. Va. Agric. Expt. Sta., V. P. I., Blacks¬
burg, Va.
Wright, F. ]. 1931. The Older Appalachians of the South. Jour Sci. Lab.
(Denison University, Granville, Ohio), 26:143-250.
Serology of Crayfishes
181
1959]
THE TUBE PRECIPITATION TECHNIQUE AS
APPLIED TO THE STUDY OF SEROLOGICAL
RELATIONSHIPS AMONG CRAYFISHES'
Rose Mary Johnson
University of Virginia
Much of our knowledge of serological systematics has been gained
from the work of Dr. A. A. Boyden and his students at Rutgers University.
An excellent review and critique of the methods and goals of comparative
serology has recently been published (Boyden, 1958). Using the tube pre¬
cipitation method with the hemocyanins of the Crustacea as antigens, it has
been found that the serum proteins of members of a given genus are serolo¬
gically more similar to one another than they are to members of other re¬
lated genera (Leone, 1949). The hemocyanins of some of the crayfishes
have been investigated by Leone and Pryor (1952); five species of cray¬
fishes of the family Astacidae and five species of the Austrahan crayfishes
of the family Parastacidae were compared. Results showed that species
within the genus Orconectes (family Astacidae) are closely related. Within
the family Parastacidae, the genera Cherax and Euastacus differ serologi¬
cally but are more closely related to one another than to species of the
family Astacidae.
The present study was undertaken in order to shed more light on the
taxonomic relationships among members of the genus Cambarus (family
Astacidae). Since it is difficult to distinguish intrageneric difference sero¬
logically, members of the genera Orconectes, Procambarus, and Pacifasta-
cus, family Astacidae) were included in order to determine the specificity
of the antisera prepared.
Materials and Methods.— The Crayfishes belonging to the genus
Cambarus which were used in this study have been assigned to three
groups; Cambarus bartonii bartonii (Fabricius), C.b.sciotensis Rhodes,
C. b. robustus Girard, and C.h.subsp. of the Bartonii group ; C, montanus
acuminatus Faxon of the Montanus group; and C.longulus longultis Girard,
C .l.longirostris Faxon, and Cambarus species of the Longulus group.*
Four species of the genus Orconectes. [O .juvenilis (Hagen), O.nais
(Faxon), O.immunis (Hagen) and O.propinquus (Girard)], two species of
the genus Procambarus [P.clarkii (Girard) and P.blandingii acutus
^This investigation was supported by a National Science Foundation Award during the sum¬
mers of 1956 and 1957 at the Mountain Lake Biological Station in Giles County, Virginia.
^Personal communications from Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, University of Virginia who also
identified the crayfish.
182 The Virginia Journal of Science
(Girard)], and one species of the genus Pacifastacus [P .trowbridgii
( Stimson ) ] were included.^
The crayfish sera were collected and the antisera prepared in the
same manner as reported by Johnson (1957).
The Libby photronreflectometer was used to record the turbidities in
a series of tube precipitations. The sensitivity of this instrument has been
established by Boyden, Bolton and Gemeroy (1947), and Bolton, Leone
and Boyden (1948).
The procedure utilized in these tests was essentially the same as that
of Leone (1949). The volume of antiserum was constant while the volume
of antigen (crayfish serum) was varied (alpha precipitation).
Data for serological comparisons were obtained by a summation of the
turbidity units, a value proportional to the area under the curve. Such a
summation of the turbidities produced by an antiserum and its specific
antigen (homologous curve) is the standard of comparison between that
antiserum and any heterologous antigen. This summation is arbitarily as¬
signed a value of 100 percent (Boyden, 1954.)
The tests combining the various antigens and antisera were run three
times unless otherwise noted in Table I and the standard deviation from
the mean computed.
Resui^ts.— Table I shows the results of interaction of the crayfish anti¬
gens with the antisera prepared. The numbers represent the percent cor¬
respondence of the various antigens tested with the anti-serum indicated.
These figures are the m.ean percent of three series of tests (except for those
with an asterisk).
It can be seen that the members of the genus Cambarus are closely
related and, because of the standard deviation of some of the tests, cannot
be considered significantly different. With all of the antisera prepared
against the members of this genus, significant differences between them and
members of the genera Orconectes, Procambarus, and Pacifastacus were
demonstrated. A notable exception was the antiserum prepared against
Cambarus sp. and the unexplainable reaction between the antiserum pre¬
pared against C.b.robustus and the antigen of P .trowbridgii.
The results of the tests utilizing the antiserum prepared against the
serum of O.juvenilis may be interpreted as indicating that the members of
the genus Orconectes available for this study are more closely related to the
members of the genus Cambarus than to those members of the genera
Procambarus and Pacifastacus listed in Table I.
^Sera from O.nais, O.immunis, and P.trowbridfiii were kindly supplied by Dr. Charles A.
Leone, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas.
1959] Serology of Crayfishes
TABLE I. Serological Comparison among Crayfishes'
183
ANTIGENS
C.b. bartonii
C .b.robustus
C.b.sciotensis
C.m. acuminatus
(a)
C.m. acuminatus
(b)
C .l.longulus
Cambarus sp.
O. juvenilis
Cambarus
C.b.baHonii
100
93
82
95
92
85
86
73
C.b.robustus
88
100
83
84
94
95
81
74
C.b.scioiensis
93
98
100
82
97
93
90
90
C.h.subsp.
85
95
81
87"
97
83
85
C.m. acuminatus
78
97
82
100
100
86
84
68
C .l.longulus
84
90
84
66"
91
100
100
81
C .l.longirostris
86
92
93
87
78
Cambarus sp.
85
90
75
75
95
87
100
79
Orconectes
O.juvenilis
57
79
68"
54"
65
85"
100
O.immunis
57"
76
69"
49"
89
O.nais
44
77
59
82
O.p.propinquus
57
78
63
98
Procambarus
P.b.acutus
51*
65
53
63
P.clarkii
47^
64
45
60
Pacifastacus
P .trowbridgii
60"
89
62
65
•^The numbers represent the mean percent of the homologous test (100). An asterisk indicates
that the test was run only once. The standard deviation for these mean percent values may
be obtained by writing to the author.
Conclusion.— The members of the genus Camharus utilized in this
study are very closely related serologically and, due to unsatisfactory
specificity of the antisera prepared, cannot be significantly distinguished
by this technique. Johnson (1957) states that C .m.acuminatus (Montanus
group) appears to be serologically identical to the members of the Bartonii
group using the agar diffusion method of Elek. Results of the present tests
would tend to substantiate this conclusion as the antiserum (a), prepared
against C .m.acuminatus in column four of Table 1 indicates a slightlv
closer affinity with the members of the Bartonii group than with those of
the Longulus group. It may be of interest that antiserum (a) was used
in the agar diffusion tests, whereas, antisemm (b) prepared against the
184
The Virginia Journal of Science
[July
same subspecies was developed after the agar diffusion studies were com¬
pleted.
It is doubtful whether the members of the Longulus group can be
separated from the members of the Bartonii and Montanus groups with
the data from the antisera used. Perhaps by absorption of the antisera,
using the antigens of other closely related Crustacea, greater serological
differences could be demonstrated among members of the genus Cambarus.
Until this can be done, the present taxonomic affinities of this group,
based on morphology, biogeography and ecology, cannot be disputed.
Significant serological differences are demonstrated between these
members of the genus Cambarus and members of the other genera com¬
pared {Orconectes, Procambarus, and Pacifastacus) substantiating the use¬
fulness of this technique in making intergeneric serological comparisons.
Summary
The Libby Photronreflectometer was used in measuring the turbidities
in a series of tube precipitation tests.
Antisera were prepared against the sera of six members of the genus
Cambarus. and one member of the genus Orconectes. Each antiserum was
tested with its homologous antigen and various heterologous antigens
(Table I).
Significant serological differences were noted between the members of
the genus Cambarus and those members of the genera Orconectes, Pro¬
cambarus, and Pacifastacus utilized but could not be demonstrated within
the three groups of the genus Cambarus.
Literature Cited
r
Bolton, Ellis T., C. A. Leone, and A. A. Boyden, 1948. A critical analysis
of the performance of the photronreflectometer in the measurement of
serological and other turbid systems. Jour. Immun., 58:169-181.
Boyden, A. A., 1954. The measurement and significance of serological cor¬
respondence among proteins. Serological approaches to studies of
protein structure and metabolism. Ed. by William Cole. Rutgers
University Press, New Brunswick, New Jersey, 74-97.
Boyden, A. A., 1958. Comparative Serology: aims, methods and results.
Serological and biochemical comparisons of proteins. Ed. by William
Cole. Rutgers University Press, New Brunswick, New Jersey, 3-24.
Boyden, A. A., E. T. Bolton, and D. Gemeroy, 1947. Precipitin testing with
special reference to the photoelectric measurement of turbidities. Jour.
Immun., 57:211-227.
Johnson, R. M., 1957. The agar diffusion technique as applied to the study
Serology of Crayfishes
185
1959]
of serological relationships among crayfishes. Va. Jour. Sci., 3:177-
184.
Leone, C. A., 1949. Comparative serology of some brachyuran Crustacea
and studies of hemocyanin correspondence. Biol. Bull., 97(3) :273-286.
Crustacea. BioL Bull., 103 (3):433-445.
Leone, C. A., Carlon W. Pryor, 1952. Serological comparisons of Astacuran
Crustacea. BioL Bull., 103(3) :433-445.
186 The Virginia Journal of Science
THE IN VITRO EFFECTS OF X-RADIATION
ON HUMAN WHITE BLOOD CELLS
Samuel P. Maroney, Jr/
Department of Zoology
Duke University
One of the most consistant alterations which occurs in animals exposed
to moderate doses of ionizing radiation is the marked decline in circulating
leucocytes. This decline may be attributed to radiation damage of the
hemopoietic system rather than direct effects on circulating cells (Cronkite
and Brecher, 1955). Nonetheless, changes in motility and phagocytic activi¬
ty of circulating cells have been indicated in vivo following whole body
x-irradiation (Fishman and Shechmeister, 1955, Shechmeister and Fishman,
1955.
The question then arises of the sensitivity of the various leucocyte
types to in vitro ionizing irradiation. Lymphocytes have been shown to be
quite sensitive to in vitro x-radiation (Schrek, 1946a, Patt et. al. 1952).
Results of studies with granulocytes, however, vary from no effect follow¬
ing 600 r (Hiramatsu and Okamoto, 1948) and enzyme alteration following
50,000 r (Wagner, et.al. 1957). In the present study, use is made of recent
advances in leucocyte isolation (Skoog and Beck, 1956) to investigate the
sensitivity of leucocyte type, the neutrophil, to x-radiation. Attempts were
made to modify the radiation effects using glutathione, ethylenediamine-
tetraacetic acid, and reduced temperature.
Methods.— Venous blood from healthy human volunteer donors was
heparinized (0.4 mg per ml) and mixed with dextran^ (one percent final
concentration for thirty minutes) to speed red cell sedimentation. The
leucocytes were harvested from the plasma by centrifugation at one hundred
times g for fifteen minutes. The cells were washed twice in modified
Hank’s solution (McKinney et.al. 1953) and finally centrifuged in protein
sedimentation tubes at eight to ten times g for thirty minutes or in fifteen
ml centrifuge tubes at about 300 times g for ten seconds. Both methods re¬
sulted in actively motile cells and satisfactory red to white cell ratios
(ranging from ten to 0.1 but usually near one). Cells were suspended
finally in modified Hank’s solution.
All glassware was cleaned with alcoholic potassium hydroxide.
^Present address: Department of Biology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va. The
author wishes to thank Dr. K. M Wilbur for his comments and criticisms during these
investigations.
-The author wishes to thank Dr. George Brecher of The National Institutes of Health for the
stock of ten percent salt-free dextram from Benger Laboratory, Ltd.
1959] X-RADIATION Effects in vitro 187
thoroughly rinsed, dried, and coated with G. E. Dri-Film. The coating was
removed and replaced after each experiment. Hypodermic needles were
coated with E. Dri-Bake.
X-irradiation was carried out in glass test tubes at room temperature.
A total dose of 80,820 r was delived at a dose rate of 449 r per minute over
a period of three hours using the inherent filtration of the machine (three
mm aluminum) plus one mm aluminum. The cells were resuspended every
thirty minutes. Total doses of 6,450 r, 12,900 r and 25,800 r were delivered
at a dose rate of 215 r per minute using 0.25 mm copper and three mm
aluminum added filtration. The x-radiation was delivered by a 250 Kvp, fif¬
teen ma machine. Dose rates were determined with a Victoreen thimble
chamber calibrated by the National Bureau of Standards.
Reduced glutathione (GSH) and ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA)
as the disodium salt were prepared in Hank’s solution to give final concen¬
trations of 10”®M and lO-'^M, respectively The pH was adjusted to 7.4 with
sodium hydi'oxide.
Following irradiation cells were incubated at 37 °G and shaken 80
times per minute to keep them in suspension. Samples were removed to
microscopic slides at intervals following irradiation and scored under oil
immersion phase microscopy for the number of motile neutrophils per 100
neuti'ophils counted. In all instances, non-irradiated samples were run under
the same conditions as the irradiated samples. Where possible, the tubes
containing the cells were randomized so that the observer could not tell
which sample was being counted.
Results.— The first observable morphological alteration following x-
irradiation was partial sphering of the neutrophil with a continuation of a
pseudopodia formation. Upon contact with the slide, cells in this condition
spread out and continued to form pseudopodia although not always in a
definite direction. Nuclei and cytoplasmic viscosity as indicated by Brownian
movement appeared normal. The next moiphological change appeared in
cells taken at a longer interval following irradiation. These ceils remained
spherical and exhibited no pseudopod formation. Such cells would stick to
the surface of the slide but, in general, tended not to spread out. The nuclei
still appeared normal, but the cytoplasmic viscosity was increased as indi¬
cated by decreased Brownian movement. None of these effects was ap¬
parent immediately after irradiation but were noted in 50 per cent of the
cells four hours after the highest x-ray dose. The same series of changes
were observed in non-irradiated preparations aged ten to fourteen hours.
The neutrophils displayed remarkable resistance to x-radiation as may
be seen in figure la where motility is plotted as a function of dose. With
an x-radiation dose of 80,820 r, the mean percent motilitv of neutrophils in
Hank’s solution was reduced only 53 percent of the controls at four hours
after the radiation. The dose-effect curve was exponential at the lower doses
[July
188 The Virginia Journal of Science
but tended to flatten out at the highest dose (fig. la).,
An attempt was made to modify the effects of x-radiation on neutrophil
motility by the addition prior to irradiation of glutathione or EDTA, both
of which are agents shown to offer protection against ionizing radiations
(Barron et. al, 1949. Bacq and Alexander, 1955). Samples of cells with
Hank's solution alone, with Hank’s solution plus glutathione, and with
Hank’s solution plus EDTA were given 80,820 r, a dose which caused
appreciable effects on cell motility (see fig. la). The results are shown in
table 1. Although the variation was large because of the long irradiation
time necessary to accumulate 80,820 r (three hours), the radiation pro¬
tection by glutathione was evident. EDTA proved to be toxic to the cells
Fig. la. Dose effect curve for neutrophil motilify. The percent motility was
determined four hours after the end of the x-irradiatipn. The percent
motility was determined as x 100 where n was the number of motile
% . s .
neutrophils from the irradiated sample and was the number of motile
neutrophils from the non-irradiated sample. '
1959]
X-RADiATiON Effects in vitro
189
Fig. lb. Effect of . temperature on x-radiation induced inhibition of neutro¬
phil motility. Dose, 80,820 r. Percent motility was determined as in la.
such that the motility of the non-irradiated cells with EDTA was signifi¬
cantly lower than the motility of the non irradiated cells in Hank’s solution
alone after four hours incubation. However, there was no increase in damage
to cell motility attributable to x-irradiation.
Protection by post-iiradiation incubation at lowered temperatures is
firmly established for x-irradiation (Schrek, 1946b, Stapleton et. al. 1953).
Reduced incubation temperatures were found to decrease the effect of
x-irradiation on neutrophil motility as indicated by the persistence of mo¬
tility for a longer time in the irradiated cells (fig. lb).
Discussion.— Neutrophils, despite their susceptibilty to other types of
injury (Martin et. al 1955), exhibited a marked resistance to x-irradiation,
the dose required for neutrophil immobilization being about 80 times that
required for lethality of lymphocytes (Schrek, 1946a). A consideration of
the two factors which would contribute to this resistance. First is the in¬
ability, or at most limited ability, of leucocytes to synthesize deoxyribonu¬
cleic acid (Winzler, 1957, Kline and Clifton, 1952), an activity shown to
be sensitive to x-radiation in other cells. Bacq and Alexander, 1955). A
second factor is suggested from the demonstration that glutathione pro¬
tected neiitro]^liils from x-radiation. Since reduced sulfhydryl groups, in
190 The Virginia Journal of Science
Treatment
No
x-radiation
80,820r
x-radiation
P
Control
63 + 17 (5)
40 + 20 (6)
0.001
10-"M GSH
55 + 17 (5)
53 + 19 (6)
0.3
IO-4M EDTA
35 + 24 (6)
35 + 13 (6)
0.8
Table 1— Effect of GSH and EDTA on x-radiation induced inhibition of
neutrophil motility. Data are expressed as motile neutrophils per 100
neutrophils counted, with standard deviations. Number of experiments
given in parentheses. The X2 method was used to test the difference
between the motility of non-irradiated and irradiated samples. P indi¬
cates the probability that this difference could occur by chance alone.
P values smaller than 0.01 are regarded as statistically significant.
general, afford protection against ionizing radiations (Barron et. al. 1949,
Patt et. al. 1952), the normally high content of reduced sulfhydryl groups
in leucocytes (Green and Martin, 1955, Hardin et. al. 1954) would be
consistant with decreased radiation sensitivity.
The similaritv between the morphological changes which appeared
shortly after x-radiation and those which appeared in non-irradiated cells
aged about twelve hours would suggest that immobihzation and eventual
cell death in both cases were attributable to the same, or similar, mech¬
anisms. Certain observations made here offer some basis for speculation
about this similarity as well as the sites or radiation damage. First, the
protection of neutrophils by lowered temperatures and by reduced gluta¬
thione implicates the metabolism of the cell in radiation induced immobili¬
zation (see Barron et. al. 1949, Stapleton et. al. 1953). Support for this
comes from the demonstration of a decreased enzyme activity in leucocytes
as manifest by reduced oxygen consumption following 50,000 r (Wagner et.
al. 1957). The contribution of enzyme alteration to cell immobilization
cannot be evaluated, however, without more study directed specifically
toward this interrelation. Second, the morphological change from a flattened
amoeboid eell to a sphere, i.e., increased volume with a reduction in surface-
volume ratio, most probably results from an alteration in cell penneability
prior to immobilization. Precedent for this tvpe of alteration may be found
in the work of Sheppard and Stewart (1952) where x-radiation induced
permeabihty changes in erythrocvtes were demonstrated. It has also been
shown that leucocyte permeability, at least to potassium, increases with
aging particularly when the cells are shaken as in the present experiments
(Hempling 1952).
A point which must be kept in mind is the possibility that cell im¬
mobilization is a terminal event, the causes of which are varied. In view
1959] X-RADIATION Effects in vitro 191
of this, it may not be profitable to seek one site of radiation damage in
neutrophils. Rather it is more likely that enzyme damage and membrane
alteration are but two of several factors which contribute to x-radiation
induced immobilization in these cells.
Summary
1. Supensions of human neutrophils in Hank’s solution were found to be
quiet resistant to x-irradiation using cell motility as a criterion of effect.
Morphological changes noted in the neutrophils following radiation were
similar to changes noted in aged cell preparations.
2. Glutathione offered some protection against the effects of x-radiation.
3. Reduced incubation temperatures following x-irradiation offered strik¬
ing protection against the radiation effects.
4. The results are consistent with radiation damage to enzyme systems and
to the cell membrane prior to immobilization.
Literature Cited
Bacq, Z. M. and P. Alexander. 1955. Fundamentals of Radio-biology.
Academic Press, New York.
Barron, E. S. G., S. Dickmen, J. A. Muntz and T. P. Singer. 1949. Studies
on the mechanism of action of ionizing radiations. I. Inhibition of
enzymes by x-rays. /. Gen. Physiol. 32:537-552.
Cronkite, E. P. and G. Brecher. 1955. The protective effect of granulocytes
in radiation injury. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 59: 815-883.
Fishman, M., and I. L. Shechmeister. 1955. The effect of ionizing radiation
on phagocytosis and the bactericidal power of the blood. 11. The effect
of radiation on ingestion and digestion of bacteria. J. Expt. Med. 101:
275-290.
Green, R., and S. P. Martin. 1955. The nonprotein, soluble sulfhydrvl con¬
tent of human leukocytes and erythrocytes in infection and leukemia.
J. Lab. Clin. Med. 45:119-122.
Hardin, B., W. Valentine, J. H. Follette, and }. S. Lawrence. 1954
Studies on the sulfhydryl content of human leukocytes and ervthro-
cytes. Am. J. Med. Sci. 228: 73-82.
Hempling, H. G. 1952. Potassium loss in rabbit leucocytes in response to
mechanical agitation. J. Cell. Comp. Physiol. 40:161-164.
Hiramatsu, H. and S. Okamoto. 1948. The effect of Roetgen irradiation
192 The Virginia Journal of Science [July
upon the function of leucocytes 7th Ann. Meet, of Japan, Med-
Radiol. Assoc. Tokyo: 1-17.
Kline, D. L. and E. E. Cliffton. 1952. The life span of leucocytes in the
human. Science 115:9-11.
Martin, S. P., G. R. McKimiey, and R. Green. 1955. The metabolism of
human polymoi'phonuclear leukocytes. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 59:996-
1002.
McKinney, G. R., S. P. Martin, Jr., R. W. Rundles, and R. Green. 1953.
Respiratory and glycolytic activities of human leukocytes in vitro. J.
Applied Physiol, 5: 335-340.
Osgood, E. E. and G. J. Bracher. 1939. Gulture of human marrow; studies
of the effects of Roetgen-rays. Ann. Intern. Med. 13:563-575.
Patt, H. M., M. E. Blackford, and R. L. Straube. 1952. Effect of x-rays on
thymocytes and its modification by cysteine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med.
80:92-97.
Schrek, R. 1946a. Studies in vitro on cellular physiology. The effect of
x-ray on the survival of cells. Radiology. 46: 395-410.
Schrek, R. 1946b. Studies in vitro on the physiology of cells. Factors af¬
fecting the delayed cytocidal action of x-rays. J. Cell. Comp. Physiol.
28:227-304.
Shechmeister, I. L. and M. Fishman. 1955. The effect of ionizing radiation
on phagocytosis and the bactericidal power of the blood. I. The effect
of radiation on migration of leucocytes. J. Expt. Med. 101:259-274.
Sheppard, G. W. and M. Stewart. 1952. The direct effects of radiation on
erythrocytes. J. Cell. Comp. Physiol. 39 (suppl. 2): 189-215.
Skoog, W. A. and W. S. Beck. 1956. Studies on the fibrinogen, dextran and
phytohemaglutinin methods of isolating leukocytes. Blood 11:436-454,
Stapleton, G. E., D. Billen, and A. Hollaender, 1953. Recovery of x-
irradiated bacteria at suboptimal incubation temperatures. J. Cell.
Comp. Physiol. 41:345-357.
Wagner, R., N. Meyerriecks, and G. Z. Berman. 1957. In vitro effects of
x-radiation on white blood cells and blood platelets. Blood 12:733-745.
Winzler, R. J. 1957. Anticancer agents and nucleic acid metabolism of
isolated human leukocytes. In ed. Rebuck, J. W., F. H. BetheU and
R. W. Monton. The Leukemias. Academic Press. New York. 567-581.
1959]
News and Notes
193
News And Notes
(Editors Note). News contributions shoidd be sent to the person
whose name appears at the end of the appropriate sections.)
MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL MEETING
Newcomb Hall, Charlottesville
March 8, 1959
The meeting was held in Newcomb Hall at the University of Virginia.
Dr. Forbes, Academy President, called the meeting to order at 10:45 a.m.
He had invited the Section Chairmen or their designate to attend this meet¬
ing. Those present were;
J. C. Forbes; William G. Guy; William M. Hinton; Horton H. Hobbs,
Jr. ; Harry G. M. Jopson; George W. Jeffers; William Scott; Robert T.
Bmmfield; Robert H. Brownson; James W. Cole; Paul M. Patterson;
William G. Lowry; Jacques Rappaport; S. P. Maroney, Jr.; Sidney S.
Negus ; Thelma C. Heatwole; J. C. Holmes; S. S. Obenshain; John T. Hack;
Foley F. Smith; and William B. Wartman, Jr.
It was moved and passed that the reading of the minutes of the
October 1958 meeting be omitted since they were printed in the Journal.
OLD BUSINESS
Treasurers Report: The Treasurer’s report included the proposed budget
and a statement of the estimated income for 1959. The estimated income is
about $400.00 in excess of the proposed expenditures and the balance in
the General Fund on January 1, 1959 was $5,433.60. It was moved and
passed that the Treasurer’s report be accepted.
The Treasurer read a portion of the minutes of the Finance and En¬
dowment Committee pertaining to the raising of $1500.00 additional in¬
come. It was pointed out that since the estimated income for 1959 exceeds
the proposed budget, there was no urgent need for recommending means
of raising additional income. Finance Committee members were urged,
through personal contacts, to assist the Business Membership Committee in
increasing the Business Members in the Academy.
The Finance Committee recommended that Council request the
Trustees to invest. $3,000,.00 of the approximately $5,000.00 balance in the
General Fund. This is to be invested in some short-term earning capacity.
This was approved by Council.
Funds for Study of Results of Science Talent Search: Mr. Joseph Holmes,
Chairman of the Science Talent Search Committee, reported that requests
for funds from the National Science Foundation, the Ford Foundation and
the Old Dominion Foundation had not met with any success. He suggested
194
The Virginia Journal of Science
that since this is a local state project, that it may be best to seek funds
within tlie state. Dr. Jeffers suggested that Dr. Lowry of the University of
Virginia be consulted as the possibility of this study being undertaken
by a graduate student in the School of Education.
Institute for Prospective College Seniors and Their College Teachers:
Dr. Forbes briefly reviewed this proposal. A grant has been requested from
the National Science Foundation to support this program.
Proposed Program for the Improvement of Science Teaching in the Col¬
leges of Virginia: A joint appHcation by the Virginia Academy of Science
and the University Center in Virginia for funds to support this program has
been submitted to the National Science Foundation. This proposal was dis¬
cussed briefly by Dr. Forbes.
Status of the Dismal Swamp Project: Dr. Forbes reported that Dr. Baldwin
was unable to attend the meeting. Dr. Baldwin will write the History Sec¬
tion and he feels that the Geology Section needs some revision. Dr. Hack
reported that nothing new on the geology of the Dismal Swamp has been
written for some time. This will be discussed in the Geology Section at the
May meeting.
NEW BUSINESS
Report of the Virginia Journal of Sciences Dr. Brumfield reported that Dr.
Lane was unable to be present, and that this was an interim report. A new
printing contract at the present rate has been arranged with the present
printer, whose bid was low. Economies previously discussed have been
effected, and this has resulted in reducing the annual Journal deficit occur¬
ring in recent years. This deficit is due to increase in printing and other
expenses, without increase in revenue. The Journal is still operating at an
annual loss of about $1000.00 The present balance is about $3,000.00.
Dr. Brumfield requested that invitational papers be submitted.
Report of Local Committee on Arrangements: Dr. Maroney reported that
the program had been submitted to the Virginia Journal of Science for
publication in the April issue. Contracts for thirteen commercial exhibits
have already been made.
Dr. Rappaport reported on the housing arrangements. He recommend¬
ed that members make housing reservations as early as possible. The gym¬
nasium will have accommodations for about 100 students.
Programs for Junior Academy Members: Mrs. Heatwole proposed that the
Junior Academy be allowed to charge a 25c Registration Fee to cover the
cost of programs for the May meeting. It was felt that this would encourage
Junior members to attend section meetings. It was moved and passed that
the Junior Academy be allowed to charge 25c Registration Fee to cover the
cost of a program, this fee to be turned over to the Treasurer of the Senior
Nfws and Notes
1959]
195
Academy. It was suggested that 200 additional programs be printed for
this purpose.
Report of Science Talent Search Committee i J. C. Holmes, Chairman,
reported that there were eight students from Virginia who received
“Honorable Mention” in the National Talent Search, which is the best
record in recent years.
The Committee is concerned since there are many sections in the state
which rarely or never participate in the Scienee Talent Seareh. As one pos¬
sible approach to encouraging statewide participation in this program, they
suggested that 100 high school science teachers, who are outstanding grad¬
uates of Virginia colleges, be written and urged to encourage students to
pursue scientific careers and participate in Scienee Day meetings: The
Committee requested Council to consider this and other possible means
of increasing the participation in the Science Talent Search especially in
those seetions of the state which are not now active in the program.
Dr. Forbes requested Council members to consider tliis matter, and it is
hoped that additional recommendations be brought up at the May meeting.
Goethe Award: Each year the Academy is the grateful recipient of a liberal
contribution by Dr. C. M. Goethe, who has requested that the Aeademy
advise him as to how this contribution can best be used. It was decided
that $50.00 of this contribution be designated the Goethe Award and that it
be awarded each year to married graduate students, preferably with at
least two children, to help defray their expenses to the annual Aeademy
meeting in May. Dr. Goethe is to be advised of this action.
Dr. W. W. Scott of the Virgina Polytechnic Institute will select the two
recipients of the Goethe Award for the 1959 Academy meeting.
Mrs. Heatwole reported that the Junior Academy is considering the estab¬
lishment of a traveling Hbrary and asked if this aetion would have to be
approved by Council. She was advised that Council approval was neces¬
sary.
Dr. Forbes thanked the seetion Chairmen for attending and participating
in the discussions. With regret, he reported that Dr. Ralph Bradley had
accepted a faculty position at the University of Florida and was therefore
resigning from the Council. A member to replace Dr. Bradley will be
elected at the May meeting.
The meeting was adjourned at 7:15 p.m.
— P. M. Patterson
Agricultural Science
Dr. Leonard W. Feddema has been appointed Associate Professor of
Horticulture at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute effective July 1, 1959.
196 The Virginia Journal of Science [July
Dr. Feddema will serve as Extension Vegetable Specialist in the position
formely held by L. C. Beamer, who retired on March 31, 1959.
The National Institutes of Health has awarded a research grant foi
the study of the inheritance of resistance to insecticides in the German
cockroach to Dr. D. G. Cochran, Associate Professor of Entomology, and
Dr. J. M. Grayson, Professor of Entomology in the amount of $6,633 for
the first year and for a total of $16,256 for a three-year period.
The National Institutes of Health has awarded a research grant for the
study of insects as vectors of infectious synovitis in poultry to Dr. E. M.
Raffensperger, Associate Professor of Entomology, and Dr. J. W. Davis,
Professor of Animal Pathology in the amount of $8,286 for the first year and
a total of $29,124 for a four-year period.
Mr. Monte E. Juillerat has been appointed Assistant Professor of the
Virginia Polytechnic Institute. He is a native of Columbia City, Indiana
with his M. S. from Purdue University and completed requirements for his
Ph. D. at Purdue University. He will work initially in the area of livestock
marketing research in the Department of Agricultural Economics.
The Nutiition Foundation, Inc., New York, New York, has announced
renewal of its grant in the amount of $12,000 for the next three years to
Dr. Russell Miller and Dr. R. W. Engel, Department of Biochemistry and
Nutrition of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute. This grant continues support
of studies of the biochemical and physiological role of dietary molybdenum,
sulfate, and copper in animals. Of special interest is the influence of
molybdenum feeding on selected enzyme systems and upon certain physio¬
logical abnormalities. Molybdenum toxicity conditions are found in many
areas of the world in grazing animals consuming grasses naturally high in
molybdenum.
The National Institutes of Health have awarded Dr. C. J. Ackerman,
Department of Biochemistry and Nutrition of the Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, $12,755 for the next three years to continue present studies upon
the biochemical, chemical and physiological effects of ethylene oxide fumi¬
gation and treatment of proteins and amino acids. To be emphasized will be
studies to determine the effect of ethylene oxide upon selected enzyme
systems. Etliylene oxide has been used commercially as a cold sterilization
agent for some food stuffs.
Dr. Russell Miller, Associate Professor, Department of Biochemistry
and Nutrition, talked to the Virginia Military Institute student affiliates of
the American Chemical Society on Wednesday, April 22. The talk develop¬
ed the history of biochemistry and emphasized the many and varied re¬
search problems currently being worked upon by staff and graduate stu¬
dents at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
The Virginia Polytechnic Institute contributed in unprecedented force
Nfws and Notes
197
1959]
to the annual meetings of tlie Federation of Ameriean Societies for Experi¬
mental Biology in Atlantic City in April which brought together over 10,000
scientists from all over the world. Three research reports and one symposium
paper ware presented by members of the staff of the Departments of
Biochemistry and Nutrition and of Biology. Drs. C. J. Ackerman (Bio. N.),
W. A. Hardison (Dairy Science), and K. W. King (’49, Biol.) were elected
to membership in the American Institute of Nutrition. A group of nineteen
Tech alumni and staff got together for a Virginia Polytechnic Institute
dinner, including Dr. J. W. Gill (Ph.D., V.P.I., 1957, now at the University
of New Hampshii'e, Durham, New Hampshire), Dr. J. H. Hash (Ph.D.,
V.P.I., 1956, now with Bowman-Gray Medical School, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina), Lt. Brendan E. Joyce (M.S., V.P.I., 1955, from Army
Medical Training School, Fort Sam Houston, Texas), and Dr. H. G. Wind-
mueller (Ph.D., V.P.I., 1958, now at Brandeis University, Boston, Massa¬
chusetts ) .
James F. Eheart (’19), Associate Biochemist, Virginia Agricultural
Experiment Station, was elected Chairman of the Southern Pesticide Resi¬
due Cooperative Research Group at a recent meeting in Fayetteville, Arkan¬
sas This group consists of workers from eight Southern states, Puerto Rico,
and the United States Department of Agriculture.
Dr. Grant Thomas, Assistant Professor of Agronomy at the Virginia
Polytechnic Institute attended a fom* week course at Oak Ridge on the use
of tracer techniques as a research tool.
Professor J. A. Schad, State president of the newly organized Industrial
Arts Association in Virginia, represented the Virginia Polytechnic Institute
and the State at the annual convention of the American Industrial Arts
Association in Long Beach, California, April 22-25. Professor Schad is head
of Industrial Arts Education in the department of Vocational Education,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Dr. Harry Huffman, Head of Business Education, was awarded a
plaque by the Roanoke Chapter of the National Office Management Asso¬
ciation “in recognition of achievement in training for business”. This is the
first time that such recognition was made by the Roanoke Chapter of
NOMA. Dr. Huffman was also a recent teacher and consultant at several
out of state meetings including Phoenix, Arizona and Long Beach, Cah-
fornia. On the same trip he also visited business education departments and
participated in discussion groups at San Diego, Los Angeles, San Francisco,
San Jose, and Sacramento, Cahfornia.
Recently off the press is The Clerical Program in Business Education
This publication is the sixteenth American Business Education yearbook.
Dr. Harry Huffman and Professor Jeffery R. Stewart, Jr., both of the Busi¬
ness Education staff, the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, are editor and as¬
sociate editor respectively. The 470 page volume contains material that
[July
198 The Virginia Journal of Science
will be used by Business educators for many years to come.
The staff of the Department of Agricultural Education of Ohio State
University were guests of Dr. T. J. Horne and his staff in Agricultural
Education at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute on May 11 and 12. The
visitors made an intensive study of the plans, program, organization, and
accomplishments of tlie local department and observed tlie work of several
departments of vocational agriculture in the Southwest Virginia area.
Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics
Dr. T. M. Hahn, Jr., Head of the Department of Physics at the Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, has accepted the position of Dean of the College of
Arts and Sciences at Kansas State University. No successor has yet been
appointed.
The new Physics building at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute is now
under construction, with the installation of the 10 KW reactor scheduled for
the fall. The building will be in use by January 1960.
Dr. Bruno Alter, comes to Randolph-Macon Woman’s College as acting
chaiiTnan of the Physics Department this fall. He holds the Ph. D. degree
from Lehigh and is presently on the faculty of Vanderbilt University.
The Univeristy of Virginia will offer an NSF Institute for high school
teachers again this summer. Dr. F. L. Brown of the University of Virginia
and Dr. T. E. Gilmer of Hampden-Sydney will teach the physics group.
Several colleges within the state took advantage of the Visiting Scien¬
tist Program of the AIP during this past year. Among them were the
Vii'ginia Military Institute, the University of Richmond and the Virginia
Polytechnic Institute.
W. W. Walker will join the staff at the college of William and Mary
as assistant Professor of Physics this fall. Dr. Walker recently received his
Ph.D. at the University of Virginia.
In the fall of this year, the college of William and Mary will reactivate
the Master’s program in Physics.
Dr. Stephan Berko returns in September to the University of Virginia.
He has been working at the University of Copenhagen as a Sloan Fellow.
Dr. S. W. Mitchell, well known solid state physicist of Great Britain,
will become a permanent member of the physics faculty at the University of
Virginia, this fall. Dr. Mitchell, a native New Zealander, is a Fellow of the
the Royal Society and has been honored for his work in many ways.
Richard E. Grove, professor of Physics at Randolph-Macon College,
will receive his Ph.D from Syracuse this June.
Dr. E. T. S. Walton, Nobel prizewinner in 1951, gave a series of
Nfws and Notes
199
1959]
lectures at Randolph-Macon this spring. This was his first stop in a tour of
the United States.
Dr. Harold Alden, University of Virginia astronomer, will attend the
Second Astrometric Conference May 17-20. This Conference, supported by
the NSF, is devoted to the creation of more interest in the determination of
fundamental star positions.
—I. G. Foster,
Virginia Militarij Institute
Bacteriology
The award established by the Virginia Branch of the Society of
American Bacteriologists for an outstanding contribution to the Science Fair
was presented at the annual meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science:
First Prize ($25.00 and a certificate)— William Ridenour, winning the
reward for a second time, (sponsored by Mrs. R. B. Painter) of the William
Fleming High School, Roanoke, for “Comparison of Chemical and Radio¬
logical Mutation in E. coli”; Second Prize (Honorable Mention)— Barbara
Sink (sponsored by Mr. C. W. Holhurt) of Boiling Springs High School,
Covington, for “Incidence of Candida albicans in the Saliva of White Rats.”
Dr. Quentin N. Myrvik presented a paper entitled “Serum and tissue
lysozyme levels in rabbits undergoing a granulomatous reaction induced by
BCG” at the International Symposium on Fleming’s Lysozyme held the 3rd
to 5th of April at Milan, Italy.
— P. Ame Hansen,
University of Maryland
Biology
Mr. T. H. Ma has completed his graduate work at the Blandy Experi¬
mental Farm and the University of Virginia, majoring in plant genetics, and
has accepted a position in the Biology Department of Emory and Henry
College. His new work started in June, 1959.
Dr. A. B. Massey, Professor of Botany, Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
will retire at the end of the 1958-59 academic session. He will continue his
work on the Flora of Virginia as Emeritus Professor of Botany and Curator
of the Herbarium.
Dr. Jane Belcher of Sweet Briar College will be on sabbatical leave
during 1959-60. Miss Belcher will visit Nigeria where she expects to do
some work with certain amphibians. Miss Rose Mary Johnson, a candidate
for the Ph.D. degree at the University of Virginia, will replace Miss Belcher
during the latter’s leave.
Dr. J. L. McHugh, Director of Virginia Fisheries Laboratory since
1951, has resigned to accept an appointment as Chief of the Division of
200
The Virginia Journal of Science
QUALITY
Tareyton
rjffr"
ParaMe
CICARCJTCS
ITRIKE Jffi
A. T. Co.
Products of
^ ”
JaV<uZ/ZO- IS OUR MIDDLE NAME
Nfws and Notes
201
1959]
Biological Research, Bureau of Fisheries, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
Dr. William J. Hargis has been appointed Acting Director of the Labora¬
tory.
A. Randolph Shields, a candidate for the Ph.D. degree in botany at
the University of Tennessee, has been appointed Assistant Professor of
Biology at Roanoke College, effective September 1, 1959.
Dr. B. F. D. Runk, Professor of Biology at the University of Virginia,
has been appointed Dean of the University, effective March 1, 1959.
President Colgate W. Darden, Jr. of the University of Virginia, recently
Announced that an anonymous donor has given over $500,000 to strengthen
biology teaching and research at that institution. Simultaneously he an-
Qounced that the National Institutes of Health will grant $612,000 for
research facilities in the planned Life Science Building for which the
General Assembly has appropriated two million dollars. Plans for the build¬
ing are now well advanced and it is hoped that ground can be broken for
the construction, late in 1959.
—Walter S. Flory, Jr.,
University of Virginia
Chemistry
Miss Virginia Celeste Ellett, a chemistry teacher at Thomas Jefferson
High School, Richmond, Virginia, was selected by the Virginia Section of
the American Chemical Society to receive its Distinguished Service Award
for the year 1959 for her outstanding contributions to science teaching and
to the building of interest in secondary school science in Virginia. Miss Ellett
was awarded the Hitchcock Prize and a scroll of merit at a dinner party
given in her honor on June 5. Miss Ellett, a native Virginian, received her
B. S. degree from Westhampton College and her M. Ed. degree from the
University of Virginia. In 1951, she received a Ceneral Electric Fellow¬
ship in Chemistry and physics for work at Union College, Schenectadv,
New York. Miss Ellett has been an outstanding leader in secondary school
science activities in the State. She has arranged a General Science Course
which is being used by many teachers as a course of studv. She has de¬
veloped an Advanced Chemistry Course for high school students, which is
being used as a model in other states. Because of Miss Ellett’s efforts, many
industrial organizations, including the du Pont Companv, the Revnolds
Metals Company, The American Tobacco Company, the Virginia Institute
for Scientific Research, Philip Morris, Inc., and Experiment, Inc., are
providing material assistance and even instructors to teach the students who
are capable of doing college-level work in chemistry. Miss Ellett was
awarded a Science Fellowship recently for teachers of advanced chemistry
courses to attend the 1959 Summer Institute sponsored by the National
Science Foundation at Bowdoin College. In June, she will participate in a
202 The Virginia Journal of Science [J^ty
conference in Denver for teachers of Advaneed Placement courses. She and
some of her students recently attended the first Atomie Use Conference in
Atlantic City, New Jersey. This Distinguished Service Award of the Virginia
Section of the Ameriean Chemical Society is made possible annually by
Mrs. Henry K. MeConnell in memory of her husband, who for many years
was a great leader in industrial chemistry in the South.
In recognition of his outstanding contributions to the advancement of
seienee in the South, Mr. Edward Swain Harlow, Assistant Managing
Direetor of Researeh, Department of Research and Development of the
Ameriean Tobaeco Company was seleeted to receive the 1959 Distinguished
Serviee Award of the Virginia Section of the Ameriean Chemieal Soeiety.
The award, a scroll of merit, was presented to Mr. Harlow at a dinner party
given in his honor on June 5, Mr. Harlow native Virginian, graduated from
John Marshall High School and received his B. S. degree from the Univer¬
sity of Riehmond. He served as an instructor in physics for two years while
at the University. Mr. Harlow was previously employed by the Western
Eleetrie Company and by the Division of Chemistry of the Virginia Depart¬
ment of Agrieulture. He was granted a leave of absenee from The American
Tobacco Company to serve in the U. S. Navy and during his tour of duty
was awarded both the Navy commendation ribbon and the Bronze Star
Medal. Mr. Harlow’s Investigations in the fields of the eomposition of
tobacco and tobacco smoke have resulted in the publication of numerous
scientifie papers. In addition to his responsibility for the expanding researeh
program of The American Tobacco Company, Mr. Harlow’s activities in¬
clude membership on the Operating Committee of Industrial Reactor
Laboratories, Inc., at Plainsboro, New Jersey. Full scale operation of the
recently completed swimming pool type reactor is now anxiously awaited
by the ten participating companies. He was closely associated with the
construction and operation of the Radiological Nutriculture Laboratory,
which was completed and presented to the Medical College of Virginia by
The American Tobacco Compny in May, 1956. For several years, he has
served as research associate in the Department of Pharmacology at the
Medical College of Virginia and aids in the coordination of research on the
pharmacological and physiological aspects of tobacco and tobacco smoke
carired on under a research grant by The American Tobcco Company to
the college. In addition, he assists in the administration of other funda¬
mental research sponsored by the company at several institutions of higher
learning and research institutes.
Dr. J. Samuel Cillespie, Jr., formerly an associate of Edwin Cox,
Chemist and Chemical Engineer, Aylett, Virginia, has been made a partner
in the new finii of Cox and Cillespie, Chemists and Chemical Engineers.
The firm has opened a consulting office offering chemical and engineering
services at 5 North Sixth Street, Richmond, Virginia, in addition to its
Aylett facilities. Dr. Gillespie is a graduate of the Virginia Military Institute
Nfws and Notes
203
1959]
and the University of Virginia, He was previously associated with the
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation and was Assistant Professor of
Chemistry at the University of Richmond.
— Mearl A. Kise,
Virginia Smelting Company
Engineering
Mr. Tilton E. Shelburne, Director of the Virginia Council of Highway
Investigation and Research, attended a meeting of the Board of Directors
of the American Society of Civil Engineers in Cleveland, Ohio in May. In
April Mr. Shelburne attended the Advisory Committee meeting on the
AASHO road test at LaSalle, Illinois and in May he was a member of
the PerfoiTuance Rating Panel on this road test. At the University of
Virginia Mr. Shelburne was active in organizing the Soils Mechanics
Conference which was held in March. Professor William Zuk of the Civil
Engineering Department of the University attended the meeting of the
Society of Experimental Stress Analysis in May.
Dean Lawrence R. Quarles of the Engineering School attended the
Southwestern Regional meeting of the American Society for Engineering
Education at Tuscaloosa, Alabama in April. As representative of Governor
Almond he attended a meeting in Nashville, Tennessee in April of tlie
Regional Advisory Council on Nuclear Energy. Professor Orville R. Harris
of the Electrical Engineering Department of the University of Virginia
Section of the Institute of Radio Engineers. He attended the annual meet¬
ing of the IRE in New York in March.
Professor Otis L. Updike of the Chemical Engineering Department
of the University of Virginia was co-chairman for local arrangements of
the Eastern Stimulation Council which held a meeting in Charlottesville
in April. During the summer of 1959 Professor Updike will fill a research
participation appointment in the Chemical Technology Division of the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory in Oak Ridge, Tennessee.
Professor Robert W. Tmitt of the Aeronautical Engineering Depart¬
ment of Virginia Polytechnic Institute has recently written a textbook
“Hypersonic Aerodynamics” pubhshed by the Ronald Press Company.
Professor A. C. Bruce, on leave of absence from the Aeronautical Engi¬
neering Department at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, has completed a
year of graduate work toward the Ph.D. degree in Aeronautical Engineer¬
ing at Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
-R. M. Hubbard,
University of Virginia
Psychology
John F. Hahn of the Psychology Laboratory, University of Virginia,
McCOMAS
RESEARCH
CENTER
to provide for growing
basic research program
The opening of our new research
center this month will provide us
with an opportunity for even
more extensive basic research
into the physical sciences.
The new laboratories and in¬
strumentation will facilitate
comprehensive studies into the
basic nature of tobacco, smoke
and smoke flavor as well as in¬
tensify our corporate research
into packaging and adhesive ma¬
terials.
We are looking forward to the!
achievements to come from this
new laboratory complex. Wej
sincerely believe our greater em-:
phasis on fundamental research
will be an important factor in!
the continued growth of both
our company and the industries
we serve.
PHILIP MORRIS INC.
Nfws and Notes
205
1959]
was elected President of the Psychology Section, Virginia Academy of
Science, at the May 8 meeting. Other new officers were Robert A. Johnston,
of the University of Richmond, Secretary-Treasurer, and Richard H. Henne-
man of the University of Virginia, Executive Committeeman.
Cletus Cole of Arlington, Virginia, assumed office as President for the
current year for the Virginia Psychological Association. New officers elec¬
ted at the meeting on May 9 were President Elect, Frank Finger of the
University of Virginia, and Treasurer, William Dunn, Jr., of V. A. Hos¬
pital, Richmond.
Notes from the Annual Meeting: Our thanks and appreciation go to
Ken Lloyd for making the program arrangements and seeing tliat the meet¬
ing ran smoothly. The banquet was a tremendous success thanks to Art
Bachrach’s effort ably abetted by ample liquid refreshments. The symposium
on Training of Psychologists almost floundered in a welter of amiability in
spite of Frank Finger’s egging everyone on until Dick Henneman stepped
into the breach, took potshots here and there, so that the conflict beween
experimental and clinical psychology can be expected to burn brightly for
another year. A nice little extra-curricular argument flared briefly at Tom
Fahey’s over the question of sterilization. This might be a program topic for
some time in the future since individuals appear to be available who could
participate with feeling.
Robbert Gibbey and Max Hutt have produced a new book "‘The Child:
Development and Adjustment”. The event occurred around the beginning
of May; midwife was Allyn and Bacon, of Boston.
Hannah S. Davis of Lynchburg Training School and Hospital and
Fred Lipschitz of Southside Area Guidance Clinic, Petersburg, both having
successfully defended their dissertations in oral examination will receive
their doctorates in June. Miss Davis will receive her degree from Columbia
University, Teachers College; her thesis is entitled “Judgment of Intellectual
Level from Various Features of tlie Rorschach, Including Vocabulary.” Mr.
Lipschitz will receive his degree from Adelphi University; his thesis is
entitled “An Investigation of The Self Concept Systems and Reactions to
Frustration of a Group of Process and Reactive Schizophrenics.”
Florence Farley, Central State Hospital, Petersburg, announces a pro¬
gram of summer work experience for undergraduates interested in going
into graduate preparation in psychology or other mental health professions.
Four positions have been established to permit students to rotate through
various hospitals of the Department in order to become acquainted with
tlie functions of these departments in the diagnosis and treatment of mental
illness, to observe and work with patients suffering from various sorts of
mental illness, and to leave the experience with a positive attitude toward
mental illness and a desire to enter one of the professions in this field.
206
The Virginia Journal of Science
[July
[PGOQPIPg &;II3QEl[£lDB]S.
SIXTH AT BYRD STREET
Richmond, Virginia
1959] Nfws and Notes 207
McGuire V. A. Hospital in Richmond hopes to establish a similar program.
E. Ray Harcom of William and Mary has reeeived a $15,000 grant
from NIMH which he will share with H. R. Blackwell of Ohio State Re¬
search Foundation to study certain factors possibly underlying reading dis¬
ability. This study will last two years.
—Penelope Lewis,
Western State Hospital
Statistics
Effeetive September 1, 1959, R. A. Bradley will leave the Department
of Statisties at the Virginia Polytechnie Institute to become chairman of the
new Department of Statistics being formed at the Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Florida. He has also been named representative on the Division
of Mathematics of the National Research Council of the Eastern North
Ameriean Region of the Biometrie Society.
Boyd Harshbarger attended the Third Exploratory Conference on Mis¬
sile Model Design for Reliabiltv Prediction at the White Sands Proving
Ground in April. He also attended the undergraduate training program at
the Medical College of Virginia.
The American Statistical Association index for volumes 35-50 which
has been a two-year project under the auspices of the Virginia Polyteehnic
Institute Department of Statisties has been submitted to the American
Statistical Association. The editors of this volume are Charles Clunies-Ross,
William A. Glenn, and Leroy S. Brenna.
Clyde Y. Kramer of the Department of Statistics was one of the
instructors giving a short course on design of experiments at Perdue
University from June 9-19.
Five of the students studying under the National Institutes of Health
Training Grant at the Department of Statistics are spending the summer at
the Medieal College of Virginia.
John Bartko and James Kent began their graduate programs in statistics
at the Virginia Polyteehnic Institute in March 1959.
—Clyde Y. Kramer,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
■r «T.,';t«!|
,■•■ > ■
.<’■ iJD l"’-
^y^lUf %li
, i
i ; j y, ' • ^ , '■■ J■l^. f"
,M0jiA.it<i'-'.;f3 -aU(b *^ ...uiwv vi. ■>. ^ “ t.i_ '
■ A' Aa
k-4 b,;>S?in'rtb]^;s^<«»Ai ^ ,_
A. -■■ . ;ji
■ ‘iii>!^fl M ^^♦»'^ . . ’7|^''^- t' ^ 1 "
“’’ „ ' t'-' -. A .■ ^ ,' ‘ ii‘jil ' A ., .,Ai,^j»,iiij.rtif!'^^
:}m
' ' ^ ' V'" -'^f# ' ', ' "
Aa3!‘,ji. N..,
■ ■■ru£
V.. as,.
The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof
is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia.
The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements,
and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The
Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia.
Notice To Contributors
Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Brumfield, Stevens
Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub¬
lished on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must
accompany the manuscript.
Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total
number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the
approximate number of printed pages in the Journal.
Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be
held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.
Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.
Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically
according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the
name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any).
For example: “Sniffen, EJrnest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the
Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Jonrn. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the
bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations,
where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940: 186)”, or "Sniffen
(1940) states that . . .”
Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures
should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated
by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin.
Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1/2” x 6-1/2”, and so
that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1/2” x
11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish
the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional
figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a
grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black
drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬
graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬
graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast.
Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬
mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted.
Galley Proofs and engraver's proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction.
Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author.
OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
John C. Forbes, President
William M. Hinton, President-Elect
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr. Assistant Secretary-Treasurer.
COUNCIL
(Board of Trustees)
Edward S. Harlow (1960) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960)
Byron N. Cooper (1958) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. (1962) Robert T. Brumfield
William Hinton (1959) Ralph A. Bradley (1963) Charles F. Lane
Thomas E. Gilmer (1961) Walter S. Flory, Jr. (1959) George W. Jeffers
THE VIRGINJA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
PROCEEDINGS FOR THE YEAR
1958 — 1959
Vol. 10, New Series September, 1959 No. 4
VoL. 10, New Series
September, 1959
No. 4
THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
PuBLisHEao Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science
Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS
Pages
Proceedings for the Year 1958-59
Minutes of the Thirty-Seventh Annual Meeting, May 6, 7, 8, 9, 1959
Detailed Table of Contents . 212
EDITORIAL BOARD
Robert T. Brumfield, Editor
Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor
Charles F. Lane, Managing Editor
Lee S. Harrow, Advertising Manager
Section Editors
Carl W. Allen
Walter S. Flory, Jr.
Robert M. Hubbard
Cyril R. Mill
Irving G. Foster
Merle A. Kise
Bruce W. Nelson
Caroline Gambrill
P. Arne Hansen
James P. Patton
W. Parker Anslow, Jr.
C. Y. Kramer
Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and FarmviUe, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 per volume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July,
and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at FarmviUe, Va.
Mailed January 29, 1960
The Virginia Journal of Science
VoL. 10, New Series
No. 4
VIRGINIA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE
Proceedings for the Year
1958 - 1959
MINUTES OF THE THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING
MAY 6, 7, 8, 9, 1959
UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA
CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA
SMITHSONIAN in I 7 Mi
ifcioTmirsoM
:1
X'i •
•j
The Virginia Journal of Science
Virginia Academy of Science
OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
FOR 1959-60
OFFICERS
William M. Hinton, President
Wilson B. Bell, President-Elect
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr,, Assistant Secretary -Treasurer
COUNCIL
Elected Members
Thelma C. Heatwole (1960) Thomas C. Gilmer (1961)
Horton H. Hobbs, Jr* (1962) Harry G, M. Jopson (1963)
Robert C. Yates (1964)
Ex-Officio Members
Edward S. Harlow (1960) William G. Guy (1961)
J. C. Forbes (1962)
George W. Jeffers Robert T. Brumfield
Jackson T. Taylor Gharles F. Lane
PRESIDENT'S ADVISORY COMMITTEE
SECTION OFFICERS
Agricultural Sciences; Maurice B. Rowe, Chairman; W. H. Brittingham,
Vice-Chairman; Carl W. Allen, Secretary; Paul B. Eeigal, Section
Editor.
Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics; Robert Yates, Chairman; Andrew
Robeson, Secretary; Irvin C. Foster, Section Editor.
Bacteriology; Miles E. Hench, President; Quentin Myrvik, Vice-President;
P. Arne Hansen, Section Editor.
210 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Biology: Jesse Thompson, Chairman; Grace Wiltshire, Vice-Chairman; W.
M. Reams, Secretary; Walter S. Flory, Jr., Section Editor.
Chemistry: Mearl A. Kise, Chairman; Allan Powell, Secretary; Mearl A.
Kise, Section Editor.
Education: Charles J. Turner, Chairman; James B. Patton, Section Editor.
Engineering: O. R. Singleton, Jr., Chairman; Stuart B. Row, Secretary; R.
M. Hubbard, Section Editor.
Geology: James L. Calver, Chairman; E. W. Ramsey, Vice-Chairman;
Richard S. Mitchell, Secretary; Bruce W. Nelson, Section Editor.
Medical Sciences: E. W. Pullen, Chairman; Eugene D. Brand, Secretary;
W. Parker Anslow, Jr., Section Editor.
Psychology: John F. Hahn, Chairman; Richard H. Henneman, Vice-Chair¬
man; Robert A. Johnston, Secretary; Cyril R. Mill, Section Editor.
Science Teacher's: A. B. Niemeyer, Jr., Chairman; Virginia EUett, Chair¬
man-Elect; Robert Home, Secretary; Caroline Gambrill, Section Editor.
Statistics: Ira De Armon, Chairman; James Armstrong, Vice-Chairman; W.
A. Glenn, Secretary; Clyde Y. l&amer.
Long Range Planning: George W. Jeffers, Chairman; Lynn D. Abbott, Jr.,
J. T. Baldwin, Lloyd C. Bird, William P. Boyer, Robert T. Bmmfield,
James W. Cole, Jr., Frank W. Finger, Allan T. Gwathmey, Edward
S. Harlow, Ebbe C. Hoff, Franklin D. Kizer, Henry Leidheiser, Jr.,
Sidney S. Negus, S. S. Obenshain, Jackson J. Taylor.
Business Membership: Edward S. Harlow, Chairman; Lynn D. Abbott,
Lloyd C. Bird, William P. Boyer, Edwin Cox, Andrew E. O'Keefe,
Raymond V. Long, Franklin D. Kizer.
Trustees: Lloyd C. Bird, Chairman; Charles T. O'Neill, Rupert Hanmer.
Research: Jackson J. Taylor, Chairman; R. W. Engel, Henry Leidheiser,
Jr., Roscoe D. Hughes, Stanley B. Williams.
Finance and Endowment: Boyd Harshbarger, Chairman; Lloyd C. Bird,
Edwin Cox, Allan T. Gwathmey, Edward S. Harlow, Guy W. Horsley,
Sidney S. Negus, Charles T. O'Neill, Robert F. Smart, R. Blackwell
Smith, Jr.
Junior Academy of Science: Thelma C. Heatwole, Chairman; W. W. Scott,
Richard Canham, Edward R. Dyer, Jr., Virginia Ellett, Susie V. Floyd,
E. Sherman Grable, John F. Hahn, Beatrice Harrington, J. C. Holmes,
Franklin D. Kizer, Reuben R. McDaniel, Sidney S. Negus, H. Felix
Sanders.
Proceedings 1958-1959
211
1959]
Visiting Scientists: J. C. Forbes, Chairman; Reuben R. McDaniel, S. P.
Maroney, Jr., Richard S. Mitchell, L. Starling Reid, Billy W. Sloope,
I. A. Updyke, H. W. K. Fitzroy, William M. Hinton.
Virginia Flora: A. B. Massey, Chairman; Lena Artz, Dorothy L. Crandall,
Walter S. Flory, Jr., Ruskin Freer, Ivey F. Lewis, Paul M. Patterson.
Scholarship: Sidney S. Negus, Chairman, Jesse W. Beams, Lloyd C. Bird,
Edwin Cox, H. R. Hanmer, Boyd Harshbarger, Ivey F. Lewis, William
T. Sanger, John W. Whittemore.
Awards: Boyd Harshbarger, Chairman; Sidney S. Negus, Paul M. Patterson.
Science Talent Search: J. C. Holmes, Chairman; Harold H. Garretson,
Thelma C. Heatwole, Edwin S. Higgins, Franklin D. Kiser, Alfred L.
Wingo.
Membership: Robert A. Clayton, Chairman; J. Frances Allen, G. Preston
Burns, Thomas H. Christie, Imogene B. Claiborne, Dorothy Douglas
Daughtrey, Kenneth R. Lawless, Henry Leidheiser, Jr.
Nominating: Edward S. Harlow, Chairman; William G. Guy, J. C. Forbes.
Resolutions: Zoe Black, Chairman; James H. Starling, Harry G. M. Jopson.
Place of Meeting: LG. Foster, Chairman, A. Marguerite Risley, Percy H.
Warren.
Resource— Use: E. W. Mundie, Chairman; A. H. Anderson, Robert S.
Bailey, Samuella Grim, H. S. Mosby, George B. P. MuUin, Charles E.
Packard, E. E. Rodger, D. S. Wallace, Alfred L. Wingo.
History of Science in Virginia: I. G. Foster, Chairman; Edwin Cox, William
G. Guy, Sidney S. Negus, Joseph K. Roberts, Ivey F. Lewis.
Section Representatives: Carl W. Allen, Isabel Boggs, Mary Leigh Beach,
William M. Reams, Charles C. Clayton, Charles Turner, R. M. Hub¬
bard, Joseph K. Roberts, Ebbe Hoff, Frank A. Geldard, Samuella
Grim, Boyd Harshbarger.
LOCAL COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS
General Chairman: Mr. William D. Gresham, Jr., Assistant Administrator,
University Center in Virginia, Richmond, Virginia.
Housing: Lynn D. Abbott, Jr., Chairman, Medical College of Virginia,
Richmond, Virginia.
Junior Academy: Virginia Ellett, Chairman, Thomas Jefferson High School,
Richmond, Virginia.
212 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Registration: Jack D. Burke, Chairman^ Department of Biology, University
of Richmond, Richmond, Virginia.
Public Information: Fontaine C. Armistead, Chairman, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute for Scientific Research, 2820 Grove Avenue, Richmond,
Virginia.
Commercial Exhibits: E. G. Cogbill, Chairman, Research Laboratories,
American Tobacco Company, Petersburg Pike, Richmond, Virginia.
Meeting Rooms and Equipment: Lewis C. Goldstein, Chairman, Depart¬
ment of Biology, Richmond Professional Institute, Richmond, Virginia.
Entertainment for Ladies: Henry Leidheiser, Jr., Chairman, 5803 Fitzhugh
Avenue, Richmond, Virginia.
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959 213
Contents
Officers and Committees for 1959-60 . . . . . 208
Minutes of Council Meeting . . . . . 214
Minutes of Academy Conference . . . . . . . . . . 216
Minutes of Academy Meeting . . . . . . . . 216
Minutes of Council Meeting . . . . . . 217
Tabulation of Registration . . . . . . . 222
Report of
Treasurer . . . . . . . . . . 220-221
Vii-ginia Journal of Science . . . . . . . . . 223-224
Report of Committees
Junior Academy of Science . . . . . . . . 224-231
Long Range Planning . . . . . . . . 224
Membership . . . . . . . . . . 234
Place of Meeting . . . . . . . . . 234
Research . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Resolutions . . . . . . . . . 235
Scholarship . . . . . . . . . . 234
Science Talent Search . . . . . . 231-233
Virginia Flora . . . . . . . 234
Awards
Academy Distinguished Service . . 217
J. Shelton Horsley . . . . . . . . 217
Junior Academy . . . . . . 216,231
Teacher Sponsor Scholarships . . . . 216,231
Minutes of Sections
Agricultural Sciences . . . . . . . . 236
Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics . . . . . . . . . 244
Bacteriology . . 254
Biology . . . 256
Chemistry . . 265
Education . . 274
Engineering . . 277
Geology . . 289
Medical Sciences . . . . . . . . 298
Psychology . . 305
Science Teachers . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Statistics . . 316
List of Members . . 321
Membership Application . . 351
Form of Bequest . . . . . . . . . 351
214 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL MEETING
MAY 7, 1959
President Forbes called the meeting to order with the following
Council Members and Section representatives present; Lloyd C. Bird,
R. A. Bradley, R. T. Bmmfield, M. E. Carver, Walter S. Flory, Jr., T. E.
Gilmer, Jr., J. W. Griswold, W. G. Guy, Boyd Harshbarger, J. T. Hack,
Thelma Heatwole, William Hinton, H. H. Hobbs, J. C. Holmes, G. W.
Jeffers, M. A. Kise, C. F. Lane, S. P. Maroney, Jr., S. S. Negus, B. A.
Niemeier, P. M. Patterson, M. B. Rowe, W. W. Scott, F. F. Smith, J. J.
Taylor, W. B. Wartman, Frank Vingiello.
Mr. Holmes reported much interest in Science Fairs in southwestern
Virginia and discussions arose as to how to reach and interest the science
teachers more effectively. It was decided that the President send letters
to Academy members associated with the five science summer institutes
asking them to encourage the science teachers from Virginia and inform
them about our Junior Academy and Science Talent Search. This was put
in the form of a motion by Dr. Guy and passed.
President Forbes reported the request to N. S. F. for funds to support
the summer research grants for faculty members of Virginia colleges was
not approved but that the visiting science program was approved. This
is to be administered by the University Center in Virginia, Inc. The cen¬
ter requested that a committee be set up by the Academy to screen and
recommend to the Center nominations that are made by the various
colleges.
President Forbes suggested the following persons representing dif¬
ferent fields of science with the idea that none would be far from Rich¬
mond, as follows: Ira Updike, S. P. Maroney, Billy Sloope, Reuben Mc¬
Daniel, Richard Mitchell and Starling Reed.
Dr. Guy moved that the incoming president. Dr. Hinton, appoint
this committee with President Forbes a member. This motion was passed.
Dr. Forbes annoimced the recipients of the Goethe Travel Award
as Mr. Robert Stacey and Mr. Aaron O’Brier, both of V. P. I.
Under new business, President Forbes announced that Dr. E. C,
Hoff will meet with the Council on Saturday morning and present a
survey of the conclusions from the discussions of the conference on the
improvement of college science teaching.
The question arose as to whether $50 of the Goethe contributions
should be continued to be applied to Student Travel to Academy meet-
215
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
ings as long as they were received. It was informally agreed that this
would be done.
Foley Smith reported the annual audit had been made and reported
briefly on the Academy’s finances. Mr. Smith then read the Trustee’s
report.
President Forbes reported he had been invited to attend the Direct¬
or’s meeting of the 1959-60 Academy Science Programs in Washington
on May 11 and Council felt he should do so.
President Forbes read the letter from Dr. Brumfield resigning the
editorship of the Virginia Journal of Science.
Dr. Hobbs moved that we accept his resignation with regret and v/ith
appreciation for his outstanding services. This motion was passed.
President Forbes then read a letter from Mr. Lane resigning his
position as Managing Editor of the Journal. Dr. Hinton moved we accept
his resignation with appreciation for his services. This motion was passed.
Dr. Guy moved that Council extend its appreciation to Dr. Harsh-
barger for his continuing efforts in trying to obtain money for the Teacher-
Student Conference and endorses the continuance of his efforts in this
endeavor. This motion was passed.
Mr. Lane pointed out the need for a permanent storage place for the
back issues of the Journal.
Dr. Jeffers stated that the State Department of Education had sent out
a Statement of Policy, an item of which, curtailed students leaving school
during the school week. Mrs. Heatwole said that exceptions were made for
important meetings such as the Junior Academy meetings.
Dr. Bradley emphasized the need to provide housing to college and
graduate students in attendance at Academy meetings at a low rate. Dis¬
cussion followed with a number of suggestions but no decisions were made.
There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned.
—Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
216
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL ACADEMY
CONFERENCE
MAY 7, 1959
President Forbes presided at 8 p.m., May 7, 1959, in Monroe Hall.
The Committee reports were presented and are published elsewhere in
this issue. It is noted that Dr. Brumfield’s report as Editor of the Virginia
Journal of Science showed that expenditures were over income. Dr. Harsh-
barger moved that the incoming President, Dr. Hinton, be instructed to
appoint a committee to look into the finances of the Journal with a view
of making it solvent. This motion was passed.
—Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
MINUTES OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE ASSEMBLY
MAY 8, 1959
President Forbes presided May 8 at Cabell Hall.
Greetings were given to the incoming President, Dr. William Hinton.
He then introduced President-elect Edgar F. Shannon of the University of
Virginia, who cordially extended greetings to the Academy. President
Forbes then called on Dr. Raymond L. Taylor, Associate Administrative
Secretary of the AAAS, who brought greetings to the Academy from that
organization.
President Forbes asked Mrs. Heatwole to make the following an¬
nouncements:
The Section of Bacteriology gave its Junior Academy of Science award
in the field of microbiology to Mr. William Ridenhour, of William Fleming
High School, Roanoke, and the Section of Engineering gave its Engineering
Award to Mr. Lilliwhite. The Teacher-Sponsored Scholarships were awarded
as follows:
The University of Virginia
Paul Caldwell, Woodrow Wilson Junior High School
Alternate: Mrs. Ruth Painter, William Fleming High School
The College of William and Mary
Mrs. Garland Conn, Newport News
Alternate: Mr. Morris Tisehler, Fairfax.
Proceedings 1958-1959
217
1959]
Dr. Edmund Berkeley, of the University Center in Virginia Inc., ex¬
plained the administration of the Visiting Scientist Program where the
National Science Foundation has granted $6450 to provide a science
speaker for a period of two days to each of the colleges in Virginia.
The Virginia Academy Distinguished Service Award was conferred
on Senator Lloyd C. Byrd by President Forbes. The J. Shelton Horsley Re¬
search Award was presented to Dr. Dorothy L. Crandall of Randolph-
Macon Woman s College by Research Committee Chairman, Dr. Ralph A.
Bradley.
Dr. 1. G. Foster presented an invitation from the Virginia Military
Institute for the place of meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science in
May, 1961. This cordial invitation was unanimously accepted.
Dr. Nolan Rice presented the Academy Resolutions which appear else¬
where in this issue.
Dr. Walter Flory, Jr., Chairman of the Nominating Committee, pre¬
sented the following slate of officers: Secretary: P. M. Patterson, Treas¬
urer: Foley F. Smith, Assistant Secretary-Treasurer: W. B. Wartman, Jr.,
Council Members: Robert C. Yates, 5 year term, Harry G. M. Jopson, 4
year term, President-Elect: Dr. Wilson Bell.
This slate was unanimously adopted.
President Forbes now introduced the speaker of the evening, Mr. S.
I. Gale, of the American Cyanamide Company, who spoke on the subject:
“Chemistry on a Cosmic Scale,” a lecture enthusiastically received by all.
Dr. Forbes then thanked his Council, officers, and committees and
others of the membership for their cooperation, then turned the meeting
over to the new President, William Hinton. After a few appropriate re¬
marks, President Hinton, on behalf of the Awards Committee, approved by
Council, conferred upon Dr. Forbes the framed citation reading in part
“For his many contributions to tlie advancement of Science, teaching, and
scientific research in Virginia.”
—Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
MINUTES OP THE COUNCIL MEETING
MAY 9, 1959
President Hinton called the meeting to order with the following
present.
Wilson B. Bell, R. T. Brumfield, J. C. Forbes, W. G. Guy, Ed Harlow,
218 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Thelma Heatwole, H. H. Hobbs, E. C. Hoff, G. W. Jeffers, P. M. Patter¬
son, F. F. Smith, W. B. Wartman.
Dr. Hoff reported on the conference held in March at M.C.V. on the
improvement of college science teaching. His report centered around re¬
search by faculty, promotion of research with students and the character of
the cuniculum.
The subject as to how the Committee “To assist the State Board of
Education in Improving the Teaching of Science and Relieving the Shortage
of Scientists and Engineers” might cooperate in Dr. Hoffs venture. Mr.
Harlow moved that this committee be placed under the authority of the
Long-Range Planning Committee. This motion was passed.
Dr. Jeffers moved that Council express its confidence in and support of
the Science Teaching Conference, initiated by M.C.V. under the direction of
Dr. Hoff. This motion was passed.
Mr. Harlow pointed out that one of the staff of the Research Labora¬
tories of the American Tobacco Company had taught an advanced course in
chemistry at Thomas Jefferson High School in Richmond which had been
well received. He then suggested that the Academy may help high schools
approach industries seeking instructors for advanced courses in Science.
Council looked with favor upon the suggestion and felt that this subject
should be brought to the attention of the ’’Committee on Education.”
With respect to the Committee to Assist the University Center in Vir¬
ginia, Inc., President Hinton reported that he would appoint the Committee
on Selections as recommended by retiring President Forbes with Forbes as
Chairman.
With respect to finding an editor for the Jornmal and to study its fi¬
nancial condition. President Hinton felt this should be done by a Com¬
mittee. It was recommended that this Committee consist of Drs. Brumfield
and Hobbs.
Council recommended, in appreciation of the services of Dr. Mary
Humphreys, Associate Editor of tlie Journal, that her outstanding contribu¬
tion be recognized appropriately.
Dr. Brumfield recommended that, in the future, all abstracts of papers
presented at the Academy by submitted in duplicate, and that second copy
be made available for press coverage.
Mrs. Thehna C. Pleatwole offered to continue as Chairman of the
Junior Academy of Science Committee, in spite of the fact that she will be
out of the State most of the time, if a Co-Chairman was appointed to work
with her. This suggestion was approved. There followed apprreciation of
Proceedings 1958-1959
1959]
219
her valuable work with the ‘‘junior scientists” during her chairmanship for
the past 7 years.
Council went on record in expressing its appreciation for the services
of Drs. Flory and Bradley, who leave Council and to Dr. Forbes for his
services as President.
—Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
220
The Virginia Journal of Science
TREASURER’S REPORT
CONSOLIDATED FUND BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1958
ASSETS
GENERAL FUND:
Cash in bank . $ 5,432,60
Investments — at cost . 2,445.95
Due from Research Fund . 40.00
Total General Fund .
RESEARCH FUND:
Cash in bank . $ 554.23
Due from special trust fund
(temporary investment) . 1,100.00
Total Research Fund .
TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL:
Cash on deposit .
Investments — at cost:
United States Savings Bonds ..
Commercial bonds .
Stocks .
Total Trust Fund Principal
Trust Fund Income
Cash on deposit .
SPECIAL TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL:
Cash on deposit . $ 10.05
Investments — at cost:
United States Savings Bonds $ 720.00
Stocks . 1,974.43 2,694.43
Total Special Trust Fund Principal
SPECIAL TRUST FUND INCOME:
Cash on deposit .
$ 22.24
$ 3,000.00
3,025.00
10,805.90 16,830.90
[September
$ 7,918.55
1,654.23
16,853.14
460.75
2,704.48
71.50
$29,662.65
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959 221
LIABILITIES AND FUND BALANCES
GENERAL FUND:
Advance payment of dues . . . . . $ 54.00
James River Basin Fund . . . . 335.60
Fund Balance . . . . . . 7,528.95
Total General Fund . $ 7,918.55
RESEARCH FUND:
Due to General Fund . $ 40.00
Fimd balance . 1,614.23
Total Research Fund . 1,654.23
TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL:
Fimd balance . . . . . . . $16,853.14
Total Trust Fund Principal . 16,853.14
TRUST FUND INCOME:
Fund balance . . 460.75
SPECIAL TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL:
Due to Research Fund . $ 1,104.84
Due to James River Project . . . 1,600.00
Total Special Trust Fund Principal . 2,704.48
SPECIAL TRUST FUND INCOME:
Fund balance . . 71.50
1 ' $29,662.65
>
222
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Tabulation of Registration
Section
Members
Non-Members
Totals
1. Agricultural Sciences .
.. 16
22
38
2. Astronomy, Mathematics
& Physics .
... 36
20
56
3. Bacteriology .
... 10
5
15
4. Biological Sciences .
... 80
45
125
5. Chemistry .
... 67
30
97
6. Education .
... 7
1
8
7. Engineeiing .
... 10
9
19
8. Geology .
... 12
8
20
9. Medical Sciences .
... 17
9
26
10. Psychology .
... 36
25
61
11. Science Teachers .
... 10
0
10
12. Statistics .
... 10
11
21
No Section Preference . . .
... 12
34
40
Totals .
. 323
219
542
Junior Academy of Science
Registration ...
... 360
Total Registration
1959 Meeting .
... 902
1959J
Proceedings 1958-1959
223
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
Virginia Journal of Science
May 1, 1958 -« April 30, 1959
RECEIPTS I
Academy Subsidy — Members ............................................ $3,253.81
Advertising . . 323.40
Subscriptions . . 622.95
Transferred from Savings . . 1,000.00
Miscellaneous . . 1,096.30
Total of aH Receipts . . $6,296.46
EXPENDITURES:
Reprints ................................................................................ $ 458.21
Printing .................................................................................. 5,888.04
Postage ................................................................................ 90.03
Stenographic . 14.40
Freight . . 46.23
Miscellaneous (Telephone calls) .......................................... 10.05
Petty Cash (See Analysis below) . . 65.00
Total all Expenditures . . . $6,571.96
STATEMENT OF CASH ACCOUNT:
Cash in Checking Account -- May 1, 1958 ........................ $2,291.37
Total Receipts for Year . . . 6,296.46
Total Cash in Checking Acc. during year ........................ 8,587.83
Less Total Expenditures for Year . . . . 6,571.96
Cash per Checkbook — April 30, 1959 . . . _ 2,015.87
Add Cash on Hand — Petty Cash Fund . . . . . 13.46
Add Balance in Savings Account . . . . 816.10
$2,845.43
Audited by Willard G. Leeper, May 5, 1959,
224
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Virginia Journal of Science
The JOURNAL is utilized as an organ of publication by many mem¬
bers of the Academy, especially the Biology Section. As a result, there
is a fair back-log of papers reporting the results of research. Few review
articles have been submitted, however, and the help of the membership
in soliciting this type of paper is requested.
- R. T. Brumfield
Long Range Planning
Your committee has had one formal meeting during the year. No
specific matter has been referred to the Long Range Committee by the
Council.
The status of each of the several continuing projects is as follows:
1. The proposal of Mrs. Thelma C. Heatwole that an evaluative study
be made of the Virginia Science Talent Search has not been abandoned
even though the National Science Foundation could not support it. A
subcommittee is now exploring other possibilities in the hope that finan¬
cial aid for a study will be forthcoming.
2. The Dismal Swamp Study, under the direction of Dr. J. J. Baldwin,
Jr., is making progress although it is not yet possible to suggest a comple¬
tion date.
3. President Forbes has made satisfactory arrangements with State
Superintendent Davis Y. Paschall for the distribution of surplus James¬
town Festival Booklets to the schools of the State. When this is accom¬
plished we can say that the Jamestovm Festival Project has been termi¬
nated.
- G. W. Jeffers
Research Committee
During the period May 1, 1958, to May 1, 1959, the following
grants were made:
B. R. Woodson, Jr., Department of Biology, Virginia State Col¬
lege, for research on the desmids and their distribution
in Virginia . . $222.00
Jesse C. Thompson, Jr. and Paul M. Patterson, Department of
Biology, Hollins College, for the purchase of one pneu-
Proceedings 1958-1959
225
1959]
matic deFonbrune micromanipulator for use in a number
of research proposals . 435.00
Total grants . . 657.00
J. Shelton Horsley Research Award . . . 100.00
Total Expenditures . 757.00
— R. A. Bradley
Virginia Junior Academy
The Annual Meeting VJAS was held at the University of Virginia
on May 7 and 8. One hundred and sixty-four exhibits which illustrated
research projects were qualified at the JUNIOR SCIENCE DAYS for
exhibit at the annual meeting.
The guest speaker at the Awards Hour was Dr. R. N. DuPuis,
vice-President-Research, Philip Morris, Inc.; Subject: Science and the
Human Mind.
The following awards were announced at tlie Awards Assembly:
CLUB EXHIBITS
226
The Virginia Journal of Science
u
o
w
o
c/3
1
oJ
U
o
U
I
toJO
;-i
33
<D
ly
C3
•So
?-i
• 1^
>
^3
o
>
S
'55
13
C/3
O
O
■s
c/3
bJO
O
cG
G
CO
1
u
'-'O
U
W
o
}-<
0
0 0
0 0
0 0)
0
o
o
.2
G .2
O G
t3.2
as
G o
H-»CO
cr* ^
> CO
^ CO
I
X
i
I
I
o
o
15 -S
■S
“ g
c ffi
•f
cu^ §
^ o
•3 1
>2,8
8
g
O
CO
</3
§
W
r
IS
CD
-8
O
I
CD
w
0
-5
■s
0 <u
Ph CO
CO
iz:
o
I— I
H
;z;
w
s
I
I
rJca
SO
t-i
0 0
^ §
*0
OT CO
as
2 co'
O
^ iii
g
*s
CO
0
4->
13
pc:
w
G
O
'43
as
O
o
>
■§
o
0
0
§
0
CO
0 .
0
g
0
>
W
;-i
o
s
s
o
HH
PQ
os '4
0
0
oS
Ph
•s
G
CSI
I
i
«
[September
2nd Place Comparison of Chemical and Ridenhour, Bill Wm. Fleming Mrs. Painter
Radiological Mutations
3rd Place Radiosensitivity in Mice Abbott, Sally Jefferson Sr. Miss Via
1959]
Proceedings 1958-1959
227
I
Kl
TJ
cS
O
<D
Oi
o
a
-3
M
I
fS
pq
3 .9
pq
H
fi
o
4J
OS
H
I
cS
H
0
.ss
a J
^ s
o
:z:
S ^ S ^
bO
i
SO
s
<
§
!S
a
PlH
0
cS
0
'5b
bO
•s
O
I"
0
cS
43
d
cd
d
B
&•
o
M
O
o
a
aJ
K
d
o
f—i,
a
■u
c3
'-M
■13
0
0
pq
©
0
©
to
I
I
W ^ ^ Nnrf
<; Qo ffi
228
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
s IS
*3
CO
o
.S
^ Q
I I
'So
!3
O
I
P!5
M
I
O o
I
a
w
to
.53
M
I
25
o «
ri
;! tS
ti
0
to
to
OJ
pq
:§
rt
I
bi)
.3
'S
CJ
5
S
CU ij
pq CO
JSf ^
o .S3
K
bJO
to
pq
Pq
S3 *2
a>
pq
o
ti
<u
P5
bJO
C
I
w -S3
vn n3
(U .3
to cr*
r
o
o
CO
:z;
o
H
:z:
w
w
o
iz;
o
PQ
to
CJ
s
O
H
c
o
n3
1-4
o
O
o
rt
K
^ S^ .55
(U 0 q
a iB
CJ PQ W
^ ^ I
^ ffi
to
s g
CO H- ,
U QhQ H
0
3
pp<
I
0
w
o
K
I
<1
'2
•ti-S
S'
&■?
E
I
y i
0
1-J
8
i
&•
ii
% ^
O 0
'z ^
^ ctJ
-< CO
0
0
CJ
•K
0
0
PM
TJ
0
0
c3
PM
'H
CO
0
I
Ph
tS
I
3rcl Place Determinatioii of Field Polari- Shumate, Paul, Jr. Fairfax Mr. TiscMer
zation in Solutions
1959]
Proceedings 1958-1959
229
The Study of PH Changes in die Johnson, Frances Maggie WaRer Frederick Black
Course of Acid-Base tration
A Qualitative Study of Commer- Ross, Norman Maggie Walter Frederick Black
cial Fertilizer
230
The Virginia Journal of Science
g.
o
bb
.a
bJO
3
-5
rS
CO
M
O
IZ
S
-5
g
1
:z
.
SQ
CO
w
E3
0)
c
05
C/>
I
w
1
u
0
0
O
tb
•S
cj
0
O
o
Ph
:a
Oi
C3
Sh
o
W)
c
S
a
c3
fcJO
o
o
Ph Ph
I
0
*bb
bJO
cJ
z
i
H
3
'a
a
c5
•4->
M
0
O
H
IS
<3
6
;-i
0
2
f— 1
c
H
0
t/T
1/3
s
U
Vi
cS
PP
X
o
0
u
{/3
M
o
pq
<3
Ph
o
;a
t/3
G
O
12;
o
o
c/1
C
rr!
0
a
ffi
0
w
^ a
Cj ^
c "
3S
^ §
ti
c a
a.
c5
O
CO
o
U
s
s!
-Q .S
w c
O Ph
^3
oj
Ph
OT
3
TJ
•-o
CS
2
pp
>
w
0
-S ®
3
«4^ ii
©3
.2 fl
as
|k
5 .2
^ 4->
CA)
a
CAl
6
4-)
S3
O ^
S3 ^
.§
*n
a p
05 O
•4P
oS
'V .$:>
© ^
X
0
w
I
Ph
0 o
ctl 0
W ^
J §
c o
1 ^
iB o
0
Q P
J-H Q
£ '■§
a «
0 &0 Jh
'■ 2
5 ^ ^
g
0
o3
e
o
Q
:2 o'
a g
CO Z
0
§^
0
Vi
0
H
0
0
05
Ph
0
0
05
P^
TS
S3
CM
0
0
i_rt
Ph
'T3
Ul
CO
[September
Proceedings 1958-1959
231
1959]
Teacher-Sponsor Scholarships; University of Virginia; Paul Caldwell,
Woodrow Wilson Junior High School; Alternate: Mrs. Ruth Painter,
Wilham Fleming.
College of William and Mary* Mrs. Garland Conn, Newport News;
Alternate: Mr. Morris Tischler, Fairfax.
Microbiology Award-. Bill Ridenhour, William Fleming; Honorable Men¬
tion: Barbara Sink, Boiling Springs High School.
Engineering Award'. Malcolm A. Lillywhite, Washington-Lee High School.
E. C. L. Miller Award: Newport News Science Club.
Major W. Catesby Jones Award: Bill Ridenhour, William Fleming High
School.
Honorary Memberships, American Association for Advancement of Science:
Rick Owen, III, Thomas Jefferson High School, and Nancy Stoller,
Newport News High School.
Honorary Memberships, Virginia Academy of Science: Frances Johnson,
Maggie Walker High School, and Albert Moss, Maggie Walker High
School.
Science Talent Search
The fourteenth Virginia Science Talent Search was conducted in
cooperation with the National Science Talent Search. Of the one hundred
and forty-four high school students who entered, eight received National
Honorable Mention.
Our own reading committee considered all of the Virginia entries
and selected the top forty-five as finalists to come before interviewing
committees at the Charlottesville meeting of the Academy. The list of
fifteen Winners and those receiving Honorable Mention will be attached
to this report. All cooperating colleges and universities have received a
list of the finalists. At the conclusion of this meeting they will be sent
the list of Winners and Honorable Mentions.
The director is grateful for the assistance of the following who served
on the reading committee: Dr. Mary E. Kapp, Dr. Jackson J. Taylor, Dr.
E. Clifford Nelson, Dr. Billy W. Sloope, and Dr. William E. Trout, Jr.
Thanks are also due to the judges who helped with interviewing the
finalists: Dr. W. Allen Powell, Dr. Edwin S. Higgins, Mr. Alfred L. Wingo,
Dr. Mary E. Kapp, Dr. Ralph Singleton, Dr. R. M. Schatz, Dr. Billy
232 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Frye, Mr. Edgar V. Russell, Jr., Dr. J. N. Dent, and Dr. Harold H. Gar-
retson.
— J. C. Holmes
Winners of the Fourteenth
1. Baird, James Kern
2603 Tenth St. N. W.
Roanoke, Virginia
2. Bowler, Alicia Inez
302 Eighth St., N. W.
Charlottesville, Virginia
3. Evans, James Everett
1424 N. 12th St.
Arlington, Virginia
4. Grant, Donald Edd
5601 N. 36th St.
Arlington 7, Virginia
5. Hacker, Carl Sidney
218 Chesterfield Rd.
Newport News, Virginia
6. Harrison, Benjamin
4609 Victoria Blvd.
Hampton, Virginia
7. Hogan, Edward Memck
3127 N. PoUard St.
Arlington, Virginia
8. Lintner, Michael Alan
Virginia Science
Honorable Mention
1. Baroody, Roger Anis
203-D East Nelson Street
Lexington, Virginia
2. Brewer, William F.
4 Eppard Street
Virginia Science Talent Search,
3425 South Utah Street
Arlington 6, Virginia
9. Newman, Robert Chapman
1823 N. Nelson St.
Arlington, Virginia
10. Omohundro, Richard Eugene
2318 North Upton Street
Arlington 7, Virginia
11. Schmidt, Dorn Lewis
90 Wrightson Drive
McLean, Virginia
12. Shaker, Richard John
3106 N. 7th Street 1
Arlington, Virginia
13. Sounders, John Martin
Rt. No. 1, Box 425
McLean, Virginia
14. Tomes, Charles Forrest
8359 Halesworth
Richmond 25, Virginia
15. Winsor, Niels Karl
3017 - 4th Street
Arlington 1, Virginia
Talent Search.
IN the Fourteenth
Falls Church, Virginia
3. Broaddus, Paul Farwell
Route No. 2, Box 128
Nokesville, Virginia
4. Cassada, Thomas Edward
1959]
Procheedings 1958-1959
233
532 Woods Ave.
Roanoke, Virginia
5. Donohew, Jack Norman
4311 North 24th Street
Arlington 7, Virginia
6. Dowling, Walter J.
Laurel Ridge Road
Vienna, Virginia
7. Fisher, Stephen David
Box 418, Rt. 1
Fairfax, Virginia
8. Gearhart, Clayton Alan, Jr.
Route 3 — Box 180
Fairfax, Virginia
9. Hambrick, David Paul
1401 Cove Rd. N. W.
Roanoke, Virginia
10. Hamilton, MacKenzie Lee
3335 N. Randolph Street
Arlington, Virginia
11. Harrison, Harold Roger
2400 N. Nelson St.
Arlington, Virginia
12. Long, Patricia Ann
3603 Missouri Ave.
Richmond 22, Virginia
13. Mason, James Porter
Eagle Rock, Virginia
14. McMurray, Morland John
1329 Rugby Road
Charlottesville, Virginia
15. McNally, James Klueh
Quarters 407 A.
Fort Belvoir, Virginia
16. Parrish, Russell Vaughan
2000 Roanoke Ave.
Newport News, Virginia
17. Patterson IV, John Laird
417 Gilbert Street
Hampton, Virginia
18. Rasberry, Stanley Dexter
201 Lawrence Drive
Falls Church, Virginia
19. Remington, Bruce
11 Tauxemont Road
Alexandria, Virginia
20. Roop, Joseph McLeod
Route 1
Clifton, Virginia
21. Rose, Anne Clairborne
1010 Westwood Ave.
Richmond 27, Virginia
22. Rucker, Diane Elise
3139 - 18th St., North
Arlington 1, Virginia
23. Salmon, William Irwin
800 N. Wayne St., No. 304
Arlington 1, Virginia
24. Shumate, Paul William
Rt No. 3, Box 540
Fanfax, Virginia
25. Starbird, Susan Evelyn
2401 N. Taylor Street
Arlington 7, Virginia
26. StoUer, Nancy Elaine
37 Alleghany Rd.
Hampton, Virginia
27. Turpin, William Craig
1410 Noland Road
Falls Church, Virginia
28. Welles, Judith Evelynne
Box 350R ~ Rt. No. 1
Oakton, Virginia
29. Wharam, Moody Dewitt
1405 N. Wakefield Street
Arlington, Virginia
30. Wood Jr., Gilbert Nathaniel
R. F. D. No. 2
Farmville, Virginia
234
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Virginia Flora
Members of the Committee keep plugging away in spite of academic
responsibilities. Professor Freer continues his activities in the Central
Blue Ridge area, Dr. Patterson is active in his investigation of the moss
flora. Different members of the Committee have continued to promote
interest in the flora by means of illustrated lectures and journal articles.
A second edition, slightly revised, of the bulletin on Vii'ginia Ferns and
“Fern Allies” has been issued and a tliird edition of the bulletin on
Poisonous Plants will be available in May. Dr. Clyde F. Reed of Baltimore
has made a special study of the ferns of the Northern Neck area. His
data giving details of his field investigations are presented in a paper in
American Fern Journal, Vol. 49, pages 30-36. This is a welcomed con¬
tribution. Massey has been granted the privilege of continuing his work
on the State flora at V.P.I. as Professor of Botany Emeritus, Curator of
the Herbarium. Freed of academic duties he will give his entire attention
to his objective — Flora and Economic Botany of Virginia — and extend¬
ing the herbarium which now contains some 25,000 specimens from all
parts of the State.
— A. B. Massey, Chairman
Place of Meeting
The Virginia Military Institute has cordially invited the Virginia
Academy of Science to hold its 1961 meeting at Lexington, Virginia.
— I. G. Foster
Business Membership
The Academy has eleven business members. Efforts were made to
obtain additional business members to support the work of the Academy
but no concentrated campaign was initiated. It is tlie intention of the
Committee to make a more all-out effort during the coming year.
— E. S. Harlow
Scholarship
No senior high school student, who is considered by his teachers as
having the abihty and aptitude to continue his formal education, need be
prohibited nowadays from attending college by financial considerations
Proceedings 1958-1959
235
1959]
alone. This is especially true if the high school senior is proficient in
biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics as well as in subjects like
English and history. Added to this proficiency, however, must be the
initiative and determination on the part of the needy student to find
out for himself how he can help his parents to make possible his college
education.
During the past year, the scholarship committee of the Academy has
had only 32 high school seniors ask its advice about college scholarships.
Fortunately all but one of these had definite aptitudes for scientific
careers and were recommended to the colleges of their choices for fin¬
ancial aid. All of them received scholarships ranging from $200 to $1200.
In no case, did the committee recommend a student to more than one
college.
One reason why this committee is not consulted more is probably
because high school teachers are doing such good jobs in securing college
scholarships for their better students who need financial aid. There are
also many teachers of scientific subjects in colleges who are quietly seek¬
ing brilliant high school students for their respective colleges. They learn
of them by way of the State Science Talent Search and the Virginia
Junior Academy of Science activities. Often a top winner at the annual
science exhibit of the Junior Academy and/or the Talent Search is
offered as many as six scholarships. Academy members are doing ex¬
ceptionally well in securing financial aid for high school seniors to con¬
tinue their scientific studies in colleges. This particular committee,
however, cannot claim much of the credit.
— Sidney S. Negus
Resolutions
1. Whereas the concept of organic evolution has contributed greatly
to the advancement of science and promises even greater advancement
for the future, and
Whereas the year 1959 marks the one hundredth anniversary of the
publication of the Origin of Species by Charles Darwin, and
Whereas the Virginia Academy of Science was instituted for the
discovery and dissemination of scientific knowledge.
Therefore be it resolved that the Virginia Academy of Science hereby
recognizes this monumental work in tribute to the man and in commemo¬
ration of the date.
2. Be it jfurther resolved:
236 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
That the Academy records with sorrow the loss by death of the
followings members: Dr. Edwin M. Betts, Dr. J. K. Finnegan, Mrs. Lil¬
lian A. Hughes, Mrs. W. R. Nance, and Mr. J. Worth Pence, and
3. That the Academy extends its thanks in grateful appreciation to its
host, the University of Virginia, and for the exceptionally fine facilities
and arrangements for this meeting, and especially for the tea, and to the
Local Committee on Arrangements headed by Dr. S. P. Maroney, Jr., and
his able assistants, namely: Drs. Jacques Rappaport, William C. Lowry,
Richard McKinsey, Kenneth Llyod, Bartholomeus VanT Riet, and Starl¬
ing Reid, and
4. That the Academy acknowledge with appreciation the efforts of
commercial and educational exhibitors, and
5. That the Academy is deeply indebted to President John Campbell
Forbes for his tireless, enthusiastic, and devoted leadership and to the
other officers both General and Sectional for their whole-hearted co¬
operation in making this a highly successful meeting.
Everett H. Ingersoll
George W. Jeffers
Nolan E. Rice, Chairman
MINUTES OF THE SECTION MEETINGS
AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES
1. A 26-Year Weather Summary at Holland, Virginia.
D. L. Hallock; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station,
Certain temperature and precipitation records obtained at the Tide¬
water Research Station were presented. Generally, rainfall distribution and
temperatures are favorable for good crop production. Extreme temperatures
of 105°F and -3°F occured during the 26-year period. The hottest month
is generally July, and the coldest January. The average number of days per
year with maximum temperatures of 95 °F or above was 11. The frost free
growing season approximates 195 days. Killing frosts have occurred as late
as May 11 and as early as October 2. Annual precipitation was approxi¬
mately 48 inches. Normally more than 17 inches of rain falls during June,
July, and August, but its distribution is frequently sporatic. The largest
rainfall during 1 day was 6.4 inches, during 1 month, 15.6 inches. The
mean annual snowfall is 8 inches, however as much as 22^2 inches have
been recorded.
2. Some New Cultural Techniques with Strawberries in Eastern
Virginia.
1959]
237
Proceedings 1958-1959
M. M. Parker; Virginia Truck Experiment Station.
Current cultural experiments at Norfolk deal primarily with the per¬
formance of transplants set in the field at times other than the customary
commercial planting time in early spring. Concurrently the experiments
deal with systems of production and dates of planting.
Results: 1. Satisfactory yields of extra good quality fruit resulted the
next spring following setting out one-year-old Pocahontas plants in hills in
early November. 2. Similar quality fruit with perhaps better yields were
obtained from stored plants set in hiUs in mid-August. 3 Poor results
followed the use of two-year old plants dug and set after they had produced
a crop of fruit.
3. The Development of Fi Spinach Hybrids Adapted to Eastern
Virginia.
E. A. Borchers; Virginia Truck Experiment Station.
Field tests of numerous experimental Fi spinach hybrids have shown
that many hybrid combinations produce an appreciably larger yield than the
standard commercial varieties. While most of the hybrids which exhibit the
greatest vigor also possess undesirable horticultural characteristics, limited
tests have indicated the possibility of obtaining hybrids with increased
yielding ability and disease resistance which will be horticulturally accepta¬
ble in Tidewater Virginia. By means of controlled pollination procedures in
the field and greenhouse, inbred Hnes and experimental hybrids are being
developed and evaluated at the Virginia Truck Experiment Station with the
goal of developing superior spinach hybrids for Eastern Virginia.
4. Some New Aspects of Potato Insect Investigations in
Southeastern Virginia.
R. N. Hofmaster; Virginia Truck Experiment Station.
Soil treatments with aldrin or heptachlor at 2.5 pounds actual/A. or
dieldrin at 1.5 pounds actual/A. showed reductions of 92, 94, and 87
percent, respectively, in flea bettle damage to Irish potato foliage after
three seasons. Soil treatments with these insecticides were effective against
the Colorado potato bettle only during the first season. Irish potato varietal
studies as related to the intensity of damage by flea bettles, wire worms,
leaf hoppers, and associated pests have been conducted since 1953. These
studies demonstrate a definite correlation between variety, leaf hopper
control and tuberworm damage to tubers in the soil.
5. Engineering Use of Pedological Soils Information.
Arnold C. Orvedal; Soil Scientist, Soil Conservation
Service, USDA, BeUsville, Md^
238 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Although both soil science and soil engineering deal with soils, these
disciplines have developed rather independently. As a result, we today have
two fundamentally different concepts of soil, two kinds of soil classification
systems, and two sets of terminology. We therefore have obvious difficulties
in communication. At the same time soil scientists have much to contribute
and engineers have much to gain from pedological soils information. Wide¬
spread improvement is now taking place in mutual appreciation, under¬
standing, and cooperation between engineers and soil scientists. As a result,
pedological information, especially soil surveys, is being used more and
more for engineering purposes, but the full potential is not yet generally
realized.
6. Rates and Types of Ground Limestone for Alfalfa.
George D. Jones and W. W. Moschler; Virginia Agricultural Experiment
Station,
Low rates of lime on Tatum silt loam is resulting in low yields and
early death of alfalfa stands. Dolomitic limestone is slightly but consistently
outyielding the calcic limestone, notwithstanding the fact that the calcic
stone is more chemically reactive as evidenced by soil tests at intervals fol¬
lowing application. No alfalfa lived where lime was not applied, 250 pounds
per acre was only sufficient to start it, 500 pounds lasted about one year, and
1000 pounds lasted about two years. There is evidenced that 2000 pounds
will last about three years, and higher rates in proportion.
7. 2-3-5 Triphenyl TETRAZOLimr Chloride As A Quick Test in
Determining Viability of Small Grain Seeds.
T. G. Copeland, Jr., and C. F. Bruce; Division of Plant Industry
Virginia Department of Agriculture
Standard germination tests evaluate the performance of seed under
artificial and optimum conditions. Due to the time factor for such tests, the
Department has been searching for a quick seed viability test. We believe
that the chemical 2-3-5 Triphenyl Tetrazolium Choloride offers a partial
answer. When normal respiration processes take place in the living cells
of the seed embryo, free hydrogen is released which will reduce tetrazolium
Chloride offers a partial answer. When normal respiration processes take
place in the living cells of the seed embryo, free hydrogen is released which
will reduce tetrazolium chloride to a reddish compound (2-3-5 triphenyl
formazan). Dead cells do not release hydrogen and from the red color. This
enables the analyst to observe the viability of the individual parts of the
embryo.
239
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
8. Trends in Fertilizer Technology.
W. L. Hill; Fertilizer Materials Section,
Soil and Water Conservation Research Division, USD A, Beltsville, Md.
Fertilizer manufacture involves large tonnages of materials. The do¬
mestic industry moved nearly 23 million tons to farms in the year ended
June 30, 1957. The techniques of production, one of three interlocking
agricultural technologies— fertilizer making, soil management and crop pro¬
duction, is concerned with winning suitably-reactive, nutrient-bearing com¬
pounds in uniform, stable and free-flowing assemblages designed to meet
crop needs in particular market areas. Noteworthy changes in modes of
operation are witnessed by continuous increase in purity of products, by
methods for closer characterization of raw materials and products, by in¬
tegration of manufacturing sequences, and by expansion of production into
new market areas with facilities that employ advanced techniques.
9. Woodchucks: A Major Agricultural Pest in Virginia.
John C. Jones; U. S. Department of the Interior.
Woodchucks, or groundhogs are causing serious losses to nearly all
types of agriculture in most sections of Virginia. Their numbers appear to
have increased markedly in the past 10 years and the range has spread,
particularly in eastern counties. Forage crops, especially alfalfa and soy¬
beans, and vegetable crops are major sources of food. Burrows are damag¬
ing to fields and pastures, causing erosion, frequently damaging machinery
and occasionally breaking legs of stock. Orchard and nursery stock is com¬
monly clawed, chewed and damaged. Control is relatively simple, by gas,
in spring of the year when burrows are first opened.
10. Nutritional Status of Rural Haitians.
K. W. King and G. L. Brinkman ; Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
During the summer of 1958, the nutritional status of rural Haitians was
evaluated by a 20-member team of Haitians and Americans. Data of the
following types were obtained: general indices of the economy, social
structure and health; actual and potential agricultural production; food
consumption through interview; medical examinations of 3,000 people aged
5 to 75 years old for clinical evidences of malnutrition, and biochemical
analyses of blood and urine specimens from 500 of these patients for specific
nurtients and excretion products. The general nutritional status of the popu¬
lation was summarized. Interactions between the nutritional problems and
economic relapse, primitive agri-business, public health, political instability,
and social custom were discussed.
[September
240 The Virginia Journal of Science
11. Purification of the Growth Factor in Meat Meal.
P. Lepore and C. J. Ackerman; Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
When rats are fed sulfaguanidine in an otherwise complete diet,
growth ceases after the 4th week. When meat meal or certain animal tissues
are included in such diets, growth is almost normal. Purification of the
growth promoting activity consists of acid hydrolysis followed by acetone
extraction of the acid insoluble residue. The addition of water to the ace¬
tone extract results in the separation of an active parcipitate. Addition of
Ba (OH) 2 to the filtrate yields a precipitate and a filtrate which are both
active in promoting the growth of sulfaguanidine-fed rats.
12. The Influence of Dominance Rank of Sexual Activity of
Chickens.
P. B. Siegal; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station.
An experiment was conducted to determine the influence of peck
rights on the sexual activity of White Rock cockerels in multiple male-
matings. Results indicate differences between male groups and between
males within groups for sexual activity as measured by number of courts,
mounts, treads and completed matings. Interferences for mounts and treads
were not uni-directional (interference by a dominant male to a subordinate
one) whereas interferences for courts were, indicating a loss of recognition
during the mating act. Also, males which were highest in the social heir-
archy did not necessarily have the greatest drive.
13. The Effects of Equine Gonadotrophins on Various Reproductive
Phenomena of the Ewe.
G. H. Kiracofe and J. W. Gossett; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station.
Pregnant Mare Serum was used in this project to study its use as a
factor to produce superovulation and thereby produce higher lambing rates
among ewes. It was found that ovulation rates, number of Uve embryos at
40 days, and number of lambs born were increased in the injected ewes.
Conception rates, estrus cycles and vitality of the Iambs were not affected
bv the hormone treatment. Although P.M.S. can be used to increase lamb¬
ing percentages, the increase came not from an increased frequency of thin¬
ning, but from the number of triplets and quadruplets produced.
14. The Effect of Certain Feed Additives and Feed Preparations
FOR Fattening Feeder Lambs.
H. A, Hopkins, J. P. Fontenot, W. M. Mestanza and J. S. Copenhaver;
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
The effect of feeding 2 mg. stilbestrol per head daily and 10 mg. aureo.
Proceedings 1958-1959
241
1959]
mycin ( chloretetracycline ) per pound of feed, alone and in combination,
and of grinding and pelleting hay, pelleting corn and pelleting the entire
ration was studied in 90 fattening feeder lambs. There was a trend for
aureomycin feeding to depress rate and efficiency of gain and for stilbestrol
feeding to increase these. Grinding the hay increased feed intake, and rate
and efficiency of gain. Pelleting increased feed efficiency. A much higher
incidence of rumen parakeratosis, a pathological condition, was observed in
lambs fed pellets than in those not receiving pellets.
15. Cell Division in Actively Growing Follicles and the Chromatin
Reaction in the Skin of Sheep.
Lubow A. Margo lena; Sheep, Goat and Fur Animal Research Branch,
A.R.S., Beltsville, Maryland
Mitotic counts in matrices of actively growing woof follicles and ob¬
servations on tne chromatin reaction in skins and follicles of merino and
Hampshire sheep were carried out throughout the seasons at Beltsville,
Maryland. In both breeds, mitoses averaged about 70% higher in early and
mid summer than in the winter months. Spring and summer specimen ex¬
hibited pronounced chromatin reactions (Feulgen), while winter biopsies
proved to be practically achromatic. Hence, provided nutrition is adequate,
the rate of growth of the wool fiber is expected to depend on the season of
the year.
16. Use of Electronic Data Computing Methods to Analyze the
Basic Survey of Virginia Dairying.
Robert F. Hutcheson; Virginia Department of Agriculture.
A basic survey of Virginia dairying is being jointly conducted by the
Virginia Department of Agriculture and the Virginia Agriculture Extension
Service. Questionnaires for the studies are pre-coded for rapid analysis by
electronic data computing methods. As a result, a very detailed picture of
the size, volume, methods, equipment and economic and social factors hav¬
ing to do with Grade A dairying has developed. Also, the first thorough
picture of the markets, market organization, and farm to market patterns has
been portrayed. Information is available on a county, district and state wide
basis as well as by markets and marketing organizations.
17. The Economics of Feeding Grain to Milking Cows on Pasture.
W. A. Hardison and G. C. Graf; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station.
Two grazing trials were conducted to study the effect of supplemen-
tary grain feeding of cows on pasture. In both trials the cows grazed, ro-
tationally, on orchard grass ladino clover mixture of high quality. Trial 1
ground shelled corn and a simple 16% TP supplement were compared with
242
The Virginia Journal of Science [September
no supplement. A mixture of corn and oats, a simple 16% TP supplement,
and no supplement were compared in Trial 2. Only in the instance when a
mixture of corn and oats was fed in Trial 2 did supplementary feeding
result in enough extra milk produced to pay for the supplement.
18. Progress Report on Research on Dwarfism in Beef Cattle.
T. J. Marlowe, D. F. Watson, and N. O. Price;
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station.
Studies on dwarfism at V.P.I. have been pointed toward the pathology
of the dwarf. Complete necropsies of 23 dwarf and 10 normal calves re¬
vealed several gross abnormalties; however, histological examination failed
to reveal any striking differences. Dwarf x dwarf matings always produce
dwarfs. Bioassays for thyrotropic, ACTH and gonadotropic hormone re¬
vealed no significant differences between dwarf and normal calves. Blood
analysis for PBI, glucose, calcium, phosphorus, magnesium and phosphate
activity failed to yield significant differences. Present research is directed
toward morphological site of gene expression, period it operates, and mode
of action by studying known genotypes during early fetal development.
19. Preliminary Investigation of the Fermentation of Uniformly
Labelled C^*-Glucose by Rumen Microorganisms.
J. H. Newman and W. E. C. Moore;
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station.
Samples of rumen fluid were incubated with uniformly labelled glucose
for 11/^ hours in a closed system. Distribution of activity in both unfer¬
mented control samples and fermented samples was determined among
protein and particulate material, ether extractable substances, amino acids,
and peptides, sugars and other neutral molecules, carbon dioxide, and me¬
thane. Samples counted as barium carbonate followed wet oxidation indi¬
cated 80 to 85% C^* recovery, with additional losses in some individual
fractions. Data indicate differences between fermentation activity in samples
from two animals. Major C“ products include protein and cells, ether ex-
tractables, and carbon dioxide (29, 10.5, and 15.6%, animal 1; 14.5, 23.5,
and 14.3%, animal2).
20. The Effect of Implanting Different Levels of Stilbestrol in
Grazing Beef Steers.
J. P. Fontenot, R. F. Kelly and J. A. Gaines;
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station,
At the beginning of each of two grazing seasons, 5 groups of 8 steers
each were implanted, m the ear, with the f<5lowmg leveL of stilbestrol: 0,
Proceedings 1958-1959
243
1959]
12 mg., 24 mg., 36 mg., and 48 mg. A 12 mg. implant increased rate of
gain 20% (P<.01). Increasing the level of stilbestrol above 12 mg. did
not further affect gain significantly. When 12 mg. of the drug were used
carcass grade was not affected. When the level was increased to 36 and 48
mg. a decrease in grade resulted (P<.05). When the level of stilbestrol
used was 24 mg. or higher chemical composition of the meat was affected.
21. Effects of Selected Physical and Economic Variables on Prices
OF Calves in Virginia Feeder Calf Sales.
K. C. Williamson, R. C. Carter, G. W. Litton, J. D. Johnson, and
J. A. Gaines;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Records of 21 Virginia Feeder Calf Sales held annually from 1951
through 1956, were studied to determine the effect of certain selected
variables on the average prices received for calves. Effects of the variables
studied were estimated by the least squares method with separate analysis
for steer and heifer calves. The breed, weight, and grade had rather large
statistically significant effects on the price of both steer and heifer calves.
The price of steer calves was also significantly effected by the size of the
sale and size of the sale lot but not the heifer calves.
Business Meeting
Officers elected for next year: Chairman, Maurice B. Rowe; Vice-
Chairman, W. H. Brittingham; Secretary, Carl W. Allen; Editor, (3 Year
Term), P. B. Siegel.
In other business, ways and means of getting broader support to further
the usefulness of the section were examined .The possibility of joint sessions,
sub-sections on narrower areas of work, e.g., crops and soils, feeds and
nutrition, and obtaining the whole-hearted backing of the agricultural
leaders in the State were discussed. These are to be considered in building
the program for the 1960 meeting.
244
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
ASTRONOMY, MATHEMATICS, AND PHYSICS
1. lThe Equilibrium Ultracentrifuge.
Charles E. Williams, Richard D. Boyle, J. W. Beams;
University of Virginia
A description of the magnetically supported ultracentrifuge is pre¬
sented. It can be applied to the problem of molecular weight determination
bv the sedimentation equilibrium method. The ei^uipment used consists
of a 29 pound steer rotor, spinning at speeds of 400 r.p.s. in a vacuum
chamber. A dilute solution of the sample being studied is placed in a sector
shaped cell contained in the rotor. The rotor is accelerated by means of an
air turbine and allowed to coast until the rate of sedimentation and the rate
of diffusion of molecules balance each other, thus establishing a condition
for equilibrium. Measurements of concentration distribution within the cell
are made from a changing interference pattern of a Jamin type intefero-
meter.
2. Fast Photo-Neutrons from Tantalum and Gold.
L. B. Aull and G. G. Reinhardt ;
University of Virginia
The yield and angular distribution of photo-neutrons from tantalum
and gold with energies above the SU (n,p) threshold have been measured
with bremsstrahlung from the University of Virginia synchrotron. Gylindri-
cal silicon detectors were mounted coaxially with the sample being irra¬
diated, and the resultant Al"'' activity determined. The integrated cross
section for both elements was about 400 mb-Mev. to 30 Mev., and 800 mb-
Mev. to 64 Mev. The angular distribution for both elements fitted approxi¬
mately a curve (a-h b siir 0 -f c cos 0 sin^ 0 +d cos 0 .)
3. Photo-Proton Yields from Light Elements.
D. C. Worth and G. R. Haste;
University of Virginia
Using high energy X-ravs from the University of Virginia synchrotron,
various investigators are studying “photonuclear” re-actions (in which X-ray
energy absorbed bv a target nucleus results in emission of one or more
nucleons). Photoneutrons are generally more abundant than photoprotons
from medium and heavv elements, but investigation of how either tvpe of
emission varies with X-rav energy can give important information about
nuclear processes involved in photo-absorption and emission. This paper
outlined experiments for the direct counting of photoprotons from several
245
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
light elements (especially carbon and lithium) by means of thin scintilla¬
tion crystals, and presented some preliminary results.
4. Angular Distributions of 15 MEV Neutrons Elastically
Scattered by Light Elements.
B. C. Groseclose, R. F. Stetson, and W. W. Walker;
University of Virginia
Angular distributions of 15 MEV neutrons elastically scattered by O,
Mg, and Al have been measured up to 130°. An angular distribution was
also done for Mg at 14 Mev to investigate possible anomalous energy va¬
riations in the differential cross section. A ZrT target was used to produce
neutrons by means of the T(d,n)He'‘ re-action. The neutron beam was
electronically colliminated by time-of-flight techniques and the data
recorded on a 20-channel analyzer, gated by the n coincidences. The
data are compared with the theoretical optical model calculations of Bjork-
lund and Fernbach. The agreement with theory is very good. No anoma¬
lous changes for Mg were found.
5. Demonstrations of Pariaty Conservation.
Frank L. Hereford and John S. Plaskett ;
University of Virginia
Simple demonstrations of parity conservation in electromagnetic in¬
teractions were given, which are suitable for elementary physics courses.
6. A Precision 0-20 Ampere Magnet Current Control.
M. W. Chramiec and C. D. Bond;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The use of field regulated generators as stable current sources for
low impedance analyzing magnets is now rather extensive and both
design considerations and detailed circuits are well treated in the litera¬
ture. The advantages of the system described here allows one to use
commercially available units together with a relatively simple feed-back
circuit to achieve a stability of -f5 parts in 10^ at full output. The
current level can be varied, set and measured to <0.01 amperes with a
single control. Regulation is automatically monitored and maintained
indefinitely.
7. A Water-Moderated Natural Uranium Sub-Critical Reactor.
T. H. Row and Andrew Robeson;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
A reactor system of this type was added to the Reactor Laboratory
246 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
facilities because of its extensive use in pow^er reactors. The advantages
of the system are numerous and include variation of moderator tempera¬
ture, addition of moderator poison, and variation of lattice geometry and
orientation. The disadvantages associated are the inability to measure
critical size and the corrosion problems arising from the use of tap water.
The rectangular steel tank used for the containment vessel has position¬
ing apparatus for the Plexiglass tube sheets. Either a horizontal or vertical
lattice of the aluminum fuel elements can be arranged. The experimental
work includes determining the relation of material buckling to moderator
temperature, moderator poison, and moderator to fuel volume ratios. A
calculation of the multiplication factor for the system was made and
found to be 0.5325.
8. Observation of the Decay of Adsorbed Barium — 133 in the
Field Emission Microscope.
William C. Saunder; Virginia Military Institute
An experiment is proposed to determine if the characteristic granu¬
lation of the field emission image of small amounts of barium adsorbed
on tungsten arises from individual barium atoms or circular clusters of
barium atoms. Barium — 133, which decays by electron capture to be¬
come stable Cesium — 133, will be employed as the adsorbate. It is
shown theoretically that if the granulations are blurred images of indi¬
vidual atoms, as an atom of Barium — 133 decays, the corresponding
image of the atom will be intensified by a factor of two or three. How¬
ever, of the granulations are due to circular clusters 40 to 200 angstrom
units in diameter, the image intensification will amount to less than 10%
as the Barium — 133 decays. A brief theoretical investigation indicates
that the recoil of the adsorbed atom during decay will not affect the
validity of the experiment.
9. Divisibility Testing.
Herta T. Freitag; Hollins College
Arthur H. Freitag; Jefferson High School
This procedure establishes the divisibility of any natural number N
by any other natural number p whenever N — 0(p). The quotent N
may also be determined by this device. If N — r (p), r O, then r is
obtainable (to be presented in a later paper.) This method may be of
some interest because (a) of the number properties involved; (b) of
its simplicity; (c) a quotient may be found without the operation of
division (or of successive subtractions of the divisor from the dividend.)
247
1959]
Proceedings 1958-1959
10. Some Aspects of Terminal Ballistics.
Robert L. Kernell; College of William and Mary
In testing a formula for the penetration of projeetiles in a target of
brittle spheres, it became necessary to determine the size distribution of
fragments created by comminution. After passing the fragments through
graded sieves, the diameters of the smaller fragments were measured
with a microscope. These results were normalized and combined with
the average diameters of the larger fragments. A plot of dN/ds against
s (where N is the number of fragments and s is the diameter) was used
. This permit¬
ted evaluation of the mean fragment diameter from which the surface
area created by comminution could be calculated.
BUSINESS MEETING.
The Astronomy, Mathematics, Physics Section business meeting was
held at 11:45 A.M. Friday, May 8, 1959 in the Large Auditorium of the
Physics Building of the Universitv of Virginia. The following officers
were elected by unanimous vote: Chairman, Robert C. Yates (William
and Marv); Secretary, Andrew Robeson (Virginia Polytechnic Institute).
There was discussion of the question concerning the formation of a sep¬
arate section of Mathematics which was tabled. Miss Isabel Boggs re¬
ported progress on her work pertaining to the History of Science in
Virginia. I. G. Foster was commended for faithfulness as section editor.
11. Curvatures of == cos n(9.
Robert C. Yates; College of William and Mary.
The Lemniscate, the Hyperbola, the Cardioid, and the Parabola are
the curves of r” = cos nO for n = 2, ~2, V2, —V2, respectively. Assuming
constructibility of multisection of angles then tangents, normals, and
centers of curvature of these familiar curves have surprisingly simple con¬
structions. Techniques are based upon the expression tan if/ = r/F
and R = ds/da where a is an inclination of the tangent.
12. Probability for High School Students.
Beatrice A. Harrington; Maggie L. Walker High School
The members of our mathematics club made a study of the theory
of probability, first restricting our mathematical models to sample spaces
having a finite number of outcomes. We then performed an experiment
resulting in an infinite number of outcomes. Three players tossed a die
248 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
in turn with the winner being determined by the appearance of a T’ or a
“6”. We played the game 700 times and compared the predicted fre¬
quency of occurency of certain events according to probability theory,
with our observed results. We were gratified with our findings.
13. A Laboratory for Liberal Arts Physics.
John Lacy McKnight; College of William and Mary
In conjunction with a course in physics for liberal arts students, we
have attempted to conduct a laboratory which would give the student
an opportunity to repeat some historically important experiments under
conditions like those under which the original experiments were con¬
ducted. In these, the student is referred to the original description of the
experiment in his text and/or primary sources. We are attempting, as
well, to show the logical aspects of physics and to demonstrate some of
the phenomena omitted in our lecture outline. In these experiments
equipment is kept as primitive as possible and only one principle is in¬
troduced at a time.
14. Historical and Philosophical Experiments in Elementary
Physics.
Richard H. Prosl; College of William and Mary
15. The Junior Instructorship Program at William and Mary.
R. C. Yates, Garret Etgen, and Richard H. Prosl;
College of William and Mary
The program of student-teaching at William and Mary was discussed
by two of the student participants and the directing professor. Each
student-teacher performed all duties of instruction of one section of
freshman mathematics throughout the year. The supervising professor
attended each class meeting for observation, and held conferences with
the student-teachers before and after each class. All tests, examinations,
and grades were supervised with the professor as final responsibility.
Student teachers were paid a nominal fee for their work, but were not
awarded academic credit. Citations were installed on their academic
transcripts.
16. Experiments for Advanced Undergraduates.
W. D. Whitehead; University of Virginia
A series of experiments have been developed for an Honors labora¬
tory section in elementary physics, one of these is the measurement of
the range energy relationship of a metal washer on a table top. The
experiment is divided into three parts, the energy calibration of the “ac-
Proceedings 1958-1959
249
1959]
celerator” which is a heavy pendulum that strikes the washer, the meas¬
urement of the range energy relationship on a table top, and the analysis
of energy and momentum relationships for colhsions of washers on the
table top. The experiment is very instructive both in classical mechanics,
and in giving the student some idea of the methods used in nuclear
physics experiments.
17. An Apparatus for the Measurement of the Range of an Alpha
Particle in Air.
James Little; College of William and Mary
Alpha particles of a given energy have a well defined range in air.
This range and the specific ionization in the path can be measured
with this instrument. The ions formed between a charge grid and a col¬
lector plate are measured with a current shunt on an electrometer. A
Bragg curve is obtained by plotting position vs. current. When used with
Polonium 210 the range was found to be slightly higher than literature
value.
18. An Intermediate Laboratory Experiment on Rutherford
Scattering of Alpha Particles.
E. T. Gerry; College of ^William and Mary
Scattering experiments are of fundamental importance in nuclear
physics. Rutherford scattering is of historical importance since the re¬
sults of these early scattering experiments brought about the acceptance
of the nuclear model of the atom. Such experiments also give informa¬
tion as the size of the nucleus. It was desired to develop an experiment
on Rutherford scattering for use in an intermediate level nuclear physics
course. Apparatus using a scintillation screen and photomultiplier tube for
measurement of count rate versus scattering angle is described. Typical
results are presented.
19. An Analog Computer Used in Reactor Simulation,
Wm. S. Baber and Andrew Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
A compact analog computer developed by the Heath Company has
been built and used to extend the range of operation of the Virginia
Polytechnic Institute Nuclear Reactor Simulator. A variable temperature
coefficient is simulated on the computer by utilizing a signal from the
reactor simulator, performing the necessary operations and then feeding
the resultant signal back to a bus on the reactor simulator. Some tech¬
niques of reactor simulation were discussed.
250 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
20. Simultaneous Photo-Electric Effect of Two Electrons.
Frederic R. Crownfield; College of William and Mairy
Since it is quantum mechanically impossible to distinguish between
two electrons, it is not surprising that there should be processes in
which two or more electrons in the same atom undergo transitions simul¬
taneously. The simplest approximate wave functions for helium, for
example, give a null result for the probability of such a transition. Cal¬
culations with somewhat improved wave functions, however, do not
give such a result. The calculation of the transition probabilities for
simultaneous transitions were outlined and possible experimental methods
for verifying the theory were discussed.
21. Unfamiliar Facts Concerning Thermoelectricity.
L. C. Hoxton; University of Virginia
The recent revival of research in thermoelectricity, occasioned ini¬
tially by studies of the properties of semiconductors, is not unfamihar
to many. Yet it is assumed that some details of developments in the
production of power, in refrigeration and in heating have not had time
to lose their interest. In addition, a well-nigh universal misapprehension
concerning the original discovery of the (basic) “Seebeck effect” were
discussed.
22. Electrical Conduction in Thin Magnetic Films,
A. D. Campbell, J. F. Garren, Jr., A. C. Hudgins, Jr. and B. W. Sloope;
University of Richmond
Some aspects of the theory of electrical conductivity of thin films
of metal are discussed. These are then applied to the case of thin mag¬
netic films of Ni and Ni-Fe. Measurements of the electrical resistance
were made on several films of different thicknesses with current applied
in the direction of and perpendicular to the direction of the magnetiza¬
tion. The results of the measurements were discussed and compared
with available theory.
23. Surface Deformations on Single Crystals of Copper at
Various Temperatures.
John M. Bailey; University of Virginia
Surface deformation, which is important in the wear of metals as
well as in many other metal surface phenomena, was studied by indent¬
ing various flat faces which had been carefully prepared on a single
crystal of copper, and by scratching these faces at various directions.
Styli with a wide range of radii were used, and normal and frictional
Proceedings 1958-1959
251
1959]
force on the stylus was measured. Experiments were conducted in air or
in hydrogen at temperatures up to 800°C. The deformed regions were
examined by optical and electron microscopes. Dislocation arrangements
were studied by means of etch pits. The depth of plastic deformation
was measured by means of electrolytic sectioning. Surfaces deformed at
intermediate temperatures ( 300-500 °C, for a stylus with 794 micron
radius, and 250°C to at least 800 °C, for a stylus with 63 micron radius)
recrystallized spontaneously. Deformation at higher temperature resulted
in polygonization.
24. Motions and Absolute Magnitudes of Mira Type Stars.
H. L. Alden, V. Osvalds; McCormick Observatory
A Marguerite Risley; Randolph-Macon Womaris College
25. Oscillation Theorems for Difference Equations.
John S. Plaskett; University of Virginia
Theorems analogus to those proved by Sturm for self adjoint dif¬
ferential equations are shown to hold for difference equations.
26. The Elastic and Plastic Deformation of Very Small Cadmium
Single Crystals.
Thomas Ratchford; University of Virginia
Small cadmium single crystals, grown by deposition of the metal from
the vapor phase in helium, were tested under applied pure tensions.
These crystals had the shape of ‘ribbons,” oriented such that basal slip
could not occur. These ribbons had high yield stresses, and deformed
by slip and twinning. The slip systems were the (1212)/ [1213] (pyra¬
midal) system, and the (0110)/[2110] (prismatic) system. Twinning
seemed to be nucleated by the prismatic slip, the system by which frac¬
ture always occurred. Dislocation models are being developed to explain
these phenomena.
27. Conductivity of Metal Whiskers at Low Temperatures/
E. P. Stillwell; University of Virginia
The electrical conductivity of copper whiskers grown from the hy¬
drogen reduction of copper bromide and copper iodide has been studied
as a function temperature from 273 degrees K. to 4.2 degrees K. Devia¬
tion from the bulk values are interpreted in terms of a contribution to
the resistivity due to the inclusion of impurities in the crystal lattice
plus a contribution to the low temperature resistivity due to the surface.
^Tbia work supported W of Naval nfluAATOTK
252
The Virginia Journal of Science [September
28. Piezoresistance Effect at Very High Elastic Strains in
Metallic Whiskers.^
Herman H. Hobbs; University of Virginia
The effect of large elastic extensions on the resistivity of whiskers
of Cii, Fe, Cd, and Zn has been studied. The maximum strains obtained
were of the order of 0.02 thus extending considerably the range of
previous observations. The strain resistivity tensor
4.1
for Cu whiskers grown from CuBi'a has been determined. Results from
copper whiskers grown from Cul and CuBia indicate that inclusions of
small amounts of Iodine or Bromine may have a strong effect on the
strain-resistivitv of copper. The strain-resistance curve for Zinc whiskers
(oriented 30° from the C axis) is quite linear while the curve for Zinc
ribons (oriented parallel to the close packed plane is strongly non linear.
29. Positron Lifetimes in Water and Ice.
W. W. Walker and W. S. Walker; University of Virginia
Positron lifetimes in water and ice have been measured as a function
of temperature with particular emphasis on the water-ice phase change.
Values of the mean life of the long-lived component ( 'i’2) for tem¬
peratures between -165° C and + 65 °C will be given. A change in ^2
at the phase transition has been observed. For water ^2 has the ap¬
proximately constant value of 1.5 ± 0.2 millimicroseconds and for ice
^2 equals 0.8 + 0.2 millimicroseconds. The intensity of the ^2 com¬
ponent (L) has been observed to increase for the water-ice transition.
30. Possible Effects of Force Fields.
Leon Sembach; University of Virginia
We inquire into the possible effects of force fields upon radioactive
decay rates. The apparatus used to measure decay rate of Cu*^^ when sub¬
jected to 5.75 X 10" g’s produced by an ultracentifuge is described.
31. Mechanical Properties of Thin Polycrystalline Metal Films.
H. H. Pattillo ; University of Virginia
The mechanical properties of thin evaporated polycrystalline films of
gold and silver have been studied as a function of their thickness. Films
less than approximately 1.5 x 10'" cm in thickness show a marked increase
in tensile strength, while films thicker than this have a tensile strength
^ This work supported by the Office of Naval Research.
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959 253
approximately equal to that of the bulk material. These values are in
rough agreement with measurements by the centrifugal method on
electrodeposited films. The increased tensile strength is beheved due to
actions of dislocations in the metals. Young’s Modulus measurements in
the elastic region give results apparently too high, and an explanation
is being sought.
32. Elastic Scattering of 2- to 4-Mev Polarized Neutrons.
W. P. Bucher, W. B. Beverly, and G. C. Cobb; University of Virginia
The polarization of 2-Mev to 4-Mev neutrons elastically scattered
by deuterium and carbon has been observed. The polarization produced
in neutron-deuterium scattering was found to be negligible in agreement
with theoretical estimates. The neutron-carbon polarization had the same
energy dependence as predicted by phase shifts determined from dif¬
ferential cross section measurements of other workers. However, the
magnitude of the polarization was larger.
33. Recent High Pressure Investigations of Solidified Gases at
Low Temperature.^
John W. Stewart and Robert F. Patterson; University of Virginia
The piston displacement technique has been applied to a study of
phase transitions and compressibihties of sohd CH4, CD4, and O2 over
the pressure range o — 19,000 kg/cm“ and the temperature range 4°K —
120°K. The volume of the sample is observed as a function of pressure.
Phase transitions appear as discontinuities in V (first order), or in dV/dP
(second order). Solid CH4 and CD4 each show three phases and one
triple point. The transitions appear to be second order with rather large
“regions of indifference.” There are considerable differences between the
isotopes CH4 and CD4. At atmospheric pressure CH shows one transi¬
tion at 20.5 °K, while CD4 has two, 22.1° and 27.2°. The two first order
transitions in solid oxygen have been traced to high pressure. The upper
transition has a very large volume discontinuity. Some difficulty was
experienced from ignition of the steel pressure chambers by the solid
oxygen under high pressure.
34. The Surface Structure of Growing Crystals.
N. Cabrera; University of Virginia
^Supported by Office of Ordnance Research, U. S. Army.
254
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
BACTERIOLOGY
1. The Enzymatic Formation of D-Arabinose-5-Phosphate
Wesley A. Volk; University of Virginia
D-Arabinose-5-phospliate has been isolated from mixtures of phos-
phorylated pentoses resulting from phosphorylation of L-arabinose or
D-ribulose and ATP by crude extracts of Propioni-bacterium pentosaceum.
An enzyme has been partially purified from these extracts which isomeri-
zes both enzymatically formed and chemically synthesized D-arabinose-5-
phosphate to a ketopentose phosphate presumably D-ribulose-5-phosphate.
The mechanism of formation of D-arabinose-5-phosphate will be
discussed as well as some of the properties of the isomerase acting on D-
arabinose-5-phosphate.
2. A Comparative Study of Media for the Detection of
Enterococci in Water.
R. Travis Hill; State Department of Health Laboratory
The fecal streptococci may prove of value as supplementary indi¬
cators of water pollution. Methods for their determination have not to
date been included in Standard Method procedures, hence their evalua¬
tion by a committee. Two broth media for the tube dilution and one
membrane filter medium were selected for comparative study in 8 dif¬
ferent laboratories throughout the United States. Coliform densities were
first obtained by the standard tube most probable number dilution method,
in order that a relationship of the ratio of coliform to enterococci could
be relatively determined.
3. Serum Lysozyme Levels in Rabbits Undergoing A Generalized
Granulomatous Reaction.
Quentin N. Myrvik and Eva Soto Leake;
Department of Microbiology School of Medicine, University of Virginia
Rabbits vaccinated with BCG were given an intravenous infection
of BCG four weeks after vaccination. A marked granulomatour reaction
is elicited in the reticuloendothelial system. Soon after the introvenous
infection of BCG the level of lysozyme increases markedly and after
several days gradually returns to normal. The possible source of lysozyme
will be discussed.
255
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
4. Reduction of Potassium Tellurite by Streptococcus bovis.
Margaret Carlson and P. Arne Hansen;
Department of Microbiology, University of Maryland
Reduction of potassium tellurite, useful as a tool for differentiation
of fecal streptococci, was examined as a possible differential characteristic
of Streptococcus bovis, a species which is not an “enterococcus.” Test
methods included incorporation of the potassium salt (concentration
0.04%) into both fluid and solid medium. Qualitative and quantitative
determinations based upon growth in fluid medium appeared equivocal.
Results obtained in solid medium were clear-cut and reproducible. All
isolates were shown to be capable of reduction of potassium tellurite if
tested under microaerophilic conditions.
5. Observations on the Effect of Carbon Dioxide on the
Growth of Entamoeba histolytica.
E. Clifford Nelson and Muriel M. Jones;
Department of Microbiology, Medical College of Virginia
A simple monophasic medium was found to support the growth of
Entamoeba histolytica if the medium was saturated with and held in an
atmosphere of carbon dioxide. A newly isolated strain was found to be
more dependent on carbon dioxide addition than a strain grown for many
years. The observations suggest that E. histolytica may have a carbon
dioxide requirement.
256
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
BIOLOGY
1. Experimental Evokation of Differentation of Chick
Melanocytes.
Williem M. Reams, Jr. and Stuart E. Nichols, Jr.;
Medical College of Virginia
This report deals with the capacity of certain chemical agents to
evoke the branching of previously unbranched melanocytes within the
peritoneum of Black Langshan chick embryos. Employment of small
quantities of citric acid or of a COg atmosphere in tissue cultures con¬
taining embryonic peritoneum laden with spherical melanocytes resulted
in the branching of these cells. Citric acid injected in ovo produced pre¬
cocious branching of the pigment cells in the vicinity of major blood ves¬
sels and dense capillary beds within the peritoneum. And, in most in¬
stances, resulted in an absence or reduction in the number of pigment
cells within the peritoneum. (Supported by NIH Grant No. C-3450).
2. Serosal Melanocytes in the Pet Mouse.
Stuart E. Nichols, Jr. and Willie M. Reams, Jr.;
Medical College of Virginia
Save for the report of Bums that the processus vaginalis of the
opossum is pigmented, mammals have been considered to lack pigment
cells in the serosa of the body cavities. Recently, however, pigment cells
have been found distributed in the serosa of a strain of mice, termed
PET, maintained in this laboratory. The evidence available indicates that
the three major pigmented areas (pleura, diaphragm and peritoneum)
have their own respective sites of initial entry of melanoblasts from the
neural crest. Experimentally, it has been shown that a melanoblast in
the course of its differentiation into a definitive melanocyte passes
through an intermediate stage of either a branched melanoblast or an
unbranched melanocyte. The possible role of a chemical “effector” of
pigment cell shape and its species specificity are discussed. (Supported
by a grant from the Cancer Division of NIH.)
3. Techniques With A Microrespirometer.
Jack D. Burke, University of Richmond
A volumetric microrespirometer and a simplified shaking device is
described. This apparatus is suitable for oxygen consumption analysis
using different animals. The apparatus is also adequate for Qog ex¬
perimental procedures as well as classroom demonstrations. Readings can
Proceedings 1958-1959
1959]
257
be made critically at the 0.01 ml. level of accuracy. Techniques and
procedures for Qog analyses are discussed in relation to data obtained
using bullfrog tadpoles (Rana catesbeiana) and red-spotted newts
(Diemictylus viridescens) ,
4. The Effects of Propylthiouracil of Gross Weights of Thyroid
Ovaries, and Adrenals of the Albino Rat.
Iris B. Hadden and W. L. Mengebier; Madison College
A .05% propylthiouracil solution administered both orally and sub-
cutaneuosly into the system of female Sherman albino rats produced the
following organ weight increases: thyriod 170%, adrenals 30%, ovaries
165%. The total average body weight increase was 40%. Average daily
body temperatures over experimental period were 1.18° lower than con¬
trol animals, probably indicative of a lowered B.M.R. Weight increases
of the adrenals and ovaries will be discussed relative to other publications.
5. Tissue Ergothioneine.
Kamal Yackzan; Florida State University and University of Richmond
Ergothioneine's presence in animal tissues was first reported by
Yackzan (M.S., 1951, Vanderbilt), using paper chromatography. The
technique described by Lawson et. al. utilizes Hunter s diazo reaction and
collodine-lutidine in the ration 3/2. A modification of this ratio plus the
introduction of Baldridge and Lewis" solvent to the paper chromatograph’s
atmosphere increased specificity of the method. The interference of
tyrosine and histidine was thus overcome. This technique represents a
new approach in chromatography. Tissue extracts from the albino rat
showed the presence of ergothioneine as follows: liver, 0.122 mg/gm;
kidney, 0.083 mg/gm; heart, 0.03 mg/gm; spleen, 0.021 mg/gm.
6. A Comparative Study of Vertebrate Embryonic Serum
Proteins.
Edwin M. Weller; Randolph-Macon Womans College
Electrophoretic analyses of embryonic bird and mammalian sera
reveal several features of significance: 1. Embryo serum proteins par¬
tially resemble those of the adult and in addition have embryo-specific
characteristics. 2. Bird and mammalian sera apparently show a common
vertebrate electrophoretic pattern with superimposed class and species-
specific features. 3. Serum in all vertebrate embryos (so far studied)
develops epigenetically; a biochemical confirmation of morphological on¬
togenesis. Evidence for these summarizations was obtained by zone and
free electrophoresis of chick, pheasant, duck, rat and rabbit embryonic
and post-embryonic sera.
258 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
7. Action of Iproniazid on Tetrahymena pyriformis.
Joseph Krezanoski; Medical College of Virginia
A diversity of pharmacological and biochemical effects have been
observed with the drug iproniazid (Marsilid, Hoffman-La Roche Inc.)*
Among the outstanding effects are elevation of mood, stimulation of ap¬
petite, hypotensive effect, and the promotion of the healing process. The
current concept of mono-amineoxidase inhibition by iproniazid does not
adequately account for all these actions. In order to learn more about
the mode of action of this drug its effects were examined on a protozoan,
Tetrahymena pyriformis. Data on the effect of iproniazid on the rate of
cell division, whole cell respiration as well as cell homogenate exygen
utilization will be presented. The report will include effects of various
substrates such as acetate, tyramine, and glucose as well as certain co¬
factors such as nicotinamide and pyridoxine on iproniazid inhibition.
8. Studies on the Control of Growth in Timothy Roots.
Robert T. Brumfield;
Longwood College and Oak Ridge National Laboratory
The root cap and meristematic cells of the timothy root are covered
by a gelatinous substance which inhibits the growth of elongating cells
of a second root when transferred by contact. UV stimulates growth and
the stimulation is transferred to nonirradiated roots. The substance is
digested by RNase, its digestion being inhibited by lAA and stimulated
by 2,4,6-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid. The latter compound inhibits UV
stimulation and geotropism. Thus there is circumstantial evidence that
the growth controlling substance is rich in RNA.
9. A Comparison of Initial Effects from Gamma Radiation Upon
Some Gymnosperms and Angiosperms.
W. S. Flory and W. Ralph Singleton;
The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia
In the early spring of 1958 several lots of nursery material were
radiated in the Blandy Cobalt-60 radiation field. Fourteen conifers and
15 dicotyledonous angiosperms were included. Radiation dosages of
2500 r, 5000 r, 10,000 r and 20,000 r were used. The radiated conifers,
practically without exception, either died within a few weeks or months
after treatment, or else showed considerable injury from even the lowest
dosage (2500 r) used. The several angiosperms, rather than being in¬
jured, often had a stimulation of growth following 2500 r or 5,000 r.
With the angiosperms there was retardation of growth following 20,000 r,
as well as dulling of foliage and considerable resetting of terminal growth ;
Proceedings 1958-1959
259
1959]
but practically all these plants from all dosages continued active through¬
out the 1958 season.
10. Embryological Evidence for the Relationship of Aquifoliaceae
TO Celastraceae.
J. M. Herr, Jr.; Pfeiffer College
A comparison of the embryological features of the genus Ilex, the
principle genus in Aquifoliaceae, with those reported for several genera
in Celastraceae reveals several points of similarity. The most striking
similarities involve the formation of the sporogenous tissue; the structure
and growth pattern of the nucellus; the arrangement and behavior of
the megaspores; and the development of the megagametophyte, especially
the behavior of the synergids, polar nuclei, and antipodals. The prepon-
dence of evidence indicates Aquifoliaceae to the more generalized status.
However, in consideration of developmental features dissimilar in the two
families direct derivation of Celastraceae from Aquifoliaceae is not tenable.
11. Ground Vegetation Patterns of the Spruce-Fir Area of the
Great Smoky Mountains National Park.
Dorothy L. Grandall; Randolph-Macon Woman's College
Differences in undergrowth patterns form the basis for site types
designated for the southern boreal forest. These eight site types, based
upon frequency and coverage of species of shrubs and herbaceous plants,
are as follows: (1) Oxalis-Hylocomium; (2) Oxalis-Dryopteris; (3)
Hylocomium-Vaccinium ; (4) Viburnum- Vaccinium-Dryopteris; (5) Sene-
cio; (6) Viburnum- Vaccinium-Senecio; (7) Vibrunum-Vaccinium-Lycopo-
dium; (8) Rhododendron. Various interrelationships of the species of
the lower and upper strata of these site types were discussed.
12. The Gontroversial Sex-Bivalent in the Golden Hamster.
Lyman Randlett Emmons; University of Virginia
Koller (1938) reported both post-reductional (18.4%) and pre-
reductional (81,6%) separation of the sex chromosomes in the Golden
Hamster. Matthey (1951) re-examined the sex bivalent and found only
pre-reductional separation of the X and Y. He stated that the conclusion
of Koller was ''une simple et ingenieuse vue de Fesprit.” Matthey ’s work
has cast doubt upon the coexistence of pre-reduction and post-reduction
in the same species. Further study by this author substantiates Koller’s
original observation. A second type of post-reductional bivalent is de¬
scribed. Post-reduction occurs in our material in 10.9% of the cells
rather than in 18.4%.
260 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
13. The Chromosomes of Zephyranthes Species from the V\^est
Indies.
W. S. Flory; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia
Six Zephyranthes species are known from the West Indies. The pres¬
ent report describes the chromosomes of Z. rosea (24), Z. puertoricensis
(25), Z insularum (28), Z citrina (48), Z carinata (48) and Z bifolia
(60) (the somatic chromosome number appearing in brackets after each
species). Chromosomes with median, near-median, submedian and sub¬
terminal centromeres occur in each species. The number of sub-median,
or of submedian plus near median, chromosomes approximate either
half or more than half the total number for each species. The number
of long median pairs varies from one pair in Z. rosea to five pairs in Z.
bifolia, with the number of sub-terminal ones being slightly higher. The
total length in microns of all chromosomes varies from 122 in Z. rosea to
about 250 in species with the higher numbers. Karyotype relationships
have been studied, and will be discussed. (This study supported in
part by NSF Grant G2716.)
14. A Study of Phylogeny and of Karotype Evolution in Lycoris.
Smritimoy Bose; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia
Chromosome number and karyotype analyses have been made for
12 species and chromosome races in Lycoris. Somatic chromosome num¬
bers involved here are - 12, 13, 14,15, 16, 17, 22, 27, 29-f-lB, 30 and
33. Karyotype analyses show five major types of chromosomes plus a very
short euchromatic (B) chromosome. The basic number is suggested to be
6 or 11. Fusion and fragmentation of chromosomes, telocentric chromo¬
somes, centromeric structure, in karyotype evolution and speciation, are
recognized. Gene mutation, polyploidy and particularly hybridization,
translocation and inversion are also considered in this connection.
15. Experimental Infections of Chick Embryos with Tetrahymena
pyriformis.
Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Lynne Santy, and Valer Clark; Hollins College
Strain WH-1 of Tetrahymena pyriformis was inoculated into develop¬
ing chick embryos at various stages of embryonic development (3rd, 5th,
7th, 9th, 11th, 13th, 15th, and 17th day of incubation) to determine
the most susceptible stages for infection. Younger embryos were more
susceptible but infections were established in all stages inoculated. Older
embryos carried the infection through complete embryonic development
and the yolk sac contained protozoa as long as 48 hours after hatching.
Other embryos inoculated at 11th, 13th, 15th, and 17th day of incubation
failed to show infections when examined 8 days after hatching.
261
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
16. Plant Migrations in Mio-^AppALAcraAN Region.
E. L. Core, West Virginia University
(An invitation address sponsored by the Committee on Virginia Flora)
A large portion of the vascular flora indigenous to the middle Ap¬
palachian area has been here since late Mesozoic or early Cenozoic times.
Some species in relict colonies may be remnants of a still older flora
which has now mostly moved out onto the coastal plain. Boreal and sub-
boreal species migrating southwards during glacial periods are now
gradually withdrawing northwards along the mountain summits, while
southern species are entering the area via river valleys penetrating the
mountains. Prarie species from the mid-west' are entering the artificial
grasslands created through the removal of the forests.
17. Virginia Flora.
A, B. Massey, Virginia Foly technic Institute
Field and herbarium work relating to the flora is progressing. Spare
time and finances handicap those interested. The Committee on Virginia
Flora sponsored the publication of the Flora of Richmond; for five years
published Claytonia, a journal of Virginia botany. Claytonia was dis¬
continued in favor of the Virginia Journal of Science. Sixteen individuals
have each contributed 1 to 12 publications relative to the flora. Ten
local or sectional herbaria have been developed. The Virginia Polytechnic
Institute herbarium is state wide and is believed to be the largest hebarium
in the state. Femald, Allard, Hunnewell, and others have contributed
many specimens to the Virginia Polytechnic Institute herbarium.
18. Notes on the Helminths of Mammals in the Mountain Lake
Region V. The Helminths of Rabbits.
Harry L. Holloway; Roanoke College
The examination of ten rabbits (Sylvilagm species) during the sum¬
mers of 1954 and 1956 disclosed the presence of five species of intestinal
worms (one cestode and four nematodes) and one peritoneal cysticercus.
Cestodes were: Cittotaenia variabilis and Taenia pisiformis. Nematodes
were Fassalams nonanulatus, Dermatoxys veliger, Trichostrongylus cal-
caratus^ and Obeliscoides cunicuU. The parasites appeared to have no
effect upon the host and thus to be a real danger only during periods of
undernomishment and old age when the energy requirements of the
worm load become proportionately greater. Carl F. Clancey, et al (Journal
of Wildlife Management, 1940) encountered four species of helminths
in the examination of 342 rabbits in Connecticut. (Supported in part by
awards from National Science Foundation and Mountain Lake Biological
Station.)
262 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
19. Evaluation of Rabbit Management Methods by Live Trapping.
Donald K. Fortenbery; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Rabbits were live trapped at Camp Pickett on three cultural type
treatments in an effort to determine relative rabbit usage. Trapping was
conducted in plots of winter grain-clover combination, rescue grass, an¬
nual mix of nine species and a control area. Forty-five days of trapping
produced 135 individual cottontails of which 76 were recaptured. In the
annual mix type, 40.75 per cent of the rabbits were captured; 34.10 per
cent in the winter grain type; 11.85 per cent in rescue grass and 13.30
per cent in the control.
20. Techniques Involved in the Use of Chemicals for Establishing
Wildlife Clearings.
Harold A. Trumbo; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Wildlife clearings have been established primarily by bulldozing
and hand labor. These methods have been successful, but costly. Experi¬
ments indicated the feasibility of establishing wildlife clearings by the
use of herbicides. A field experiment was initiated to make the following
evaluations: (1) effectiveness of herbicides as tools, (2) cost comparison
of herbicidal methods to others, and (3) utilization of these areas by
game species. Four herbicides were used: Ammate, Monuron, Fenuron
and 2,4,5-T. Monuron and Fenuron appear acceptable.
21. Effect of Forestry Practices and Wildlife Management on
Abundance and Distribution of Deer.
John H. Quillen, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
A forested area of nearly 8,000 acres in Craig County has been set
up for a 10 year study. Objectives are to study the effect of standard
forestry practices and wildlife management techniques on the indigenous
game species. This first phase of the project has been concerned primarily
with abundance and distribution of deer. Data are being gathered through
pellet group counts, track counts, trapping, direct observations and hunt¬
ing season checks.
22. Incidence and Causes of Tularemia in Humans in Virginia.
Burd C. McCinnes; Virginia Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit
Virginia Department of Health reports of human tularemia cases
were followed up by letters of inquiry to the respective county health
authorities. Results of the three year study indicate the prevalence of
the disease, distribution and major sources of infection.
263
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
23. The Effect of Blackbirds Upon Agriculture in Southwestern
Virginia.
Thomas C. Crebbs, Jr. ; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Investigations of reported damage to grain crops in Southeastern
Virginia have proven that damage is almost directly proportional to weath¬
er conditions; and in the case of milo damage, to proximity of nesting
colonies of Red-wing blackbirds. This season, damage to stacked pea¬
nuts by blackbirds was negligible. Though ignored by farmers, the
monetary loss in field corn eaten by birds exceeded peaniif losses. Grain
sorghums were attacked only when adjacent to marshes, or by migrating
Bobohnks.
24. A Survey of the Food Habits of Rana catesbeiana Shaw from
Five Different Habitats.
Garnett R. Brooks, Jr.; University of Richmond
The food habits of 138 R. catesbeiana from five different types of
ponds were studied. Habitats ranged from open pasture to dense wood¬
land; intermediates were a composite of the two. With the exception of
the food from the pasture pond, insects comprised the major food item
by weight at all ponds (28-49 per cent). Although insects were numerous
at the pasture pond, vertebrates constituted 64 per cent of the total food
weight and insects only six per cent.
25. The Food of the Ghain Pickerel, Esox niger LeSueur in
Tuckahoe Greek, Virginia.
David A. Flemer; University of Richmond
A survey was made from June through December, 1958, to deter¬
mine the distribution and food habits of fishes in Tuckahoe Greek. Thirty
one species, including 64 specimens of Esox niger, were collected. The
pickerel, found only in the lower half of the creek, utilized insects, fishes,
and crustaceans as food. Smaller specimens (less than 74 mm. in length)
fed on insects 48 per cent of the time and fishes 30 per cent of the time.
The diet of larger fish consisted primarily of fishes (63 per cent) and,
to a lesser degree, insects (16 per cent). The data could not be treated
statistically because of the lack of larger specimens.
26. Respiration and Hemolysis of Ultraviolet Irradiated Frog
Erythrocytes.
Lewis Harvie and S. P. Maroney, Jr.; University of Virginia
Respiration and hemolysis of frog {Rana pipiens) erythrocytes sus¬
pended in phosphate buffered glucose-Ringer’s solution were measured
264 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
following ultraviolet irradiation. Non-irradiated cells served as controls.
Hemolysis increased with increasing radiation doses while at the doses
used, oxygen consumption was not altered. These data are consistant
with the concept that ultraviolet-induced hemolysis results from an
alteration of the cell membrane rather than damage to the cells source
of metabolic energy,
27. Observations on the Biology of Pelomyxa palustris Greeff
Collected Under Polysaprobic Conditions.
Daniel H. Stem; University of Richmond
P. palustris Greeff was collected in the Southampton Quarry near
Richmond, Virginia. It appears to exist under polysaprobic conditions.
The organism could be maintained for 8 months in the laboratory only
in tightly capped containers filled with water from the habitat. Experi¬
ments seem to indicate that a microquantity of oxygen and a low tem¬
perature are important factors for successful cultivation. Culture of
P. palustris according to methods previously reported in the literature
was successful. Partial success was obtained when the organism was
cultured using Ankistrodesmus sp. or organic debris from the quarry floor
as food.
28. Studies on Tardigrades from Virginia.
G. T. Riggin, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Studies have been made on the tardigrade fauna of Southwestern
Virginia, especially the regions surrounding Mountain Lake, Blacksburg
and Mt. Rogers, Grayson County. A total of thirty species included in
the genera Echiniscus, Pseudoechiniscus, Macrobiotus, Hysibius, Diphas-
con, Itaquascon, and Milnesium have been collected from moss, studied
and identified. The report of these forms constitutes the first such citation
from Vii'ginia.
1959]
Proceedings 1958-1959
265
CHEMISTRY
Business Session
The possibility of having a short discussion period following each
paper was considered. To allow time for this, it was suggested that two
sessions might be held concurrently on Friday or a Saturday morning
session might be added to the program. But no definite decisions were
reached. The report of the nominating committee was presented, and
the following officers were elected for the 1959-60 period by unani¬
mous vote of the members present: Chairman, — Mearl A. Kise; Secre¬
tary, W. Allan Powell.
1. The Effect of Foreign Metals on the Corrusion of Titanium
in Boiling 2M Hydrochloric Acid.
W. Roger Buck, III, Billy Sloope and Henry Leidheiser, Jr.;
Virginia Institute for Scientific Research
The rate of corrosion of titanium was determined in boiling 2M HCl
when contacted with aluminum, cadmium, tin, zirconium, lead, bismuth,
mercury, silver, copper, antimony, vanadium, 70:30, 50:50 and 30:70
copper-nickel alloys, iron, palladium, cobalt, nickel, gold rhodium, plati¬
num and iridium. Less extensive corrosion measurements of the same type
were also made in 0.6 and 2M H2SO4. The potentials of the couple and
of the two members of the couple were determined in boiling 2M HCl
for 20 of the systems studied. A plot of the corrosion rate vs. the couple
potential yielded a polarization curve which was similar to the anodic
polarization curve for titanium with an impressed voltage. The curve
exhibited a maximum in corrosion rate at a couple potential of -0.49
volt vs. the saturated calomel electrode. The potential of titanium in
boiling 2M HCl was also determined as a function of concentration of
the following metallic cations in the acid: copper, silver, antimony,
nickel, gold, palladium, rhodium, platinum, and iridium. The influence
of the cations on the corrosion rate was explained in relation to the
polarization curve.
2. Oxidative Studies of Dipyridylamines.
Robert N. La whom, Ertle Thompson, Oscar Rodig and James W. Cole, Jr.;
University of Virginia
The dipyridylamines have shown interesting properties as high
temperature antioxidants. Several new dipyridylamines were prepared by
reacting substituted pyridylamines with ^eir respective hydrochlorides.
266 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
In oxidation studies at 204 °C., 2,2’-dipyridylamine and its symmetrical
dimethyl derivatives were compared as antioxidants in di-(2-ethylhexyl)
sebacate. The additive-di-ester solution was oxidized under controlled
conditions and samples analyzed for peroxides and other property
changes. The results were compared with each other and with those of
similar runs with copper, in the elementary and combined form, also
present in the system. There was distinct enhancement of the apparent
antioxidant activitv of the dipyridylamine when copper was present. Ul¬
traviolet and infrared spectrophotometric studies as a means of determin¬
ing the rate of disappearance of the additive and of identifying the
oxidative products was discussed.
3. N-Substituted «: -Amino Nitriles’
L. Neelakantan; Medical College of Virginia
Cyclohexanone oxime reacting with alkali cyanide in the presence
of sodium bisulfite affords excellent yields of 1-hydroxylamino-l-cyano-
cyclohexane. The reaction does not take place in the absence of bisulfite.
The formation of -amino nitriles from -aminoalkansuelfonates is known
Therefore, the following mechanism was proposed:
NHOH NHOH
CD -^OC
S03Na CN
Similar results have been obtained with cyclopentanone oxime, aliphatic
aldoximes and simple ketoximes.
The reaction can be extended to compounds such as phenylhydrazones
and semicarbazones, e.g.,
NaCN
(~P) ^NNHCqH, ^
\ - >
NaHS03
S03Na CN
no reaction
NHNHCeH-,
o
CN
NHNHC3H-,
}C
( S ) =NOH + NaHSO, —
4. Quantitative Micro analysis of Alokoxy Groups.
Robert E. Bailey and Bryant Harrell;
College of William and Mary
(Supported by NIH Grant CY 3024.)
Proceedings 1958-1959
267
1959]
The apparatus for the Zeisel deteraiination of alkoxy groups has
been simplified to consist mainly of six mm tubing jointed with standard
taper joints. The reaction mixture is a mixture of phenol and concentrated
hydrogen iodide, the wash solution saturated sodium carbonate and the
receiver chamber is used for volatile compounds, which are weighed in
sealed melting-point-type tubes. A precision of two or three parts per
thousand was obtained with methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy.
5. A Study of the Structure of Nitryl Chloride.
John C. Kotz and Richard P. Carter; Washington and Lee University
An investigation was undertaken to confirm the structure of nitryl
chloride through the use of its dipole moment. Two structures for the
compound were postulated:
Cl
1
N
/ \
X
N
Cl
n
The microwave spectrum, indicated the planar structure I, whereas,
organic substitution reactions indicated either I or II with I being the
more probable. The infrared spectrum, however, was ambiguous. By
combining the above mentioned spectra with that of the visible and ul¬
traviolet regions and using the dipole moment of the compound, struc¬
ture I has been confirmed as the true structure of nitryl chloride.
6. Synthetic Homologs of w-Amino Acids and Their Derivatives
AS Anti-Tumor Agents.
John Andrako, J. Doyle Smith and W. H. Hartung;
Medical College of Virginia
A number of substituted acetamidomalonic esters, d/-a:-acetamido
acids and dZ-a-amino acids were prepared and submitted for testing in
the screening program of the Cancer Chemotherapy National Seiwice
Center. The substituted acetamidomalonic esters were synthesized by
conventional alkylation of diethyl acetamidomalonate with alkyl and
aralkyl halides. Saponification of the substituted esters gave the dl-a-
acetamido acids. Acid hydrolysis of the esters was employed to obtain the
dZ-a-amino acids. The available results of screening tests performed on
these compounds in the tumor systems employed by the Cancer Chemo¬
therapy National Service Center were reported. (Supported bv the De¬
partment of Health, Education and Welfare Contract No. SA-43-ph-18()7.)
[September
268 The Virginia Journal of Science
7. Selected Addition Complexes of Nitryl Chloride.
Richard P. Carter and John C. Kotz; Washington and Lee University
Using nitryl chloride as the primary reactant and metal halides and
interhalogen compounds as secondary reactants, various addition complexes
of the general nature of nitronium fluoborate, N02(BF4), were obtained.
Some physical properties and constants of these compounds, as well as
reactions with organic compounds, were investigated. These reactions
were carried out to determine more conclusively the mechanism of
aromatic nitration, as well as the value of these addition complexes as
nitrating agents.
8. The Infrared Absorption of Phosphorus Compounds.
Margaret Anne Barber; Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation
A correlation has been made of the infrared absorption of organic
and inorganic phosphorus compounds with their chemical structures.
Results from a number of sources have been collected and compared.
Typical literature values have been compared with actual absorption
spectra obtained on the Perkin-Elmer ‘‘Spectracord” (one of the recent¬
ly developed “low cost” infrared spectrometers). Charts have been pre¬
pared of the characteristic absorption of atomic groupings most frequent¬
ly encountered in phosphorus compounds. Practical applications of these
data have been made in utilizing infrared absorption to follow the oxida¬
tion of a P(III) compound to a P(V) compound and to analyze mix¬
tures of the allotropes of sodium triphosphate.
9. Specific Centers in Palladium Catalsts.
Robert L. Beamer and Walter H. Hartung;
Medical College of Virginia
Two thoughts suggest that catalysts prepared by depositing palladium
on a suitable carrier may have highly specific centers. First, it has been
observed from previous work that the qualitative properties, e.g., the
rate at which a given substrate is hydrogenated are appreciably influenc¬
ed by the method of preparation of the catalyst. Second, from analogy
with biocatalysis or enzyme reactions and assuming random deposition
of the metal, it is postulated that only those centers onto which a
substrate molecule “fits” may act catalytically. A design of experiments
and apparatus to test these hypotheses was presented and supporting
data were discussed.
10. Research in Cancer Chemotherapy.
John E. Yurko and Bryant Harrell; College of William and Mary
Proceedings 1958-1959
269
1959]
The National Program of Cancer Chemotherapy along with some of
its purposes was briefly explained. The most widely used present-day
methods of cancer control were mentioned and the most promising types
of cancer chemotherapeutic drugs were listed along with the type of
action exhibited. The syntheses of some methane sulfonates and similar
compounds were undertaken in the laboratory. The compounds were
submitted to the Cancer Chemotherapy National Service Center for
screening.
11, Recent Electron and Optical Micrographs of a Catalyst
Surface.
Allan T. Gwathmey and Shaukat Azim; University of Virginia
Past studies with single crystals of copper have shown that certain
faces only are stable during the catalytic reaction of hydrogen and
oxygen. Preliminary studies with the electron microscope revealed many
interesting types of surface structures not previously observable with
the optical microscope. More recent studies with the electron microscope
have been made of the catalyst surface under different .conditions of
experimentation. The influence of imperfections and long periods of
time on surface structures was more carefully investigated and were
described with the aid of micrographs.
12. Electron Microscope Observations on the Decomposition of
Molybdenum Trioxide and Cuprous Oxdde.
Kenneth R. Lawless; University of Virginia
When some materials are observed in the electron microscope with
a high intensity beam, changes may take place in the specimen. Moly¬
bdenum trioxide single crystals exhibit several changes due to the heat¬
ing up of the strained specimens in the vacuum. The changes observed
were- 1) sublimation, 2) recrystallization, 3) apparent precipitation of
a new phase along specific crystal planes and 4) complete conversion to
MoOg. Thin films of cuprous oxide under some conations also decom¬
pose, forming copper nuclei which continue to grow as the specimen
is heated by the electron beam. These changes may be followed both
by electron microscopy and electron diffraction.
13. Carotenoid Pigments of Aged Burley Tobacco.
H. E. Wright, Jr., W. W. Burton and R. C. Berry, Jr.;
The American Tobacco Company
The carotenoids of aged Burley tobacco were separated by column
chromatography. Eighteen pigment bands were observed in an amount
corresponding to 43.3 ug./g. of dry leaf, less than 25% of the carotenoid
270 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
content of green Burley tobacco. One of the major carotenoids, Pigment
X, apparently was a nonether cis polyol adsorbing above zeaxanthin.
a-Carotene, ^^-carotene, cryptoxanthin, lutein, zeaxanthin and Pigment X,
including respective stereoisomers, comprised 98% of the carotenoids.
Minor constituents included five pigments whose partial identification
indicated that they may be: a monohydroxy-a-carotene, an epiphasic
lutein isomer, ^-carotenone aldehyde and two m-lycopenes. Violaxan-
thin and neoxanthin, major xanthophylls of fresh, green tobacco, were
not found in the aged tobacco.
14. Qualitative Elementary Analysis of Organic Compounds by
A Combustion Method.
Frank Denaro and Bryant Harrell; College of William and Mary
Organic materials were converted into soluable combustion pro¬
ducts which were then analyzed for chlorine, bromine, iodine, sulfur,
nitrogen, carbon and hydrogen by usual qualitative methods. The com-
busion proceeds at high temperatures in an atmosphere of oxygen and
the combusion products were absorbed in a solution of sodium hydroxide.
15. A Study of the Acid Catalyzed Cleavage of 10-Cyclohexyl-
1 ,2-Benzanthracene.
F. A. Vingiello and T. Delia; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
In collection with the extensive studies conducted on aromatic
cyclodehydration, it became clear that certain meso substituted 1,2-
benzanthracenes are subject to acid cleavage. The synthesis and cleavage
of 10-cyclohexyl- 1,2-benzanthracene was reported. The synthesis of sev¬
eral new ketones and the cleavage of several other 7neso substituted 1,2-
benzanthracenes was discussed.
16. Surface Tension, Intermolecular Distance and Association
Energy of a Pure Non-Polar Liquid.
Ralph G. Steinhardt, Jr. ; Hollins College
It is known that a linear relation exists between molecular refraction
and the parachor of pure liquids. A simple mathematical development
of this relation leads to the conclusion that, for pure non-polar liquids,
the decrease in surface tension with increasing temperature can be
attributed solely to the corresponding increase in intermolecular distance.
It can also be shown that a simple approximate relationship exists be¬
tween surface tension and the London energy. Therefore, for a pure non¬
polar liquid, the surface tension is a simple, approximate function of
the total intermolecular association energy.
271
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
17. Some Colorless Polyenes of Aged Burley Tobacco.
H. E. Wright, Jr., W. W. Burton and R. C. Berry, Jr.;
The American Tobacco Company,
Several colorless polyenes of aged Burley tobacco were separated
by column chromatography. Neophytadiene, phytoene and phytofluene
were identified. In addition, two colorless polyenes were found whose
partial identification indicated that they may be isodesmethylaxerophthene
and a-ionone. Neophytadiene was the principal colorless polyene iden¬
tified.
18. Proof of Structure of 4-HYDROXY-2-METHYLTETRAHYDRO'mio-
PHENE 1,1 -Dioxide.
Robert C. Krug and James A. Rigney, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
In the presence of a strong base, 2-methyl-2,5dihydrothiophene 1,1-
dioxide and 2-methyl-2,3dihydrothiophene 1,1 -dioxide (I) were convert¬
ed to a mixture of an alcohol (II) and 2-methyl-4,5-dihydrothiophene
I, 1 -dioxide. Since I was obtained from the pyrolysis of the acetate from
II, the new alcohol was assigned the structure 4-hydroxy-2-methyltetra
hydrothiophene 1,1-dioxide. To confirm the assignment, an independent
svnthesis was undertaken which established the structure of II as proposed.
The eight step synthesis proceeded through a cyclic ketosulfide which
had been prepared by Larrson (Svenk. Kem. Tid., 57, 248 (1946), to
a dinitrobenzoate which was identical with the same derivative prepared
from 11.
19. Inhibition of the Nitrostyrene Condensation in Acetic Acid
BY Traces of Water.
Charles E. Bell, Jr., and Thomas I. Crowell;
University of Virginia
The formation of the nitrostyrene from nitromethane and piperonal,
in the presence of n-butylamine, was followed gravimetrically in glacial
acetic acid. The rate decreased very markedly with increasing water
concentration in the range 0.03 to 2% water. Equilibrium measurements
showed a corresponding decrease in the concentration of the intermediate
Schiff base, partially accounting for the observed inhibition.
20. QuAN'iTiAnvE Separation of Some Pyridine Compounds by
Paper Chromatography.
Eugene Clock and T. H. Vaughan, Jr.;
The American Tobacco Company
A paper cliromatographic procedure was developed for tiie separa-
272 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
tion and quantitative determination of nicotine, pyridine, yg-picoline and
several other pyridine derivatives which may be found in cigarette
smoke. The pyridine compounds were separated in bands as their
hydrochlorides by one-dimensional descending paper chromatography
employing a n-butanol-HCl-HzO as the developing solvent. The pyridine
compounds were located on the chromatograms in microgram quantities
by their absorption of short-wave ultraviolent light and their characteristic
fluorescence and phosphorescence in liquid nitrogen. The separated
chromatographic bands of the pyridines were eluted with HCl and the
amounts were determined by ultraviolet spectrophotometry. This method
has been applied to the determination of several pyridine compounds in
cigarette smoke.
21. The Preparation of a 10- (Hydroxymethylphenyl) -1,2-
Benzanthracene.
F. A. Vingiello and C. Lewis; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Recently, 10-phenyLl, 2-benzanthracene was prepared. The com¬
pound was tested for carcinolytic activity by the National Institute of
Health. It showed slight anti-tumor activity when tested against several
tumors. In view of this information, it obviously became interesting to
try to prepare a 10-hydroxymethylphenyl- 1,2-benzanthracene and to test
its physiological activity. The synthesis of this compound was reported
upon.
22. Kinetics in a Dual Temperature System.
Thomas I. Crowell; University of Virginia
A chemical equilibrium having forward rate constants ki and ki* and
reverse rate constants kg and W at temperatures T and T* will reach a
steady state if the temperature fluctuates rapidly between these two tem¬
peratures. The steady-state concentrations are given by an apparent
equilibrium constant, Ko = (kg* -f nk2)/(ki' -f- nki) where the system
remains n times as long at the lower temperature as at the higher.
Experimental data and possible applications were given, including
evaluation of the activation energy from Ko and n.
23. An Investigation of three Derivatives of Chromotropic Acid
AS Possible Colorimetric Reagents for the Simultaneous
Determination of Uranium and Thorium.
H. Perry Holcomb and John H. Yoe; University of Virginia
A method for the spectrophotometric determination of uranium using
3- ( 2-arsonophenylazo ) -4,5-dihydroxy-2,7-naphthalene-disulfonic acid ( tri¬
sodium salt) has already been developed. This reagent and two other
derivatives of chromotropic acid, 4,5-dihydroxy-3-(p-sulfophenylazo)-2,7-
Proceedings 1958>1959
273
1959]
naphthalenedisulfonic acid (trisodium salt) and 4,5-dihydroxy-3-(p-nitho-
pIienyIazo)-2,7-naphthalenedisulfonic acid (disodium salt), are being ex¬
amined as possible colorimetric reagents for the simultaneous determina¬
tion of uranium and thorium. Spectral studies of these compounds and
of their uranium and thorium complexes were presented.
24. Color Reactions of 1,4-Dihydroxyanthraquinones.
E. Guy Owens, II; University of Virginia
1,4-Dihydroxanthraquinones from intensely colored complexes with
a variety of metallic ions. Color reactions of a series of substituted 1,4-
dihydroxyanthraquinones with beryllium and aluminum were studied with
regard to analytical applications.
25. Spectrophotometric Determination of Manganese (II).
Dwight O. Miller; University of Virginia
The concentration of manganese in human plasma and red cells is
extremely low, so low that a more sensitive procedure than the per¬
manganate colorimetric method iS needed. Manganese (II) reacts with
diethyldithiocarbamate to yield a colored complex which has been used
for the spectrophotometric determination of the metal. Diethyldithiocar¬
bamate and other substituted dithiocarbamates were studied as reagents
for the spectrophotometric determination of manganese (II) and the
extractabilities of the manganese complexes with various organic sol¬
vents were investigated.
26. Spectrochemical Determination of Trace Amounts of Nickel
in Normal Human Plasma and Red Blood Cells.
Leonel M. Paixo; University of Virginia
A spectrochemical method for the simultaneous determination of
magnesium, chromium, nickel, copper and zinc in human plasma and
red blood cells was developed in the Pratt Trace Analysis Laboratory.
The limit for nickel was 0.02 p.p.m. and in some samples, nickel was
not detected. Because so little is known about the nickel content of hu¬
man blood fractions, an effort was made to increase the sensitivity of
the method. The details of the studies were reported upon.
27. Some Observations of Crystal Imperfections During Oxidation
AND Catalytic Reaction on Copper.
R. H. Kean; University of Virginia
The locations of imperfections or discontinuities in the atomic lattice
of crystal surfaces, whether caused by atomic dislocation, by edges or
274 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
comers of atomic planes or by impurities, all represent points of abnormal
surface energy. As such, their role in the mechanism of chemical reactions
occurring on solid surfaces is of considerable theoretical interest. Thus,
the identification of these points on crystal surfaces and theii* correlation
with points of preferential chemical activity, as in the first stages of
oxidation of a metal, or in the dissolving of metal by etching or in the
catalytic activity of the surface, have recently been increasingly the
objects of experiment. The results of a few preliminary experiments in
this field were presented.
EDUCATION
1. The Relation Between ACE Scores and Academic Success in
College.
Alfred L. Wingo; State Department of Education
Essentially a progress report since the study had not been completed.
2. Some Sogio-Psychological Factors Affecting the Development
of Children's Interests.
Judy Hollen and G. W. Kent; Bridgewater College
The purpose of this study was to examine a number of factors which
are generally viewed as important in the formation and change of chil¬
dren's interests. These factors were age, grade, school, sex, and interest
area. The California Pictorial Interest Inventory was administered to
approximately 500 children in grades 4 through 7 enrolled in five
elementary schools in Rockingham County, Virginia. Only sex and in¬
terest area were found to differ significantly. It was concluded that the
large differences observed in sex and interest area, and the lack of
significant differences in age, grade, and school is a function of the test
employed to study interest. This test is designed as a vocational guidance
tool rather than as an instmment for studying children's interests.
3. A Study of Teacher Evaluation Techniques.
Donald Banks and G. W. Kent; Bridgewater College.
Eight faculty members at Bridgewater College participated in an
evaluation study in which three different rating scales were employed
together with two methods of ranking. Students rated these teachers
using the rating scales. A selected gi'oup of student leaders also evaluated
the teachers by means of the paired comparison and rank order tech-
Proceedings 1958-1959
275
1959]
niques. The teachers themselves used these two ranking techniques, and
the college President and Dean likewise ranked the teachers via these
two techniques. The faculty members were found least consistent in
their rankings, while the administrative officers were the most consistent.
The correlations among the various methods were in excess of .90, all
were significant at the .001 level of confidence. Three hypotheses were
advanced for these data: (1) The high correlations result from a con¬
founding of judgements about teaching skill with personal liking for the
teacher. (2) The period of time a teacher has been on the faculty will
influence his rank (the first year teacher as opposed to the older teacher).
(3) The basis for ranking the teachers was prestige and reputation rath¬
er than personal experience. Since all methods yielded similar results, it
is concluded that the method to be employed is a function of other con¬
siderations than reliability and validity of measurement.
4. Background of College Teachers.
W. D. Clague; Bridgewater College
The data for this report were collected by the use of questionnaires
returned by a random sample of the teachers of the accredited four-year
colleges of the south. This report is part of a larger study entitled
"Sources of Teaching Personnel for Church Related Colleges of the
South.” College teachers in general come from the middle or lower edu¬
cational and social groups of our society. They come from homes in
which the parents have achieved a formal education below graduation
from high school. More college teachers come from rural farm homes than
from any other single occupational group. Business, skilled and unskilled
labor, and the professions other than the ministry and teaching are the
occupations next in order. Less than ten percent of college teachers
come from homes in which the parents were teachers at any level and
very few come from the homes of college teachers. The decision to enter
college teaching as a career was generally made comparativly late in the
college teacher’s educational program. Less than one-half of those who
eventually became college teachers had decided to do so by the time of
graduation from college. Even so the most important factor in the choice
of college teaching as a career was encouragement by one’s college teach¬
ers to enter college teaching by the individual himeslf. It seems safe to
conclude that college teachers come from a level of society in which col¬
lege teaching is viewed as an opportunity to improve one’s self and as
a result of personal contacts between college teachers and their students.
5. Reconstructing the Curriculum of Mahachulalongkorn
Rajavidyalaya Buddist University Under Royal Patronage
AT Bangkok, Thailand. '
Kurt F. Leidecker; Mary Washington College
276 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Two Buddhist universities serve the Thai clergy who cannot attend
the secular colleges and universities, one being Mahamakuta Rajavidyalaya
controlled by the Dhammayukta Sect of Hinayana Buddism with ap¬
proximately 18,000 monks and novices and favored by the aristocracy,
the other Mahachulalongkorn Rajavidyalaya, controlled by the Mahani-
kaya with approximately 222,000 members. It was the latter which
asked the writer to serve as Foreign Adviser during 1956 and 1957 while
he did a tour of duty as Cultural Affairs Consultant with the U. S.
Information Service and Embassy at Bangkok. In numerous conferences
with the Rector and staff a streamlined curriculum and an administrative
organization were evolved basically along American lines, incorporating
the desiderata and omitting certain subjects not applicable to members
of the monastic order, yet stressing others not previously incorporated into
the curriculum.
The fully worked-out curriculum is an integrated one empha¬
sizing the humanities and Asian studies. It is so constructed that grad¬
ually more phases of it can be activated when and if the extremely
modest funds and limited facilities are increased and instructors become
available. It was anticipated that aid could be obtained from various
sources. This hope, has, in part, been materialized. A large classroom build¬
ing is now being completed; more instructors have made themselves
available on a gratuitous basis; a modest system of publications has
been initiated; and the holdings of the library which was organized on
the Dewey Decimal System have been materially increased. Administra¬
tion and the younger members of the Buddist Ecclesiastical Order espec¬
ially are eager for a fuller and better education and are aware of the
necessity of the knowledge of English. Foundational and other support
would be welcome and go a long way toward increasing the educational
facilities of an influential yet educationwise somewhat neglected sector
of the Trai population.
6. Symposium: Relative Merits of Laboratory vs. Demonstration
IN THE Teaching of Science.
A. L. Wingo; Moderator
Earl Savage; Richmond Public Schools
Sydney S. Negus; Medical College of Virginia
Franklin D. Kizer; State Department of Education
Richard Irby; Department of Research and Development,
American Tobacco Company
Lindele A. Pitt; Richmond Public Schools
1959]
Proceedings 1958-1959
277
ENGINEERING
1. The Measurement of Gas Ion Gurrents.
Robert L. Ramey and Robert L. Overstreet; University of Virginia
The use of a pair of electrometer tetrodes in a balanced amplifier
permits measuring currents down to 6 x 10“^® amperes, considerably
smaller than the minimum grid currents of the tubes. The control grid
of each electrometer tube is permitted to float, each grid circuit being
completed via the effective leakage resistance Ri and Ra of the corres¬
ponding tube. The grid to ground capacitance Ci and Gg of each tube
is adjusted so that RiGi = R2C2 and the accelerating grid of each electro¬
meter tube is adjusted to balance the quiescent plate currents of the
tubes. Any signal current is applied to the control grid of No. 1 tube is
given by
H (1"R
) + R. (l-R
dx
dT
where S is the deflection sensitivity of a galvanometer connected directly
dx
between the anodes of the two electrometers, — is the observed de-
dt
flection rate of this galvanometer, and is the transconductance.
R^ is the anode coupling resistor, the dynamic plate resistance, and
Rgq - of each tube. The time available for linear
r + R
P c
measurements is T = ^*2 R^Cj^
For new electrometer tubes the effective grid leakage Rj runs about
5 X 10^’ ohms and a typical value for Ci is 4 mmfd., yielding a measure¬
ment time of 4,000 seconds.
2. Research in Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavements.
Howard Newlon; Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research
In currently designed concrete pavements, provision must be made
to accommodate movements caused by changes in atmospheric condi¬
tions. Transverse joints are included so that relatively low tensile strength
278 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
of the concrete is not exceeded. In recent years interest has been revived
in a design method whereby transverse joints are eliminated. Because of
the absence of joints, cracks form as the pavement contracts but if suf¬
ficient reinforcing steel is included the cracks will be held tightly closed
and will not constitute a structural weakness. Thus far the approach to
this new design has been experimental in nature but certain factors, i.e.
thickness, amount of steel, and general behavior, have been tentatively
established.
In order to understand more clearly the fundamental behavior of
this type of pavement, the Virginia Department of Highways plans an
experimental pavement on Route 95 near Emporia. As a part of this
project, theoretical studies have been made by Dr. WilHam Zuk and a
model pavement constructed in the form of a sidewalk. This paper pre¬
sented (1) some basic facts concerning the design of continuously re¬
inforced and eonventional pavements; (2) a brief summary of information
obtained from past researeh; and (3) plans for future research in Virginia.
3. Theoretical Analysis of Torsion in Skewed Bridges.
WilHam Zuk; University of Virginia
To meet the requiiements of modem highway transportation, bridges
are often built with the abutments skewed to the longitudinal direction
of the roadway. Among the previously unsolved problems of this type
of bridge is the problem of the torsional effects diat exist in the main
stringer beams of such bridges, particularly ones built with the beams
integral with the bridge decks. Theoretical solutions for the torsion in
the beams of uniformly loaded bridges are found for two conditions of
end bearing orientation. The first condition of bearing orientation is the
standard one in which the bearings are parallel to the direction of the
abutments. Solutions are obtained by considering the bridge system as
an orthotropic plate, with the governing orthotropic differential plate
equations transformed into skewed coordinates to more easily satisfy
the boundary conditions. When the free spans of the decks are not greater
than the widths of the roadways, the solutions of the deflected surfaces
of the bridges are considerably simpiHfied. From the equations of the
deflection surfaces, torsion formulae for the stringer beams are thus
obtained.
4. The Effect of Mechanical Vibration on Liquid Film Heat
Transfer Coefficients.
Dennis M. Frame; University of Virginia
The theory that vibration should increase heat transfer between
flowing Hquid systems is based on the fact that vibration should destroy
or reduce the laminar film at the pipe wall. The work described oonsis-
Proceedings 1958-1959
279
1959]
ted of designing a counter-current concentric tube heat exchanger in
which the inner tube could be vibrated in a direction parallel with the
directions of flow. Tests were run with both frequency and amphtude
varying and with amplitude varying while frequency was held constant.
The range of flow rates investigated covered values of Reynolds numbers
from 2,000 to 22,000. The data obtained indicate that there is a small
increase in heat transfer coefficients with the vibration when the Reynolds
numbers are in the range of 6,000 to 14,000. This increase appears to
be at most only around four percent of the original coefficient value.
The data indicate a very small effect of amphtude and indicate that
frequency is the variable effecting the changes in the film coefficient.
The results of this work indicate that vibration would be impractical
for exchangers operating at Reynolds number above 2,000.
5. Energy Amplification in a Two-Component Nozzle Flow.
John E. Scott, Jr.; University of Virginia
Energy amplification of a supersonic molecular beam source is given
theoretical consideration. A two-component jet composed of a light car¬
rier gas which is "seeded” with a heavy gas serving as the active com¬
ponent is employed. The concept is that the heavy molecules will have
their energy augmented by colhsions with the Hghter ones during the
expansion process. The analysis shows that the energy augmentation, ex¬
pressed in terms of an energy amplification factor, can become quite
large for the case of large differences in mass of the active component
and carrier gas. The fraction of the total energy available which ap¬
pears as kinetic energy of the heavy component is close to unity for large
mass ratios even though only a small quantity of heavy gas is used.
Introduction of a velocity lag parameter shows that even a small lag in
velocity between the heavy and hght molecular components results in
a marked decrease in energy augmentation. However, it is concluded
that energy amplification factors of significance can be obtained using
the "seeding technique” which will enable the extension of the range of
aerodynamic molecular beam source experiments.
6. The Static and Dynamic Stability of Several Body Shapes
IN Newtonian Flow.
E. Brian Pritchard; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
It is the purpose of this paper to investigate several missile nose con-
figuartions to determine the most efficient body from the standpoint of
stability. Three configurations were chosen to be studied. These are:
(1) a hemisphere; (2) the cone inscribed in the hemisphere; (3) the
minimum-drag cone frustum for the same fineness ratio as the hemis¬
phere. For each of the above bodies, Newton’s impact theory was ap-
280 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
plied to define its static and dynamic stability. In this investigation, three
physical mass distributions were chosen for each body type; namely,
(1) a solid, homogeneous body; (2) a shell body without a base; (3)
a shell body with a closed base. In order to investigate the static and
dvnamic stability it was necessary to define the stability derivatives
^ Q , Cj^, and . Having defined these parameters the
stability of each missile nose configuration was obtained for each physical
mass distribution.
7. The Applicability of Sandwich Construction to Missile Shapes.
Joseph S. Pratt and E. Brian Pritchard; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The applicability of sandwich construction for missile shapes is
investigated from an applied load consideration. A general missile con¬
figuration, consisting of a cone with a cylindrical afterbodv is considered.
Honeycomb and corrugated core types of sandwich construction are used
in the analysis of the cone and cylindrical afterbody. The buckling loads
are established and the results compared for both core types. It was
found that the structure displayed a large margin of safety for both core
types under the loading encountered at an altitude of 100,000 feet and
a Mach number of 10 for the given diameter of the missile. It was con¬
cluded that, from a strength to weight ratio consideration, the aluminum
honeycomb core sandwich construction is more efficient that the cor¬
rugated core type.
8. On The Optimization of Trajectories.
Robert B. Richards and James B. Eades, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
A method is presented for the optimization of the trajectory and
the mass distribution of a vertical sounding rocket. In general the optimal
path will be composed of path segments flown with maximum thrust,
variable thrust and in coasting flight. As a consequence of the optimi¬
zation the composition of the complete extremal path is defined. The
problem presented is that of determining the optimum path for maxi¬
mum altitude with a two-stage rocket vehicle. This problem is solved
with the assumption of an isothermal atmosphere and a constant drag co¬
efficient corresponding to supersonic flight. For the complete optimiza¬
tion of both the trajectory and the mass distributions, the problem is
necessarilv solved bv a double iteration procedure. A sample problem
was presented to show the procedure for calculation, and to illustrate
the influence of staging on the solution.
281
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
9. On the Problem of Earth Satellites.
Roland N. Bell and James B. Eades, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
This paper is a presentation of a highly refined method for approxi¬
mating the trajeetory of a satellite-carrying vehicle. Refinement is at¬
tained by the treatment of thrust, drag and gravity as variables and the
division of the flight into several phases. By making only the most
essential simplifying assumptions, integrable relations for terms describing
the characteristics of the trajectory are obtained. The integration and
application of these relations has been limited to small intervals so as
to keep the incurred error negligible and, hence, the solutions are ob¬
tained by a stepwise integration process. A brief analysis of the elements
of the elliptic oibit completes the derivation. To employ and test the
equations obtained, a sample problem was worked based on a three-
stage vehicle similar to the Vanguard. The results obtained from the
solution of the sample problem are presented in tables and graphs.
10. Laminar Boundary Layer Control by Magnetogasdynamic
Techniques.
Charlie M. Jackson, Jr., and Robert W. Truitt;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
In this paper a method of analyzing the two dimensional high-speed
laminar boundary layer with an applied transverse magnetic field is
presented. A closed-form solution is obtained for the governing equation
of the compressible boundary layer over a body with pressure gradient.
An analysis is made to determine a method of maintaining a constant
boundary layer thickness ever an arbitrary body by magnetogasdynamic
techniques. It is found that by controlling the appHed magnetic field
strength the boundary layer can be maintained constant. Using the gov¬
erning equation of the boundary layer, an expression is developed for
the necessary variation of the magnetic field strength. The problem of
maintaining a constant boundary-layer thickness over a hemicylindrical
leading edge of a wing is considered. The solution, that is — the necessary
variation of the magnetic field strength — is presented for a constant
electrical conductivity and for the more realistic condition of a variable
electrical conductivity. An analysis is made of the variation with tem¬
perature and density of the electrical conductivity of ionized air. Closed
from expressions are obtained for the viscous and magnetic drag co¬
efficients of the hemicylinder with constant boundary-layer thickness.
11. Compressibility Effects in Magnetogasdynamic Flow.
Linwood B. Callis and Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The subject of this paper is the determination of the effects of
282
The Virginia Journal of Science [September
shock-interaction of the laminar boundary-layer characteristics under the
influence of an applied magnetic field. In order to determine expressions
for the magnetogasdynamic boundary-layer characteristics, the general
van Karman integral momentum equation is used with the addition of a
magnetic body force term. From a consideration of this equation and
other basic relations, expressions for the skin friction, boundary-layer
thickness, and boundary-layer temperature were obtained. Having these
expressions, relations were then obtained giving the ratios of pressure,
velocity, temperature, density, and viscosity as functions of a shock-in¬
teraction parameter; the ratios being that of a quantity in a region where
no interaction is present. In order to determine the effects of shock-in¬
teraction on the boundary-layer characteristics, similar ratios of these
characteristics were taken. Introducing the shock-wave boundary-layer
interaction parameter, by means of the basic ratios previously mentioned,
the effects of shock-interaction on the boundary-layer characteristics may
be determined. The results, and the implications of these results, are
given at the end of the paper.
12. The Fundamentals of the Separation of Hydrogen and
Carbon Dioxide by Gaseous Diffusion.
Russell A. Primrose; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The diffusion was studied of carbon dioxide and hydrogen in equal
proportions through barrier materials of fiber glass filter media at flow
lates of 2, 4, and 10 cubic feet/hour and pressures of 2,5 and 10 psia.
An 0.008-inch Dexiglas filter manufactured by Dexter and Sons gave 0.5%
separation, while one 0.015-inch thick Vetra filter manufactured by Mine
Safety Appliances gave 3%. A sintered stainless steel screen gave 3 to
4% with a pressure drop of 1.5 inches of water. Other filter media are
being investigated.
13. The Design, Construction, and Operation of a Heat Exchanger
FOR A Moving Bed Hypersorption Process.
Wilham A. Barkley and Stuart B. Row; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Efficient heat exchange in the desorption heat exchanger of a moving
bed hypersorption column has been difficult to obtain with standard heat
exchangers. To evaluate the heat transfer characteristics of the activated
carbon absorbent, a one-tube, vertical-tube heat exchanger was built.
This heat exchanger had a length of three feet, a tube diameter of %
inches, and a shell diameter of 2^ inches. The activated carbon flow
rate was varied from 1.6 to 2.4 pounds per hour, and the steam pressure
was varied from nine to 70 psig. The exchanger was also evaluated with
and without agitation. From these experimental data, heat transfer co-
eficients, the maximum temperature of absorbent, and the optimum
Proceedings 1958-1959
283
1959]
operating conditions were obtained, Using the results obtained from the
one-tube heat exchanger, a heat exchanger was designed and constructed
for use in an experimental hypersorber. By evaluation of the variation
of the steam pressure, agitation, and carbon flow rate, the optimum
operating conditions of the heat exchanger were determined.
14. Fundamental Factors Affecting Mass Transfer in a Mixer-
Settler Type Extraction.
N, C. M. Landis, G. E. Brown and F. W. Bull;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
A three stage mixer-settler hquid-liquid extraction unit arranged for
countercurrent flow has been built for extractions using the system
tolueneacetone-water. Each stage is composed of two sections of 2-inch
diameter glass-pipe, 6 inches high, separated by an aluminum block.
The two phases enter a stage through a copper tube nozzle in the
aluminum block, intimate mixing occurs and centrifugal motion is imparted
to the liquids. After mixing in the nozzle the two phases are allowed to
settle by giavity and centrifugal action, and the light and heavy phases
from each stage are removed from top and bottom of the stage. Two
different nozzles and % inch) were used for rates of 120 and 200
pounds per hour total flow. Mass transfer coefficients and stage effi¬
ciencies have been calculated for the extraction of acetone from toluene
with water using one, two, and three stages and both large and small
nozzles; and for the extraction of acetone from water with toulene using
one stage and a small nozzle. The necessary solvent to feed ratio for
optimum transfer and stage eficiency has been determined.
15. The Extraction of Sodium Hydroxide and Acetic Acid From
A Semi-Chemical Paper Pulp Waste Using Electrodialysis.
Nelson F. Murphy and Earl J. Holberg; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The feasibihty of electrolytically extracting sodium hydroxide and
acetic acid from semi-chemical pulp black liquor using ion membranes
was studied in a three-compartment cell having a steel cathode and
platinum anode. Waste feed, dilute sodium hydroxide, and dilute acetic
acid were introduced to the bottom of the central, cathode, and anode
compartments respectively. Sodium ions passed into the cathode compart¬
ment through a 5-inch diameter Amberplex C-1 cation permeable mem¬
brane and acetate ions passed into the anode compartment through an
Amberplex A-1 anion permeable membrane. Five tests conducted at
about 360 ml. per hour anolyte feed rate and 60 ml. per hour catholyte
rate were carried out in one to six hour periods with current varying
from 0.772 to 1.00 amperes giving diaphragm current densities from
0.039 to 0.050 amperes per sq. in. The cathode diaphragm efficiency
284 The VraciNiA Journal of Science [September
rose from 18.3% to 89.5% for a six hour test, while the corresponding
anode diaphram efficiency rose from 5.5% to 40.8%. The cell took
more time with each test for the current to reach one ampere at 32 volts.
The weight of the products extracted per killowatt-hour of power increased
with the length of the test.
Business Meeting.
The business meeting of the section was called by the chairman at
4:00 p.m. on Friday, May 8. The nominating committee, N. F. Murphy,
R. M. Hubbard and D. M. Crim, chairman proposed a slate of officers
for the next year. Unanimously elected were O. R. Singleton, Jr., Chair¬
man, Stuart B. Row, Secretary, and R. M. Hubbard, Editor. Four select¬
ed contestants from the Junior Academy of Science described their exhibits
and answered questions of members. Mr. Eugene MacFarlane of Marian
High School, Marian, Virginia was selected to receive the George Wash-
in^on Engineering Award for 1959. The business meeting then adjourned.
16. General Description of the University of Virginia Nuclear
Reactor.
Lawrence R. Quarles; University of Virginia
The University of Virginia has under construction a one megawatt
swimming pool reactor which is scheduled to go critical next spring. The
reactor facility is located near the western hmits of the University and
is readily accessible to all interested science departments. It will be
operated by the School of Engineering but is designed for research use
by the science departments and the Schools of Medicine and Engineering
as well as for instruction in nuclear engineering. The divided pool offers
a high degree of flexibihty in use. The reactor may be positioned in
either section of the pool for operation at approximately 100 kilowatts
with convection cooling. Provision is made for forced cooling for opera¬
tion at one megawatt with the reactor positioned at one end of the pool.
Built-in facilities include two 8” beam holes, a 4’ x 6' access port and a
thermal colum. A large research area is provided at the top of the pool
and another adjacent to the access ports. Plans call for eventual provision
of radiation chemistry and hot laboratory facilities.
17. Inherent Safety of the Swimming Pool Type Nuclear Reactor.
J. L. Meem; University of Virginia
The key to the inherent safety of the swimming pool type reactor
is in the use of ordinary water as a coolant and moderator. Neutrons
produced by fission are high energy neutrons and must be slowed down
to thermal energies before initiating additional fissions in the reactor. This
process of slowing down neutrons is called moderation, and water is an
Proceedings 1958-1959
285
1959]
excellent moderator. If for some unknown reason, there is a sudden in¬
crease in power, the water is heated and becomes less dense, and this
decreases the ability to slow down neutrons. Accordingly, the fission rate
and reactor power decrease. This characteristic is called the ‘‘Negative
Temperature Coefficient.” All swimming pool type reactors have negative
temperature coefficients and are inherently self stabilizing. An even more
important characteristic of this type reactor is the “Negative Void Co¬
efficient.” An accident has never occurred in a swimming pool type
reactor which initiated a power surge sufficient to cause boiling, but
assuming such an accident did occur, it is easy to see that if sufficient
heat were produced to cause boiling, the steam voids produced would
greatly decrease the water density and shut down the reactor at once.
18. Hazards Analysis for the University of Virginia Nuclear
Reactor.
Walter P. Walker; University of Virginia
This paper summarizes an evaluation of hazards which could result
from an accident in a swimming pool-type research reactor. Each way in
which radioactive contamination could be released and dispersed is con¬
sidered, and for each an estimate is made of the radiation level to which
off-site personnel might be exposed. Both probable and improbable (but
conceivable) events are illustrated by numerical calculations for the
University of Virginia reactor.
19. Shielding of the University of Virginia Nuclear Reactor.
W. Reed Johnson; University of Virginia
Shielding a nuclear reactor infers the protection of personnel and
equipment from the effects of direct radiation from the reactor itself
and its auxiliary systems. Although the University's swimming pool re¬
actor is a comparatively simple type, it poses shielding problems analogous
to those found in much more elaborate reactor plant designs. Gamma
rays and fast neutrons are the important types of radiation the shield
designer must consider. The first task is to specify the sources of radio¬
activity. These sources are, in general, the reactor itself, and the reactor
cooling system. The latter is caused by neutron activation of the water
coolant as it flows through the reactor core. Methods of calculation used
in the shield design are those developed primarily by workers in the
nuclear submarine field. The results of the shield calculation shows that
the pool itself serves as a good shield for radiation from the reactor,
while additional shielding in some areas is required to reduce the radia¬
tion from the coolant system.
286 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
20. Heat Transfer in the University of Virginia Nuclear Reactor.
F. Anthony lachetta; University of Virginia
This paper describes the core configuration of the University of
Virginia Nuclear Reactor with relation to heat transfer to the coolant
water. The core consists of twelve fuU fuel elements and four control rod
elements arranged in a 4 x 4 matrix reflected by two outer rows of
graphite elements. The coolant flow rate must be great enough to prevent
local boihng at the hottest fuel element. Power density was assumed to
vary as a sine function from zero at the core boundary to a maximum at
the center 2.6 times the average. The heat transfer calculations were
based on an inlet water temperature of 95 °F. with the reactor pro¬
ducing an average power of 1 megawatt. The equations needed to pre¬
dict bulk fluid temperature and fuel plate surface temperature were
developed in terms of the appropriate physical properties of the system.
The heat transfer coefficient for the fluid film was determined using
Colburns equation for flow inside tubes. For various coolant flow rates,
the maximum fuel plate surface temperatures were calculated and from
these results, a pump capacity of 1,000 gpm was found to be satisfactory.
21 . Study of the Fission Product Activity in the Gas Stream of
a Gas Cooled Nuclear Reactor.
David D. 'Wallace; University of Virginia
This paper is a study of the activity of fission products entrained in
the coolant stream of a helium cooled, high temperature reactor system
using unclad fuel elements. The specific design examined is the Sanderson
and Porter pebble bed reactor. The study is principally concerned with
the effect of various purification rates on entrained and deposited fission
product activity in the primary coolant system of this reactor type, and
is purely theoretical. The fuel is assumed to be U-235. Those decay
chains involving fission products which are volitile at core temperatures
are examined, and the activity contribution of each such fission product
is calculated, as is that of sohd and liquid daughter isotopes which may
be deposited in the system. These calculations are made for purification
probabilities of 0,0,000,001, 0.000,01, 0.000,1, 0.001, 0.01 and 0.1.
22. An Analog for the Study of Temperature Control in
Jacketed Chemical Reaction Vessels.
William B. Cashion; University of Virginia
The thermal resistances of the various heat transfer surfaces in a
packeted chemical reaction vessel play in important part in automatic
temperature control. The effect of each resistance on controllability should
Proceedings 1958-1959
287
1959]
be known before reactor design is begun if satisfactory temperature con¬
trol is to be obtained. A direct electrical analog can stimulate a reaction
vessel quite well and can be used to study the effect of each thermal
reistance on automatic control. Pneumatic control instruments can be
used with the analog to eliminate the need of an operational analog
computer which would be required to simulate them. The electrical re¬
sistance — capacitance network for simulating a reaction vessel was de¬
scribed along with the control system. Cascade control was selected
because of its industrial popularity on this type application. The analog
compares satisfactorily with experimental data on a 50 gallon reactor.
23. Heat Transfer in a Hot Water Storage Heater.
Robert M. Hubbard and Edward J. Leech; University of Virginia
Overall heat transfer coefficients were measured on a standard 475
gallon steam heated hot water storage heater. Steam pressure was 20 psi
guage, water flow rates were 267, 307, 338 and 398 gal. per hour,
and water pressure was varied from 5 to 60 psi gauge at each flow rate.
With the highest water pressure, outlet water temperature varied from
193 to 218°F and at the lowest pressure it varied from 185 to 215®F.
Overall heat transfer coefficients having maximum values from 190 to
210 Btu per hr per sq ft per °F decreased by 10 to 15% with increased
water pressure. The higher heat transfer coefficients observed with low
water pressure on the outside of the heating surface was explained by
incipient boiling and greater water turbulence. The lower coefficients
at higher water pressure were explained by the decreased turbulence
in the water resulting from convection heat transfer with little or no
bubble formation.
24. Factors Influencing the Volumetric Heat Transfer
Coefficient in a Parallel-Flow Spray Drier.
Everett L. Plyler; University of Virginia
A seven cubic foot spray drier was employed to assess esperimentally
the influence of drier operating variables on the volumetric heat transfer
coefficient. Atomization of the feed was accomplished by a two-fluid
nozzle, and drying gases were introduced cocurrently with the spray.
Aqueous sodium sulfate solutions were used for the investigation of feed
rate, temperature level of drying gases, and average mass flow of gases.
The influence of the nature of the material dried was studied using
powdered milk suspensions, sodium chloride, and sodium sulfate solutions.
A linear relation correlated satisfactorily the effect of feed rate on the
volumetric heat transfer coefficient in the range 1.2 to 3.8 gal/hr. The
volumetric heat transfer coefficient decreased as the average mass flow
rate of drying gases was increased from 480 to 820 Ibs./hr. A decrease
288 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
in this quantity also resulted as the inlet gas temperature was raised
from 380 to 480 °F. The results of three runs in which a powdered milk
suspension, a sodium chloride, and a sodium sulfate solution were dried
under similar operating conditions indicated little difference in the heat
transfer coefficients for these materials.
25. Solubility and Liquid Density of Carbon Dioxide in Methylene
Chloride at 70° F. at Pressures up to 300 PSIG.
Donald S. Buell and John W. Eldridge ; University of Virginia
The methylene chloride — carbon dioxide system is of interest in
the Aerosol Industry as a propellent mixture. This study was undertaken
to extend the available liquid density and solubility data. Methylene
chloride was degassed by distillation and transferred to an equilibrium
cell under vacuum. Carbon dioxide was then charged under pressure.
The cell was rocked in a constant temperature bath. Pressure readings
were usually constant after fifteen minutes, and equilibrium was as¬
sumed after one hour. The equilibrium cell was designed so that a liquid
sample could be isolated in a calibrated volume, disconnected, and
weighed while under pressure to determine liquid densities. The sample
was then analyzed by passing the vaporized liquid phase sample through
a series of sodium hydroxide solutions to extract the carbon dioxide. The
solutions were then titrated with standardized hydrochloric acid. Liquid
density values ranged non-linearly between 1.322 gms./cm.® at zero psig.
and 1.222 gms/cm^ at 300 psig. Agreement with the literature value of
1.324 gms./cm^ at zero psig was good. Solubility values indicated a nearly
linear relationship between zero and 300 psig. The carbon dioxide con¬
tent was found to be 30.0 mole percent at 300 psig.
26. Catalytic Studies on Surfaces of Single Crystals of Nickel-
Copper Alloys.
Edwin Cox, Otis L. Updike, and Allan T. Gwathmey;
University of Virginia
An atom of nickel has two electrons in its 4s subshell but only eight
3d electrons. This gives nickel a pronounced “3d character.” Copper has
onlv one 4s electron but all ten 3d electrons, and therefore has no 3d
character. Dowden and others have established a possible relation between
3d character and catalvtic activity. Though copper and nickel have nearly
the same atomic radius and allov to form a simple solid solution in all
proportions, investigators have reported a sharp change of physical and
chemical properties in the region of 60-70 percent copper, where in¬
creasing copper content should cause a loss of 3d character. Effects of
composition on catalytic activity are being investigated with single
crystals of Cu-Ni alloys to study the relation of these effects to 3d
289
1959] pROCEEiiiNGS 1958-1959
character. The reaction employed is:
Ni/Cu
2CO - > C + CO2
Catalytic activity is observed both by rate of formation of carbon and
by rearrangement of the surface as viewed under the optical and the
electron microscopes. Experimental problems have included irregular
crystal growth and difficult surface preparation. Electron micrographs of
the surfaces after reaction show unusual carbon patterns, but as yet no
crystals as high as 60% Cu have been available.
GEOLOGY
Business Meeting
A total of over seventy-five attended the sessions of the Geology
Section. A brief business meeting followed the discussion of the last
paper. Upon the recommendation of the nominating committee the fol¬
lowing officers were elected:
Chairman ~ J. L. Galver; Vice-Chairman — E. W. Ramsey; Secre¬
tary — R. S. Mitchell; Section Editor —■ B. W. Nelson; Historian — J. K.
Roberts.
Field Trip .. /
The annual field trip, under the leadership of G. H. Espenshade
and E. O. Gooch, ^ok place Saturday, May 9. The major stops of this
trip included a soapstone quarry and plant at Schuyler; the Arvonia-
Buckingham Slate ^Gompany operation at Arvonia; and the Kyanite
Mining Gorporatiqn mine at Willis Mountain. About twenty-five took
part in the trip. ,
1. The Ground-Water Resources of Western Albemarle Gounty,
Virginia. P
’^hitman Gross, II; University of Virginia
This stud^y|s concerned with the factors affecting the yield of
drilled wells ip the western half of Albernarle Gounty, Virginia. The rela¬
tive importance ojF^. structure, residuum, and topography was
analyzed from Sam^pllected on 300 well sites. The effect of topography
was found to be'^Bi' single influence on well yields. This same
conclusion was recently^^ached: by studies in similar Piedmont areas of
290 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Georgia, North Carolina, and Maryland. Because of more intense fractur¬
ing and a greater recharge area, the valleys and draws provide a larger
yield per well than other topographic locations. Hills provide the lowest
yield with 20 percent of the wells considered dry. Yields vary from less
than 1 gpm to over 75 gpm, but average between 5 and 15 gpm. Well
depths range from 60 feet to over 700 feet, but average between 100
and 150 feet. The depth of residuum is occasionally as great as 100
feet, but averages about 50 feet. A large majority of the wells receive
water from fractures less than 100 feet deep. Well-logging with resistivity,
self-potential, and gamma ray probes was carried out to determine if
water-bearing fractures, indicated by well cuttings and drillers’ logs,
could be located with these geophysical methods. Although an insufficient
number of wells have been logged to date, a definite relationship appears
to exist between log curves and the reported fracture zones. Several
localities within this area show excessive iron varying from 1-10 ppm. This
excessive iron content may be attributed to associated basic rocks. Acidity,
ranging from pH 6.0 — 7.0, is common.
2. Garnet Deposits in the Virginia Piedmont.
Glaude W. Crist, Jr.; University of Virginia
The Virginia Piedmont is composed of igneous, sedimentary, and
metamorphic rocks. The metamorphic rocks are the result of regional
metamorphism and often contain garnet. The writer has collected samples
from outcrops containing garnet at various points over the Piedmont.
These samples were studied under the polarizing microscope in the geology
laboratories at the University of Virginia. This study brought out the
following facts: (1) Garnet formed during regional metamorphism of
peltic sediments of the Virginia Piedmont is found only in Precambrian
rocks; (2) Only one locality in Virginia contains unusually large garnets;
(3) The amphibole, cummingtonite, was found to occur with garnet at
several localities. Cummingtonite has not been reported in Virginia before;
(4) Crystal forms in pegmatites are usually tetragonal trisoctahedrons
while those in metamorphic rocks are dodecahedrons. Garnet was found
to occur in the following rock types: Schist, quartzite, gneiss, phyllite,
and granite. The minerals which occur most frequently with garnet in
these rocks are: Quartz, magnetite, hmonite, biosite, muscovite, chlorite,
zircon, sericite, plagioclase (albite), graphite, cummingtonite, staurolite,
kyanite (?), apatite, and epidote. Several new garnet localities were
found during this study. Two unsuccessful attempts have been made to
mine garnet in Virginia in the past.
3. A Discussion of Iron Oxide Pseudomorphs After Pyrite
Metacrysts in the Piedmont Schists of Virginia.
Robert K. Peare; University of Virginia
291
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
This paper is concerned with the petrology and mineralogy of
pseudomorphs of iron oxide after pyrite metacrysts from the Lynchburg
formation of Virginia. The area from which the pseudomorphs were
collected is approximately 120 miles long, extending from Jeffersonton in
Culpeper County, southwestward to the Roanoke fiver between Bedford
and Franklin counties. Over four thousand pseudomorphs were collected
from 23 localities. About 13% of the specimens were found to be magnetic
and displayed magnetic polarity. Two hundred specimens were studied
in polished section and the mineral constituents were checked by x-ray
diffraction. Pyrite, goethite, hematite, and magnetite were found, as
well as minor amounts of quartz and sericite. Pyrite, containing incorp¬
orated sericite and euhedral magnetite, was the original mineral. Goe¬
thite replaces the pyrite, and hematite along with finely disseminated
magentite replace die goethite. Hematite is never found in direct con¬
tact with the pyrite. The replacement has taken place along the [001]
and occasionally along the [111] cleavage directions of the original pyrite.
Textural features indicate that the replacement occurred under super-
gene conditions.
4. The Geology of the Piedmont Physiographic Provinces of
Virginia as Applied to Highway Engineering.
W. T. Parrott; Virginia Department of Highways
The geology of the Piedmont of Virginia lends itself to a series of
paradoxes insofar as highway engineering is concerned. From a wealth
of aggregate for highway uses in the Triassis areas of the northern part,
it passes into famine conditions in the southern part; its soil varies from
loamy soil of the south to the extremely plastic clays of the north. Injur¬
ious minerals render some types of aggregate unfit for highway uses,
while others form so strong an acid in the streams that only concrete
structures will resist its corrosive action, The general geology of the
Piedmont was discussed as well as some of the problems of highway
engineering and construction.
5. Highway Engineering in Virginia Photogrammetric Methods.
F. B. Bales; Virginia Department of Highways
The engineering and construction of the Interstate Highway System
is advancing in Virginia through the use of Aerial Photography and Photo-
grammetry. Through photo interpretation and topographic mapping by
aerial methods, the Engineer is able to select a highway location from
the standpoint of soil, geology, drainage, and excavation; thus avoiding
areas containing unsuitable materials, sinkholes, potential slide or mass
movement areas, areas subject to frost heaving, caving, areas subject to
flooding, areas of erosion and at the same time providing a facility which
292
The Virginia Journal of Science [September
will best serve the traffic demand. An Aerial Survey Section adequately
staffed and completely equipped, including a complete Photographic
Laboratory, has been established within the Virginia Department of
Highways for the purpose of meeting the aerial photography and photo-
grammetric mapping requirements of the Department.
6. Some Metamorphic Features of the Precambrian Rocks of the
Southern Black Hills, South Dakota.
J. A. Redden; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The metamorphic rocks of the southern Black Ehlls are largely
medium-to high-grade schists containing some units of quartzite, meta¬
iron formation, and other rock types. There are few differences in the
mineral assemblages of most of the rock units above and below the silli-
manite isograd. Sillimanite appears first in moderately aluminous quart-
zose beds and is not found in some highly aluminous rocks, apparently
because a high content of ferromagnesian constituents in the latter tend¬
ed to tie up the aluminum in garnet, staurolite, and cordierite, and, de¬
lay or prohibit the appearance of sillimanite. The area has experienced at
least two peaks of metamorphism. An early episode of regional metamor¬
phism has been modified by later more nearly thermal metamorphism.
The latter is apparently associated with the emplacement of considerable
granite and pegmatite. The outer limit of the pegmatite distribution coin¬
cides locally with the sillimanite isograd.
7. The Dore Lake Complex: A Metamorphosed Layered Complex
(Chibougamau District, Quebec.)
GiUes O. Allard; University of Virginia
The Dore Lake Complex is a stratiform sheet similar to the Bushveld,
Stillwater, and Duluth Complexes, but differs from those by the predomi¬
nance of anorthosite and anorthositic gabbro and also by the regional
metamorphism (greenschist facies) which has produced some unique and
rare rock types. The Dore Lake Complex is located in the Chibougamau
mining district. Province of Quebec, Canada, 320 miles north of Mon¬
treal. It introduces Keewatin^type volcanic rocks and originally had a flat
sill-like shape but has been arched by a younger granitic batholith. The
layered complex is 27 miles long and approximately 10,000 feet thick.
Anorthosite and gabbroic anorthosite formed the main layer of the mass.
It is now metaanorthosite, a mixture of albite, zoisite and/or clinozzoisite,
and chlorite. Small patches of unmetamorphosed anorthosite indicate a
very calcic plagioclase (An80). The metaanorthosite grades into a transi¬
tion zone (gabbroic metaanorthosite and anorthositic metagabbro) which
is overlain by magnetite-rich metapyroxenite, metapyroxenite, serpen-
tinized dunite and/or serpentinized peridotite. This in turn is i^er-
Proceedings 1958-1959
293
1959]
banded and overlain by metagabbro, different types of diorites, and
granophyre. Layering, foliation, and banding is present throughout but
difficult to observe in the very coarse anorthosite layer. The area is tran¬
sected by 3 sets of fractures. The southeast-trending shears are com¬
monly mineralized and copper ore is mined or explored along 9 of those
zones. All the orebodies located so far are in me anorthosite-gabbroic
anorthosite member of the Dore Lake Complex.
8. Preliminary Report on the Geologic Investigation of the
Roseland Anorthosite and Associated Titanium Deposits.
Neil Hillhouse; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The Roseland anorthosite body, an intrusive mass composed chiefly
of oHgoclase with some andesine, underlies an area of approximately 25
square miles in Amherst and Nelson Counties, Virginia. It is intrusive
into the Lovingston gneiss, a complex of meta-igneous rocks, now chiefly
biotite-feldspar augen gneiss of quartz-monzonitic composition with a few
inclusions of meta-sedimentary rocks and some fine-grained schists. The
contact between the massive anorthosite and the gneiss is gradational over
most of the region. In many places, the 'liorder facies'' consists of con¬
taminated anordiosite producing a highly feldspathic gneiss. Much of the
border region is marked by small, possibly later, intrusions of granite-
textured rocks ranging in composition from diorite to granodiorite. Ti¬
tanium deposits in the form of ilmenite-apatite bodies (nelsonite dikes)
are localized near the anorthosite-gneiss contact. Titanium also occurs
as rutile in die anorthosite, as ilmenite disseminated in the gneiss and
granitic rocks, and as ilmenite in magentite bodies in the gneiss. The
iron to titanium ratio increases, therefore, with distance from the center
of the anorthosite, indicatiiig that introduction of Titanium accompanied
intrusion and that the iron in the ilmenite deposits was supplied by the
country rocks. It is believed, however that the upper and outer parts
of the anorthosite mass had solidified and been sheared before minerali¬
zation by titanium-bearing, fluorine-rich fluids from the core of the mass.
9. Mineral Indicators of Environment in Sediments of Part of
THE Maryland Coastal Plain.
Dorothy Carroll; U. S. Geological Survey
The basal beds of Early Cretaceous age (Potomac group) consists of
gravels, sands, and clays derived from the weathering of Piedmont rocks.
These materials were deposited in swamps and lakes. The clays carried
iron oxides that in the reducing environment of the swamps and lakes.
The clays carried non oxides that in the reducing environment of the
swamps provided the iron for the crystallization of pyrite and siderite.
The presence of these minerals indicates the redox potential of the depo¬
sition basins. Kaolinite is the principal clay mineral. Mixtures of kaoHnite
294 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
and water (1 to 5) have pH values of 5 to 6 which suggests a low pH
during and after deposition. The detrital heavy minerals include angular
and corroded staurolite, garnet, and tourmaline. Both staurolite and garnet
have crystal structures in which ferrous iron can be attacked by solutions.
The corrosion of these minerals is thought to be due to the low pH and
Eh conditions of the environment, and is an expression of the dia genetic
changes in the minerals. Acid clay in this environment is an active chemi¬
cal weathering agent and detrital minerals in contact with it are corroded.
The low Eh helps to keep any iron removed in solution.
10. Monocrystalline Speleothems.
James F. Quinlan, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The following observations have been made: 1) Monocrystalline
speleothems consist of calcite. 2) All the cleavage planes of a mono-
crystaUine speleothem are those of a typical calcite rhomb whose op¬
tical c-axis coincides with the long axis (axis of growth) of the speleo¬
them. 3) The tip of most monocrystalhne speleothems is triangular. 4)
Externally monocrystalline speleothems may have 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 12
sides, not all of which are necessarily equally developed. 5) Some mono¬
crystalline speleothems consist of a monocrystalline core that is covered by
a sheath of either radiaHy deposited calcite or concentricly deposited cal¬
cite, clay, and perhaps aragonite. In some specimens this is due to pre¬
cipitation within the central tube. In a few other specimens it appears
that there never was a central tube as such. 6) The central tube of some
externally monocrystalline stalactites has a rhombic cross-section rather
than a typical round cross-section. 7) Some apparently monocrystalline
stalagmites exhibit a radically mozaic texture in thin section. 8) Some
stalactites have been found to consist of a twinned calcite crystal. 9)
Some monocrystalline stalactites cleave in a plane which has six small
saddles that occur at the periphery of the stalactite and give it a stellate
appearance. In thin section these saddle-shapped areas are characterized
by off center optic axis figures. The conditions that determine the occur¬
rence of monocrystalline speleothems instead of the development of the
more typical forms are not known. Probably the development of mono¬
crystalline speleothems is directly influenced by: I) presence or lack
of chemical impurities, 2) lack of contaminating clay, 3) drip rate of
calcium bicarbonate solution, 4) rate of precipitation, 5) temperature.
11. The Age and the Fauna of the Huntersville Formation.
Philip S. Ciaramella, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Several good Huntersville-Tannersville area, Tazewell county, expos¬
ures are located on the southeast limb of a large plunging anticline that
has been dissected by erosion. The formation, consisting of chert, sand-
295
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
stone, and limestone, is approximately 120 feet thick. An unusual well
preserved fauna contains corals, crinoids, bryozoans, brachiopods, pele-
cypods, and ostracodes. Among these there are several new species and
one genus of brachiopod. Most of the identifications are restricted to
the generic level. Several of the specific identifications made relate
species to those found in the Devonian of New York. On the basis of
the brachiopds the formation is upper Oriskany, Esopus, Schoharie, and
Onondaga in age. The occurrence of the brachiopod Spirifer macrus Hall
suggests that beds of the same age as the Moorehouse member of the
Onondaga are present. The youngest member of the Onondaga, the
Seneca, may or may not be represented.
12. Celestite and Strontianite from Wise County, Virginia.
R. F. Pharr and R. S. Mitchell; Unwersity of Virginia
Celestite and strontianite are found in vugs in dolomite of the Cayuga
group (Silurian) in a quarry about one-half mile east of East Stone Gap,
Wise County, Virginia. Most of the celestite crystals are elongated paral¬
lel to the a axis, and the (Oil) faces predominate. Other important faces
observed are (101), (100), (210), (001), (211), (122). In all cases (100)
is deepely striated and (011) is badly etched. A few tabular crystals, flat-
tended parallel to (001) were observed. Other forms on these tabular
crystals are (101), (011), (100), (210), and (111). The stronianite
occurs as globular masses which vary in size from very small to a half
inch in diameter. The globules have a radical structure and are vitreous
to dull. Usually the strontianite is intimately associated with badly etched
celestite, which suggests that it was formed by the reaction of weak
carbonic acid waters upon the sulfate. A semiquantitative spectrographic
analysis shows that 15% CaO is contained in this mineral, making the
material calciostrontianite. X-ray diffraction values also show a significant
chemical departure from pure strontium carbonate. Small amounts of
yellow-brown sphalerite are at times closely associated with the strontium
minerals. Colorless and honey-yellow calcite scalenohedrons, apparently
not intimately associated with celestite and strontianite, were also collected
in the quarry. Some excellent scalenohedrons twinned on (0001) were
noted.
13. Description of the Concretions from the Millboro Black
Shales.
Clarence E, Roberts and George T. Farmer, Jr.; Unwersity of Virginia
Millboro concretions were collected from a zone extending from
Pendletion County, West Virginia to approximately one mile northeast of
Clifton Forge, Virginia. The concretions have been found to range from
about 3/8 of an inch parallel to the long axis and 1/4 of an inch in
296 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
thickness, to eight feet parallel to the long axis and one foot in thickness.
Generally, they are flattened with their long axis parallel to the bedding
of the surrounding strata. Secondary zones of calcite and barite may be
seen filling the joints in many of the specimens. Externally, three distinct
types of concretions are noted: (1) those that have a smooth exterior;
(2) those with a rather rough exterior containing indications of bedding;
and (3) those containing radial fiberous barite crystals forming the
exterior margin. Internally, the first type consists of a dense black cal¬
careous matrix with uniformly fine-grained crystals of pyrite concentrated
near the outer margin. The second type contains large unoriented barite
crystals and pyrite is occasionally embedded in the barite and concentrat¬
ed in zones parallel to the bedding. The third type usually shows good
zoning. The outer portion is composed of a uniformly fine-grained matrix
usually containing euhedral crystals of pyrite and barite. The interior
zone commonly shows a concentration of euhedral pyrite and radiating
barite septarian structures. Septarian structures are always associated with
the concretions which contain radial fiberous barite crystals along the
outer margin.
14. Basal Conglomerate in Mosheim Limestone in Rich Valley,
Smyth County, Virginia.
Fred Webb, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The Mosheim limestone of early Middle Ordovician age discon-
formably overlies tlie Knox dolomite of late Early Ordovician age. The
surface of disconformity is the result of erosion of the Knox prior to the
deposition of the Mosheim, evidenced by the presence of breccias and
conglomerates of Knox-derived dolomite and chert in the Mosheim lime¬
stone. The breccia and conglomerate are usually best developed at the
base of the Mosheim. Inkers of Knox dolomite surrounded by Mosheim
are common and the largest one attains an area of about 1.5 acres. The
maximum relief developed on the surface of erosion in this area is about
460 feet. The disconformity is evidence that the Knox was above sea
level during part of post-Early Ordovician, pre-Middle Ordovician time.
A eustatic change in sea level was probably responsible for the erosion
as the missing interval is bounded by the uppermost Lower Ordovician
and the lower-mcst Middle Ordovician known in the southern Appala¬
chian region.
15. Faults and Fault Breccias of the Blacksburg-Shawsville Area.
John B. Deaton; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Three major thrust faults are present in the Blacksburg-Shawsville
area in southeastern Montgomery County, Virginia. The Shawsville and
Max Meadows faults are considered to be low angle thrusts. The Salem
297
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
fault is a relatively high angle thrust. The Shawsville fault extends south-
westward from the vicinity of Shawsville on U. S. Route 11 through
the town of Christiansburg. A branch of this fault extends northward
from Christiansburg through Blacksburg, and probably joints the main
Pulaski fault trace to the northwest. The Shawsville fault may represent
a branch of the Pulaski fault. The Max Meadows fault is also inter¬
preted as a low angle thrust. Numerous Klippen occur on knobs and
ridges northeast of 9ie main fault trace. The Salem fault extends in a
northeast-southwest direction parallel to the Shawsville fault and about
two miles to the northwest. A thick zone of tectonic breccia, composed
mostly of crushed dolomite and limestone, is associated with the Shaws¬
ville fault. A much thinner zone of breccia, thoroughly silicified, occurs
along the Max Meadows fault. Relatively little deformations has occurred
along the outcrop of the Salem fault. The Shawsville fault is cut north
of Christiansburg by the Salem fault, indicating that the Salem fault is
younger. In the vicinity of Shawsville, the Shawsville fault trace is covered
by the Max Meadows fault block, suggesting that the Max Meadows
fault also is younger than the Shawsville fault.
16. Primary Sedimentary Features in the Upper Mississippian of
Mercer County, West VraciNiA, and Giles County, Virginia.
William Andrew Thomas; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The Upper Mississippian clastic sequences in the Mercer-Giles
county area are divided into four formations: in ascending order — Blue-
field formation (1000 feet), Hinton formation (1200 feet), Princeton
conglomerate (30 feet), and Bluestone formation (700 feet). The for¬
mations are exposed on both flanks of the overturned Hurrican Ridge
syncline. Penecontemporaneous slump structures occur in the upper
Hinton and lower Bluestone formations in a heterogeneous sequence of
maroon-drab mudstones, gray clay shales, maroon fine-grained sand¬
stones, light-brown medium-grained sandstones, and argillaceous lime¬
stones. Small flow casts on the under surfaces of some sandstone beds
which rest on mudstones demonstrate the importance of differential com¬
paction in soft sediments. At Athens, Mercer County, a local body of
limestone is warped into an asymmetric S3mcline, which is truncated by
a massive standstone and limestone-pebble conglomerate. The total
stratigraphic interval involved is less than 40 feet. In a sandstone lens
near Bluefield, Mercer County, the individual beds are highly deformed
and disordances in dip of up to 70® are noted. Deformation of these
units is attributed to differential compaction and slumping of under¬
lying materials. On the northwest flank of the Hurricane Ridge syncline
local exposures of contorted bedding, limited to a few feet both strati-
graphically and laterally, occur as mild undulations in otherwise un-
distiurbed beds. A fault of few feet displacement is exposed in similar
298
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
setting near Rich Creek, Giles County. The origin of these structures is
attributed to slumping and sliding of soft sediments into the trough of
the syncline.
MEDICAL SCIENCES
1. Effect of Insulin on Glucose Utilization by Frog Skeletal
Muscle in vitro.
D. R. H. Gourley; Department of Pharmacology, University of Virginia
In contrast to its effect in rat muscle, insulin has never been foimd
to influence glucose utilization in frog muscle when the experiment is
performed at the usual temperature of 20°C. At 24°C, however, in the
presence of 0.02M glucose, insulin increases the oxygen consumption of
intact frog muscle by 27% and the final glycogen content of the muscle
increases by 10%. The utilization of glucose increases by 104% when
insulin is present. Qualitatively, therefore, there is no difference in the
in vitro effects of insulin thus far studied in the skeletal muscle of the
frog and rat.
2. The Production of Hemorrhagic Irreversible Shock in the Cat.
Eugene D. Brand; Department of Pharmacology, University of Virginia
An improved method for the production of irreversible shock in the
cat consists in maintenance of hemorrhagic hypotension at 40 mm Hg for
5 hours followed by return of all of the animals blood. Some advantages
of this procedure are: (1) no acute' deaths during hemorrhagic hypo¬
tension; (2) artificial respiration not required; (3) uniform and consistent
course of gradual failure of the blood pressure to death; and (4) dura¬
tion of survival can be predicted from the amount of automatic rein¬
fusion and the amount of hemoconcentration resulting from the period
of hemorrhagic hypotension.
3. An Interspecific Study of Per Cent Fatness and of Water
Content of the Fat-Free Body.
Grover C. Pitts; Department of Psychology, University of Virginia
This study was based on 116 wild mammals of 29 species and 13
families and was supplemented by recalculations of published data on 10
additional species. The range in gross body weight was 3 to 130,000,000
grams. Fatness was determined by petroleum ether extraction and body
water by freeze-drying. Log body fatness (%) plotted against log fat-
Proceedings 1958-1959
299
1959]
free body weight (FFBW) yields a straight line with a positive slope.
This suggests a power function. An analysis of this relationship in terms
of the energetics of fat storgae and transport is presented. Evidence is
presented that per cent water in the FFB is not constant from species
to species as was previously assumed but is an inverse function of
FFBW. It ranges approximately from 79% in the shrew to 71% in the
steer. It is suggested that this range reflects a variation in fraction of low-
water components present.
4. Metabolic Studies on Frog Skin Epithelium and Epithelial
Homogenate.
Leif Skjelkvale, Kathryn Nieder and Ernst G. Huf;
Medical College of Virginia
In spite of the frequent choice of frog skin in studies on active ion
transport there is a great paucity of knowledge about metabolic pathways
in skin epithelium. To fiU the gap, work was begun on intact epithelium
and homogenates. A simple meSiod will be described whereby epithelium
can completely be removed from the corium. Comparative data will be
presented on mineral composition and O2 uptake of epithelium and
whole skin. O2 uptake of epithehum suspended in Ringer s was measured
in the absence and presence of metabolites, inhibitors, competitors. Un¬
expected difficulties were encountered in the preparation of epithelial
homogenates.. Stable homogenates can be prepared, however, in isotonic
KCl. Such preparations have a very low O2 uptake unless the medium
contains as essential factors: metabolites (e.g. pyruvate and furmarate).
Mg, ATP, TPP, cytochrome C, liver concentrate. The influence of pH, Ca,
Mn, thioctic acid was also studied. Epithelial homogenates contain a
factor which strongly inhibits the respiration of kidney homogenates and,
most likely, depresses the respiration of epithelial homogenate itself.
5. Urinary Bladder Response in the Cat to Stimulation of the
Thalamus, Hypothalamus, Basal Ganglia ..nd Other Forebr. in
Structures.
Everett H. IngersoU, Louise L. Jones and Erling S. Hegre;
Department of Anatomy, Medical College of Virginia
The response usually obtained was characterized by a sustained di¬
minution in the volume of the vesicle which generally could be abolished
by section of the pelvic nerves. Occasionally stimulation elicited an im¬
mediate contraction of the bladder musculature which was followed in
a few seconds by a prolonged relaxation. Again this response was abolished
usually by section of the pelvic nerves. In other cats, inhibition of rhythm
together with increased volume was evoked by stimulation. Such re¬
sponses could usually be abolished either by section of the pelvic nerves
300 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
or by changing the frequency of the stimulus. This investigation was
supported in part by research grant B-704 from the National Institute of
Neurological Diseases and Blindness.
6. Effect of Exposure to Cold on the Response to Alcohol
Intoxication of Rats Which are Deficient in Tryptophan and
Niacin.
J. C. Forbes and G. M. Duncan; Medical College of Virginia
We have reported that rats in which a niacin deficiency was induced
by feeding a diet lacking both tryptophan and niacin, showed diminish¬
ed adrenal response to alcohol intoxication. We now report that rats
with this deficiency showed decreased resistance to alcohol after ex¬
posure to cold (2-5°C) for 3 days. One-third of the deficient animals
died from 1-6 hours after alcohol while no deaths occurred in pair-fed
controls under the same conditions. The rate at which alcohol disappeared
from the blood was also definitely less in the deficient rats than in con¬
trols, in the cold or at room temperature. Exposure to cold caused an
increase in the rate of alcohol clearance from the blood in all animals;
this was marked only in the pair-fed controls. Exposure to cold for 3 days
also depleted the already low liver glycogen of the deficient rats but
after 7 days in the cold there was a return toward the original values.
Alcohol given to deficient and control animals caused a drop in the liver
glycogen at room temperature as well as in the cold.
7. A Study of the Development of the Sacrococcygeal Region of
Human Embryos and Fetuses.
James E. Kindred; School of Medicine, University of Virginia
The object of this investigation is to record the types of tissues and
organs which develop in the sacrococcygeal region of the human embryo
during fetal life. Thus fifteen young human embryos from 2 to 15 mm.
in length have been studied by reconstruction from sections; and the
sacrococcvgeal region from 20 fetuses from 20 mm. to 250 mm. (CR)
long have been studied directly in parasagittal sections. The kinds of
tissues present, their waxing and waning, their mitotic activity and their
fate have been recorded as far as possible in semi-quantitative fashion.
8. Hypothermia in Thyroidectomized Rats,
Chalmers L. Gemmill; Department of Pharmacology, University of Virginia
The work on hypothermia in rats has been continued by measuring
body temperatures and pulse rates at an ambient temperature of 9°C.
Under pentobarbital sodium anesthesia, the response is related to body
size. The smaller rats have a progressive fall in body temperature and
pulse rates while the larger rats maintain their temperatures around 30 °C
Proceedings 1958-1959
301
1959]
for two to three hours after the primary fall. Later, there is a secondary
fall although a few rats have had a recovery from the 30 °C level.
Thyroidectomized rats, regardless of size, have only a progressive fall in
temperature and pulse rates from the start of the experiment. Rats on
3,3’,5-triiodothyronine have a moderate fall in temperature and pulse
rates and a more rapid recovery when compared to the normal nnd
thvroidectomized rats.
9. Experimentally Produced Regeneration of Adult Frog Limbs.
Theodore L Malinin; Department of Pathology, University of Virginia
Limb regeneration does not occur in adult anurans under ordinary
circumstances. However, it was demonstrated that regeneration can be
brought about by implantation of embryonic and young tadpole tissues
into adult anuran limbs several days prior to their amputation. Heat
killed larval tissues were also capable of promoting regeneration, while
agar implants prevented normal healing and eventually produced foreign-
body granulomas. About one hundred and eighty animals were used in
these experiments. The regenerating limbs were examined histologically
at various intervals. R became apparent from these observations that live
implants are capable of survival in the host for long periods of time, that
they do not cause foreign-body reactions, and that some of these con¬
tribute cells to the regenerates. However, these cellular contributions are
not essential for initiating regeneration since heat killed implants are
also capable of promoting regeneration. It is concluded that some physio¬
logically active substances are produced by the implants and that these
substances act to produce regeneration.
10. Clinical and Experimental Studies on Nephrosis.
Cornelia Hoch-Ligeti; School of Medicine, University of Virginia
It was found that nephrotic children with high serum lipoproteins
excrete no lipoprotein in the urine although all protein fractions could
be demonstrated. This observation was confirmed with rats rendered
nephrotic by injections of aminonucleoside. In rats the sequence of
changes in several enzymatic reactions, morphological changes, and fat
deposition in the kidney, were related to the occurence of albuminuria,
ascites and changes of protein and lipoprotein distribution in serum and
in urine. It is suggested that the lipid is split off from the protein in the
kidney with both components being excreted separately.
11. X-Irradiation of Rat Central Nervous System.
Robert H. Brownson ; Department of Anatomy, University of Virginia
It is the design of this experiment to analyze in some detail, the
neurocytological, neurohistochemical and behavioral reactions in acute
302 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
and chronic stages following exposure to x-irradiation. Approximately
120 male rate 9 months of age were divided into acute, chronic and con¬
trol groups. Exposures were made at the rate of 250/r/minute until each
animal had received a total head irradiation of lOOOr at weekly inter¬
vals. Irradiation was continued each week imtil such cumulative totals
had reached 5000r. Glycogen, methyl green pyronin, phospholipids and
hpid histochemical studies were employed in conjunction with Weil,
Nissl, azocarmine and Marchi cytological methods. Chronic animals whose
post-irradiation time is in terms of months and years are being tested
psychologically for behavioral changes. In addition to the behavioral
studies, tissues are examined by methods identical to those utilized in
the acute phase of this study. Electroencephalogram 4-channel recordings
and chemical analysis for total brain lipids have been collected on
representative samples from each of the acute levels of x-irradiated ani¬
mals and is currently being examined.
12. Ovarian Pregnancy.
Bernard A. Heckman and Delilah A. Little (Introduced by James E.
Kindred); School of Medicine, University of Virginia
Ovarian pregnancy is quite rare. The specimen to be described was
obtained from the Department of Pathology to which it had been sent
for confirmation of diagnosis. When we received the specimen it had
been sectioned so that only parts of the 8 mm. fetus remained. The
chorion covered with many villi was embedded in the ovary. There was
a large chronic cavity in which floated a piece of the embryo. Sections
through the wall of the wall of the chorion showed that it had bur¬
rowed into the ovary and become attached in the region of the corpus
luteum of pregnancy. The pregnancy was apparently of secondary
rather than primary origin, that is, the ovum had developed to a cer¬
tain degree in the uterine tube, been discharged through the abdominal
os, and become secondarily attached to the ovary. It does not appear to
have arisen from an ovum fertilized in the ovary.
13. Anomalies of the Umbilical Cord in Human Embryos and
Fetuses.
Burton D. Goodwin and William M. Runkle (Introduced by James E.
Kindred); School of Medicine, University of Virginia
The anomalous umbilical cords described here are those which have
been collected by the Department of Anatomy from specimens sent to
us by the Departments of Obstetrics and of Pathology. Some of the
simple forms of knots and foldings are said not to be har^ul to the fetus
imless drawn tight to close off the intrauterine circulation. Another kind
of tight entanglement around the neck has resulted in the contraction of
Proceedings 1958-1959
303
1959]
the neck to such a degree that the head has lost its characteristic fea¬
tures. In a 15mm. embryo an umbilical cord has fused with the sacral
region of the body and wrapped itself around the body in such a way
as to form a sac enclosing the hind limb-buds. The mesoderm of the
body and of the cord are continuous. This condition is accompanied by
rachischisis and malformations of the more cephalic parts of the body.
14. Human Monster with Abnormal Development of the Amnion.
David S. O’Brien and Charles L. Gaudry, Jr., (Introduced by James E.
Kindred); School of Medicine, University of Virginia
This report is a description of a human term female monster in
which faulty development of the amnion damaged extensively the anterior
surface of the head and body. The fusion started with the face which is
disfigured by the invasion of the amnion around the nose and down into
the throat. The amnion emerges from the throat and passes across the
chin to become fastened to the body wall in such a way as to interfere
with the normal development of the sternum and heart. Below this the
body appears to be normal as far as the umbilicus, but below this there
is a large hernia thru which the liver and intestine project. This is one
of the few anomalous conditions in which the amnion is involved to a
fatal degree.
15. Description of Full Term Male “Siamese” Twins of the
Thoracopagus Type.
James H. Carroway (Introduced by James E. Kindred);
School of Medicine, University of Virginia
These twins are joined at their ventro-Iateral surfaces by a broad
band of body wall containing the heart and liver, large arteries and
veins. The larger twin is 279 mm. and the smaller 255 mm. long (CR).
The total weight at birth was 9 lbs. 6 oz. The head of the larger twin
looks normal, but that of the smaller seems to be deformed. The umblili-
cal cords are joined at the umbilicus and a common umbilical vein enters
the single median liver. The heart is broad and there is a systemic trunk
for each twin. There is a common large broad atrium into which all of
the veins empty. The duplicated viscera are mirror images of each other.
Further details are to be presented after dissection.
16. Dissection of a Human Craniopagus Parietalis.
Robert B. Moore and Arthur H. Wasser (Introduced by James E.
Kindred); School of Medicine, University of Virginia
Basic information concerning the anatomical relations between skin,
meninges, vascular and nervous systems of twins joined by their crania
304 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
is not extensive. The female twins described here are joined by the tops
of their heads and one faces in the opposite direction from the other. One
body is 300 mm. and the other 320 mm. long. Their heads are joined
broadly and the dissection will describe the conditions at the junction.
Apparently the other parts of the body are normal.
17. Description of a Human Full-Term Cyclops.
Louis J. Elsas and John T. Hutchens (Introduced by James E. Kindred);
School of Medicine, University of Virginia
This specimen is characterized by a single abnormally developed
eye in the center of a low forehead. Knobs of flesh are present in place
of external ears. There is no nose and the mouth appears to be normal.
In preliminary dissection it was found that the head had hydroencephaly,
a condition in which fluid in the meninges has compressed the cerebrum
and prevented its normal development. There seems to be two optic
nerves going to a fused eye. The brain stem appears to be normal. Viscera
are grossly normal morphologically. Histologic studies and more dissec¬
tions are being carried on.
18. Anomalies of Kidneys of Human Embryos and Fetuses.
Edwin L. Lyons, Robert K. Maddock, Jr. and Alan D. Rosenthal
(Introduced by James E. Kindred); School of Medicine,
University of Virginia
This report concerns the cytologic and morphologic relations of
several varieties of metanephric malformations which have been found
in the human embryos and fetuses in the collections of the Departments
of Anatomy and of Pathology. The descriptions are of the following con¬
ditions: (a) horseshoe kidney in a 12 mm. embryo; (b) double fodney
and double ureter in a 75 mm. fetus; (c) agenesis of secretory part of
kidney and hypotrophic ureter; and (d) cystic kidney from biopsy of child.
19. Absorption, Distribution, and Excretion of Methocarbamol.
Leah L. Eubank, Frances K. Coles, Addison D. Campbell and Ernst G.
Huf; Medical College of Virginia
Absorption, distribution and excretion of methocarbamol were studied
in normal and pregnant dogs and total urinary excretion of methocar¬
bamol in man was investigated. In acute experiments on anesthetized
animals, the dogs received C^* labeled drug or unlabeled material into a
loop of the small intestine. Methocarbamol distributes itself throughout
the body and, when given in a relatively large dose, is found in tissues
in concentrations higher than expected upon the basis of simple diffusion
equilibrium between blood and tissue fluid. Lipoid from several tissues
contained less methocarbamol than the residue of those tissues. At best,
Proceedings 1958-1959
305
1959]
84% of the administered dose could be recovered from urine, bile, blood
and the main soft tissues. In chronic experiments dogs received metho¬
carbamol orally, daily, for two weeks. Then the drug was withdrawn.
Less than 1% of the total administered dose was found in the chief soft
tissues one day or a few weeks after withdrawal of the drug. When a
single dose of methocarbamol was given orally to doges, it was found
that 50 to 90% of the activity appeared in the urine, and 10 to 12% in
the feces on the first day. Only small amoxmts of active materials
appeared later in the urine and feces or remained in the tissues. In 2
out of 4 dogs so treated, all activity administered to the dogs was
recovered in urine, feces and tissues, ihe latter contributing not more
than about 2% to the total. Methocarbamol permeates across tibe placenta
into the fetus. It was found in amniotic fluid, cord blood, blood and
several organs of the puppies; and it also appeared in the bitch’s milk.
Two human volunteers ingested methocarbamol for three consecutive
days. Quantitative urine collections were made. The urine was analyzed
for mefliocarbamol before and after acid hydrolysis. Less than 1% of the
drug given appeared in the urine in free form. After hydrolysis about
10% could be recovered. Similar data were obtained in studies on dogs.
PSYCHOLOGY
1. Painless Electrical Cutaneous Stimulation.
Robert H. Gibson; University of Virginia
Arousal of cutaneous sensations by electrical stimulation of the skin
is frequently accompanied by pain. The value of such stimulation, both
for research and for communication purposes, would be enhanced were
pain eliminated. The present investigation seeks to determine some rele¬
vant conditions for painless cutaneous electric stimulation. Single, su-
prathreshold envelopes of alternating current have been presented to
several body loci. Two frequencies, two sizes of active electrode, and
several envelope durations have been independently manipulated, using
the subject’s report as an indication of pain. At some body loci, higher
frequencies were reported as painless.
2. Short Term Memory in a Sequential Task.
John B. Feallock; University of Virginia
The task studied is one in which stimuli are presented sequentially
to a subject and he must recall them when they are asked for, one at a
time. Since the presentation and recall of any given stimulus may be
306 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
separated by the presentation or recall of other stimuli, it is sometimes
necessary for the subject to remember several stimuli while he is recal¬
ling one of them. In the present study the average number of stimuli
that must be remembered at recall occasions defines the concept of
‘'average storage load.” Average storage load was manipulated as an
independent variable, and its effects upon performance were assessed
in terms of recall scores. It was predicted that recall errors would in¬
crease with average storage load. Analysis of errors scores indicated that
both average storage load and subjects were significant variables of
performance. As predicted, error scores increased systematically with
average storage load.
3. The Intertrial Interval in Avoidance Conditioning.
Raymond H. Kirby; College of William and Mary
Four groups of ten rats each were given 51 instrumental avoidance
conditioning trials in a shuttle-box. The CS was a buzzer and the US
was electric shock. Two groups were trained under intertrial intervals
of 15 to 60 seconds respectively. Two other groups had five minutes
and thirty minutes rest intervals interpolated after every fifth trial. A
pseudoconditioning control group of ten rats was matched to the 60 sec¬
ond group. It was found that a 30 minute-rest interval reliably decreased
avoidance responding below the 60 and 300 second-rest groups. Intertrial
interval had no reliable effect.
4. Partial Recognition, Word Frequency, and Response Bias.
William Forrest Hawkins; University of Virginia
Does increasing the frequency of a word lower recognition thres¬
holds? Recent studies have sugested that the word-frequency •— recogni¬
tion threshold relationship may bear no relation to perception. This study
investigated the role that perception does play in recognition experi¬
ments, and focused on partial recognition. Nonsense syllables were divid¬
ed into three families of seven words, each family having the same mid¬
letter. Frequency of training was varied in each family. In a recognition
session, different visual presentations were used. For one group of Ss,
and, for the third group, the total word was presented. The previously
reported relationship between word-frequency and frequency of response
was supported. The part that perception played seemed to be one of
reducing response alternatives.
5. Attitudes of Parents and Educators Toward Sex Education in
Public Schools.
Cyril R. Mill; Department of Mental Hygiene and Hospitals
Several years ago the State Department of Education removed
Proceedings 1958-1959
307
1959]
from the approved list a variety of texts, films, film-strips, and pamphlets
relating to human reproduction, dating, marriage and family hfe. This
investigation, sponsored by the Virginia Council on Family Relations, is
to detennine current policy at the State and local levels. Analysis is made
of the returns obtained from a questionnaire sent to all school principals
in Virginia, and to all P.T.A. units, where they were asked to indicate
which of a variety of topics in sex education are presently being taught,
are not being taught, and which they do not wish to be introduced into
the curriculum. Differences in attitudes of parents and educators toward
sex instruction in public schools will be pointed out.
6. Non-Sex Behavior Changes Induced by an Estrogen.
Robert L. Rhyne; University of Virginia
Mature male albino rats had free access to food, water, and revolv¬
ing activity drums under a 12 hour dark-12 hour light cycle. Following
three subcutaneous injections of estradiol benzoate (0.25 mg every other
day) food consumption was drastically reduced and somewhat depressed
throughout the recoverv period; water consumption was less markedly
depressed, while rotor wheel activity evidenced both variable and incon¬
sistent changes. Maximal weight losses under the drug effect ranged from
2 to 12 percent of body weight. The present results suggest that an
estrogen has conspicuous motivational ^‘side effects"" besides the “sex
behavior"" properties classically ascribed to this kind of hormone.
7. Construction and Evaluation of a Modified Form of the Iowa
Picture Interpretation Test.
David G. Rice; College of William and Mary
The Iowa Picture Interpretation Test (IPIT) was modified by
placing all multiple-choice responses along an achievement imagery (AI)
scale, instead of the hostility, insecurity, bland and AI response scales
used for each picture in the original IPIT. There was no difference
between high and low academic achievers on this form, using a criterion
of grade average in excess for below predictions from an entrance test.
A second criterion showed similar negative results. Item analysis suggested
that the measure could be improved by reweighting the items, whose
original weights had been assigned on the basis of judges" ratings to
various response sentences.
8. A Second Report on Achievement Imagery and A. C. E. Scores
AS Predictors of Grades in General Psychology.
John E. Williams; University of Richmond
The academic performance of four hundred students in general
308 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
psychology was studied in relationship to scores on the A. C. E. Test —
a measure of scholastic aptitude for intelligence — and scores on the
Achievement Imagery scale of the Iowa Picture Interpretation Test. The
IPIT is a multiple-choice form of the T. A. T. The main finding was
that high Achievement Imagery exerts a beneficial effect on academic
performance at low and average levels of intelligence but produces no
effect among students in the highest quartile of intellectual ability. It
was concluded that the results of this study should encourage attempts
to devise objective measures of non-intellectual factors influencing aca¬
demic performance.
9. The Effect of Failure and Achievement Imagery on Arithmetic
Performance.
R. A. Johnston; University of Richmond
The purpose of this investigation was to replicate an earlier study
by Williams which showed differential response to failure by groups
differing in Achievement Imagery and secondly to investigate the capa¬
city of the Insecurity Scale of Ae Iowa Picture Interpretation Test to
predict response to failure. For one-half of the subjects failure was in¬
duced by telling them they had not reached goals which they, themselves,
had set and one-half were told that they had failed to reach goals set by
the experimenter. The results sugested that both the Achievement Imagery
and Insecurity variables were related to performance following failure
and that the responses of these groups were dependent on whether the
goal setting was done by the subject or the experimenter. It was also
pointd out that the actual performance of subjects following failure was
not well understood.
10. Visual Feedback as a Variable in a Human Puzzle Box SrrunoN.
Henry A. Schwartz; College of William and Mary
This experiment was designed to determine the effects of four dif¬
ferent amounts of visual feedback on latency, amplitude, rate and stereo¬
typy measures of a motor operant response in humans. Subjects were
required to learn to trace a path with a pen to a location on a sheet of
paper. Each S was scored for latency, length of line traced and amount
of stereotypy exhibited during 15 acquisition trials. Visual feedback was
found not to affect any of the measures taken. It was found that the
classical measures of latency, amplitude and rate did not adequately
describe the behavior in this situation.
11. AF: A New Approach to the Concept of Achievement.
Robert M. Roth and Jean Gilbert; Hampton Institute
This study tested the hypothesis that the Achievement Factor (AF),
Proceedings 1958-1959
309
1959]
the relative difference between a student’s aptitude and achievement in
the verbal and quantitative areas, could be used as a valid indicator of
academic success at Hampton Institute. Aptitude and Achievement test
scores were correlated widi grades at the end of the first semester for
the class of 1960. The results indicated that the level of relationship was
inadequate. Significance was achieved when AF was related to grades.
There was a sex bias in these results. It was indicated in this study that
academic achievement is related to personality factors and that much
more research is necessary in this area. The AF concept is a suitable
approach to this end.
12. Investigation of the Effects of a Brief Light Stimulus
Contingent Upon a Restricted Verbal Operant in Human
Subjects.
John R. DeWilde; College of William and Mary
The effects of a brief light stimulus contingent upon plural noun
responses were studied under thiee experimental conditions: light dep¬
rivation, making a consumatory response to the light, and presence or
absence of the experimenter. Seventy-nine undergraduate subjects were
seated individually in a sound resistant room and instructed to say
words. Following operant level determination experimental subjects re¬
ceived the light stimulus for plural nouns. Control subjects received
either no light or light presented randomly with respect to the words
emitted. The results failed to confirm previous studies which have shown
that a brief Hght stimulus will reinforce verbal operant behavior.
13. The ‘'Doctor of Psychology” as a Professional Degree.
Dell Lebo; Child Guidance and Speech Correction Clinic, Jacksonville,
and Leland W. Calvin, Jr.; Richmond Professional Institute
There has been agitation in psychological jornmals to abandon the
academic PhD and confer a professional doctorate in psychology, PsyD or
PsD. Psychologists should be aware that the Doctor of Psychology de¬
gree has been available to charlatans for approximately 35 years from
state chartered organizations. Doctorates from rigorous training pro¬
grams may become confused with similarly worded degrees lavishly be¬
stowed upon completion of bizarre course requirements. Professional
relationships are jeopardized. The number of such peculiar establishments
is increasing; eight are cited and the requirements of four are examined.
Methods of distinguishing between bona fide diplomas and suspicious
ones are presented.
14. Differential Drug Effects on Schedules of Reinforcement in
THE Pigeon.
Arthur J. Bachrach and Janice Gibson;
310 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
University of Virginia School of Medicine
Using each bird as its own control, a Cameaux pigeon receiving
0.4 mg. methamphetamine hydiochloride decreased its pecking rate
during both FR and FI schedules in a Skinner box, while one receiving
0.1 mg. methamphetamine hydrochloride increased its pecking rate. 3
mg. pentobarbital sodium returned the first bird to its normal rate of
response while 1 mg. pentobarbital sodium decreased the rate of the
second bird. To answer the question, “Does appetite loss cause the
lower pecking rate after a large dose of methamphetamine?”, both birds
were fed ad libitum with and without methamphetamine injections. The
amount of weight gain appeared the same.
15. Assessment and Extension, and Test of Oedipus Concept.
John T. Blue, Jr.; Norfolk Division, Virginia State College
The elements and construction of the Oedipus concept were asses¬
sed and the conceptualization was extended. More complex hypotheses
were tested by using a questionnaire. The sample consisted of 606 white
and Negro Southern adolescents with native-born parents. The incidence
of patterns of reciprocation between each parent and the child on several
axes of relatedness was determined, taking account of sex, race, and social
status. Differences between mothers and fathers were found significant on
all axes. Differences between mothers (as well as fathers) of children
who differed by sex, race, and social status were noted. Tests of signi¬
ficance were applied, taking into account one factor while holding con¬
stant two other factors. The differences between mothers and fathers
were significant when sex, race, and social status were taken into ac¬
count. On certain axes of relatedness, sex, race, and social status dif¬
ferences emerged.
16. Drinking Behavior as a Function of Saline Injections and
Water Deprivation.
James F. Campbell, Jr.; University of Virginia
Rats were either injected with different concentrations of saline
and denied access to water for intervals up to an hour, or were deprived
of water for 24, 48, or 72 horus. Drinking during a two hour test was
cumulatively recorded with an electronic drinkometer. The total amount
drunk and the initial period of uninterrupted drinking increased with
increasing deprivation and, except for the highest, with increasing con¬
centration. Under deprivation the number of subsequent drinking per¬
iods remained constant, but the amount consumed increased with de¬
privation. With injection, although the amount consumed during sub¬
sequent periods increased with concentration, the number of periods varied
with delay and concentration.
311
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
17. The Present Status of Recorded Sound Stimuli Association Tests
Dell Lebo; Child Guidance and Speech Correction Clinic, Jacksonville,
and Roselyn Sherman Bruce; Social Service Bureau, Richmond
The development of auditory projective techniques, all requiring
recorded stimuli, for use with the blind is traced. The nature of the
growth is regarded as dangerous and criticized. Specific suggestions for
improvement range from a standard titling procedure to a fundamental
research program. Much of the recommended experimentation on the
dynamic meaning of sound stimuli can be jutifiably conducted by means
of associations to written words or sentences. It is pointed out further
that diagnostic nuances may be overlooked by dependence on a TAT
scoring system and that techniques developed to tap different sensory
modalities should merit original scoring procedures.
18. A Comparison of Science and Non-Science Students on the
Morgan Test of Logical Reasoning.
Fred McCoy; University of Richmond
A report by Morgan before the Academy last year showed selected
young scientists to get extremely high scores on the Morgan Test of
Logical Reasoning. This study is a test of the hypothesis that scientists
and non-scientists differ in logical reasoning abihty and can be dis¬
criminated by the Morgan test. 95 college students were given the Mor¬
gan Test. Logic scores were found to be significantly related to intel¬
ligence. Holding intelligence constant by analysis of covariance, there
was no difference in logic scores between (1) men and women in the
sample, and (3) three age groups in the sample. There was, however, a
significant difference between people who had had an academic course
in logic and those who had not. 48 (forty-eight) seniors, none of whom
had taken a course in logic were divided into three groups: (1) science
majors (chemistry, physics, biology); (2) non-scientist majors (English
history ,bible, music, languages, drama, and physical education); and (3)
mathematics majors. And each of these three groups was compared at
three levels of intelligence. The results showed that math majors were
superior in logic scores to both scientists and non-scientists, who
did not differ from each other. On the lowest level of inteUigence, there
was no difference between the three majors, but this interaction was not
significant.
19. A Discussion of Concepts of Play.
Jacob Silverberg; Veterans Administration
The theories of play which have been advanced in our present cul¬
ture and which assume that it is an activity solely relegated to the world
312 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
of the child, that because it is not work it is not serious activity, are
distorted representations of behaviors which are seen here as vital in
creating prototype situations for the child, as well as for the adult, in
mastering reality and contributing to the development and creative growth
of identity. That Western civilization has been increasingly losing its
‘playful” character is menacingly apparent. It is the interplay of work
and play, rather than their disjointed separateness which can be most
conducive to human development.
20. Nine Years of Diagnosis and Treatment at the Lynchburg
College Reading Center.
William D. Brown and Louann Bolden; Lynchburg College
From 1949 through 1958 two-hundred and thirty subjects were
diagnosed and/or given instruction to help alleviate their reading deficien¬
cy by the Lynchburg College Reading Center. From data supplied by
the files at the Center and questionnaires answered by the parents, a
survey was administered concerning the value and help given by the
Center. Emotional, educational, and physiological factors were consider¬
ed, as they contribute to reading problems. However, these factors are
complex and remedial reading instruction is more effective when under¬
taken in conjuction with consideration of distrubances in other areas of
human functioning.
21. Detection and Recognition Thresholds of Non-Uniform Visual
Targets.
E. Rae Harcum; College of William and Mary
In three target surfaces a unit of surface microstructure was black
or white depending upon whether it was different from the brightness
of the adjacent proceeding unit in an arbitary sequence 100, 75, or 50%
of tlie time, respectively. Previous research found lowest detection thres¬
holds for the 50% (random) microstructures, and highest thresholds for
the 100 % (checkerboard) surfaces, but frequently the reverse for
recognition thresholds. Present preliminary results suggest that whether
thresholds vary significantly as a function of target surface microstructure
is dependent upon: (a) target area; and (b) observers criterion level for
detection or recognition.
22. The Lowry Reasoning Test Combination as a Status-Free Device
for a Personnel Selection Problem.
R. S. Andrews; QM Field Evaluation Agency, R. O. Lucier; Courtney
and Co., and Dell Lebo; Richmond Professional Institute
The Lowry Reasoning Combination (LRC) and portions of the
Proceedings 1958-1959
313
1959]
Army Classification Battery (ACB) were evaluated to determine rela¬
tive efficiency for identifying the maximum number of individuals cap¬
able of satisfactory performance on a job requiring above-average intel¬
lectual functioning. The method of equal-appearing intervals was adapted
to the development of a performance rating form which was used by
supervisors to rate job incumbents. Application of appropriate statistical
techniques to the results indicated that the LRC is most efficient in
predicting job performance, least influenced by level of education, and
provides a simple, relatively status-free device for personnel selection.
23. Counseling with a Group of Mentally Retarded Children in
A Public School Setting.
Cora Lynn C. Goldsborough; Arlington County Schools
The class in which these counseling sessions took place was a group
of educable mentallv retarded children at the intermediate level in an
elementary school. The class consisted of a mixed group of boys and
girls whose ages ranged from ten to thirteen years. The purpose of the
sessions was to discuss and encourage better social adjustment, looking
towards the transition to classes in a junior high school The sessions were
held on a regular weekly basis for a half hour with the school psycholo¬
gist as leader and the teacher as an aid. A variety of techniques was
employed to maintain the children’s interest and participation and to re¬
enforce the point brought up. In addition to discussion use was made of
role playing, picture drawing, chart making, and real life situations.
Their teacher who sat in on the sessions continued a carry over of points
made during the intervening week. Over a six months period definite
changes of attitude within the group towards each other were noted as
well as a carry over into a better handling of social situations out side
the school situation.
24. The Olfactory Sensitivity of the Rat to Some Homologus
Hydrocarbons.
William R. Goff; University of Virginia
The sensitivity of albino rats to the odors of three homologous,
saturated hydrocarbons has been measured using a previously reported
olfactometer. Odors are presented by injecting them into an air stream
flowing continuously through a "wind tunneF response chamber in which
the animal is bar pressing. A discrimination is established between pre¬
sence and absence of odor in which presence of odor signals cessation of
response. Training is continued as concentration is progressively lowered
until discrimination fails. If the ratio of responses during odor to re¬
sponses during a non-odor control stimulus is plotted as a function of log
314 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
concentration, the result is a linear function which expresses the sensitivity
of the animal.
25. Traits by Fiat.
Henry E. Garrett; University of Virginia
Categories of behavior are often set up intuitively and are then
described by test items which seem “logically” to measure them. Often
these behavior categories are treated as though they constituted specific
and well established trait dimensions. Unless the independence of such
hypothesized traits can be demonstrated experimentally, however, voca¬
tional or educational advice based upon apparent differences among them
will be useless if not definitely misleading. Illustrations of “fiat” traits
are given.
SCIENCE TEACHERS
1. Setting and Maintaining Standards in Today's Schools.
Franklin D. Kizer; Assistant Supervisor of Secondary Education
The State of Virginia has been alloted, under the National Defense
Education Act, $466,360 for the current fiscal year for the acquisition
of equipment. This is to be matched, dollar for dollar, by local funds.
Mr. Kizer discussed the requirements that must be met in order to re¬
ceive such funds and the equipment allowed and explained the pro¬
cedure which should be employed when applying for aid.
2. What the Virginia Junior Academy of Science has Meant to Me.
Joanna Hackman; Hollins College and Robert Dunning; University of
Richmond
Miss Hackman, a 1953 graduate of Radford High School, praised
the Virginia Junior Academy of Science for the) interest, opportunities,
encouragement, and guidance which it gave her as a high school stu¬
dent. She also gave a sketch of the work she has done on her project
while in college and of the awards she has received since her high
school days.
Mr. Dunning, a 1953 graduate of Norview High School, told how
the Virginia Junior Academy of Science gave him an incentive to under¬
take his first project and how meeting and talking with senior members
of the Academy has helped him in his work.
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959 315
3. Research and Techniques to Raise the Level of Instruction in
Physics and General Science.
Edward North; Washington and Lee High School
Mr. North’s objective is to teach physics to as many students as
possible. He does not believe “in bending the course to suit the student
but rather to bend the student to fit the course.” He stated that he sells
his physics course on how “tough” it is.
Some of the techniques which Mr. North stressed are:
1. Extra-curricula activities should be related to classwork.
2. Classroom work must be the most important part of a course.
3. Laboratory manuals and textbooks should be used only as reference
books.
4. The number of experiments should be reduced and the experiments
used should cover a large area. Data obtained from previous ex¬
periments should be used.
5. Students should be screened and the special ones put into one class.
6. Classical physics should be taught.
7. A science teacher should have only four classes and no homeroom.
8. Algebra and science clasess should be correlated.
9. There should be a follow-up study of students to see how effectively
their science courses prepared them for their college work or their
jobs.
4. Recent Advances in Cytology.
Henry G. Kupfer; Department of Clinical Pathology,
Medical College of Virginia
Dr. Kupfer spoke of the necessity of laboratory work in medicine.
He discussed the field of medical technology as a career and explained
the training required, the opportunities, and the need for trained people
in this field. A film, “The Human Cell and the Cytotechnologist,” was
shown.
5. The Role of the Virginia Department of Agriculture and
Immigration in the Economic Growth and Development of
Virginia.
Parke C. Brinkley, Commissioner,
Medical College of Virginia
Mr. Brinkley explained the opportunities that face young people
today in the field of agriculture. When young people leave the farm they
need not leave the field of agriculture for science has now become an
316
important part of farming. He stated that there are 15,000 job openings
per year in fields related to agriculture and only 7,000 degrees in agri¬
culture granted per year.
Business Meeting.
The following officers were elected for the coming year: A. B.
Niemeyer, Jr., Chairman; Virginia C. Ellett, Chairman-Elect; and Robert
Home, Secretary.
STATISTICS
1. Applications of Computers to Medical Research.
Frank W. Banghart; University of Virginia
Presentation of the results of three conferences held by the Air
Force on the applications of computers to medical research. Topics will
include applications of computers to brain functions, cellular activities,
electrocardiography, electroencepholography, surgery, Hver functions, in¬
sulin coma, psychiatric disorders, and hemodynamic systems.
2. Linear Programming Applications.
Norbert Lloyd Enrick and Sue Champney Lawrence;
Institute of Textile Technology
Linear Programming is a relatively new technique of mathematical
analysis, which permits the selection of an optimum combination from a
series of interrelated and interacting alternatives, each subject to limi¬
tations; as encountered in many industrial, economic and military prob¬
lems. Investigative work at the Institute has been with regard to the in¬
dustrial potentials of this tool, and several successful applications have
been made, using an electronic computer (Burroughs Electro-Data E-
101-3) to perform the actual calculations. An illustrative example, shows
how the Simplex and Ratio-Analysis methods of Linear Programming may
be used to develop an optimibed solution. The example given is coded.
Parallel applications of this technique to problems in industry in general
becomes apparent.
3. Traffic Volume Estimates Probability Applications.
Marvin Tummins; Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research
The average daily volume of traffic moving over a particular high-
Proceedings 1958-1959
317
1959]
way during the year, commonly called ADT, is a measure of service of
that highway and thus is of particular importance. Also, in order to ad¬
minister highway activities and to evaluate requirements, information
about characteristics other than volume is needed. True values of ADT
are difficult if not impossible to obtain. Continuous counting for 365
days is made almost impossible by various defects arising in mechanical
counters. Estimating procedures thus are made necessary. Probability
techniques could result in estimates with measurable accuracy and pre¬
cision and could combine estimates of volumes with estimates of other
characteristics. In this study various probability applications are tried,
tested for accuracy and precision, and then the various applications are
compared. Each estimate is compared against known results. The em¬
phasis is upon the use of small samples — 10 to 15 observations.
4. Notes on the Detection of Wearout.
C. W. Clunies-Ross; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The exponential distribution may be characterized by the fact that
the conditional “failure” rate is constant, i.e., lifetimes are distributed as
the waiting time for the initial disturbance from a Poisson process the
parameter of which is constant. One method of allowing for (irreversible)
wearout is to consider the underlying Poisson process as one whose para¬
meter is an increasing function of time. This paper investigates two statis¬
tical properties of such wearout. One property is that the differences be¬
tween ordered observations which, witJi suitable multipliers, are indepen¬
dent, and identically distributed for the exponential distribution now form
a stochastically monotonic, non-independent sequence. Another property
is that the standard deviation is less than the mean. Statistical tests of
these properties are proposed and discussed in general terms. Empirical
sampling results are used to estimate the power of the tests for certain
examples. Matched sampling is employed; this allows the use of stratified
estimators for the estimation power.
5. A Comparison of the Internal and External Assay Variation
IN THE Virulence Testing of Baccillus Anthracis Spores.
Ira A. DeArmon, Jr.; Fort Dietrich, Maryland
Triplicate quantal response assays each using 40 mice were per¬
formed with each of eight strains of B anthracis spores by both the in-
traperitoneal and subcutaneous routes of challenge. The observed varian¬
ces of the LDso’s (internal) were contrasted to the variances between
repeated LDgo’s (external). The external variance was homogeneous for
the treatment conditions and was approximately 4 fold larger than the
mean internal variance. It was concluded that the virulence of a strain
of B anthracis spores can best be estimated by repeated LDbo’s based on
318 The Virginia Journal of Science [Septembe(r
a small number of animals rather than a single LD50 determined from a
large number of animals.
6. Note on Precision of Graded vs All-or-None Response in Bioassay
F. M Wadley; Fort Dietrick, Maryland
Graded and all-or-none responses are compared on a theoretical
basis; for equally well adapted responses, we should expect the former
to be a little over twice as precise. Examination of several cases sup¬
ports this idea. Relative precision in an actual experiment may be com¬
pared by use of the variances. If one response is used, the precision
necessary to match it for the other response can be estimated.
7. Multivariate Sequential Procedures for Testing Means.
(Preliminary Report.)
J. Edward Jackson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Let X = “ fho h2 ~ Fzo . Where fi.
is the true mean of the ith variable in a p-variable situation and [Lq is
the hypothetical or standard value for the ith variable. Sequential tests
are proposed to test the typothesis
Ho : x§“'x'= 0
against the alternative hypothesis
Hi : xS~ ^ x"* = A2
both for the case where the population corvariance matrix S is known
and the case where it must be estimated from the sample. The standard
type of sequential test procedure is to continue sampling when
In [/3/( 1 - a)] <g^ <ln [(l“/3)/a],
accept Hq if gj^ < In [ ^ / ( 1 — a ) ] and accept Hj if > In [ ( 1 - /S ) / a ] •
If X = [xi - Pio '^2-^20 . = nx5“^T
and T^ = nxS , then for the case when S is known
gn = -nAV2 -/nA2 + 1 n^ Fj ( p - 1 ) / 2 . P “ 1 ; 2 fn)^
1959]
Proceedings 1958-1959
319
and where 2 is now known,
g„ = -nAV2 + ln,Fi [n/2, p/2; (nX^ T^) / 2( n - 1 + )]
where iFitai b; x] denotes a confluent hypergeometric function. Similar
multivariate sequential tests are also derived for the problem of com¬
paring the means of two samples.
8. On Comparing Different Tests of the Same Hypothesis.
H. A. David: Virginia Polytechnic Institute
D. R. Cox (Biornetrika, 1956) sugested that a quick test should be
compared with the corresponding standard test not only on the basis of
power but also on the extent to which the quick test leads to the same
conclusion as the standard test. Two approaches to such a comparison are
considered in the present paper, namely the evaluation of: (1) The pro¬
bability of establishing significance at a certain level with the quick test
given that the standard test is just significant at some more stringent
level; and (2) The probability that the quick test statistic will exceed its
conditional expectation given a specified value of the standard statistic.
It is shown that these two probabilities are under suitable conditions in¬
dependent of the parameter d under test. For example, it is sufficient
that the standard statistic be a complete sufficient statistic for 6. The
theory is applied to a comparison of the sample standard deviation, range
and mean deviation as tests of variance in the case of a normal parent.
9. A Study of Multivariate Confidence Bounds.
Rolf E. Bargmann; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The present report discusses the construction of confidence bounds
in three standard cases of multivariate analysis. After generalizing certain
types of univariate distributions, we proceed to show that exact confi¬
dence bounds are available on some not too useful parametric functions,
whereas the present approach does not succeed in determining the exact
bounds of functions which are the parametric analogues of likelihood-
ratio statistics.
10. Two Way Rank Sum Tests for Variances.
Abdur R. Ansari and R. A. Bradley; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
This paper deals with non-parametric two-sample tests of variances.
We have proposed a test based on statistic W. In the paper a recursion
320 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
formula for probabilities in the exact distribution of W have been develop¬
ed; tables for the exact distribution of W have been prepared for the
combined sample sizes m and n up to 20, and higher order moments of
W have been derived. A study of a normal approximation and a Pear-
sonian approximation to the statistic W has been made. The kurtosis
and skewness of W indicate that for large sample sizes, the distribution
of the statistic W approaches the normal curve. The asymptotic normality
of W has been established, and its relative efficiency in the Pitman sense,
as compared with the usual variance-ratio F-test, has been derived. We
have also modified our statistic W. Later different procedures available
in the literature have been compared showing the advantages and dis¬
advantages of the test-statistic W and an example has been furnished to
illustrate its use.
11. A Comparison of the Effectiveness of Tournaments.
W. A. Glenn; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Round robin, replicated knock-out, and double elimination tourna¬
ments (in which players are eliminated after two losses) are investigated
for their efectiveness in selecting the best one of four players. The criteria
proposed for the comparison are (a) the probability that the best player
wins (after play-off if necessary) and (b) the expected number of
games required for the determination of a winner. For general values of
the parameters which characterize the system expressions are derived for
the evaluation of the criteria. Comparisons are then made on the basis
of series of assigned parameter values. The possibility of extending tibis
investigation to cases involving a larger number of players is discussed.
1959]
Proceedings 1958-1959
321
LIST OF MEMBERS
1958-1959
Note: Following are the types of membership in the Academy.
Patrons, who contribute one tihousand dollars or more to die Academy.
^*Life Members, who contribute one hundred dollars or more to the
Academy.
** Honorary Life Members (Elected by Council).
* Sustaining Members, who pay annual dues of ten dollars.
—Contributing Members, who pay annual dues of five dollars.
Regular Members, who pay annual dues of three dollars.
Student Members, who pay annual dues of two dollars, (restricted
to college students only).
Note: Number following name designated section, or sections, to
which member belongs; "C” following name indicates "Student Member;**
“B” following name indicates "Business Member.*
1. Agricultural Sciences 7. Engineering
2. Astronomy, Mathematics, and 8. Geolo^
Physics
3. Bacteriology
4. Biology
5. Chemistry
6. Education
Please notify Foley F. Smith, P. O. Box 1420, Richmond, of any
errors you may find in this list.
Abbitt, Mary Horn, 12 . . . . 7703 Wood Road, Richmond
Abbott, Betty J., 4 . . . Biology Dept, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Abbott, Dr. Lynn D. Jr., 9,5 ........ Medical College of Virginia, Richmond
Ackerman, C. J., 5 . . . Dept of Chemistry, V.PX, Blacksburg
9. Medical Sciences
10. Psychology
11. Science Teachers
12. Statistics
322
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Adams, Dr. Henry B, 10 . Vet. Adm. Hosp., Box 8, Richmond
** Addison, Mr. W. Meade Addison . . 2000 Monument Ave., Richmond
Akerman, Prof. Alfred 1 . The Seward Forest, Triplett
^*AlbermarIe Paper Manufacturing Co . . Richmond
— Alden, Prof. ^Harold L., 2 . Box 3445 Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Allen, Carl W.' 1 . Dundas Heights, Blacksburg
Allen, Dr.. J. Frances, 4 . Univ. of Maryland, Dept, of Zoology,
College Park, Maryland
Allied Chemical & Dye Corp., B . Nitrogen Division, Hopewell
Allison, A. H. 1 . , . . . . . Onley
Alrich, Dr. E. Meredith, 9 . Univ. 'of Va., Hospital, Charlottesville
Alvey, Dr. Edward, Jr., 6 . Mary Washington College, Fredericksburg
American Tobacco Co., B . Research Lab., Petersburg Pike, Richmond
Amore, Dr. Thomas 5 . Cardinal Products, Inc.
P. O. Box 1611, Durham, N. C.
Amos, John M. 4 . . Price Hall, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Anderson, A. H. 1 . Forest Supervisor, U.S.D.A.,
George Washington National Forest, Harrisonburg
Anderson, Mrs. John Win. 11,4 4404 West Franklin Street, Richmond
Anderson, Stewart W. 7,6 . V.M.I., Lexington
Andrako, Dr. John 5,9 . Dept, of Chem., MCV Sta., Richmond
Andrews, Dr. Jay D. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point
Andrews, Robert S. Jr., 10,12 . 230 Washington Ave., Colonial Heights
— Anslow, W. Parker, Jr., 9 Bennington Road, Hessian Hills, Charlottesville
*Armistead, Fontaine C . 7611 Sweetbriar Road, Richmond 26
Armstrong, Dr. Alfred R. 5 . 510 Newport Ave., Williamsburg
Arrington, Dr. George E. Jr., 9 . . McGuire Vet.
Administration Hosp., Richmond
Artz, Miss Lena 4,8 . Waterlick
Ashley, Roy 5 . 5304 Michael Ave., Richmond
Atkins, Dr. H. Pearce 2 . 1612 Bellevue Ave., Richmond 27
Austin, John M. 11,5 . Route 2, Farmville
*Baber, Clinton W. 5,7 . Apartado 769, Caracas, Venezuela
*Bachrach, Mr. Arthur J. 10 . Div. of Behavioral Sci., Univ. of
Va. Med. School, Charlottesville
Bahous, Mrs. C. Ruth 2 . 410 Westwood Ave., Lynchburg
Bailey, Dr. John Wendell 4 . 27 Willway Road, Richmond 26
Baldock, Dr. Russell 2,5 . 114 Ogontz Lane, Oak Ridge, Tennessee
**Baldwin, Dr. J. T., Jr . College of William & Mary, Williamsburg
Ballingall, J. M. 2 . 4267 S. 35th Street, Arlington 6
Balthis, Mr. Thomas A. 5 . 3301 Grove Ave., Richmond
Bane, Ruby K. 5,9 . 2623 Hanover Ave., Apt., 4, Richmond
Bangkart, Dr. Frank W. 12 . 1518 Oxford Road, Charlottesville
Bare, John K. 10 . Dept, of Psychology, College of William & Mary
Williamsburg
Proceedings 1958-1959
323
1959]
Bargmann, Dr. Rolf E. 12 . 109 Upland Rd., Blacksburg
—Bartsch, Dr. Paul 4,8 . Gunston Hall Road, Lorton
Bass, Mr. Charles F. 8 . . Box 43, Stephens City
—Bateman, Robert C. 5 . 8410 Spalding Drive, Richmond 26
Baum, Parker B. 5 . 603 Burleigh Ave., Norfolk 5
—Baxter, Dr. Donald L. 9 . . . 471 Briarhill Road,
Springfield, Delaware County, Pa.
Beach, Miss Mary Leigh 3 . . . . Box 151, Arlington
Beall, Mrs. Agnes K. 5,9 . 3528 Amherst St., Norfolk
—Beams, Dr. Jesse W. 2 . Physics Lab., McCormick Road,
University Station, Charlottesville
Beatty, M. Edwin 4,8 . 6029 Bonneau Road, Richmond 27
Becker, Mrs. Mariana 11 . 119 E. Ocean Ave., Norfolk
*Bell, C. Cooper, Jr., 9 . 710 Keats Road, Richmond 29
Bell, Dr. Wilson B. 9 . V.P.I., Blacksburg
Bennett, Melvin B. 5 . . 210 Defense Ave., Sandston
Benton, Prof. Arthur F. 5 . . Cobb Chemical Lab., Univ. Sta.,
Charlottesville
Benton, James E. 11,5 . 1000 N. Lombardv St., Richmond 20
Berkeley, Dr. Edward 4 . Box 111 A, RFD 2, Charlottesville
Berkey, William M, 7 . 9501 Bonnie Dale Rd., Richmond 26
Beme-Allen, Dr. Allan, Jr. 5,7 . 144 N. Washington Dr., St.
Armands Key, Sarasota, Florida
Berry, Rodney C., Jr. 5 . 808 Bliley Rd., Richmond 25
— Bevan, Dr. Arthur 8 . Churchville
—Bickers, Dr. William . Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond
Bice, Prof Raymond C. Jr., 10 . . Peabody Hall, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Bierhorst, Dr. David 4 . . Dept, of Botany, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York
Bill, Miss Margaret E . c/o Mrs. E. L. McIntosh, Hugenot Rd.,
Richmond 25
—Bird, Mr. Lloyd C. 3 . 303 South 6th St., Richmond
—Black, Dr. Zoe 4 . Box 1171 College Sta., Fredericksburg
Blackwell, Jane 11,5 . Box 514, South Boston
Blair, Miss Barbara 5 Box 110, Univ. of Va., Hosp., Charlottesville
Blake, Dr. Archie 12 . 2133 N. Circle Drive, Ann Arbor, Michigan
Blake, Dr. John A. 10 . . 6707 Stuart Ave., Richmond
*Blank, Grace J. 9 . . . . . . 6707 Stuart Ave., Richmond
—Blanton, Dr. Wyndham B. 9 . 828 Franklin St., Richmond
Blaser, Dr. R. E. 1,4,12 . V.P.I., Blacksburg
Blincoe, Dr. J. W. 2 . . . . . Ashland
Bliss, Dr. Laura 5 . . . 225 S. Princeton Circle, Lynchburg
— Blomquist, Dr. John H. 7,5 . 2317 Cortland St., Waynesboro
Blue, Dr. John T., Jr. 10 . . . Virginia State College, Norfolk
324
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Bobb, Dr. Marvin L. 4 Piedmont Fruit Research Lab., Charlottesville
Boger, Jack Holt 6 . 8807 Turnbull Ave., Richmond
*Boggs, Prof. Isabel 2 . Box 235, R— M.W. College, Lynchburg
Boldridge, Frank 5 . 305 Henry Street, Ashland
—Bond, Dr. W. R. 9 . Box 106, Midlothian
—Boozer, Miss Mary E. 12 1140 West Grace Street, Richmond 20
Bose, Smritimoy C,4 . Blandy Experimental Farm, Boyce
Bouton, Dr. S. Miles, Jr., 9 Rt. No. 1, Cherry ffill Farm, Evington
Bowen, Dr. Leroy E. 1 505 Elmwood Ave., Lynchburg
Bowers, Dr. Russell V. 9 . 3601 Mechanicsville Pike, Richmond
Bowles, John L. 8 5330 Chamberlain Ave., Chevy Chase 15, Md.
Bowles, Miles C. 3 . P. O. Box 246, Accomac
Bovmian, Dr. Paul W. 4 . 3114 5th St., N., Arlington
Bowman, Dr. Raymond P. G. 6 609 Progress Street, Blacksburg
Boyer, Dr. William P. 5 Director of Research, Va.-Carohna Corp.,
Richmond
Bozeman, Herman H. 6 Norfolk Div., Va. State College, Norfolk
Bradfield, W. E. 10,6 . Box 795, Pearisburg
Bradley, Frank D. 4 4249 25th Street, North Arlington 7
Bradley, Ralph A. 12 . 108 Barringer Road, Blacksburg
Brand, Dr. Eugene D. 9 Dept, of Pharmacology, Univ. Hosp.,
Charlottesville
Brice, Dr. Luther, Jr., 5 . Chemistry Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg
Bridges, Troy D. 11,5 . 2012 Adams Lane, Falls Church
Brinkley, Mrs. Bernice N. 11,4 . Clover, Va.
Brittingham, Dr. William H. 1 . Box 2160, Norfolk 1
— Brogden, Mr. C. E. 5 11 Greenway Lane, Richmond 26
—Brown, Dr. Frederick L. 2 308 Montebello Circle, Charlottesville
Brown, Mr. Irby H. 5 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond
Brown, Dr. W. Horatio 8 . . . . Austinville
Brovm, Lt. Col. Warren W. 5,6,11 Box 73, Kable Sta., Staunton
Bruce, A. C. 7 . P. O. Box 196, Blacksburg
Bruce, Dr. Robert E. 11,2 . P. O. Box 385, Staunton
Brugh, Joseph F. 2,4,6 . 1846 Oakland Street, Petersburg
^Brumfield, Dr. Robert T. 4 . Longwood College, FarmviUe
Bruner, Mr. B. M. 5 . 105 North Wilton Road, Richmond 21
Bryant, R. E. Jr., 5 . 2623 Linbrook Drive, Richmond
Bull, Fred W. 7,5 . V.P.I., Blacksburg
Bullington, W. E. 4 . Randolph-Macon Col., Ashland
Bully, Miss Kathryn 4 . 216 West Queen St., Hampton
—Burch, John B. 4 . Museum of Zoology, Univ. of Michigan
Ann Arbor, Michigan
—Burger, Miss Elizabeth 4 . Longwood College, FarmviUe
—Burke, Jack D. 4 . Biology Dept. Univ. of Richmond, Va.
Proceedings 1958-1959
325
1959]
BurnSj Prof. G. Preston 2 . . . P. O. Box 1005, College Station
Burton, W. W. 5 . . . 700 Hagueman Drive, Richmond 25
Butler, James T. 5 . 1204 Bobbiedell Lane, Richmond 26
Buxton, Dr* W. D, 9 . . Univ. of Virginia Hosp., Charlottesville
Byrn, Mrs. Jane N. 4,5 . 80 Main Street, Warwick
Byrne, Col. William E. 2 . . Box 836, Lexington
Cabrera, Dr. N, 2,5 . . 14-R Copeley HiU, Charlottesville
—Caldwell, Paul N. 11,4 . . 2784 Westhampton Ave., S. W., Roanoke
Callahan, Wilfiam H. 8 . . 1 Rowe Place, Franl^n, N. J.
Calver, James L. 8 . . . Box 3667, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Calvin, Dr. Allen 10 . . Psychology Dept., Hollins College, Hollins
Calvin L. W. 10 . . . 1620 Monument Ave., Richmond
Caminita, Mrs. B. H. 3 . . . 501 North Lincoln St, Arlington
Campbell, Addison D. 2 . 8520 Julian Road, Richmond 26
Canham, R. G. 5 . . . . 590 Burnham Lane, Williamsburg
Cardell, Robert E., Jr. C,4 . Bio. Dept, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Gannan, George Gay 2 . 3907 Wrankhn St, Richmond 21
Carnes, Mary Beverly 9,4,5 . . . 663 Montrose Ave., Roanoke
Carpenter, Prof, D. R. 2 . . . . Roanoke CoUege, Salem
—Carpenter, D. Rae Jr., 2 . . . . 313 Letcher Ave., Lexington
—Carroll, Dorothy 8 . . . . . U. S. Geological Survey,
Washington 25, D. C.
Carroll, Robert P. 4 . . . Box 613, Lexington
Garter, Miss Linda L, 10 . . . Children's Service Center, Univ. Hosp.,
Charlottesville
Carver, Dr. Merton E. 10 . . . University of Richmond
Cary, Miss M. Katherine 9,5 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
Cash, W. W., Jr. 5 . . . . . Route No. 2, Box 150, Eagle Rock
Castor, W. S., Jr. 5 . . . 2212 Taylor Farm Road, Lynchburg
Chace, F. M. 8 . . . The M. A. Hanna Co., 1300 Leader Bldg.,
Cleveland, Ohio
Chamberlain, Dr. J. L. 4 . . Dept of Biology, Randolph-Macon
Woman's College, Lynchburg
—Chapman, Dr. Douglas C. 9 . . 324 Clovelly Road, Richmond
Chappell, Dr. Wilbert 5 . . . . Madison College, Harrisonburg
—Charlton, Mrs. T. R. 11,9 Rt. 1, Box 123, Caltrops Neck Road, 1, Tabbs
Chase, Mr. H. M. 5 . . . 158 West Main Street, Danville
Cheng, Thomas C. C,4 ............ Dept, of Histology, Univ. of Maryland
Dental School, Baltimore, Maryland
Chesson, Mr. R. R. 5 . . . . 6 Lexington Road, Richmond 26
Chevalier, Dr. Paul L. 9 . . . . . 11 East Franklin St, Richmond
Chi Beta Phi, Iota Sigma Chapter . . . . . Radford College, Radford
Choate, M. S., Jr. 10 . . . 812 Park Ave., Richmond 20
Christie, Mr. Thomas H. . ..... . 3713 W. Washington Blvd., Arlington
326 The VraciNiA Journal of Science [September
Chumney, Richard D. 1 . Box 1163, Richmond 9
—Churchill, Miss Helen, 4,3,9 . . Hollins College, Virginia
Clague, Prof. W. Donald 5,9 . . . . . Bridgewater
Clairborne, Miss Imogene B . 2413 Terrell Place, Lynchburg
Clay, John W. 1 . . . Box 565, Tappahannock
Clayton, Dr. C. C. 5 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
Clayton, Dr. R. A. 5 .... Research Lab., American Tobacco Co., Richmond
Clough, Dr. O. W. 9 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
Cocke, Mr. E. C. 4 . . . College Sta., Winston-Salem, N. C.
CockeriUe, Dr. F. O. 5 . Greenwood
Cogbill, Dr. E. G. 5 . American Tobacco Co., Research Lab.
Petersburg Pike, Richmond
Cole, Cletus A. 10 . 3414 N. Kensington Street, Arlington
—Cole, Dr. James W., Jr., 5 . Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville
Coleman, Arthur P., Jr. 11,4,9 . 1053 N. Chambliss, Alexandria
Coleman, C. S., 1,8 . . P. O. Box 194, Fairfax
—Coleman, George W., Jr. 4,5,2 . 621 Staunton Ave., N. W., Roanoke
Coleman, John S. 2,6 . 3010 N. Florida Street, Arlington 7
* College of William & Mary . Williamsburg
Collins, Beth, C,4 . 801 Illinois Ave., Salem
Compton, Dr. Jack 4,5 . Institute of Textile Technology, Charlottesville
Congdon, Dr. Wm. J. 8 . 200 Ramsey Ave., Hopewell
Cook, Mrs. F. Hartwick 2,5,12 . Alton State Hosp., Alton, Illinois
Cool, Dr. R. D. 5 . Madison College, Harrisonburg
Cooley, Dr. C. C. 9 . 912 Medical Arts Bldg., Norfolk 10
Cooper, Dr. Byron N. 8,7 . Box 634, Blacksburg
Cooper, Miss Frances 5,4 . 1301 Third Street, S. W., Roanoke
—Cooper, Dr. Pascal W. 5 . 301 Ohio Ave., Harrisonburg
Copeland, Graham 1 . 1112 State Office Bldg., Richmond
Cornfield, Jerome 12 . R. F. D. 2, Herndon
Cotting, Mrs. Ed L. 9 . 1213 Rowe St., Fredericksburg
*Coty, O. N. 5 . 515 Ridge Top Road, Richmond 26
Couper, Dr. Monroe 5 . 1925 Cherokee Rd., Waynesboro
Courtney, Welby G. 5 . Experiment Inc., Richmond
*Cox, Edwin 5 . Holly Hill, Aylett
Cox, Edwin L. 12,4 . Biometrical Services ARS, Plant Industry
Division, Beltsville, Maryland
Cox, Mary Lee 11,5,4 . 3654 Radford Street, Norfolk 13
Cox, Mr. Norman R. 5 . 5209 Forest Hill Ave., Richmond
Craighead, R. A . General Office Bldg., Norflok and Western
Railroad, Roanoke
Crandall, Dorothy L. 4 . Box 278, R-M. W. College, Lynchburg
—Crawford, Mr. Stuart C. 5,4,7 . . . . Box 124, Frankhn
Crayton, Frank H. 4 . 6312 Glyndon Lane, Richmond 25
Grim, David M. 2,11 . V.M.L, Lexington
Proceedings 1958-1959
327
1959]
Grim, Samuella 4, 11 . Apt. 705, Hunting Towers East, Alexandria
—Crittenden, Dr. Eugene D. 5, 1 . Nitrogen Div., Allied Chemical
& Dye Corporation, Hopewell
Crouch, Joseph P. 9 . USN Facility, APO 104 New York, N. Y.
Crowell, Prof. Thomas 5 . Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville
Crownfield, Frederic R. 2 . 311 Cary St., Wilhamsburg
Cmser, Melvin E., Jr. 2 . 5305 Lakeside Dr., Virginia Beach
—Cummins, Dr. Milton D. 9 . 1001 West Franklin St., Richmond 20
— Daffin, Professor John B. 5,2 . . Mary Baldwin College, Staunton
Dancy, William H., Jr, 2 . Route 4, Box 141, Charlottesville
^Darden, Colgate W., Jr . University of Virginia, Charlottesville
Daughtrey, Mrs. Dorothy D. 4,5 . 4307 S. Sixteenth St. Apts.,
Arlington 4
* ^Davenport & Company . 1113 E. Main St, Richmond
David, Dr. H. A. 12 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Davies, Dr. E. F. S. 6 . Va. State College, Petersburg
—Davies, William E. 8 . 125 Greenway Blvd., Falls Church
Davis, Donald 4 . 1163 Tyler Ave., Newport News
—Davis, James H. 8 . . 3207 Inwood Drive, Houston, Texas
Davis, Mr. Loyal H. 5,2 . Box 1895, Richmond 15
Davis, Thursa F. 5 . Va. State College, Petersburg
DeArmon, Ira A. Jr. 12 . 508 Mihtary Road, Frederick
Deck, Dr. J, David 9 . . Dept, of Anatony, Univ of Virginia
Hospital, Charlottesville
Decker, Miss Mary G. 5 . 1014 Long St, Charlottesville
Delk, Mr. J. A. 11,4 . . . . 816 Appomattox St, HopeweU
DelPriore, Mr. Francis R. 12 . Rt. No. 2, Box 22, Arnold, Maryland
Dent, Dr. J. N. 4 ... Miller School of Biology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Derting, John F. 8,1 . . . . . . . . Box 84, Flint Hill
Dewey, Dr. Lovell J. 5 . Box 726, MCV Stat, Richmond 19
—Dickerson, Dr. L. M. 4,1,5 . . . Box 85, CovesviUe
Dickey, Dr. R. W. 2 . . . . . . . 32 Univ. Place, Lexington
Dietrick, L. B. 1 . . . 506 Preston Ave., Blacksburg
Dinwiddie, Dr. J. G. 5 . 620 Walnut Ave., Waynesboro
Dodd, Dr. Eileen K. 10 . Box 1205, College Sta., Fredericksburg
Doerhoefer, Basil 8 . Longview Lane, Upper River Road,
Louisville, Kentucky
Doub, W. H. Jr. 10 . 6606 Wexford Ave., Richmond 25
Dovel, Anne Hundley, 5 Nurses Home, Memorial Hosp.,
Wilmington 6, Delaware
Dryer, Mrs. Hilda Y. 11,4 . 463 North Thomas St, Arlington 3
Dufort, Dr. Robert H. 10 . Psych. Dept., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Duke, Miss Martha W. 4,11 . . . . 721 Park St, Charlottesville
*Duncan, Dr. Cecil E. 2 865 Thomwood Dr., Palo Alto, Calif.
328
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Duncan, Mrs. Geraldine 9 . 2915 Seminary Ave., Richmond
Dunlap, Miss Elizabeth 11 . Spring Farm, Lexington
Dunton, Dr. E. M., Jr. 1 . . . Box 2160, Norfolk
***DuPont, Mrs. Alfred I. . Nemours, Wilmington, Del.
E. I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc., B . Textile Fibers Dept., Richmond
Dyer, Edward R. Jr., 2 . Leander-McCormick Observatory,
University of Va., Charlottesville
Eades, James L. 8 . 1528 Westwood Ave., Charlottesville
—Eddy, C. Vernon 6 . Box 58, Winchester
Edgerton, J. Wilbert 10 . 700 E. Jefferson St., Charlottesville
Edmundson, Dr. R. S. 8 . 1411 Virginia Ave., Charlottesville
Edwards, Dr. Leslie E. 9 . Dept, of Physiology, MCV Station,
Richmond 19
Edmonds, Marvin D. 5 . 1315 Foster Road, Richmond 26
Eheart, Mr. James F. 5,1 . V.P.I., Blacksburg
Eisenhart, Dr. Churchill 12 . National Bureau of Standards
Washington 25, D. C.
Eiser, Arthur L. 4 . 921 Yale Ave., Muncie, Indiana
Elder, John H. 5,1 . 1123 State Office Bldg., iWchmond
EUett, Virginia C. 11 . Thomas Jefferson High School, Richmond 21
* Emmett, Dr. J. M. 9 . C & O Hospital, Clifton Forge
Engel, Dr. R. W. 5 . V.P.I., Blacksburg
—English, Prof. Bruce V. 2 . P. O. Box 267, Ashland
Enrick, Norbert Lloyd 12 . c/o Institute of Textile Technology,
Charlottesville
Essary, Prof. E. O. 1 . Poultry Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg
Esso Standard Oil Company B Attention; C. C. Pembroke, Board &
Hamilton Streets, Richmond
Evert, Dr. Henry 4,5 . 11 Harvard Street, Garden City, N. Y.
—Experiment Incorporated . Box 1-T, Richmond 2
Farlowe, Vivian 4 . Box 1243, 1900 W. Polk St., Chicago 12, Ill.
*Faulconer, Dr. Robert Jameson 9 . Dept, of Pathology, DePaul
Hospital, Norfolk 5
Femeyhough, Dr. Robert S. 9 . 810 Le St, Warrenton
Fields, Dr. Victor H. 5 . Box 32, Hampton Institute, Hampton
Filer, Dr. Robert J. 10 . Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
Fillinger, Harriett H. 5,2 . The Inn, Wise
Finch, Mr. Earl A. 1,12 . 1311 Hillside Ave., Richmond
Finger, Prof. Frank W. 10 . Peabody Hall, University
Fischer, Dr. Ernest 9,4 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
Fish, Prof. F. H. 5 . Box 702, Blacksburg
Fisher, Dr. Robert A. 7,5 . . 106 Cohee Road, Blacksburg
Fitzpatrick, Evelyn 11 . . . ........1030 Calhoun Street, Radford
— Fitzroy, Herbert W. K. 6 . 1 West Main St, Richmond Area,
University Center, Richmond
Proceedings 1958-1959
329
1959]
Flagg, Raymond O. C., 4 . . . . . Box 85, Boyce
Flemer, Capt. John 7 . . . . . . . . . . . Oakgrove
Fletcher, Dr. F. P. 9 . . . 2319 East Broad St, Richmond
Flint, Dr. Franklin F. 4 Box 254, R-M.W. College, Lynchburg
— Flory, Dr. Walter S., Jr. 4,1 . Blandy Exper. Farm, Boyce
Flowers, Mr. Wm. L. 5 . 8719 Weldon Drive, Richmond
Floyd, Miss Susie V. 4 . 46 Hopkins St, Ehlton Village
Foltin, Dr. Edgar N, 10 . Chatham College, Woodlawn
Road, Pittsburg 32, Pa.
Forbes, Dr. Allan L. 9 . Medical Service, McGuire Vet. Adm. Hosp.,
Richmond 19
—Forbes, Dr. J. C., 5,9,2 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
—Foster, Col. I. G. 2 . 451 Institute Hill, Lexington
Freer, Prof. Ruskin 4,8 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Freitag, Mrs. Herta Taussig 2 . Hollins College, Hollins
—French, Mr. G. Talbot 1,4 1510 Wilmington Ave., Richmond 27
French, R. H. 5 . . Longwood College, Farmville
Freund, Dr. Jack 9,5 . 622 N. Boulevard, Richmond
Friedman, Mr. Samuel J. 2,5 . 840 Jefferson Ave., Waynesboro
*Froehling & Robertson, Inc . 814 West Cary St, Richmond
Fuqua, Mrs. F. C. 9 . 3005 Linden Ave., Fredericksburg
Furtsch, Dr. E. F. 5,6 . P.O. Box 618, Blacksburg
Gager, Forest L. Jr. 5 . . 103 Lee Circle, Richmond 25
**Gaines, Prof. Robert E. . . 3 Bostwick Lane, Univ. of
Richmond, Richmond
Gant, Dr. James Q. 9 . 1726 M. St, N. W., Washington 6, D. C.
Garber, Louis L. 10 . . . . . . . Box 1080, Staunton
Gamer, W. N. 4,6 . . . 128 Lewis Ave., Salem
Garretson, Mr. Harold H. 5 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Garrett, Dr. H. E. 10 . 1872 Winston Road, Charlottesville
Geldard, Dr. Frank A. 10 . 1900 Edgewater Lane, Charlottesville
Gemmill, Chalmers L. 9 . Dept, of Pharmacology, Univ. of Va.,
Charlottesville
German, Dr. Leslie 5 . . . 303 Letcher Ave., Lexington
Gibson, Prof. Theodore W. 2 . . . . . . Wise, Va.
Gilbert, Ray C. 8 . . . . . . Austinville
Gildea, Prof. R. E. L. 7 . . . . . . . . . . Cobham
Gildersleeve, Mr. Benjamin 8 ..... 5811 North 19th Street, Arlington 5
Giles, Robert H. C,4 . Virginia Wildlife Unit, V.P.L, Blacksburg
Gillespie, Robert F. Jr., 4 . Va. Episcopal School, Lynchburg
GiUlam, Jane F. 11,2,5 . . . . . . . Box 52, Phenix
Gilmer, Prof. Thomas E. 2 . . . Hampden-Sydney
Gilmer, Dr. T. E., Jr. 2 . . . 102 Allendale Court, Blacksburg
Gilreath, Dr. E. S. 5 . . . . . . . . Box 745, Lexington
330
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
—Gladding, R. N. 5 . American Tob. Research Lab., 400
Petersburg Pike, Richmond
Gladding, Mrs. Walter 5,9 . 1613 Park Ave., Richmond 20
Gladstone, Irin M. 7 . Ill Greenway Drive, Portsmouth
Glass, Jewell J. 8 . U. S. Geological Survey, Washington 25, D. C.
Glick, Rudolph A. 2 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
Clock, Dr. Eugene 5 American Tob. Co., Research Lab., Richmond
***Goethe, Mr. C. M . 720 Capital Nat. Bank Bldg.,
Sacramento, Cahf.
—Goldstein, Dr. Lewis C. 4 . 1102 West Ave., Richmond 20
Gooch, Edwin O. 8 Div. of Geology, Box 3667, Charlottesville
Gordon, Elmer L. 5 . 404 N. 12th St., Richmond
—Gould, Henry W. 2 Dept, of Mathematics, Univ. of W. Va.,
Morgantown, W. Va.
Gourley, Dr. D. R. H. 9 Univ. of Va. Medical School, Charlottesville
Goyette, Dr. Lewis E. 4 4013 Mt. Vernon St., Richmond 27
Graf, Dr. G. C. 1 Dept, of Dairv Science, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Gray, Dr. Clarence C. Ill 5,1 P. O. Box 537, Va. State
College, Petersburg
Graybeal, Prof. H. C. 6 Box 1204, Radford College, Radford
Grayson, Dr. James McD. 4 1300 Oak Drive, Blacksburg
Green, Frank L. 5 . 3805 Caulder Court, Richmond
Green, Ralph E. 2 . 3015-A, Woodrow Ave., Richmond
Greene, William M. 8 . 50 Fairway Drive, Birmingham, Ala.
Griffin, Pearl C. 5 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Grizzard, Miss Alice E. 11,4 . 109 N. Plum St., Richmond 20
Gross, W. B. 9 . c/o Animal Pathology, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Grossnickle, Dr. Thurman T. 5 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
Grove, Mrs. Phyllis S. 5 . 1211 Greystone Ave., Richmond
Groves, Dr. A. B. 1,4, 5, 3 . Winchester
— Guerry, Dr. Dupont III 9 . 2015 Monument Ave., Richmond 20
Gupton, Oscar W. 4 . Dept, of Biology, V.M.I., Lexington
Gushee, Beatrice E. 5 . Hollins College, Hollins
Guthridge, Mr. Joe W. 2 . Univ. Club, Blacksburg
Guthrie, John D. 1 . “Ville View,” Charlotte Court House
Guthrie, Peter M. 10 . 1018 Capitol Landing Rd., Williamsburg
*Guy, Dr. William G. 5 . Box 1274, Williamsburg
*Gwathmey, Dr. Allan T. 5 . Cobb Chem. Lab., University
Gwathmey, Mrs. Allan T. 6 . Dawson's Row, Univ. of Va.,
' Charlottesville
—Haag, Dr. H. B. 9 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond
Hack, Dr. John T. 8 . U. S. Geological Survey, Washington 25, D. C.
Hackman, Miss Joanna C,5 . 8 Monroe Terrace, Radford
Hackney, R. P. 5 . 4500 Hanover Ave., Richmond 21
Proceedings 1958-1959
331
1959]
Hahn, J. F. 10 . Peabody Hall, Charlottesville
Hahn, Dr. T. M., Jr. 2 . Dept, of Physics, V.P.L, Blacksburg
Hallock, Dr. Daniel L. 1 . Holland
-Ham, Dr. William T. Jr., 2 ... P. O. Box 816, MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Handley, Charles Overton Jr. 4 . U. S. Nat. Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
Handy, E. S. C. 4,10 . Box 57, Oakton
^'^Hanmer, Mr. H. Rupert 5 . 400 Petersburg Turnpike, Richmond 24
Hanna, Dr. Bertram L. 12,9 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
Hanselman, Miss Louise 5 . 603 S. Davis Ave., No. 5, Richmond 20
Hardcastle, James E. 5 . Route 10, Box 270-A, Richmond
Hargis, Dr. Wm. J., Jr. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester
Harker, Joseph N. Jr., 2,11 . 2302 Wycliffe Ave., S. W. Roanoke
* Harlan, Dr. William R. 5 . 329 Greenway Lane, Richmond
* Harlow, Edward S. 5 . Stuart Court Apts. No. 303, 1600
Monument Avenue, Richmond 20
Harnsberger, Wilbur Jr. 8 . 366 Franklin Street, Harrisonburg
Harowitz, Charles L. 5 . 7804 Meherrin Road, Richmond
Harrell, Dr. Bryant . Dept, of Chemistry, College of
William & Mary, Williamsburg
Harrell, Mr. Cleon 12 . Princess Anne
—Harrell, Ruth Flinn 10 . 6411 Powhatan Ave., Norfolk 8
Harrington, Mrs. Beatrice A. 2 . 2024 Barton Ave., Richmond 22
Harris, Dr. Isabel 2 . 6411 Three Chopt Rd., Richmond
—Harris, Dr. Orville R. 2,7 . 908 Rosse Lane, Charlottesville
Harris, Dr. William E. 10 . Bon Air
Harrison, Edward T., Jr. C,4 .. . Box 1307, Va. State College Petersburg
Harrison, Dr. J. Peachy 5 . 2 Malvern Ave., Apt. 5, Richmond 21
— Harshbarger, Dr. Boyd 12 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.l., Blacksburg
— Hartung, Walter H. 5 . . MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Harvie, Lewis E. C,4 . Bio. Dept., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
—Hay, N. R. T. 8 . Four Winds, Medham, New Jersey
Haygood, Neal T. 5 . 2447 South Lowell St., Arlington
Haynes, Mrs. Donald H. 5 . 3803 Caulder Court, Richmond
Heatwole, Mrs. B. G. 11,2 . 1411 Churchville Ave., Staunton
Hedgepeth, Rodger 7 . Box 405, Blacksburg
—Heflin, Col. S. M. 2 . 508 Highland Road, Lexington
Hegre, Dr. Erling S. 9. . MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Heisey, Dr. Lowell 5,3 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
Hembree, Dr. Howard W. 10 . 2720 Forest Hills Road, Petersburg
Hench, Miles E . 4802 Kensington Ave., Richmond
Henderson, Mr. R. G. 1,4 . Blacksburg
Henneman, Dr. Richard H. 10 . Psychology Lab., University
Herbert, Dr. Paul 8 . Tri State Zinc Co., P. O. Box 1011, Galena, 111.
332
The VraGiNiA Journal of Science
[September
Hereford, D. F. L. 2 Dept, of Physics, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Hering, Mrs. T. T. 4,2,11 . P. O. Box 87, Stuarts Draft
Herr, J. M., Jr. 4 . Dept, of Biology, Univ. of S. C., Columbia, S. C.
Higgins, Dr. Edwin S. 5,9 . Dept, of Biochemistry, MCV Sta.,
Richmond 19
Hildreth, Dr. H. M. 10 . 7606 Lakeview Drive, Falls Church
Hill, C. H. 4 . 447 N. Braddock St., Winchester
Hillsman, Overton L. . 5814 Crestwood Ave., Richmond 26
—Hinton, Dr. William 10 . 15 Jordan Street, Lexington
Hoak, Mr. James F. 2 . Luray
Hobbs, Herman H. C,2 . 32 Univ. Circle, Apt. 305, Charlottesville
Hobbs, Prof. Horton H. Jr. 4 . 517 Rugby Rd., Charlottesville
— Hoch-Ligeti, Dr. Cornelia 9 . 1614 Greenleaf Lane, Charlottesville
Hock, Dr. Hans 5,2 MCV Sta., Box 877, Richmond 19
Hodge, Robert A. 11,4 . 417 Pelham St., Fredericksburg
—Hodges, Dr. Fred M. 9 . 1000 W. Franklin St., Richmond
Hodgkin, Dr. W. N. 9 . Warrenton
Hoff, E. C. 9,4,10 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19
—Holcomb, Carl J. 4 . Extension Forester, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Holland, Charles T. 7 . P. O. Box 836, Blacksburg
Holland, Margaret M. 4 . 413 S. Chester St., Gastonia, N. C.
*HoIlms College . . . . Hollins
Holloway, Mr. Harry Lee, Jr. 4 . Roanoke College, Salem
—Holmes, Dr. B. T. 9 . 336 Mero Street, Frankfort, Kentucky
Holmes, J. C. 5 . 519 Tanglewood Road, Richmond 25
Hopkins, Mr. H. Robert 8 . Va. Div. of Geology, Box 3667
University Station, Charlottesville
Horlick, Dr. Rueben S. 10 . 3004 N. Stuart Street, Arlington
Horn, Robert H. 11,5 . 323 Orville St, Alexandria
Horne, Dr. T. J. 1,6 . 1013 Draper Road, Blacksburg
—Horowitz, Alan S. 8 . Box 269, Littleton, Colorado
* Horsley, Dr. Guy W. 9 . 617 W. Grace Street, Richmond
Horsley, Mrs. Ruth O. 4 . Wingina
Horton, Mrs. Loetta W. 11,2 . 4431 Hazel Ridge Road, Roanoke
Hostetter, Dr. D. Ralph 4,8 . . . Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonbm’g
Hough, Dr. W. S. 4,1,8 . . 523 Fairmont Ave., Winchester
— Hoxton, L. G. 2 U.Va., McCormick Rd., Dept, of Physics, Charlottesville
Hubbard, Mr. Robert M. 7,5 . 311 Montebello Circle, Charlottesville
Hudgins, Webster R. 5 . . . Port Haywood
Huf, Dr. Ernst 9 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
Hughes, Hansel L. 5 . 1538 W. 50th Street, Norfolk
Hughes, Dr. Roscoe D. 4,9 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
^Humphreys, Dr. Mary E. 4 Box 127, Mary Baldwin College, Staunton
Humphreys, Miss M. Gweneth 2 . Randolph-Macon Women's
O:
College, Lynchburg
Proceedings 1958-1959
333
1959] _
Hundley, Dr. Louis R. 4 V.M.L, Dept, of Biology, Lexington
Hunt, Harvey L. 5,7,1 . 1411 N. Shore Drive, Norfolk
-Hunter, J. M . Va. State College, Petersburg
Hunter, Louise S. 2 . Va. State College, Petersburg
Hurley, John F. 10 . 1609 Pinewood St., Falls Church
— Husted, Dr. Ladley 4 .. . Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
—Hyde, Dr. Austin T. Jr. 4 . . Rutherford Hosp., Rutherfordton, N. C.
Ikenberry, Dr. Emmert 2 . 310 West View St., Harrisonburg
—Inge, Dr. Frederick D. 4 . Hampton Institute, Hampton
IngersoH, Everett H. 9 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
—Ingles, Andrew L. 4 . 1006-3rd St., West, Radford
Insley, Dr. E. G. 5 . 1233 Brent St., Fredericksburg
—Irby, Richard Jr. 5 . . . 712 Spottswood Road, Richmond
—Jackson, Dr. H. W. 4 . Sanitary Engineering Center,
4676 Columbia Parkway, Cincinnati 26, Ohio
James, Dr. G. Watson III 9 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19
James, Col. Harold C. 2,11,6 . Kable Sta., 32, Staunton
Jarman, Dr. A. M. 6,10 . 1872 Winston Ave., Charlottesville
—Jeffers, Dr. George W. 4,11 . . . Route 6, Farmville
Jefferson, Miss Betty Lou 11,4 . 1211 Forest St, Danville
Jeffrey, Jackson E. 4 . Dept, of Anatomy, MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Jeffreys, Dr. A. W. Jr., 10 . Western State Hosp., Staunton
—Jeffreys, Mr. George A. 3,5 . P. O. Box 225, Salem
Jennings, Mae 11,4 . Radford High School, Radford
Johnson, Dr. Harry I. 7,5,6 . . . 429 High St, Salem
Johnson, James A. Jr., 5 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond 19
Johnson, J. H. 6,5 . Booker T. Washington High School, Norfolk 4
—Jones, Arthur R. 2 . 612 N. Main St, Lexington
Jones, Dr. E. Ruffin 4 Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Fla., Gainesville, Fla.
Jones, Mr. George D. 1,4 . 309 Garoline St, Orange
Jones J. Claggett 5 . . . 3906 Patterson Ave., Richmond 21
Jones, John C. 1,4 . . . 5810 Namakagan Rd., Washington 16, D. C.
Jones, Muriel M. 3 . MGV Station, Richmond 19
Jopson, Dr. Harry G. M. 4 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
Jones, George R. 3 . Luray
—Jones, Mrs. Louise L. 9 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Joyner, Dr. W. T. 2 . Physics Dept Hampden-Sydney College
Hampden-Sydney
Kapp, Mary E. 5 . . . 901 W. Franklin St, Richmond 20
Kaye, Dr. Sidney 9, 5 . 404 North 12th St., Richmond 19
Keach, Charles C. 10 . 2531 Holmes Run Drive., Falls Church
Kean, Dr. Robert H. 5 32 Old Farm Road “Bellair” Charlottesville
Johnson, Rose Mary 4 . Sweetbriar College, Amherst
Keeble, Prof. W. H. 2 . . . . . . Box 607, Ashland
Keith, B. Ashton 8,6 . 3010 Forest, Kansas City 9, Missouri
334
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Kell, Dr. Joseph F. Jr., 9 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Keller, Miss Janness C,4 . Box 144, St. Charles
Keller, Dean May L. 6 . University of Richmond, Richmond
Kelly, Mr. J. J. Jr. 6 . Wise
Kelly, Dr. John W. 9 . Dept, of Anatomy, MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Kelly, Dr. M. Mae 10 . School Board Office, Pearisburg
Kent, Mrs. Cleo Q. 11,2 . Naruna, Campbell County
Kent, Prof. George W. 10 . Bridgewater
Kepner, Dr. William A. 4 . 29 Univ. Place, University
Kerby, George F. 5 . 503 Cokesbury Lane, Richmond
Kerlin, Russell G. 11,5 . 206 Battle St., Vienna
Kindred, Dr. J. E. 9 . Box 1873, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
King, Dr. Kendall W. 3,4 .... Laboratoire National d’ Hygiene Publique,
Port-au-Prince, Haita
*Kise, Dr. M. A . Va. Smelting Smelting Co., W. Norfolk
Kizer, Franklin D. 11 . 7711 Woodman Rd., Richmond 28
Klinepeter, Donald E. 11,4 . 212 Scott Dr., Fairfax
Knutson, Ray M. 8 . Austinsville
Koppel, Leopold 5 . 16 West St., Fort Plain, N. Y.
Kramer, Clyde Y. 12 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Kreshover, Dr. Seymour J. 9 . 5206 W. Cedar Lane, Bethesda, Md.
Kriegman, Mrs. Lois S. 10 . 26 Malvern Ave., Richmond 26
Krug, Dr. Robert C. 5 . Dept, of Chemistry, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Kuhlthan, Dr. A. R., 2 . 1615 Hardwood Ave., Charlottesville
Kunz, Walter B. 5,2,6 . American Viscose Corp., Marcus Hook, Pa.
Kyle, Z. T. 6,2 . Supv. of School Libraries & Text Books
State Dept, of Educ., State Office Bldg., Richmond
Lacy, O. W. 10 . Trinity College, Hartford 6, Connecticut
Lacy, William S. 6 . Ill N. 5th St., Richmond
Lambert, Dean J. Wilfred 10 . College of William & Mary
Williamsburg
Lancaster, Dr. Dabney L. 6,2 . Millboro Springs
—Lancaster, Mr. J. L. 6 . 416 17th St., N. W. Charlottesville
Lane, Charles F. 8 . Longwood College, Farmville
*Lane, Mr. E. H. 5 . The Lane Co., Altavista
Langston, Dr. Henry J. 9 . Cor. Main St. & Jefferson Ave., Danville
— Larew, Dr. Gillie A. 2 . . Randolph-Macon Women’s College, Lynchburg
Larson, Dr. Paul S. 5,9 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond
Lams, C. D. 2 . Larus & Bros. Co., 22nd and Cary St., Richmond
—Latham, R. E. 2,11 . Science Dept., Episcopal High School Alexandria
Lautenschlager, E. W. 4 Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Lawless, Dr. Kenneth R. 5 . Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville
Lawrence, Dr. C. K. 5 . Claremont
Lebo, Dr. Dell 10 . Child Guidance Clinic, 625, Ocean St.,
Jacksonville, Florida
Proceedings 1958-1959
335
1959]
Lee, Dr. Claudius 7 . . . Box 157, Blacksburg
Lee, Prof. Mary Ann 2,12 .................................................... Sweet Briar
Leeper, Mrs. Annie S. 5 ........................ 6727 Stuart Ave., Richmond
Lefever, Miss Grace B. 2 ........ Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg
Lehman, Robert C. 2 .... Box 81, Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg
Leidecker, Dr. Kurt F. 6 ........ Box 1246, College Station, Fredericksburg
— Leidheiser, Hen^ Jr., 5,2 ............................ Va. Inst Scientific Research
320 North Boulevard, Richmond
Leisner, Robert S. 4 ........................ 4321 Richmond Highway, Alexandria
—Leone, Dr. Louis A. 9 .................... Box 728, MCV Sta., Richmond 19
LeVan, Donald C. 8 ............................ 2316 Stadium Road, Charlottesville
Levin, Neal T. 5 .................................... 250 Mt Vernon Place, Apt 10-E
Newark 6, New Jersey
* •Lewis, Dr. Ivey F. 4 ................. 1110 Rugby Road, Charlottesville
Lewis, Mrs. Karen I. 9 ........................ Hq, MATS, SJA, Scott AFB, Illinois
Lewis, Penelope B. Lewis 10 . . Western State Hosp., Staunton
Lewis, Virginia E. 11,6 . . . . Culpeper, Va.
Lewis, Walter H. C,4 . Dept of Biology, Stephen F. Austin
College, Nacogdoches, Texas
Lflces, Dr. Carl J. 9 .................................... 2006 Hanover Ave,, Richmond
Lindzey, Dr. James S, 4 ............ Patuxent Research Refuge, Laurel, Md,
Line, Dr. Lloyd E. Jr,, 2 . . . Experiment, Inc., Richmond
Linfield, Dr. B. Z. 2,12 .. ...... ...... 1324 Hill Top Road, Charlottesville
Little, E. D, 5 ............................................................ Box 221, Hopewell
—Littleton, Dr. Leonidas R. 5,2 ........................................................ Emory
Lloyd, Dr. Kenneth E. 10 ................ Psychology Lab., Peabody Hall,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville
Lockett, Dr. J. L. 1 ............................ Virginia State College, Petersburg
Loh, Hung-Yu 2 ........................................................ Box 767, Blacksburg
Lombardi, Gerardo J. 7,12 ........ 1705 Indiana, N. E. Albequerque, N. M*
Long, Dr. John H. 2 . . . R.F.D. 2, Williamsburg
Long, John M. 2,12,6 .............................. 224 West 35th Street, Norfolk
Loving, Mrs. Vir^ma K. 11,4 .......................................... Stage Junction
Lowry, W. D. 8 ............................................ 200 Rose Ave., Blacksburg
— Lundqulst, Dr. Eugene 2 ................................ P. O. Box 462, Hampton
Lurate, R. B. 8 . . 15 Wynnewood ^-Road, Livingston, New Jersey
Lutz, Robert E. 5 ........ Cobb Chemical Lab., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Lyons, Dr. Harry 9 ................................................ MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Macon, Evelyn T. 11,4 ................................ 1110 Griffin St, Lynchburg
Mahan, Dr. John G* 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .... ...... Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Main, Ralph E. 11,4 ... .. ....... .... 1415 Briarcliff Ave., Charlottesville
Major, Dr. Randolph T. 5 .... . . .. Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville
••Manahan, Dr. John E, 2,4 .................................................... Scottsville
MandeU, Alan 11,4 ...................................... 4213 HaU Drive, Norfo^ 6
336
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Maner, Alfred W. 7 . Va, Dept, of Highways, 1221 Easrt
Broad St., Richmond
Mankin, W. D. 4 . . Herndon
Manzelli, Dr. M. A. 1 . 1460 Golf St., Scotch Plains, New Jersey
Mapp, John A. 10,6 . 1416 Octavia St, New Orleans 15, Lousiana
Margolena, Mrs. Lubow A. 4,1 ... A.R.S. Animal Hsubandry, Beltville, Md.
Markees, D. G. 4,5 . Dept, of Chem. and Physics, Wells College
Aurora, New York
Maroney, Samuel P. Jr., 4 . Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Martin, Dorothy A. 4 . 1116 Bedford Ave., Apt. 2, Norfolk 8
—Martin, Dr. Walter B. 9 521 Wainwright Bldg., Norfolk
Mason, Dr. A. H. 2 . 2407 N. Kenmore St, Arlington 7
Massey, Prof. A. B. 4,1 . Box 95, Blacksburg
Matthews, T. L. Jr. 10 . 8710 Brawner Drive, Richmond 29
Mattus, Dr. George 1 . Agri. Exp. Sta., V.P.I., Blacksburg
Maurice, Mrs. Elmira C. 6,4,11 1208 W. 45th St, Richmond 24
Maurice, H. A. Jr., 4 . 1208 W. 45th St, Richmond 24
Maynard, William R. Jr., 5 1600 Michaels Road, Richmond 26
Mays, Gilbert 11 . State Dept, of Education, Richmond
McCorkle, T. A. 5 . Longwood College, Farmville
McCrackan, Prof. Robert F. 5 . 41 Mill Road, Spartanburg, S. C.
McDaniel, Dr. R. R. 2,12 . Va. State College, Petersburg
McDarment, Capt Corley 4,2 . Route 1, Eau Gallie, Florida
McDermott, Mrs. Kate B. 2,11 . 331 Vernon St, Lynchburg
MacDougall, Capt Hugh 10,8,4 Fork Union Military Academy,
Fork Union
McDowell, Gloria 10 . 540 Argyle Drive, Apt. 4, Falls Church
McEwen, Dr. Nobel 10 . 401 College Ave., Ashland, Va.
McCehee, Dr. Frances 10 . 2615 Rivermont Ave., Lynchburg
McGill, William M. 8,6, 7,5 . 1874 Wayside Place, Charlottesville
McCinness, Burd S. 4 . c/o Wildlife Unit, V.P.I., Blacksburg
McGuigan, F. J. 10 . Psychology Dept., Hollins College, Hollins
McHugh, Dr. J. L. 4 . Div. of Bio. Research, Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries, Washington 25
Mclnteer, Warren H. 2 . R.F.D. No. 2, Box 56-E, Laurel, Md.
McKee, Betty A. 9 . Apt. 2, 707 N. Colonial Ave., Richmond 21
McKennis, Dr. Herbert Jr., 9,5 Medical College of Va., Richmond
McKillop, L. D. 5 . Box 117, Route 2, Glen Allen
McLaughlin, Sam B. 11,4 . Woodberry Forest School
Woodberry Forest
McNutt, Miss Peggy 11 . 9000 Manchester Rd., Silver Spring, Md.
McPherson, Col. W. L. 5,6 . . . Box 23, Blacksburg
McShane, E. J. 2 . . 209 Maury Ave., Charlottesville
Mead, William M. 12 . 4011 Morrison Drive, Lynchburg
* Medical College of Virginia . . . Richmond
Proceedings 1958-1959
337
1959]
Meem, Dr. J. L. 7 .... School of Engineering, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
— Melette, Dr. Susan J. 9 . Box 728, MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Melton, Charles E. 2,5 . 4124 Royalview Rd., Cumberland Ext,
Knoxville, Tenn.
Mengebier, Dr. W. L. 4 . Dept, of Biology, Madison College
Harrisonburg
Meredith, Dr. John M. 9 . . . 1200 East Broad St, Richmond
— Midyette, James W. Jr. 1 . . . P. O. Box 228, Ashland
Mill, Dr. Cyril 10 . Director, Psychological Service, Dept. Mental
Hygiene, 9 N. 12th St., Richmond 19
—Miller, Prof. Edwin DeWitt 4 . . Box 388, Madison College
Harrisonburg
Miller, G. Tyler 6 . Hillcrest, Madison College, Harrisonburg
Miller, Mr. Lawrence I. 1 . Tidewater Research Sta., Holland
Miller, Miss Vada C. 4,5 . Route 1, Bridgewater
Miller, Dr. W. Schuyler 5 . . Box 202, Ashland
Millhiser, Fred R. 5 . . . 839 Jefferson Ave., Waynesboro
— Minnix, Richard B. 2 . Box 656, Honeysuckle Hill, Lexington
Mitchell, Barbara V. 5,4 . 51 Malvern Ave., Richmond 21
Mitchell, Dr. Richard S. 8 . Dept of Geology, Univ. of Va.
Charlottesville
—Mitchell, Dr. S. A. 2 . . 1600 Gordon Ave., Charlottesville
Mizell, David ,Jr. 11 . . . Fairfax High School, Fairfax
Moller, Dr. Elizabeth 10 . . Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar
Montgomery, Mrs. Dorothy D. 2 . . . Hollins College, Hollins
*Moody, Warren L. 5 . 5 North 6th Street, Richmond 19
Moomaw, Mr. Rawie P. 5,7 . . Rayon Service Building, Apt A,
Covington
Moore, Robert C. 1 . . . . Blacksburg
—Moore, Ross E. 8 . . . 1160 Denver Club Bldg., Denver 2, Colo.
Moore, Dr. Warren 4,1,5 . . . . . . . . Raphine
Moran, Mrs. Leroy 5 . . . . 2552 Sweetbriar Ave., S. W., Roanoke
Moreland, Dr. J. Earl 10 . . Randolph-Macon College, Ashland
Morgan, Dr. William J. 10 . Merrifield
Morgan, Mrs. William J. 10,6 . . . . . . . Merrifield
Morris, Phillip & Co., Ltd., Inc. B . . . Robert N. DuPuis, Vice
Pres., Research, P. O. Box 1895, Richmond 15
Moschler, W. W. 1 . . . . V.P.I,, Agronomy Dept, Smyth Hall,
Blacksburg
Moseley, John M. 5 . . . . . . 5703 York Road, Richmond
—Mullen, Dr. James W. 2,7 . . . . . . Box 1-T, Richmond 2
Mullin, George B. P. 1 . . Southeastern Forest Exper. Sta.,
Box 2570, Asheville, North Carolina
Munford, George S. Ill 2,8 . Pegan Lane, Dover, Mass.
Murden, William P. 7 . 305 Webster St, Monterey, California
338
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Murphy, Dr. Nelson F. 7,5 . Box 104, Blacksburg
—Murphy, R. S. 5 . . . . . 502 McRae Road, Bon Air
Murray, J, J., Jr. 4 . . . . Merton College, Oxford, England
Myster, Dr. Alonzo M. 12,6 . Virginia State College, Petersburg
Naar, Ray 10 . 4610 Park Ave., Richmond 26
Nedlock, Wesley 5 . . . 305 N. Sixth Street, Hopewell
—Negus, Dr. Sidney S. 5 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19
—Nelson, Dr. Charles M. 9 . 906 West Franklin St., Richmond
Nelson, Dr. E. Clifford 3,9,4 . MCV Sta., Richmond
Nelson, Prof. Wilbur A. 8 . Box 3374, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Nettles, Mrs. Frances 4,6 . 836 13th St, Newport News
Newcomb, Dr. T. Robinson 12 . Route 1, Box 162, Vienna
—Newell, Lt. H. W. 6,4 .... Box 5, Saunton Military Academy, Staunton
—Newman, Lt. Col. James B. 2 . 445 Institute Hill Lexington
***The Newport News Shipbuilding & Drydock Co„ “B'V Newport News
— Niemeier, Mr. B. A. 7 . 809 W. 44th St, Richmond
'•“Niemeyer, A. B. Jr., 5 . 85 Alywin Road, Cradock, Portsmouth
Norby, Dr. Darwin E. 4 . Dept, of Biology, V.P.L, Blacksburg
Norfoi & Western Railway Co., B, . AHN, Sidney F. Small,
Vice-President, Roanoke, Va.
Norment, C. Russell Jr., 11,5,2 . Ellerson
—Norris, Dean Earle B. 7,2 . . . P. O. Box 26, Blacksburg
North, lEdward M. 11,2 . . The Choate School, Wallingford, Conn.
Nuckols, J. T., Ill 8,7 . Box 53, Bremo Bluff
Nugent, T. J. 1 . . . Box 2160, Norfolk
— Obenshain, Dr. S. S. 8 . . . . . . . . . . Blacksburg
O’Connell, James L. 10 . 651 Sleepy Hollow Rd., Falls Church
O’Donohue, Mrs. Cynthia H. 5 . 2724 West Grace Street,
Apts. 10, Richmond 20
—Oglesby, Prof. E. J. 2 . Box 1887, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Old, Mrs. James E. Jr., 11 . 406 S. Main St, Norfolk 6
-Old, WiUiam E. Jr., 4 . 728 Raleigh Ave., Norfolk 7
Oldham, A. M. 5 . . . 1507 Yoimg Street, Richmond 22
Olivier, Dr. Charles P, 2 .... 521 North Wynnewood Ave., Narberth, Pa.
Olsson, Mr. Elis 7 . . The Chesapeake Corp., West Point
O’Mera, Eleanor W. C,5 . 316 Alderman Road, Charlottesville
O’Neill, Mr. Charles T . . . . P. O. Box 711, Charlottesville
Orcutt, Dr. F. S. 3,4,5 . 1305 Hillcrest Dr., Blacksburg
Orbome, Dr. Paul J. 4 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Osborne, J. Scott, Jr., 5 . 1317 Spring Road, Richmond 25
Osborne, W. Wyatt 4 . Plant Pathology Dept, V.P.I., Balcksburg
Osvalds, Dr. V. 2 . P. O. Box 3445, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Overcash, Mr. H. B. 4 . . . Hampden-Sydney
Owen, Dr. Fletcher, B., Jr . Box 726, MCV Sta., Richmond
Proceedings 1958-1959
339
1959]
Packard, Charles E. 4 . 501 S. Center St., Ashland
Pallotta, Dr. Arthm* J. 5,9 . Hazelton Laborities, Box 30, Falls Church
—Palmer, Dr. James K, 5 . Central Research Lab., United Fruit
Company, Box 237, Norwood, Mass.
Palmer, Mrs. Viola G. 3 . Box 44, Hampton Institute, Hampton
Pardue, Dr. Louis A. 2 . 1005 Airport Rd., Blacksburg
Parker, Mr. M. M. 1 . . . . Box 2160, Norfolk
Patterson, Dr. Paul M. 4 . . Hollins College, Va.
Patton, James B. Jr., 6 State Dept, of Edu. State Office Bldg., Richmond
Paul, Lee, E. 10 . . M & S, FEA, Fort Lee
Peabody, Dr. William A, 5,9 4805 Brook Road, Richmond
Pedersen, Mr. P. M. 5,2,7,12 4712 New Kent Road, Richmond 25
Peery, G. G. 4 . 310 High Street, Salem
Pegau, Dr. A. A. 8 . Va. GeoHgical Survey, Box 1428, University
Pegau, Lucy Byrd 4 . 1808 Winston Road, Charlottesville
—Perkins, Mrs. Frances R. 11,2 . 2003 Le Suer Road, Richmond 26
—Perry, John L. 2 . 216 Fairlawn Ave., Norfolk
Pertzoff, Dr. V. A. 2 . 1820 Edgewater Lane, Charlottesville
Petterson, Olga M. 9 . 727, MCV Sta., Richmond
Pettus, William G. 2 . 410 Riverside Drive, Lynchburg
Phillips, Dr. E. Lakin 10 . 415 E. Jefferson St., Falls Church
Phillips, Mrs. Margaret C. 2 . 114 Conway Ave., Norfolk
Phipps and Bird, Inc., B . 303 South 6th St., Richmond
Picl^al, Colonel George M. 5 . 315 Letcher Ave., Lexington
Pierce, Dr. J. Stanton 5 . 813 Roseneath Road, Richmond
Pincus, Dr. Albert 9 . Central Natl. Bank Bldg., Richmond
Pinschmidt, William C. Jr., 4 . Box 1132 College Sta., Fredericksburg
Pitman, W. J. 4 . Box 2067, College Station, Fredericksburg
—Pitt, Lyndele A. 4,5,11 . 4303 New Kent Ave., Richmond 25
Pittman, Mr. Lawrence E. 11,4 . . . Prince George School
Prince George, Va.
Pittman, Dr. Melvin A. 2 College of William & Mary, Williamsburg
Pitts, Prof. Frank P. 5 . Medical College of Va., Rchmond
Pitts, Dr. Grover C. 9 . . Dept, of Physiology School of Medicine
University of Virginia, Charlottesville
Pleasants, S. W. 5 . Beaverdam
Poindexter, Emmett H. Jr., 5 . . . Frederick Hall
Pollard, M. Hathaway 5 . 2832 Monument Ave., Rchmond
Pond, John W. 3 . 3916 Pilots Lane, Apt. 5, Richmond 22
Powell, Mr. W. Allan . Box 86, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
^Poythress, Mm. P. & Co., Inc. 5,9 . Attn: A. G. Richardson
Chief Chemist, Box 2158, Richmond 17
"“^Powers and Anderson . 603 E. Main St., Richmond
Puffenberger, Eugene R. 11,4,5 . 6602 Willston Place, Falls Church
Pugh, Jean E. 4 . . . Norfolk Div., W & M-V.P.L, Norfolk
340
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Pulliam, Miss Elizabeth 3 . 3516 Stuart Ave., Apts., Richmond 21
— Purlee, Dr. E. Lee 5 . . . 603 McDaniel St., Tallahassee, Fla.
—Quarles, Dr. Lawrence R. 7 Thornton Hall, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Rageot, Roger 4 . Norfolk Museum of Art & Sciences, Norfolk 10
—Ragland, Richard S. 2 . 107 Sunset Boulevard, Blacksburg
Ramey, Dr. Robert L. 2,7 .... Thornton Hall, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Ramsey, E. W. 8 . 516 Marilea Rd., Richmond
Ramsey, John B. Jr. 2, 7 .... 1420 Abingdon Drive, Apt. 201, Alexandria
Ramsey, M. M. 8 . . . 126 Observatory Ave., Charlottesville
Ramsey, Dr. Robert A. Sr., 2 . 3 Stacie Road, Richmond 24
—Ramsey, Dr. Robert W. 9 . MCV Sta., Richmond
*Randolph-Macon Woman’s College . . . . Lynchburg
Rappaport, Dr. Jacques 4 . Miller School of Biology, Charlottesville
Rayburn, Dr. C. H. 5 . 5212 Denvonshire Rd., Richmond
Reams, William M. Jr., 4 . Dept, of Anatomy, Medical
College of Virginia, Richmond
Reaves, Paul M. 1 . 215 Washington St., Blacksburg
Redd, John B. Jr., 5 . Box 43, Powhatan
Reid, Dr. J. Douglas 3 . Univ. Heights, R.F.D. 13, Richmond
Reitz, John E. 4 . 1414 Gordon Ave., Charlottesville
— Remsburg, Mrs. Vera B. 4 . 445 Knoll St., N. W., Vienna
^Rennie, C. Bruce 1,7,5 . . Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corp.,
401 East Maint St., Richmond
—Rennie, James G. Jr., 2 . 1302 Greycourt Ave., Richmond
Rex, Alan C,4 . Box 5308, Virginia Tech. Sta., Blacksburg
Reynolds Metal Company B . . . Richmond
Rice, Dr. Nolen E. 4 . Box 169, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
Rice, Dr. William E. 5 .... Dept, of Chemistry, Beloit College Beloit, Wis.
Rich, Dr. C. I. 1 . . . . . . . Box 481, Blacksburg
Rich, Dr. Gilbert J. 10 . 406 Allison Ave., S. W., Roanoke
Richards, Mr. Walter L. Jr., 4 . 1502 Cedar Lane, Richmond 25
Richardson, Ruth E. 11,2 . 2921 Midlothian Pike, Richmond 24
Richardson, Prof. W. 2 . . . . . . 401 Roanoke St, Blacksburg
Ridley, Bromfield L . . . Dept, of Bio., V.M.I., Lexington
Ridley, Walter N. 10,6 . St PauFs College, Lawrenceville
Riggins, Mrs. William M. Jr., 4 . . Route 34, Lynchburg
Rigney, James A. 5 . 803 S. Main St, Blacksburg
Risley, Miss A. Marguerite 2 . Box 63, R-M. W. College, Lynchburg
— Rison, Mr. J. Waddell . 609 Insurance Bldg., l^chmond
Ritchey, Col. H. E. 5 . 213 Maiden Lane, Lexington
Robb, Mr. J. Bernard 5 . . c/o A.B.C. Board, Box 1395, Richmond
Robbins, A. H. Co., Inc B . 1407 Cummings Drive., Richmond
Roberts, D. B. 7,10,6 . U. S. Naval Sta., Navy 520,
c/o F.P.O., San Francisco, Calif.
Proceedings 1958-1959
'341
1959]
Roberts, Mrs. Don R. 11,4 . 209 Prince William Dr., Fairfax
Roberts, Dr. Joseph K. 8 Box 3234, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Roberts, J. W. 7 . P. O. Box 9138, Richmond 27
Robeson, Dr. Andrew 2 . Kelsey Lane, Blacksburg
Robey, Dr. Ashley 5 . P. O. Box 421, Salem
Robinson, Miss N. Virginia C,4,7 . 916 Onslow Dr., Greensboro, N. C.
Rodger, E. E. 1 . 1427 Gentry Lane, Charlottesville
Rodig, Dr. Oscar R. 5 Cobb Chemical Lab., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Rogers, D. A, 1,5 . c/o Allied Chem. & Dye Corp., Morristown, N. J.
Rosbash, Dr. David O. 5,3 . 3516 Brymoor Road, S. W., Roanoke
Rose, Dale E. 11,5 .... Chemistry Dept. Hampton High School, Hampton
Rosenzweig, Abraham Leon 3 Vet. Administration Hosp., Richmond
Rosser, Shirley E. 2 . . . Lynchburg College , Lynchburg
Roszell, David K. 5 . 601 West 26th St., Richmond 25
—Row, Dr. Stuart B . 206 Eakin St, Blacksburg
Rowe, Maurice B. 1 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond 19
—Rowlett, Dr. Russell J. Jr., 5 . 4606 Wythe Ave., Richmond
Rozsa, Dr. George 9,5 . 6 Lexington Ave., Buffalo 22, N. Y.
Runk, Dr. B. F. D. 4 .. Dean of the Univ, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Rushton, E. R. 5 . 850 Locust Ave,, Charlottesville
Russell, Dr. Catherine M. 3 . Dept, of Micro-Biology,
University of Virginia Medical School, Charlottesville
Russell, Edgar V. 5 . V.P.I., Blacksburg
Ryman, Jacob F. 2 . Box 147, Blacksburg
Sadie, Dr. Alexander 5 . Nitrogen Div., Allied
Chemical and Dye Corp., Hopewell
Sadler, O. P. 11 . Buckingham Central High School, Buckingham
Samuel, Boyd L. 5,1 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond
Sanders, Jerrell 2 . 1546 Berkeley Ave., Petersburg
—Sanger, Dr. Wm. T. 9,10,6 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
Sauder, Lt. William C. 2 . Physics Dept, V.M.I., Lexington
Saunders, Mrs. Kirkland R. . 307 North Granby St., Richmond
Schaffuer, Mrs. Milton, 10 . 1212 N. Quincy St., Arlington
Schaub, Richard C,8 . 162 Wheeling Ave., Elm Grove, W. Va.
—Scherer, Dr. J. H. 9 . 820 W. Franklin St, Richmond
Scherer, Dr. Philip C. Jr., 5 . P. O. Box 80, Blacksburg
Scherer, W. B. 10 . 2717 Henrico Drive,, Richmond 22
Schillo, Richard J. 10 . 517 Valley Drive., S. E. Vienna
— Schmertzing, Hannibal 5,2 . 2606 Maple St, Hopewell
—Schmidt, R. G. 5 . Box 5262, Richmond
Schneider, Joseph Z. and Mary J. 5 . P. O. Box (Apartado) 5858,
Guayaquil, Ecuador
Schoenbaum, Alexander W. 5,7 . 403 Beechwood Drive, Richmond
Schumann, D. E. W. 12,2 . Dept, of Statistics, University
of Stellenbosch, Stellenbosch, South Africa
342 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
QUALITY
Jmfojzeo' IS OUR middle name
© A. T. Co.
343
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
Scott, Dr. A. P. 9 . Allied Arts Bldg., Lynchburg
Scott, Frances Deane Scott, 10,6 ........ Woodstock Apt. 12, Lynchburg
Scott, Frederick R. 4,2 115 Kennondale Lane, Richmond 26
**Scott and StringfeUow .............................................................. Richmond
Scott, Dr. William W. 4 ................ Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Sears, C. E. Jr., 8,7 .................................................... Box 522, Blacksburg
Sears, Dr. D. Scott 5 ........................ 8131 Sawmill Road, Richmond 26
Sharpley, J. M. 3 .................... 226 Pandova St, Memphis, Tennessee
Shelburne, Tilton E. 7,8 ............ Box 3817, Univ,, Sta., cWlottesviUe
Shelton, George E. 5 ............................................ Box 6-S Richmond 17
Shepherd, Mary G. 11,5,4 .... 1643 Center HiH Drive, S. W., Roanoke
Sheppard, Dr. L. Benjamin 9 ........ 301 Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond
— Shenvood, Mr. C. S. Ill 5,6,8 .................... Ill West Road, Portsmouth
Shillington, Dr. James K. 5 ........................................ Box 557, Lexington
Sholes, Dr. DiUard M. Jr., 5, 9 ............................ St. Elizabedi Gen. Hosp.,
EMzabethton, Tenn.
Shomoe, Joseph J, 4,6 .................... 5603 Cedarhurst Dr., Richmond 25
Showalter, Dr. A. M. 4,1 ............................ 310 Paul St, Harrisonburg
Shuey, Dr. Audrey M. 10 ................ 1059 Rivermont Terrace, Lynchburg
*Shuffleburger, Mr. T. E. Jr. 8 ............ 3804 Appletree Dr., Alexandria
Sieburth, Dr. John 3 ........................ Virginia Agr. Exp. Sta., Blacksburg
Siegel, Dr. Herbert S. 1 .... Poultry Dept., Va. Agr. Exp. Sta., Blacksburg
Siegel, Dr. Paul B. 1 ............................ Poultry Dept, V.PJ, Blacksburg
Silas, Dr. Gordon 10 ............................................ Roanoke College, Salem
Sdverberg, Dr. Jacob 10 ................ Ill Melbourne Drive, Ricfinond 25
Simmons, Mrs. Roberta Kiefer 10 ............ 1102, Colonial Ave., Richmond
—Simpson, J. A. G. 12 ........................ 2215 Monument Ave., Richmond
Simpson, Dr. R. L. Jr. 6,9 ........ Medical College of Virginia, Richmond
Simpson, Dr. T. McN. Jr., 2 .......................................................... Ashland
Singleton, O. R. Jr. 7 ............ 49 Malvern Avenue No. 6, Richmond 21
Singelton, Dr. Ralph W. 4 .... Dept, of Bio., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Sitler, Miss Ida 4 .................... 137 South Second St, Lehighton, Penn.
Sitterson, Miss Louise 11 ........................ 118 Warren St, Apt 1, Norfolk
Slimick, John G. G,2 Box 134, Emmett House, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
— Sloope, BiHy W. 2 ............................ 8906 Penquin Road, Richmond
Smart, Col. C. W. 5 ................................ 449 Institute Hill, Lexington
Smart, Grover C. Jr. 4 .... Dept, of Plant Pathology, Univ. of Wisconsin,
Madison 6, Wisconsin
—Smart, Dr. Robert F. 4,2 ........ Box 108, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
Smiddy, Joseph C. 4 ........................................ Clinch Valley College, Wise
Smith, Alvin H. 10,6 ........ Hampden-Sydney College, Hampden-Sydney
Smith, Bessie S. 10 ................................ 20 Efai Ave., Hilton Village
Smitii, Dr* Burke M. 10 .................................... 827 Kemer Ave., Salem
— Smitib, Foley F. 5,9,1 ........................................ Box 1420, Richmond
344 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Smith, Garland W. 7 . 4202 Chickahominy Ave., Richmond
Smith, Harry L. 1,4 . . 3404 Martin Ave., Richmond
Smith, Dr. J. Doyle 5 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
Smith, Dr. Leroy 9 . 1805 Monument Ave., Richmond
Smith, Pauline 11 . . . . . Route 2, Box 434, Manassas
Smith, Robert L. 5 . . . . . 7324 Hermitage Road, Richmond
Smithey, Dr. William R. Jr., 5 . . . . Research Dept.,
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corp., Richmond
Sniesko, Dr. S. F. 3,4 . Keameysville, West Va.
Snoddy, Virginia C . Jack Jouett Apts., Charlottesville
Sommerville, Dr. R. C. 10 . . 307 Vernon St., Lynchburg
Sorensen, Harold F. 10 . 8001 Crescent Rd., Norfolk 8
Speidel, Dr. Carl C. 9,4 . University
Spencer, Dr. Edgar Winston 8 . Geology Dept., Washington
& Lee University, Lexington
Sprague, Elizabeth F. 2 . Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar
Starling, Dr. James 4 . Main St., Lexington
Steinhardt, R. G. Jr., 5,2 . Hollins College, Va,
Stephens, William K. Jr., 5 . 2322 Golden Road, Richmond
Stem, Dr. E. George 7 . Box 361, Blacksburg
Stevens, Eleanor B. 11,2,5,4 . . . Foxcroft School, Middleburg
Stevens, Fred Jr., 7 . . . . . . Box 108, Lorton
Stevens, Dr. Kenneth P. 9,4 . . . 404 E. Nelson St., Lexington
—Stevenson, Dr. Edward C. 2 . . Box 1893, Univ. Sta. Charlottesville
Stewart, John W. 2 .... Dept, of Physics, McCormick, Rd., Charlottesville
Stewart, Lawrence L. Jr., 5 . 2212 Hanover Ave., Richmond
Stewart, Miss Roberat A. 5 . Box 634, Hollins College, Va.
Stickley, Mr. Allen R. Jr., 4 . Box 667, Buena Vista
^Strauss, Lewis L. 2,1,9 . Room 518, 620 Fifth Ave.,
New York City, 20, N. Y.
Strickland, Dr. John C. 4 .... Biology Dept., Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
*^Strudwick, Mr. Edmund Jr . . . Fine Creek Mills
Strunk, Dr. DeForest L. 10,11,6 . School Psychologist, 620
Twentieth Street, Huntington, West Va.
Sumpter, Charles E. 3 . 5204 Lee Ave., Richmond 26
Suter, Daniel B. 4 . . . Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg
*Sweet Briar CoUege . . . . . . Sweet Briar
Swem, Dr. Earl G. 6 . . . 119 Chandler Court, Williamsburg
Swertferger, Dr. Floyd F. 6,10 . . Longwood College, Farmville
Swezey, Dr. F. H. 5 . Box 671, Waynesboro
Talley, Claude P. 5 . 5209 Sheridan Lane, Richmond
Tanner, Mrs. Agnes V. 11 . . . . Victoria High School, Victoria
— Tarr, Frederick H. 4,8 .... Box 903, Washington & Lee Univ., Lexington
—Taylor, Mr. Jackson J. 2 . . . University of Richmond
345
1959] Proceedings 1958-1959
— Taylor, Henry M. 12 . . Ravenswood, 8718 River Rd., Richmond 26
Taylor, Dr. Mildred F. 2 . . Mary Baldwin College, Staunton
Taylor, Dr. Raymond L. 4 1820, N. Johnson St, Arhngton 7
Teasley, Harry North, Jr., C,4 . 2. N. Confederate Ave., Sandston
Tebo, Dr. Edith J. 2 . . 53 East End Ave., Shrewsbury, New Jersey
—Temple, Wade J. 2 . . . . 1830 Berkeley Ave., Petersburg
Temple, WiUiam T. 5 . . . 1712 Monticello Ave., Petersburg
Tenney, Eleanor 11,4 . Montpelier High School, Beaverdam
Tenney, Dr. Wilton R. 3 . Box 414, Univ. of Richmond
— Thalhimer, Mr. Morton G . . 3202 Monument Ave., Richmond
— Thaxton, Gertrude F . 746 Peaks St, Bedford
Thiers, Dr. Ralph 5 . 9 Alton Place, Brookline, Massachusetts
Thomas, Dr. Minor Wine 10,6 . Radford College, Radford
Thompson, Dr. Dorothy D. 5 . Box 32, Sweet Briar College
Sweet Briar
Thompson, Jesse C. 4 . Biology Dept, Hollins College, Hollins
Thompson, Norman R. 4 . Dairy Science Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg
^Thomsen, Dr. Lillian 4 . . . Mary Baldwin College, Staunton
Thornton, Dr. Nan V. 5 . Box 292, R.-M. W. College, Lynchburg
—Thornton, Dr. S. F. 1 . P. O. Box 1940, Norfolk
Tischler, Morris S. 11,5 . Fairfax High School, Fairfax
Todd, R. G. 5 . A.B.C. Board, Box 1395, Richmond
Toller, Louis 2 . Box 478, Madison College, Harrisonburg
Toone, Dr. Elam C. Jr., 9 . 1200 East Broad St, Richmond
Totten, A. I. Jr., 7 . .. Reynolds Metal Co., 10th & Byrd St., Richmond
Trout, Dr. William E. Jr. 5 . Box 64, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
Trout, William E. Ill C,4 . 35 Towana Road, Richmond
Truitt, Prof. R. W. 7 . Aero Engr. Dept. V.P.L, Blacksburg
Tucker, Ellis N. 11,2 . Woodberry Forest
Turner, Dr. Charles J. 6 . 312 North 9th St, Richmond 19
Turner, Edward F., Jr. 2 . . 13 University Place, Lexington
—Turner, Dr. J. V., Jr. 9 . 804 Professional Bldg., Richmond
Ulrich, Dale 2 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
Umphlett, Clyde J. 4 . Dept, of Botany, U. N. C. Chapel Hill, N. C.
*The University of Richmond . Richmond
* University of Virginia . University
Updike, Dr. I. A. 5,6 . . . 304 Henry Street, Ashland
— IJpdike, Dr. O. L. Jr., 7,5 . . Thornton Hall, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
—Valentine, Mr. C. Braxton 5,9 . Box 1214, Richmond
Valentine, Granville G. Jr., 5,9,3 . Box 1214, Richmond
— VanAlstine, J. N. 8 Route 1, Center Conway, New Hampshire
Van Engel, Willard A. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point
Vamier, H. E. 7 . . 6401 Clydewood Ave., Richmond
Varsel, Charles, 5 1206 Blue Jay Lane, Richmond
McCOMAS
RESEARCH
CENTER
to provide for growing
basic research program
The opening of our new research
center this month will provide us
with an opportunity for even
more extensive basic research
into the physical sciences.
The new laboratories and in¬
strumentation will facilitate
comprehensive studies into the
basic nature of tobacco, smoke
and smoke flavor as well as in¬
tensify our corporate research
into packaging and adhesive ma¬
terials.
We are looking forward to the
achievements to come from this
new laboratory complex. We
sincerely believe our greater em¬
phasis on fundamental research
will be an important factor in
the continued growth of both
our company and the industries
we serve.
PHILIP MORRIS INC.
Proceedings 1958-1959
347
1959]
Vaughan^ Thomas H., Jr. 5 . 2609 Dumbarton Rd., Richmond
Vilbrandt, Dr. Frank C. 7,5 . Box 126, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Vingiello, Dr. Frank 5 . 408 Roanoke St., Blacksburg
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corp., . Research Dept., Library,
Box 1136, Richmond 8
Virginia Electric & Power Co., B . Richmond
* Virginia Military Institute . . . . Lexington
^V.M.I. Student Chapter, VAS . Va. Military Institute, Lexington
^Virginia Polytechnic Institute . Blacksburg
Volk, Dr. Wesley A. 4 . Dept, of Microbiology, School of Med.
Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Waid, William S. 11,2 . . . . Rocky Mount
Walker, Frank S. Jr., 1 . . . Box 506, Orange
Walker, Dr. Paul A. 4 . . . Dept, of Biology, Randolph-
Macon Woman's College, Lynchburg
Walker, Mr. R. J. 9,1,6 . 2901 West Ave., Newport News
Wallace, Donald S. 7 . Box 1338, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Wallace, John H. 4 . 1324 Eye St, N. W. Washington 5, D. C.
Waller, Mrs. Marion 9 . 3607 Florida Ave., Richmond 22
Wallerstein, Dr. Emanuel U. 9 . Professional Bldg., Richmond
Walsh, Mrs. Martha L. 11,5 . 1819 Chesterfield Ave., McLean
Walton, Harriet M. 11,4 . . 5818 York Road, Richmond 26
Walton, Dr. Leon J. 9 . 713 Shenandoah Life Bldg., Roanoke
Walton, Miss Lucile 4 . . . 1116 E. Main St, Danville
Walton, Miss Margaret 4 . . . . . . . . 1116 E. Main St, Danville
—Ward, L. E. Jr., 1,7 . c/o N. & W. Ry. Co., Roanoke
Warren, Dr. Percy H. 4 . Madison College, Harrisonburg
— Wartman, William B. Jr., 5 . 1020 Horsepen Road, Richmond
Wash, Dr. A. M. 9 . . Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond
•Washington & Lee University .... c/o Dr. Edgar W. Spencer, Lexington
Watkins, Miss Leslie V. 2,4 . 419 Day Ave., S. W. Roanoke
Watson, Dr. John W. 5 . . . . . . . Box 75, Blacksburg
Watson, Dr. William L. 1 . Box 327, Va. State Col., Petersburg
Watt, Dr. WilKam J. 5 . Box 402 Washington & Lee Univ., Lexington
Wayne, Elinor T. 2 . 1106 Chesapeake Ave., South Norfolk
Weaver, Miss L. M. 11,2 . Huntington High School, Newport News
Weaver, Mrs. Meredith A. 5 . 3208 Seminary Ave., Richmond
—Weaver, Col. R. C. 2 . . 404 V.M.I., Parade, Lexington
Weaver, Dr. Warren E. 5,9,6 . 5910 Upham Drive, Richmond 27
Webb, L. W. Jr., 2,7 . 5234 Edgewater Drive, Norfolk 8
Weeks, Edna M. 11 . . . . . . . Box 614, Salem
—Weeks, Elie 12 Chief, Food and Container Branch, QMR & DFEA,
; i Fort Lee
Weil^d, Elizabeth 4 . . 3634 Fort Ave., Lynchburg
348
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
PHIPPS & bird
PIPETTE DRYER
In the laboratory this large
capacity Pipette Dryer is special¬
ly recommended for thorough dry¬
ing pipettes of any size up to
375 mm. in length.
Cylinder is mounted on vented
base with specially designed heat¬
er placed in lower end of cylin¬
der. The instrument is designed
to take the standard rack of
6-in. pipette washer. Rack is tak¬
en out of washer drained for
about a minute and placed right
into the dryer. Drying time varies
according to size and load of
pipettes. But this method of dry¬
ing means less handling by the
technician thus the hazard of
breakage is greatly reduced.
The Pipette Dryer comes com¬
plete with cord and plug but
without rack. The instrument
operates on 115 volts AC or DC.
Cat. No. 71-281-1 Cat. No. 71-726
$45.00 $10.00
Without obligation send us com¬
plete information on your Pipette
Dryer.
Name . .
Title .
Company .
Address .
City . .
State .
^ e
- 7 MANUFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS OF SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT
L±bJ
«TK & BYRD STREETS
tiCHMOND* VA.
Proceedings 1958-1959
349
1959]
Weir, Dr. Robert J. 1 . Hazelton Laboratories, Box 30, Falls Church
Weiss, Otto H. 4 . Box 669, Newport News
Weller, Dr. Edwin M. 4 . 187 N. Princeton Drive, Lynchburg
Wells, John C. 2,11 . Madison College, Harrisonburg
West, Warwick R. Jr., 4 . Box 597, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
Westbrook, Dr. C. Hart 10 . 17 Towana Road, Richmond
— Whidden, Miss Helen L, 5,2 . R.-M. W. College, Lynchburg
Whitehead, W. Dexter, Jr. 2 .... Physics Dept., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Whitehurst, Prof. W. H. 4 . Box 422, Lawrenceville
Whitlow, Arline 5,11 . . Route 1, Gladys
Whittimore, Dean J. W. 6,7 . 900 Draper Road, Blacksburg
Whybum, G. T. 2 . Cabell Hall, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Wickham, James E. Jr., 5,4 . . . . Box 142, Ashland
Wilkerson, Emery Coles 2 . 5503 Forest Hill Ave., Richmond
Wiley, Robert M. 5 . 6301 Ruthersford Road, Richmond
Willey, C. R. 4 1112 State Office Bldg., Richmond
** Williams, Dr. Carrington 9 805 West Franklin St., Richmond 20
Williams, Dr. John E. 10 . 7303 Harlow Road, Richmond
Williams, Kenneth D. 2 . 2320 Stadium Rd., Charlottesville
Williams, Lewis C. 6,12,10 . 1001 E. Main St, Richmond
Williams, Rayburn A. 11,2 . Box 82, Route 1, Vienna
—Williams, Dr. Stanley B. 10 . Dept, of Psychology, William &
Mary College, Williamsburg
Williams, Mrs. Stanley B. 10 . 504 Newport Ave., Williamsburg
Wilson, Dr. David C. 9 . IJniv. Hosp., University
Wilson, Dr. I. D. 9,4,1 . . . . . . . V.P.I., Blacksburg
Wilson, Wingate 4 . . . Troy State College, Troy, Alabama
Wiltshire, Mrs. James W. Jr., 4 . Randolph-Macon Woman’s
^ College, Lynchburg
Wine, R. Lowell 12 . Route 1, Box 311, Roanoke
Wingard, S. A. 4,1 . Box 425, V.P.L, Blacksburg
Wingo, Dr. Alfred L. 6.5,1,10 . State Board of Edu., Richmond
Winn, Miss R. Tucker 11,5 . 1019 Maple St, Fairfax
Winsten, Dr. Benjamin 10 . 126 Thirteenth St, Newport News
Wise, Dr. John H. 5,2,6 . Dept of Chemistry, Washington &
Lee University, Lexington 6
—Wood, John E. 11,2 . . . 13 E. Clifford Street, Winchester
Wood, Dr. John Thornton 4,9,10 . Burkeville
Wood, Robert S. 8 . 1605 Gordon Ave., Charlottesville
Woodland, Dr. John T. 4 . State Teachers College, Salem, Mass.
—Woodson, Bernard R. Jr., 4 . Virginia State College, Petersburg
Woolcott, William S. 4 . Box 296, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
Worsham, Mr. James E. Jr., 5,2 . Dept, of Physics, Room 6-310,
350 The VraciNiA Journal of Science [September
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge 44, Mass.
Wright, Miss E. Katherine 5 .... 203 South Tremont Dr., Greensboro, N. C.
Wright, H. E. Jr., 5 . 5500 Queensbury Road, Richmond
Yates, Dr. Robert C. 2 . Mathematics Dept., William
& Mary CoUege, Williamsburg
Yoe, Dr. J. H. 5 . . . . . University
Yoho, Dr. Clayton W. 5 . Route 2, Elkton
—York, James E. Jr . 1006 Baywood Court, Richmond
Youden, Dr. W. J. 12 .... Nat. Bureau of Standards, Washington 25, D. C.
Young, Dr. Fred W. Jr., 5 . 7213 Sheffield Dr., KnoxviUe 19, Tenn.
Young, Dr. Robert S. 8 . 114 West Park Drive, Charlottesville
—Young, Mr. Roderick W. 1 . . . . . . . Box 66, Blacksburg
Zimmerman, Henry D. 5 1030 W. Franklin St, Apt. 31, Richmond 20
Zipf, Elizabeth M. 4 . 316 Kingston Ave., Barrington, New Jersey
Zuk, Dr. William 7 Thornton Hall, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
1959]
Proceedings 1958-1959
351
Virginia Academy of Science
APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Full Official Name .
Name as Usually Written . . . . . . . .
Address . .
Institution .
Position .
Field of Interest . .
Date . . Membership Classification Desired..
$2.00 of Membership Dues is for a subscription to
The Virginia Journal of Science for one year.
FORM OF BEQUEST
(To be used for immediate gifts, for inclusion in a will
or for addition to a will as a codicil.)
I give (or bequeath) to the
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE, Inc.
the sum of . . . . . ( . )
to be applied as an addition to its present endowment fund for
scientific research (or) to be
applied as an endowment for the general purpose of the organiza¬
tion.
Application for membership, together with membership dues,
and forms of bequest should be sent to Mr. Foley F. Smith, Box
1420, Richmond, Virginia.
-jO WHd? ,
■;:’ -'■ -i-.,} ■■■J i:i y
f . ■ v,r.}.;:; icl. vv,i
'y'r:V''.y,
c-i t ;rs ^ i'
■ : . . / . .Ji'^aVv’ ■
; .a..,.
;■) . . ., -'v'
. . . ' ■, . -i';. xir.i'z r....= ]■
is.! ::^;v // vd ■, d
I
‘ ‘ ^ isd i'.' L's'.
: 'V,> ‘'■i'S' ^ ■ l^v'J . i , ■ ^ ;...d hi'HUW^ nl ! -. ■ '
1 ■ ■ ■ ■ . ■ • ’ .n-yi 1
• ./; ■• f;- ■‘• u-u..' s/'
dr . :\.s
■.'d:Nid-. i' •<' . s . ■;; i/'a r 'j ,
-yy'y v/
The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof
is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia.
The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements,
and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The
Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia.
Notice To Contributors
Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Brumfield. Stevens
Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub¬
lished on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must
accompany the manuscript.
Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
SVz'* X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total
number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 8300. The result is the
approximate number of printed pages in the Journal.
Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be
held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.
Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.
Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically
according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the
name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any).
For example: “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the
Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Jonrn. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the
bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations,
where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1140; 186)”, or ”Sniffen
(1940) states that . . .”
Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures
should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated
by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin.
Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1/2” x 6-1/2”, and so
that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1/2” x
11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish
the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional
figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a
grant covering the cost of prodaiction. Original drawings (which must be done in black
drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬
graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬
graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast.
Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬
mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted.
Galley Proofs and engraver's proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction.
Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author.
OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
William M. Hinton, President
Wilson B. Bell, President-Elect
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary Treasurer
COUNCIL
(Board of Trustees)
Edward S. Harlow (1960)
Thomas E. Gilmer (1961)
Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960)
Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., (1962)
George
J. C. Forbes (1962)
Jackson J. Taylor (1962)
Robert T. Brumfield
Charles F. Lane
. Jeffers
h/Sl
THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Vol. 11, New Series
January^ 1960
No.l
VoL. 11, New Series
January, 1960
No. 1
THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science
Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS
Pages
A Note on the Oxygen and Temperature Tolerances of the
Triclads Phagocata gracilis (Haldeman) and Dugesia
tigrina (Girard). Betty J. Abbott . 1
Ground Vegetation Patterns of the Spruce-Fir Area of
the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.
Dorothy L. Crandall . 9
A Study of Some Soil-Inhabiting Phycomycetes from Haiti.
WiUiam W. Scott . 19
Experimental Infections of Chick Embryos with Tetrahymena
pyriformis. Jesse C. Thompson, Lynne Santy and
Valer Clark . 25
A Study of the Chlorophyta of the James River Basin,
Virginia. II Ecology. B. R. Woodson . 27
News and Notes . ! . 37
EDITORIAL BOARD
Robert D. Ross, Editor
Robert Krai, Managing Editor
Section Editors
Paul B. Siegel Mearl A. Kise W. Parker Anslow, Jr.
Irving G. Foster Robert M. Hubbard Cyril R. Mill
Walter S. Flory Bruce W. Nelson Clyde Y. Kramer
Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Blacksburg, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897, Subscription
$3.00 per volume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July,
and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Farmville, Va.
• Mailed March 21, 1960
THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
VoL. 11, New Series January, 1960 No. 1
A NOTE ON THE OXYGEN AND TEMPERATURE
TOLERANCES OF THE TRICLADS PHAGOCATA
GRACILIS (HALDEMAN) AND DUGESIA
TIGRINA (GIRARD)
Betty J. Abbott
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Studies of the relationship between physiological variation in animals,
such as the work by Prosser (1955), have shown the importance of such
variation in the problems of adaptation and distribution. It has been the
purpose of this investigation to attempt to determine the oxygen and
temperature tolerances of populations of two species of the triclad family
Pla^naiiidaey Phagocata gracilis (Haldeman) and Dugesia tigrina (Girard).
A treatment of the broader aspects of their ecology and evolution has not
been attempted here. However, it is hoped that the results of this study
will be of interest to the students of adaptation in this group.
Respiration in the triclads is undoubtedly of the ordinary aerobic
type (Hyman, 1951b). According to Lund (1921) and Hyman (1929,
1951b) the rate of oxygen consumption of the Dugesia species is constant
at different oxygen concentrations in the water until the concentration
falls below about one-third saturation, Hyman (1929) reported that
several species of planaria can live in oxygen concentrations as low as
0.4cc/liter and concludes that planaria are more or less independent of
oxygen concentration.
In any attempt to determine the toleration of planaria to low levels
of oxygen concentrations, consideration must be given to the effect of
carbon dioxide. According to Anderson (1927), the accumulation of car¬
bon dioxide does not effect the results of oxygen tolerance tests. Hyman
(1925) stated that both low oxygen and carbon dioxide concentrations
are of importance in affecting the rate of respiration, but that neither are
controlling factors.
Perhaps the classic example of acclimation among planaria is seen in
the stenothermous European forms Dugesia gonocephala, Polycelis felina.
2 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
and Crenohia alpina which occur along streams with increasing altitude and
decreasing temperature in the order named (Hyman, 1951b). However,
according to Hyman (1951b), most fresh water forais are eurythermous,
that is, they are indifferent to a relatively wide change of temperature.
Most of the publications dealing with temperature studies are con¬
cerned with temperature as it affects oxygen consumption. Behre (1918), in
studies of acchmation of planaria to rise in temperature, concluded that
acclimation consists of changes which manifest themselves physiologically
as a gradual decrease in the rate of metabolism or oxidation which enables
them to be highly adapted to temperature acchmation. According to Hyman
(1951b), planarians react to a temperature change of 20° to 30° C from
that at which they have been living and Mast (1903) has shown that,
when placed in a temperature gradient, Dugesia dorotocephala which had
been living at a temperature of 22 °C aggregated in a zone ranging from
17° to 26°C. Eddy and Gleim (1932) found that Phagocata gracilis aggre¬
gated at 0° to 10 °C regardless of whether they were taken from their
natural habitat at 9.5 °C or kept for a month in the laboratory at 20° to
22° C. The thermal death point of Phagocata gracilis was found by these
authors to be 30 °C.
In view of the evidence presented in work previously done, which is
related to temperature and oxygen tolerances, further study seems indicated
that might show more clearly comparisons and differences between planaria
found in widely different habitats. It was with this in mind that the present
study was undertaken.
Methods
Specimens of Phagocata gracilis used in this study were taken from the
Heath Spring in Radford, Virginia, a location from which Kenk (1935)
collected specimens of the same species. The spring has a sandy bottom,
contains considerable Spirogyra sp., and periodic temperature checks made
for the past year (1958) indicated that the temperature varied from 9° to
11°C. The pH of the water averaged 5.77, as determined by three tests
made at different times. Oxygen content in three tests was 4.7 ppm, 4.4 ppm
and 4.1 ppm, averaging 4.4 ppm. Dugesia tigrina specimens were taken
from Strouble’s Creek draining the “Duckpond” located on the V.P.I.
campus in Blacksburg, Virginia. The stream bed here is rocky, with some
clay and sand. It shows some evidence of pollution. The average pH was
found to be 8.25, and the dissolved oxygen content of the water in three
tests was 11.5 ppm, 11.9 ppm, and 11.1 ppm, showing an average oxygen
content of 11.5 ppm. Stream temperatures were found to vary from 8° to
24 °C during the year.
Identification of species used was made by the author and was based
3
1960] TmcLADS Phagocata gracilis and Dugesia
upon serial sections as well as external characteristics. The specimens were
compared with descriptions offered by Kenk (1935) and Hyman (1937,
1951a).
In detenuining tolerances to low oxygen concentrations, specimens
were placed in 125 ml of water (taken from the stream in which the ani¬
mals were collected and de-oxygenated by bubbling nitrogen through it)
which was introduced into a mason jar of one pint capacity under a heavy
layer of mineral oil. After introducing the water and the specimens, the jar
was completely filled with mineral oil to prevent the entrance of oxygen,
sealed, and returned to constant temperature storage in the laboratory.
Oxygen concentrations present in all tests were determined by the Winkler
method. Tolerance to increased temperature was determined by placing
the specimens individually in 3 ml tubes which in turn were placed in a
rheostat controlled water bath. The temperature was increased at the rate
of 0.2 °C every five minutes from 20 °C (which was the temperature at
which both species were kept for approximately 24 hours before the
temperature and oxygen tests — this is in accord with the work of Eddy
and Gleim, 1932, in their temperature toleration experiments and with the
work of Hyman, 1925, in her oxygen consumption tests) until all specimens
showed no response to stimuli and were therefore assumed to be dead.
Specimens were “double checked” as to whether or not they were dead by
returning them to laboratory storage for twenty-four hours to see if any
revived. None did. Four tests were run for each species, with thirty speci¬
mens tested each time. All specimens were checked every five minutes, and
the dead were recorded and removed from the water bath. Constant
temperature tolerances were determined by placing the planaria in 400 ml
beakers containing 300 ml of water. In both types of temperature tolerance
tests the specimens were placed in water from their original habitat which
was aerated just before using to prevent oxygen deficiency. These beakers
were placed in the water bath and constant temperature maintained. Con¬
stant temperature tests for each species were begun at the “LD-50”
level or mean lethal temperature of each species as determined by their
tolerance to slowly increased temperature. Specimens were checked
hourly until all were dead, or inactive for twenty-four hours.
Results
There appears to be a marked difference in the oxygen requirements of
Dugesia tigrina and Phagocata gracilis. In three tests involving 120 speci¬
mens of Phagocata gracilis, the amount of dissolved oxygen remaining in
the water after the specimens were dead was 0.23 ppm, 0.52 ppm, and
0.39 ppm, which averaged 0.38 ppm. Three experiments with the same
number of Dugesia tigrina disclosed rather high amounts of dissolved oxy¬
gen remaining in the water, 1.21 ppm, 1.37 ppm, 1.13 ppm for an average
4 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
of 1.23 ppm. In view of other work which has been done (Hyman, etc.,
previously cited) this seemed rather high and replicates were made of these
experiments. Here the amount of dissolved oxygen remaining in the water
was 1.34 ppm, 1.67 ppm, and 1.18 ppm, for an average of 1.24 ppm
(Table 1).
A significant difference exists between the temperature tolerances of
Diigesia tigrina and Phagocata gracilis as revealed by the experiments in
which the temperature was raised slowly. With Dugesia tigrina the temp¬
erature range in °C was from 35.5 to 39.4, the mean was 37.7°, standard
deviation 0.79, and the standard error of the mean 0.07. In the case of
Phagocata gracilis, the temperature range in °C was from 30.5 to 34.9, the
mean was 33.3, standard deviation 0.68, and standard error of the mean
0.06. Applying the “T” test, the difference is significant beyond the 0.01
level (Table 2).
Exposure to constant temperatures indicate that the highest tempera¬
ture possible for survival of Dugesia tigrina lies below 34.7°C and is ap¬
parently around 33.7 °C. The survival temperature for Phagocata gracilis
is between 30.3°C and 29.3 °C (Table 3.).
TABLE 1
Dissolved oxygen present in water after death of planaria
(40 planaria used for each test)
Heath Spring
{Phagocata
gracilis)
Duckpond
( Dugesia
tigrina)
Duckpond
Replicates
Test No. 1
0.23 ppm
1.21 ppm
1.34 ppm
Test No. 2
0.52 ppm
1.37 ppm
1.67 ppm
Test No. 3
0.39 ppm
1.13 ppm
1.18 ppm
Average
0.38 ppm
1.23 ppm
1.24 ppm
1960]
Triclads Thagocata gracilis and Dugesia
5
TABLE 2
Mortality of Dugesia tigrina and Thagocata gacilis when the temperature
was raised at the rate of 0.2 °C every five minutes.
Dugesia tigrina
Thagocata gracilis
°c
Number Dead
°C
Number Dead
39.0 -
39.4
1
34.5 - 34.9
2
38.5 -
38.9
22
34.0 - 34.4
29
38.0 -
38.4
34
33.5 - 33.9
34
37.5 -
37.9
25
33.0 - 33.4
28
37.0 -
37.4
18
32.5 - 32.9
14
36.5 -
36.9
9
32.0 - 32.4
5
36.0 -
36.4
8
31.5 - 31.9
3
35.5 -
35.9
3
31.0 - 31.4
3
30.5 - 30.9
2
Total
120
Total
120
Mean (M)
37.70
Mean ( M )
33.30
Standard Deviation
0.79
Standard Deviation
0.68
Standard Error of M
0.07
Standard Error of M
0.06
6
The Virginia Journal of Science [January
TABLE 3
Results of constant temperature tests showing the mortality of
Dugesia tigrina and Phagocata gracilis
according to hourly checks.
Temp.
®C.
Hours
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15-24
To
Dead
ital
Alive
Dugesia tigrina
37.7
41
60
29
-
120
0
36.7
2
41
58
19
120
0
35.7
0
3
54
25
4
2
1
120
0
34.7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
3
7 31 44 20 14
120
0
33.7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0
120
Phagocata gracilis
33.3
21
41
27
20
11
120
0
32.3
1
23
56
44
10
6
120
0
31.3
0
0
0
0
1
1
11
34
41
23 7
120
0
30.3
0
0
0
0
0
3
9
17
24
35 15 0 0 0 0
103
17
29.3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0
120
Discussion
There is an apparent species difference in the oxygen requirements of
the two species stuciied. However, in view of the fact that the high oxygen
concentration in the water (ave. 11.5 ppm )~ was so near the saturation
point, it is believed that the oxygen requirements of Dugesia tigrina (ave.
1.23 ppm remaining at death) may result in part from acclimation to high
amounts of dissolved oxygen in the water. It is noted that in the case of
Phagocata gracilis, where the average oxygen content of the water was
4.4 ppm, only an average of 0.36 ppm of oxygen remained in the water
after oxygen toleration tests. It is not felt that the pH of the water was a
factor in influencing oxygen requirements since the work of Hyman (1925)
and Anderson (1927) indicated that a pH between 5.0 and 9.5 does not
1960]' ' TmchAbs ' Phagocata gmcilis AND Dugesia 7
affect the rate of oxygen consumption. This point might be worthy of
further study.
Both species were coflected at a time when the water in their re¬
spective habitats was at a temperature of 10 °C. Eddy and Gleim (1932)
have shown that laboratory storage at 20° does not affect lethal temperature
and it is felt that this is borne out by this study. The difference in the
lethal temperature of Phagocata gracilis as reported by Eddy and Gleim
(1932) and that found in this study is due to intraspecific variation. How¬
ever, other factors such as differences in method, temperatures tested, or
length of the experiment may be paitially responsible for the difference
noted. Morphological variations in this species were remarked upon by
Hyman (1937) after comparing Kenk's (1935) description of animals from
Heath's Spring witli specimens from other localities. Further morphological
study is indicated which should include more comprehensive information
regarding the Heath Spring specimens of Phagocata gracilis.
Acknowledgements
The writer is grateful to Dr. Perry C. Holt of the Department of
Biologv at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute for help in planning the in¬
vestigation reported here and in the preparation of the manuscript. Also
the author wishes to thank Dr. F. S. Orcutt, V.PJ., for the use of labora¬
tory facilities under his direction, and Prof. Bettv V. Conner, V.P.L, Lt.
James W. Berry, U.S.A., and Miss Carolyn S. Obenshain, M.C.V. for their
assistance at various times during the study in collecting specimens.
Literature Cited
Anderson, Louise. 1927. The effects of alkalies on the oxygen consumption
and susceptibility of Planaria dorotocephala. Biol. Bull. 53: 327-342.
Behre, Ellinor. 1918. An experimental study of acclimation to temperature
in Planaria dorotocephala. Biol, Bull. 35: 277-317.
Buchanan, J. W. 1931. Modification of the rate of oxygen consumption by
changes in oxygen concentration in solutions of different osmotic
pressure. Biol. Bull. 60: 309-326.
Eddy, M. W. and D. L. Gleim. 1932. A thermotropic gradient apparatus
with some preliminary studies on Phagocata gracilis, Triturus viri-
descens, and Lumbricus terrestris. Proc. Penn. Acad. Sci. Vol. 6.
Hyman, L. H. 1925. Action of acids on oxygen consumption. Biol. Bull. 49:
288-322.
8 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
- 1929. Effect of oxygen tension on oxygen consumption in Planaria.
Physiol. Zool. 2: 505-534.
- 1937. Studies on the morphology, taxonomy, and distribution of North
American triclad Turbellaria. VIl. Trans. Amer, Micros. Soc. 56: 298-
310.
- 1951a. Synopsis of the known species of fresh-water planarians of
North America. Ibid. 70: 154-167.
- 1951b. The invertebrates: Platyhelminthes and Rhynchocoela. Vol. 2.
McGraw-HiU Book Co. New York, pp 52-458. Figs. 13-173.
Kenk, R. 1935. Studies on Virginia Triclads. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Soc. 51:
79-126.
Lund, E. J. 1921. Oxygen concentration as a limiting factor in the respira¬
tory metabolism of Planaria agilis. Biol. Bull. 41 : 203-220.
Mast, S. O. 1903. Reactions to temperature changes in freshwater plana¬
rians. Amer. Jour. Physiol. 10.
Prosser, C. L. 1955. Physiological variation in animals. Biol. Rev. 30: 229-
262.
1960]
Ground Vegetation Patterns
9
GROUND VEGETATION PATTERNS OF THE
SPRUCE-FIR AREA OF THE GREAT SMOKY
MOUNTAINS NATIONAL PARK^
Dorothy L. Crandall
Department of Biology, Randolph-Macon Womans College
Although the spruce-fir area of the Southern Appalachians has
interested several investigators, there have been few studies of the herba¬
ceous plants in relation to the canopy and none with this relationship as
the primary objective. Because the forest-site concept has never been
specifically applied to the Southern Appalachian coniferous forests, an
intensive study of the spruce-fir areas in the Great Smoky Mountains
National Park was made with particular emphasis on the herbaceous and
shrubby plant cover.
The Committee on Forest Terminology of the Society of American
Foresters (1944) defines site as “An area considered as to its capacity to
produce forests or other vegetation, the combination of biotic, climatic and
soil conditions.” This corresponds to the term habitat as used by many
ecologists. In characterizing and classifying forest sites different investi¬
gators have used either characteristics of the forest stand itself or environ¬
mental factors. Many of these attempts have used a single factor such as
moisture, land form or chemical soil analysis, but no single criterion can
in itself adequately describe a site since the site type depends upon the
interaction of all the edaphic, climatic and biotic factors.
Since a plant responds to the conditions about it, it is in a sense, a
measure of its environment. Thus the plants of any given community re¬
flect the interaction of the many environmental factors and these indi¬
vidual plants or plant communities have been used as indicators of habi¬
tat or site. Because of the greater number of species involved and because
of the more rapid response to changes in their surroundings, herbaceous
plants have been more frequently used than woody shrubs and trees as
indicators of site. Individual plant species have been valuable in the West,
but in general a plant community or group of plants will provide a more
complete and satisfactory basis for an estimate of the environment.
One of the first to develop a system of forest site types based upon
ground cover vegetation was the Finnish forester, A. K. Cajander (1926,
^This paper is a portion of an article published in Ecological Monographs, 28 :337-360,
October, 1958.
10 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
1949). The use of ground vegetation in distinguishing forest site types in
North America has been attempted by several investigators. These studies
have included various coniferous forests in Western United States and
Canada. Possible site types for the Southern Appalachians are included in
R. H. Whittaker’s 1956 report on Vegetation of the Great Smoky Moun¬
tains in which he lists 5 subtypes for spruce forests and 4 subtypes for fir
forests. Using site counts and general estimation of coverage, Whittaker
correlates site types with a series of topographic subtypes.
The specific areas selected for this study have been within accessible
regions of the spruce-fir area in the Great Smoky Mountains National
Park. These include samples from Mt. Le Conte, Mt. Sterling, Spruce
Mountain and within an area extending from 10 miles northeast of
Newfound Gap to the southernmost limit of spruce and fir in the Park,
about 5 miles west of Clingmans Dome.
During the summers of 1951, 1953, 1955, and 1956, field data were
collected in the following manner. A 50-meter rope marked off in 5-meter
intervals was laid out twice in a ‘‘T” pattern, with one line across the slope
and the other at right angles to the first. Herbaceous species were re¬
corded for each 5-meter interval of a strip 1 -meter wide and for each one
meter section of the first 5-meters of the first strip. Coverage for herba¬
ceous plants, including mosses, was recorded as percentage of line covered,
using decimeter units following the sampling method employed in the
Holly Shelter Wildhfe Management Area by Wells (1946). For shrubs,
numbers and heights were tabulated for each 5-meter interval of the meter
wide strip giving a total area of 100 square meters. In this strip, seedlings
and small trees were simply recorded as present if less than 6 inches high,
and those at least 6 inches high up to 1 inch d.b.h. were talked by
numbers and heights.
Canopy and understory trees 1 inch d.b.h. and over were recorded
by species and measured diameters. In 50 of the samples a strip 10-meters
wide along the two 50-meter hnes was employed while in 20 of the sam¬
ples the strip was 5-meters wide. In 9 samples only one strip 50-meters
long by 10-meters wide was used because of difficulty of terrain or in
some cases because the particular spruce-fir community was not extensive
enough to include a second sample at right angles to the first.
Notes on slope, exposure, elevation and general description were
recorded for each sample. A few heights were recorded by means of the
Abney level, but because of the density of the canopy and iiTegularities of
the terrain this was exceedingly difficult. Estimates of heights were em¬
ployed in the latter cases.
Although the number of tree species involved in the southern boreal
forest is low and the canopy layer is floristically simple, much greater
1960] Ground Vegetation Patterns 11
variation is found in the lower strata and these differences in undergrowth
patterns are the basis for the site types that have been designated. In
many instances the boundary line between two adjacent site types is
sharp but in others there is a recognizable ecotonal or transitional area
between the two.
Most of these coniferous forests in the Smokies are mixtures of fir
and spruce, but with increase in altitude there is a corresponding increase
in fir and nearly pure fir forests occur at elevations above 6400 feet. The
fir in the Park is Fraser fir, Abies fraseri, and the spruce is red spruce,
Picea rubens. Fraser fir is endemic to the Southern Appalachians while
the red spruce has a much wider range occurring as far north as Maine and
Nova Scotia. Costing and BilHngs (1951), in comparing the northern and
southern spruce-fir forests of the Appalachians, concluded that these two
forests are part of the boreal forest formation but with two distinct phases,
the red spruce— Fraser fir and the red spruce-balsam fir.
At the higher altitudes the most frequent deciduous tree in the co¬
niferous forests is the mountain ash, Pyrus americana, while abundant
yellow birch Betula alleghaniensis, is found at the middle and lower ele¬
vations. Occasional beech, Fagus grandifolia, hemlock, Tsuga canadensis,
yellow buckeye, Aesculus octandra, and sugar maple, Acer saccharum may
be encountered at die lower spruce-fir elevations.
Eight site types and one subtype based upon differences in the
undergrowth patterns have been designated for these forests. The occur¬
rence of these site types under the various forest types are summarized in
Table 1.
The Oxalis-Hylocomium site type, characterized by high coverage of
feather mosses, occurs on steep northerly slopes at very high elevations or
on somewhat more moderate slopes or nearly level areas at mid-elevations.
Above 6000 feet the dominant tree is Fraser fir while at moderate alti¬
tudes red spruce becomes the codominant canopy tree. On both these fir
and spruce-fir sites there are many stems, generally of small diameters,
rather straight and tall with a considerable number of standing dead
stems, especially fir in the 1-4 inch diameter classes. Mountain ash is an
occasional canopy tree on the fir sites and yellow birch is more frequently
encountered on the spruce-fir sites. Considerable fir reproduction may
occur on the more level area in the lower altitude mixed forest. Similar
species of herbaceous plants are found on the two sites, chiefly Aster
acuminatus, Clintonia borealis and the two ferns Dryopteris spinulosa v.
americana and Athyrium filix-femina. The forest floor is wet with seeping
water or mountain springs and the substratum is rocky, typically of loose
slabs of slate which are covered with luxuriant mosses and give a hum¬
mocky appearance to the lower strata. These mosses, which are designated
12 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
feather mosses in this paper, may consist of nearly 100 per cent Hyloco-
mium splendens, Hypniim crista-castrensis and Hylocomium umhratum.
Much of the debris from fallen trees is wet, rotten and covered with filmy
mosses and liverworts. Windthrow may be particularly disastrous in the fir
stands at the higher elevations resulting in extensive even-aged stands.
These are probably the stands described by Cain in 1931 as stagnant pole
stands, since there may be many stems rather closelv spaced and frequent¬
ly many of these in the same diameter class.
The Oxalis-Dryopteris fir site type may be observed in the very high
elevation forests on Mt. Le Conte and Clingmans Dome. The slopes are
usually slight or moderate and exposure may be in anv direction. The
moss layer ranges from low in coverage to very high on the more moist
sites where the fern coverage is less. The latter type may approach the
Oxalis-Hvlocomiiim type just described. In those instances where the fern
coverage is nearly 100 per cent, the moss and Oxalis layers are considera-
blv reduced. The most common herbaceous plants occuring with the
ferns are Aster acuminatus, Solidago glomerata, Clintonia borealis, Stachys
clingmanii and Chelone lyoni. Trillium erectum, Angelica triquinata,
Streptopus roseus, Impatiens pallida and patches of Houstonia serpyllifolia
mav be found. Shrubs few in number, may include Vaccinium erythrocar-
pum, Menziesia pilosa, Sambucus pubens and occasionally Virburnum alni-
folium. Abies fraseri frequentiv attains 95 per cent or more of the basal
area. The firs are branchy, much moss covered, and frequently dripping
with moisture from the enveloping clouds. The trees appear stunted,
measuring from 35-50 feet in height and are somewhat distantly spaced
giving a parklike or open woods appearance to these forests. Pyrus ameri-
cana and Picea rubens are occasionally present.
The Hylocomium- Vaccinium site type occurs in both the spruce-fir
and the spruce forests on steep or precipitous slopes. Feather mosses
form a treacherous mat over the underlying rocks and fallen timber rotten
and moist may be criss-crossed over these rocks and this too is overlain
with a deep moss layer. The characteristic herbs in the fir forest include
Aster acuminatus, Clintonia borealis, Solidago glomerata and Senecio
rugelia. Frequently fir reproduction is high, solid patches of one to two-
foot seedlings occurring in openings created by the death or fall of
canopy trees. The total coverage of herbs exclusive of Oxalis montana and
ferns is usually under 15 per cent and there may be a continuous low
shrub stratum of Vaccinium erythrocarpum. Canopy trees are not large
in diameter and in the understory there are many stems both living and
dead in the small diameter classes.
The Virburnum- Vaccinium-Dryopteris site type occurs in fir, spruce-
fir and spruce forests. These forests show a characteristic five-storied de¬
velopment in the undergrowth layers, moss-Oxalis-fern- Vaccinium- Virbur-
Ground Vegetation Patterns
13
1960]
num= The fir sites generally have a higher coverage of moss and Oxalis
compared to those of lower altitudes in the spruce-fir and spruce forests.
Much of the moss in the fir site type is Hylcomium splendens, while this
species may be absent on the spruce site. This site type supports the
best developed stands of the mixed spruce-fir forest type.
Excellent examples of the Senecio site type may be observed in the
vicinity of Clingmans Dome on steep slopes, generally of southwest or
northwest exposure. Oxalis montana and ferns are low in coverage, but
Senecio rugelia may cover nearly 100 per cent of the ground. The bryo-
phytic layer is sparse and mosses and liverworts are of several species with
little Hylocomium splendens in the mixture. Frequently as the surface
becomes more level, especially near the top of the ridges, there may be a
perceptible increase in coverage of fern and Solidago glomerata. The cano¬
py trees are chiefly Ahies fraseri of relatively small diameter.
The Vibumum-Vaccinium-Senecio site type occurs on steeper and
drier sites than the Vibumum-Vaccinium-Dryoteris site type. Exposures
are generally west, northwest or southwest. Moss, Oxalis and fern cover¬
ages are low in this site type and Senecio rugelia may be of moderately
high coverage with usually some ground covered only by needles and dry
litter. Spruce trees of very large diameters are encountered on this and
the following type.
The Viburnum-Vaccinium-Lycopodium site type is the most preva¬
lent site type in the spruce forests of the Great Smoky Mountains National
Park. Much of the ground is bare of plants and covered with needles and
fallen debris, the latter only partially encrusted with thin filmy mosses and
liverworts. The high percentage of needle cover distinguishes this site
type from the slightly more moist Vibumum-Vaccinium-Senecio type
under spruce-fir. Lycopodium lucidulum and Medeola virginiana are
frequently conspicuous and are good indicators of this type. Senecio
rugelia, ferns and mosses may be present in the pockets and depressions
but total coverage of ground plants is lowest of any site type. Shrubs are
frequently only scattered. The spruce trees are of relatively large diameter
and the total basal area may be high.
The Rhododendron site type extends throughout the southern boreal
forest. At high elevations under a canopy of fir the most important shrubs
are Rhododendron carolinianum and R. catawbiense with Menziesia pilosa
and Diervilla sessilifolia in the more open area. The ground cover varies
from nearly zero on the more exposed ridges and crags to nearly 100
percent Hylocomium splendens. Sphagnum sp. and other mosses on the
steep wet north slopes. At lower elevations spruce becomes the dominant
canopy tree and Rhododendron maximum and Kalmia latifolia with
perhaps Leucothoe editorum and SmilaX rotundifolium, become increas-
14
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
ingly important. Adjacent to the dry heath balds the ground cover con¬
sists of only an extremely low coverage of lichens and mosses with an oc¬
casional specimen of Trillium undulatum, Galax aphylla. Lycopodium
clavatum or L. ohscurum. Here the spruce and fir trees are taller and of
larger diameter. With increasing amounts of Viburnum in the tall shrub
layer, yellow birch becomes a more important tree and the fern and herb
coverages are greater. Where there is a mixture of R. maximum, R. cataw-
hiense and Viburnum alnifolium in the tall shrub layer this type may
approach the Viburnum -Vaccinium-Dryopteris site type. It is this type that
has been designated as the Rhododendron (Viburnum) subtype. The
spruce trees on this type are frequently of large diameters and more than
100 feet in height. In addition to spruce, yellow birch is usually an im¬
portant canopy tree.
TABLE I
OUTLINE OF SITE TYPES OF THE SPRUCE-FIR AREA OF THE
GREAT SMOKY MOUNTAINS NATIONAL PARK
Fir Forests Spruce-Fir Forests
(6200-6600 Feet) (5500-6400 Feet)
Spruce Forests
(5100-6000 Feet)
Oxalis-Hylocomium Oxali s-Hylocomium
Oxalis-Dryopteris
Hylocomium-
Vaccinium
Hylocomium-
Vaccinium
Viburnum- Vac- Vibumum-
cinium-Dryopteris Vaccinium-Dryopteris
Vibumum-
V accinium-Dryopteris
Senecio
Vibumum-
Vaccinium-Senecio
Vibumum-
Vaccinium-
Lycopodium
Rhododendron
Rhododendron
Rhododendron
Rhododendron
(Viburnum)
Rhododendron
(Viburnum)
1960}
Ground Vegetation Patterns
15
Summary
Forest-site types and various interrelationships of the upper and lower
strata of the spruce-fir forests of the Great Smoky Mountains National
Park are discussed. Based upon frequency and coverage of species of
shrubs and herbaceous plants, the eight site types proposed for the
southern boreal forest are as follows;
1. Oxalis-Hylocomium
2. Oxalis-Dryopteris
3. Hylocomium-Vaccinium
4. Viburnum- Vaccinium-Dryopteris
5. Senecio
6. Viburnum- Vaccinium-Senecio
7. Viburnum- Vaccinium-Lycopodium
8. Rhododendron
Acknowledgements
The author acknowledges her appreciation to Dr. Royal E. Shanks,
Department of Botany, The University of Tennessee, for his guidance
during the course of the study. Arthur Stupka, Park Naturalist of the
Great Smoky Mountains National Park and Dr. Maxwell E. Springer,
Associate Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station, The University of
Tennessee were also of assistance.
Appendix
Species Characteristic of Spruce-Fir Forests
Canopy Trees
Abies fraseri (Pursh) Poir.
Amelanchier laevis Weig.
Betula alleghaniensis Britton
Fagus grandifoUa Ehrh.
Ficea ruhens Sarg.
Ffunus pensylvanica L.
Pyrus americana (Marsh.) DC.
Understory Trees
Acer pensylmnicum L.
Acer spicatum Lam.
Cornus alternifolia L.
Ilex montana T. and G.
16 The Virginia Journal of Science
Shrubs
Diervilla sessilifolia Buckl.
Hydrangea arborescens L.
Kalmia latifolia L.
Lonicera canadensis Bartr.
Menziesia pilosa (Michx.) Jiiss.
Pieris florihunda (Pursh) B. and H.
Pyrus melanocarpa (Michx.) Willd.
Rhododendron carolinianum Rehder
Rhododendron catawbiense Michx.
Rhododendron maximum L.
Ribes rotundifolium Michx.
Rubus canadensis L.
Sambucus pubens Michx.
Smilax rotundifolia L.
Vaccinium simulatum Small
Vaccinium erythrocarpum Michx.
Viburnum alnifolkim Marsh.
Viburnum cassinoides L.
Herbaceous Flowering Plants
Agrostis alba L.
Angelica triquinata Michx.
Arisaema atrorubens (Ait.) Blume
Aster acuminatus Michx.
Aster divaricatus L.
Cardamine clematitis Shuttlw.
Car ex brunnescens (Pers.) Poir
Carex debilis var. rudgei Bailey
Carex intumescens var. fernaldii Bailey
Cheloni lyoni Pursh
Chimaphila maculata (L.) Pursh
Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt.
Cinna latifolia (Trev.) Griseb.
Circaea alpina L.
Claytonia virginica L.
Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf.
Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauv.
Dioscorea villosa L.
Eupatorium rugosum var. roanense (Small) Fern.
Galax aphylla L.
Houstonia serpyllifolia Michx.
Impatiens pallida Nutt.
[January
Ground Vegetation Patterns
17
1960]
Laportea canadensis (L.) Wedd.
Luzula acuminata Raf.
Ltizula bidbosa (Wood) Rydb.
Maianthemum canadense Desf.
Medeola virginiana L.
Mitchella repens L.
Monotropa uniflora L.
Oxalis montana Raf.
Saxifraga micranthidifolia (Haw.) Britt.
Senecio rugelia A. Gray
Smilacina racemosa (L.) Desf.
Smilax herbacea L.
Solidago glomemta Michx.
Stachys clingmanii Small
Strephopus roseus Michx.
Trillium erectum L.
Trillium undulatum Willd.
Viola pollens (Banks) Brainerd
Viola rotundifolia Michx.
Ferns and Glub Mosses
Athyrium filix-femina (L.) Roth
Dennstaedtia punctilobula (Michx.) Moore
Dryopteris spinulosa var. americana (Fishch.) Fern.
Lycopodium clavatum L.
Lycopodium lucidulum Michx.
Lycopodium obscurum L.
Poly podium virginianum L.
Literature Gited
Cain, S. A. 1931. Ecological studies of the vegetation of the Great Smoky
Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee. Bot. Gaz. 91: 22-41.
Cajander, A. K. 1926. The theory of forest types. Acta Forest Fenn. 29:
1-106.
- . 1949. Forest types and their significance. Acta Forest Fenn. 56:
1-71.
Costing, H. J. & W. D. Billings. 1951. A comparison of virgin spruce-fir
forest in the northern and southern Appalachian system. Ecology 32:
84-103.
Society of American Foresters. 1944. Forest terminology. A glossary of
18 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
technical terms used in forestry. Society Amer. Foresters, Washington,
D. C.
Wells, B. W. 1946. Vegetation of Holly Shelter Wildlife Management
Area. N. C. Dept. Cons. & Developm. Bull. 2t 1-40.
Whittaker, R. H. 1956. Vegetation of the Great Smoky Mountains. Ecol.
Monog. 26: 1-80.
i
1960]
Soil-Inhabiting Phycomycetes
19
A STUDY OF SOME SOIL-INHABITING
PHYCOMYCETES FROM HAITI
William W. Scott
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Although the phanerogamic flora of Haiti is relatively well known,
little attention has been devoted to the fungi, particularly to the aquatic
and terrestrial phycomycetous taxa. During the summer of 1958, Dr. K. W.
King, of the V. P. I. Biology Department, visited this area as a member of
a nutritional survey team organized by the Research Corporation and the
Institute of Nutrition Sciences, Columbia University. Supported by a
research grant from the Virginia Academy of Science, Dr. King collected
and returned to this laboratory samples of cultivated field soils and virgin
soils from each of the major climatic and geographical areas of Haiti. Col¬
lection sites are indicated on the map illustrated in Figure I.
The methods of collection and isolation were essentially those described
by Sparrow (1943) and Raper (1937). Pure culture techniques followed
closely those described by Johnson (1956). In the following list of fungi
identified citations for specific binomials are given, but synonyms are not
listed. For synonymous taxa, reference is made to Coker and Matthews
(1937), Sparrow (1943), Johnson (1956), and Gilman (1957). All col¬
lection sites are shown on the accompanying map ( fig. 1 ) .
Fungi Collected
Chytridiales
Rhizophlyctis rosea (deBary and Woronin) Fischer, Rabenhorst
Kryptogamen — FL, 1: 122. 1892. R, rosea was encountered in almost
every sample examined. It appeared exclusively on cellophane and grass
baits from all sites except 4, 7, 15 and 19. Among the isolates observed, the
size and shape of the sporangium, the number of discharge papillae, and
the nature of the rhizoidal system varied to a considerable degree. No ten¬
dencies toward lobulate sporangia or toward a polycentric type of thallus
were noted. The color of the sporangial contents varied from orange to
golden brown. The presence of endoopercula was not observed. All isolates as
described above may be included in the broad concept of this species. Fur¬
ther study may reveal, however, that the numerous isolates now recognized
under the binomial R. rosea may represent a complex of several taxa. The
designation of such a complex as a single taxonomic entity is arguable.
Rhizophlyctis spp. A number of distinct monocentric chytrids were
20
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
Fig. 1. Sketch of the Haitian Republic showing collection sites.
Cabaret Site 5
Cul-de-Sac Site 1, 6, 10
Croix de Bouquet Site 3
Damien Site 12
Fond Parisien Site 17, 22
Furcy Site 14, 16, 18
Grande Saline Site 13
LaChapeUe Site 2
Moragoane
Mirebalais
Mont Rouis
Petionville
Poste Terre Rouge
Refuge
St. Marc
Site 19
Site 21
Site 4, 15
Site 7
Site 8
Site 9, 20
Site 11
Soil-Inhabiting Phycomycetes
21
1960]
observed on grass and snake skin baits (sites 1, 2, 3, 11, 14, 16, 18, and 21) .
Although probably related to Rhizophlyctis, positive identification was im¬
possible since the amount of material was limited or, in a number of cases,
the forms were incompletely observed.
Cladochytrium replicatum Karling, Amer. Jour. Bot., 18: 538. 1931.
This polycentric chytrid was observed once on grass bait from a soil sample
collected near Cabaret (site 5). The Haitian isolate differed in no way
from previously described isolates. It is apparently wide spread in its
distribution, appearing frequently in soils as a saprophyte on vegetable
debris.
Blastocladiales
Allomyces anomalus Emerson, Lloydia, 4: 133. 1941. A single isolate
representing the genus Allomyces was obtained from soil collected in a
fallow field near Fond Parisien (site 22). Since the sporophyte invariably
produces RS zoospores which give rise to asexual plants, it is assumed that
the sexual stage is omitted from the life-cycle. According to Emerson
(1941), such isolates are assigned to the binomial A. anomalus.
Saprolegniales
Aphanomyces laevis deBary, Jahrb. wiss. Bot., 2: 179. 1860. A. laevis
was observed twice on snake skin bait from laterite soil collected under
grass near Furcy (site 16). Oogonia were formed in abundance and these
were in no way different from previously described isolates.
Bremlegnia linearis Coker and Braxton, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 42:
214. 1927. This species was isolated twice from laterite soil in a pine forest
near Refuge (site 9). B. linearis is distinguished from other members of the
genus by the elongate sporangium containing spores in a single row.
Bremlegnia diclina Harvey, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 42: 243.
1927. A single isolate of B. diclina appeared in one of the collections from
from Refuge (site 20). This species differs from B. linearis and from B,
suhclavata by the elongate nature of the sporangium, the majority of which
contain spores arranged in more than one row.
Dictyuchus sp. (H8). An interesting isolate of Dictyuchus was ob¬
served once from tropical-brown, fallow soil collected near Poste Terre
Rouge (site 8). The oogonia appear similar to those of D. monosporus but
are irregularly roughened. They measure 28-30 fi in diameter and con¬
tain single oospores, measuring 21-23 fi in diameter. The antheridia are
diclinous and occur singly (rarely 2 per oogonium). In the Haitian isolate
the sporangia are mostly of the true-net type. Less frequently, but not
uncommon, are the false-net type of sporangia. Sometimes the entire sporan¬
gium breaks free to float away as in some species of Bremlegnia. Achyloid
22 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
sporangia have not been observed. Further study may reveal this isolate
to be a species distinct from those previously deseribed.
Leptolegniella keratinophilum Himeycutt, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci., Soc.,
68: 110. 1952. The highly characteristic sporangial stage of this fungus was
obsei*ved in a number of collections (sites 6, 8, 14, 16) on snake skin bait.
Thiek- walled spores were observed, but rarely. No additional information
can be added to the ineompletely known life-cycle of this fungus.
Peronosporales
Pythium deharyanum Hesse, Inaugr. Dissert. Halle. 1874. The most
frequently eneountered member of the genus appearing in nine soil samples
(collections made at sites 2, 4, 8, 9, 11, 14, 16, 18 and 22) was P. debarya-
mim. From those species produeing non-proliferating spheroidal sporangia
and smooth-walled, aplerotic oogonia, P. debaryanum mav be distinguished
by the presence of several antheridia, these being both monoelinous and
diclinous. When monoelinous the antheridia originate some distance from
the oogonium, never adjacent to it.
Pythium idtim^im Trow, Ann. Bot., 15: 269-312. 1901. A single isolate
of P. ultimum was recovered from a soil sample eollected under a cactus at
Cul-de-Sac (site 10). It may be distinguished from P. debaryanum only in
the eonsistent formation of monoelinous antheridia originating elosely adja¬
cent to the oogonia. Differences in the thiekness of the oospore wall were
not apparent in the Haitian material. Furthermore, sporangial germination
by zoospore formation was frequently observed in this material. Subsequent
sub-cultures, however, produced sporangia germinating only by germ tube.
The writer concurs with Van Luijk (1934) in the eontention that the
differences between P. idtimum and P. debaryanum are insufficient to
warrant the retention of the former binomial as a distinct species.
Pythium vexans deBary, Jour. Bot., 14: 105-126. 1876. Two isolates
of P. vexans were obtained from soils collected at Cul-de-Sac (sites 1 and
6). This species may be distinguished from other members possessing
non-proliferating, spheroidal sporangia and smooth- walled, aplerotic oogonia
by the characteristic antheridia. These are monoelinous in origin, arising in
close proximity to the oogonium. The shape of the antheridial cell was
variable, not necessarilv bell-shaped as stated by Middleton (1943).
Pythium undulatum Petersen, Bot. Tidssk., 29: 345-440, 1909; and
Pythium intermedium deBary, Bot. Zeit., 39: 553-558. 1881. A total of
five isolates of the spheroidal sporangial type were obtained which faded
to form sexual stages under the cultural conditions (sites 3, 4, 10, 17 and
21). Since these isolates were examined periodically for a period of six
months and since all methods for the induction of sex organs were unsuc¬
cessful, it is assumed that these isolates lack the ability to reproduce
1960] Soil-Inhabiting Phycomycetes 23
sexually. Two of these isolates produced papillate, proliferating sporangia
with sessile vesicles characteristic of P. undulatum. Another asexual isolate
formed non-proliferating sporangia in a catenulate manner characteristic of
P. intermedium. The aditional asexual isolates lacked a distinguishing
characteristic and were not identifiable.
Pythium mamillatum Meurs, Wortelrot, Verrorzaakt door Schimmels
vit de Geslachten Pythium Pringsheim en Aphanomyces deBarry. 1928. A
single isolate of P. mamillatum was obtained from alluvial soil collected
under cacti at Fond Parisien (site 17). It is readily distinguished from
other echinulate oogonial species by the plerotic oogonium and the rela¬
tively short conical, obtuse nature of the oogonial protuberances.
Pythium afertile Kanouse and Humphrey, Papers Mich. Acad., 8:
129-140. 1927. Three isolates of Pythium species bearing the filamentous
type of sporangium and lacking the sexual stage were observed (sites 5, 12
and 20) . As is customary, all such isolates may be cited under the binomial,
P. afertile. The writer concurs with Middleton (1943) in recognizing the
possible difficulties arising from the practice of assigning a binomial to an
organism of this type. The binomial may be maintained as reference to a
distinct species lacking a sexual stage or it may be regarded as including a
variety of related species, the sexual stage being absent at the time of
observation. Once the sexual stage is encountered, transference to another
binomial would be mandatory.
Pythium catenidatum Matthews, Studies on the Genus Pythium. 1931.
A single isolate of this species was obtained from tropical brown soil collect¬
ed in a fallow field near Poste Terre Rouge (site 18). Typical irregularly
inflated sporangial elements were observed in abundance. Oogonia were
rarely formed. When observed, these were smooth-walled, plerotic, with
several to many monoclinous and diclinous antheridia. As far as the writer
can determine, this is the first report of P. catenulatum isolated from soil.
References Cited
Coker, W. C. and V. D. Matthews. 1937. North American Flora. 2: 1-76.
Emerson, R. 1941. An Experimental study of the Life Cycles and Taxo¬
nomy of Allomyces. Lloydia, 4: 77-144.
Gilman, J. C. 1957. A Manual of Soil Fungi. The Iowa State CoUege Press,
Ames, Iowa.
Johnson, T. W. 1956. The Genus Achlya. The University of Michigan
Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
Middleton, J. T. 1943. The Taxonomy, Host Range, and Geographic
24 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
Distribution of the Genus Pythium. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club, 20: 1-171.
Raper, J. R. 1937. A Method of Freeing Fungi from Bacterial Contamina¬
tion. Science, 85: 342.
Sparrow, F. K. 1943. Acquatic Phycomycetes. The University of Michigan
Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
Van Luijk, A. 1934. Untersuchungen uber Krankheiten der Graser. Meded
Phytopath. Lab. Scholten, 13: 1-22.
1960] Experimental Infections of Chick Embryos 25
EXPERIMENTAL INFECTIONS OF CHICK
EMBRYOS WITH TETRAHYMENA PYRIFORMIS
jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Lynne Santy, and Valer Clark, Hollins College
Thompson (1958), in experiments deaUng with facultative parasitism
in the protozoan genus Tetrahymena, was able to establish infections in
7-day-old chick embryos with strain WH-6 of Tetrahymena pyriformis (re¬
ferred to as strain WH-l in 1958 paper). This strain was able to infect
the fluid contents of the egg and also penetrated into the circulatory
system and general musculature of the living embryo.
The present investigation was undertaken to determine the suscep¬
tibility of various stages of chick embryonic development to infections
with strain WH-6 of T. pyriformis.
Axenic cultures of strain WH-6 of T. pyriformis were inoculated into
chick embryos at various stages of incubation (days 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15,
and 17). Twelve eggs of each stage were inoculated with a tuberculin
syringe using a size 27 needle. Eggs were examined at daily intervals for
six days after inoculations to determine infections.
Embryos in eggs inoculated at days 3 and 5 of incubation
were alive after 24 hours but all were heavily infected and
dead after 48 hours. Embryos of eggs inoculated at the 7th day of
incubation were alive after 24 hours, but all except 4 were heavily
infected and dead after 48 hours; these 4 were dead after 72 hours. All
embryos of eggs inoculated at the 9th day of incubation became infected
and were aHve after 48 hours; five embryos were alive at 72 hours, two
were alive at 96 hours but were dead at 120 hours. Eggs were candled
through the 9th day of incubation to determine the condition (alive or
dead) of the embryos. Embryos of eggs inoculated at the 11th day of in¬
cubation were alive when examined up to six days after inoculation. Ten of
12 eggs were infected. Embryos of eggs inoculated at the 13th day of
incubation were alive when examined up to six days after inoculation.
Eight embryos were not infected. One embryo examined late on the 19th
day of incubation was found to harbor thousands of PTotozoa in the yolk
sac which at this time was found in the bodv cavaity of the embrvo but
still remained a separate sac attached to the gut. All embryos except two
in eggs inoculated at the 15th day of incubation were alive when examined.
Four were not infected. One chick was examined 48 hours after hatching
and thousands of Protozoa were found in the yolk sac which was still a
separate part of the gut. All embryos except two inoculated at the 17th
day of incubation were alive when examined. Two eggs did not hatch and
26 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
were not infected. Six embryos examined were alive but not infected. Four
chicks were examined after hatching and one was found to contain a few
Protozoa in the yolk sac.
The results of this experiment show that infections with strain
WM-6 of Tetrahymena pyriformis occurred in all stages of inoculated
chick embryos. Fatal infections were established in all eggs
inoculated through the 9th day of incubation. It was observed that in
these fatal infections the older the embryo at time of inoculation the longer
it survived. Older embryos (11th through 17th day) seemed to survive
infections quite well. Here it was also noted that the general tendency to
resist infections increased with age of embryo.
Death of the embryos, particularly those at older stages (9th-l7th
day), was not caused by protozoan invasions of the embryo proper since
sections of musculature of the body wall, liver, intestine, and caecum re¬
vealed no ciliates. Phase microscopical examination of the fluid contents of
the eggs revealed no bacteria.
Strain WH-6 of Tetrayhmena pyriformis was inoculated into develop¬
ing chick embryos at various stages of embryonic development (days 3, 5,
7, 9, 11, 13, 15, and 17) to determine the most susceptible stages for in¬
fection. Younger embryos were more susceptible, but infections were
established in all stages inoculated. One embryo carried the infection
through embryonic development and the yolk sac contained Protozoa as
long as 48 hours after hatching.
This investigation was supported by grants from the Virginia Academy
of Science and die American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Literature Cited
Thompson, J. C., Jr., 1958. Experimental infections of various animals
with strains of the genus Tetrahymena. J. ProtozooL, 5:203-205.
1960]
Chlorophyta OP" the James River Basin
27
a study of the chlorophyta of the JAMES
RIVER BASIN, VIRGINIA
II. ECOLOGY'
B. R. Woodson, Virginia State College
The number of species of Chlorophyta (82) along with three species
of Rhodophyta and four species of Chrysophyta (Vaucheria) seem quite
poor for the area covered in this study. There are many factors, however,
that might contribute to such a low number of species. It has been suggested
that many forms may be missed in collections due to the fact that they may
reach their climax and disappear before they can be collected; especially
so if one is only making seasonal surveys as was done in this study.
Another factor that may influence the number of species is rate of current.
Many forms are unable to inhabit the swifter streams, becoming more or
less planktonic as they mature; thus they are carried away by the currents
if there are no other plants or debris with which they may become en¬
tangled. Many streams, because of the swiftness of the currents, therefore,
are unfavorable for most planktonic forms as well as for many attached
forms. The pH of the water may also deteimine what species will inhabit
a particular stream. It has been suggested that pollution also may have an
influence on the distribution of species.
The above mentioned factors are only a few of the possible numerous
ones which may influence the number of different kinds of species that
may inhabit a particular stream or streams of a particular locahty. Table
I lists 20 streams that are considered as possibly the main drainage points
of the James River Basin. In this table the pH, hardness (CaCos content),
nitrogen (NO3 content), pollution, and swiftness of the stream are con¬
sidered. The number of genera found in each stream is divided into those
that are considered planktonic and those that are normally attached or
filamentous. On the basis of these data, a discussion follows on the possible
influence of such factors on the number of species observed in this study.
Hardness and pH of the Water
It has been indicated that the acidity or alkalinity of a stream will
influence the development of certain forms of algae; however, it has
been observed that many forms will grow within a wide pH range. It is
1 This paper is Part II of a study. Part I was published in Va. Jour. Sci. Vol. 10,
(n.s.): 70-82, April, 1969.
28 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
well to mention here that most streams will not reach a high acid con¬
dition similar to bogs or even other forms of lakes unless they are being
polluted by mines or industrial wastes (Welch, 1952; Lackey, 1939; Con¬
rad, 1942). Even in these instances, dilution plays an important part in
that the greater the distance from the source of the pollution the less the
concentration of the contaminating substance. It has been suggested by
many phycologists that neutral or slightly alkaline conditions which ap¬
pear to be characteristic of most temperate zone streams appear to be
necessary for the growth of most of the algal species inhabiting flowing
water (Blum, 1956; Welch, 1952). Examining the data in Table 1, it is
observed that no direct correlation can be made as to the importance of
pH on the number of species. Craig Creek has an average pH of 7.5 and
eleven species. Catawba Creek on the other hand has a pH of 7.5, but
only one species. Jackson River has a pH of 7.6, and its species number
only two. Even though we do not see a positive correlation here, it has
been observed by some phycologists (Foged, 1948; Hustedt, 1939; and
Prescott, 1951) that alkaline waters have more species of plants than acid;
at least this was found to be true for lakes and possibly could be true also
for streams. However, pH becomes a controlling factor when water reaches
very acid or very alkaline range. In this suiwey, the range was from 6.4-
7.6. Ordinarily we expect the maximum growth rate within this range,
other factors being favorable.
Hardness was analyzed on the basis of the total amount of calcium
carbonate (CaCo.-,) in water. There is a correlation between pH and hard¬
ness of water in that streams that are considered hard are usually alkaline,
and those that are considered soft are usually acid; however, the amount
of CaCos may vary depending upon the degree of breakdown of this
substance by organisms inhabiting the stream. Streams with less than 61
p.p.m. of CaCo3 are considered soft and streams above 61 p.p.m. are
considered hard. It has been suggested that slightly hard waters (alkaline)
are more productive as to number of species than soft (acid) (Foged, 1948;
Hustedt, 1939; Prescott, 1951). In this study it was found that streams a
little on the acid side were more productive than those somewhat on the
alkaline side. Maury River had a pH of 7.4 and hardness of 104 p.p.m., but
only two species were found. The two species observed, however, were
growing quite profusely, but at different times of the year; Rhizoclonium
hieroglyphicum was collected in March and Hydrodictyum reticulatum was
collected in August. Catawba Creek had a pH of 7.5 and a hardness of 154
p.p.pm.; however, there was only one species observed. Jackson River had a
pH of 7.6 and a hardness of 83 p.p.m., but only two species were ob¬
served. There seems to be a little inconsistency in the data on Craig Creek
in that the pH (7.5) indicates a sHghtly alkaline condition but the hardness
is quite low (43 p.p.m.). The forms of plants observed {Chara, Elodea,
Potamogeton, etc) are considered caTciphilic forms. However, the fact
29
1960] Chlorophyta of the James River Basin
that much of the lime is taken out of the stream in metabolism and by be¬
coming encrusted on the stalks of Chara and the other plants that were
growing rather profusely, may explain the generally low concentration of
CaCos in the stream.
The streams that were slightly acid and/or soft were: Swift Creek
which had a pH of 6.6 and a hardness of 12 p.p.m., with 12 species ob¬
served; Falling Creek had a pH of 6.5 and a hardness of 47 p.p.m., with
four species observed; Chickahominy River had a pH of 6.4 and hard¬
ness of 49 p.p.m., with eight species observed; Fine Creek had a pH of
6.8 and a hardness of 15 p.p.m., with 11 species observed; however.
Hardware River had a pH of 6.8 and a hardness of 15 p.p.m., but only
one species was observed. The Appomattox River had a pH of 7.0 (neu¬
tral) and a hardness of 27 p.p.m., but 15 species were observed. Rivanna
River was also neutral and had a hardness of 17 p.p.m., but only three
species were observed. Even though the streams that were shghtly acid
seem to be more productive as to species number, there does not seem to
be consistency in production as exemplified by the total number of soft-
water streams. In other words, the factor of hardness is an important one
in algal distribution, but apparently it is not the controlling factor. Pos¬
sibly one can state that it is the interaction of other factors along with pH
and/or hardness.
Nitrogen Content of the Stream
It has been suggested that nitrates are more abundant during the
winter and spring months when streams are high and plant growth greatly
reduced (Blum, 1953; Butcher, 1924; Kofoid, 1903; Pearsall, 1923; Wade,
1949). Such changes may be explained by the greater consumption of
nitrates when plants are growing quite profusely (Prescott, 1951; Sawyer,
1944; Wade, 1949); thus tending to lower the total concentration of
nitrates in the water chemistry. In this study the most productive streams
had very low concentration of nitrates. To cite a few, Chickahominy River
had 0.09 p.p.m., nitrates, but had 8 species observed; Swift Creek had 0.15
p.p.m. of nitrates, and 12 species observed; Fine Creek had 0.2 p.p.m.
nitrates, and 11 species observed. However, there were some streams in
this survey that had equally low nitrate content, but quite poor species dis¬
tribution. Again to cite a few — Slate River had 0.23 p.p.m., but only one
species; Hardware River with only 0.35 p.p.m., and one species observed;
Rockfish River with 0.35 p.p.m., and only two species observed. It can be
stated here, however, that none of the streams with more than 0.5 p.p.m.
were very productive. Maury River had a nitrate content of 1.6 p.p.m.,
but only two species observed; Catawba Creek had 1.4 p.p.m. of nitrates
and only one species, and Rivanna River had 0.7 p.p.m., nitrates, but
only three species observed. Thus, it can be generalized from these results
30 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
that low nitrogen content may not enhance algal distribution, but increased
algal growth may bring about a decrease in nitrogen content of a stream
by utilization of the nitrate in metabohsm (Prescott, 1951; Sawyer, 1944;
Wade, 1949). Although pollution is to be considered later, it can be stated
here that organic pollution may tend to increase the nitrogen content of a
stream (Blum, 1956; Butcher, 1949; Brinkley, 1942; Lackey, 1942);
therefore, Maury River with high nitrogen content seemed to be quite
polluted also. Catawba Creek with the other high reading of 1.4 p.p.m. also
seemed polluted and was quite turbid or muddy and had only one species
observed.
Stream Pollution
It has been stated bv several aquatic biologists that many algal species
can be utilized as indicators of pollution (Budde, 1928; Fjerdingstad,
1950; Huet, 1949; Liebmann, 1942); however, no attempt has been made
in this study to indicate which species of Chlorophyta is an indicator of
pollution. In polluted streams the total number of species may be reduced,
however, those that will grow are more than likely to be quite prolific
(Brinkley, 1942; Butcher, 1940; Lackey, 1942). Many species of Oscil-
latoria, a blue green alga, may form dense mats in polluted streams. This
was observed by the author in some of the streams that seemed polluted in
this survey, such as the Maurv River. This is a rather large slow-flowing
stream, and very little algal growth was observed outside of the two species
cited; but quite good growths of Potamogeton crispus and Elodea cana¬
densis were observed. The Appomattox River is another rather large stream
that seemed polluted from sewage; however, quite a few species were
observed to be growing in or around the stream in the backwashes or
quiet pools formed from overflow of the stream. Some of the streams in
this survey that seemed polluted were almost devoid of algal forms and
liigher plants as well. Rockfish River is an example of such a stream ;
there were only two species of algae observed and no higher aquatic
plants. Another example of such a stream is the Hardware River with
only one species of algae and limited aquatic higher plants. The Jackson
River is another polluted stream (although the pollution is due to waste
from a papermill rather than sewage pollution) with very low algal popu¬
lation and limited aquatic higher plants Thus, it can be concluded that
pollution does tend to influence the number and kind of algal forms that
will inhabit a particular stream.
Rate of Flow
It has been stated above that flowing water presents a hazard for
the development of plants in general (Butcher, 1947; Cedergren, 1938).
1960]
S
p
o
cr
a>
O-
O p
2 O
S P
CD
< §
p P
c-t- Qj
o'
z
0“°
< Qu
a
o CD
^ 3
S,B'
p
3. I
J33 ^
o ^
g CD
i 3
S §-
a.""
cr
f?
"" O
CD
P
2-
CD ^
^ c«
Op
i-S
^ <
Chlorophyta of the James River Basin
> w n
^ « CD ;-*
31
i
pr CD <
c« TJ
^ n o ffi w p3 o
p q p^ fD P o CD
o CD
p «
p- p
S’
<
CD
0)
3,
, _ , hJ
<
CD
S
<’
2
05
'hi^
p- p
1x1 P
CD
Xl X
CD p
Oi tP
SB'
zp
CD CD
CD
>r
O ^ Sd >
s- f !<• :§ is
§ 9 ^ ^ <^5'
P
p
, , p
^ P
P H-l
s
o :<•
5 o
S
?r
P 05 OD 05
bo bo CD bi
p ^
. . «-t
I S
<
CD
^ <1 p
O o 05
P ^ o
^ JD i-s
CD s -
CD P
W
<l O
to O
05 to [no ba 4x h-* ca
Above
7.2
ffi
H- i toi—* hfxH-'tOl— ‘tol— 1— ‘bOh—il—
Ol C35CD cqCa4^i\0O5COM <l“^tOCDGO
Low
O
o
p
1— ‘ i—i
go ci ca o
bi 1— ' i4i>- h(x
High
opppppoopopp opppp
to bo to ‘to to b CD to OD H-> to H-* M GO H-* io io
coo5CDaicacao5 go cacaht^
Low
X
o
y-* 1-^
►fi- b
High
+ + + + + + ++-I- + +
Yes
Pollution
i II II 1 II
X
o
XX X X X X X
Slow
Rate of flow
XXXXXXXX X X X
Fast
<io'^oOht^oi— ‘toca^^ ® ^ ^ o
Number of
species
iji^toOl— ‘bOhl>*l-'l-*OObOGD I-* CO CO O tO O 4^^
>
Table 1. Summary of results in twenty streams
32 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
The swifter streams are usually devoid of higher aquatic plants, and only
a few filamentous algal species are able to survive the rapids. Cladophara
has been cited as one genus that does very well in the swifter streams
(Blum, 1953). In general, however, the slower streams are more productive
as to number of species that can become established. The possible reasons
for such variation in the two types of streams — slow vs. fast — have been
given by several phycologists in discussion of stream ecology (Butcher,
1946, Blum, 1956; Neel, 1951; Guimaraes, 1930); however, one can
readily see the hazard involved in such a habitat. Many plankton forms,
because of their habit of growth, are unable to populate swifter streams
(Abdin, 1948; Allen, 1920; Cilleuls, 1926; Fritsch, 1905). Since these
streams are usually poor for higher aquatics and in many instances quite
poor for filamentous forms of algae, the plankton are carried down stream
much more rapidly than they can reproduce or repopulate any particular
portion of the stream (Allen, 1920; Kofoid, 1903, 1908; P-van Oye, 1926;
Galtsoff, 1924) . In the slower streams, all things being equal, these plankton
forms are trapped between the higher aquatic plants and also between the
filaments of the attached algal forms; thus they are able to increase their
number.
In this survey it was observed that the swifter streams were a little
less productive as far as numbers of species than the slower. There are a
few exceptions that should be cited here. Maury River was quite slow,
yet it had only two species observed; however, the stream was quite hard,
muddy, and polluted which may account for the small number of forms.
Craig Creek was fairly swift, however, 11 species were observed. It also
can be noted here that the planktonic forms of this stream out-number
the filamentous, but mention has been made above of the fact that this
stream was verv well populated by Chara, Elodea, Potamogeton, etc.,
which served as traps for these plankters; these aquatics were growing in
the quieter portions of the stream. The Appomattox River, also a slow
stream, had twice as many filamentous algae as plankters. On the other
hand. Fine Creek, also a slow stream, had more plankters than filamentous
species. Chickahominy River, which is also a slow stream, had as many
plankters as filamentous forms. Even though no great difference
can be observed here in the productiveness of a stream as to plank¬
ton or filamentous forms being affected by current rate, it can be
observed that those streams that were poor for aquatics were also quite
poor for plankters. Slate River had no aquatics and no plankters; however,
it did have a very good growth of Spirogyra. The Hardware River was
another poor stream for aquatics, and no plankters were observed either;
however, there was a very fair growth of Rhizoclonium. The Jackson River
was very poor for aquatics also, but had a rich growth of Spirogyra; however,
no plankters were observed. Of course it should be mentioned here that
most of the plankters considered in this survey are desmids, and these forms
33
1960] Chlorophyta of the James River Basin
are considered oaTciphobic (acid-loving); however, there are exceptions to
every rule, for a few desmide, i.e. Closterium moniliferum and C. tumidum,
will thrive just as well in a slightlv alkaline habitat as in an acid one.
Summary
In summarizing the results of this survey, several observations can be
made.
1. The number of species of Cholorophyta inhabiting the tributaries of the
James River Basin is quite low.
2. The pH of these streams range from 6.4-7.6. Within this range, it is
quite difficult to determine the influence of pH on the number of
species; however, the streams that had the largest number of species
were slightlv on the acid side of the pH scale. It has been suggested that
the pH exerts its greatest influence when quite low on the acid side or
quite high on the alkaline side of the scale.
3. Streams that were slightlv soft or low in CaCos content had the greatest
number of species; however, on the basis of hardness alone it is quite
difficult to determine the direct influence of this one factor on the
distribution of species in this studv. Rather, it is thought that other
factors interacting with hardness tend to influence the distribution.
4. The nitrogen content of a stream does influence the distribution of
species; however, the low content of nitrogen in a stream mav be influ¬
enced by the volume of growth in a stream. When growth rate is low,
then nitrogen-content may be high.
5. Pollution may be a factor limiting the number and kinds of species that
will inhabit a particular stream. Organic pollution may tend to increase
the nitrogen-content of a stream; therefore, acting as a fertilizing factor.
The streams in this study that seemed polluted were quite poor for
numbers of species; however, those forms that were able to survive
were quite prolific in their growth.
6. The swifter streams in this survey had fewer species than the slower.
There were a few exceptions in that two or more of the slower streams
were not especially productive, but this was thought to be due to
other factors as pollution, hardness, pH, turbidity, etc. In general the
swifter streams were almost devoid of both algae and higher aquatic
plants, but those that could survive the hazard of swift currents usually
thrived very well.
34
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
Literature Cited
Abdin, G. 1948. Physical and chemical investigations relating to algal
growth in the River Nile, Cairo. Bull. Inst. Egypt 29: 19-44.
Allen, W. E. 1920.A quantitative and statistical study of the plankton of
the San Joaquin River. Univ. Cal. Publ. Zool., 22. 1-292. PI. 1-12.
Blum. J. L. 1953. The ecology of algae growing in the Saline River,
Michigan, with special reference to water pollution Doc. Thesis, Univ.
Mich., ix -f 176 pp.
- . 1956. The ecology of River Algae. Bot. Review. VoT. 22. No. 5.
Brinkley, F. J. 1942. The effect of the sewage from Nashville upon the
plankton population of the Cumberland River. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci.,
17: 179-183.
Budde, H. 1928. Die Algenflora des Sauerlandischen Gebirgsbaches. Arch.
Hydrobiol., 19: 433-520.
Butcher, R. W. 1924. The plankton of the River Wharfe. (Yorkshire)
Naturalist. 1924: 175-180; 211-214.
- 1940. Studies in the ecology of rivers, IV. Observations on the
growth and distribution of the sessile algae in the River Hull, Yorkshire.
Jour. Ecol., 20: 210-223.
- 1946. Studies in the ecology of rivers, VI. Algal growth in
certain highly calcareous streams. Ibid., 33: 268-283.
- . 1947 Studies in the ecology of rivers. VII. The algae of
organically enriched wates. Ibid, 35: 186-191.
- . 1949, Problems of distribution of sessile algae in running water.
Vohr. Int. Ver. Theoret. Ang. Lim., 10: 98-103.
Cedergren, G. R. 1938. Reofila eller det rinnande vattnets algeamhallen.
Svensk. Bot. Tidskr., 32: 362-373.
Cilleuls, J. Des. 1926. Le Phytoplancton de la Loire. Compt. Rend. Accd.
Sci. (Paris) 182: 649-651.
Conrad, W. 1942. Sur la faune et la flore d un ruisseau de PArdenne Beige
Mem. Mus. Boy Hist. Nat. Belg., I, 99: 1-177. Pis. 1, 2.
Farlow, V. 1928. Algae of ponds from intestines of tadpoles. Biol Bull. 55:
443-448.
1960]
Chlorophyta of the James River Basin
35
Fjerdingstad, E. 1950. The microflora of the River MoUena with special
reference to the relation of the benthal algae to pollution. Fol. Limnol.
Scandivav. No. 5. 123 pp. 1. pi.
Foged, N. 1948. Diatome in water courses in Funen. IV-Vl. Danks, Bot.
Ark. 12 (9): 1-58 -1- 2 pp., Ibid. (12): 1-110.
Forest, H. S. 1954. Checklist of algae in the vicinity of Mt. Lake Biol.
Station, Va. Castanea. 19: 88-104.
Fritsch, F. E. 1905. Algological notes. VI. The plankton of some English
rivers. Ann. Bot. 19: 163-167.
Galtsoff, P. S. 1924. Limnological observations in the upper Mississippi.
U. S. Bur. Fish., Bull. 39: 347-483.
Guimaraes, J. R. A. 1930. Consideracoes sobre a capacidade biogenica des
aguas. Rev. Indust. Animal (Sao Paulo), I: 508-514.
Huet, M. 1949. La Pollution des Eaux. L'analyses biologique des eaux
polluees. Trav., Stat. Recherches Groenendael. Tr. D. Bull. Centre
Beige d’Etude et de Documentation des Eaux, No. 5, 6. 31 pp.
Hustedt, F. 1939. Diatomeen aus den Pyrenaen. Ber. Duet. Bot. Ges.,
56: 543-572.
Kofoid, C. A. 1903. The plankton of the Illinois River, 1894-1899, with
introductory note upon the hydrography of the Illinois River and its
basin. Part I, Quantitative investigations and general results. Bull. Ill.
State Lab. Nat. Hist., 6: 95-629. PI. 1-50.
- . 1908. The plankton of the Illinois River, 1894-1899, with
introductory notes upon the hydrography of the Illinois River and its
basin. Part II, Constituent organisms and their seasonal distribution.
Bull. lU. State lab. Nat. Hist., 8 i-vii, 1-355. PI. 1-5.
Lackey, J. B. 1939. Aquatic hfe in waters polluted by acid mine waste.
(U.S.A.) Public Health Rep., 4: 740-746.
- . 1942a. The effects of distillery wastes and waters on the
miscropic flora and fauna of a small creek. (U.S.A.) Public Health rep.
- . 1942b. The plankton algae and protozoa of two Tennessee rivers.
Amer. Midi. Nat., 27: 191-202.
Liebmann, H. 1942. Uber don Einfluss der Verkrautung auf den Selb-
streinigungsvorgang in der Salle imterhalb Hof. Vom Wasser, 14: 92-
108.
36 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
Meyer, S. L. 1940. Genus Phacus. Dujardin. Virginia Jour. Sci. 1 (5):
117-118.
Neel, J. K. 1951. Interrelations of certain physical and chemical features in
a head water limestone stream. Ecology, 32: 368-391.
Oye, P. van. 1926. Le Potamoplancton du Ruki au Congobelge et des pays
chaude en general. Int. Rev. Ges. Hyrobiol. Hydrogr, 16: 1-50.
Pearsall, W. H. 1923. A theory of diatom periodicity. Jour. Ecol. 11: 165-
183.
Prescott, G. W. 1951. Algae of the Western Great Lakes Region, Cranbrook
Press.
Sawyer, C. W. 1944. Investigation of odor nuisance occuring in Madison
Lakes particularly Lakes Monona, Waubessa, and Kegonsa from
July 1942 to July 1943. Mimeographed Report.
Strickland, J. G. 1940. The Oscillatoriaceae of Virginia. Amer. Jour. Bot.,
27 (8): 628-633.
Wade, W. 1949. Some notes on the algal ecology of a Michigan Lake.
Hydrobiologia, 2 (2): 109-117.
Welch, P. S. 1952. Limnology. 2 ed. xi, 558 pp.
1960]
News and Notes
37
NEWS AND NOTES
{Editors Note: — News contributions should be sent to the per¬
son whose name appears at the end of the appropriate sections.)
MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT
The thirty-eighth annual meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science
will be held in Richmond on May 11-14, 1960 with the Jefferson Hotel
as headquarters. It is appropriate that the University Center in Virginia,
whose cooperation with the Academy made possible the securing of a grant
from the National Science Foundation to support our Visiting Scientists
Program, should serve as sponsor for the meeting.
The Council and all section chairmen join me in urging Virginia Scien¬
tists to report on their research and to encourage their students to “try
their wings” with papers. Attention is called to the fact that a member sub¬
mitting a paper can also enter it in competition for the J. Shelton Horsley
award. In addition to your Section Meeting, plan to attend and participate
in the business meeting and the Academy Conference. The guest speaker for
the Friday night meeting will be Dr. Harry F. Harlow, Professor of
Psychology at the University of Wisconsin. A past president of the Ameri¬
can Psychological Association and Editor of the Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, Professor Harlow has the rare ability to present
sound scientific findings in a fascinating manner.
Your Academy is dedicated to the development of the scientific po¬
tential of the youth of the state. May I urge all Senior Scientists to cooperate
in every possible way with the Junior Academy and to visit its exhibits.
You will be well rewarded in addition to giving encouragement to the
scientists of tomorrow.
The local Committee on Arrangements under the Chairmanship of
Mr. William D. Greshman, Jr., Assistant Administrator of the University
Center in Virginia, with the cooperation of scientists in the Richmond area,
will provide all the facilities necessary for a successful meeting. Your at¬
tendance and participation will assure its success.
William M. Hinton, President
38
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL MEETING
Newcomb Hall, University of Virginia, October 24, 1959
President Hinton presided with the following Council members, Com¬
mittee Chairmen, and Section Representatives present:
Council: Wilson B. Bell, Robert T. Brumfield, John C. Forbes, Wil¬
liam G. Guy, Horton H. Hobbs, George W. Jeffers, Harry G. M. Jopson,
Charles F. Lane, Paul M. Patterson, Robert C. Yates; William T. Gresham,
from University Center, Richmond (Local Arrangements) ; W. W. Scott,
(Junior Academy of Science), Jackson J. Taylor (Research); James T.
Calven (Geology), J. F. Hahn( Psychology), Jesse C. Thompson (Biology).
The minutes of the meetings of Council and Academy May 7-9 were
read and approved.
Note was taken of the placement of the subcommittee on Education
on the Long-Range Committee (See minutes of May 9, 1959) and Jesse
Thompson led a discussion probing methods as to how the Academy may
aid in improvement of secondary school science instruction.
Jackson Taylor gave a financial report of the Research Committee.
He reported requests were slow to come in and questioned adequate pub¬
licity concerning these funds. It was recommended that Section Chairmen
publicize this. The Editor of the Journal had, in past years, notified Section
Chairmen of deadlines concerning abstracts and the Research Committee
Chairman notified them of the Horsley Award. It was recommended that
the President write the Section Chairmen a letter concerning all deadlines.
W. W. Scott reported that the Junior Academy members were active
over the summer and the Committee had had their fall meeting. For the
Visiting Scientists Program, John C. Forbes reported that of those invited,
14 had accepted to visit Virginia colleges. They have been divided between
26 colleges with two institutions, as a rule, sharing one person for a week.
He pointed out that applications to the National Science Foundation would
have to be made at an early date if we wished to try this program a second
year. After some discussion Roscoe Jackson moved that such an application
be made for next year to N.S.F. The motion was seconded and passed.
President Hinton read the pro tern, financial report Foley Smith had
mailed to him. He then called attention to the fact that the Teacher-Spon¬
sor Scholarships at the University of Virginia and the College of WiUiam
and Mary were not filled by appointees nor alternates. It was suggested that
several alternates be named.
News and Notes
39
1960]
Dr. Hobbs reported the Committee to nominate an Editor and Business
Manager for the Virginia Journal of Science (see minutes of Council meet¬
ing of May 9, 1959). The slate consisted of Robert Ross as Editor and
Robert Krai as Business Manager. He moved their appointment and the
motion passed.
Dr. Brumfield said review articles for the Journal were hard to get
and pointed out several aspects of their importance. He further called atten¬
tion to the rising costs of printing, thus making the Journal unable to pay its
own way. Furthermore, surplus funds were rapidly being used up. Discus¬
sion arose as to the ways of increasing the Journal’s income. President
Hinton reported that he would appoint a committee to study this.
Dr. Scott sought permission for obtaining a speaker for the Junior
Academy whose evening program would be over by 8:00 p.m. Thursday
so as not to conflict with the senior annual Academy Conference on May
12, 1960. Dr. Hobbs moved that permission be granted and the motion was
passed. Dr. Scott suggested some move be made to improve the visitation
of senior scientists to the Junior Exhibits.
Dr. Forbes moved that if the Finance Committee finds it feasible, the
Secretary, as well as the Treasurer, be given expenses to attend AAAS
meetings when they are held east of the Mississippi River. The motion pas¬
sed.
President Hinton announced that the next meeting would be held in
the spring in Richmond.
The meeting adjourned.
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
RETIREMENTS
LIN WOOD H. WARWICK. Geological Survey Assistant with the
Division of Mineral Resources, Department of Conservation and Economic
Development, Charlottesville, Virginia, retired after fifty years and nine
months of service. It is thought that Warwick may hold the record for
continuous employment at one office among geologists in this country. He
began his career with the Division of Mineral Resources on October 8,
1908 as a stenographer when he was an undergraduate at the University
of Virginia. He remained there until his retirement on June 30, 1959.
When he began his work, he and Dr. Thomas L. Watson, State Geologist,
comprised the entire staff at the Division of Mineral Resources. There are
now twenty-two persons employed there headed by Dr. James L. Calver.
40 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
Linwood Warwick was bom June 14, 1887. He is the son of the late |
John H. and Martha Rebecca Mann Warwick, lifelong residents of Char¬
lottesville. He graduated from the old Midway High School and later was
awarded the degree of bachelor of science from the University of Vir¬
ginia. On October 3, 1936 he married the former Miss Mary Elizabeth
Hatcher of Lynchburg. They have no children. Thev live at 113 Observa- |
tory Road, in Charlottesville.
Warwick is a charter member of the Thomas Jefferson Chapter, Sons |
of the American Revolution, serving some time as secretary-treasurer to
the chapter. He is a life member of the Jamestown Society. His church j
affiliation is with the Christ Episcopal Church, where he once sang in the
choir.
His hobbies include genealogy, music and theatricals. It is his boast
that he is the only male alumnus of St. Anne’s School for girls, where he
studied voice. As a High School student he wrote poetry, some of which
was published in the Charlottesville Daily Progress. At seventy-two he re¬
mains a keen student and a man of varied interests.
ARTHUR BALLARD MASSEY, Professor of Biology at Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute retired June 30, 1959. He was born January 10, 1889. He
is the son of the late W. F. Massey and Aurilla J. Phoebus Massey. In 1913
he married the former Modd M. Miller (deceased) by whom he had a son,
James W. Massey. In 1951 he married the former Violet B. Lockwood.
Mr. Massey received the Bachelor of Science degree from North Caro¬
lina State College in 1909, and the Master of Science degree from Vir¬
ginia Polytechnic Institute in 1928. In 1956 he was awarded the degree of
Doctor of Science from Lynchburg College, Lynchburg, Virginia. He
taught at Clemson University from 1910 to 1913 and at Alabama Poly¬
technic Institute from 1913 to 1918, where he held the rank of Assistant
Professor. He joined the faculty at Virginia Polvtechnic Institute in 1918
and rose to the rank of Professor.
In 1915 he was nominated Fellow of the American Association of
Sciences, and in 1958 he was the recipient of the Wine Award at Virginia
Polytechnic Institute. He is a member of Sigma Xi, Phi Sigma, the Botanical
Society of America, the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club and the
Virginia Academy of Science. Since 1935 he served as Chairman of the
Academy’s Flora Committee. He has published several bulletins through
the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station.
Throughout his long and distinguished career as a "pansy picker” he
has brought together a herbarium at Virginia Polytechnic Institute of
from 25,000 to 30,000 sheets. The bulk of this collection was gathered by
News and Notes
41
1960]
Dr. Massey and represents the largest herbarium of the flora of Virginia
in the Commonwealth. The herbarium also contains materials from the
Gulf and Atlantic coasts north to New York State. Of special interest are
some of RavenaFs sheets collected in South Carolina in 1875.
Since retirement Mr. Massey may be found actively at work in the
herbarium. Every so often he may be found afield in knee boots, jophurs,
jacket, hat, pipe and with loaded vasciila beside him. He does not seem
to take retirement too seriously.
AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE SECTION
Miss Beth Jordan, Professor of Home Economics Education in the
Department of Vocational Education at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, has
been granted a 6 month leave of absence to do advanced work at Ohio
State University. Miss Jordan succeeded Professor Martha Creighton who
retired on October 1, 1959.
Dr. T. J. Horne presented a progress report of the National Young
Farmer Study at the annual convention of the American Vocational Asso¬
ciation in Chicago. Dr. Horne, Head of Agricultural Education in the
Virginia Polytechnic Institute Department of Vocational Education, is chair¬
man of the association’s national committee on research in agriculture.
Dr. R. W, Engel, Head of the Department of Biochemistry and Nu¬
trition at Virginia Polytechnic Institute recently returned from a tour of
duty as a consultant for the Department of Health Education Service.
Duties took him to the Philippines, Japan, Formosa, Vietnam, Rome and
Geneva.
Dr. M. S. Read has accepted a temporary appointment to replace Dr.
K. W. King who is serving in Haiti for Columbia University while on
leave-of-absence from Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Dr. Read comes to
Virginia Polytechnic Institute from the Army Medical Nutrition Research
Laboratory, Denver, Colorado, where he was in charge of contract pro¬
grams at academic institutions and in private research laboratories for the
Office of the Surgeon in connection with wholesomeness testing of foods
sterilized by ionizing radiation. During his appointment. Dr. Read will
offer a special course in the technology, biochemistry, bacteriology and
nutritional aspects of food irradiation.
Dr. G. C. Graf has been elected president of the Virginia Polytechnic
Institute Chapter of the AAUP. Dr. Graf is Head of the Department of
Dairy Science.
Professor P, M. Reaves, Professor of Dairy Science, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, recently attended the meeting of the American Feed Manu-
42
[January
The Virginia Journal of Science
QUALITY
Tareyton
r Mr
toafle
CICARnT£S
uicKy
SIRIKE
-IT'S TOASTED"
Products of
/9 It
Jc^
is our middle name
© A. T. Co.
News and Notes
43
1960]
facturers Association. He is a member of this group’s Feed Survey Commit¬
tee which reviews the feed supply and demand in the United States.
The following members of the staff of the Department of Dairy
Science at Virginia Polytechnic Institute will present papers at the Asso¬
ciation of Southern Agricultural Workers meeting in February: Dr. W. K.
Stone, Dr. V. L. Baldwin, Dr. M. F. Ellmore and Professor W. S. Griffith.
Dr. G. C. Graf, Head of the Department is a member of the auditing com¬
mittee of the ASAW and a director of the Southern Division of the
American Dairy Science Association
Mr. W. L. Beane has been appointed Assistant Professor of Poultry
Husbandry at Vii’ginia Polytechnic Institute. Mr. Beane, who received his
M.S. from the University of Maine, will work primarily in the field of
poultry management.
Dr. A. T. Leighton, Jr., has been appointed Associate Professor of
Poultry Husbandry at Virginia Polytechnic Institute. He received his M.S.
from the University of Massachusetts and his Ph.D. from the University of
Minnesota. Dr. Leighton will conduct research in turkey genetics and
physiology.
Mr. A. N. Huff, returns to Virginia Polytechnic Institute in January
as Livestock Extension SpeciaHst. He has been on leave while serving in
the Army. Mr. G. R. Gooper, former Livestock Extension Specialist, has
been changed to Instructor in Animal Husbandry teaching and research.
Dr. R. F. Kelly, Mr. P. Graham and Dr. J. P. Fontenot of Virginia
Polytechnic Institute’s Animal Husbandry Department recently presented
papers at the annual meeting of the American Society of Animal Produc¬
tion in Ghicago.
Paul B. Siegel, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
BIOLOGY SEGTION
Mr. Robert Krai was appointed Assoeiate Professor of Biology at
Virginia Polytechnic Institute to fill the vacancy created by Mr. A. B.
Massey’s retirement June 30, 1959. Mr. Krai received the B.F. degree from
North Garolina State University in 1952 and the Ph.D. degree from
Florida State University in 1952. Mr. Krai is now serving as Manager for
the Virginia Journal of Science.
Mr. Henry S. Mosby, Mr. Byrd S. McGinnis and Mr. Robert D. Ross
and graduate students of Virginia Polytechnic Institute attended the joint
meetings of the Southeastern Section of the Wildlife Society and the
Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Gommissioners at Baltimore,
[January
44 The Virginia Journal of Science
Maryland, September 21-25, 1959.
Mr. Henry S. Mosby of Virginia Polytechnic Institute is editing a
“Manual of Game Investigations Techniques.” The manual is now approxi¬
mately 75% in proof. When ready for distribution it will fill an urgent
need for a comprehensive treatise on wildlife techniques.
Mr. William W. Scott of the Department of Biology, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute, attended the Summer Institute for College Botany
Teachers at Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana, from June 20 to
August 20, 1959. The Institute was sponsored by the National Science
Foundation. On Januarv 15, 1960, Mr. Scott plans to go to the University
of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, where he will serve as Visiting Pro¬
fessor of Botany. He expects to return to Virginia Polytechnic Institute
June 10, 1960.
The Flue Cured Tobacco Variety Evaluation Committee met at
Blacksburg November 30-December 1, 1959. Mr. H. E. Hegestad, of the
United States Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland was ap¬
pointed Chairman and Mr. M. J. Rogers, Superintendant of the Chatham
Bright Tobacco Research Station was elected Secretary of the Committee
for 1960.
Mr. Samuel A. Wingard, General Chairman, and Mr. George M.
Shear, Secretary of the Horticulture Section, attended the Cumberland
Shenandoah Fruit Worker’s Conference at Hagerstown, Maryland Novem¬
ber 19-20, 1959. Mr. Shear recently prepared Leaflet 448 “Growing
Watercress” for the United States Department of Agriculture.
Mr. James M. Grayson and Mr. Donald G. Cochran of the Depart¬
ment of Entomology at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, attended the joint
meetings of the Entomological Society of Ontario, the Entomological So¬
ciety of Canada and the Entomological Society of America at Detroit,
Michigan, November 30 to December 3, 1959. Mr. Grayson gave two
papers: “Laboratory selection of the German cockroach for resistance to
Malathion and Diazinon,” and “Resistance to DDT and Chlordane in the
German cockroach following discontinuance and restoration of selection.”
Mr. Cochran gave a paper; “Nucleotide dephosphorylation of sarcosomes
from the American cockroach.”
Mr. Dietrick H. F. A. Bodenstein has been appointed Chairman of
The Department of Biology at the University of Virginia, and is expected
to assume his new duties about February 1, 1960. Mr. Bodenstein, an inseet
physiologist, comes from the Gerontology Department of the Baltimore
City Hospital. He was elected to the National Aeademy of Sciences in 1958.
Mr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., has recently been serving as Acting Chairman
of the department.
News and Notes
45
1960]
Mr. Smritimoy Bose, for several years a Research Fellow of The Blandy
Experimental Farm — after receiving his Ph.D. at the University of Vir¬
ginia in 1959, has accepted a temporary appointment as Assistant Profes¬
sor of Horticulture, Purdue University.
The following have been among recent out-of-state scientific visitors
at The Blandy Experimental Farm — Amar Nath Khanna (Government
Agricultural College, Kanpur, India); Remedies J. Fernandez (of the
Philippines); Seleh Idris (Bogur Botanical Garden, Java, Indonesia); A. E.
Brandt (University of Florida); B. Obesfanks (University of Pisa, Italy);
T, S. Osborne (University of Tennessee-A.E.C. Laboratory); Sydney
Cross Harland (University of Manchester, England) ; Charles W. Rick,
(University of California, Davis).
Walter S. Flory, Jr., University of Virginia
ENGINEERING SECTION
Professor Fred W. Bull of the Chemical Engineering Department at Vir¬
ginia Polytechnic Institute presided at the regional meeting of the Indust¬
rial and Engineering Chemistry Division of the American Chemical Society
held November 6 in Richmond. N. F. Murphy, F. W. Bull, P. W. Ruggieri,
Jr., and R. C. Hart presented a paper on “Decolorization of Caustic Wash
Liquors from Chlorine-Bleached, Sulfate, Wood Pulp.” Professor N. F.
Murphy and Dr. Arthur Doumas have been awarded U. S. Patent No.
2,902,416 on a “Method and Bath for Electrodeposition of Aluminum.” In
November Dr. Murphy spoke to the Hartford, Connecticut Branch of the
American Electroplaters’ Society on the subject of “Metal Electrodeposition
from Non-Aqueous Systems.”
Dean Lawrence R. Quarles of the School of Engineering at the
University of Virginia attended a meeting as a member of the Board of
Directors of the American Nuclear Society in Gatlinburg, Tennessee in
June. He is chairman of the Educational Sub-Committee of this Society.
He also attended the annual meeting of the American Society for Engineer¬
ing Education in Pittsburg as a member of the Executive Committee of
the Engineering Colleges Administrative Council. In November Dr.
Quarles attended a meeting of this Council in St. Louis, Missouri. Dean
Quarles has been appointed by Governor Almond to the State Nuclear
Advisory Committee and in November, as a representative of the State,
he attended a meeting of the Regional Advisory Council on Nuclear Energy
in Nashville, Tennessee. Dean Quarles was invited to present a lecture on
“Nuclear Energy in the South” at Southwestern at Memphis in November.
Mr. Tilton E. Shelburne, Director of the Virginia Council for Highway
Investigation and Research, at the University of Virginia, and Professor R.
46
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
McCOMAS
RESEARCH
CENTER
to provide for growing
basic research program
The opening of our new research
center this month will provide us
with an opportunity for even
more extensive basic research
into the physical sciences.
The new laboratories and in¬
strumentation will facilitate
comprehensive studies into the
basic nature of tobacco, smoke
and smoke flavor as well as in¬
tensify our corporate research
into packaging and adhesive ma¬
terials.
We are looking forward to the
achievements to come from this
new laboratory complex. We
sincerely believe our greater em¬
phasis on fundamental research
will be an important factor in
the continued growth of both
our company and the industries
we serve.
PHILIP MORRIS INC.
News and Notes
47
1960]
E. Lee Gildea of the Civil Engineering Department attended the annual
meeting of the American Society of Civil Engineers in Washington in
October. Mr. Shelburne is a Director for Division Six of this Society. In
November Mr. Shelburne attended the Bureau of Public Roads Construction
and Maintenance Conference and spoke to this group on the work on Skid
Prevention done bv the Council.
Professor J. Lawrence Meem of the Nuclear Engineering Department
at the University of Virginia attended the National Meeting of the
American Nuclear Society in Washington in November. He is a member
of the Student Branches and Local Chapters Committee. At that time he
also met with the sub-committee on Research Reactors of the National
Research Council.
In June Professor Robert M. Hubbard of the Chemical Engineering
Department of the University of Virginia attended a summer school for
chemical engineering teachers on process dynamics held at Case Institute
of Technology and sponsored bv the National Science Foundation and
the Foundation for Instrumentation Education and Research. Professor
Hubbard has been elected Chairman of the Central Virginia Section of the
American Institute of Chemical Engineers for the year 1960. Professor
Otis L. Updike of the Chemical Engineering Department at the University
was employed at the Oak Ridge National Laboratory during the summer.
He is on leave of absence from the University during the academic year
1959-1960 and is working at the California Institute of Technology on a
National Science Foundation Fellowship. In December he attended the
annual meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers in San
Francisco.
Mr. Bernard Niemier is now Head of the Mechanical and Strain
Measurements Group in the Metallurgical Research Laboratory of Reynolds
Metal Company.
Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia
PSYCHOLOGY SECTION
Frank A. Geldard attended the organization meeting of the NATO
Advisory Group on Defense Psychology, held at NATO Headquarters in
Paris on November 2-3. Dr. Geldard is chairman of the Advisory Group
which includes representatives from Italy, the Netherlands, France, the
United Kingdom, and the United States. The chief business of the meet¬
ing was the laying of plans for an international symposium on defense
psychology, to be held in Paris just prior to the 16th International Congress
of Psychology at Bonn in July I960. Areas to be encompassed by the
symposium program are: Identification and assessment of human abilities.
48
The Virginia Journal of Science
[January
PHIPPS & bird
PfPiTIE DRYER
In the laboratory this large
capacity Pipette Dryer is special¬
ly recommended for thorough dry¬
ing pipettes of any size up to
375 mm. in length.
Cylinder is mounted on vented
base with specially designed heat¬
er placed in lower end of cylin¬
der. The instrument is designed
to take the standard rack of
6-in. pipette washer. Rack is tak¬
en out of washer drained for
about a minute and placed right
into the dryer. Drying time varies
according to size and load of
pipettes. But this method of dry¬
ing means less handling by the
technician thus the hazard of
breakage is greatly reduced.
Cat. No. 71-281-1 Cat. No. 71-726
$45.00 $10.00
Without obligation send us com¬
plete information on your Pipette
Dryer.
Name .
Title .
Company .
Address .
City .
. State .
The Pipette Dryer comes com¬
plete with cord and plug but
without rack. The instrument
operates on 115 volts AC or DC.
IPGGDLPlPg
/S - ) MANUFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS OF SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT
&/
6TH & BYRD STREETS
RICHMOND, YA.
1960] News and Notes 49
training and military education, and group productivity.
Frank W. Finger is president-elect of the Division of General Psy¬
chology of the American Psychological Association. At the 1959 meetings
of the A.P.A. in Cincinnati, Richard H. Henneman read a paper ( prepared
jointly with Kenneth E. Lloyd) on “The Influence of Number of Different
Stimulus Categories on Short-term Retention.” William F. Battig chaired a
session on Human Learning sponsored by the Division of Experimental
Psychology.
At the Chicago meeting of the A.A.A.S. in December, the Vice-presi¬
dential address for Section I will be given by Frank A. Geldard from the
University of Virginia. Dr. Geldard will speak on “Some Neglected Possibi¬
lities of Communication.”
Four psychologists were approved for certification by the Virginia
Examining Board for Certification of Clinical Psychologists after examination
on November 4. They were George Killinger, Marion; Meredith Green,
Winchester; Henry Adams, Richmond; and Luther Mays, Arlington. This
brings to 63 the number of Certified Clinical Psychologists approved bv
the Virginia Examining Board.
At the fall meeting of the Virginia Psychological Association in Win¬
chester, October 30, Capt. James F. Wade, Wright Air Force Base, pre¬
sented a paper on weightlessness entitled “Human Factors in Stress and
Space Flight.” Joel Greenspoon, Director of the Clinical Psychology
Training Program, Florida State University, gave the banquet address,
“Clinical Aspects of Verbal Conditioning.” The business meeting was de¬
lightfully informal; the treasurer had lost his report, but he assured the
members that the funds were in a safe place. The president kept misplac¬
ing his brief case, and somehow the meeting found itself adjourned in the
middle of a discussion. The Zeingarnik effect immediately clamped down
on the group so that the discussion continued into the following social hour
and occasional reverberations are still heard.
Henry Adams, McGuire VA Hospital, presented a paper at one of the
meetings sponsored by Division 12, in Cincinnati, entitled “Preliminary
Investigation of Behavioral Concomitants of Sensory Deprivation.” This
paper was also selected for inclusion on the program of the VA Symposium
on Medical Research. Robert Gibby read the paper on this occasion, which
was in Cleveland, Dec. 8-11.
John F. Hahn is the newly elected president of the University of
Virginia chapter of the Society of the Sigma Xi; William F. Battig now
serves as the chapter treasurer.
Charles C. Hodge, M.A,, from the University of Mississippi has joined
the William and Mary Psychology Department as Instructor for the year
50 The Virginia Journal of Science [January
1959-1960. Also, for the same year, David S. Camp, as Assistant Instructor.
George Gerken joined the Psychology Department at the University of
Virginia in September. He comes from the University of Chicago where he
carried on his doctoral research in auditory electrophysiology. Dr. Gerken
also holds a degree in electrical engineering from Massachusetts Institute
of Technology.
Kenneth E. Lloyd left the Universitv of Virginia in August to join the
Psychology Department at Washington State Universitv, Pullman, Wash¬
ington.
John McMillan, foi*merly of McGuire VA Hospital and more recently
with Rohrer, Hibler, and Replogle, Atlanta, became Chief Psychologist,
Department of Neurology and Psychiartrv in the Medical College of
Virginia, Januarv 1, 1960.
Cyril R. Mill, Department of Mental Hygiene and Hospitals
STATISTICS SECTION
Dr. Boyd Harshbarger and Dr. H. A. David of the Department of
Statistics of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute attended and presented
papers at the Fifth Conference on the Design of Experiments sponsored by
the Office of Ordnance Research, U.S. Armv, held at Fort Detrick, Fred¬
erick, Maryland, November 4-6, 1959.
W. A. Glenn completed the requirements of a Ph.D. degree in Sta¬
tistics and has accepted a position as Associate Professor in the Department
of Statistics of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Miss Carmen A. Perez and Mr. Giulio Damiani completed the re¬
quirements for their Masters degrees in Statistics at the Virginia Polytechnic
Institute. Mr. Damiani is planning to return to his home in Italy.
The following members of the Department of Statistics of the Vir¬
ginia Polyteehnic Institute will attend and present papers at the joint
Christmas meetings of the Institute of Mathematical Statistics, the Ameri¬
can Statistical Association, and the Biometrics Society, ENAR ,in Wash¬
ington, D. C.: Drs. Boyd Harshbarger, W. A. Glenn, H. A. David, R. J.
Freund, Rolf E. Bargmann, Clyde Y. Kramer; and Mr. David C. Hurst.
The Virginia Academy of Science Chapter of the American Statistical
Association held a joint meeting with the Richmond Section of the
American Society for Qualitv Control in October 24, 1959, at the Holiday
Inn Restaurant, Lynchburg, Virginia. Four papers of an expository nature
were presented. The meeting was attended by approximately twenty persons.
1960] News and Notes 51
The following papers have been published by members of the Depart¬
ment of Statistics of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute:
'‘Analysis of Variance of a Randomized Block Design With Missing Ob¬
servations,” W. A. Glenn and C. Y. Kramer, Applied Stat. Nov. 1958.
“Errors Associated with Process Adjustments,” J. Edward Jackson, Richard
A. Freund, and William G. Howe, Virginia Journal of Science, 10 (1),
1959.
“Some Multivariate Statistical Techniques Used in Color Matching Data,”
J. Edward Jackson, Journal of the Optical Society of America, Vol. 49,
No. 6, June, 1959.
“Tournaments and Paired Comparisons,” H. A. David, Biometrika, Vol.
46 Parts 1 and 2, June, 1959.
“The Comparison of the Sensitivities of Similar Experiments: Model II of
the Analysis of Variance,” D. E. W. Schumann and Ralph A. Bradley,
Biometrics, Vol. 15, No. 3, September, 1959.
Norbert L. Enrick was promoted to Associate Director of Research and
Head of Operations Research Division, Institute of Textile Technology, in
Charlottesville.
TIME STUDY MANUAL is the title of a book, written with particular
reference to problems of continuous processing and complex machine-opera¬
tor cycles, to be published in January 1960 by Interscience. It was prepared
by twenty-seven contributors, mostly members of the Southern Textile
Methods and Standards Association, and edited by N. L. Enrick.
Dr. Franklin E. Satterthwaite, professor at Merrimack College, head
of the Statistical Engineering Institute, and consultant with Rath and
Strong Inc., presented an all-day seminar on Statistical Methods in Poly¬
variable Experimentation for students and staff members at the Institute
of Textile Technology. Special attention was given to Random Balance
designs, of which Dr. Satterthwaite is the originator.
Clyde Y. Kramer, Virginia Polytechnic Jnstitute
c
c
\i I
f> ,,
V rvp’u?
■ ; ■ r
. ■ s
•>(
‘i«;
/■
i A
%
The Annual Subscription Rate is $3,00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof
is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia.
The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements,
and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The
Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia.
Notice To Contributors
Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Brumfield. Stevens
Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub¬
lished on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must
accompany the manuscript.
Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
8%” X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total
number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the
approximate number of printed pages in the Journal.
Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be
held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.
Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.
Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically
according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the
name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any).
For example: “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the
Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Joum. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the
bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations,
where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940; 186)", or “Sniffen
(1940) states that . . .”
Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures
should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated
by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin.
Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1/2” x 6-1/2”, and so
that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1/2” x
11” photogrraphic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish
the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional
figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a
grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black
drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬
graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬
graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast.
Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬
mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted.
Galley Proofs and engraver's proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction.
Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be' defrayed by the author.
OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
William M. Hinton, President
Wilson B. Bell, President-Eelect
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary~Treasurer
COUNCIL
(Board of Trustees)
Thelma C. Heatwole (1960)
Robert C. Yates (1964)
J. C. Forbes (1962)
Jackson J. Taylor
Robert D. Ross
Robert Krai
Horton H. Hobbs (1962)
Thomas E. Gilmer (1961)
Edward S. Harlow (1960)
Harry G. M. Jopson (1963)
I William G. Guy (1961)
'iM. -
■■■
VI
' S \ 7 3
VSi
!i
j,
i
I ■
THE VIRGINIA
fOURNAL OF SCIENCE
A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Vol. 11, New Series April, 1960 No. 2
VoL. 11, New Series
April, 1960
No. 2
THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science
Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS
The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall, (Branchiobdellidae, Oligochaeta)
with tlie Description of a New Species . 53
Program of the 38th Annual Meeting,
Virginia Academy of Science . 81
EDITORIAL BOARD
Robert D. Ross, Editor
Robert Krai, Managing Editor
Section Editors
Mearl A. Kise W. Parker Anslow, Jr.
Robert M. Hubbard Cyril R. Mill
Bruce W. Nelson Clyde Y. Kramer
Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Blacksburg, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 per volume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July,
and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Farmville, Va.
Mailed April 16, 1960
Paul B. Siegel
Irving G. Foster
Walter S. Flory
I
THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
VoL. 11, New Series April, 1960 No. 2
The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall.,
(Branchiobdellidae, Obligochaeta) With
The Description of A New Species
Perry C. Holt
Department of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Blacksburg, Virginia
The majority of the species of the family Branchiobdellidae are
monotonously similar in superficial appearance, but this general uniformity
of external structure is occasionally departed from by some species in a
most dramatic fashion. Notable in this respect among the North American
branchiobdellids are such forms as Pterodrilus alcicornus Moore and the
curiously ornamented species of Ceratodrilus which are the subjects of
the present investigation.
These aptly named ‘Tiorned worms,” however, compel our attention
and interest for several reasons other than their appearance. Ceratodrilus
is endemic to a geologically interesting area and, moreover, the type
species, C. thysanosomus from Utah, has been referred to Cirrodrilus
Pierantoni, a genus of Japanese worms. Such a relationship, if real, would
be a matter of considerable zoogeographical importance. Furthermore,
the material at hand reveals the presence in the Snake River basin of a
second, undescribed, species of the genus and, finally, the acquisition
of a large number of specimens of both these species as the result of a
collecting trip made in the summer of 1958 presents an opportunity to
study the internal anatomy af these species. A phylogenetic synthesis of
the family Branchiobdellidae waits in part on the completion of such
anatomical studies.
Although the genus Ceratodrilus has been briefly and almost cursorily
treated by only three authors, the history of these treatments has its
points of interest. The story begins in 1905 when Pierantoni erected the
genus Cirrodrilus, with C. cirratus as the only species, on the basis of
several ill-preserved individuals which were obtained from specimens of
54
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
the Japanese crayfish Camharoides japonicus possessed by the Museum
de Histoire Naturelle de Paris. Pierantoni’s diagnosis (according to Yama-
guchi, 1932a: 364) appears to have been based primarily upon what he
believed to be ventrally placed transverse ridges bearing finger-like
projections. In 1914, Hall diagnosed the genus Cemtodrilus, designating
C. thysanosomus as the type species, on the basis of material from the
Great Salt Lake basin in Utah which was likewise admitted to be in a
state of poor preservation. Yamaguchi (1932a) studied some Japanese
branchiobdellids and referred worms which he considered to be conspecific
with Pierantoni’s animals to Hall’s genus Ceratodrilus, ignoring the priority
of Cirrodrilus as a generic name. This assignment was based on Yama-
guchi’s undoubtedly correct view that Pierantoni confused the dorsal with
the ventral surface of his worms and upon Hall’s description of the dorsal
projections of Ceratodrilus. Goodnight (1940: 63-64) reviewed the work
of Hall and Yamaguchi, concurred with Yamaguchi’s view that the Ameri¬
can and Japanese species are congeneric and corrected Yamaguchi’s
violation of the law of prioritv, thereby reducing Hall’s genus Ceratodrilus
to svnonymy.
It is immediately obvious that both Pierantoni and Hall based the
diagnosis of their genera upon the external appearance of poorly preserved
material; that Yamaguchi had no opportunity to study American material
and made his decision to synonymize the Japanese and American genera
on the basis of external form; that Goodnight simply accepted Yama¬
guchi’s conclusions and assigned his material from the Snake River basin
in Idaho and Oregon to Hall’s species without considering whether these
Snake River animals might represent a species other than Hall’s Utah one.
Goodnight did not studv the internal anatomy of his animals and, hence,
made no attempt to determine whether they, or Hall’s, correspond to
Yamaguchi’s in this respect. They do not, as this investigation shows.
One objective of this paper is to establish the generic distinctiveness
of the American worms and, hence, to revive Hall’s genus Ceratodrilus.
Since Japanese material is not available in America, the vahdity of this
effort depends upon a careful interpretation of Yamaguchi’s descriptions
and figures. Without attempting to follow the changes in Yamaguchi’s
papers (1932a, 1932b, 1933, 1934), attention is directed to what appear
to be his final conclusions as found in his monograph of the Japanese
branchiobdellids (1934). Here he again ignored priority and placed the
Japanese species Cirrodrilus cirratus in Pierantoni’s genus Stephanodrilus.
If Yamaguchi was correct in believing that Pierantoni’s Cirrodrilus cirratus
(1905) and Stephanodrilus sapporensis (1906) are congeneric, then
Stephanodrilus, not Cirrodrilus, becomes a junior synonym. But this is not
important to the present argument. What is important is that Yamaguchi
considered the species of Cirrodrilus and Stephanodrilus to be congeneric
Presented By The
ALDERMAN LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA
ON EXCHANGE ACCOUNT
■: W '.
1
i/f ■ • . , >;/
t', . .7 ■ V
■■ ■ ' ,M 't.,' ,
v'" ;. . ' "■J ' ';v ■ ■ ' '
^ . ■'* ’/ff fVfc» 0^‘ '
uy r.-A-- • (Hk'?, ^
^ M-'Vi f' i‘ SV;,n- Uh;:/'?
'a;;,; vf'r .Aruj. ■">, '
, i:-, ■, m, t <i) IaA
re
V, , ,( ,,fu .1 :
J ,, ;,, Ai 't^b . Mv'i}; - I,.. .
■• ^ ■'■■ ■ ’ll -
■: '•'' i.."i ; »
, V:'C /ft.ni , : Am.' jjj};
; ^ V- ■ if^ *™
'■ ,, ■i";tf>'>^i' ' »i.''»' ':*<»<
vJoiliriuT’. ?■ '.‘'V''’* ■-.■■•<,.
^r^•|<' :t)'' t -i ■"
I-
VJl
2hT '<'13 aaTnaom^
^ ■■ ■JlM iPf ■ * :
'd At f^i'Y,. , ,i
YffA||if;-j nAMfiac
AiWIOSSII^ -^O YTia«3
Tnuo:-:'/^ ^cviAMOaia ^
'rtwr' . iijx tliTAiv).
m» 1 ^5'' f>f m(i>n\isj d/
'■>1' <1 : ' <( *l '
A*. M,' ifH'
■■^. (fe:;;- . ' ,, ■ ,;V
M-^r-
♦1.
m- 1033 ^
.1 '
t , yj'i.v -.1 ^
k,'
A
“:k.-ioib»<iy 1'*
.• . .a^. .ni'.l
»•
HkT*. .'.r ■:
!'■' Si^,.r..v.
■jl. 'fi* <♦ .
; cy'V cw'i’.ir.f ■
\ 'S.- V ' ,• '
<aO
., i ';• ■ Xis'M- '■
■ ’ ' ■ Vjll ‘
'f
; 1 t . ,
■’ \> ' : v. , ,
V/J'
. ■ .. ‘ Vi
. . ■’ . v' V -., .
<■ ,
,, ', tb : ; . ■■, ■' ■
.'ytui^ Uv ■ ■■ i -
■b:i.',.i/ ^
k ^ vXf .V
r., h ,<j}' ►>)»"■ }'. ^
. , ;• t
''■ ' ’ . ']*(.: pr^onw I
t'’/’W' iif I' y-.'t J i'iU iLt> ' ,
Sif ■ .,r:' ■ r. . ..... >. i
‘Wnv , ni i. -r .. . . , if j.Tj , ., ■':x
• '■ -.HI
> ^ni j tov^ .'jiM ' ,. ■ , . ■ '■ ^
i:v’’’#
1 tt'-u A
1960] Holt — The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall 55
and his concept of the genus, which, if he and Goodnight were correct,
would embrace the American species upon which Hall erected his genus
Ceratodrilus.
Consequently, Yamaguchfs concept of the genus Stephanodrilus must
be considered. The pertinent point is that Yamaguchi understood the
structure of the male reproductive system of the branchiobdellids, in¬
cluding the American genus Camharincola which has an introduced repre¬
sentative in Japan (1934: 191). He wrote (1934: 190-191) that the
latter has an accessory sperm tube (=prostate, see below). In his
paper on what he then called Camharincola homodonta (1932c: fig 2) a
species he later placed in Stephanodrilus (1934: 200-201), he presented
drawings of the spermatic vesicles ( ==spermiducal glands, see below)
and atria (=:bursae and penial sheaths, see below) of several species of
branchiobdellids. These drawings clearly show that there is no prostate in
Stephanodrilus sapporensis and in S. homodonta, while his drawing of
Camharincola sp. shows the typical structure of the male reproductive
system of this genus. The species originally called Carcinodrilus nipponicus
was at first considered generically distinct from those assigned to Cera¬
todrilus [=Cirrodrilus'] and Stephanodrilus on the basis of differences
in the external form, but the statement is made (1932b: 63) that these
genera are “generally similar” in internal structure. It is implicit in Yama-
guchfs 1934 paper and previous work that he made his decision to assign
the fairly numerous species of Japanese worms to the three genera
Bmnchioh della, Camharincola and Stephanodrilus on the basis of differ¬
ences in the structure of the male reproductive system. Be this as it may
however, Yamaguchi gave clear enough description of the male re¬
productive system of the Japanese worms to establish the generic distinct¬
iveness of the American ones.
As further evidence bearing on this point, he figured the “atrium”
(=bursa, penial sheath and spermiducal gland) of Stephanodrilus inukaii.
This drawing, reproduced here (fig. 1), is entirely consistent with his
earlier ones mentioned above. The essential points to note are the absence
of the prostate and the point of entry of the vasa deferentia into the
spermiducal gland. He then remarked for all of the fifteen species (with
the exception of Pierantonfs Stephanodrilus japonicus which he did not
see) that the male reproductive system is generally similar and made it
clear that it corresponds in all these species to the drawings he presented
of S. inukaii, S. sapporensis and S. homodonta. The Japanese worms which
Y^amaguchi assigned to Stephanodrilus constitute a coherent group and
are congeneric according to the generic concept adhered to in this paper.
Yamaguchfs (1934: 191-192 diagnosis of Stephanodrilus was some¬
what long and emphasized the external features perhaps unduly. A con¬
densed version, however, would read: peristomium always 8-lobed dor-
56
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
sally, the lobes often prolonged into tentacles, frequently with a mem¬
branous funnel-like extension of the peristomium between the lobes; with
or without dorsal transverse bands and projections; anterior nephridiopores
usually paired, unpaired in S. koreanus [?]; both dorsal and ventral jaws
with 7 or more teeth, including always a large median one; “testes and
male funnels in trunk somites V and VI; atrium of [a] glandular part,
muscular portion and bursa, no distinct penis sheath; glandular atrium
not bifid, [but] tubular or bulged [in] form; no paired bursal glands;
penis sub-conical in form, having a narrow eversible efferent duct folded
several times at the basal portion; spermatheca not bifid and composed of
two enlarged portions, one in the distal [read “ental” (?)] end, the
other in about the middle portion, lumen [sic] of the two portions con¬
nected by a very narrow canal.”
This constitutes a coherent generic diagnosis and one would question
only the unpaired nephridiopore of S. koreanus and the absence of a
statement concerning the point of entry into the spermiducal gland
(glandular atrium) of the deferent ducts. The first may simply be an
error; if not, the Korean species probably represents a different genus.
The latter point is important and it is clear from Yamaguchi’s drawings
and descriptions that the Japanese genus, properly known as Cirrodrilus, is
characterized in part by the fact that the deferent ducts enter the
spermiducal gland at a point about one-fourth the length of the gland
entad from the junction of it and the ejaculatory duct (fig. 1), as in the
American genus Xironogiton (Holt, 1949: 541) which otherwise appears
to be quite distinct from the Japanese genus.
There is no reason to doubt the accuracy of Yamaguchi’s observations
with the exceptions noted. There are, then, two known indigenous genera of
branchiobdellids, Bronchiob della Odier, 1823, and Cirrodrilus (including
Stephanodrilus )Pierantoni, 1905, and the introduced American species
of Cambarincola in Japan and Korea.
Goodnight (1940: 63) concurred with Yamaguchi’s error in reducing
the American genus Ceratodrilus to synonymy with the Japanese genus
Cirrodrilus. A brief consideration of Goodnight’s treatment, therefore,
becomes pertinent.
Goodnight (1940: 63) defined Cirrodrilus, including Ceratodrilus, as
follows: “With the characteristics of the subfamily [two pairs of testes];
spermatheca simple, not bifid; no accessory sperm tube; anterior nephridia
opening to the outside through separate pores in the dorsal half of
segment III; penis eversible; body cylindrical, not depressed; with body
appendages in the form of pointed bands extending transversely across
the dorsal surface.” His discussion of the genus was short and consisted
of a quotation from Yamaguchi justifying the combining of the genera on
Holt — The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall
57
1960]
the basis of Pierantoni’s error. Goodnight, then, left the matter precisely
at the point reached by Yamaguchi, except for his correction of Yama-
guchi’s error in regard to priority.
Materials and Methods
Materials collected and preserved in alcohol-formaHn (70% alcohol,
96 parts; 40% formalin, 4 parts) were studied by means of whole
mounts and serial sections. Animals mounted entire were dehydrated with
alcohol, cleared in clove oil and mounted unstained in balsam. Sections,
cut at 10 microns, were stained with Delafield’s hematoxylin and eosin
according to the usual procedures. Entire animals were studied with a
fluorite oil immersion objective, 40X, N.A. 100, corrected to a working
distance of 1.5 mm., and sections with an apochromatic, 47. 5X, N.A.
0.95 objective and an apochromatic, 90X, N.A. 1.30 oil immersion ob¬
jective. All drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida.
Specimens cited which are in the collections of the author are identified
by the initials PCH.
I am grateful to Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., of the University of
Virginia, for material collected by Tracey from Lincoln Gounty, Wyoming,
and by D. Eldon Beck from Bear Lake Gounty, Idaho, as well as for all
identifications of the host crayfish. Mr. Richard L. Hoffman aided in the
preparation of materials and carefully read the manuscript. The assistance
of Ray Bronson and Judson Ford in collecting crayfish in a strange
desert country is gratefully acknowledged.
The work reported here was done with the aid of a grant (NSF-
G4439) from the National Science Foundation.
Ceratodrilus Hall, 1914
Ceratodrilus, Hall, 1914: 190-191; Ceratodrilus, Stephenson, 1930:
901; Cirrodrilus, Goodnight, 1940: 63-64.
Diagnosis. — Medium sized worms, 3.0 to 3.3 mm. in average length
for the known species; finger-like projections borne on the dorsal surface
of segments ii-vii; peristomium with four tentacles; a single anterior
nephridiopore, opening mid-dorsally on the transverse ridge of segment iii;
jaws relatively heavy, brown, teeth subequal in length, dental formula
7/6; prostate reduced to a lateral prostatic bulb near the ental end of
the spermiducal gland; spermiducal gland prominent, deferent ducts
58
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
enter its ental end; ejaculatory duct present, short and thick; penial
sheath relatively short and thick, enclosing an eversible penis, externally
only slightly delimited from the atrial portion of the bursa; spermatheca
with a wide and prominent ectal stalk and an ental process.
Type Species. — Ceratodrilus thysanosomus Hall, 1914, by original
designation.
Distribution. — The species of Ceratodrilus seem to be confined to the
Snake River drainage and its Pleistocene extension into Lake Bonneville
(fig 2). Hall’s original material came from “streams of Great Basin, Salt
Lake City, Utah,” and Goodnight’s subsequent records should, with the
exception of the animals from Evanston (Bear River), Wyoming, be
assigned to the new species described below. That the animals from the
Snake River and its tributaries are specifically distinct from those of the
Great Salt Lake drainage and that die genus is known only from these
two formerly connected drainage systems may imply the post-Pleistocene
differentiation of these species.
Affinites of the Genus Ceratodrilus. — The Plylogenetic relation¬
ships of the branchiobdellid genera are not known and a discussion of the
affinities of Ceratodrilus is further comphcated by the fact that several
unnamed genera are known. The preponderance of morphological evi¬
dence indicates that Ceratodrilus is more closely related to such Ameri¬
can genera as Camharincola and Pterodrilus and perhaps most closely of
all to one of the undescribed genera in the author’s collections. No genus
of branchiobdellids is known with certainty to range over more than one
continent — Pierantoni’s (1912: 14, 16) report of the presence of
Branchiob della in America remains unconfirmed and the Japanese species
assigned to the genus may well represent a new genus of the subfamily
Branchiobdellinae. It begins to appear, therefore, that there are two, and
perhaps three distinct faunal assemblages of these worms.
A further comparison of Ceratodrilus with the known genera of
branchiobdellids is given below in conjunction with a discussion of the
anatomy of the genus.
Ceratodrilus thysanosomus Hall, 1914
(Plate III, figs. 11 and 12)
Ceratodrilus thysanosomus, Hall, 1914: 191; Ceratodrilus thysanosomus
Stephenson, 1930:801; Ceratodrilus thysanosomus, Yamaguchi, 1932a:
367; Cirrodrilus thysanosomus. Goodnight, 1940: 64-65 (in part).
1960] Holt — The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall 59
Diagnosis. — About 3.2 mm. in length (preserved material); head
with 4 tentacles which average approximately 90 microns in length;
transverse dorsal ridges bearing 4-6 finger-like projections on segments
ii-vii, about 50 microns in length; segment viii with 7-8 such projections
which are somewhat shorter; dorsal projections approximately 1/10 body
diameter in length; spenniduoal gland large, reaching almost to dorsal
border of segment vi; prostate reduced to prostatic bulb which opens
directly into the lumen of the spermiducal gland near the ental end.
Discussion. — Half (1914: 191) described his animals upon which the
original species diagnosis was based as 2 to 2.8 mm. in length with a
maximum head diameter of 400 microns, a maximum body diameter of
660 microns, a maximum sucker diameter of 360 microns and a maximum
length of the tentacles of the head of about 180 microns. In his generic
diagnosis based on this species, he said that the lobes of the peristomium
are provided with 4 or 5 papillae each; ‘‘the first seven trunk segments
are furnished with dorsal appendages extending from the lateral border
in a pointed band, the number of points usually 6, but on some segments
7 or 8 . . . penis eversible.”
The specimens upon which this study is based are apparently larger
than Hall’s (table 1). All the measurements which follow are of ten
mature specimens selected for mounting and hence larger than the
average for the entire series. The average is given first, followed by the
range in parentheses for these ten specimens. The body length is 3.2 mm.
(3. 0-3. 6 mm.). This difference between these animals and Hall’s is almost
surely of no importance. The head diameter of the animals studied is .32
mm. (.31-.40 mm.); the diameter of segment vi is .49 mm. (.39-.55
mm.); sucker diameter is .31 mm. (.29-. 35 mm.); the tentacles are .09
mm. (.06-. 11 mm.). No conclusions can be drawn by the comparison of
these measurements with those made by Hall except that within some¬
what wide limits they are similar and there is almost surely a degree of
overlapping in all of them.
The oral papillae of specimens studied (fig. 4) number 14-16. It is
difficult to count them, and one cannot be sure of the exact number in
any case. The difference between Hall’s and the author’s counts are
almost certainly due to this difficulty.
Hall’s statement that the dorsal projections are on segments i to vii
(“the first seven trunk segments”) is erroneous; his illustration shows
clearly the first row of projections on segment ii. More importance should
be attached to the statement that there are “usually 6” dorsal projections
in each row. There are 8 projections on segment viii of the material
studied as is apparently the case for Hall’s, and the other projection bear-
60
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
ing segments have four, sometimes five. There is some variability in this
charaeter and only more collecting can determine whether these dif¬
ferences constitute a specific or subspecific difference or whether they
are simply an expression of intra-specific variability. Since the author’s
collection was taken from a region within the type locahty of Hall’s
species and there is doubt about all detectable differences, these speci¬
mens are assigned to C. thysanosomus.
The penis of these animals is eversible as Hall states is true of his.
A fuller description of the reproductive systems and other points not
mentioned by Hall is presented below.
Type Locality.— Streams of Great Basin, Salt Lake City, Utah (Hall,
1914: 191).
Additional Locality Records. — Evanston, Bear River, Wyoming,
(Goodnight, 1940:65), on Tacifastacus gambelii (Girard). This is in the
Great Salt Lake drainage and the record is probably valid.
Paris, Idaho. Host: P. g. gambelii. Oct. 28, 1950. Collector: D. Eldon
Beck (PCH 424, U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 29916).
Brigham City, Box Elder County, Utah, two miles east of Brigham
City on U.S. Highways 89 and 91. On P. g. gambelii taken from a cold,
rocky, medium sized stream of the Wasatch Mountains, July 13, 1958.
Collectors: P. C. and V. F. Holt (PCH 781, U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 29915).
Disposition of Materials.— Type specimens: Cat. No. 17708, U. S.
Nat. Mus. (Bureau of Animal Industry Helminthological Collection) (Hall,
1914: 191).
Material upon which this study is based consists of several speci¬
mens mounted entire, U.S. Nat. Mus. Nos. 29915 and 29916, and
numerous specimens, including serially sectioned ones, in the author’s
collection (PCH 424 and 781).
Ceratodrilus orphiorhysis, n. sp.
(Plate IV, figs. 13-16)
Diagnosis.— About 3.0 mm. in length (preserved material); head
with 4 tentacles which average 200 microns in length; with 6 dorsal pro¬
jections averaging 146 microns in length on segments ii to vii; segment
viii with 8 projections which average 94 microns in length; dorsal pro¬
jections approximately 1/4 body diameter in length; spermiducal gland
extending dorsad about 2/3 the diameter of the segment; prostate con-
Holt — The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall
61
1960]
sisting of a larger and more obvious prostatic bulb than that of C.
thysanosomus, emptying into the lumen of the spermiducal gland near the
ental end.
Discussion. -“C. ophiorhysis is closely related to C. thysanosomus.
Externally, these species differ strikingly in appearance; a difference
almost, if not entirely, due to differences in proportion. The general
similarity of internal structures revealed by a study of prepared material is
somewhat surprising. A more detailed account of the anatomy of both
species is given here in the following section.
C. ophiorhysis has been taken at several locahties in the Snake
River. Goodnight's (1940:65) records of C. thysanosomus from Idaho
and Oregon are here assigned to C. ophiorhysis on the basis of this dis¬
tribution.
Type Locality— Snake River, between Buhl and Wendel, Gooding
County, Idaho. Host: Pacifastacus gambelii connectans (Faxon). July 14.
1958. Collectors: P. C. and V. F. Holt and Judson Ford (PCH 786).
Additional Locality Records.— Burley, Cassia Co., Idaho, (Good¬
night, 1940: 65) on P. gambelii.
‘‘Bvous” [=Burns], Harney County, Silver River, Oregon (Good¬
night, 1940: 65), on P. gambelii.
Crow Creek, South River, Lincoln County, Wyoming. Host P. g.
gambelii. Sept. 14, 1946. Collector: Tracey, (PCH 420).
Shoshone Falls, Jerome County, Idaho. Host: P. g. connectans. June
15, 1928. Collector: D. Eldon Beck (PCH 423).
Bridge, Cassia County, Idaho. From Raft River on county road
between Bridge and Almo. Host: P. g. gambelii. July 13, 1958. Col¬
lectors: P. C. and V. F. Holt and Ray Bronson (PCH 782; U.S. Nat.
Mus. No. 29913).
Hagerman, Gooding County, Idaho. Cold spring in Snake River
Canyon. Host: P. g. gambelii x g. connectans. Collectors: P. C. and V.
F. Holt and Judson Ford (PCH 784; U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 29912).
Idaho Fish Hatchery, Riley Creek, Gooding County, Idaho. From
head race of fish hatchery. Host: P. g. connectans. July 14, 1958. Col¬
lectors: P. C. and V. F. Holt and Judson Ford (PCH 785; U.S. Nat.
Mus. No. 29914).
Disposition of Material.— The holotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 29910,
and four paratypes, U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 29911 and those noted above, are
62
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
deposited in the United States National Museum. Three paratypes and the
numerous remaining speeimens are retained in the author’s colleetion.
Remarks on the Anatomy of Ceratodrilus
A genus based on two elosely related speeies, one newly described,
should be subjected to a careful anatomical study. The proper placing of
any subsequently discovered allied species and an understanding of the
evolution of the family depend on such studies.
A minor task, however, takes precedence. The nomenclature applied
to the various parts of the reproductive systems of the branchiobdellids is
in a state of confusion and this opportunity is taken to define teims that
will be used in the future for these structures. No implications of homology
should be understood, though an effort has been made to use terms that
apply to structures which, if not homologous throughout the Oligochaeta,
are at least analogous and generally similar in structure. References are
made to Stephenson (1930) where applicable; new usages are italicized.
Terms applied to the male reproductive system.— 1. Testis. The
testes of the branchiobdellids are paired proliferations of the posterior faces
of septa 4/5 and 5/6, or 4/5 only, and are not patent in the adults of any
described species known to the author.
2. Morula. A morula is a group of spermatogonia or spermatocytes.
The testis at maturitv breaks up, releasing the morulae which with the
resulting spermatozoa fill the coeloms of segments v and vi, or v in the
case of Branchiobdella which has only one pair of testes (Stephenson,
1930:443).
3. Blastophore. A blastophore consists of the residual cytoplasm of a
morula (Stephenson, 1930:446).
4. Male funnels. Openings of efferent ducts into the coeloms of the
testicular segments through which spermatozoa enter the male efferent
system, common to all oligochaetes, are generally called the male funnels.
A pair of funnels are located in the posterior ventral portion of each
testicular coelom.
5. Efferent ducts (vasa efferentia). The male funnels open into the
efferent ducts which in turn unite ventrally to form a deferent duct for
each testicular segment.
6. Deferent ducts (vasa deferentia). The deferent ducts course in the
ventral body wall and then freely in the coelom of segment vi where they
I960] Holt •- The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall 63
unite to form the spermiducal gland.
7. Spermiducal gland. In the usage of Beddard (Stephenson, 1930:
357), spermiducal glands are any glands associated with the male sys¬
tem. Here the term is restricted to a glandular organ formed by the union
of the deferent ducts— the glandular “spermatic vesicle” of Moore (1895:
520) and the “glandular atrium” of various authors.
8. Prostate. A term used for various types of glands associated,
usually directly, with the male reproductive system of the oligochaetes;
it is here applied to the structure called the “accessory sperm tube” by
Ellis (1912: 483). The prostate opens into the spermiducal gland, or the
two unite at the point where the spermiducal gland becomes muscular to
form the ejaculatory duct, and ends blindly entally. Histologically, the
prostate may be similar to or different from the spermiducal gland.
9. Prostatic bulb. The prostatic bulb is a bulb-like structure compos¬
ing the ental closed end of the prostate. It is formed of flattened, non-
glandular cells and is not present in all species.
10. Ejaculatory duct (Holt, 1949:542). The ejaculatory duct is a
muscular portion of the male reproductive system between the spermi¬
ducal gland and the penis formed by its ectal end. It was called the
muscular sperm sac by Moore (1895: 521).
11. Bursa. The ectal muscular portion of the male reproductive
system is usually called the bursa. The following portions of this organ
are here recognized: a. penial sheath (Moore, 1895: 521). The penial
sheath is a muscular investment of the protrusible or eversible portion of
the ejaculatory duct which forms the penis and is similar to the “atrial
sac” described by Benham and called the penial sac by Stephenson
(1930: 348). b. penis. The protrusible or eversible, possibly intromittent,
ectal portion of the ejaculatory duct is known as the penis, c. atrium. The
atrium is a sac-like invagination of the body wall fonning a cavity into
which the penis opens when withdrawn. The muscular wall of the atrium
is continuous with the penial sheath and is eversible in most, not all,
genera of the branchiobdellids.
12. Male pore. The outlet pore of the bursa through which the penis
everts or is protruded is generally referred to as the male pore.
Terms applied to the female reproductive system.— The ovaries
and ovipores constitute the primary female organs of the branchiobdellids.
They are located in segment vii. The unpaired spermatheca of segment v
varies enough in structure to justify the introduction of a few descriptive
terms.
64 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
1. Spermathecal bursa. An invagination of the body wall surrounding
the outlet pore of the spermatheca is here recognized and named the
spermathecal bursa. In some species it may be eversible.
2. Spermathecal duct. The spermathecal duct is a glandulo-muscular
part of the spermatheca which does not normally store spermatozoa
(Holt, 1955: 29).
3. Median duct. Usually absent, the median duct is a narrowed
region which connects the enlarged spermathecal duct of some species and
the spermathecal bulb.
4. Spermathecal bulb. The spermathecal bulb is a thin walled por¬
tion of the spermatheca, usually expanded, serving for the storage of
spermatozoa and sometimes glandular in structure (Holt, 1955: 29).
5. Ental process. The ental process is a narrowed, glandular, ental
projection of the spermathecal bulb.
Body shape and size.— The general appearance of the worms treated
in this paper is best presented visually (figs. 4, 11 and 13). The mea-
Table 1. A comparison of Ceratodrilus thysanosomus and of C. ophior-
hysis with respect to six characters, (all measurements are in
millimeters and are based on ten animals.)
C. thysanosomus
C. ophiorhysis
Average
Range
Average
Range
Head
length
.47
.45-.51
.47
.40-.51
diameter
.32
.31-.34
.33
.28-37
Body
length^
2.76
2.57-3.08
2.52
2.01-2.80
Diameter
Segment i
.30
.28-.34
.39
.24-.34
Segment vi
.49
.40-.55
.53
.40-.81
Sucker
.31
.29-.35
.36
.28-.40
^■exclusive of head.
1960] Holt ■“ The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall 65
surements given in table 1 are eomparable’^ and show that C. ophiorhysis
apparently tends to be a slightly shorter and thicker worm. C. thysanoso-
inus has proportionally much shorter dorsal projections and cephalic
tentacles and the body is usually flexed to a greater extent. The result is
that the subjective impression is the reverse of what the measurements
show.
The most obvious differences between the two species of Ceratodrilus
are the lengths of the cephalic tentacles and dorsal projections. The
measurements presented in table 2, and a comparison of the illustrations
(figs. 11 and 13), show that there is no overlap in the lengths of
characters; that the tentacles and projections of C. ophiorhysis are con¬
sistently twice, or more, the length of those of C. thysanosomus.
The digestive, circulatory and nervous systems of the branchiobdellids
furnish little in the way of variety of use in systematics. No attempt was
made to study these systems in Ceratodrilus. The gut is straight and
sacculated in each segment in contrast to the loops in the segment vii of
Table 2. A comparison of lengths of the dorsal projections of segments
ii, iv, vi, viii and of the cephalic tentacles of Ceratodrilus
thysanosomus and C. ophiorhysis. (the figures are given in
microns and are based on ten animals of each species selected
at random and mounted entire in balsam.)
C. thysanosomus
C.
ophiorhysis
Average
Range
Average
Range
Dorsal Projections
of Segments
ii
53
24-95
176
119-254
iv
52
32-80
146
119-198
vi
44
24-64
115
87-151
viii
44
32-56
94
71-111
Cephahc
Tentacles
88
56-111
201
135-278
1 The animals were collected on successive days. Ten, randomly selected for mounting
entire, were measured.
66
[April
The Virginia Journal of Science
Xironogiton, and empties dorsally through the anus on segment ix.
Oral papillae have been mentioned by a few authors other than Hall.
Yamaguchi (1934:195) remarked that there are sixteen for one of his
species. No one seems to have determined whether or not the numbers
of these structures vary among the branchiobdellids. There appear to be
(fig. 4) sixteen in Ceratodrilus ophiorhysis.
Jaws. — The jaws of the branchiobdellids are cuticular thickenings of
the posterior pharyngeal region located presumably in the posterior part
of the first cephalic segment (the segmentation of the “head” of the
branchiobdellids is not entirely clear). The size, shape and general ap¬
pearance of these structures seem to be similar for groups of species,
hence of some importance as generic characters. Those of the species of
Ceratodrilus are relatively heavy, dark in color, crescentic in dorsal or
ventral views (figs. 15 and 16), triangular in lateral view and essentially
rectangular in frontal view. The dorsal jaw bears seven teeth; the ventral,
six. Hall’s (1914: 191) illustrations show the frontal aspect of the jaws
of Ceratodrilus thyanosomus quite well. The jaws of the species of
Cirrodrilus are markedly triangular in frontal aspect and those of Cerato¬
drilus are not closely similar to those of any branchiobdellids known to the
author.
Nephridiopore. Hall (1914: 191) was unable to determine whether
the anterior nephridia of C. thysanosomus have a common opening or
separate ones. Yamaguchi in his diagnosis of Stephanodrilu^ [= Cirro¬
drilus] said that there are paired ones in this genus. Goodnight (1940:63)
apparently accepted this condition as true of Ceratodrilus when he con¬
curred with Yamaguchi’s opinion that these genera should be united. As
remarked above, the nephridia of Ceratodrilus open to the outside through
a common pore located mid-dorsally on the transverse ridge of segment
iii (fig. 9). The outlet ducts of the nephridia enter the body wall later¬
ally and course dorsad between the longitudinal and circular muscles. At
the point of junction of these two ducts there is a slight dilation. Asso¬
ciated with this junction are a few cells which take a deeper basic stain
than do those of the nephridial ducts and are apparently glandular in
nature. The common outlet duct is quite short, the lumen is essentially
collapsed and the nephridiopore itself is not raised above the surrounding
part of the dorsal ridge. A common nephridiopore is characteristic of the
genera Camharincola Ellis, Bdellodrilus Moore and Pterodrilus Moore.
The male reproductive system. The anatomical studies reported
here concern structures which vary from one group of branchiodbellids
to another and are, therefore, of importance in systematic studies. The
various parts of the male reproductive system differ somewhat in size
67
1960] Holt — The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall
Table 3. A comparison of selected dimensions of the reproductive organs
of Ceratodrilus thijsanosomus and C. ophiorhysis, (the figures
are given in Microns and are based on ten animals of each
species, selected at random and mounted entire in balsam.)
C. thysanosomus
C.
ophiorhysis
Average
Range
Average
Range
Length of
Bursa
286
244-339
300
260-331
Diameter of
Bursa
154
118-173
157
118-181
Length of
Spermiducal
Gland
318
276-434
283
237-355
Diameter of
SpeiTfiiducal
Gland
111
94-118
89
79-94
Diameter of
Spermathecal
Duct
120
111-142
102
79-118
Diameter of
Spermathecal
Bulb
112
79-142
110
94-126
in the two species and a series of measurements of these are reported
here (table 3). It is felt that ultimately such measurements, when treated
statistically, may be of value in defining closely related species. C. thysano-
somus and C. ophiorhysis are distinct in other respects and no attempt
was made to determine the level of significance of the differences of
means in the measurements reported.
The measurement of these structures is difficult, since they often
lie obliquely to the horizontal plane. Those for the diameter of a cylindri¬
cal organ are felt to be somewhat more reliable than the others. The
bursae of the two species appear to be of the same size. The spermiducal
gland of C. thysanosomus is larger than that of C. ophiorhysis; a notice¬
able difference which accounts for the more crowded appearance of seg¬
ment vi of the former species. The spermatheca of C. thysanosomus may
[April
68 The Virginia Journal of Science
also be somewhat larger than that of C. ophiorhysis.
Other than that both segments v and vi are testicular segments,
the testes of Ceratodrilus are not apparent at maturity and nothing fur¬
ther can be said about them. The coeloms of the mature testicular seg¬
ments are filled with spermatozoa. The male funnels of the branchiobdellids
do differ from species to species in shape and size; those of Ceratodrilus
flare widely and are somewhat shorter in total length than the diameter
of the flared ental end. C. ophiorhysis may possess funnels with a some¬
what wider ental end, but this subjective opinion is unconfirmed by
measurements. Some variability in the location of the funnels seems to
occur: in C. thysanosomus both funnels of a segment have been found
on the same side of the segment quite close together, an arrangement of
the funnels not known for any other branchiobdellid. Nothing of impor¬
tance was noticed concerning the efferent and deferent ducts.
Spermiducal gland: The spermiducal gland of Ceratodrilus is his¬
tologically similar to that of other species of branchiobdellids (Moore,
1895: 521; Holt, 1949: 542, 552). Since the organ is composed of a
glandular lining epithelium covered with a thin muscular coat and a
thinner peritoneal layer, the gland cells are very tall columnar cells
with basal nuclei. They contain droplets of secretory material towards
their outer ends (fig. 10). Occasionally, there are cilia present projecting
into the lumen of the gland (one specimen of C, ophiorhysis), but ap¬
parently this is not characteristic. Always there is a mesh work of se¬
creted material in the lumen of the gland.
The deferent ducts enter the gland at its ental end and in C. thy-
sansomus the gland is indented, not as much as in some species of
Camharincola, between the places of entry of the ducts, but more, as
far as could be determined, than in C. ophiorhysis (figs. 12 and 14). The
difference in size of the spermiducal glands of the two species of
Ceratodrilus has been commented upon above. Camharincola and Ptero-
drilus have spermiducal glands most nearly like that of Ceratodrilus
among the genera of branchiobdellids which are well known.
Prostate: The prostate of both species of Ceratodrilus is reduced to
nothing other than the prostatic bulb. That of C. ophiorhysis, however,
is more apparent in whole mounts (fig. 14); while that of C. thysano¬
somus frequently cannot be seen at all in such preparations (fig. 12).
The prostatic bulb consists of flattened epithelial cells that, from their
appearance in hematoxylin-eosin stained sections, may well be muscular
(fig. 10). The cavity of the bulb communicates directly by a very nar¬
row, hardly perceptible, lumen which is filled with a secretion, with the
lumen of the spermiducal gland. A prostate in developed form is found
1960] Holt >- The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall 69
in the genera Cambarincola and Pterodrilus, The prostatic bulb is found
in some species of Cambarincola. In both these genera the prostate,
lying closely applied to the spermiducal gland and enclosed with it by
the peritoneal covering, opens into the lumen of the spermiducal gland
at the point where it becomes muscular to form the ejaculatory duct.
Ejaculatory duct: Histologically, the ejaculatory duct resembles that
of other branchiobdellids in which it occurs (Holt, 1949:542, 553). It is,
however, relatively prominent in Ceratodrilus (figs. 12 and 14) and the
lumen is distinct. This structure is called the muscular sperm sac by
Moore (1895:521) and is apparently not distinguished from the penial
sheath by many authors who call all parts of the male reproductive system
ectad to the deferent ducts the atrium. It is known to be absent in
Xirondrilus and in some species of Branchiobdella.
Bursa: The atrial part of the bursa is fairly large in Ceratodrilus
(table 3) and as always consists of an invagination of the body wall. It
is subspherical in shape (figs. 12 and 14) and is eversible (fig. 7). The
inner edge of the inwardly projecting layer of epitheliomuscular lining
epidermis of the withdrawn atrium (fig. 3) becomes the outer rim of the
cup-like, everted atrium (fig. 7). The muscles of the atrium proper are
primarily circular with reference to the organ itself, although the organ
is so heavily muscular and the muscle fibers are so hard to trace, that the
presence of radial muscles, at least, is not ruled out. The penis projects
into the ental portion of the cavity of the atrium. In short, the atrium of
Ceratodrilus is much like that of other branchiobdelhds.
The penial sheath is limited entally by the narrowing of the ejacula¬
tory duct and the beginning of a covering of longitudinal (in reference
to the organ itself) muscle fibers. Ectally, the penial sheath ends at the
point where the circular muscles of the atrium and the longitudinal ones
of the sheath are joined. In Ceratodrilus there is a distinct outer indenta¬
tion at this point; in other words, the penial sheath is less in diameter
than the atrium (figs. 12 and 14). The penial sheath is composed of
two muscle layers, the outer longitudinal one mentioned and an inner
circular layer which may be derived from that of the atrium, but which are
continuous with the muscle layer of the ejaculatory duct. This inner
layer of muscle cells forms strands which traverse the space between the
sheath and the penis and attach to the latter, serving, one supposes, to
withdraw the penis (figs. 3 and 6).
The penis is a continuation of the lining epithelium of the ejacula¬
tory duct and when completely withdrawn into the penial sheath is
folded several times in the ectal part of the sheath (fig. 6), but may be
completely everted to form a rather membranous structure somewhat
[April
70 The Virginia Journal of Science
expanded at the outer end (fig. 7).
Whether the eversible penis of Cirrodrilus is like that of Ceratodrilus
cannot be determined without a direct comparison, but Yamaguchi’s
figure (1934:195) shows the bursa and penis of Stephanodriliis [= Cirro¬
drilus inukaii] to be rather like that of Ceratodrilus except for the short¬
ness of the penial sheath which is simply the ental part of the atrium.
The female reproductive system. As remarked above, the female
reproductive system proper of Ceratodrilus is not noticeably different
from that of other branchiobdellids.
Spermatheca. The spermatheca of Ceratodrilus is a large organ. The
bursal part consists of an inturning of the body wall to form a narrow
canal of no great extent (fig, 8) lined with an epidermis continuous with
and similar to that of the body wall. The spermathecal duct, which is
narrow in such species as Camharincola macrodonta Ellis (Holt and
Hoffman, 1959: 101), is quite thick in Ceratodrilus and constitutes
roughlv half the length of the entire organ. It is lined with very tall glan¬
dular cells whose outer ends, which project into the lumen of the duct,
are separated from each other. The nuclei of all these cells are located
basally. This part of the spermatheca is enclosed by two muscle layers;
an outer circular one and an inner longitudinal one. The spermathecal
duct passes over into the spennathecal bulb without anv increase in
diameter of the bulb over the duct part of the organ ( table 3 ) ; indeed
in C. thifsanosomus the bulb seems to be slightly less in total diameter
than the duct, while the reverse may be true for C. ophiorhysis. The
great increase in the diameter of the lumen of the bulb is accounted for
by the absence of the longitudinal layer of muscles, the reduction in size
of the outer circular muscle cells and the great decrease in the height
of the cells of the lining epithelium which here are flattened (fig. 8).
Generally the lining epithelium of the spermathecal bulb appears to be
simply that of a lining epithelium, but in one specimen of C. thysanosomus
these cells appear glandular, produce clear globules of what may be a sec¬
retory material at their free l3orders and are ciliated (fig 5). Apparently,
this represents some sort of physiologically distinct phase in the activity of
the spermatheca, since this condition was not observed in other individuals.
Entally, the spermatheca ends in a process in which no spermatozoa
are found. The apparent length of this process is variable, but it is always
present and the lining epithelium is of a different character from that
of the bulb; the cells of this region are composed of a denser and darker
staining cytoplasm. Frequently, the process is invaginated at its ental end
(fig. 8) and that of C. thysanosomus may be slightly longer than that of
C. ophiorhysis.
1960] Holt — The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall 71
There are no specific differences which are clearly constant between
the spermatheoae of the species of Ceratodrilus. The organ is generally
similar to that of other branchiobdellids, but differs in the diameter of
the spermathecal stalk from that of Cambarincola and the ental process
is not common in the genera known to the writer.
Much remains to be learned about Ceratodrilus. Many more collec¬
tions are needed from the Snake River basin and nearby regions. Nothing
is known of the ecology of the animals. Much more study of the range
of morphological variability of C. thysanosomus should be done and its
distribution in the relict streams of the Great Basin studied in detail. It
is hoped that this report of what is known about this interesting genus
will encourage workers with a ready access to these regions to investigate
some of these problems.
Summary
The history of previous treatments of the genus is reviewed and
Hall’s generic name, Ceratodrilus, is revived. Ceratodrilus is separated
from Cirrodrilus Pierantoni by the presence of four instead of eight
peristomial tentacles; by the presence of a prostate in the form of a
prostatic bulb; by the deferent ducts entering the spermiducal gland at
its ental end instead of along the midlength of the organ; by the absence
of a median duct of the spermatheca; and by the presence of a common
opening instead of paired ones of the anterior nephridia. A revised diag¬
nosis of C. thysanosomus Hall and a diagnosis of C. ophiarhysis, n. sp., are
presented and compared. The anatomy of the genus is discussed with
particular emphasis placed on characters which vary from one group of
branchiobdellids to another. Terms applicable to the branchiobdellid
reproductive systems are defined and some new ones introduced.
Literature Cited
Ellis, Max M. 1912. A new discodrilid worm from Colorado. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 42: 481-486.
Goodnight, C. ]. 1940. The Branchiobdellidae of North American crav-
fishes. Ill. Biol. Monogr. 17(3): 1-71.
Hall, M. C. 1914. Description of a new genus and species of the discodrilid
worms. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 48: 187-193.
72 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
Holt, P. C. 1949. A comparative study of the reproductive systems of
Xironogiton instabilius instabilius (Moore) and Cambarincola phila-
delphica (Leidy) (Annelida, Oligochaeta, Branchiobdellidae) . Jour.
Morph. 84(3): 535-572.
- . 1953. Characters of systematic importance in the family
Branchiobdellidae (Oligochaeta). Va. Jour. Sci., 4(2): 57-61.
- . 1955. A new branchiobdellid of the genus Cambarincola (Oligo¬
chaeta, Branchiobdellidae) from Kentucky. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci.
30(1): 27-31.
- . and R. L. Hoffman. 1959. An emended description of Cam¬
barincola macrodonta Ellis with remarks on the diagnostic characters
of the genus (Oligochaeta, Branchiobdellidae). Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci.
34(2): 97-104.
Moore, J. P. 1894. On some leech-like parasites of American crayfish.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 45(for 1893): 419-428.
- . 1895. The anatomy of Bdellodrilus illuminatiis, an American
discodrilid. Jour. Morph. 10: 497-540.
Pierantoni, V. 1905. Cirrodrilus cirratus, n.g.n.sp. Parasita delF Astacus
japonicus. Ann. Mus. Zool. Univ. Napoh. N. S. 1(31).
- . 1906. 2 nuovi discordridi del Giappone e della California, Ann.
Mus. Zool. Univ. Napoli. N. S. 2(11).
- . 1912. Monografia dei Discordrihdae. Ann. Mus. Zool. Univ.
Napoli. N.S. 3(24).
Stephenson, J. 1930. The Oligochaeta. Oxford.
Yamaguchi. H. 1932a. On the genus Cirrodrilus Pierantoni, 1905, with
a description of new Branchiob della from Japan. Ann. Zool. Japan.
13(4): 361-367.
- . 1932b. Description of a new branchiobdellid, Carcinodrilus
nipponicus, n.g.n.sp. Jour. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 2(ser. 6)
(1): 61-67.
- . 1932c. A new species of Cambarincola, with remarks on
spermatic vesicles of some branchiobdellid worms. Proc. Imp, Acad.
8(9): 454-456.
- . 1933. Description of a new branchiobdellid, Cambarincola
okadai n. sp., parasitic on American crayfish transferred into a
Japanese Lake. Proc. Imp. Acad. 9(4): 191-193.
1960]
Holt — The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall
73
- - . 1934. Studies on Japanese Branehiobdellidae with some revis¬
ions on the classification. Jour. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 3
(ser. 6) (3): 177-219.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
All figures, except fig. 1, which is adapted from Yamaguchi (1934:
194) and fig. 2, were drawn with the aid of a camera lucida.
Legend. — a, atrium; b, bursa; cp, cephalic tentacles; dd, deferent
duct; ejd, ejaculatory duct; enp, ental process of spermatheca; esg, lining
epithelium of spermiducal gland; /, jaw; /n, junction of nephridial outlet
ducts; np, nephridiopore; op, oral papillae; p, penis; pb, prostatic bulb;
ps, penial sheath; sb, spermathecal bulb; sd, spermathecal duct; sg,
spermiducal gland; spb, spermathecal bursa.
74
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
1. Male deferent apparatus of Stephanodrilus inukaii, after Yamaguchi
(1934:194).
2. Distribution of Ceratodrilus. Circles indicate records for C. thysanoso-
mus; triangles records for C. ophiorhysis. Solid figures indicate Holt’s
records; open ones, Goodnight’s.
3. Oblique section of penial sheath, penis and atrium of C. ophiorhysis.
4. Ventral view of head of C. ophiorhysis.
5. Portion of wall of spermathecal bulb of C. thysanosomus.
6. Longitudinal section of penial sheath and penis of C. thysanosomus.
1960]
Holt >— The Genus Ceratodrilus Hall
75
7. Longitudinal section of everted bursa and penis of C. thysanosomus.
8. Longitudinal section of spermatheca of C. ophiorhysis.
9. Longitudinal section through the nephridiopore of C. thysanosomus.
10. Section through prostatic bulb and portion of spermiducal gland of
C. ophiorhysis.
76
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
11. Outline drawing of C. thysanosomus.
12. Lateral view of reproductive organs in segments v and vi of C.
thysanosomus.
1960]
Holt — The Genus Ceratodrilm Hall
■ OSoim
Plate IV
13. Outline drawing o£ C. ophiorhysis.
14. Lateral view of reproductive organs of C. ophiorhysis.
15. Upper jaw of C. ophiorhysis.
16. Lower jaw of C. ophiorhysis.
78
Tareyton
CICARITKS
Z\Wi\W
UJCKf
STRIKE
'ITS TGASTEO
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
QUALITY
1960]
PROGRA.M, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
79
Cat. No. 71-281-1 Cat. No. 71-726
$45.00 $10.00
PHIPPS & BIRD
PIPETTE mm
In the laboratory this large
capacity Pipette Dryer is special¬
ly recommended for thorough dry¬
ing pipettes of any size up to
375 mm. in length.
Cylinder is mounted on vented
base with specially designed heat¬
er placed in lower end of cylin¬
der. The instrument is designed
to take the standard rack of
6-in. pipette washer. Rack is tak¬
en out of washer drained for
about a minute and placed right
into the dryer. Drying time varies
according to size and load of
pipettes. But this method of dry¬
ing means less handling by the
technician thus the hazard of
breakage is greatly reduced.
Without obligation send us com¬
plete information on your Pipette
Dryer.
Name .
Title .
Company .
Address .
City . . .
. State .
The Pipette Dryer comes com¬
plete with cord and plug but
without rack. The instrument
operates on 115 volts AC or DC.
[PGGQPPg (Si B Q DEIS^
MANUFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS OF SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT
6m & BYRD STREETS — RICHMOND, VA.
1960]
Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
81
Virginia Academy of Science
P.
ro^ram
OF THE
Thirty-Eighth Annual Meeting
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
May 11-14, 1960
82
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
Genera! Program Of The 38th Annual Meeting
Exhibitors. Mezzanine, Hotel Jefferson
Wednesday, May 11, 1960
4:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m.
Registration for Junior Academy Members
and Participants in the Science Talent Search.
Ball Room
5:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m.
8:00 p.m.
Arrangement of Exhibits. Ball Room
Virginia Junior Academy of Science Commit¬
tee Meeting. Confederate Room
Thursday, May 12, 1960
8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.
Registration and arrangements of Exhibits.
Ball Room
9:00 a.m.
Meeting of Science Exhibit Judges. Empire
Room
Meeting of Science Talent Search Judges.
Flemish Room
9:30 a.m.
Meeting of Sponsors, Exhibitors, and Science
Talent Search Participants and Judges, Em¬
pire Room
10:00 a.m. to 12:15 p.m.
1:15 p.m. to 3:00 p.m.
Finalists of Talent Search meet with Chair¬
man and Interviewers. Dining Room A, Rebel
Room, Dominion Room, Confederate Room,
Randolph Room
10:00 a.m. to 12:15 p.m.
1:15 p.m. to 3:00 p.m.
Judging of Science Exhibit Contest. (En¬
couragement of Juniors at their Exhibits.)
Ball Room
1:00 p.m.
Section of Science Teachers. Washington
Room
2:00 p.m.
Meeting of the Council, Glasgow House, One
West Main Street
1960] Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting 83
3:00 p.m. Business Meeting o£ Junior Academy of
4:30 p.m.
Science. Empire Room
Meeting of Section Editors. Confederate
Room
5:30 p.m.
Meeting of Junior Academy of Science Com¬
mittee. Empire Room
8:00 p.m.
Annual Academy Conference. Empire Room
Friday, May 13, 1960
8:30 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Registration, Lobby, Jefferson Hotel
9:00 a.m.
Section Meetings. See the detailed Section
Programs for the time Schedule of Papers.
Agricultural Science Section — Washington
Room
Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics —
Friday: Intermediate Room. Second Floor,
Educational Building, Second Baptist
Church, 7 West Frankhn Street. Saturday:
Assembly Room, Second Floor, Y.M.C.A.
Bacteriology — Randolph Room
Biology — Empire Room
Chemistry — Flemish Room
Education — Dining Room A
Engineering — Y.M.C.A. Game Room
Geology — Blue Room, Educational Build¬
ing, Basement Second Baptist Church, 7
West Franklin Street
Medical Science — Junior Department, Rear
of Second floor Educational Building, Sec¬
ond Baptist Church, 7 West Franklin Street
Psychology — Dominion Room and Confed¬
erate Room
Statistics — Monticello Room
84
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
9:30 a.m. to 11:00 a.m.
12:00 noon to 2:00 p.m.
12:15 p.m. to 1:15 p.m.
1:30 p.m.
6:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.
8:00 p.m.
Coffee Hour — Academy Members, wives
and Guests. Hostesses will be glad to assist
the ladies in their plans for the day. Mez¬
zanine, Hotel Jefferson
Virginia Junior Academy of Science
Assembly Room, Basement, Sanctuary Build¬
ing, Second Baptist Church (See program
for Junior Academy)
Recess for Luncheon
Section Meetings
Recess for Dinner
Virginia Academy of Science Assembly. Ball
Room
Welcome to Academy — Colonel Fitzroy,
Administrator of the University Center in
Virginia
Short Business Meeting, Election of Officers
Presentation of the J. Shelton Horsley Re¬
search Award
Guest Speaker: Dr. Harry F. Harlow, Pro¬
fessor of Psychology, University of Wis¬
consin and Past President of the American
Psychological Association
Subject: “ A Theory of the Development of
Affection in Primates.”
The General Public is invited to attend
Saturday, May 14, 1960
9:00 a.m. Section Meetings
10:00 a.m. Meeting of the Council of the Academy.
Glasgow House, One West Main Street
1960]
Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
85
Program Of The Virginia Junior
Academy Of Science
Wednesday, May 11, 1960
4:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m. Registration and Arrangement of Exhibits.
Ballroom. (Report to Registration and As¬
signment tables).
8:00 p.m. Virginia Junior Academy of Science Commit¬
tee meeting. Confederate Room.
Thursday, May 12, 1960
8:00 a.m. — 10:00 a.m.
9:00 a.m. — 9:30 a.m.
9:00 a.m. — 9:30 a.m.
9:30 a.m. — 10:00 a.m.
10:00 a.m.
10:00 a.m. to 12:15 p.m.
1:15 p.m. to 3:00 p.m.
10:00 a.m. to 12:15 p.m.
1:15 p.m. to 3:00 p.m.
3:00 p.m.
Registration and Arrangement of Exhibits.
Ballroom. (Report to Registration and As¬
signment tables)
Meeting of Science Exhibit Judges. Empire
Room
Meeting of Talent Search Judges. Flemish
Room
Meeting of Sponsors, Exhibitors, Science
Talent Participants and Judges. Empire
Room
Meeting of Club Sponsors. Empire Room
FinaHsts for Talent Search meet with Chair¬
man and Interviewers. Dining Room A, Rebel
Room, Confederate Room, Dominion Room
and Randolph Room
Judging of Science Exhibits. Ballroom
Business Meeting of Virginia Jimior Academy
of Science. Empire Room
86
4:30 p.m.
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
Virginia Junior Academy of Science Com¬
mittee meeting. Dominion Room
8:00 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. Danee and Social Hour. White Students —
Student Union, Medical College of Virginia.
Colored Students — Virginia Union Univer¬
sity
Friday May 13, 1960
9:00 a.m. Partieipation in the Senior Academy Section
Meetings
12:00 noon to 2:00 p.m. Virginia Junior Academy of Scienee Assembly
and Awards Hour. Assembly Room, Second
Baptist Church, 13 West Franklin Street.
Guest Speaker: Dr. Vineent Sehaefer, Con¬
sultant, Scheneetady, New York
2:30 p.m. Exhibits may be dismantled
Section Of Science Teachers
A. B. Niemeyer, Jr. — Chairman
Virginia Ellett — Chairman Elect
Robert Horne — Secretary
Alan Mandall — Section Editor
Thursday, May 12, 1960. 1:20 P.M. Washington Room
THEME: “Recent Advaneements in Scienee Teaching in Virginia High
Schools.”
1:00 — 1:20 — Business Session
1. 1:20— 1:40— On The State Level —
Franklyn Kizer; Assistant Supervisor of Secondary Education
2. 1:40— 2:00— From Augusta County
S. G. Stewart — Director of Instruction
87
1960] Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
3. 2:00— 2:20— From Fairfax County
William S. Graybeal — Director of Secondary Education
4. 2:20— 2:40— From Richmond City
L. D. Adams — Assistant Superintendent
5. 2:40—3:00 From Norfolk County
M. E. Alford — Assistant Superintendent
Section Of Agricultural Science
Current Officers (1959-60):
Maurice B. Rowe, III, Chairman
Wm. H. Brittingham, Vice-Chairman
Carl W. Allen, Secretary
Paul B. Siegel, Section Editor
Friday, May 13, 1960, 8:30 A.M. Washington Room
8:30 Call to order by Chairman. Announcements and Committee
Appointments
1. 8:45 Photoperiodism in Turkeys.
A. T. Leighton, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
2. 9:00 Susceptibihty of Three Breeds of Chickens to Blackhead.
E. E. Lund; Animal Disease and Parasite Research Division,
Agricultural Research Service, Beltsville, Maryland
3. 9:15 A Modified Extraction-Titration Test for Detecting Rancidity
of Milk and Cream.
W. K. Stone and P. M. Large; Virginia Agricultural Experiment
Station
4. 9:30 The Effect of Dietary Sodium Bromide Level upon the Rats’
Growth and Carcass and Liver Bromide Levels.
Russell F. Miller and Janet M. Paulsen; Virginia Agricultural
Experiment Station
5. 9:45 Season and the Blood Picture of Sheep and Goats.
Lubow A. Margolena; Animal Husbandry Division, Agricultural
Research Service, Beltsville, Maryland
88
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
10:00 Genetic Parameters Concerned with Feed Efficiency in Full
Fed Beef Cattle.
James A. Gaines; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10:15 Break
10:25 The Effect of Various Levels of Lysine in the Diet on Muscle
Development and on the Various Blood Phenomena of Growing
Swine.
G. M. Cahilly, R. F. Kelly, C. C. Brooks, and P. P. Graham;
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
10:40 Effectiveness of Three Management Systems for the Control
of Internal Parasites in Lambs.
J. H. Turner, K. C. Kates, I. Lindahl, G. E. Whitmore, and
F. D. Enzie; Animal Disease and Parasite Research Division,
Agricultural Research Service, Beltsville, Maryland
10:55 Guest speaker, Edward M. Hoshall, Chief Chemist,
Food Additives and Pesticide Residues. Baltimore District,
Food and Drug Administration
11:35 Pesticide Residues.
James F. Eheart, P. H. Massey, Jr., E. C. Turner, and Jean
Dickinson; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
11:50 Calcium Sources for Peanuts.
D. L. Hallock; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station,
Holland
12:00 Adjourn for Lunch.
1 : 15 The Effect of Soil Component on the Development and Survival
of Sting Nematode.
Lawrence Miller; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station,
Holland
1:30 Two Recent Developments of Great Significance in Corn
Growing.
W. W. Moschler; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
1:45 Detection of Seed Treatment.
C. F. Bruce and W. F. Crosier; Virginia Department of
Agriculture
2:00 The Soybean Cyst Nematode: A New Virginia Pest.
W. H. Matheny; Virginia Department of Agriculture
2:15 Ammonium in Certain Virginia Soils.
1960]
89
Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
C. L Rich; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
17. 2:30 Effectiveness of Phosfon as a Chemical Height-Retardant on
Potted Chrysanthemums and Easter Lillies.
Charles R. Downing and Staley L. Felton; Virginia-Carolina
Chemical Corporation
18. 2:45 The Identification of Paint Oils Via Gas-Liquid Chromatography.
W. L. Zielinski, Jr., W. V. Moseley, Jr., and R. C. Bricker;
Virginia Department of Agriculture
3:00 Break
19. 3:15 What Can an Agricultural Economist Contribute to Research
in the Physical Sciences?
Ross V. Baumann; Farm Economics Research Division, Agri~
cultural Research Service, Washington, D. C.
20. 3:30 The Role of Expectations in Agricultural Supply Response.
Olman Hee; Statistical and Historical Research Agricultural
Marketing Service, Washington, D. C.
21. 3:45 Peanut Supply Functions and Their Implications for Program
Policy.
D. Upton Livermore; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
22. 4:00 Using Time and Cost Techniques to Reduce Cost in Virginia’s
Egg Marketing Firms.
E. C. Garland, Jr.; Virginia Department of Agriculture
23. 4:15 Influence of Technological Development on the Handling of
Virginia Grade-A Milk.
R. F. Hutcheson; Virginia Department of Agriculture
4:30 Business Meeting.
90
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
Section Of
Astronomy, Mathematics, And Physics
Robert C. Yates, Chairman
Andrew Robeson, Secretary
Irving G. Foster, Section Editor
Friday, May 13, 1960. Intermediate Room, Second Floor
Educational Building, Second Baptist Church, 7 West Franklin Street
9:00 Announcements and Remarks by the Chairman
1. 9:10 An Ultra-high Vacuum System for the Deposition of Thin
Metallic Films.
Calvin O. Tiller, Virginia Institute for Scientific Research
2. 9:25 Structure of Ag Films Deposited on a Single Crystal of NaCl.
Billy W. Sloope, University of Richmond (Work done at
Virginia Institute for Scientific Research)
3. 9:40 An Apparatus for Measuring the Angular Distribution of the
Two-gamma Annihilation of Positrons.
William C. Doughty, Hampden-Sydney College
4. 9:55 Angular Correlation of Annihilation Radiation.
R. S. Cortesi, University of Virginia
5. 10:10 A Continuously Varying Coohng Stage for X-Ray and Optical
Studies.
J. F. Wilkins and T. E. Leinhardt, Virginia Polytechnic In¬
stitute
6. 10:25 A Far Infrared Monochromator for Use at Low Temperatures.
Robert J. Bell and T. E. Leinhardt, Virginia Polytechnic In¬
stitute
7. 10:40 Uranium Uptake in Nuclear Emulsions.
R. E. Garrett, Hollins College
8. 10:55 Measurement of the Electron and other Small Charges by the
Magnetic Balance Method.
J. W. Beams, University of Virginia
91
1960] Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
9. 11:10 Transversal Doppler Shift Using the Mossbauer Effect.
J. W. Beams and S. Berko, University of Virginia
10. 11:25 Molecular Weights.
R. D. Boyle and P. E. Hexner, University of Virginia
11. 11:40 Production of High Vacua with a Magnetically Supported
Centrifuge.
C. E. Williams, University of Virginia
12. 11:55 Photoneutron Cross Sections for Cobalt and Manganese.
P. A. Fluornoy, R. S. Tickle and W. D. Whitehead, University
of Virginia
12:10 to 1:15 Luncheon Recess
13. 1:15 Some Uses of Pulsed Neutrons in Reactor Physics.
L. S. Anthony, J. L. McClure and A. Robeson, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute
14. 1:30 An Accelerator for Producing Neutron Pulses.
J. L. McClure, L. S. Anthony and A. Robeson Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute
15. 1:45 A Monte Carlo Analysis of Neutron Thermalization in Graphite.
P. A. Newman and W. B. Payne, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
16. 2:00 The Design and Construction of a Single Channel Time
Analyzer.
Wm. D. Beasely and W. B. Payne, Virginia Polytechnic In¬
stitute
17. 2:15 A Millimicrosecond Time-of-Flight Neutron Spectrometer.
C. I. Hudson and W. S. Walker, University of Virginia
2:30 Fifteen Minute Recess
18. 2:45 Measurement of Internal Magnetic Fields in a Ferromagnet
with Polarized Neutrons.
T. G. Williams, G. C. Cobb and H. O. P’unsten, University of
Virginia
19. 3:00 Pulse Shape Discriminating Counters for Fast Neutrons.
H. O. Funsten, G. C. Cobb and T. G. Williamson, University
of Virginia
20. 3:15 Elastic Scattering of 3.4 Mev Polarized Neutrons in S,Cu, and
Zn.
G. C. Cobb, H. O. Funsten and T. G. Williamson University
92 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
of Virginia
3:15 Business Meeting
3:30 Business Meeting
Saturday, May 14, 1960. Assembly Room, Second Floor, Y.M.C.A.
1. 9:00 The Theory of Elementary Process.
Claude Marmasse, Hollins College
2. 9:25 Scintillations of the Radio Signal from a Satellite.
J. D. Lawrence, Jr., University of Virginia
3. 9:40 Angular Scintillations of Radio Stars.
James P. Hollinger, University of Virginia
4. 9:55 A New Look at Perturbation in Celestial Mechanics.
D. Willard, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
5. 10:10 Atmospheric Phenomena at a Sunrise Total Eclipse of the Sun.
John W. Stewart, University of Virginia
6. 10:25 Recent High Pressure Studies of Solified Gases.
James N. Boyd and John M. Stewart, University of Virginia
7. 10:40 Apparatus for the Measurement of the Magnetic Rotation
Spectra of Free Radicals Produced by Flash Photolysis.
J. L. Detch, L. Goodfriend and F. R. Grownfield, Jr., College
or William and Mary
8. 10:55 A Demonstration of Phase and Group Velocities using a
Gathode Ray Oscilloscope.
F. R. Grownfield, Jr., College of William and Mary
9. 11:10 Use of a Shoe X-Ray Machine for an Undergraduate Labora¬
tory in Atomic Physics.
J. W. Little, College of William and Mary
10. 11:25 An Undergraduate Nuclear Physics Experiment on the Spec¬
trum of a Beta Emitter.
L. Rogon and J. L. Detch, College of William and Mary
11. 11:40 A General Physics Laboratory Experiment on the Balmer Series
of Hydrogen.
R. E. Adelberger, College of William and Mary
1960]
Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
93
Section Of Bacteriology
(Virginia Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists)
Quentin Myrvik, President
Catherine M. Russell, Vice-President
Wesley A. Volk, Secretary-Treasurer
P. Arne Hansen, Section Editor
Friday, May 13, 1960 — Randolph Room.
11:00 Business Meeting
12:00 Recess
1. 1:50 Presentation of Scientific Papers
2. 2:00 Incidence of Bacterial Species Isolated from Urinary Tract
Infections.
H. J. Welshimer, Microbiology Department, Medical College
of Virginia
3. 2:20 A Technique for Procuring Lung Macrophages.
Eva Soto Leake, Microbiology Department, University of Vir¬
ginia, School of Medicine
4. 2:40 Histobacteriology, the Study and Identification of Microorgan¬
isms in Fixed Tissue by Fluorescent Antibodies.
J. D. Marshall and P. Arne Hansen, Armed Forces Institute
of Pathology, Washington, D. C., and Microbiology Depart¬
ment, University of Maryland, College Park.
5. 3:00 Tuberculostatic Activity of Alveolar Macrophages.
Shunsaku Oshima, Microbiology Department, University of
of Virginia, School of Medicine.
6. 3:20 The Use of Iodine for the Disinfection of Indoor Swimming
Pools.
J. E. Faber, J. D. Marshall and William Campbell, Micro¬
biology Department and College of Physical Education, Uni¬
versity of Maryland, College Park.
94
7.
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
3:40 The Properties of a Strain of Herpes Simplex Virus Which
Produces Unusually Large Multinucleate Giant Cells in Tissue
Culture.
Clayton E. Wheeler, Dermatology Department, University of
Virginia, School of Medicine.
Section Of Biology
Jesse C. Thompson, Jr.; Chairman
Grace Wiltshire, Vice-Chairman
Willie M. Reams, Jr.; Secretary
Walter S. Flory, Jr.; Section Editor
Friday, May 13, 1960 — 9:30 A.M. >- Empire Room.
1. 9:30 The Blessed Thistle (Cnicus benedictus, L.) in Virginia.
A. B. Massey; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
2. 9:45 A Zephyranthes Complex on the Mexican Plateau.
Raymond O. Flagg; The Blandy Experimental Farm
3. 10:00 A 60-chromosomed Allium from Texas.
W. S. Flory and Rina Varma; The Blandy Experimental Farm
4. 10:15 The Genus Beaucarnea: (1) Chromosomes and (2) Systema-
matic Position
W. S. Flory and Rina Varma; The Blandy Experimental Farm
5. 10:30 Some Properties of a Growth Influencing Substance in Timo¬
thy Roots
Robert T. Brumfield; Longwood College and Oak Ridge
National Laboratory
6. 10:45 Do We Need a Geobiotic Ethic
Joseph J. Shomon; Commission of Game and Inland Fisheries
7. 11:00 Preliminary Studies on the Feeding Response of Redwings
to 27 Grain Sorghum Varieties
Paul W. Lefebvre; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
8. 11:15 Evaluating Rabbit Management Procedures by Pellet Counts
Alan S. Krug; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
1960]
9. 11:30
10. 11:45
12:00
11. 2:00
12. 2:45
13. 3:00
14. 3:15
15. 3:30
16. 3:45
17. 4:00
18. 4:15
19. 4:30
20. 4:40
Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting 95
Developing a Technique for Sampling Browse Production on
Deer Ranges
Jim B. Whelan; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Variations in the Crayfish Cambarus montanus acuminatus
Larry L. Farmer; University of Virginia
Section Business Meeting
Invitation Paper. Regeneration in Insects
Dietrich Bodenstein; University of Virginia
Resistance to DDT and Chlordane in the German Cockroach
Following Discontinuance and Restoration of Selection
James McD. Grayson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
The Albinistic Isopods of the United States
Harrison R. Steeves, III; University of Virginia
A Study of the Microenvironment in Two Contrasted Forest
Floor Habitats
James K. Grimm; Madison College
Gastrotrichan Studies at Mountain Lake Biological Station,
Giles County, Virginia, June-August, 1958
Charles E. Packard; Randolph-Macon College
Morphogenesis of PET/MCV Mouse Melanocytes
Willie M. Reams, Jr., and Stuart E. Nichols, Jr.; Medical
College of Virginia
The Effect of Na-L-Thyroxine on Viability and Regeneration
of Dugesia tigrina
William L. Mengebier; Madison College
Histological Observations on the Oviduct of Cambarus longulus
longulus, Girard, 1852.
D. Hugh Puckett; College of William and Mary in Norfolk
T-1824 Dve Light Absorption Characteristic in Deproteinated
Plasma
Jack D. Burke; University of Richmond
CO2 Studies in the Horned Passalus
James R. Powell; University of Richmond
96
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
Section Of Chemistry
Mearl A. Ease, Chairman
W. Allan Powell, Secretary
Mearl A. Kise, Section Editor
Friday, May 13, 1960—9:00 A. M.— Flemish Room, Jefferson Hotel
9:00 Announeements : Introductory Remarks
1. 9:15 Determination of Polyphenols in Tobacco.
Marvin D. Edmunds and W. Allan Powell; Philip Morris
Research Center and University of Richmond.
2. 9:30 A Study of the Reducing Substances in Cigarette Smoke.
J. E. Wickham, Jr., J. C. Holmes, and J. J. Westbrook, III;
Philip Morris Research Center
3. 9:45 A Material Balance Study of A Burning Cigarette.
Elizabeth T. Oakley, Melvin B. Bennett, and J. C. Holmes;
Philip Moris Research Center
4. 10:00 The Determination of Boric Acid by Conductimetric Measure¬
ment.
Carol A. Penn and Helen L. Whidden; Department of Chemis¬
try, Randolph-Macon Womans College
5. 10:15 A Comparative Study of Available Titrimetric Methods for
Uranium.
Gayle King and Helen L. Whidden; Department of Chemistry,
Randolph-Macon Womans College
6. 10:30 A New Spectrophotometric Method for the Determination of
Microgram Amounts of Manganese.
Dwight O. Miller and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analysis Lab¬
oratory, Department of Chemistry, University of Virginia
7. 10:45 Combustion of Elemental Boron.
Claude P. Talley; Experiment Incorporated
8. 11:00 Preparation and Properties of Massive Amorphous Elemental
Boron.
Claude P. Talley, Lloyd E. Line, Jr., and Quinton D. Overton,
1960]
9. 11:15
10, 11:25
11. 11:35
11:50
12. 1:00
13. 1:15
14. 1:30
15. 1:45
16. 2:00
17. 2:15
18. 2:30
19. 2:45
Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting 97
Jr., Experiment Incorporated
Isolation and Characterization of Gnaphalicin, An Antibiotic
Isolated from Gnaphalium, obtusiflium (Rabbit Tobacco).
Samuel J. R. Gamble; Department of Chemistry, Lynchburg
College
Kinetics of the Hydrolysis of Nitrostyrenes.
Thomas I. Crowell; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, University
of Virginia
The Technique for the Continuous Measurement of the Vapor
Phase Corrosion of Metals.
W. H. Jago and N. F. Murphy; Department of Chemical En¬
gineering, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Business Meeting
Phase Solubilities in the System: Phosphoric Acid-Water-
Tributyl Phospate.
B. L. Doumas and N. F. Murphy; Department of Chemical
Engineering, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Representation of Delay Powder Data.
Lewis B. Johnson, Jr.; Research Laboratories for the Engi¬
neering Sciences, University of Virginia
The Binary System Sodium Acetate-Propionic Acid.
Robert Hall and Wilbert Chappell; Department of Chemistry,
Madison College
The Growth of Thin Films of Gamma-CuBr on Copper Single
Crystals.
Kenneth R. Lawless and Robert H. Kean; Cobb Chemical
Laboratory, University of Virginia
Electron Microscope Studies of Thin Nickel Electrodeposits
on Copper Single Crystals.
Lucille B. Gammon; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research
Thermodynamics of Aqueous Phenols.
W. F. O’Hara and L. G. Hepler; Cobb Chemical Laboratory,
University of Virginia
Studies in the Synthesis of a Sesquiterpene Ring System.
Oscar R. Rodig and Norman J. Johnson; Cobb Chemical Lab¬
oratory, University of Virginia
Some Indole Derivatives Related to Natural Products.
98
20.
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Walter H. Hartung and A. Garnett Richardson; Department of
Chemistry and Pharmaceutical Chemisinj, Medical College of
Virginia
3:00 The Preparation of Trialkyl Phosphorotrithioites and Their
Cotton Defoliant Activity.
Mathias F. Kelly and William R. Smithey, Jr.; Department of
Research and Development, Virginia Carolina Chemical Cor¬
poration
3:15 Bromination Reactions of 2-Methyl-2,5-dihydrothiophene 1,
1 -Dioxide and Some of its Simple Derivatives.
Robert C. Krug and James A. Rigney; Department of Chem¬
istry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
3:30 Preparation of Some Cvclic Sulfone Derivatives by the Hydro-
boration Reaction.
Robert C. Krug and Donald E. Boswell; Department of
Chemistry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
3:40 Reactions of Cis- and Trans-dypnones.
Landry T. Slade and Robert E. Lutz; Cobb Chemical Lab¬
oratory, University of Virginia
3:55 Synthesis and Investigation of Hydrazidooxalic Acid.
Thomas P. Foley, Jr., Thomas C. Imeson, II, David N. Keyes,
and James K. Shillington; Department of Chemistry, Wash¬
ington and Lee University
4:10 The Coupling of Grignard Reagents to Benzyl Systems.
Frank A. Vingiello, Sih-gwan Quo and John Sheridan; De¬
partment of Chemistry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
4:20 An Unusual Reduction Observed During the Course of a
Grignard Reaction.
Frank A. Vingiello and Thomas Delia; Department of Chemis¬
try, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
4:30 The Synthesis of Some New 10-Substituted -aryl 1, 2-Benzan¬
thracenes.
Frank A. Vingiello and Claude I. Lewis; Department of
Chemistry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
1960]
Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
99
Section Of Engineering
O. R. Singleton, Jr., Chairman
Stuart B. Row, Secretary
R. M. Hubbard, Section Editor
Friday, May 13, 1960. - 9:00 A.M. Y.M.C.A. Game Room.
1. 9:00 A Miniaturized Generating Electric Field Meter.
B. J. Gilpin, R. R. Humphris and F. E. Morse, Division of
Electrical Engineering, Research Laboratories for the En¬
gineering Sciences, University of Virginia
2. 9:15 An A. C. Ionization Chamber.
C. D. Broadbent, R. R. Humphris and W. P. Walker, Division
of Electrical Engineering, Research Laboratories for the En¬
gineering Sciences, University of Virginia
3. 9:30 A Low Level, High Frequency, D. C. Chopper.
E. W. Emt, G. C. Davies, J. D. Cooke and R. S. Ramsey,
DepaHment of Electrical Engineering, University of Virginia
4. 9:45 Detection of Radioactive Argon from the University of
Virginia Reactor.
Jack K. Gilham, Department of Nuclear Engineering, Uni¬
versity of Virginia
5. 10:00 Nuclear Design Analysis of a Thermionic Converter Reactor.
David J. Paul, Department of Nuclear Engineering, University
of Virginia
6. 10:15 Performance Characteristics of the V.P.l. Argonaut Reactor.
E. Stam and A. Robeson, Department of Physics, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
7. 10:30 A Method of Transforming Concentrated Surface Forces into
Continuous Surface Forces.
William Zirk and Mohammed Abdul Majud, Department of
Civil Engineering, University of Virginia
8. 10:45 The Separation of Isotopes Using a Short-Bowl Ultracentrifuge.
Gemot Zippe, A. R. Kuhlthau and Robert L. Overstreet, Divis¬
ion of Engineering Physics, Research Laboratories for the En-
100
[April
The Virginia Journal of Science
gineenng Sciences, University of Virginia
9. 11:00 On the Motion of a Particle in a Free Vortex Centrifuge.
John E. Scott, Jr., Department of Aeronautical Engineering,
University of Virginia
10. 11:15 The Analog Computer in Engineering Analysis.
J. P. Raney, Department of Mechanical Engineering, University
of Virginia
11. 11:30 An Analog Study of the Stability of Flexible Missiles with
Autopilot and Second-Order Control Response.
James B. Fades, Jr. and G. L. Smith, Aeronautical Engineer¬
ing Depaitment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
12. 11:45 On the Simulation of the Electron Concentration Encountered
by a Body During Re-entry to the Earth’s Atmosphere.
J. N. Perkins and A. J. Russo, Jr., Aeronautical Engineering
Depaitment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
13. 12:00 Propulsion System Requirements of the Manned Interplanetary
Vehicle.
R. W. Truitt and P. R. Kurzhals, Aeronautical Engineering
Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
LUNCH
14. 1:15 Space Cabin Requirements of the Manned Interplanetary
Vehicle.
R. W. Truitt and P. R. Kurzhals, Aeronautieal Engineering
Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
15. 1:30 The Effect of Chloride Ion on the Pitting of Inconel and
Incoloy.
James A. Miller, W. A. Wilkinson and N. F. Murphy, Depart¬
ment of Engineering, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
16. 1:45 Neutron Flux Measurements by the Use of Thin Gold Films.
Arthur P. Deverill, Department of Nuclear Engineering, Uni¬
versity of Virginia
17. 2:00 Neutron Flux Measurements with a Hydraulic Rabbit.
George H. Gordes and George A. Custer, Department of Nu¬
clear Engineering, University of Virginia
18. 2:15 Design Factors of a Nitrogen Isotope Chemical Exchange
Tower.
Carl A. Renfroe, D. A. Hayford and Fred W. Bull, Depart-
1960] Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting 101
merit of Chemical Engineering, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
19. 2:30 Heat Transfer and Pressure Drop Performance of a Baffled
Heat Exchanger in Cooling a Viscous Liquid.
Patrick H. DeHart, Jr., and Fred W. Bull, Department of
Chemical Engineering, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
20. 2:45 Anomalies in the Operation of Oven Type Molecular Beam
Sources.
Richardo Zapata, Division of Astronautics, Research Laborator¬
ies for the Engineering Sciences, University of Virginia
21. 3:00 The Generation of Molecular Beams from Shock Tube Sources
and Associated Transient Phenomena.
Arthur C. Bruce, Aeronautical Engineering Department, Vir¬
ginia Polytechnic Institute
22. 3:15 Analysis and Design of a Holweck Type Molecular Pump.
E. N. Sickafus, R. B. Nelson and R. A. Lowry, Division of
Engineering Physics, Research Laboratories for the Engineer¬
ing Sciences, University of Virginia
23. 3:30 Performance Data for Several Holweck Type Molecular Pumps.
R. B. Nelson, E. N. Sickafus and R. A. Lowry, Division of
Engineering Physics, Research Laboratories for the Engineering
Sciences, University of Virginia
24. 3:45 Non-equilibrium Molecular Dissociation of Air in a Hypersonic
Nozzle.
J. N. Perkins, Aeronautical Engineering Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
25. 4:00 A Variation Problem in Space Mechanics.
James B. Fades, Jr., Aeronautical Engineering Department,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
26. 4:15 On a Solution to the Unsteady Laminar Boundary Layer.
H. A. Hassan, Aeronautical Engineering Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
27. 4:30 Quantum Mechanical Aspects of the Thermodynamic Properties
of Gases.
R. W. Truitt, Aeronautical Engineering Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
28. 4:45 An Engineering Study of a Rotary Drum Crystalhzer.
John C. Chaty, Department of Chemical Engineering, Univer¬
sity of Virginia
102 The Virginia Journal of Science
29. 5:00 Engineering Exhibits presented by members
Aeademy of Seienee.
5:15 Business Meeting and Election of Officers
Saturday, May 14, 1960 — 9:00 A.M. — Y.M.C.A. Game Room.
1. 9:00 The Determination of Heat Transfer Characteristics for a
Moving Bed System Composed of Air and Activated Carbon.
William A. Barkley and Stuart B. Row, Department of Chemi¬
cal Engineering, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
2. 9:15 The Use of High Rotational Speed Equipment to Complement
Molecular Beam Studies in Gas Dynamics.
H. J. Davis, Jr., Division of Astronautics, Research Laboratories
for the Engineering Sciences, University of Virginia
3. 9:30 The Analysis of Ion Beams Using an R-F Mass Spectrometer.
Hugh S. Landes, Division of Electrical Engineering, Research
Laboratories for the Engineering Sciences, University of
Virginia
4. 9:45 High Speed Drag on Rotating Cylinders at Very Low Pressures.
J. H. Bodine, Division of Astronautics, Research Laboraties for
the Engineering Sciences, University of Virginia
5. 10:00 A Technique for Measuring Capacity Changes of Two Insulated
Hemispheres.
B. J. Gilpin, R. R. Humphris and F. E. Morse, Division of
Electrical Engineering, Research Laboratories for the Engineer¬
ing Sciences, University of Virginia
6. 10:15 A Proximity Pickup with a Vacuum Tight Probe.
W. M. Bland and W. H. Dancy, Jr., Division of Engineering
Physics, Research Laboratories for the Engineering Sciences,
University of Virginia
7. 10:30 Preparation of Plated Specimens for Microscopic Examination
of Chrome-Steel Interface.
Jamshed B. Francis and W. H. Dancy, Jr., Division of Engi¬
neering Physics, Research Laboratories far the Engineering
Sciences, University of Virginia.
8. 10:45 Satellite Orientation Using Magnetic Support Methods.
Robert E. Russell, Division of Electrical Engineering, Research
Laboratories for the Engineering Sciences, University of Virgini
[April
of the Junior
1960] Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting 103
9. 11:00 Deformation of a Symmetrically Unbalanced Hoop Rotating
at High Speeds.
H. M. Parker, Division of Theoretical Analysis and W. C.
Connolly, Division of Engineering Physics, Research Labora¬
tories for the Engineering Sciences, University of Virginia
10. 11:15 The Soaking Effect — Apparent Drag Reduction on Bodies
Held at Low Pressures for Extended Periods of Time.
J. E. May and A. R. Kuhlthau, Division of Astronautics, Re¬
search Laboratories for the Engineering Sciences, University of
Virginia
11. 11:30 A Strength Criterion for Compacted Fine Grained Soils.
H. G. Larew, Department of Chemical Engineering, University
of Virginia
12. 11:45 Rotational Hysteresis Losses in Nickel-Zinc Ferrites at Low
Frequencies.
Ricardo Berner, Division of Electrical Engineering, Research
Laboratories for the Engineering Sciences, University of Virginia
13. 12:00 Magnetostriction in Nickel-Zmc Ferrites.
Gerald S. Nurre, Division of Electrical Engineering, Research
Laboraties for the Engineering Sciences, University of Virginia
Section Of Geology
J. L. Calver, Chairman
E. W. Ramsey, Vice-Chairman
R. S. Mitchell, Secretary
B. W. Nelson, Section Editor
Friday, May 13, 1960 — 9:00 A.M. — Blue Room, Educational
Building, Basement Second Baptist Church, 7 West Franklin Street.
9:00 Announcements
1. 9:10 Notes on the Geology of the Nile Delta and Adjacent Desert.
W .T. Parrott; Virginia Department of Highways
2. 9:30 Madison Canyon Earthquake — Montana, 1959.
E. W. Spencer; Washington and Lee University
104
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
The Virginia Journal of Science [April
9:45 Mineral Para genesis of the Meyers-L. Copenhaver Mines,
Smyth County, Virginia.
R. C. Barnes and D. K. Grubbs; University of Virginia
10:00 Retention of KCl by Halloysite.
G. W. Thomas; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10:20 Comments on Apatite from the Morefield Mine, Amelia County,
Virginia.
E. H. McCavoek and R. S. Mitehell; University of Virginia
10:35 Geology of the Lexington Quadrangle, Virginia.
K. F. Bick; Washington and Lee University
10:55 A Diabase Dike near GreenviUe, Augusta County, Virginia.
F. H. Campbell and J. M. Cole, Jr.; University of Virginia
11:15 A Petrographic Study of Some Dikes in a Quarry in Blue
Grass Valley, Highland County, Virginia.
E. K. Rader and V. S. Griffin, Jr.; University of Virginia
11:35 Business Meeting
12:00 Recess
Papers by Virginia Polytechnic Institute
National Science Foundation Undergraduate Participants
2:00 Comments on the Objectives and Accomplishments of the
National Science Foundation Program at the Virginia Polytech¬
nic Institute.
B. N. Cooper
2:10 Geology of Locust Cove Area, Smyth County, Virginia.
W. M. Eckroade
2:25 Nolichucky Sedimentation and Stratigraphy in Part of South¬
west Virginia.
J. Bryan
2:40 Chemical Stratigraphy of Middle Ordovician Limestones in
Rich Valley, Smyth County, Virginia.
E. L. Lee
2:55 Canadian-Champlainian Disconformity near Chatham HiU,
Virginia.
W. Fisher, Jr.
105
1960] Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
14. 3:10 Areal Geology of Part of SaltviHe Thrust Block near Saltville,
Virginia.
J. T. Blankenship
15. 3:20 Gravity Survey Across the Saltville Thrust near Saltville, Virginia.
H. L. Welker
16. 3:40 Ghatham Hill Limestone at the Type Locality, Smyth Gounty,
Virginia.
D. E. Hallinger
17. 3:55 Faunules of the So-called Maysville Division of the Martins-
burg Formation, Smyth Gounty, Virginia.
R. L. Sutherland
Saturday, May 14, 1960
Field trip under the direction of W. T. Parrott (Virginia Depart¬
ment of Highways) and R. S. Young (University of Virginia).
Section Of Medical Science
Edwin W. Pullen, Chairman
Eugene D. Brand, Secretary
W. Parker Anslow, Jr., Section Editor
Friday, May 13, 1960 — 10:00 A.M. Junior Department, Second
Floor, Rear, Educational Building, Second Baptist
Ghurch, 7 West Franklin Street
1. 10:00 Particle Fonnation in Soluble Mitochondrial Extracts.
J. F. Albright; Medical College of Virginia
2. 10:15 Goacervation-like Phenomena with a Protein Component.
W. A. Mills; Medical College of Virginia
3. 10:30 Biophysical Studies of Skin Proteins.
E. R. Berry; Medical College of Virginia
4. 10:45 A Potentiometric Recorder for pH Measurement.
R. C. Wilhams; Medical College of Virginia
5. 11:00 Motion Pictures of Mating Behavior of a Protozoan Ciliate
Tetrahymena pyriformis Rendered Amicronucleate by X-ray
106
[April
The Virginia Journal of Science
Treatments.
C. C. Speidel; University of Virginia School of Medicine
6. 1:15 Metabolic Effects of m-dinitrobenzene in Asp&rigillus Niger.
Edwin S. Higgins; Medical College of Virginia
7. 11:30 Prothrombin and Factor V (Accelerator Globulin) in the Rat:
Influence of Age, Sex, and Intake of Fat Soluble Vitamins.
Susan J. Mellette, Martha G. Bourne and Walter O. Cowan;
Medical College of Virginia
8. 11:45 Some Physiological Effects of ( - ) -Cotinine, A Metabolite of
(-) -Nicotine.
Joseph F. Borzelleca, Edward R. Bowman and Herbert Mc-
Kennis, Jr.; Medical College of Virginia
12:00 Business Meeting.
9. 2:15 Mathematical Form of the Function Relating Body Specific
Gravity to Body Fatness in Mammals.
Grover C. Pitts; University of Virginia School of Medicine
10. 2:30 Acclimatization to Cold and the Thyroid,
Chalmers L. Gemmill; University of Virginia School of Medicine
11. 2:45 Studies of Cholinesterase by Potentiometric Techniques.
G. M. Angelton; Medical College of Virginia
12. 3:00 The Specificity of Some Hydrolytic Enzymes.
L. A. Mounter; Medical College of Virginia
13. 3:15 Effects of Total Pancreatectomy in Experimental Pancreatitis.
Max S. Rittenbury and R. Egahl; Medical College of Virginia
14. 3:30 Studies of the Toxic Factor in Experimental Hemorrhagic
Pancreatitis.
Max S. Rittenbury and L. A. Mounter; Medical College of
Virginia
15. 3:45 The Analogue Computer: A tool for biological and physical
Research.
F. H. Schmidt; Medical College of Virginia
16. 4:00 A High Intensity Pulsed Light Source for Retinal Burn Studies.
R. S. Ruffin, R. C. Williams and F. H. Schmidt; Medical
College of Virginia
17. 4:15 The Loss of Light Energy in the Retina and Choroid.
Walter J. Geerates, Guy Chan and R. C. Williams; Medical
College of Virginia
1960]
Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
107
Section Of Psychology
John F. Hahn, Chairman
Robert A. Johnston, Secretary-Treasurer
Cyril R. Mill, Section Editor
Friday Morning, May 13, 1960 — 9:15 A.M. Dominion Room.
Noble R. McEwen, Section Chairman
1. 9:15 Certain Time Relations in Serial Rote Learning.
Gene Wilson and Rosemary Hartman, College of William and
Mary
2. 9:30 Individual Differences in Binary Pattern Recognition.
Dorothy W. Dyer and E. Rae Harcum, College of William and
Mary
3. 9:45 Attensity Gradients in the Perception of Binary Patterns.
David Camp, College of William and Mary
4. 10:00 Further Experiment Concerning Dependency Contrast in Visual
Detection and Recognition.
E. Rae Harcum, College of William and Mary
5. 10:15 Some Effects of Long-Continued, Low Intensity, Gamma Irra¬
diation on the Rat.
Leonard E. Jarrard, Washington and Lee University
6. 10:30 Acquisition of Probabilistic Paired Associates, As a Function
of S-Rl, S-R2 Ratio and Blank Trials.
James H. Woods, University of Virginia
7. 10:45 INTERMISSION.
8. 11:00 Panel Discussion: Critical Issues Related to the White House
Conference on Children and Youth.
Cyril R. Mill, Dept, of Mental Hygiene and Hospitals
Herbert Krueger, State Dept, of Welfare and Institutions
Herbert Ross, Social Service Bureau, City of Richmond
9. 12:30 Lunch — Committee Meetings.
William L. Dunn, Session Chairman
108 The Virginia Journal of Science [April
10. 2:00 An Experimental Investigation of Forgetting and Anxiety.
John H. Borghi, College of William and Mary
11. 2:15 Conditions Determining Short Term Retention in Sequential
Tasks.
H. Ray Brackett, University of Virginia
12. 2:30 Work As a Measure of Motivation in Operant Conditioning.
Nelson Smith, College of William and Mary
13. 2:45 Bar Press Apparatus Suitable for Construction and Use by
Students.
Peter Cuthrie and David Camp, College of William and Mary
14. 3:00 Symposium: Sensory Deprivation, Clinical and Theoretical Impli¬
cations.
Moderator, Robert G. Gibby, Veterans Administration Hospital
Contributors, Henry B. Adams, Veterans Administration Hos¬
pital, Richard N. Carrera, Veterans Administration Hospital,
David Cooper, Duke University
15. 4:30 Business Meeting.
16. 5:30 Social Hour and Dinner.
Saturday, May 14, 1960 — 9:00 A.M. — Dominion Room
Merton E. Carver, Session Chairman for Section A
17. 9:00 Distribution of Practice in Concept Formation.
James Crouse and Peter Guthrie, College of William and Mary
18. 9:15 The Secondary Reinforcing Value of Low Intensity Shock.
James F. Campbell, Jr., and Douglas K. Candland, University
of Virginia
19. 9:30 The Evoked Electrocortical Potential and Its Relation to the
Behavior Conditioning.
George Gerken, University of Virginia
20. 9:45 Interaction of Hunger and Estrus in the Rat.
Robert L. Rhyne, University of Virginia
21. 10:00 Discrimination Reaction Time to a Vibrotactile Display.
Raymond C. Brice, University of Virginia
22. 10:15 Electrical Stimulation of the Skin-On Purpose.
Robert H. Gibson, University of Virginia
1960]
Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
109
1960 Concurrent Session, Saturday, May 14, 1960 — 9:00 A.M.
Confederate Room
Jacob Silverberg, Session Chairman for Section B
23. 9:00 The Nature of Aversive Stimuli.
L. S. Reid, University of Virginia
24. 9:15 Scaling of Motor Noises for Annoyance.
James H. Rrown, University of Virginia
25. 9:30 The Development of Affectional Responses in Infant Dogs.
George J. Igel, University of Virginia
26. 9:45 Testing in Juvenile Courts — A Survey.
Ray Naar, Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court of Richmond
27. 10:00 Need Affiliation: Approach and Avoidance Aspects.
Richard N. Carrera, Veterans Administration Hospital,
Richmond
28. 10:15 Mental Hospital Admission Rates as A Measure of the Extent
of Mental Illness in Modern American Society.
Henry B. Adams, Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond
29. 10:30 INTERMISSION.
30. 10:45 Business Meeting.
Cletus A. Cole, President
Frank W. Finger, Vice-President
Cora Lynn Goldsborough, Secretary
William L. Dunn, Treasurer
110
The Virginia Journal of Science
[April
Section Of Statistics
Ira A. DeArmon, Jr., Chairman
James Armstrong, Jr., Vice-Chairman
William A. Glenn, Secretary
Clyde Y. Kramer, Section Editor
Program for Annual Meeting Friday, May 13, 1960 — 9:00 A.M.
Monticello Room
1. 9:00 Introductory Remarks by the Chairman
2. 9:10 Some Further Studies on Detection of Defective Quantities.
Rolf E. Bargmann and Frederick Leroy Carter, Jr., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
3. 9:30 Some Compound Binomial Distributions.
Malcolm Turner, Medical College of Virginia
4. 9:50 Sequential Allocation of Patients in Clinical Trials (Preliminary
Report) .
Robert J. Taylor, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10:10 Intermission.
5. 10:20 On the Combination of Errors in Agricultural Research.
N. R. Thompson, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
6. 10:40 The Measurement of Risk in Agricultural Production.
Paul H. Hoepner, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
7. 11:00 The Reliability and Cost Considerations of Systems with
Spare Components.
Donald F. Morrison, National Institute of Mental Health and
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
8. 11:20 Some Tests for Outliers.
Charles Quesenberry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
9. 2:00 A Soybean Experiment Interpreted With Respect to Genetic
Models.
Theodore W. Horner, Booz, Allen Applied Research, Inc. and
Charles R. Weber, Iowa State College
ill
1960] Program, Thirty Eighth Annual Meeting
10. 2:45 Business Meeting
11. 3:15 A Study of Soldier Preferences for Various Blends of Roasted
and Ground Coffees in Three Strengths.
Elie Weeks, Quartermaster Research and Engineering Field
Evaluation Agency
12. 3:35 Contributions to the Method of Paired Comparisons.
H. A. David, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
13. 4:05 Some Asymptotic Results in a Balanced Paired-Comparisons
Experiment.
B. J. Trawinski, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Saturday, May 14, 1960 — 9:00 A.M. Monticello Room.
14. 9:00 Meteorological Applications of Power-Spectrum Analysis.
Ronald E. Walpole, Roanoke College
15. 9:20 Multivariate Analysis of Incomplete- Variables Designs.
Irene Monahan, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
16. 9:40 Some Contributions to the Evaluation of Pearsonian Dis¬
tribution Eunctions.
John White, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10:00 Intermission.
17. 10:10 The Prediction of College Success from Tests and High School
Achievement.
John M. Long, College of William and Mary in Norfolk
18. 10:30 Optimum Allocation in Regression Split-Plot Experiments.
R. M, DeBaun, American Cyanamid Corporation and V. Chew,
U. S. Naval Weapons Laboratory
19. 10:50 Conditional Distributions Arising from Variation of Parameters
in a Non-Linear Response Eunction.
Max H. Myers and David C. Hurst, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute
McCOMAS
RESEARCH
CENTER
to provide for growing
basic research program
The opening of our new research
center this month will provide us
with an opportunity for even
more extensive basic research
into the physical sciences.
The new laboratories and in¬
strumentation will facilitate
comprehensive studies into the
basic nature of tobacco, smoke
and smoke flavor as well as in¬
tensify our corporate research
into packaging and adhesive ma¬
terials.
We are looking forward to the
achievements to come from this
new laboratory complex. We
sincerely believe our greater em¬
phasis on fundamental research
will be an important factor in
the continued growth of both
our company and the industries
we serve.
PHILIP MORRIS INC
The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof
is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Charles F. Lane, Stevens Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia.
The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements,
and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The
Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia.
Notice To Contributors
Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert T. Brumfield. Stevens
Hall, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been pub¬
lished on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must
accompany the manuscript.
Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total
number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the
approximate number of printed pages in the Journal.
Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be
held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.
Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.
Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically
according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the
name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any).
For example: “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the
Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the
: bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations,
where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940; 186)”, or “Sniffen
(1940) states that . . .”
Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be tjrped on separate pages. All figures
should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated
) by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin.
Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1 /2” x 6-1 /2”, and so
that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1 /2” x
11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish
the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional
figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a
grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black
drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬
graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬
graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast.
Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬
mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted.
Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction.
Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be' defrayed by the author.
OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
William M. Hinton, President
Wilson B. Bell, President-Eelect
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary-Treasurer
COUNCIL
(Board of Trustees)
Robert C. Yates (1964)
J. C. Forbes (1962)
George W. Jeffers
Jackson J. Taylor
Robert D. Ross
Robert Krai
Thelma C. Heatwole (1960)
Horton H. Hobbs (1962)
Thomas E. Gilmer (1961)
Harry G. M. Jopson (1963)
Edward S. Harlow (1960)
William G. Guy (1961)
THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Vol. 11, New Series July, I960 No. 3
VoL, 11, New Series
July, 1960
No. 3
THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science
Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS
Pages
The Place and Price of Excellence. Jacques Barzum . 113
The Fungus Flora of Agricultural Soils in Virginia
L Aquatic Phycomycetes. Wilham W. Scott . 125
News and Notes . . . 131
EDITORIAL BOARD
Robert D. Ross, Editor
Robert Krai, Managing Editor
Section Editors
Paul B. Siegel Mearl A. Kise W. Parker Anslow, Jr.
Irving G. Foster Robert M. Hubbard Cyril R. Mill
Walter S. Flory Bruce W. Nelson Clyde Y. Kramer
Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Blacksburg, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 per volume.
Mailed July 29, 1960
THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
VoL. 11, New Series I960 No. 3
THE PLACE AND PRICE OF EXCELLENCE
Jacques Barzun
Provost and Dean of Faculties, Columbia University
Although there are many subjects in which I am sure you take an
interest comparable to mine, I have chosen one which (as I hope) is
particularly suited to your present concerns and also to the time. You are
students, presumably engaged in studying; you are graduate students, who
may soon become teachers; you are parents or shortly to become parents;
you are citizens, whose votes and whose taxes are being, or going to be,
solicited in the name of education. I am accordingly going to talk to you
about education -- or so it would seem. But as I have often said, talk
about education bores me, so under guise of education I am going to
talk to you about Intellect and Intellect of the kind that is rarest and
most excellent. I am going to use the facts and the follies of education to
talk to you about intellectual excellence.
The word excellence has a pleasing sound. But it has been a long
time since we in the United States have heard it from anybody but an
advertiser. We associate excellence with the products of industry, not
only because we are told they are excellent, not only because the price
we pay and the effort we make to obtain these artifacts seem to justify
our hope of their excellence, but also and, I think, chiefly, because we
are very sure that, being artifacts, those which are declared excellent will
not incur the resentment of the others.
If this is true, it means that we are still very much alive to the idea
that underlies excellence — the idea of excelling, of raising oneself so as
to be better or greater than, or superior to, another. We are ahve to
this idea at large, but we do not like to apply it to persons. We suppress
it in our social life and even in our private dioughts, because it seems to
run counter to another idea that we cherish more stubbornly — the idea
*An address before the third convocation of the Graduate School of Cornell University.
Published by Cornell University.
114
The Virginia Journal of Science
of equality. We find it repugnant to our politieal professions and our
democratic manners that anyone should be believed in any better or
greater than someone else, should know himself to be, or should act as if
he were, in any way superior.
Very recently, however, a public report on the state of education,
prepared for the Rockefeller Brothers’ Fund and drafted under the di¬
rection of Mr. John Gardner, the head of the Carnegie Corporation, was
issued with the title: “The Pursuit of Excellence.” In the light of our
ancient prejudice about the word, the use of that phrase seems to me to
mark a turning point in the national opinion.
The phrase did not, of course, provoke the change. Rather, it con¬
firmed the fact that the change was taking place. For the change is not
merely in education, any more than it is a rediscovery of excellence in
living beings after a long siege of confinement in dead things. To talk ol
excellence in connection with education is much more momentous than
appears on the surface. For what does excellence in education or learning
really refer to? It refers to intellect. To talk of excellence in education
means to talk to the place of Intellect in the national life. And this is
almost unheard of. Education with us has been for every good purpose,
I will not say, except an intellectual purpose, but every good purpose
ahead of an intellectual purpose. It has been for character, citizenship,
health, social and individual adjustment, cultural assimilation, vocational
aid, profitable friendships, marriage opportunities, and hobbies of dis¬
tinction. The desire to raise the Intellect to new heights has not existed
or been avowed. And we are still far from according Intellect a clear
place; the Rockefeller Brothers’ report seems to speak of it as if it were
the same as creativitv, which it is not; but even creativity they want to
have thrive “in a context of concern for all.” This is hedging: clearly we
do not quite know what Intellect is, and what we do know we are afraid
of. But we have at last come face to face with the fact that Intellect
exists, and we mean somehow to come to terms with it.
The general public today probably thinks that the present agitation
about education and the training of talents dates from the Russian success
in launching rockets. But that is not so. The unrest and criticism came
well before. Some of you will remember the reports of the President’s
Commission on Higher Education, the vogue of the book Why Johnny
Cant Read, the mounting protest against so-called progressive methods,
and the repeated exposures of folly and futility in our colleges and
teachers’ colleges. These and other like events show that the unassuming
citizen has in the last few years been acquiring a new and well founded-
worry.
Still earlier, there had been a good deal of quiet self-scrutiny by
1960] The Place and Price of Excellence 115
professionals, usually encouraged by the foundations. The phrase '‘gif ted
child” emerged from these inquiries. The two most notable were perhaps
the experiment in Portland, Oregon , which put the brightest children of
all grades in speedier classes, and the advanced placement plan of ac¬
celeration devised by three colleges and three leading private schools in
the East. The result of these pointed attentions that are paid to intellect¬
ual talent and have regard to the flight of time has been to make the
American people recognize the inadequacy of their schools. The schools
are inadequate because they culpably neglect the national resource of
Intellect.
But this growing recognition, important as it is, does not bring us
the remedy. Mere speed for the gifted is not enough. Larger doses of
science and mathematics and American history will not change the
strength and character of the instruction. If the diet is poor, undernourish¬
ment is not cured by larger amounts. Most important, inadequate ar¬
rangements cannot be bettered by people who have never found anything
wrong with them. To put it more generally, the country is only beginning
to perceive that its schools are not independent of the surrounding world:
the world of parents, legislators, businessmen, journalists, and government
officials. It is their ideas that have so far prevailed— ideas we need not
scorn entirely for they have made good up to a point the adventure of
mass education. In 1900 no one believed that the free, public, and com¬
pulsory high school could work. Well, it does not work very much or very
well, but it works. Enough to be imitated, right now, by most of the
countries of Europe, which are cheerfullv repeating our early mistakes:
our colleges and universities are also semi-mass institutions, remedial in¬
stitutions for high school deficiencies; and to this Europe has not yet
attained. We are at the point of farthest advance, and we are dissatisfied.
Looking back on half a century of improvisation, we begin to see that
some of our deepest convictions will have to change if our various
schemes of improvement are to make a difference.
For the admitted evil— the inadequacy of school and college,, in par¬
ticular the wastefulness of the high school— is not one that can be removed
by once more tinkering at the curriculum and patting a few gifted youths
on the head. The notion of the gifted is true and useful, but it stops short
of the response to Intellect which we must make if, hand in hand with
the Rockefeller Brothers, we are not only to pursue excellence but oc¬
casionally to catch up with it.
At the moment, the gifted child stands in the public mind as an
agreeable freak of nature, hitherto undervalued but well worth cultiva¬
ting, indeed, almost as interesting as the retarded child. The two types
balance each other like a pair of exotic vases on a mantelpiece. Both
types, we think, are given us plainly marked by nature, fated to be what
116
The Virginia Journal of Science
they are. This may be true of the retarded; I am sure it is not true about
the gifted. Their discovery, to themselves and by others, is not inevitable:
it depends on the presence or absence of an intellectual atmosphere, on
the awareness and accpetance of Intellect as a force. One of the most
unexpected results of the Portland experiment was that, after a few
months of the accelerated program, those not in the program began to do
better work. Another starthng result was that some notorious problem
children, when given harder work to do, became good citizens. They had
been bored, of course, and they had set fire to wastebaskets in order to
have something to occupy their minds. Surely, in the hght of such facts,
we cannot consider the gifted child a natural species, which only requires
the good treatment of a well-run zoo. We must on the contrary regard
Intellect as potentially present in many individuals, and therefore as a
power to be brought forth by making the school a place where intellectual
effort and achievement are regarded as normal and necessary.
In the opposite outlook, which is still strong, I detect a secret desire
to go on protecting equalitv, that is to say, to continue muffling excel¬
lence by showing, as is easy to do, that “Intellect isn’t everything,” that
“to be smart isn’t an unmixed blessing.” Both propositions are true, but
what have they to do with a school or university? As well argue in an
opera house that “singing isn’t all of life,” and that Mozart’s lot was not
one of unmixed blessings. The equalitarian tradition, misapplied to our edu¬
cational institutions is still so powerful that even in our present anxiety
about places for the new generations in school and college, there lurks a
hope that the strict measures being advocated may be only temporary.
When our own rockets are cutting figure eights around the Russians’, we
can go back to quietly neglecting all normal, healthy, unintellectual
American boys, and to lavishing expensive care on our true favorite, the
slow mind.
You will not, I am sure, suspect me of wanting to deprive unfortu¬
nate boys and girls of the least help which lovingkindness bestows upon
them. I dwell on their situation because the country dwells on it, and in
so doing creates the contrast I want to make clear. As regards the mind,
the American school or college is, generally speaking, not an educational,
but a philanthropic institution. It tries to reduce competition and abolish
failure; it is interested in the sociable personality rather than in the
powers of Intellect; above all, it wants to preserve its ovm brand of
happiness, in which everyone can— indeed must— participate. The worthy
effort to make the handicapped feel that they are not outcasts but fully
accepted members of the group— that effort is matched by another, di¬
rected at the gifted, superior, perhaps eccentric person, and intended to
1960] The Place and Price of Excellence 117
assimilate him— literally to make him similar, to rub down his natural
contours till he, too, is spherical and smooth and fit to serve as an inter¬
changeable part in the social machine.
The proof that this characteristic effort of our schools springs from
philantropic feeling and not from hostility to special talents in that our
schools and colleges make a great point of self-development and the di¬
versity of aptitudes. Teachers are instructed to watch for individual dif¬
ferences and to let each student develop at his own pace. That is why
the idea of intellectual competition has nearly disappeared, why in many
places numerical grades have been replaced by verbal accounts written
like psychological novelettes, why courses once taken and credited are
good forever, regardless of evaporation, and why the word and the fact
of failure are forbidden as scandalous and destructive. The ideal modern
school, as we all know, is one in which contentment reigns because the
young person is steadily pleased both with what he does and with the
fact that others are pleased with him.
Now if we step from this little utopia to the training quarters of a
successful athletic team, we find a very different state of affairs. The boys
being trained are indeed the same that we encounter in any of a thous¬
and classrooms in the country, but on the field their view of life is
suddenly and radically altered. To begin with, a special seriousness per¬
vades the atmosphere; the boys are not contented but visibly anxious.
One feels the concentration of many strong wills on one object. There is
httle aimless action. Everyone takes advantage of the intervals of free
time to jump, swing, flex the muscles, to practice throwing, catching,
running. The coach and his assistants are as much interested as the class¬
room instructor in individual development, and they are keen watchers
of diverse apitudes. But they clearly have in mind for each individual a
fixed idea of what constitutes performance. Far from letting each set his
own pace, they hold him to a standard of their own choosing. If he does
not meet it ,he fails. Let me make the point clear: if he fails, he fails.
There may be reasons for the failure, but no excuse, and certainly no
consolation prizes and no verbahzed psycho-apologies to the parents. On
the contrary, I am told that the verbalizing of football coaches in mo¬
ments of stress is far from apologetic.
The reason for this atmosphere of the training quarters is quite
simple: the game is serious business. It engages the minds, hearts, and
passions of all concerned, from coach to player to spectator. Training is
therefore serious too. And when people are serious, no confusion is
tolerated between performance and failure. No amount of desire to make
up for the accidents of birth would induce anyone to give a slow-footed
or slow-witted youth a place on the team. Our philanthropic, remedial
impulses do not stretch quite so far. Indeed, we would consider any such
118
The Virginia Journal of Science [July
tempering of the mind either corrupt or stupid, and we would sack the
coach. When, on the contrary, one of his atheletes is named to the All-
American team, after the most solemn screening by the best official and
unofficial judges in the country, all those interested are confident that
they have witnessed from first to last the true way of discerning, develop¬
ing and rewarding excellence.
The comparison I have just drawn, obvious as it is, contains the
lesson American parents and teachers must learn. They must not say:
"‘Yes, yes, we know it.” They must believe it and act on it; they must do
this no matter how strange it feels to believe what you say when you
speak about education.
What the lesson tells us in famihar, unmistakable steps is what the
definition of excellence implies: excellence means excelling, which means
exerting the will to improve on nature according to rule. To squeeze high
performance out of native ability, stern demands must be made by the
talented on themselves, but these demands must come ultimately from the
world that desires and rewards performance.
And yet, and yet . . . simple and persuasive as is this set of specifi¬
cations, it is likely that something more has to be said before we are
finally convinced. The contrast between classroom and playing field seems
to accuse us too easily of being serious about games and frivolous about
brains. Not all Americans are lifelong children enamored of sports. Not
even all Europeans, whose sporting fever is by now worse than ours, have
lost their senses. Why then do we hear of Europe’s growing difficulty
in maintaining intellectual standards— in their schools, universities, and
professions? Since European attempts at mass education are much more
recent than ours, we are forced to conclude that a connection exisits be¬
tween the neglect of intellectual excellence and the culture of a thorough¬
going democracy.
Ask anybody why it is right that tennis players should be weeded
out by ruthless public competition and why it is also right that Johnny,
who cannot spell, should merely be asked to try again a little harder. You
will be told the object of tennis championships is simply to discover
winners, whereas democratic schools have complex goals, of which su¬
premacy in spelling is not even one. Schools are to keep children out of
mischief and out of the labor market; they are to give the young of the
country a common experience and a sense of their opportunities. The
most taxing business of the modern school is to take the native and the
foreign, the poor and the well-to-do social and induct them into the maze
of industrial life. The school’s primary aims are thus social and vocational
rather than intellectual. And properly so, because the home is no longer
an educational institution. It is at school that children must learn about
1960] The Place and Price of Excellence 119
hygiene and safe driving, about the machinery of local government and
the problems of adolescence. On top of this, the majority will want to
learn shorthand and typewriting, home economics and the shop techniques
known as industrial arts. What is now going on in schools of Western
Europe is a reminder of our own past, an explanation of the natural law
that, under the pressure of numbers, public schools will turn from being
seminaries of Intellect to being social centers for multiple “adjustments.”
Since this is true and since what we learned of the nature and
conditions of excellence is also true, we would seem to have reached a
deadlock. Or rather, our present desire to exploit the national resources
of Intellect has brought us to see that there is a need, there is a place,
for two markedly different institutions under the one name School. I also
include under it college and university. We cannot do without the type of
school or college I have described as a social center for assimilation and
vocational guidance, and it is a safe guess that we shall continue to have
it. The question is whether we want the other kind, the intellectual
institution, which must take for granted much that the first kind is meant
to impart. In other words. Intellect is a special interest requiring a special
apparatus, a special nursery, if you will, though one which, to be
effective, must not look like an isolation ward.
There is in fact no reason whv the two types of school should not
exist side by side in the same building, or on the same campus; nor why
boys and girls with an intellectual bent should not share certain classes
with others and attend special ones of their own. According to the
National Defense Education Act (Public Law 85-864), the country needs
linguists. Now, good linguists start young, and learned ones need to
know many languages, including Latin, which the sales manager and
agriculturist do not need. Why not, then, have the future linguists go to
Latin class by themselves and join their friends, the farmer and business¬
man, in the government class? The way the president is elected and the
principles of public hygiene are the same for all, whereas the concern
with deponent verbs is not.
In theory and practice, then, the country’s desire to see some of its
young pursue intellectual excellence does not imply any new and in¬
vidious segregation. Such separation as must come is exactly like that re¬
quired by the pursuit of athletic excellence. There is a training table re¬
served for the fit competitors and denied to the rest. No choice is imposed
by force or privilege. Nature, taste, and sometimes family tradition dictate
the path.
Fortunately for our intellectual renascence, separations on intel¬
lectual grounds already exist or survive in rudimentary form. Certain high
schools are noted for their excellence in art or in science or in the aca-
120
The Virginia Journal of Science
demic program generally. They serve communities where these accompHsh-
ments are valued. Certain colleges are renewed for their faculty and for
the atmosphere of Intellect and the tradition of excellence which they have
sustained for generations, since a time before mass education. The posi¬
tion of these schools and colleges makes them the natural leaders and
best models of the School as an institution designed to nurture Intellect.
They are free from close legislative control, free to choose their staff and
students, free from irrelevant demands by militant and misguided tax¬
payers. All they have to contend with is lack of money and interference
by militant and misguided parents and alumni. And by and large, thanks
to intelligent and courageous leadership, they have resisted these errors
born of meddlesomeness out of cultural conformity.
But this ever-present threat from the naive champions of thoughtless
social pressures brings us back to the central issue: what should the cul¬
tural temper be to foster excellence, what price must we pay— quite apart
from fees and gifts to endowment— to provide the favoring conditions?
Please note that I speak of providing the favomng conditions. Excel¬
lence cannot be bought or even asked for. You cannot without absurdity
tell the waiter to bring you ‘‘an excellent cup of coffee.” You can only
ask him for a cup and hope that when tasted it will prove to be excel¬
lent. Similarly, the desire for intellectual excellence must begin soberly
with the simple desire to establish and maintain the conditions of good
work. Well, up to a point there is no lack of that desire. Those in charge
of education and the public too, acknowledge the need for good equip¬
ment. Modern seats of learning can gererally boast a superb physique.
But this is evidently not enough, or we should not be at the cricitcal
juncture we are discussing here. No one has ever believed that the high
quality of the training table was the sufficient cause of a winning team.
Nor in scholastic work is the cause exclusively good teachers. You
can anticipate what I am about to say: the conditions that favor excel¬
lence cannot work singly. If we cannot have them all, we must at least
have several, and these must be bound together by the atmosphere of
concentrated effort and high seriousness which we saw in the training
quarters, the discontent and the will to excel which we find wherever
achievement is preferred to pious hopes.
Once established, that atmosphere is not difficult to sustain. What
is hard is to begin. The world is still amazed at the remarkable outburst of
great painters in the small towns of Renaissance Italy. A glance at the
history shows that after a school had got under way, thanks to the com¬
ing together of two or three geniuses, talent sprang out of the ground and
rushed to the masters’ ateliers. The concentration of eager minds, the
intensity of their rivalry, and the awareness of an enthusiastic public,
121
1960] The Place and Price of Excellence
raised otherwise ordinary gifts to a higher power, to excellence. Atmo¬
sphere did it.
If, therefore, I am to answer literally the question implied in my
title, the place of excellence is wherever there is the least glimmer of
consciousness about its nature and requirements. If we grant that the coun¬
try’s main discovery and training of Intellect— for science, art and pubhc
life— can be carried on only in school and college, in certain dedicated
schools and colleges, these places will be hampered and diminished if
they are not surrounded by an atmosphere in which excellence is a familiar
spirit. The home must, before all others, give it thought and room. How
can a child or youth strive to excel in study, if his parents in their un¬
guarded moments show their indifferences to Intellect, books, ideas,
science, art— in a word, to the mind of man?
In the second place, the school or college must be staffed by men
who recognize intellect when they see it, in one another and in their
students. There is nothing automatic about this. Many teachers respect
industry, politeness, and even flattery, who would be taken aback by an
encounter with Intellect. For the young Intellect who is laboring to excel
is quite different from the grind and the apple polisher trying to impress
or to please. The test of Intellect is that its merest is genuine. It is indeed
often necessary for a student to pretend an interest is genuine. It is in¬
deed often necessary for a student to pretend an interest he does not
feel: he has to do twenty calculus problems or write a 3000-word essay.
But if he is ever to be educated, there must come a time when the
problems grip him Hke a detective story and when he charges at the
3000-word limit because he has so much to say.
Intellect, in short, is a passion like any other. We who teach ac¬
knowledge this when we say of a student that he has at last caught
fire. This is the very reason why the young Intellect must not be isolated. He
must have others of his age similarly engrossed, or the fire will be that of
the single stick— a spark, a bit of smoke, and then blackness. Nor is it
enough for him to be encouraged at home and by the masters. The
regular fellows, with palpable muscles and wearing the right kind of
disreputable clothes, must also feel the nascent intellectual pasions be¬
fore any one youth— and by extension any school or college— can tread
firmly and with characteristic zest on the path of excellence.
These being the geographical conditions, so to speak, what are the
emotional costs? And first of all, do we, for the sake of Intellect have to
give up, two centuries after Jefferson’s Declaration, the doctrine of
equahty? A few weeks ago in Time magazine there appeared a report
that a new college for science and engineering was being sponsored by a
group of midwestern businessmen. Seeking excellence, they said in com-
122 The Virginia Journal of Science
meriting on the new college, they were bound to confess their disbehef in
equality. The doctrine was false and must be given up.
If correctly reported, the statement is a foohsh one. Equality has
nothing to do with merit, talent, or Intellect. Equality is a social and
political assumption necessary to a certain form of government and con¬
genial to the citizens of the United States. When we say that we are
all equal, we mean precisely that the posession of wealth, or physical
stature, or mental powers will make no difference in law and in manners.
Equality in this sense is the result of a deliberate choice which requires
self-control and aims at social simplicity.
Consequently, the discovery that men are not equal because one is
tall and the other short, one stupid and the other bright, is irrelevant.
Equality simply enjoins that these obvious differences shall make no dif¬
ference in rights and privileges— it is the way a host treats his guests. You
may say that Jefferson believed we were “created equal,” not simply
endowed with equal rights. True, but if by analogy with a parent we try
to imagine the point of view of the Creator, we see at once that our in¬
dividual differences of talent or merit simply do not matter. That, if
anything, is the meaning of the Fatherhood of God— in essence, stripped
of local attributes, we are equal, if only because any virtue or power we
may boast of implies no other. And who can add up all our traits and
reach a total to compare with others? We are therefore equal in being
incommensurable .
By the same token, when society incurs expense to develop intel¬
lectual power in those capable of it, the cost does not include giving up
the principle of equality. Even now, the physician’s education costs per¬
haps ten times as much as anybody else’s. We think, rightly that he amply
repays the social investment, and we know that his difference from the
rest of us does not make him a member of a dangerous elite.
No, the emotional price we must pay for intellectual excellence is
not the loss of social equality. It is a more personal and intimate loss,
to which I alluded earlier in speaking of competition and in contrasting
our present philanthropic schools with the educational ones we are
beginning to desire. The price of excellence is the acceptance of pain,
error, failure, even, I dare say, cruelty. This we are not used to. We love
the young and want to see them happy and successful. We understand so
well their confused feelings, their good intentions, their seemingly limit¬
less possibilities of worth that we instinctively avoid dwelling upon their
shortcomings. When rules are set up to guide their development and the
rule makes them stumble, we bend the rule. This is undoubtedly proper
at their first entrance into the world of obligation and responsibility, but
carry it so far that the very idea of effort and the fundamental difference
1960] The Place and Price .of Excellence 123
between doing and failing to do are lost, forgotten alike by the teacher
and by the student and absolutely unsuspected by the parent.
The moral is plain. It is hard enough to say: you have not done
what you should have done; you have wasted your many chances; we
have both warned and aided you, and you have given nothing of yourself;
therefore find your own way outside the path that leads to praise and
glory, and perhaps to wealth and power. Still harder, and indeed cruel, is
to say: you have tried your best, but you are not made for the life you
have chosen. Nature denied you the eye, hand and brain.
But, I submit that there is a cruelty far greater than either of these,
an easy, indolent, irresponsible cruelty, which is to see the young, with
their bursting energies and hopes and ambitions, flounder for lack of that
special encouragement which is called Difficulty; to see them grow up
full of fresh intelligence but with an Intellect like a garden full of weeds;
to see them so naively pleased with their own accomplishments that the
first stern demand, too long postponed, must be a shattering blow; to see
them so accustomed to their own pace that they do not suspect the deep
layers of grit and motherwit they hold within; to see them, finally, when
well past college age, discover with shame and remorse what they might
have been, if, instead of being neglected like mongrels or incubated like
sickly growths, they had been urged and pressed and compelled to per¬
form to the limit of their talents.
It is therefore not for the sake of turning out more engineers than
Russia, not to manufacture as many linguists as the State Department
wants, not to provide the colleges with enough teachers, it is not even to
enable the du Pont Company to hire more chemists and produce the
ultimate plastic which shall be food, clothing, and shelter all in one— it is
not for these imperative or alluring prospects that this country must radi¬
cally change its attiude toward scholastic excellence: it is simply and
solely to put an end to the cruel injustice of letting rot, through pro¬
tracted cowardice masquerading as kindness, the unimaginable endow¬
ments of youth and the tradition of Intellect which is their birthright.
121
Till: ViRGiNLi Journal of Science
[July
1960] The Fungus Flora of Agricultural Soils in Virginia
125
THE FUNGUS FLORA OF AGRICULTURAL SOILS
IN VIRGINIA
L AQUATIC PHYCOMYCETES
William W. Scott
Assoc. Prof, of Biology, V.P.I.
Blacksburg, Virginia
Introduction
It is generally accepted that the fungi constitute a significant group
in the vast array of organisms known as the soil microbiota. Like many
similar biological complexities, the details of the relationships, the activi¬
ties, and the functions of these fungi are still obscure. Although similiar
studies have been made in certain areas of the United States, no previous
attempt has been made to investigate the fungus flora of Virginia soils.
During the past four years, the writer and his students have made
over 1500 collections for soil-inhabiting fungi from areas which include
Montgomery County and five surroundii.g counties of southwestern Vir¬
ginia. The methods of collection and isolation were essentially those de¬
scribed by Sparrow (1943) and Raper (1937), and were limited by in¬
tent to the aquatic phycomycetous fungi. The isolation procedure and
single spore pure-culture techniques followed closely those described by
Johnson (1956). An effort was made to obtain in pure culture for future
studies all filamentous species. No attempts were made to obtain cul¬
tures of chytridiaceous species. All cultures are maintained in this labora¬
tory and are available for future investigations.
The following fungi were identified during the present studv. Cita¬
tions for the specific binomials are given, but synonyms are not listed. No
discussion of species limits is undertaken in this report for synonvmous
taxa, reference is made to Coker and Matthews (1937), Sparrow (1943),
Johnson (1956), and Gilman (1957).
FUNGI COLLECTED
Chytridiales
Rhizophlyctis rosea (deBary and Woronin) Fischer, Rabenhorst Kvptoga-
men FI., I: 122. 1892.
Rhizophlyctis petersenii Sparrow, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 78: 48. 1937.
126 The Virginia Journal of Science [July
Rhizophydium carpophilum (Zopf) Fischer, Rabenhorst Kryptogamen —
FI., i: 95. 1892. Parasitic on the oogonia of Saprolegnia sp.
Rhizophydium pollinis-pini (Braun) Zopf, Abhandl. Nat. Gesel. Halle,
17: 82. 1887.
Rhizophydium sphaerotheca Zopf, Abhandl. Nat. Gesell. Halle, 17 1 92.
1887.
Cladochytrium replicatum Karling, Amer. J. Bot., 18: 538, 1931.
Nowakowskiella hemisphaerospora Shanor^ Amer. J. Bot., 29: 174. 1942.
N owakowskiella mmosa Butler, Mem. Dept. Agr. India Bot. Ser. I: 141,
1907. :: : : .
Nowakowskiella elegans (Nowak.) Schroeter, In Engler und Prantl,
NaturcHchen Pflanzenfam., 1 : 82. 1892.
Rozella achlyae Shanor J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 58: 100, 1942. Para¬
sitic in Achlya sp.
Rozella allomycis Foust, J. EHsha Mitchell Sci. Soc,, 53: 198. 1937.
Parasitic in the thalli of Allomyces anomalus Emerson.
Olpidium rhizophlyctidis Sparrow, Mycol., 40: 449. 1948.
Hyphochytriales
Hyphochytrium catenoides Karhng, Amer. J. Bot., 26: 512-513. 1939,
Blastocladiales
Catenaria anguillulae Sorokin, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI, 4: 67. 1876.
Allomyces arhuscula Butler, Ann. Bot. 25: 1027. 1911.
Allomyces javanicus Kniep, Ber. Deuts, Bot. Ges., 47: 211. 1929.
Allomyces anomalus Emerson, Lloydia, 4: 133. 1941.
Rlastocladiopsis pawa (Whiffin) Sparrow, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 40: 53.
1950.
M onoblepharidales
Monoblepharella endogena Sparrow, MycoL, 45: 593. 1953.
Saprolegniales
Achlya duhia Coker, The Saprolegniaceae, p. 135, 1923,
1960] The Fungus Flora of Agricultural Soils in Virginia 127
Achlya colomta Pringsheim, Sitzungsber. Acad. Berlin, 1882: 889. 1882.
Achlya americana Humphrey, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 17 1 116. 1893.
Achlya flagellata Coker, The Saprolegniaceae, p. 116. 1923.
Achlya rodriqueziana F. T. Wolf, Mycol., 23: 274. 1941.
Achlya caroliniana Coker, Bot. Gaz. 50: 381. 1910.
Achlya recurva Cornu, Ann. Act. Nat. Bot. Ser. V, 15: 22. 1872.
Achlya imperfecta Coker, The Saprolegniaceae, p. 118. 1923.
Aphanomyces laevis deBary, Jahrb. wiss. Bot., 2: 179. 1860.
Aphanomyces stellatus deBary, Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 2: 178. 1860.
Aphanodictyon papillatum Huneycutt, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 64: 279.
1948.
Brevilegnia diclina Harvey, J. Ehsha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 42: 243. 1927.
Brevilegnia linearis Coker and Braxton, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 42:
214. 1927.
Dictyuchus monosporus Leitgeb, Jahrb. wiss Bot., 7: 357. 1869.
Dictyuchus missouriensis Couch, J. Ehsha Mitchell Sci., Soc., 46: 227.
1931.
Dictyuchus sterile Coker, The Saprolegniaceae, p. 151. 1923.
Geolegnia inflata Coker and Harvey, J. Ehsha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 41: 154.
1925.
Isoachlya unispora Coker and Couch, The Saprolegniacea, p. 87. 1923.
Isoachlya intermedia (Coker and Harvey) Coker, North American Flora,
2: 27. 1937.
Isoachlya toruloides Kauffman and Coker, Amer. J. Bot. 8: 231. 1921.
Isoachlya spp. A number of isolates were obtained which failed to form
oogonia even after several months in culture and hence were not
identifiable.
Leptolegnia subterranea Coker and Harvey, J. Ehsha Mitchell Sci. Soc.
41: 158. 1925.
Leptolegniella keratinophilum Huneycutt, J. Ehsha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 68:
110. 1952.
Plectospira sp. A single isolate was observed which failed to produce sex
128 The Virginia Journal of Science [July
organs. Asexual characteristics resembled those of P. gemmifera
Drechsler.
Saprolegnia ferax (Gruith) Thuret, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., 14: 214. 1850.
Saprolegnia mixta deBary, Bot. Zeit., 41: 38, 54. 1883.
Saprolegnia monoica Pringsheim, Jahrb. wiss. Bot., 1: 292. 1858.
Saprolegnia delica Coker, The Saprolegniaceae, p. 30. 1923
Saprolegnia diclina Humphrey. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 17: 109. 1893.
Thraustotheca clavata (deBary) Humphrey, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 17:
131. 1893.
Leptomitales
Apodachlya brachynema (Hild.) Pringsheim, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges., J:
289. 1883.
Apodachlya minima Coker and Leitner, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci., Soc., 54:
313. 1938.
Lagenidiales
Olpidiopsis aphanomycis Cornu, Ann. Sci. Nat. 15: 148. 1872
Parasitic in Aphanomyces laevis deBary.
Olpidiopsis pythii (Butler) Kaiiing, The Simple Holocarpic BiflageUate
Phycomycetes, p. 47. 1942. Parasitic in the hyphae of Pythium vexans.
Olipidiopsis saprolegniae var. levis Coker, The Saprolegniaceae, p. 185.
1923. Parasitic in Saprolegnia sp.
Olpidiopsis achlyae McLarty, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 68: 62. 1941.
Parasitic in the hyphae of Achlya flagellata,
Lagenidium destruens Sparrow, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 40: 54. 1950.
Parasitic in the hyphae of Achlya recurva Cornu.
Peronosporales
Pythiogeton transversum Minden, In, Falck, Mykol. Untersuch. Ber., 2:
242. 1916.
Pythium carolinianum Matthews, Studies on the Genus Pythium, p. 71.
1931.
Pythium aphanidermatum (Edson) Fitzpatrick, J. Agr. Res., 4: 279. 1915.
1960] The Fungus Flora of Agricultural Soils in Virginia 129
Pythium afertile Kanouse and Humphrey, Papers Mich. Acad., 8i 127.
1927.
Pythium irregulare Buisman, Med. Phytopath. Lab., lli 1-15. 1927.
Pythium monospermum Pringsheim, Jahrb. wiss. Bot., l i 284. 1858.
Pythium nagaii Ito and Tokumago, J. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Imper. Univ., 32:
201. 1933.
Pythium papillatum Matthews, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 43: 229. 1928.
Pythium pulchrum Minden, In, Falck, Mykol. Undersuch. Ber., J: 146.
1916.
Pythium rostmtum Butler, Mem. Dept. Agr. India Bot., 1: 1. 1907.
Pythium vexans deBary, J. Bot., 14: 105. 1876.
Pythium deharyanum Hesse, Inaugr. Disert. Halle. 1894.
Pythium gmminicolum Subramaniam, Agr. Res. Inst. Pusa Bull. 177. 1-5.
1928.
Pythium gracile Schenk, Verhandl. Phys. — Med. Ges. Wurzburg 9: 12.
1859.
Pythium proUferum deBary, Jahrb. wiss. Bot., 2: 169, 1860.
Pythium ultimum Trow, Ann. Bot., 15: 269. 1901.
References Cited
Coker, W. C. and V. D. Matthews, 1937. North American Flora, 2: 1-76.
Gilman, J. C. 1957. A Manual of Soil Fungi. The Iowa State College
Press, Ames, Iowa.
Johnson, T. W. 1956. The Genus Achlya. The University of Michigan
Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
Raper, J. R. 1937. A Method of Freeing Fungi from Bacterial Contamin¬
ation. Science, 85: 342.
Sparrow, F. K. 1943. Aquatic Phycomycetes. The University of Michigan
Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
130
The Virginia Journal of Science
[July
Quality
1960]
News and Notes
131
News and Notes
(Editors Note — News contributions should be sent to the person
whose name appears at the end of the appropriate sections.)
AGRICULTURE SECTION
Mr. C. I. Rich, Professor of Agronomy at Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬
tute, was elected Chairman of the Soil Chemistry section of the Soil
Science Society of America.
Recent staff appointments to the Agronomy staff at V.P.I. were Mr.
J. Sundstrom as Instructor and Mr. W. J. Meyer as Assistant Professor.
Mr. Sundstrom is a graduate of the University of Missouri while Mr.
Meyer received his degrees at Ohio State and Perdue.
Commissioner Parke C. Brinkley and Dr. W. L. Rendix, State Veter-
narian and Director of the Division of Animal and Dairy, Virginia De¬
partment of Agriculture, received a Certificate of Appreciation from the
United States Department of Agriculture for its fast action in eradicating
Vesicular Exanthema from swine in the state.
Mr. Rodney C. Berry, State Chemist and Director of the Division of
Chemistry and Foods of the Virginia Department of Agriculture received
the 1960 Distinguished Service Award from the Virginia Section of the
American Chemical Society.
Mr. William R. Maynard, Jr., of the Virginia Department of Agri¬
culture’s Drug Laboratory has been named to the 60-man Board of Re¬
vision of the United States Pharmacopoeia. Mr. Maynard, who will serve
a 10-year term, was selected from more than 1,000 nominees.
Paul B. Siegel
ASTRONOMY, MATHEMATICS PHYSICS SECTION
Hollins College is planning for a new science building. Construction
will begin in the near future.
The University of Virginia is offering a Summer Research Participa¬
tion Program under the auspices of N.S.F. Fellowships are available to
both high and college teachers of Physics. It is hoped that the program
may be offered in future years. Information may be obtained by writing
132
The Virginia Journal of Science
[July
Prof. J. W. Beams.
The new science building at Lynchburg College has been recently
dedicated. It houses the departments of Physics, Biology, Chemistry and
Mathematics.
Mr. James Jacobs has been appointed chairman of the Department
of Physics at V.P.I. He comes from the University of Iowa where he was
Professor of Physics and Director of Nuclear Research. Mr. Keith Furr will
join the Physics Faculty in September. He recently completed his gradu¬
ate work at Duke University.
Mr. Wilbur Payne has resigned from the Physics staff at V.P.I. in
order to join the staff of O.R.O.
The master’s degree program at WilHarti and Mary is growing rapidly.
It is being offered to selected personnel of NASA. The staff will be in¬
creased by the addition of two new assistant professors, Mr. J. D. Law¬
rence recently at U. Va., and Mr. McCIay from the University of Mis¬
souri.
Prof. I. G. Foster of the Physics Dept, of V.M.I. has recently
resigned. He will become chairman of the Division of Mathematics and
Science at Florida Presbyterian College at St. Petersburg.
Mr. Robert Yates of William & Mary’s Department of Mathematics
has resigned to join the staff of the University of South Florida at Tampa.
I. G. Foster
BACTERIOLOGY SECTION
The Virginia Branch of the Society of American Bacteriologists met
October 3, 1959 at the Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, in con¬
junction with the Laboratory Section of the Virginia PubHc Health As¬
sociation. Part of the program was a symposium: “Staphylococci Phage
Typing.” The elected officers for the calendar year I960 were. President,
Quentin Myrvik; Vice President, Catherine M. Russell; Secretary-Trea¬
surer, Wesley A. Volk; Section Editor P. Arne Hansen; Councilor, Herbert
Welshimer.
P. Ame Hansen
BIOLOGY SECTION
The Departments of Science (Biology, Chemistry and Physics) of
News and Notes
133
1960]
Emory and Henry College have received an NSF grant to defray expenses
of a summer institute for high school graduates. It is expected that 50
students will participate in the five weeks course covering Physical
Science, Chemistry and Radiation Biology. The courses will be
taught by W. T. Graybeal, T. H. Ma, W. Stamper and Professor
Young.
Mr. Fred S. Orcutt has been named head of the Virginia Polytechnic
Institute Biology Department, effective January 1, 1960.
Mr. W. W. Scott, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, was on leave of ab¬
sence January 15 to June 15. He accepted a visiting professorship at
the University of Wisconsin, in botany, for the second semester, 1959-60.
Mr. Perry C. Holt of the Biology Department, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, has been awarded a grant of $14,500 by the National Science
Foundation to enable him to continue his studies of the systematics of the
oBgochaete family Branchiobdellidae. The grant is for a period of three
years and will make possible collecting trips to the western United States
and Mexico.
Professor Ruskin S. Freer of Lynchburg College was the recipient of
an honorary Doctor of Science degree from Culver-Stockton College,
February 3, 1960.
Mr. Jack D. Burke of the University of Richmond was a National
Science Foundation Lecturer at the Summer Institute of Columbia Col¬
lege, Columbia, South Carolina in August, 1959. His three weeks course
was entitled ‘‘Recent Advances in the Principles of Zoology.” The Na¬
tional Institute of Health has awarded Mr. Burke a grant of $15,755 for
a three-year study of “Fish-blood oxy-hemoglobin affinity.” This study
will be done in Virginia fresh waters.
Mr. James N. Dent, on leave from the University of Virginia, is con¬
ducting research at the Catty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews University,
Scotland, under a Guggenheim Fellowship.
Mr. Billy E. Frye, Visiting Assistant Professor in the Department of
Biology, University of Virginia, has been awarded a grant for $16,687 by
the National Science Foundation for continuing his studies on the func¬
tional development of the pancreas.
Mr. I. D. Wilson, formerly Head, Department of Biology, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, and now serving with the United States Technical
Cooperation Mission, Izatnagar, U. P., India, wrote that he and Mrs.
Wilson plan to return to the United States this year. They are scheduled
to sail from Bombay on April 13, spend two months in Europe, reaching
home in Blacksburg, Virginia, in the later part of June. Mr. and Mrs.
134
The Virginia Journal of Science
[July
Cat.
No. 71-281-1
$45.00
Cat. No. 71-726
$10.00
Without obligation send us com¬
plete information on your Pipette
Dryer.
Name . .
Title .
Company .
Address .
City .
State .
NOTHING LIKE IT
PHIPPS & BIRD
PIPETTE DRYER
In the laboratory this large
capacity Pipette Dryer is special¬
ly recommended for thorough dry¬
ing pipettes of any size up to
375 mm. in length.
Cylinder is mounted on vented
base with specially designed heat¬
er placed in lower end of cylin¬
der. The instrument is designed
to take the standard rack of
6-in. pipette washer. Rack is tak¬
en out of washer drained for
about a minute and placed right
into the dryer. Drying time varies
according to size and load of
pipettes. But this method of dry¬
ing means less handling by the
technician thus the hazard of
breakage is greatly reduced.
The Pipette Dryer comes com¬
plete with cord and plug but
without rack. The instrument
operates on 115 volts AC or DC.
IPCa □[?[?§ ^[DI][Il[£)jiias.
^ c
7 MANUFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS OF SCIENTIFIC EQUIPAAS^
/ B J 6TH & BYRD STREETS — RICHAAOND, VA.
News and Notes
135
1960]
Wilson participated in a tiger hunt during the holiday season at the camp
of a friend. Mr. Wilson was stationed at a machan, where he sat with his
camera accompanied by another guest with a rifle. Their host was perched
in a nearby tree. Mrs. Wilson rode an elephant in the line of beaters. At
one point her elephant almost bolted, so she dismounted while the beast
was quieted. In so doing she almost stepped on the tiger’s tail as it lay
hidden in the deep jungle. Finally she remounted and drove in, not one
but two tigers. In the excitement Mr. Wilson forgot to snap his camera,
and the guest failed to shoot. Their host, however, came to the rescue
and shot one of the tigers. The other bounded away into the jungle and
escaped.
W. S. Flory Jr., University of Virginia, has received a National
Science Foundation grant of $22,000 for the support of a biosystematic
analysis of Zephyranthes and of Hymenocallis.
I W. S. Flory Jr.
ENGINEERING SECTION
It is with deep regret that the passing on January 5 of Professor
Frank Vilbrandt is recorded. Professor Vilbrandt, long head of the chemi¬
cal engineering department at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, where he has
taught since 1935, was responsible for building this department to its
present important position in its field.
Professor Fred Bull, head of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute
chemical engineering department, has announced that his group has
moved in its new building where it occupies 50,000 square feet in offices,
classrooms, ten large research laboratories and a well equipped unit opera¬
tions laboratory towering fifty feet through four floors. Professor Stuart
B. Row of this chemical engineering department has been appointed As¬
sistant Director of the Virginia Engineering Experiment Station. Professor
Nelson F. Murphy is co-author of a paper ‘'Properties of the 'Water-
Benzene-Triethylene Glycol Dimethyl Ether System” in Chemical and
Engineering Data for April 1960.
Mr. Tilton E. Shelburne of the Virginia Council for Highway In¬
vestigation and Research has continued as a member of the Advisory
Committee of the A AS HO Road Test and attended a meeting of this
committee in LaSalle, Illinois in May. Mr. Shelburne and Professor
William Zuk of the civil engineering department at the University of
Virginia attended a conference on Road Loading Mechanics held by the
National Academy of Science in Washington in April. Professor Zuk has
published a paper in the Journal of Aeronautical Sciences on “A Method
136 The Virginia Journal of Science [July
of Transforming Concentrated Surface Forces into Continuous Surface
Forces/"
Dean Lawrence R. Quarles of the Engineering School, University of
Virginia, and Professor Orville Harris of the electrical engineering de¬
partment attended the First International Meeting of the Institute of
Radio Engineers in March. Dean Quarles also attended the national
meeting of the AIEE in New York in February. He has been elected
Chairman of the Virginia Section of the AIEE. Professor Robert L. Ramey
of the electrical engineering department has published a paper in the
Proceedings of the American Vacuum Society on the subject “Design and
Theory of Sub-Miniature Ionization Gauge Tubes.”
R. M. Hubbard
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
MINUTES OF COUNCIL MEETING — MARCH 12, 1960
The meeting was held at the University Center, Richmond, Virginia.
Dr. Hinton called the meeting to order at 10:35 a.m. Others present
were:
Dr. Wilson Bell
Dr. Horton Hobbs
Dr. Thomas Gilmer
Dr. J. C. Forbes
Mr. Jackson Taylor
Mr. E. S. Harlow
Mr. Foley Smith
Dr. Boyd Harshbarger
Col. H. W. K. Fitzroy
Mr. William Gresham
Dr. Lynn Abbott
Dr. Jack Burke
Dr. Fontaine Armistead
Dr. E. G. Cogbill
Dr. Lewis Goldstein
Mr. William Wartman, Jr.
Local Arrangements Committee Report:
At Dr. Hinton’s invitation, members of the Local Arrangements Com¬
mittee attended the meeting. Mr. Gresham, Chairman, distributed copies
of the General Program for the May meeting and members of the com¬
mittee reported briefly on their activities. It was suggested that certain
materials which are used each year, such as signs, be stored and made
available to succeeding committees. Dr. Armistead suggested that a
permanent chairman for local arrangements be considered. Mr. Gresham
was asked to make a list of suggestions which would be useful to future
local arrangement committees.
McCOMAS
RESEARCH
CENTER
to provide for growing
basic research program
The opening of our new research
center this month will provide us
with an opportunity for even
more extensive basic research
into the physical sciences.
The new laboratories and in¬
strumentation will facilitate
comprehensive studies into the
basic nature of tobacco, smoke
and smoke flavor as well as in¬
tensify our corporate research
into packaging and adhesive ma¬
terials.
We are looking forward to the
achievements to come from this
new laboratory complex. We
sincerely believe our greater em¬
phasis on fundamental research
will be an important factor in
the continued growth of both
our company and the industries
we serve.
PHILIP MORRIS I*
138
The Virginia Journal of Science [July
Dr. Abbott reported that a hotel information listing had been for¬
warded to the secretary. The secretary had this and other information on
the meeting ready for mailing to the membership.
The necessity of a large number of meeting rooms for technical ses¬
sions and extensive space for Junior Academy exhibits and commercial
exhibits for the annual meeting was discussed. This was in regard to
planning for future meetings.
Since the minutes of the last meeting are published in the Journal,
a motion was passed that they not be read at this meeting. The president
announced the appointment of a committee consisting of Doctors Bell,
Harshbarger, Ross, and Krai to study the operation of the Virginia Journal
of Science and to report at the May meeting of the council.
Treaswers Report and 1960 Budget:
The treasurer gave a brief report; the balance in the General Fund
on March 1, 1960 was $2,138.03.
Dr. Harshbarger presented the report of the Finance and Endow¬
ment Committee, which included the proposed budget for 1960.
A motion was passed that the treasurer's report and the budget for
1960, as recommended by the Finance and Endowment Committee, be
approved.
Business Membership Committee Report:
Mr. Harlow, Chairman of the Business Membership Committee, pre¬
sented a report in which it was recommended that the names of the
business members be presented in an appropriate place of distinction in
all issues of the Journal. A motion was passed that this be done.
The report also outlined a program for soliciting new business mem¬
bers. A letter to prospective members from the committee chairman will
be followed up by personal contacts from committee members. Business
membership certificates will be given to business members.
In the report it was also recommended that business firms desiring
memberships, other than business, be asked to designate an individual for
such a membership, since such memberships are only for individual mem¬
bers.
The council accepted the report of this committee, concurring in its
recommendations .
In soliciting new individual memberships, Dr. Hinton described a
plan for an academy member on the faculty of colleges and universities
to contact new faculty members. Dr. Hinton will also write letters to
139
1960] News and Notes
these new faculty members inviting them to become academy members.
Report of Visiting Scientists Committee:
Colonel Fitzroy reported that the vsiting scientists program initiated
last fall was well received as evidenced by letters from both the partici¬
pating institutions and the visiting scientists. All but three four-year col¬
leges in the states participated.
An application has been submitted to the National Science Founda¬
tion for funds to support a similar program for the 1960-61 academic
year.
Dr. Forbes suggested that council give some thought to a similar
program at the secondary school level, with the Academy and the Univer¬
sity Center, jointly, submitting an application to the N.S.F. for funds to
support such a program. He further suggested that the section chairmen
be requested to express their thoughts on this matter.
Report of Research Committee:
Mr. Taylor reported that three grants had been awarded this year
and several more are pending. The committee will meet on May 7 to
select the recipient of the Horsley Award.
One of the members suggested that the academy might do more in
publicizing the availablity of research grants. He pointed out that small
grants are not easily available from other sources. Mr. Taylor cited the
failure of many applicants to file proper applications.
A committee, composed of Dr. Horton Hobbs, Dr. Wilson Bell and
Dr. Boyd Harshbarger was appointed to select the two recipients of the
Goethe Award for this year.
Mr. Taylor suggested that in the future a standardized procedure
be adopted for selecting the recipients of the Goethe Award, and that
requirements and the procedure for submitting applications be publicized.
Announcements:
Dr. Robert Yates will leave the state at the end of this college year.
His resignation was accepted with regret and at the May meeting a
council member will be elected fill his unexpired term.
In accordance with the authorization voted at the Business Meeting
of the Education Section in May, 1959, this section has been disbanded.
Council was notified of this action by Mr. G. W. Kent, Acting Chairman.
The usual meeting of section chairmen will not be held at the May
meeting. Dr. Hinton will invite the section chairmen to attend the council
140 The Virginia Journal of Science
meeting on Thursday, May 12*
The meeting was adjourned at 1:25 p.m.
William Wartman, Jr.
Assistant Secreary-Treasurer
The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof
is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Robert Krai, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia.
The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements,
and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The
Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia.
Notice To Contributors
Contributions to the Journal should he addressed to Robert D. Ross. Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been published on
the subject wnich is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must accompany
the manuscript.
Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
8%” X 11*’ paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sidp. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total
number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the
approximate number of printed pages in the Journal.
Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be
held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.
Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.
Bibliographies (Literatnrc Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically
according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the
name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any).
For example: “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the
Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the
bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations,
where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)“, (Sniffen, 1940: 186)“, or “Sniffen
(1940) states that . . .“
Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures
should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly Indicated
by writing “Figure — " at the appropriate place in the margin.
Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1 /2“ x 6-1 /2“, and so
that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1/2“ x
11“ photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish
the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent: additional
figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only If the author makes a
grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black
drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬
graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬
graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast.
Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬
mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted.
Galley Proofs and engraver's proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction.
Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author.
OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Wilson B. Bell, President
Horton H. Hobbs, President-Elect
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary-Treasurer
COUNCIL
(Board of Trustees)
Susie V. Floyd (1965)
Stanley B. Williams (1964)
William M. Hinton (1963)
Harry M. Jopson (1963)
Herbert W. K. Fitzroy (1962)
J. C, Forbes (1962)
Thomas E. Gihner (1961)
William G. Guy (1961)
Robert D. Ross
Robert Krai
THE VIRGINIA-
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
,i ■
A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
PROCEEDINGS FOR THE YEAR
1959-1960
Vol. 11, New Series September, 1960 No. 4
VoL. 11, New Series
September, 1960
No. 4
THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science
Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS
Pages
Officers o£ the Academy . 142
Minutes of the Council, the Assembly and Conference
of the Academy . 150
Registration . 154
Business Members . 155
Financial Reports . 155
Minutes of the Sections . 157
EDITORIAL BOARD
Robert D. Ross, Editor
Robert Krai, Managing Editor
Section Editors
Paul B. Siegel Mearl A. Kise W. Parker Anslow, Jr.
D. Rae Carpenter, Jr. Robert M. Hubbard Cyril R. Mill
Walter S. Flory Bruce W. Nelson Clyde Y. Kramer
Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Blacksburg, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 annually. Published four times a year: in January, April, July,
and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Blacksburg, Va.
Mailed July 28, 1961
The Virginia Journal of Science
VoL. 11, New Series
No. 4
VIRGINIA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE
Proceedings for the Year
1959 - 1960
MINUTES OF THE THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING
MAY 6, 7, 8, 9, 1959
JEFFERSON HOTEL
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
142
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Virginia Academy of Science
officers and committee members
FOR 1960-1961
(Board of Trustees)
OFFICERS
President
Wilson B. Bell
Virginia Polytechnie Institute
Seeretary Treasurer
Paul M. Patterson Foley F. Smith
Hollins College P. O. Box 1420
Riehmond 11, Va.
Assistant Seeretary-Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr.
The American Tobacco Company
Richmond, Virginia
Elected Members
Thomas C. Gilmer (1961)
Hampden-Sydney College
Harry G. M. Jopson (1963)
Bridgewater College
Herbert W. K. Fitzroy (1962)
University Center in Virginzia
Richmond, Virginia
Stanley B. Williams (1964)
College of William and Mary
Miss Susie V. Floyd (1965)
Newport News High School
Newport News, Virginia
Past Presidents
William G. Guy (1961) J. C. Forbes (1962)
College of William and Mary Medical College of Virginia
William M. Hinton (1963)
Washington and Lee University
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
143
Ex-Officio Members
Chairman, Long Range Planning Editor of the Journal
Committee
Walter S. Flory
Blandy Experimental Farms
Boyce, Virginia
Rorert D. Ross
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Chairman, Research Committee
Jackson J. Taylor
University of Richmond
Managing Editor of the Journal
Robert Kral
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
LONG RANGE PLANNING GOMMITTEE
Dr. Walter S. Flory (Ghairman), Blandy Experimental Farms, Boyce, Va.
Dr. J. T. Baldwin, Gollege of William and Mary; Dr. James W. Cole,
Bird, Phipps and Bird, Inc., Richmond 5, Virginia; Dr. James W. Cole,
Jr., University of Virginia; Dr. Allan T. Gwathmey, University of Virginia;
Mr. Edward S. Harlow, The American Tobacco Company, Richmond 24,
Virginia; Dr. Boyd Harshbarger, Virginia Polvtechnic Institute; Dr. Frank
L. Hereford, University of Virginia; Dr. William M. Hinton, Washington
and Lee University; Dr. George W. Jeffers, Longwood College; Mr.
Franklin D. Kizer, State Board of Education, State Office Building,
Richmond, Virginia; Dr. Henry Leidheiser, Jr., Virginia Institute for
Scientific Research, 2820 Grove Avenue, Richmond, Virginia; Dr. Sid¬
ney S. Negus, Medical College of Virginia; Dr. S. S. Obenshain, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute; Dr. Robert D. Ross, Virginia Polytechnic Institute;
Dr. Stuart B. Row, Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Dr. O. L. Updike, Jr.,
Universitv of Virginia; Professor Jackson J. Taylor, University of Rich¬
mond.
BUSINESS MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE
Mr. Edward S. Harlow (Chairman), The American Tobacco Company,
Richmond 24, Virginia; Dr. Lynn D .Abbott, Medical College of Virginia;
Senator Lloyd C. Bird, Phipps and Bird, Inc., Richmond, Virginia; Dr.
William P. Boyer, Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation, Richmond,
Virginia; General Edwin Cox, Aylett, Virginia; Mr. Rodney C. Berry,
State Department of Agriculture, State Office Building, Richmond 19,
Virginia; Dr. R. B. Seligman, Philip Morris, Inc., Richmond, Virginia.
TRUSTEES: Senator Lloyd C. Bird (Chairman), Phipps and Bird, Inc.,
Richmond, Virginia; Mr. Charles T. O’Neill, 702 National Bank Building,
Charlottesville, Virginia; Mr. H. R. Hanmer, The American Tobacco Com¬
pany, Richmond 24, Virginia.
144
The Virginia Journal of Science
RESEARCH COMMITTEE
[September
Professor Jackson J. Taylor (Chairman) (1961), University of Rich¬
mond; Dr. Henry Leidheiser, Jr. (1962), Virginia Institute for Scientific
Research, 2820 Grove Avenue, Richmond, Virginia; Dr. Stanley B. Wil¬
liams (1964), College of William and Mary; Dr. Roscoe D. Hughes
(1963), Medical College of Virginia; Dr. Boyd Harshbarger (1965),
Virginia Polvtechnic Institute.
FINANCE AND ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE
Dr. Boyd Harshbarger (Chairman), Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Sena¬
tor Lloyd C. Bird, Phipps and Bird, Inc., Richmond, Virginia; General
Edwin Cox, Avlett, Virginia; Mr. Edward S. Harlow, The American To¬
bacco Companv, Richmond 24, Virginia; Dean Robert F. Smart, Univer-
sitv of Richmond; Dr. Guv W. Horslev, St. Elizabeth’s Hospital, Rich¬
mond, Virginia; Dr. Sidnev S. Negus, Medical College of Virginia; Mr.
Charles T. O’Neill, 702 National Bank Building, Charlottesville, Virginia;
Dr. R. Blackwell Smith, Jr., Medical College of Virginia; Dr. James W.
Cole, Jr., Universitv of Virginia.
JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE COMMITTEE
Dr. W. W. Scott (Chairman), Department of Biology, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia; Mr. Richard Canham, College of
William and Marv; Miss Virginia ETlett, Thomas Jefferson High School,
Richmond, Virginia; Miss Susie V. Flovd, Newport News High School,
Newport News, Virginia; Professor E. Sherman Grable, 212 College Road,
Richmond 29, Virginia; Dr. John F. Hahn, University of Virginia; Mrs.
Beatrice Harington, 2024 Barton Avenue, Richmond, Virginia; Mr. Wil¬
liam W. Cash, Jr., Eagle Rock, \arginia; Mrs. Vera B. Rem.sburg, Hern¬
don High School, Herndon, Virginia; Mr. J. C. Holmes, Philip Morris,
Inc., Richmond, Virginia; Mr. Franklin D. Kizer, State Board of Educa¬
tion, State Office Building, Richmond, Virginia; Dr. Reuben R. McDaniel,
Virginia State College; Dr. Signey S. Negus, Medical College of Virginia;
Mr. H. Felix Sanders, 409 Mulberv Street, Martinsville, Virginia; Dr.
Paul B. Siegel, Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Mr. A. B. Niemeyer,
Churchland High School, Churchland, Virginia.
VIRGINIA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Miss Priscilla Brown, President, 224 Logan Drive, Portsmouth, Virginia,
(Churchland High School); Mr. Douglas Scott, Secretary, 415 Lee Street,
Bedford, Virginia, (Bedford High School); Miss Joyce Howell, President-
Elect, Goodview, Virginia, ( Stewartsville High School).
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
COMMITTEE ON VISITING SCIENTISTS
145
Dr. J. C. Forbes (Director), Medical College of Virginai; Dr. H. W. K.
Fitzroy (Administrator), University Center in Virginia, Inc., One West
Main Street, Richmond 20, Virginia.
INSTITUTIONAL REPRESENTATIVES
Bridgewater College— Harry G. M. Jopson; College of William and Mary
—William Guy; College of William and Mary, in Norfolk— C. S. Sherwood;
Eastern Mennonite College— Ralph Hostetter; Emory and Henry College—
Wayne Stamper; Hampden-Sydney College— Charles B. Vail; Hampton
Institute— Victor Fields; Hollins College, Paul M. Patterson; Longwood Col¬
lege, Elizabeth Burger; Lynchburg College— Ruskin S. Freer; Madison
College— J. E. Ikenbery; Mary Baldwin College— Mary E. Humphreys;
Mary Washington College— Winifred W. Updike; Medical College of Vir¬
ginia— Waren E. Weaver; Radford College— John G. Barker; Randolph-
Macon College— William S. Miller; Randolph-Macon Woman’s College—
Laura Bliss; Richmond Professional Institute— E. R. Thomas; Roanoke Col¬
lege— Ashley Robey; St. Paul’s College— William Whitehurst; Sweet Briar
College— Esther Leffler; University of Richmond— J. J. Taylor; University
of Virginia— Samuel P. Maroney; Virginia Military Institute— S. M. Heflin;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute— Wilson B. Bell; Virginia State College—
Reuben R. McDaniel; Norfolk Division, Virginia State College— Lewis A.
Gist, Jr.; Virginia Union University— Walter O. Bradley; Washington and
Lee University— K. P. Stevens.
VIRGINIA FLORA COMMITTEE
Dr. A. B. Massey (Chairman), Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Miss
Lena Artz, Waterlick, Virginia; Mrs. Dorothy L. Crandall, Randolph-
Macon Woman’s College; Dr. Walter S. Flory, Jr., Blandy Experimental
Farms, Boyce, Virginia; Professor Ruskin Freer, Lynchburg College; Dr.
Ivey F. Lewis, University of Virginia; Dr. Paul M. Patterson, HolHns
College; Dr. A. R. Shields, Roanoke College.
SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE
Dr. Sidney S. Negus (Chairman, Biochemistry), Medical College of
Virginia; Dr. Jesse W. Beams (Physics), University of Virginia; Senator
Lloyd C. Bird (Bacteriology), Phipps and Bird, Inc., Richmond, Virginia;
General Edwin Cox (Chemistry), Aylett, Virginia; Mr. H. R. Hanmer,
(Chemical Industry), The American Tobacco Company, Richmond 24,
Virginia; Dr. Boyd Harshbarger, (Statistics), Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬
tute; Dr. Ivey F. Lewis, (Biology), University of Virginia; Dr. William
T. Sanger, (Psychology), Medical College of Virginia; Dr. John W. Whit-
temore, (Engineering), Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
146
The Virginia Journal of Science
AWARDS COMMITTEE
[September
Dr. William M. Hinton, (Chairman), Washington and Lee University;
Dr. Sidney S. Negus, Medieal College of Virginia; Dr. Paul M. Patterson,
Hollins College.
SCIENCE TALENT SEARCH COMMITTEE
Mr. J. C. Holmes, (Chairman), Philip Moris, Inc., Richmond, Virginia
Dr. Harold H. Carretson, Lynchburg College; Mrs. Thelma C. Heatwole,
404 North Sheppard Street, Richmond, Virginia; Dr. Edwin S. Higgins,
Medical College of Virginia; Mr. Franklin D. Kizzer, State Board of Edu¬
cation, State Office Building, Richmond, Virginia; Dr. Alfred L. Wingo,
State Board of Education, State Office Building, Richmond, Virginia; Mr.
E. V. Russell, Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE
Dr. R. W. Engel, (Chairman), Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Dr. Lynn
D. Abbott, Jr., Medical College of Virginia; Mr. Franklin D. Kizer, State
Board of Education, State Office Building, Richmond, Virginia; Dr. Lawr¬
ence Quarles, University of Virginia; Dr. Robert T. Brumfield, Longwood
College; Dr. Lowell Heisey, Bridgewater College; Dr. William M. Plinton,
Washington and Lee University.
NOMINATING COMMITTEE
Dr. William G. Guy, (Chairman), College of William and Mary; Dr.
J. C. Forbes, Medical College of Virginia; Dr. William M. Hinton, Wash¬
ington and Lee University.
RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE
Dr. Zoe Black, (Chairman), Mary Washington College; Dr. James H.
Starling, Washington and Lee University; Dr. Harry G. M. Jopson, Bridge-
water GoUege.
PLAGE OF MEETING COMMITTEE
1962
Dr. William G. Guy, (Chairman), College of William and Mary; Dr.
Boyd Harshbarger, Virginia Polytechnic Institute; President C. S. Sher¬
wood, College of William and Mary in Norfolk.
1963
Dr. Boyd Harshbarger, (Chairman), Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Dr.
Jesse Thompson, Hollins College; Dr. Harry Holloway, Roanoke College.
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
RESOURCE-~USE COMMITTEE
147
Mr. E. W. Mundie, (Chairman), Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Mr. A.
H. Anderson, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Jefferson National Park,
Harisonburg, Virginia; Dr. Robert S. Bailey, Virginia Fisheries Labora¬
tory, Gloucester Point, Virginia; Mr. Stuart Davey, Commission of Game
and Inland Fisheries, Richmond, Virginia; Mr. E. E. Rodger, Chief, For¬
est Relations, P. O. Box 3347, Charlottesville, Virginia; Dr. H. S. Mosby,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Dr. Alfred L. Win go. State Board of Edu¬
cation, State Office Building, Richmond, Virginia; Mr. Frank Carr, Soil
Conservation Service, 900 North Lombardy Street, Richmond, Virginia.
HISTORY OF SCIENCE IN VIRGINIA COMMITTEE
Dr. Isabel Boggs, (Chairman), 14 Parkmont Apartments, Lvnchburg,
Virginia; General Edwin Cox, Aylett, Virginia; Dr. William G. Guy, Col¬
lege of William and Mary; Dr. Signey S. Negus, Medical College of
Virginia; Dr. Joseph K. Roberts, University of Virginia; Dr. Ivey F. Lewis,
University of Virginia.
SECTION MEMBERS, HISTORY OF SCIENCE IN VIRGINIA
COMMITTEE
Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics: Dr. Isabel Boggs, 14 Parkmont
Apartments, Lynchburg, Virginia.
Bacteriology: Herbert Welshimer, Medical College of Virginia.
Biology: Dr. Ivey F. Lewis, University of Virginia.
Engineering: Dr. R. M. Hubbard, 311 Montebello Circle, Charlottes¬
ville, Virginia.
Geology: Dr. B. N. Cooper, Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Medical Sciences: Dr. Chalmers L. Gemmill, University of Virginia.
Psychology: Dr. Frank A, Geldard, University of Virginia.
Statistics: Dr. Boyd Harshbarger, Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
LOCAL COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS
(1961)
General Chairman: Colonel S. M. Heflin, Virginia Military Institute.
Registration: Colonel R. C. Weaver, Virginia Military Institute.
Housing: Lt. Colonel Lewis R. Hundley, Virginia Military Institute.
148 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Junior Academy: Colonel J. B. Newman, Virginia Military Institute.
Commercial Exhibits: Lt. Colonel D. R. Carpenter, Virginia Military
Institute.
Meeting Rooms and Equipment: Colonel George M. Piekral, Virginia
Military Institute.
Eield Trips: Colonel R. P. Carroll, Virginia Military Institute.
Puhlieitij: Mr. R. W. Jeffrey, Virginia Military Institute.
Signs and Maps: Lt. Colonel A. C. Taylor, Virginia Military Institute.
Traffie and Parking: Lt. Colonel S. M. Gillespie, Virginia Military Insti¬
tute.
Speeial Dinners and Luncheons: Colonel Gene Wise, Virginia Military
Institute.
Parades: Lt. Colonel S. M. Gillespie, Virginia Military Institute.
Entertainment for Ladies: Mrs. S. M. Heflin, Virginia Military Institute.
SECTION OFFICERS
Agrieultural Sciences: Chairman— Dr. W. H. Brittingham, Virginia Truck
Experiment Station, Norfolk, Virginia; Vice Chairman— Dr. Carl W.
Allen, Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Secretary— Dr. L. I. Miller, Tide¬
water Research Station, Holland, Virginia; Section Editor— Dr. Paul
B. Siegel, Virginia Polytecnnic Institute.
Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics: Chairman— Dr. Andrew Robeson,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Secretary— Dr. Richard E. Garrett, Hol¬
lins College; Section Editor— Lt. Colonel D. R. Carpenter, Virginia
Military Institute.
Bacteriology: Chairman— Professor Quentin Myrvik, University of Vir¬
ginia; Vice Chairman— Mrs. Catherine M. Russell, University of Vir¬
ginia; Secretary— Professor Wesley A. Volk, University of Virginia;
Section Editor— Professor P. Arne Hansen, University of Maryland.
Biology: Chairman— Dr. Harry L. Holloway, Roanoke College; Secretary
— IProfessor W. L. Mengebier, Madison College; Section Editor— Dr.
Walter S. Flory, Jr., Blandy Experimental Farms, Boyce, Vii’ginia.
Chemistry: Chairman— Dr. W. Allan Powell, University of Richmond;
Secretary— Dr. Everett G. Cogbill, The American Tobacco Company,
Richmond, Virginia; Section Editor— Mearl A. Kise, Virginia Smelting
Company, West Norfolk, Virginia.
Proceedings 1959-1960
149
1960]
Engineering: Chairman— Professor S. B. Row, Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬
tute; S^ecretary— Professor J. B. Eades, Jr., Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬
tute; Section Editor— R. M. Hubbard, University of Virginia.
Geology: Chairman— E. W. Ramsey, Virginia Division of Water Resourc¬
es, Rockcastle Earm, Esmont, Virginia; Vice Chairman— E. W. Spen¬
cer, Washington and Lee University; Secretary- F. W. Trainer, Uni¬
versity of Virginia; Section Editor— B. W. Nelson, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute.
Medical Sciences: Chairman— Dr. Eugene D. Brand, University of Vir¬
ginia; Vice Chairman— Dr. L. A. Mounter, Medical College of Vir¬
ginia; Secretary— Dr. Edwin S. Higgins, Medical College of Virginia;
Section Editor— Dr. W. Parker Anslow, Jr., University of Virginia.
Psychology: Dr. R. H. Henneman, University of Virginia; Seeretary-
Treasurer— Dr. Robert A. Johnston, University of Richmond; Execu¬
tive Committeeman— Dr. E. Rae Harcum, College of William and
Mary.
Science Teachers: Chairman— Miss Virginia Ellett, Thomas Jefferson High
School, Richmond, Virginia; Chairman-Elect— Mr. Robert Horne, Lee
High School, Fairfax County, Virginia; Secretary— Mrs. Vera B. Rems-
burg, 445 Knoll Street, N.W., Vienna, Virginia; Section Editor— Mr.
Alan Mandell, 4213 Hall Drive, Norfolk 6, Virginia.
Statistics: Chairman— James Armstrong, P. O. Box 1477, Richmond 12,
Virginia; Vice Chairman— Elizabeth Angle, Federal Reserve Bank of
Richmond, Richmond 13, Virginia; Secretary— Dr. W. A. Glenn, Vir¬
ginia Polytechnic Institute; Section Editor— Dr. C. Y. Kramer, Vir¬
ginia Polytechnic Institute.
150
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ASSEMBLY
BALL ROOM, JEFFERSON HOTEL, 8:00 P.M. MAY 13, 1960
The meeting was opened by President Hinton who introduced Colonel
Herbert W. K. Fitzroy who welcomed the Academy on behalf of the
University Center in Virginia. Colonel Fitzroy read the names of the
Local Committee on Arrangements and complimented them on their
work.
President Hinton then introduced Dr. Raymond L. Taylor, Associate
Administrative Secretary of the AAAS who brought greetings from the
Association.
President Hinton, acting for Mrs. Heatwole, announced the summer
Teacher Sponsor Scholarships, one at the University of Viiginia and the
other at the College of William and Mary as:
Miss Virginia Ellett, Thomas Jefferson High School, and Mr. J. M.
Lane, Victoria High School. Mr. J. P. Hill, Jr., of Stewartsville High
School was named alternate to the former and Mrs. Martha Walsh, Mc¬
Lean High School, to the latter.
Dr. R. W. Engel announced the J. Shelton Horsley 31st Research Award
selected from eleven competing papers was that of Mr. Lawrence 1.
Miller’s entitled, “The Influence of Soil Components on the Survival and
Development of the Sting Nematode.” The Claude P. Talley, Lloyd E.
Line, Jr. ,and Quinton D. Overman, Jr., paper entitled “Preparations and
Properties of Massive Amorphous Elemental Boron” received Honorable
Mention.
President Hinton announced that a set of bound volumes of the Vir¬
ginia Journal of Science is to be presented to Dr. Mary E. Humphries
in appreciation of her outstanding work on that Journal. Since she
had not come to these meetings Dr. Horton Hobbs was asked to make
the presentation later.
Miss Zoe Black read the resolutions formulated by the Resolution Com¬
mittee which were approved.
Mr. Edward Harlow, Chairman of the Nominating Committee, present¬
ed the following slate:
President, Dr. Wilson Bell; President Elect, Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.;
Secretary, Dr. Paul M. Patterson; Treasurer, Mr. Foley F. Smith; Assist¬
ant Secretary-Treasurer, Mr. William B. Wartman, Jr.; Council Member,
1960] Proceedings 1959-1960 151
Miss Susie V. Floyd (5 years), Dr. Stanley B. Williams (4 years), Colo¬
nel H. W. K. Fitzroy (2 years).
Dr. Harshbarger moved that the Secretary be instructed to east an
affirmative ballot. The motion was seconded and passed.
President Hinton announced an invitation to the Academy to meet in
Norfolk in 1962 had been received from The Norfolk Division of tire
College of William and Mary, together with the New Monticello Flotel,
the Norfolk Chamber of Commerce and the Norfolk City Officials. Pie
announced that this would be presented before Council in its morning
meeting the next day.
Dr. Frank W. Finger then presented the speaker of the evening, Dr.
Harry Harlow who spoke on the subject, “A Theory of the Development
of Affection in Primates.” After this interesting and informative illus¬
trated lecture. Dr. Hinton thanked the Council officers, Committees and
membership for their cooperation and turned the meeting over to Presi¬
dent Bell who, after a few appropriate remarks, adjourned the Assembly.
COUNCIL MEETING
GLASGOW HOUSE, RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
10 A.M. MAY 14, 1960
President Bell called the meeting to order and welcomed the new
members. Present wer: W. S. Flory, J. C. Forbs, Susie V. Pdoyd, T. E.
Gilmer, W. G. Guy, W. M. Hinton, H. H Hobbs, G. W. Jeffers, P. M.
Patterson, R. D. Ross, F. F. Smith, J. J. Taylor, W. B. Wartman, Jr.,
and S. B. Williams.
The minutes of the immediate past three meetings were reviewed to
pick up unfinished business, then the agenda was completed for the
meeting.
Dr. Guy presented the invitation for the Academy to meet in Norfolk
in 1962. Dr. Gilmer moved the acceptance and it was seconded and
passed.
Dr. Hinton moved that the registration fee for the Academy meetings
be raised to $1.00 for senior members and visitors, leaving it at fifty
cents for students. This motion was seconded and passed.
Dr. Jeffers moved that signs be placed at Section meetings stating
“Admisison by Badge Only.” This motion was seconded and passed.
This was the outcome of a concern Council had over a number of per-
152 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
sons attending Section meetings without registering.
With regard to the Academy meeting place for 1963, Dr. Taylor moved
that Council instruct President-elect, H. H. Hobbs to proceed on a meet¬
ing place for 1963 with the preference of the Hotel Roanoke for loca¬
tion.
A questionnaire from the AAAS Conference was then discussed. The
four questions were answers as follows and the Secretary instructed to
reply.
1. Should a strong National Junior Academy of Science be formed?
No.
2. Should the local Junior Academy of Science remain under the
sponsorship and jurisdiction of the local Senior Academy of Sci¬
ence? Yes.
3. If a strong national Junior Academy of Science is formed, should
it be under the sponsorship or jurisdiction of the AAAS Academy
Conference? No, under AAAS.
4. Would a new National Junior Academy of Science interfere with
or harm any now existing National Youth Science group. Yes.
The proposals concerning the Journal as presented by Dr. Ross (re¬
ported on May 12 meeting) were discussed. Concerning advertisements
Council advised that they be of a character appropriate to a scientific
Journal. Dr. Ross advised that no fixed advertising price could be made
as an advertising agency sold a package deal and defined the rate them¬
selves. The increase of Academy support by $400 was approved by
Council subject to the favorable action by the Finance Committee. A
storage place for back numbers of the Journal was discussed but no solu¬
tion found.
Dr. Jackson Taylor moved that a gavel be purchased and that the
Awards Committee make a suitable presentation at the 1961 meeting.
Dr. Hobbs pointed out that the Biology Seetion formed a Committee
to baek up movements to preserve unspoiled natural areas in eastern
Virginia. Council voiced the opinion that such maters should go through
existing channels of the Academy or come before Council, and that Sec¬
tions should not act unilaterally in the name of the Academy.
Adjournment.
P. M. Patterson, Secretary
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
153
COUNCIL MEETING OF MAY 12, 1960
President Hinton called the meeting to order at 2 p.m. in the Glasgow
House, Richmond. Present were: W. B. Bell, L. A. DeArmon, J. C.
Forbes, T. E. Gilmer, W. G. Giiy, Boyd Harshbarger, Thelma G. Heat-
wole, G. W. Jeffers, S. S. Negus, B. A. Niemeier, P. M. Patterson, E. W.
Pullen, R. D. Ross, M. B. Rowe, W. W. Scott, O. R. Singleton, Jr., F.
F. Smith, J. J. Taylor, J. C. Thompson, Jr., W. B. Wartman, Jr.
The minutes of the March 12th Richmond meeting of Council were
read and approved.
Dr. Forbes reported that NSF funds for 1959-60 Visiting Lecturers
were not used entirely and over $1300 was returned. He reported that
NSF funds were again available for visiting lecturers to the amount of
$4890 and pointed out that NSF desired we enlarge the program by
inviting high school science teachers and students to the general lecture
given bv the visiting scientists. With the reduced honorarium ($20
per diem) Dr. Forbes suggested the utilization of scientists in the state
or geographically close by for this year’s program. Dr. Jackson Taylor
moved that the Visiting Scientists Program as outlined by Dr. Forbes be
endorsed by Council. It was seconded and passed.
Mrs. HeatwoTe recommended that the chairman of the Junior Academy
of Science Committee be made a member of Council.
Dr. Thompson recommended a reorganization of Council as follows:
1) that Council be composed of members elected by the several Sec¬
tions, each Section designating one of their members as representing their
Section on Council. 2) that the Nominating Committee for the officers
of the Academv be the Council itself.
Mr. Harlow moved that the proposals made by Mrs. Heatwole and
Dr. Thompson be studied by a Committee to be appointed by incom-
in President Bell. It was .seconded and passed.
The Goethe Awards for travel expenses to the meeting were announc¬
ed by Drs. Har.shbarger and Hobbs as going to Charles Quesenbery of
VPI and Harison R. Steeves of the University of Virginia.
Dr. Ross reported on the Virginia Journal of Science giving a finan¬
cial .statement and proposed budget for 1960-61. He then outlined in
detail the duties of the Edtior and Manager and designated plans for the
improvement of the Journal as follows: 1. The Journal should appear
promptly each quarter; 2. Its articles should be more representative of
the several science; 3. That the report of the Committee headed by Dr.
154 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Bell to study the finances of the Journal be considered, and follows in
1. Increase pages of advertising from 6 to 12. 2. Increase in advertise¬
ment rates. 3. An additional subsidy from the Academy of $400. 4.
That an Advertising Manager be appointed and that the services of an
advertising agency be acquired. Dr. Hobbs moved that Council receive
this report with thanks to the Committee for their work. This motion
was seconded and passed.
President Hinton reported he had represented the Academv at the
recent Presidential inagurations at the University of Virginia and Wash¬
ington and Lee Universitv.
Mr. Wartman presented a proposed form to be printed for the Acade¬
my’s Certificate of Business Memberships and asked for suggestions as
to its format.
Mr. Smith reported he had taken out liability insurance to cover the
three davs’ meeting of the Academy.
MEETINC OF THE ACADEMY CONFERENCE
HOTEL JEFFERSON, MAY 12, 1960 - 8:00 P.M.
President Hinton presided and called for the reports of Committees
published elsewhere in this issue. With respect to obtaining the $400
additional subsidy requested for the Journal (see previous minutes) Dr.
Forbes recommended that the registration fee of fifty cents be raised to
$1.00. It was moved that Council consider this matter and the group
would favor Council’s decision. This motion was seconded and passed.
TABULATION OF REGISTRATION
The Junior Academy of Science registered 207 members. The regis¬
tration according to Sections was: Agricultural Sciences, 21 members,
24 nonmembers, total 45; Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics 46 mem¬
bers, 31 nonmembers, total 77; Bacteriology 14 members, 8 nonmembers,
total 22; Biological Sciences 60 members, 31 nonmembers, total 91; Chem¬
istry 85 members, 46 nonmembers, total 131; Engineering 10 members,
13 nonmembers, total 23; Geology 13 members, 5 nonmembers, total 18;
Medical Sciences 16 members, 8 nonmembers, total 24; Psychology 32
members, 20 nonmembers, total 52; Science Teachers 14 members, 8
nonmmbers, total 22; Statistics 13 members, 16 nonmembers, total 29.
Tin •ee members and 37 nonmembers registered without preferenc to sec¬
tion. The total registration was 781.
1960] Proceedings 1959-1960 155
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE BUSINESS MEMBERS
At a recent Coimcil Meeting it was decided to send Business Mem¬
bership Certificates to all business members and that the Company names
be listed in an appropriate place in the Journal. Curently there are sev¬
enteen business members.
BUSINESS MEMBERS, AUGUST 12, 1960
Allied Chemical Corporation, Nitrogen Division, Development Depart¬
ment, Hopewell, Virginia. The American Tobacco Company, Depart¬
ment of Research and Development, 400 Jefferson Davis Highway, Rich¬
mond 24, Virginia. E. I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc., Textile Fibers
Department, Richmond, Virginia. The Dow Chemical Company, Textile
Fibers Department, Attn: Mr. O. R. Mclntire, Technical Director, Wil¬
liamsburg, Virginia. Esso Standard Oil Company, Attn: Mr. C. C. Pem¬
broke, Broad & Hamilton Streets, Richmond, Virginia. First and Mer¬
chants National Bank, Attn: Mr. R. T. Marsh, Jr., President, Richmond
17, Virginia. General Electric Company, Employee & Community Rela¬
tions, Attn: Mr. Paul R. Thomson, Manager, 1501 Roanoke Boulevard,
Salem, Virginia. Earns & Brother Company, Inc., Attn: Mr. A. T. Webs¬
ter, Secretarv and Treasurer, Richmond 17, Virginia. Merck and Com¬
pany, Inc., Research Laboratories, Attn: Dr. Max Tishler, Rahway, New
Jersey. Philip Morris & Co., Ltd. Inc., McComas Research Center, Attn:
Dr. Helmut Wakeham, Director of Research, P. O. Box 3D, Richmond
6, Virginia, The Newport News Shipbuilding & Drydock Company, New¬
port News, Virginia. Norfolk and Western Railway Company, Attn: Mr.
Martin P. Burks, Roanoke 17, Virginia. Phipps and Bird, Inc., 303 South
6th Street, Richmond, Virginia. A. H. Robins Company, Inc., 1407 Cum¬
mings Drive, Richmond, Virginia. Revnolds Metals Company, Attn:
Mr. R. S. Reynolds, Jr., Richmond, Virginia. State-Planters Bank of
Commerce and Trusts, Attn: Mr. Charles E. Moore, Jr., Vice President,
Richmond 14, Virginia. Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corp., Research De¬
partment Librarv, rtox 1136, Richmond 8, Virginia.
GENERAL FUND
STATEMENT OF CASH RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1959
BALANCE ON DEPOSIT -JANUARY 1, 1959 . $ 5,432.60
RECEIPTS:
Revenue:
Dues:
Regular members . $ 2,130.00 $ 4,294.00
Collegiate members . 32.00
156
[September
The Virginia Journal of Science
Contributing members . 663.00
Sustaining members . 380.00
Business members . 1,000.00
Delinquent clues . 89.00
Gifts, grants and bequests:
Virginia Junior Academy
of Science .
General .
$ 4,294.00
Non-Revenue:
Major W. Catesby Jones Award
Fund .
Advance Payment of Dues ....
Receipts from annual meeting.
May, 1959:
Collection of Advance due from Research Account 40.00
Fees for exhibit space . $ 700.00
Registration fees . 291.00 991.00
Miscellaneous collections 94.34
Sale of James River Basin boohs 10.50
Dividends on stock . 119.15
Income from special trust fund (Exhibit G) 96.06
Award check (1955) cancelled 11.65
Total Receipts for the Year .
Total Funds Available .
DISBURSEMENTS:
Annual Meeting Expense . $ 988.36
American Association for the Advancement of
Science Meeting . 359.52
Virginia Junior Academy of Science . 2,164.83
Postage and express . 89.32
Printing . 69.76
Science talent search . 449.14
Stationery, supplies and stenographic services . 111.14
Virginia Journal of Science . 2,005.75
Dr. E. C. L. Miller Award . 50.00
Major W. Catesby Jones Award . 10.00
Miscellaneous and General Expense (Schedule
B-1) 371.59
Cash transfer to Special Trust Eund Principal
Account (Exhibit F) . 3,000.00
Total Disbursements for the Year .
BALANCE ON DEPOSIT - DECEMBER 31, 1959
(Exhibit A) .
750.00
200.00
10.00
18.00
6,634.70
$12,067.30
9,669.41
$ 2,397.89
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
157
SECTION OF AGRICULTURE
Photoperiodism in Turkeys
A. T. Leighton, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
1. This study was designed to obtain information on the photoperiodic
response of female turkeys as measured by reproductive responses to
various Tight regimes. Light, restricted to 6 hours per day for a 2 or
4 week period and subsequent exposure to 15 hours of light, made it
possible to induce tnrkevs to lay at a significantlv earlier age and at a
higher rate during the fall than females which were previously maintain¬
ed under 14 hours of natural daylight. Light alteration resulted in a
change in time of response but had no apparent effect on total egg
production over a 6 months production period. (Study conducted at the
Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St. Paul, Minnesota.)
Susceptibility of Three Breeds of Chickens to Blackhead
Everett E. Lund; Animal Disease and Parasite Research Division,
A.R.S., U.S.D.A.
2. New Hampshire Reds, White Leghorns, and first generation crosses
of New Hampshire Red males and Bared Rock females, all 5 weeks of
age, were given equal numbers of embryonated Pleterakis eggs from a
source known to transmit blackhead. Histomonas infection appeared in
92, 75 and 66 percent of these birds, respectively, and 25, 21 and 6
percent, respectively, remained carriers after the acute state subsided.
Worm loss was in direct proportion to the severity of the blackhead.
Infectivity of eggs from worms recovered from the above birds varied
according to the incidence of blackhead. All breeds were capable of
significant soil contamination.
A Modified Extraction-Titration
Test for Free Fat Acidity of Milk and Cream
W. K. Stone and P. M. Large; Virginia Polytechnic Jnstitnte
3. Free fat acidity (FFA) was determined using equipment common
to dairy quality control laboratories. Nine ml. of milk were shaken in
a Babcock cream-itest bottle for 1 minute with 10 ml. of neutralized
95% ethanol. This mixture was extracted by shaking for 1 minute with
15 ml. of 40/60 ethyl-petroleum ether and centrifuged for 3 minutes in
a Babcock centrifuge. Five ml. were decanted, mixed with 5 ml. of
neutralized ethanol; and titrated with ca. 0.01 N alcoholic KOH. FFA
= net ml. KOH X N X 300 — by weight of fat in the sample. To
158 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
test cream for FFA, an amount containing 0.40 g. of fat was weighed,
diluted to 9 ml. with HoO, and tested as above.
The Effect of Dietary Sodium Bromide Level Upon the Rat.s’
Growth and Carcass and Liver Bromide Levels
Russell F. Miller and Janet M. Paulsen;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
4. The addition of 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, or 1.00 g of NaBr/kg of purified
diet for 6 weeks, did not adversely affect the growth of weanling albino
rats. Based upon fresh weight, these rats’ liver bromide levels increas¬
ed (control 4 ppm) to 48 ppm (0.25 g NaBr/kg diet) then linearly to
79 ppm as the dietarv NaBr level increased to 1.00 g/kg of diet. Car¬
cass bromide levels, fresh basis, increased linearly from a control value
of 15 ppm to 118 ppm when 0.75 g of NaBr/kg of diet was fed and
did not increase further when feeding 1.00 g of NaBr/kg of diet.
The Blood Picture in Wood Sheep and Dairy Goats
Liibow A. Margolena; Sheep and Fur Animal Research Branch, A.R.S.,
U.S.D.A.
5. The haematologv of two groups each of Mernio and Hampshire
sjlieep and Toggenburg goats was studied throughout the seasons of the
vear at Beltsville, Maryland. One group was on pasture, the other on
a standard diet. Despite considerable individual differences, average
values tend to be representative of a breed if considered on a long range
basis. Hampshires averaged 13.7 gr. haemoglobin per 100 ml. blood.
Merinos 13.2 and Toggenburg does 12.8 respectively. Yearly percent
averages for red cell volume were 37.8 for Hampshires, 36.2 for Meri¬
nos, and 32.8 for the does. Sedimentation rates read on 24 hour per¬
pendicularly steadied Wintrobe tubes were fractions of 1 in all healthy
animals. A rate of 2 and over was found only in a buck dying of
pneumonia.
Genetic Parameters Concerned with Feed Efficiency Full Fed
Beef Cattle
James A. Caines; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
6. Data on 276 bulls individually fed at the Beef Cattle Research
Station, Front Royal, and on 152 steers individually fed at the Virginia
Agricultural Experiment Station at Blacksburg were available for this
study. The least squares method of analysis was used. In the first
phase the data were adjusted for years, breeds, initial weight, and total
Proceedings 1959-1960
159
1960]
gain prior to estimating heritabilities of .79 in the bulls and .09 in the
steers for TDN/cwt. gain. In the second phase indivdiual total gains
and TDN/cwt. values were adjusted for years, breeds, and initial weight
prior to estimating genetic correlations of —1.31 in steers and —0.67 in
bulls.
The Effects of Various Levels of Lysine in the Diet on Muscle
Development and on Various Blood Phenomena of Growing Swine
G. M. Gahilly, R. F. Kelly, G. G. Brooks, J. W. Davis, and P. P. Graham;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
7. An experiment was conducted involving 24 pigs to determine the
effects produced by feed-protein quality on various physiological pheno¬
mena in growing swine. A corn-peanut oil meal ration supplemented
with graded levels of lysine was used. Preliminary results indicated
that lysine supplementation to this ration increased muscle mass, the
nature of this increase being in the form of protein, not water or fat.
Figures also indicated that changes may occur in organ wegihts and in
blood paterns as a result of feed-protein quality. Determination of blood
fractions, muscle lysine, as well as rat-growth study are in progress.
The Effectiveness of Three Management Systems for the Gontrol
OF Internal Parasites of Lames
James H. Turner, K. G. Kates, I. Lindahl, G. E. Whitmore, and
F. D. Enzie; Agricultural Research Service, Beltsville, Md.
8. From March to September of 1959, 3 bands of 20 lambs each
were raised on dry lots, ‘‘clean” pastures, and parasite-contaminated
pastures, respectivel,y and were kept under parasite surveillance. Each
band was thus exposed to low, moderate, and high levels of parasitism,
respectively. All lambs were on phenothiazine-salt prophylaxis. The
principal parasites observed in the pastured lambs were Haemonchus
contortus and Strongyloides papillosus, which caused anemia and inhibit¬
ed growth. In the dry-lot group, significant parasitism did not develop,
and therapeutic medication was unnecessary. The lambs exposed to high
levels of parasitism required additional medication in June, whereas those
exposed to moderate parasitism did not require therapeutic medication
until late summer.
Pesticide Residues
James F. Eheart, P. H. Massey, Jr., E. G. Turner and Jean Dickinson;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
9. Persistence curves, with recovery data, were made on 4 different
160 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
residues on collards, green beans, alfalfa and millc. Studies of the adapta¬
tion of the sodium biphenvl reduction method for organic chloride resi¬
dues (endrin) with colorimetric determination of the resulting chloride
ions bv the ferric perchlorate mercuric thiocyanate method was attempt¬
ed.
Calcium Sources for Peanuts
D. L. Hallock; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
10. Plenty of available calcium is required in the fruiting zone of pea¬
nuts. Four substances were evaluated as calcium sources for peanuts
during the period 1956 to 1959. Rates of application were such to give
150 pounds per acre of calcium. The average acre value of the pea¬
nuts was $0.56, 3.00 and 3.75 greater from gypsum (landplaster) than
from North American Cement Company potash lime, burnt shell lime,
and finely ground limestone, respectively. For the peanut farmers of
Virginia this would mean a difference of from $59,000 to as much as
$400,000, anually, exclusive of the differential in cost of the various
materials.
The Influence of Soil Components on the Survival and Develop¬
ment OF THE Stinc Nematode, Belonolaimns longicaiidatus Rau
Lawrence I. Miller; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
11. Experiments conducted in the laboratory and greenhouse showed
that osmotic concentration, temperature, and the pH of a hquid medium;
the number of roots in a soil; the addition of organic matter and of
sulphur to a soil; and the moisture level and the texture of a soil affects
survival and development of the sting nematode, Belonolaimns longi-
cauclatns Rau. Results of experiments conducted in the field in Virginia
for the last 10 years showed, however, that soil texture was the princi¬
pal limiting factor. It is concluded that this sting nematode is limited
to soils of a certain texture.
Two Recent Developments of Great Significance in Corn Growing
W. W. Moschler; Virginia Pohitechnic Institute
12. Corn growing in Virginia in the future will be influenced by 2
new practices, “minimum tillage” and “soil profile modification.” “Mini¬
mum tillage” is the growing of corn with the least amount of soil tillage
necessary. The amount necessary is less than that presently employed
and can be concentrated on the corn rows at the time of planting, leav¬
ing the soil between the rows in a relatively rough state. “Soil profile
modification” involves the mechanical incoqioration of lime and fertilizer
Proceedings 1959-1960
161
1960]
to greater than normal depths in the soil, thus increasing the effective
depth of the rooting zone. In limited trials in nearby states, this prac¬
tice has increased resistance to drought.
Detection of Seed Treatments
W. F. Crosier* and C. F. Bruce; Virginia Department of Agriculture
13. Different fungi were studied and the following, listed in order of
sensitivity, were found to be satisfactory for bio-assay: Glomerella cin-
gulata, Curvularia inaequalis, Aspergillus niger, Stemphijlium consortiale,
and Mijrothecium verrucaria. Pure cultures of these fungi are grown in
tube slants (70°C or room temperature) on an agar medium (saboiiraud
dextrose agar). After the surfaces are covered with spores the tubes are
stored at 5°C until needed. Ten ml. of sterile water is poured into tube
slant and agitated. The suspension of spores is poured into 250 ml. of
liquid agar (40 to 45 °C). Before it solidifies the spore-laden agar is
poured into sterile Petri dishes. The seeds to be assayed are placed
on the spored agar immediately after it hardens. P'rom 10 to 15 seeds
of small grains or approximately l/in.2 can be placed in a 90 mm. Petri
dish. Dishes are held at room temperature, to permit germination of
spores, for 2 to 3 days before measuring the inhibition zones or halos
around the seed, produced by the presence of a fungicide. Distribution
and intensity of treatment can be judged by size and consistency of the
halos. This method clearly indicates the presence of a fungicide, but
identification of the materials is not revealed by this assay. (*Seed
Pathologist, New York State Agricultural Experiment Station, Geneva,
New York.)
The Soybean Cyst Nematode; A New Virginia Pest
W. H. Matheny; Virginia Department of Agriculture
14. The Soybean Cyst Nematode, Hetcfoclera glycines Ichinohe, known
to occur in Japan since 1915, was discovered, for the first time in the
United States, in North Carolina in 1954. A detection survey was inau¬
gurated in 1955 by the Virginia Department of Agriculture Division of
Plant Industry. In 1958, two farms in lower Nansemond County were
found infested. A delimiting survey showed there were 3000 acres in¬
fested on 53 farms and as of May 1960 there were 125 infested farms.
A Federal and State Quarantine was made effective on September 1,
1959. Compressed air machines were assigned to the 2 areas to clean
farm machinery and crops were harvested and handled by approved
methods to prevent spread. Crop rotations will control the pest and
several chemicals although quite expensive will give control. Two soy¬
bean varieties, lllsoy and Peking, are reported to be resistant. The cur-
162 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
rent program objectives are to contain the pest, discourage the plant¬
ing of host crops and keep trade channels open through certification.
Ammonium in Certain Virginia Soils
C. I. Rich; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
15. Significant quantities of ammonium occur naturally in certain Vir¬
ginia soils and may be an important source of nitrogen for plants. As
much as 800 pounds of N per acre as NH4 may occur in the upper 5
feet of some virgin soils. This ammonium occurs as exchangeable ions
or held in a “fixed” form by inorganic cation exchangers in soils. Ver-
miculite and weathered micas appear to be the major minerals retain¬
ing this ammonium. The proportion of the NH4 which is fixed varies
with the amount of vermiculite and its ability to contract when NH4 or
K saturated.
Effectiveness of Phosfon as a Chemical Height-Retardant on
Potted Chrysanthemums and Easter Lilies
Charles R. Downing and Staley L. Felton;
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation
16. Phosfon, tributyl-2, 4-dichlorobenzyIphosphonium chloride, retarded
the height of chrysanthemums and Easter lilies when applied as a soil
amendment. Rates of 0.25 to 0.5 gms. actual Phosfon per cu. ft. of
potting soil reduced height about 50 percent. Treated plants were com¬
pact, had shorter internodes, stronger stems, leaves were very dark green,
and blooms were not reduced in size or quality when treated at recom¬
mended rates. Flowering of treated plants was delayed slightly. AH
varities of chrysanthemums responded, but some were more sensitive
than others. Rates of application were adjusted to compensate for sen¬
sitivity. Phosfon effectively retarded the height of potted Easter lilies
(Ace, Croft, and Georgia). Treated plants were compact, had short¬
ened internodes, and the size and quality of blooms were not reduced.
Phosfon appeared to be of commercial value to producers of potted chry-
santhmums and Easter lilies.
The Identification of Paint Oils Via Gas-Liquid Chromatography
W. L. Zielinski, Jr., W. V. Mosefey, Jr., and R. C. Bricker; Paint
Laboratory; Virginia Department of Agriculture
17. Oil analysis by Gas-Liquid Chromatography offers a unique method
for elucidating the changes undergone by oils in the varied manufac¬
turing processes of the paint industiy. Oils were extracted from paint
vehicles and introduced into a Perkin-Elmer 154-C Vapor Fractometer
Proceedings 1959-1960
163
1960]
as fatty acid methyl esters. Correlation was made between fatty acid
distributions obtained and known fatty acid distributions of vegetable
and fish oils. Some effects noted in the manufacture of oil-containing
resins included the disappearance of eleostearic acid of tung oil through
polymerization; the increase in drying power of soybean oil as a result
of linoleie aeid conjugation; and the resolution of complex oil mixtures.
Identifiaction of unaltered oils is reported as routine.
What Can an Agricultural Economist Contribute to Research
IN THE Natural Sciences?
Ross V. Baumann, Farm Economics Research Division,
Agricultural Picsearch Service, Washington, D. C.
18. Natural scientists and economists have been quite successful in
cooperative research. However, only about 10 percent of the projects
reported in the natural science research journals have reaehed the stage
that would permit economic application directly to farming. Some ex¬
periments could be designed to meet this need, but in some cases addi¬
tional experimentation would be necessary. The experiment must provide
alternatives to select from, or show the production relationship over the
relevant economic area. This enables the economist to compare returns
from the alternatives with returns obtained from praetices already a part
of the farm business.
The Role of Price Expectations in Agricultural Supply
Relationships
Olman Hee; Statistical and Historical Research, Agricultural Marketing
Service
19. In economics we are frequently engaged in studies dealing with the
law of supply. As the price of a product is increased, larger quantities
of that product will be produced and offered for sale. The present study
of supply-price reltionships postulates that farm operators’ actions are
largely consistent with price movements, after allowing for technological,
institutional and cultural changes. This essentially describes a supply
function. The basic formulation in this statistical analysis expresses acre¬
age of potatoes as a function of expected price and other factors. The
formulation also assumes that farmers continually revise their price ex¬
pectations in relation to prices they actually received in the past and
those which they had expected to receive. Results from statistical ana¬
lysis indicad an elasticity of supply with respect to expected price of
about 0.5, while the elasticity with respect to price in the previous year
was approximatly 0.1.
164 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Peanut Supply Functions and Their Implications for Policy
D. Upon Livrmore; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
20. The purpose of this study was to estimate the national produetion
of peanuts from 1959 to 1965. Acreage allotments have been reduced
to the minimum of 1,610,000 acres permitted by Congress. Yields per
acre have been increasing. Production has exceeded national require¬
ments in most years. Production estimates will be compared with ex¬
pected re(|uirements to determine the extent to which surpluses may be
expected. Methodology includes use of state acreage, yield, and produe¬
tion models for the period 1909-1958; relationships among factors are
analyzed by means of single linear equations determined by ordinary
least squares. Projections of production are based primarily on projected
yields and curent levels of price support and acreage allotments.
Using Time and Cost Techniques to Reduce Cost in Virginia's
Egg Marketing Firms
E. C. Garland, Jr.; Virginia Department of Agriculture
21. The introduction of automation in Virginia egg marketing firms
presents new problems for management. The main problem appears to
be: can the cost of automation be justified? Within the last three
years, 22 time and cost surveys have been made to detect inefficiencies
and excessive costs in Virginia egg marketing firms. These surveys re¬
vealed that it is not justifiable to candle poor quality eggs over auto¬
matic egg grading ecjuipment. Usually hand candlers are used to grade
poor ((uality eggs, resulting in a higher candling cost because of man¬
agement’s inability to attain inaximium labor efficiency in a dual candling
process. A preliminary study was made to compare the cost of grad¬
ing eggs on automatic machines, using reasonably well-trained person¬
nel, and by the conventional hand grading method. The study indicated
when the problems of labor and volume were solved, that eggs could be
candled and packed one-half cent per dozen cheaper by automatic ma¬
chines. The study also revealed that the fully automatic machines were
practically one-half cent cheaper that the semi-automatic.
Influence of Technological Debelopment on the Handling of
Virginia Grade-A Milk
R. F. Hutcheson; Virginia Department of Agriculture
22. Since the i93()’s, there has been a tremendous development of ma¬
chinery and e(]uipment to handle and process milk. Improved equipment
and lietter methods have changed the milk production, processing, and
marketing problems from a local situation to one that covers the entire
Proceedings 1959-1960
165
1960]
state of Virginia and extends several hundred miles beyond. Nearly 90
per cent of Virginia’s grade- A milk is cooled and stored in bulk tanks,
and 25 per cent of it is handled by pipe-line milkers. Raw milk is
moved daily over 400 miles in bulk tanks. Most of the grade-A milk
is standardized for butterfat content and flavor, and is homogenized be¬
fore bottling. Improved pasteurization, improved refrigeration, and im¬
proved transportation is rapidly changing the milk market pattern to
where it is paralleling eggs, fresh vegetables, fish, and meats as a prod¬
uct normally purchased along with canned goods and the rest of the
groceries on the housewife’s list.
SECTION OF
ASTRONOMY, MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS
An Ultra-High Vacuum System for the Deposition of Thin
Metallic Films
Calvin O. Tiller; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research
1. An ultra-high vacuum system has been constructed that will allow
a thin metallic film to be deposited by evaporation at pressures less than
10-8 mm of Hg. The Alpert techniques for obtaining pressures in the
10-10 mm of Hg range have been followed.
Structures of Ag Films Deposited on a Single Crystal of NaCI
(work done at the Virginia Institute for Scientific Research)
Billy W. Sloope; University of Richmond
2. The conditions of formation of good single crystal films of Ag de¬
posited on freshly cleaved NaCl surfaces are discussed in terms of pre¬
heat annealing of the substrate, post-heat annealing of the films and
deposition temperture. Structures of these films were determined by
transmission electron diffraction and glancing angle X-ray techniques.
The effects of heat treatment on the agglomeration of the film and their
structure are shown.
An Apparatus for Measuring the Angular Distribution of the
Two-Gamma Annihilation of Positrons
William C. Doughty; Hampden-Sydney College
3. The angular distribution of the two-gamma annihilation of positrons
in matter is thought to depend on the density and the identity of the
matter; moreover, a knowledge of this angular distribution for a given
sample can be used as a source of information about the interior of the
166 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
sample. The instrument described has as its essential components two
scintillation type gamma-ray detectors and a mechanical device for chang¬
ing the relative positions of the detectors.
Positron Annihilation in Sodium, Magnesium, and Aluminum
Roger S. Cortesi; University of Virginia
4. Two photon angular correlation data from the annihilation of posit¬
rons in sodium, magnesium ,and aluminum are given. The Parabolic
portion of the curves is fitted to a parabola, and from this the momen¬
tum at the surface of the Fermi sphere is measured, and the percentage
of positron annihilating with conduction electrons is estimated. The re¬
sults are given below with the Fermi surface results compared to a sim¬
ple electron density calcuation.
Momentum at the Fermi surface in units of me x 10-3
Na Mg A1
Exp 3.6 5.4 6.8
Theory 3.5 5.2 6.7
Percentage of positron annihilating with conduction electrons
Na Mg A1
68 79 85
A Low Temperature Cooling Stage
James Wilkins and T. E. Leinhardt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
5. A device for performing low temperature optical experiments is mount¬
ed in a Dewer flask containing liquid nitrogen. Liquid and vapor from
the flask is directed through a vacuum jacketed stainless steel tube to
the base of a copper stage. The vapor part of the stage to which speci¬
mens can be mounted is in an evacuated region. After flowing from
the base of this stage the cooling vapors are directed through a series
of concentric stainless steel tubes surounding the copper stage. The
vapors are exhausted through a small value. For fast cooling a pump
may be used. In tests temperatures between 300° K. and 80° K. were
maintained with good stability.
Far-Infrared Spectrometer for Work at Low Temperatures
Robert J. Rell and T. E. Leinhardt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
6. An Ebert-Fastie type spectrometer for low temperature research in
the wavelength region 300 to 2500 microns is described for expeted
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
167
resolution R = — = 10^. The system can be used for solid, liquid, and
dA
gas phase sample studies over wide temperature ranges. By symmetry
arangements spherical aberration and astigmatism are greatly reduced.
Ground plate reflection filters are employed to eliminate higher order
wavelengths, and a sensitive thennopile of expected sensitivity of lO'^^
watts is considered as a detector,
cm^
Uranium Uptake in Nuclear Emulsions
Richard E. Garrett; Hollins College
7. The number of uranium atoms per unit volume of several types
of nuclear emulsions loaded at different pH values is determined by
counting the alpha tracks in the emulsion due to the decay of the ura¬
nium. The type G emulsion shows a constant uptake for pH values
from 4.5 to 7.5 while the L type emulsion show marked dependence on
pH for a given uptake.
The Measurement of the Electron and Other Small Gharges
BY THE Magnetic Balance Method
J. W. Beams; University of Virginia
8. The magnetic balance method will measure masses to the order of
one part in 10® even for extremely small ferromagnetic masses. The elec¬
trical charges on a small magnetically suspended particle in a vacuum
may be determined by applying an electrical field and determining the
resulting force on the particle by the magnetic support. The precision
obtained for the charge on the electron should be greater than that ob-
taind by the classical Milliken oil drop method. The possibility of test¬
ing the Lyttleton and Bondi hypothesis that the charges on the proton
differs by a small amount from that of the electron is discussed. (Sup¬
ported by Bur. Ord. U. S. Navy).
Transversal Doppler Shift Using the Mossbauer Effect
J. W. Beams and S. Berko; University of Virginia
9. The progress of an experiment designed to test the second order
Doppler shift to a high degree of accuracy is described. The experi¬
ment consists of measuring the resonance absorption of the 14.4 Kev
gamma line from Fe^'^, deposited at the center of an air driven spe¬
cially designed ultracentrifuge, in an iron foil supported at the periphery
of the centrifuge. The centrifuge is designed to obtain peripheral speeds
168 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
of 4 X 10^ em/see. The results of the calibration of the system to
obtain the shape of the Mossbauer line will also be presented.
Molecular Weights
R. D. Boyle and P. E. Hexner; University of Virginia
10. A method is described for measuring molecular weights of organic
compounds including insulin by the ecjuilibrium ultracentrifuge method.
A magnetically suspended rotor is operated in a vacuum system at con¬
stant temperature and speed for extended periods of time. The system
measures molecular weights to a degree of accuracy of 1 part in 10^.
(Supported by the National Science P’oundation)
Production of High Vacua with a Magnetically
Supported Centrifuge
C. E. Williams; University of Virginia
11. A magnetically supported rotor is scaleed in a chamber free of lubri¬
cants and the pressure is lowered until the mean free path is large com¬
pared to geometrical distances inside the chamber. Molecular pumping
as a function of pripheral velocity is discussed. (Supported by Office of
Ordnance Research of the Army and Navy Bureau of Ordnance.)
Photoneutron Cross Sections for Cobalt and Manganese
P. A. Flournoy, R. S. Tickle, and W. D. Whitehead; University of Virginia
12. The total photoneutron yields for Mir"^^ and Co'^‘^ were carefully
measured from threshold to approximately 30 Mev. Analysis of these
data using the Leiss-Penfold matrix indicates that the cross sections for
both elements show a splitting in the giant resonance region in accord
with the predictions of the classical hydrodynamic model. The Mn^^
peaks occur at energies of 16.8 dz .25 Mev and 19.75 ± .25 Mev cor¬
responding to cross sections of 90 mb and 77 mb respectively. Co.^^
maxima occur at 16.5 zb .25 Mev and 19.0 zb .25 Mev with cross sec¬
tions of 109 mb and 92 mb. The cross sections o-(y, n) -|-(r(y, 2n) -j-
a-(y, np) -|- . . . integrated to 25 Mev are 627 Mev-mb for MiE^ and 709
Mev-mb for Co^'-*. Breit-Wigner resonance lines were fitted to both cross
sections and the intrinsic quadrupole moments determined from these
fits are .78 zb .11 barns for cobalt. (Supported by the Air P’oree Of¬
fice of Scientific Research).
1960] Proceedings 1959-1960 169
Some Uses of Pulsed Neutrons in Reactor Physics
L. S. Anthony, J. L. McClure, and Andrew Robeson;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
13. In recent years, steady state measurements with neutron sources
have been superseded by modulated or pulsed neutron sources. De¬
scriptions of some of the applications of pulsed neutron technique to
nuclear and reactor physics are given, with emphasis on the types of
experiments planned for the V. P. I. 250 kilovolt Cockcroft-Walton acce¬
lerator.
An Accelerator for Producing Neutron Pulses
J. L. McClure, L. S. Anthony, and Andrew Robeson;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
14. A Cockcroft-alton accelerator to produce neutron pulses of moder¬
ately high intensities has been built at Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
The high voltage supplv, a continuously variable voltage doubler circuit,
will deliver a maximum of 2 ma. at 250 KV. Neutrons are produced
using the D(d, n) He^ reaction and pulses obtained by sweeping the
deuteron beam from r.f. ion source across an exit port with electro¬
static deflection plates. The entire system is mounted on casters to pro¬
vide a reasonable degree of flexibility. A single channel variable-gate
timing circuit, triggered by a pulse from the target, is used to measure
time dependent neutron intensities in moderator materials. A fast twen¬
ty channel system is under construction. Experiments are underway to
verify time dependent nutron distributions predicted by Monte Carlo com¬
putations on an IBM 650 computer. (A. E. C. Fellow in Nuclear Sci¬
ence and Engineering).
A Monte Carlo Analysis of Neutron Therm alization in Graphite
P. A. Newman and W. B. Payne; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
15. In conjunction with the pulsed neutron project at V.P.I., a Monte
Carlo model has been prepared to give energy and spacial neutron dis¬
tributions in a block of reactor grade graphite. Slowing down time and
Fermi age are determined and the energy — time neutron distributions
agree well with those of Marshak. The IBM 650 computer in the V.P.I.
Computation Laboratory was used for this analysis.
The Design and Construction of a Single Channel Time Analyzer
W. D. Beasley and W. B. Payne; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
16. A single channel time analyzer was constructed which will detect
170 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
the pulse of beam current on the target of a Cockroft-Walton accelera¬
tor and, after a fixed delay time will open a channel to record the pulses
from a detector. The delay time was continuously variable from 10
microseconds to 100 milliseconds. The duration of the counting inter¬
val was continuously variable from 10 microseconds to 10 milliseconds.
The time analyzer is used in conjunction with the pulsed neutron pro¬
gram at V.P.I.
A Millimicrosecond Time-of-Flight Neutron Spectrometer
C. I. Hudson, Jr. and W. S. Walker; University of Virginia
17. A fast neutron time-of-f light spectrometer was developed to measure
the flight time of T(d, n) He^ neutrons elastically and inelastically scat¬
tered from various nuclei. The associated particle method was used to
obtain a zero time signal and to reduce background. Energy resolution
and limitations of the spectrometer are discussed.
Measurement of the Internal Field in a Ferromagnet Using
Polarized Neutrons
T. G. Williamson; University of Virginia
18. The internal magnetic field in a ferromagnet was determined by
measuring the change in the vertical component of polarization of a beam
of polarized 3.4 Mev neutrons which had passed through magnetized
iron. The beam of polarized neutrons was obtained from the D(d,n)
He^ reaction using 1.0 Mev deuterons on a heavy ice target in a Van
de Graaf accelerator. The polarization was found from the right-left
asymmetry produced by scatering the beam from a carbon analyser. The
feromagnetic substance through which the beam was passed was a 6.7
cm thick piece of vanadium permendur (49% Fe, 49% Go, 2% V)
which was placed between the poles of an electromagnet. The mag¬
netic flux density in the permendur was determind by standard ballistic
galvanometric techniques and within experimental error agreed with that
calculated from the depolarization produced. Thus, within experimen¬
tal error, the field effective for processing the spins of fast neutrons is
the magnetic flux density B. (Supported by the U. S. Atomic Energy
Gommission and the U. S. Armv Office of Ordinance Research.).
Pulse Shape Discrimination Against Gamma Rays
H. Funsten; University of Virginia
19. A circuit to discriminate between proton and electron scintillations
in organic phosphors was built, utilizing saturation between the last dy-
node and anode of an RGA 6810-A photomultiplier tube. The circuit
Proceedings 1959-1960
171
1960]
was based on the apparent difference in second component decay ampli¬
tudes under proton and electron excitation, and achieved a discrimina¬
tion ratio of around 4,000-1.
Scattering of 3.4-Mev Polarized Neutrons from S Cu, and Zn
G. C. Cobb, H. O. Funsten, and T. G. Williamson; University of Virginia
20. Partially polarized 3.4-Mev neutrons were elastically scatered by S,
Cu ,and Zn and the right-left asymmetry observed at approximately
15° intervals from 30° to 135°. Using the average polarization of the
incident neutrons, (Pn = — 11.5%), the elastic scattering polarization of
the scatterers, Pge(^), was determined for the above elements. The
observed polarizations are compared with recently measured differential
cross sections. The observed values of polarization for Cu and Zn are
similar at all scattering angles as are their differential cross sections.
Maximum polarization for these elements occurs at an angle of about
120° and in all three cases is about 35%. (Supported by the U. S. Army
Office of Ordnance Research and U. S. Atomic Energy Comm.)
The Theory of Elementary Processes
Dr. Claude Marmasse; Hollins College
21. This theory, devloped in France since 1956, is funadmentally con¬
cerned with a statistical approach to the phenomena involved in collec¬
tive (or multiple) reactions, this last term being understood in its widest
sense. When applied to the case of polvelectrolvtes, it enables one to
prove theoretically the existence of sites of preferential fixation now proved
experimentally and it explains the behavior of certain experimental cur¬
ves (e.g. pld versus length of the chain). The axiomatic presentation
is developed.
Scintillation of Satellite Radio Signals
James D. Lawrence, Jr.; University of Virginia
22. Signals from satellite 1959 Iota recorded over a six month period
have been analyzed to determine presence of scintillation. Marked night¬
time scintillation is frequently noted; day-time scintillation is only weakly',
if at all, observed. The appearance of scintillation of the satellite signal
shows an almost one to one correspondence with the occurrence of scin¬
tillation of the radio source in Cassiopeia at 39 mcs. There is some evi¬
dence of the southern latitude limit of the layers responsible scintillation
preivously described by Swenson and Yeh.
In addition, the records indicated above have been analyzed to deter¬
mine a fading rate of the satellite signal. Since many unknown modula-
172 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
tions appear on the 20 me signal of 1959 lota, a fading rate has been
difficult to determine. In certain instances a fading rate of several cycles
per second is evident which is in agreement with results previously an¬
nounced.
Angular Scintillations of Radio Stars
James Hollinger; University of Virginia
23. Equipment and proceedure used in making measurements of the
phase scintillations imposed by the ionosphere on radiation from a radio
star are described. Measurements were made at 81.5 mc/sec. with a phase
switched interferometer which had an aerial separation of 95 wave
lengths. Results showed irregularities in phase of two types: (a) ran¬
dom irregularities with a magnitude of 2-3 minutes of arc which cor¬
related well with amplitude scintillations (b) total shifts in phase of
Up to 7-8 minutes of arc which persisted for periods of up to of an
hour.
A New Look at Perturration in Celestial Mechanics
D. Willard; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
24. Experience has shown that students with a background in physics
appreciate an approach to the equations of perturbed planetary motion
more direct than that which is available in celestial mechanics texts.
Such a presentation is described here, leading to equations of the form
dA
dt
X A
Where A is any unit vector and w a function of the perturbing force
which has two advantages: (a) it displays the effects of an arbitrary
force without reference to any particular coordinate system and (b) it
can be rapidly computed by machine techniques.
Atmospheric Phenomena at a Sunrise Total Eclipse of the Sun
John W. Stewart; University of Virginia
25. The author and his father traveled to Massachusetts in order to
observe the sunrise total solar eclipse of 2 October 1959. Unfortunate¬
ly heavy clouds prevented a view of the eclipse itself, but th pheno-
mnon was nevertheless quite striking. As totality approached the gen¬
eral illumination faded gradually as if by the dimming of the house
lights of a gigantic theater. By contrast at the end of totality the light
returned abruptly as the moon’s shadow “went to the ground.” During
the seconds of totality a clear patch of sky on the western horizon
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
173
unexpectedly turned a deep red color. Apparently this effect has not
ben reported at previous eclipses.
Recent High Pressure Studies of Solidified Gases
John W. Stewart and James N. Boyd; Universifij of Virginia
26. Compressibilities at constant temperatures for solidified H2S and
SiF4 have been determined over the range in pressure 0—20,000 atmos¬
pheres. Direct piston displacement technique was used. First order
phase transitions appear as discontinuities in the volume; second order
transitions appear as discontinuities in (dV/dP)T- H2S exhibits three
solid phases. The transitions occur at 103. 6°K and 126. 2°K at atmos¬
pheric pressure. The pressure-volume phase diagram was obtained. SiF4
shows three solid phases. The triple point was extrapolated to be at
123° K, 11,200 kg/cm^. Solidified SiHj is being studied at present. The
pressure apparatus and the temprature control svstem are described.
Apparatus for the Measurement of the Magnetic Rotation Spectra
OF Free Radicals Produced by Flash Photolysis
J. L. Detch, L. Goodfriend, and F. R. Crownfield;
The College of William and Mary
27. Apparatus is described which will be used for detecting changes
in the Faraday Rotation of a gas when free radicals are produced in it
by flash photolysis. The plane of polarization of light passed by a Glan-
Thompson prism is rotated by the gas in a magnetic field. This light
is extinquished by a second Glan-Thompson prism in the absence of free
radicals. The increase in transmission when the gas is exposed to a brief,
high intensity flash produced by discharging a capacitor through a Xenon
tube or exploding a wire is detected by a photoelectric or photomultiplier
cell. (Support given this project bv The Research Gorporation.)
A Demonstration of Phase and Group Velocities Using a Gathode
Ray Oscilloscope
F. R. Grownfield, Jr.; College of William and Mary
28. A method of displaying two travelling waves of different wavelengths
and velocities on an oscilloscope is described. Next, it is shown how to
produce th superposition of these waves and display the fact that the
resulting waves and their envelope travel at different velocities. Finally,
a graphical method of determining these velocities (the phase dnd group
velocities respectively) from these of the component waves is presented.
174 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Use of a Shoe X-ray Machine for an Undergraduate Laboratory
in Atomic Physics
J. W. Little; The College of William and Mary
29. A “retired” shoe X-ray machine was used for experiments to be
performed in undergraduate laboratory. Lane spots of several crystal¬
line materials were obtained in about ten minutes exposure. Double
scattering from carbon blocks demonstrated the polarization of the radia¬
tion. The radiation was detected in a Geiger tube. Satisfactory count¬
ing statistics were obtained in fifteen seconds. Since this machine has
an on time of about thirty seconds, the timing eycle did not have to be
changed.
An Undergrduate Nuclear Physics Experiment on the Spectrum
OF A Beta Emitter
L. Rogon, and J. L. Detch; The College of William and Mary
30. This paper presents an experiment on Beta decay which can be
performed in an undergraduate laboratory. The pulse height spectrum
of a Beta emitter (sjTl^^'^) was obtained by means of a plastie scintil¬
lator, cemented from two pieces, with the source in between. Calibra¬
tion was made assuming a linear relation between the pulse height and
energy, and using the Compton recoil electron spectrum from Ba'*-'^"
0.661 Kev gamma rav. Tables of the Fermi function were used to
make a Fermi (Kurie) plot to determine the end point energy and verify
the Fermi theory. Suggestions are made as to the qualities desired in a
source of Beta rays for this experiment, in order to simplify interpreta¬
tion and improve the accuracy.
A General Physics Laboratory Experiment of the Blamer Series
OF Hydrogen
R. E. Adelberger; The College of William and Mary
31. A simple grating spectrometer suitable for home construction is de¬
scribed, together with its use in determining the Rydberg constant from
the Hydrogen ( Ha, H^, Hy ) spectrum. Three lenses, a slit, and an
inexpensive plane replica grating are used, with a smiple linkage which
gives scale readings proportional to wavelength.
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
175
SECTION OF BACTERIOLOGY
Incidence of Bacterial Species Isolated from Urinary Tract
Infections
H. J. Welshimer; Medical College of Virginia
1. Of the 200 bacterial isolants cultured from the urinary tract of 173
patients, Escherichia coli was found to be the most frequently occur¬
ring organism and was isolated 66 times. Aerobic streptococci, Aero-
hacter aerogenes, Proteus vulgaris, and Pseudomonas aeruginosa were iso¬
lated 33, 27, 26 and 24 times respectively. Nine other species were
isolatd in 1 to 7 instances. Although the urinary tract infections were
most frequent in females, the number of mixed infections were propor¬
tionately higher in males than in females.
A Technique to Procure Lung Macrophages
Eva Soto Leake; University of Virginia
2. Rabbit lung macrophages can be easily procured by washing them
out with balanced salt solution injected into the trachea. An average of
0.1 to 0.2 ml. of packed cells is obtained from the lung of a normal
rabbit. The population of cells is homogeneous, the contamination with
red blood cells is minimal, and their viability exceeds 90%. These macro¬
phages are able to engulf heat killed tubercle bacilli when tested for pha¬
gocytosis in tissue culture. Cells resembling rabbit lung macrophages were
washed out from the lungs of mice, rats and guinea pigs.
Histobacteriology, the Study and Identification of Microorganisms
in Fixed Tissue by Fluorescent Antibodies
J. D. Marshall and P. Arne Hansen; Armed Forces Institute of Pathology,
Washington, D. C., and Microbiology Department, University of Mary¬
land, College Park.
3. The feasibility of using the fluorescent antibody technic to differen¬
tiate several closely related bacterial species in formalin fixed paraffin
embedded tissues was studied. Animals were exprimentally infected with
Pasteurella anatipestifer, P. multocida, P. novicida, P. pestis, P. pseudo-
tuberculosis, and P. tularensis. Tissues were taken at autopsy and proc¬
essed for routine histological examination. Unstained sections were treat¬
ed with fluorescein conjugated immune sera prepared against each species
of Pasteurella and examined by ultraviolet microscopy. Organisms and
masses of degenerative antigenic material within the tissues stained brightly
when homologous serum was used, but not when heterologous sera were
176 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
used. In lesions containing 2 or more speciese of bacteria, differentiat¬
ing the species under investigation was not difficult. Correlation be¬
tween specific histological changes, with a single species of bacteria was
possible.
Turerculostatic Activity of Alveolar Macrophages
Shunsaku Oshima; University of Virginia, School of Medicine
4. This report describes some studies on the extracts obtained from
the macrophages wa.shed out of the lungs of vaccinated-challenged rab¬
bits including the tuberculostatic activity of these extracts and purifica¬
tion studies on carboxy-methyl cellulose columns. These data indicate
that the main tuberculostatic factor in the lung macrophage extracts ap¬
pears to be lysozvme.
The Use of Iodine for the Disinfection of Indoor Swimming Pools
J. E. Faber, J. D. Marshall, and William Campbell; University of Maryland
5. An 18-week investigation comparing chlorine and iodine disinfec¬
tion of indoor pool water was conducted. Free and available chlorines,
0.0 to 2.0 ppm, gave a coliform MPN of 240/100 ml to 0/100 ml and
plate counts as high as 1380/ml. Minimal iodine in the presence of
free and available chlorine yielded no coliforms, no fecal streptococci,
and minimal total plate counts. With a deck drain cross-connection
introduced, counts ranged to 2400/ml. Free iodine levels from 1.0 to
4.0 ppm yielded no coliforms, no fecal streptococci and negaitve plates.
With the cross-connection, up to 70/ml total counts were obtained. Nor¬
mal iodine levels from 0.4 to 0.8 ppm pennitted no coliform, no fecal
streptococci, and total counts from 0 to 106/ml. With the cross-con¬
nection, the count rose to 3100/ml. A power failure stopped the recir¬
culation system for 24 hours permitting an inadvertent positive contami¬
nation control, resulting in a coliform MPN at 240/100 ml; fecal strep¬
tococci, MPN at 10/100 ml; and total counts, TNG. The lack of eye
and nose irritation during iodine disinfection schedules was statistically
significant. Sixty percent of those polled preferred iodine treatment, 10
percent preferred chlorination, and the remainder indicated no preference,
erence.
The Properties of a Strain of Herpes Simplex Viris Which
Produced Unusually Large Multinucleated Giant Gells
IN Tissue Gulture
Glayton E. Wheeler and Gharles M. Ganby;
1960]
177
Proceedings 1959-1960
University of Virginia, School of Medicine
6. During the course of a previous experiment which involved grow¬
ing HF herpes-infected HeLa cells in human serum containing antibody
to the herpes simplex virus, the character of the plaque formed by the
virus in one set of cultures had changed. A plaque composed of very
large multinucTeated giant cells was constantly produced instead of the
usual small giant cell plaque. The new strain of virus, designated HPF,
is immunologically identical with the original HF virus. The HPF strain
produced mild, barely demonstrable keratitis without encephalitis in rab¬
bits whereas the original HF strain produces severe kerato-conjunctivitis
with encephalitis which is often fatal. Rabbits can be immunized against
the virulent HF strain by using the relatively nonvirulent HPF variant.
HPF is less virulent than HF when treated by intracerebral inoculation
in mice. Other properties of the HPF strain will be presented. It is
thought the HPF strain may be useful in immunologic procedures and
genetic studies.
SECTION OF BIOLOGY
The Blessed Thistle (Cnicus benedictus, L.) in Virginia
A. B. Massey; Vkginia Polytechnic Institute
1. The blessed thistle, of the family Compositae, is an introduction
from Europe. Fernald (Rhodora 46:158) questioned the persistance of
it in Virginia and its inclusion in the flora of the State. He found it
in a field near Petersburg one season but not in the following year.
We have specimens in the V. P. I. Herbarium collected from April to
July in Buckingham, Westmoreland, Albemarle, Shenandoah, Nansemond,
Henrico, Accomac, Mecklenburg and Amherst (2 collection 1944, 1947
from same farm) Counties. Fernald records it in Dinwiddie County.
Rosete stages in dormant season from Accomac (December) and Frank¬
lin (October) Counties are in the Herbarium. The species has been
known in Virginia for more than 30 years; however, the oldest speci¬
men in the V. P. I. Herbarium dates back to 1944.
It is very evident that the species has become well naturalized in Vir¬
ginia and can properly be included in the flora of the State. The range
as given in Grays Manual 8th Ed is “Roadside and waste places, rare,
N. B. to Ilk, and southwest.”
A Zephyranthes Complex of the Mexican Plateau
Raymond O. Flagg; The Blandy Experimental Farm
2. A Zephyranthes complex in the mountainous area of central Mexico
178 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
is best known from collections in the State of San Luis Potosi. Examina¬
tions of plants collected by Mr. and Mrs. Moris Clint and of others col¬
lected by W. S. Flory indicate a close affinity between Z. clintiae and
Z. Fosteri. Zephyranthes enibescens, Z. Lindleijana, Z. macrosiphon and
other taxa seem to be involved. Hybridization, introgression and pos¬
sibly polyploidy and apomixis have played major roles in the develop¬
ment of this complex.
A 60-chromosomed Allium from Texas
W. S. Flory and Rina Varma; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University
of Virginia
3. Alliuin Conyi M. E. Jones is a yellow-flowered onion from the moun¬
tains of Trans-Pecos Texas with 60 somatic chromosomes. This is a new
number for the genus, and one of the largest chromosome numbers known
for Allium. The chromosomes vary from just under 2 to just over 6
microns in length, mostly from 4 to 6 microns long. Four pairs, includ¬
ing the longest and the shortest ones, have centromeres that are nearly
median in position. 'The others have centromers that vary from sub-
mdian to almost subterminal in location.
Tub Genvs Beaucarnea: (1) Chromosomes and (2) Systematic Position
W. S. Flory and Rina Varma; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University
of Virginia
4. Three representatives of Beaucarnea Lem. {Nolina Michx.) have
each been found to have 38 somatic chromosomes. These vary from
about 2 to well over 7 microns in length. Several of them are decid¬
edly longer than the others. The numbers, and to some extent the
make-up of the chromosome complements, are reminiscnt of th cytologi-
cal set-up in certain of the Agavaceae. These factors, coupled with mor¬
phological characters, and habitat indicate the genus as being more cor¬
rectly placed in Agavaceae than in Liliaceae.
Some Properties of a Growth Influencing Substance in Timothy
Roots
Robert T. Brumfield; Longwood College and Oak Ridge National Labo¬
ratory
5. The root cap of timothy roots is covered by a transparent gelatin¬
ous substance which has certain growth effects. Water extracts of the
substance modify the absorption spectrum of indole-3-acetic acid, possi¬
bly by the formation of a new complex, and the magnitude of the shift
is influenced by UV in proportion to the dosage. The spectrum of 2,4,
Proceedings 1959-1960
179
1960]
6-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid is modified when mixed widi extraets of
the substanee but the shift is not influenced by UV. These results are
of interest since 2,4,6-T inhibits the growth effects of UV while lAA
does not. (Supported by the Atomic Energy Commission and the Na¬
tional Seience Foundation).
Do We Need a Geobiotic Ethic?
Joseph J. Shomon; Commisison of Game and Inland Fisheries
6. The eoneept of a geobiotic ethic, its meannig, importance, and need
is introdueed. Such topics as our dwindling natural resources, the grow¬
ing and shifting human population and its wants, and the neeessity of
preserving some semblance of our natural environment in an ever increas¬
ing technological social order are treated. To maintain balanced order,
it seems apparent to some, but not many, that we stand to lose much
that is democratic and American unless we evoke and ever enlarge a
genuine ecological conscince in our people. Those in the seientific, edu¬
cational, and other professional fields can do much to bring this about.
Preliminary Studies on the Feeding Response of Redwings to 27
Grain Sorghum Varieties
Paul W. Lefebvre; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
7. Tests were conducted to determine whether a teehnique designed
to test corn resistance to blackbird attack could be modified for use in
finding grain sorghum varieties which might be so resistant. Use of
the modified technique in preliminary tests sems to indicate that the
proeedure is effective and that several varieties of grain sorghum are
bird-resistant to varying degrees.
Evaluating Rabbit Management Procedures by Pellet Counts
Alan S. Krug; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
8. Summer utilization by the cottontail rabbit of various areas reeeiv-
ing different land-eultural treatment was measured by pellet eounts. Fol¬
lowing this, a study was instituted to determine the longevity of pellets
and the effect that this longevity would have on land-cultural treatment
evaluations done later in the year. It was found that pellet eounts in
late fall and winter are markedly influenced by pellets deposited earlier
in the season, and such counts may therefore give erroneous impressions.
180 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Developing a Technique for Sampling Browse Production on Deer
Ranges
Jim B. Whelan; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
9. A study concerned with the development of a weight technique for
sampling the quantity of browse available to the White-tailed Deer. The
problem objective was to determine correlation between quantity of avail¬
able browse and site quality measurements. At present, clipping and
weighing the annual growth of browse plants on sample plots is the
most accurate means of determining production and vield. On sample
plots if a significant correlation exists between weights of browse clip¬
pings and several measures of site quality, then these site (piality meas¬
urements by themselves could serve as a reliable estimate of the browse
yield.
Variations in the Crayfish Camharus montanus acuminatus
Lary L. Farmer; University of Virginia
10. Studies of variation of selected body parts were made using the
Student’s t-test and the analysis of variance test. From this data rela¬
tively smooth north-south and east-west dines could be esablished for
each of the measurements taken. Previously those populations occurring
in the eastern part of the range had been considered a different sub¬
species from those in the western part of the range. Since no definite
breaks occur in the dines, this designation is considered invalid.
Function of the Ciliate Micronucleus 4uring Asexual Reproduction
Carolyn Wells; Longwood College
11. X-Irradiation studies of strain EU 6000, Tetranyniena pyriformis,
indicate that the recovery of viable amicronucleate clonal populations is
rare although many amicronucleate cells are found among surviving pro¬
geny. Attempts to introduce micronuclei into cells of a radiation-pro¬
duced amicronucleate clone by conjugation have been made. Micro-
nucleate lines are obtained from amicronucleate pair members only in
low frequency. The results, considered with those of other workers,
suggest that some change in the state of the cell, additional to the physi¬
cal loss (or gain) of the micronucleus, must occur before viable amicro¬
nucleate clones can be obtained from micronucleate cells, or before ami¬
cronucleate cells can produce viable micronucleate linages. The results
further imply that the ciliate micronucleus unquestionably contributes
information to the cell during asexual growth and reproduction. (Work
performed at the Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory).
Proceedings 1959-1960
1960]
181
Resistance to DDT and Chlordane in the German Cockroach Fol¬
lowing Discontinuange and Restoration of Selection
James McD. Grayson; Virginia Folijtechnic Institute
12. Discontinuance of selection resulted in initial apparent rise in resist¬
ance in both strains, followed by rapid loss of resistance after third gen¬
eration in DDT strain but slow, gradual loss in chlordane strain. Re¬
storation of selection resulted in rapid increase in resistance in chlordane
strain but slow increase in DDT strain.
The Albinistic Isopods of the United States
Harrison Ross Steeves III; University of Virginia
13. The distribution of the albinistic isopods is both widespread and at
the same time peculiarly limited. The characteristic habitat is a lime¬
stone cave with a sufficient water supply. Due to new evidence, the
albinistic isopods have now been placed in the Genus Asellus. The
present system of classification is almost entirely based upon the secon¬
dary sexual characteristics of the tip of the endopodite of the second
pleopod and the armament of the palmar region of the propodus of the
male gnathopod.
A Study of the Microenvironment in Two Gontrasted Forest Floor
Habitats
James K. Grimm; Madison College
14. A study of hte microenvironment in two contrasted forest floor
habitats was made to determine the microenvironmental factors. With
special reference to gradients, as well as to averages and extremes, the
conditions or combination of conditions operating to control the popula¬
tion of the organisms under investigation were also determined. Various
mechanical devices were used to record the physical factors which tend
to regulate the activities of the organisms found in the litter of the areas
investigated. Samples of leaf litter were taken daily and the organisms
extracted to determine kinds and numbers found under varying physical
elements.
Gastrotrichan Studies at Mountain Lake Biological Station,
Giles Gounty, Virginia, June-August 1958
Gharles E. Packard; Randolph-Macon College
15. One hundred and seventy-six individual specimens were isolated
from samples of numerous collections from widely different sites in Vir-
182 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
ginia and West Virginia with morphological, developmental and ecologi¬
cal data taken. Representatives of the genus Chaetonotus were most
abundant. Ichthijdium, Lepidodennella, Polijmerurus, and Heterolepido-
derma were less prevalent. Many stations yielded no individuals at all.
Mountain Lake itself and Farrier’s Pond near Newport had fairly rich
faunas. The investigation constitutes what is planned as an extensive
coverage of gastrotrichs for these two states.
Morphogenesis of PET/MCV Mouse Melanocytes
Willie M. Reams, Jr. and Stuart E. Nichols, Jr.;
Medical College of Virginia
16. The pigment cells found in the connective tissues of PET/MCV
mouse embryos generally begin melanogenesis well before they have as¬
sumed their definitive dendritic shape. In contrast to the melanocytes
within the skin, these internal melanocytes readily lend themslves to
experimental investigation. The data obtained from grafting interal mel¬
anocytes into chick embryos suggests that the morphogenesis of pig¬
ment cells is brought about by a mechanism similar in its action to a
hormone. A concept of morphogenetic hormones was proposed. (Sup¬
ported in part by the National Institute of Health and by the National
Science Foundation. ^Medical Student Fellow of the National Founda¬
tion and U.S.P.H.S.)
The Effect of Na-L-Thyroxine on Viability and Regeneration of
Dugesia tigrina
William L. Mengebier; Madison College
17. Segments of Dugesia tigrina, formed by sectioning the animals
through the mid-pharyngeal region, exhibited a reduced mortality rate
when placed in 3.13 x 10'® M Na-L-Thyroxine. Formation of the blas¬
tema and rates of regeneration of individual segments were increased by
the addition of the thyroxine salt. Treatment with phenyl alanine had no
effect on either the mortality rate or the regenerative process. The addi-
ion of cortison acetate inhibited regeneration and increased the mortality
rate. The effects of vertebrate hormones on invertebrates was discussed.
Histological Observations of the Oviduct of Cambariis longulus
longuliis (Girard 1852)
D. Hugh Puckett; College of William and Mary in Norfolk
18. A study of the oviduct of Camharus 1. longulus (Girard 1852) re¬
vealed that changes associated with the reproductive cycle occur in the
oviduct of this species. These changes involve differences in the his-
Proceedings 1959-1960
183
1960]
tologieal nature of the epithelium of the oviduct before and after egg
laying marked by differnces in the position of the nuclei, the secretary
activity, and the nature of the limiting membranes of the epithelial cells.
Various staining techniques indicate the presence of glycogen and other
polysaccharides in the epithelial cells and in the lumen of the oviduct.
A description of the connective tissue coat of the oviduct and oviducal
orifice was presented.
T— 1824 Dye Light Absorption Characteristics in Deproteinated
Plasma
Jack D. Burke; Department of Biology, University of Richmond
19. The absorption spectra of two T-1824 (Evans Blue) dye solutions
were determined on a Beckman Spectro-photometer in the wave-length
range of 500 to 700 millimicrons. Wave-length was plotted against
optical density. One absorption wave was determined on a dye in water
solution. Another curve was determined on a deproteinated plasma
sample tagged with the dye during blood volume determinations on
swine. A comparison of the two curves portrayed graphically reveal¬
ed a peak absorption at 620 millimicrons. Thus, the validity of blood
volume determinations using T-1824 dye increases when this parameter
is known and controlled at peak transmittance.
QO2 Studies in the Horned Passalus
James R. Powell; University of Richmond
20. The rate of oxygen consumption in a sample of Passalus cornutus
Fabricius was measured in regard to body weight and expressed in terms
of QO2. QO2 and body weight in Passalus were found to be related
by the equation QO2 = (k) Body Weight'’^-^^ which is in accord with
the surface law of Sarrus and Rameaux.
SECTION OF CHEMISTRY
Quantitative Determination of the Major Polyphenols in Tobacco
Marvin D. Edmonds and W. Allan Powell, Philip Morris, Inc. and
University of Richmond
1. A paper chromatographic method for the quantitative determina¬
tion of individual polyphenols in tobacco was described. The polyphe¬
nols were measured spectrophotometrically as colored reaction products
with Folin-Ciocalteu reagent. The colorimetric procedure deepnds upon
the reduction of compounds containing sexivalent tungsten and molyb-
184 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
deiium to colored compounds. The Folin-Ciocalteu reagent was chosen
because it allows sensitive detection. It is a fast reactant and it allows
one to overcome the interfering background problems obtained when
using direct ultraviolet analysis for these compounds.
A Study of the Reducing Substances in Cigarette Smoke
J. E. Wickham, Jr., J. C. Holmes, and J. J. Westbrook, III;
Philip Morris Research Center
2. An automated method for the determination of total reducing sub¬
stances, neutral reducing substances and acidic reducing substances in
cigarette smoke was described. The method inovlves examination of the
total particulate mater derived from cigarette smoke. Procedures and
results were described for the treatment and examination of the total
particulate matter so as to yield measurements of the various reducing
substance fractions with practical precision.
A Material Balance Study of a Burning Cigarette
Elizabeth T. Oakley, Melvin B. Bennett, and Joseph C. Holmes;
Philip Morris Research Center
3. An apparatus and procedure were described for the collection and
weighing of all the fractions of a cigarette smoked under standard smok¬
ing conditions. The fractions were defined as the butt, ash and smoke.
The smoke was further fractionated into mainstream and sidestream par¬
ticulate matter, carbon dioxide and other gases. The precision of repli¬
cate analyses was extremely good and the accuracy of the method was
excellent .
The Determination of Boric Acid by Conductimetric Measurement
Carol A. Penn and Helen L. Whidden; Randolph-Macon Womans College
4. Several methods described in literature for determining boric acid
were either inapplicable for the desired concentration range (0 to 10
parts per million) or required too long an operation time. Addition of
mannitol to boric acid converts it to a complex more highly ionized than
boric acid and suited to conductimetric measurement. Measurements
on several boric acid-mannitol solutions were made made ,and a calibra¬
tion curve (concentration versus conductance) was prepared. Prelimi¬
nary results showed that boric acid can be determined quantitatively by
this method. Details of experimental procedure were worked out by
studying the following factors; (I) effect on conductance of varying
excess amounts of mannitol, (2) the degree of ionization of the boric
Proceedings 1959-1960
1960]
185
aeid-mannitol complex and (3) viscosity effects on conductance of the
different complex concentrations.
A Comparative Study of Available Titrimetric Methods
FOR Uranium
Gayle King and Helen L. Whidden; Randolph-Macon Womans College
5. The most commonly used volumetric method sfor determining urani¬
um involves: (1) the reduction of uranium to a mixture of U(IV) and
U(III) in a Jones reductor, conversion of the U(III) to U(IV) by aera¬
tion, addition of ferric ion to quantitatively convert U(1V) to U(VI),
and subsequent titration of the resulting ferrous ion with standard potas¬
sium dichromate or ceric solutions; or (2) reduction of uranium to U(IV)
in a lead reductor followed by titration with a standard ceric solution.
A repetition of the procedures was carried caried out since investigators
attempting to explain the varving titres and evaluate the methods arrived
at different conclusions. Pure UsO^ samples were used to determine the
dichromate and ceric titres. A comparison was made of the uniformity
of results as to ease and accuracy and the methods were evaluated by
analyzing the recovered uranium.
A New Spectrophotometric Method for the Determination of
Microgram Amounts of Manganese
Dwight O. Miller and John H. Yoe; University of Virginia
6. The method is based on the absorbance of radiant energy by a com¬
plex which is formed by the reaction of manganese (II) with benzohy-
droxamic acid in an ammoniacal medium. The reaction conditions are
critical and the determination may also be carried out in nonaqueous
solvents. The senitivity is 0.016 p.p.m. at 544 m [x and at this wave¬
length, the reagent does not absorb, permitting a water blank to be used.
An ion exchange technique was employed for the separation of inter¬
fering ions. The analysis of a variety of National Bureau of Standards
samples and synthetic mixtures showed that the method is accurate. The
probable structure of the absorbing specie was discussed.
Combustion of Elemental Boron
Claude P. Talley; Experiment Ineorporated
7. Boron rods of high purity were prepared and subsequently heated
by electrical resistance heating in various gases, so that the burning rate
could be measured under controlled conditions. Relatively slow I'eac-
tion rates were followed by measuring volumetrically the uptake of oxi¬
dant gas at constant pressure as a function of time. Faster rates were
186 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
followed by measuring the change in dimensions with time of the sohd
boron as it was consumed. At high temperatures, combustion in pure
oxygen and certain other gases was self-sustaining and electrical heat¬
ing was not required after ignition. Various rate-limiting steps were
indicated for the oxidation of elemental boron in pure oxygen over a
wide range of temperature and pressure. In four different regions, trans¬
port of some species appeared to be the rate-limiting step, while in a
fifth region, chemical reaction may have been the slow step. In two of
the regions, transport by liquid flow or gas-phase diffusion of boron
oxide was rate-limiting. In the other two regions, evaporation of ele¬
mental boron is expected to be rate-limiting in one case and diffussion
of oxygen in the gas phase in the other case.
Preparation and Properties of Massiae Amorphous Elemental Boron
Claude P. Tallev, Lloyd E. Line, Jr., and Quinton D. Overman, Jr.;
Experiment Incorporated
8. Massive amorphous elemental boom was prepared by reduction of
BBr^ vapor by Ho in the vicinity of an incandescent tungsten filament
25 jx in diameter. Information on the kinetics of the process was ob¬
tained. The deposition appartus was constructed from Pyrex glass and
Teflon fittings in order to prevent contamination from stopcock greases.
Boron rods up to 2 mm in diameter and 5 to 10 centimeters in length
vi^ere obtained. Boron deposits in the shapes of spheres, hemispheres
and cones were also observed. Wet chemical analysis of a 1-mm-diam-
eter rod for total boron indicated a boron content of 98.8%. This type
of boron is called amorphous because X-ray diffraction paterns revealed
only two diffuse rings. Amorpohus boron rods showed high tensile
strength and Young’s modulus (2.3 x 10'' to 3.5 x 10'' Ib/in.^ and 64 x
10^' lb/in.2, respectively). The density was determined by a flotation
technique and found to be 2.350 gm/cm^ ± 0.005 gm/cm*'^. This
material is very hard and can scratch sapphire. Amorphous boron shows
a relatively high resistivity and high negative temperature coefficient of
electrical resistance ,a characteristic of crystalline boron and semicon¬
ductors in general. It also is very opaque in the visible but can be cry¬
stallized by proper heat treatment into other modifications including one
which transmits a considerable amount of red light.
Isolation and Characterization of Gnaphalicin, an Antiriotic
I SOLATED FROM Gnaphaliiim obtiisifolium (Rabrit Tobacco)
Samuel J. R. Gamble; Ltjnchhurg College
9. An antibiotic principle was isolated from. Gnaphaliiim obtiisifolium,
commonly known as as Rabbit Tobacco. An ether extract of the leaves
gave a water insoluble fraction which is active against Bacillus suhtilis.
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
187
Kinetics of the Hydrolysis of Nitrostyrenes
Thomas I. Crowell; University of Virginia
10. The reversal of the nitrostyrene synthesis proceeds through the
nitroalcohol to aldehyde and nitromethane. Kinetic studies in aqueous
buffer solutions at 25°, in the pH range 1.5 to 8, showed consecutive
first-order reactions. The first step, which is reversible, showed general
base catalysis; however, the rate is not linear in the base concentration.
The rate of the second step depends only on pH.
A Technique for the Continuous Measurement of the Vapor Phase
Corrosion of Meals
William H. Jago and Nelson F. Murphy; Virginia Polytechnic Institiie
11. Two sensing systems were used in the continuous measurement of
the vapor phase corrosion of metals: (1) a linear variable differential
transformer (LVDT) and (2) a modified analytical balance. The LVDT
functioned as an electro-mechancial transducer by the movement of a
magnetic core which caused a voltage proportional to the core displace¬
ment to be produced in the secondary winding of the transformer. After
calibration, the LVDT readings were recorded continuously on a strip
chart. The left-hand pan support of an analytical balance served as the
movable end of a glass rod second-class lever. After zeroing the bal¬
ance, readings were taken from the milligram scale. The metallic sam¬
ples were suspended either from the lower cantilever supporting the
LVDT core or from the center of the glass rod lever. The essential
features of the corrosion reacto were a three-necked, 500 milliliter flask
submerged in a four-liter constant temperature bath, a glass strand from
which the metallic samples were suspended and either a water-cooled
condenser for atmospheric tests or a gas inlet reducer for special atmos¬
phere tests. The bottoms of the metallic samples were suspended five
centimeters above solutions which produced the desired corrosive vapors
in the corrosion reactor.
SOLURILITY AND EQUILIBRIUM RELATIONSHIPS IN THE SySTEM WaTER—
Phosphoric Acid— Tributyl Phosphate
Basil C. Domnas and Nelson F. Murphy; Virginia Polytechnic Jnstitntc
12. Mutual solubility and equilibrium tie-line data for the system water
—phosphoric acid— tributyl phosphate were determined at 25.00 dz 0.05 °C.
Tributyl phosphate was titrated into aqueous phosphoric acid solutions
until a distinct organic layer was observed on top of the aqueous phases.
The "semi-quantitative” water-rich solubility curve for the system was
determined. Seven heterogeneous mixtures of water phosphoric acid and
tributyl phosphate were equilibrated at 25.00 zh 0.05 °C. and separated
188 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
into coexisting phases. Phosphoric acid concentrations of organic and
aqueous phases were determined by titration with standard NaOH solu¬
tion. Organic phases were analyzed for water by titration with Karl
Fischer reagent. The organic-rich solubility curve for the system was
located by phosphoric acid and water analyses of equilibrium organic
phases. The complete solubility curve for the system was not deter¬
mined since 85 per cent phosphoric acid was used throughout the
experimental work as the source of acid. Selectivity diagrams were drawn
to show that tributvl phosphate is more selective for phosphoric acid
than n-butanol, diethyl ether or 2-hydroxyethyl, n-hexyl ether. Of the
four solvents mentioned, tributyl phosphate seems best for separation of
phosphoric acid solutions bv liquid-liquid extraction.
Representation of Delay Powder Data
Lewis B. Johnson, Jr.; University of Virginia
13. A systematic representation of burning data for delay powders was
found very useful for many systems. The “phase diagram representa¬
tion” was followed. For two-component systems, composition was repre¬
sented as the abscissa on rectangular coordinates and the function of
interest as the ordinate. Three-component systems were represented on
triangular composition diagrams. Lines of equal heat output were des¬
ignated “isocals” and lines of equal burning times, “isochrons.” Other
functions can be represented similarly.
The Binary System Sodium Acetate— Propionic Acid
Robert Hall and Wilbert Chappell; Madison College
14. A brief description was given of the method used in preparation
of anhydrous sodium acetate and anhydrous propionic acid. Solubilities
were determined by the “synthetic or freezing point method.” Results
were in tabular and graphical forms showing the solubility concentrations
in mole per cent of saturated solutions of sodium acetate in propionic
acid over a considerable range of temperature. A description was given
of the solvates isolated. A comparison of the system investigated and
the system “Sodium Acetate— Acetic Acid” was noted.
The Growth of Thin Films of y-CuBR on Copper Single Crystals
Kenneth R. Lawless and Robert H. Kean; University of Virginia
15 Single crystals of copper were exposed at room temperature to a
known vapor pressure of bromine and the reaction product was examin¬
ed by electron diffraction and electron microscope techniques The reac¬
tion product was y-CuBr and was epitaxially oriented on the copper sub-
Proceedings 1959-1960
189
1960]
strate with apparent twinning of the bromide. Carbon replicas of the
surface were examined in the electron microscope and showed the sur¬
face to consist of small facets. The relative rates of formation of the
bromide film were different for different crystal faces, but the magnitude
of the differences was apparently small.
Electron Microscope Studies of Thin Nickel Electrodeposits on
Copper Single Crystals
Lucille B. Carmon; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research
16. Electrodeposited nickel films 100 to 1000 A. in thickness were
chemically stripped from the base metal and examined directly in the
electron microscope. Twinning was observed on both (100) -oriented
films and (111) -oriented films. Comparison between films of differ¬
ent orientations revealed that twinning was usually more extensive on
( 1 1 1 ) -oriented films. It was noted that the intersection of a twin with
the crystal matrix was generally a region of weakness in the film.
Thermodynamics of Aqueous Phenols
W F. O’Hara and L. G. Hepler; University of Virginia
17. The quantity A H° at 25 °C. for the ionization of aqueous meta
chloro phenol was obtained by combining A H° ion of water with values
for A H° of solution and neutralization of meta chloro phenol, obtained
by using a high precision solution calorimeter. Combining this value of
AH° ion with A F° ion, calculated from the literature value of the
thermodynamic ionization constant, the value of A S° ion was calcu¬
lated. These values were compared with the the thermodynamic values
for the ionization of other aqueous chloro phenols obtained in the labo¬
ratory. Similar investigations of other substituted phenols are being car¬
ried out.
Studies in the Synthesis of a Sesquiterpene Ring System
Oscar R. Rodig and Norman J. Johnston; University of Virginia
18. A number of naturally-occurring sesquiterpenes, having the ring
skeleton I, contain oxygen functions at position two and alkyl residues
at position seven. Improved procedures have been developed for tlie
preparation of various intermediates, including II, which can be used in
the syntheses of these natural products.
1,6 Additions of various reagents to II provide one of the most facile
routes for introducing functional groups at position seven. Studies on
these adducts and their relationships to structures of naturally-occurring
sesquiterpenes were presented.
190 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Some Indole Derivatives Related to Natural Products
Walter H. Hartiing and A. Garnett Richardson; Medical College of Virginia
19. Two analogs of reserpine and four analogs of ergonovine were re¬
ported in which trvptamine and certain other functional groups were
retained, but the condensed ring structures were replaced by alkyl chains
having a sufficient number of carbon atoms to conform to the same
spacial paterns as the parent compounds. An indole derivative of nitro¬
gen mustard ,four derivatives of indole-2-carboxylic acid and three indole
esters of 2-diethylaminoethanethiol were also reported. The latter have
some potential as antiradiation drugs since the efficacy of the free thiol
in this respect has already been established.
The Preparation of Trialkyl Phosphorotrithioites and Their
> Cotton Defoliant Activity
Mathias F. Kellev and William R. Smithey, Jr.; Virginia-Carolina Chemical
Corporation
20. The trialkvl phosphorotrithioites of a series showed interesting ac-
tivitv as cotton defoliants. Methods of preparation and the phvsical and
chemical properties of the resulting esters were discussed. A preliminary
correlation of defoliation activitv with molecular structure was made.
Rromination Reactions of 2-Methyl-2, 5-Dihydrothiophene 1,
1 -Dioxide and Some of Its Simple Derivatives
Robert C. Krug and James A. Rigney; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
21. Reactions were studied in which 2-methyl-2, 5-dihydrothiophene 1,
1-dioxide; its position isomer, 2-methyl-4, 5-dihydrothiophene 1, 1-dioxide;
and the saturated cyclic suTfone, 2-methyltetrahydrothiophene 1, 1-dioxide
were treated with bromine, N-bromoacetamide, N-bromosuccinimide or 1,
3-dibromo-5, 5-dimethylhydantion. Products were isolated which have
been identified as 4-bromo-2-methyl-4, 5-dihydrothiophene 1, 1-dioxide
and 3, 4-dibromo-2-methyltetrahydrothiophene 1, 1-dioxide. Another
product has been assigned the structure of 2-bromo-2-methyl-2, 5-dihydro¬
thiophene 1, 1-dioxide on the basis of its reactions and infrared spectrum.
Preparation of Some Cyclic Sulfone Derivatives by the
Hydroboration Reaction
Robert C. Krug and Donald E. Roswell; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
22. Passage of excess diborane gas through a solution of 3-methyl-2,
5-dihydrothiophene-l, 1-dioxide (I) yields an organoboron compound ana¬
logous to a trialkyl borane. An<aline oxidation of this material pro-
Proceedings 1959-1960
191
1960]
duces an alcohol tentatively identified as 4“hydroxy-3-methyl-tetrahydro-
thiophene-1, 1 -dioxide (II). Acetylation of II yields the coresponding
ester ,acetoxy-3-methyl-tetrahydrothiophene-l, 1-dioxide (III), and reac¬
tion of II with thionyl chloride produces the corresponding halide, chloro-
3-methyl-tetrahydrothiophene-l, 1-dioxide (IV). The physical constants
and infrared spectra of II, III and IV were presented.
Reactions of Cis- and Trans-Dypnones
Landry T. Slade and Robert E. Lutz; University of Virginia
23. Cis-dypnones were prepared by irradiating solutions of transdyp-
nones. Stereoisomeric epoxides were made. Trans-dypnone adds phenyl-
magnesium bromide largely 1,4, cis-dypnone, 1,2. Phenyllihtium adds
1,2 to both stereoisomers, giving the same product, 1,1, 3-triphenyl- 1,4-
butadiene. On heating, this gave l,3-diphenyl-2,4-dihydronaphthalene,
which was characterized by conversion to 1,3-diphenylnaphthalene. In
evaluating configurational effects on reactivity of the beta-methyl, both
stereoisomers were reacted with selenium dioxide giving 2,4-diphenyl-
furan and with N-bromosuccinimide giving trans-gamma-bromodypnone
which resisted irradiation-inversion. Weakly basic morpholine converted
trans-gamma-bromodypnone into trans-gamma-morpholinodypnone, but
under refluxing into 2,4-diphenylfuran. Sodium acetate gave 2,4-diphe-
nylfuran. Strongly basic sodium hydroxide and methoxide at —10° gave
1,2-dibenzoylethane, involving a novel rearrangement for which mechan¬
ism is postulated.
Synthesis and Investigation of Hydrazidooxalic Acid
Thomas P. Foley, Jr., Thomas C. Imeson, II, David N. Keyes, and
James K. Shillington; Washington and Lee University
24. Published methods for preparation of hydrazidooxalic acid proved
to be unsatisfactory. Research was undertaken for its preparation along
simple lines from inexpensive materials. Partial hydrolysis of diethyloxa-
late yields the ester salt. With hydrazine hydrate, the latter produces
the salt of hydrazidooxalic acid. The free acid is obtained by acidifica¬
tion with the mineral acids. A study of the bifunctional nature of the
free acid was made. The compound is a very strong acid with the
hydraxido group overshadowed by the acid group. Electronically and
geometrically, the nature of hydraxidooxalic acid is primarily monofunc¬
tional.
The Coupling of Grignard Reagents to Benzyl Systems
Frank A. Vingiello, Sih-gwan Quo and John Sheridan;
192 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
25. In contrast to a report in the literature that phenylmagnesium bro¬
mide and benzyl chloride did not couple, an excellent yield of diphenyl-
methane was obtained in this reaction was extended to include various
Grignard reagents and various substituted benzyl halides. The literature
regarding this reaction was reviewed and the new findings presented.
An Unusual Reduction Deserved During the Course of a
Grignard Reaction
Frank A. Vingiello and Thomas Delia; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
26. During a study of the synthesis of polynuclear aromatic hydrocar¬
bons, 2-bromophenyl-l -naphthyl methane was required. The route chos¬
en for the synthesis of this intermediate involved the reaction between
1-naphthylmagnsium bromide and 2-bromobenzaldehyde followed by the
reduction of the hydrol. Quite unexpectedly, it was found that the
Grignard reaction itself gave the reduction product 2-bromophenyl-l-
naphthyl methane. This unusual reaction was investigated.
The Synthesis of Some New 10-Suestituted-Aryl 1,2-Benzanthra-
cenes
Frank A. Vingiello and Claude I. Lewis; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
27. In connection with research involving the synthesis of possible car-
cinolytic agents, two new complex 1,2-benzanthracenes were synthesized.
The reaction paths leading to the successful syntheses of these compounds,
namely, 10- (4-bromo-I-naphthyl) -1,2-benzanthracene and I0-(4-methyl-
I-naphthyl) -1,2-benzanthracene were presented. A discussion of the syn¬
theses of all new intermediates neeessary for the preparation of these
compounds was presented.
The Zeeman Effect in Polyatomic Molecules and the Magnetic
Rotation Spectrums of No2
P. L. Goodfriend; College of William and Mary
28. Classes of electronic transitions which can yield strong Zeeman ef-
feets in polyatomie moleeules are:, (a) Transitons where both states are
linear and A A =|= t)) Intereombinations; (c) Transitions between bent
states and linear states with A =]= O; (d) Transitions involving a state
perturbed by a magnetic state or coupled to the nuelear framework.
A strong magnetie rotation speetrum implies a strong Zeeman effect.
The magnetic rotation spectrums of N02 at four field strengths were
studied. Its extent, intensity predominance of 650 cm"^ intervals and
Proceedings 1959-1960
193
1960]
its variation with field strength indicate a class (c) transition. Using
theoretical considerations, a^7r transition was assigned to the visible
system.
SECTION OF ENGINEERING
A Miniaturized Generating Electric Field Meter
F. E. Moss, R. R. Humphris, B. J. Gilpin; University of Virginia
1. Electric fields emanating from aircraft, rockets and satellites have
been measured both in this county and abroad. Recent studies of the
electrical interactions between space vehicles and environments contain¬
ing free charges, such as the ionosphere and the Van Allen Radiation
Belts, have brought renewed interest in instrumentation capable of meas¬
uring surface electric fields and ion currents impinging on rockets and
satellites. The electric field meter described herein consists of a small
probe exposed to the field and ion current on the surface of the vehicle.
This probe is alternately opened and closed by a motor-driven, grounded
shutter so that the electric field and ion current impinging on the probe
are chopped into a-c components. If a resistor be connected from the
probe to the body of the vehicle, then voltage components proportional
to the external field and ion current are generated across the resistor.
The instantaneous generated voltage due to electric field is proportional
to the time rate of change of probe area, while the voltage due to ion
current is proportional only to exposed probe area. Thus, the field and
ion current components may be separated by synchronous detection and
are measured independently by the instrument.
An A-G Ionization Ghamber
W. P. Walker, R. R. Humphris and G. D. Broadbent;
University of Virginia
2. An ionization chamber using an alternating ion collection voltage
(a-c chamber) was conceived for the use of an a-c system with high
gain and narow bandwidth. The average ionization current should be
equal to the d-c ionization current of conventional chambers. However,
results of an experimental chamber showed that at an average collec¬
tion voltage less than the voltage required for complete ion collection
during each half cycle, there was a large apparent increase in ionization
current. A current amplification can be achieved by allowing some of
the ions to remain in the chamber and oscillate with the collection volt¬
age. This current or the amplification, is a linear function of the frequen-
194 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
cy, ion production rate, and area of the collecting electrode, but varies
as the cube of the electric spacing. This study of the a-c chamber shows
that it has great promise for the future and has the following advantages:
(1) Current amplification is obtained. (2) The time constant, or ion-
concentration half-life, observed experimentally is approximately one-half
second, and is very short when compared to conventional chambers. (3)
A-c coupling may be used, thus eliminating stability and drift problems.
(4) The a-c chamber is simple to zero-adjust, even in the presence of
ionizing radiation (5) Appreciable variations in a-c collection voltage
may be experienced without significant change in signal level.
Design of a High Temperature Continuous Run Eectric Arc
Wind Tunnel
William Grossmann, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
3. First results of an effort to produce high temperature gas flows with
accurate scale flow simulation are presented. An electric arc wind tunnel,
capable of producing stagnation temperatures up to 15,000 °R (at low
pressures) was proposed and a full scale pilot model electric arc facility
already completed was described. Theoretical calculations assuming air
to be in equilibrium even at extreme temperatures were made in order
to predict properties of the flow for varying stagnation conditions and
results of this analysis are presented. Calibration of the electric arc facil¬
ity was discussed, based upon the fact that atomic spectral lines tend
to broaden out due to high temperatures and a definite shift in the
position of the line of maximum intensity occurs resulting from mass
motion of the gas. Description of intended future use of the electric
arc win dtunnel included such topics as: (1) aerodynamic force tests in
high speed dissociated gas flow, (2) magnetoaerodynamic studies, (3)
qualitative studies of chemically reacting gas flows.
Detection of Radioactive Argon from the University of Virginia
Nuclear Reactor
J. K. Gilham; University of Virginia
4. Neutron iradiation of air inside reactor facilities produces radioac¬
tive argon by the (n,y) reaction:
oni + isA^o ,3A4i
followed by T
IsA^l -> + /^' + 7
with a half life of 112 minutes. This radioactive argon is discharged
through tall chimneys, diluting the radioactivity in the atmosphere. Mani-
toring radioactive argon presents special problems since argon cannot
1960] Proceedings 1959-1960 195
be filtered, adsorbed or absorbed. The radioactivity discharged in the
atmosphere will be monitored by a Geiger tube suspended in the ventila¬
tion ducts lading to the chimney and will be constantly recorded on a
quantitative Geiger counter scaler. Gomponents for this system are readi¬
ly available; thus providing a simple, inexpensive monitoring system.
Radioactive argon once dispersed in the atmosphere is monitored by a low
background beta counter using specially constructed planchets. This de¬
vice will detect levels of radioactivity above one-tenth maximum permis¬
sible dosages. Attempts to measure dosages below this level have, to
date, met with little success. ,
Nuclear Design of a Themionic Gonverter Reactor
David J. Paul; University of Virginia
5. The Los Alamos Plasma Thermocouple consisted principally of a
uranium carbide rod 14 inch in diameter suspended in a stainless steel
cylinder of 1 inch outer radius and 1/8 inch walls. This device was
lowered into a critical reactor whereupon fissions occurred in the uranium
carbide and its temperature rose to 1500°G. The stainless steel walls
of the cylinder were maintained at 300 °G by convective cooling with
oil. Gonceivably an appropriate arrangement of such thermocouple tubes
with a moderator-coolant flowing between them could form a nuclear
reactor. This would produce d~c electricity free of heat exchanger and
a-c generation equipment costs and have theoretical overall plant effici¬
encies of a phenomenal 40 per cent if the a-c and d-c production are
both considered. A core of 4 ft. diameter and 4 ft. height would have
the following power characteristics: Total fission power out— 3 megawatts;
Thermal power out— 2.4 megawatts; A-G power out— 0.6 megawatts; D-G
power out —0.6 megawatts. The temperature of the steam going to the
turbine was calculated to be 600 °F and the temperature change across
the core 43 °F.
Performance Gharacteristics of the V. P. I. Argonaut Rector
E. Stam and A. Robeson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
6. Since the V. P. I. Argonaut Reactor achieved first criticality in Dec¬
ember 1959, a series of experiments has been underway to establish
performance characteristics of the installation. A description of the reac¬
tor facility and results of some of the experiments are discussed. Griti-
cal mass, reactivity, control rod calibrations, power and shield perform¬
ance characteristics are included.
A Method of Transforming Goncentrated Surface Forces into
Gontinuous Surface Forces
196 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
William Zuk and M. A. Majeed; University of Virginia
7. In such fields of mechanics as strength of materials, elasticity and
vibrations, concentrated forces are often encountered. Because such con¬
centrated forces represent mathematical discontinuities, the generalized
analysis of such forces often presents difficulties. It is found that the
use of Cauchy’s Distribution Curve
P 1 as s 0
Stt 1 + ^ X —
to represent the concentrated force P lends itself well to simple analysis
as the force may thus be treated as a continuous function in “x.” Sev¬
eral examples of beams with various end supports and load arrangements
are described, giving the results for shears, moments, and deflections
expressed in single closed form expressions, valid for any region of the
beams.
On the Motion of a Particle in a Free Vortex Centrifuge
John E. Scott, Jr.; University of Virginia
8. Consideration is given to the problem of classification of sub-sieve
sized solid particles in a centrifuge in which a free vortex is maintained.
The theory of operation of the centrifuge is discussed in terms of prac¬
tical applications of the device. A non-ideal particle injeetion scheme,
dictated by practical considerations, produces a deleterious effect on the
performance of the classifier. Analysis of this effect leads to an ordi¬
nary, second-order, nonlinear differential equation, similar to the Fowler-
Emden differential equation, which describes the radial motion of the
particles in the eentrifuge. Typical solutions of the differential equation,
obtained from an analog computer, are presented; and the properties of
the solutions are discussed.
The Analog Computer in Engineering Analysis
J. P. Raney; University of Virginia
9. This paper deals briefly with a few practical applications of the
electronic analog computer to engineering problems. The problems con¬
sidered are: (1) The solution of the equation of motion of a particle
in a free vortex centrifuge. (2) The effectiveness of a catalyst pellet
in a second-order reaction. (3) The solution for forced transverse vibra¬
tions of a beam with all non-homogeneous boundary conditions when
vibrating at freqeuncies well above the fundamental or first natural fre¬
quency of the beam. Problems 1 and 2 above are ordinary second-
Proceedings 1959-1960
197
1960]
order non-linear differential equations but require different teeliniques
of solution; a trial and error solution is used on 2 while a direct solu¬
tion is possible with 1. The solution to Problem 3 is finessed by know¬
ing the general mathematical form of the solution at the outset which
is in the form of normal modes of vibration and amplitudes of these
normal modes. The beam is broken into three parts consisting of a
long center section and two short end pieces to which the constraiiiing
springs and dampers are attached. By generation of the normal modes
and then properly closing the computer loop on the equations of mo¬
tion of the end pieces the solution is obtained.
An Analog Study of the Stability of Flexible Missiles with
Autopilot and Secon-Order Control Response
James B. Fades, Jr. and G. L. Smith; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10. The flexibility of high-performance rocket vehicles is known to affect
the stability of the system due to the bending, pitching, and control
dynamics. Guidance and control systems respond to angular deflections
in bending; and, under adverse conditions, structural feed-back into the
control loop may lead to an instability. In this paper the structural
feed-back problem is formulated in a simplified form, considering excita¬
tion of the structure in bending due to side control force. The govern¬
ing differential equations for the system are derived; these lead to a
sixth degree polynomial characteristic equation. To facilitate the study
of this problem, the system is programmed on an analog computer with
typical values of the variables assumed. In this manner a parametric
study is conducted from which some simple relations are observed. An
analysis of the results shows that the phase relations are of extreme im¬
portance in the stability of the bending modes. The computer results
are applied to a typical missile; the variation of the different modes
is plotted as a function of sensor location, all other factors assumed con¬
stant.
On the Simulation of the Electron Concentration Encountered
BY A Body During Re-Entry to the Earth’s Atmosphere
John N. Perkins and A. J. Russo, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
11. The purpose of this paper is to describe the idea of using a com¬
bustion yet as a means for producing a plasma stream with electrical
properties similar to those encountered by a hypeiwelocity vehicle upon
re-entering the earth’s atmosphere. The problem of radio wave attenua¬
tion is described also since the combustion jet apparatus has particu¬
lar application to the study of this phenomenon. The combustion jet
uses cyanogen (C2N2 and oxygen (O2) as reactants. The resulting
198 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
flame produces the highest chemically obtained temperature known to
man (4,850 °K at atmospheric pressure). Potassium, an easily ionized
material, is injected into the flame where it ionizes, and the resulting
electron concentration is found to be large enough to simulate even the
most extreme flight conditions encountered by a re-entry vehicle. Theo¬
retical calculations of the electron concentrations behind the normal por¬
tion of the shock wave in actual flight are presented and are compared
with the electron concentrations obtainable from the combustion jet labo¬
ratory apparatus.
Propulsion System Requirements of the Manned Interplanetary
Vehicle
R. W. Truit and P. R. Kurzhals; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
12. The parameters influencing a vehicle trajectory in free space are
used in a relatively simple analysis for deriving the equations of mo¬
tion of a space vehicle. Cylindrical coordinates are used to define the
vehicle and planet positions; and planetary orbits are represented by
ellipses for which initial characteristics may be obtained from any ephe-
meris. Propulsion and radiation-pressure forces are expressed as func¬
tions of the initial inclination of the thrust vector to the flight path.
These forces can be varied to allow an accurate simulation of impulsive
or continuous propulsion systems during a specific flight. Gravitational
forces for the sun and n planets are derived in terms of the radius vec¬
tor between the vehicle and the attracting body, and the resulting equa¬
tions of motion may be readily expanded to allow the inclusion of effects
of planetary satellites, such as the moon. Because of the complexity
of an n body problem of this type, an exact analytical solution is not
feasible, and an IBM 650 Computer was used to solve the equations
of motion by a fourth-order Runge-Kutta integration procedure.
Space Cabin Requirements of the Manned Interplanetary Vehicle
R. W. Truitt and P. R. Kurzhals; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
13. The requirements of a manned interplanetary vehicle are discussed,
and the literature of space medicine and environment are summarized
to isolate the physical parameters affecting man’s survival in space. The
basic requirements of manned space vehicles on prolonged trips are
defined, and optimum solutions to some of the related problems are pro¬
posed. To illustrate typical values to be expected in later development,
the preliminary characteristics of a space cabin suitable for a trip to
Mars and return are then derived. A regenerative Hfe support system
capable of sustaining a crew of five for a thousand day journey is out¬
lined, and a weight and volume breakdown of this system, along with
Proceedings 1959-1960
199
1960]
the auxiliary equipment required by such a space vehicle, is included.
The final vehicle weight is compared with the weight of a similar vehicle
carrying stored food, water, and oxygen.
A Study of the Conditions Which Cause the Pitting of Inconel
AND Incoloy During Pickling
W. A. Wilkinson, J. A. Miller, and N. F. Murphy;
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
14. The pitting, while pickling, of Inconel and Incoloy was studied
by varying the concentration of the pickling solution, temperature, and
time of immersion. The concentrations of pickling solutions of nitric and
hydrofluoric acid were varied from 29.06 and 5.66 to 35.87 and 3.41
weight per cent, respectively. Five chloride ion concentrations of 0 to
4.0 weight per cent were studied in each of the pickling concentrations.
Specimen immersion times from 15 to 90 minutese and solution tem¬
peratures from 21° to 43 °C were used. The investigation was designed
statistically by using a fractional factorial with a one-fifth replication
which permitted the study of second level interaction of the variables.
The data were analyzed using an IBM 650 computer. The weight loss
of Inconel and Incoloy increased with increasing hydrofluoric acid, chlo¬
ride concentrations, time, and temperature. An interaction, chloride and
temperature, was found to exist for Inconel. At lowest temperature
weight loss decreases; at the highest temperature weight loss increases
with increasing chloride concentration. No such interaction exists for
Incoloy, but pitting increases with increasing chloride ion concentration.
A prediction equation relating the variables studied will be formulated.
Neutron Flux Measurements by Thin Gold Foils
Arthur P. Deverill; University of Virginia
15. The induced bet activity in thin gold foils is used to measure neu¬
tron flux. Determination of the beta activity of the foil requires a knowl¬
edge of the following factors; foil’s self-absorption; back scatter of the
foil support; absorption in air (and window) of the detector; and, con¬
tributions from radiations other than betas resulting in the decay of
the gold nucleus. Gold is evaporated onto plastic, irradiated in a Gra¬
phite Pile and counted in a 2tt Low Background Detector. The above
factors are optimized in the following manner: Foil self -absorption is
minimized by using very thin gold films. The plastic substrate has
negligible back scatter. The absorption in air is minimized by geometry,
and absorption in window is low because of the thin mylar window of
the detector. The contribution of gamma rays is minimized by the low
efficiency of the detector to gamma radiation. The disintegration rate
200 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
of an activated gold film, which is proportional to the thermal neutron
flux, can be determined from the observed activity.
Neutron Flux Measurements with a Hydraulic Rabbit
George H. Gardes and George A. Guster; University of Virginia
16. There are three reasons for determining the neutron flux in a swim¬
ming pool reactor: thermal flux is an indication of power level; flux levels
are needed for irradiation experiments; fast flux indicates the amount of
radioactive nitrogen in the water. A common method of measuring flux
is with gold foils. The neutron flux in the University of Virginia Reac¬
tor will be measured by an aluminum slug system, driven by water pres¬
sure. The system is 22 feet long, allowing measurements to be made
from the bridge across the pool. The system has 3/16" aluminum tub¬
ing in order to place the slugs between the fuel plates. The rabbit is
the aluminum slug, and will be run both bare and Gd covered in order
to obtain thermal and fast neutron flux. Aluminum has a low absorp¬
tion cross section but the flux level will be high enough to secure an
acceptable activity. After exposure in the core, the slug will be driven
to the bridge and immediately counted for activity. The 2.3 minute
half life activity will indicate the thermal flux level of the core at the
measurement position. Many repetitions of this procedure will produce
a flux plot of the core.
Design Factors of a Nitrogen Isotope Ghemiqal Exchange Tower
G. A. Renfroe, D. A. Hayford and F. W. Bull; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
17. A study of the design aspects of a chemical exchange tower for
the separation of nitrogen- 15 and -14 was completed. The isotope ex¬
change reaction proceeded by countercurrent contact of nitric acid and
nitrogen oxides gas. An oxide reflux reactor was used to convert the
nitri cacid to nitrogen oxides by reaction with sulfur dioxide. A recov¬
ery tower was used to convert the nitrogen oxides to nitric acid by oxida¬
tion of the nitric oxide followed by absorption of the nitrogen dioxide
in water. Verification of the third order mechanism for the oxidation
of nitric oxide was affected. The effect of nitric acid strength in the
reactor on the ratio of nitric oxide to nitrogen dioxide fed to the exchange
tower was determined. Pressure drop data for the exchange tower were
correlated with the chemical tests to yield operating limits of the ex¬
change unit. Using an enrichment factor of 1.05 and the experimental
operating limits, the following design criteria were evaluated: (1) the
effect of retention time on the approach to steady state; (2) the effect
of stage length on the approach to steady state; and (3) the interrela¬
tion of production rate, stage length and product composition a steady
state.
201
1960] Proceedings 1959-1960
Heat Transfer and Pressure Drop Performance of a Baffled Heat
Exchanger in Cooling a Petroleum Oil
Fred W. Bull and Patrick H. DeHart, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
18. This investigation was to study the effect of baffle design and spac¬
ing on the heat transfer and pressure-drop characteristics of a double¬
pipe, countercurrent heat exchanger in cooling a petroleum oil in stream¬
line flow. Visual flow studies were conducted on six disc baffles, one
spiral wire baffle and one spiral strip baffle, the baffles being installed
in a three-quarter inch diameter, pvrex glass pipe. A dye was injected
into the oil stream 58 inches upstream from the battle, and the flow
patterns around the baffle were observed visually and were photograph¬
ed with a Speed Graphic camera using a shutter speed of 1/400 sec
and a lens opening of f-4.7. Each baffle was evaluated by the length
and width of disturbance imposed upon the oil stream. The spiral wire
and spiral strip baffles exhibited the most effective visual performance,
the disc baffles imposing no effective disturbance in the oil stream. Heat
transfer and pressure-drop studies are now being conducted to evaluate
the operational performance of each baffle.
Anomalies in the Operation of Oven-Type Molecular Beam Sources
Ricardo Zapata and John E. Scott, Jr.; University of Virginia
19. A discussion of the nature of flow in molecular beam sources is
presented. Defining A as the molecular mean free path in the source
chamber and d as the diameter of the source orifice, free molecule flow
is characterized by A > > d and hydrodynamic flow by A < < d. For
the case of molecular effusion the spatial distribution is given by the
cosine law, and no intermolecular collisions occur. For the case of hydro-
dynamic flow, main motion is more pronounced in the axial direction
than given by the cosine law, and the frequency of intermolecular col¬
lisions is relatively large. Experiments in both flow regimes are discuss¬
ed. Results indicate that higher beam intensities are obtained by using
a conical channel in the source chamber. Beam attenuation rates, due
to collisions of beam molecules with background molecules in the col¬
limating chamber, are also studied. It is found that the attenuation
becomes significant when the collimating chamber pressure rises above
10'^ mm Hg. Total beam intensities of about 7 x 10^^ molecules/see
have been obtained with nitrogen at room temperature. Improved pump¬
ing in the collimating chamber and optimum source design could increase
this figure by an order of magnitude.
The Generation of Molecular Beams from Shock Tube Sources
Arthur C. Bruce; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
202 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
20. In the present day field of aerodynamics a problem of major inter¬
est is the simulation in the laboratory of high speed, high altitude vehicle
flight. The present paper considers several aspects of generating a free
molecule flow in the form of a molecular beam from a source consist¬
ing of a conventional shock tube. The results of performance calcula¬
tions for a given shock tube utilizing a helium/air combination of driver/
driven gases are presented in the form of ratios of pressure and tem¬
perature in the source to initial conditions before firing of the tube. The
flow regime utilized in the tube for a beam source is that flow existing
for a short duration at the end of the tube immediately after shock reflec¬
tion from the tube end and previous to arrival of the contact surface
at the tube end. It is shown that effusive flow requirements restrict
the beam aperature size and beam intensity to a large extent, which
combined with short steadv source time necessitate a high sensitivity,
fast response svstem of instrumentation.
Non-Equilibrium Molecular Dissociation of Am in a Hypersonic
Nozzle
John N. Perkins; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
21. The equations of motion for the flow of dissociating air in non¬
equilibrium through a nearlv conical nozzle have been developed. By
treating the air as a mixture of two ideal dissociating gases, oxygen
and nitrogen, the equilibrium solution is obtained. Assuming a simplified
form of the rate equation, the equilibrium solution is extended to the
case where equilibrium is not achieved everywhere in the flow. The
results of the investigation suggest that deviations from dissociation equi¬
librium will ocurr in the nozzle, but that the so-called phenomenon of
“freezing” will not occur as generally predicted for single diatomic gases.
An Optimization Study on Low Thrust Rocket Parameters
James B. Eades, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
22. A study on the influence of several design parameters for low thrust
rockets is carried out to ascertain the relation between these parameters
for optimal considerations. Due to the dependency of these parameters
on one another, a simplified anlysis is set forth which shows the influ¬
ence of a programmed trajectory on the final weight, velocity gain and
payload. For a maximum payload, the influence of the optimal path
thrust and/or power on payload is defined. In addition the attained
velocity and the exhaust velocity are described for a specified average
of the optimum conditions.
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
203
On a Solution to the Unsteady Laminar Boundary Layer
H. A. Hassan; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
23. It is shown that the transformation ^ = x/\/2j't, 'q — y/-\/2 vt
reduces the unsteady laminar boundary layer equations in two dimen¬
sions to an equation in which “t” does not appear exlicity provided that
the free stream velocity V(x, t) can be expressed as(\/V2t)h(^). A
power series solution is assumed for the resulting equation, and it is
a 00
shown that for h = | En I" (« an integer) the solution can be
n = 0
expressed in terms of universal functions. For all values of «, the zeroth
term of the assumed series, which is chosen to satisfy the outer boun¬
dary condition exactly, is governed by known equations.
Quantum Mechanical Aspects of the Thermodynamic Properties
OF Gases
Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
24. The chemical equilibrium composition of a hydrogen plasma is de¬
termined over the temperature range from 10^ °K to 10^ °K and pres¬
sures from 10'® to 1 atmospheres. The solution of the equations is
simplified by considering the problem in two steps: the first in the tem¬
perature range where dissociation occurs and the second in which only
ionization occurs. The general method of attack is outlined which is
applicable to the equilibrium solution of any plasma. Particular attention
is given to the formulation of the partition functions and to the quan¬
tum mechanical aspects of the thermodynamic properties of the plasma.
Equilibrium and frozen values of the ratio of specific heats and the
speed of sound are presented in the complete dissociation and ioniza¬
tion regimes. Some interesting thermodynamic property changes that
occur during dissociation and ionization are discussed relative to applica¬
tion to high-speed aerodynamic analysis.
An Engineering Study of a Rotary Drum Crystallizer
John C. Chaty; University of Virginia
25. The rotary drum crystallizer is a purification device which incor¬
porates the principles of zone melting and conventional fractional cry¬
stallization for the recovery of organic or inorganic solute of high purity
from the solvent. In the rotary drum crystallizer, solids are deposited
from the molten liquid on the cooled surface of a drum, are carried
from the melt by rotation of the drum, and then removed and conveyed
204 The V^irginia Journal of Science [September
to another crystallization stage. While this crystallization device is not
a true zone refiner which involves the traveling of a small molten zone
through a long solid charge with redistribution of the solute in the charge,
neither is it a conventional fractional crystallizer where solids are form¬
ed and removed as fine crvstaTs. It is believed that this device has
great advantages in heat and mass-transfer effectiveness and in ease of
mechanical separation. In a single stage laboratory scale rotary drum
crystllizer the process variables, such as, the temperature difference be¬
tween the melt and the drum surface, the rate of drum rotation, and
the depth of immersion are studied. Preliminary results show that from
a melt of 95% naphthalene-5 % benzoic acid a product of 99.5% naph¬
thalene is obtained under favorable conditions.
The Determination of Heat Transfer Characteristics for a
Moving Bed System Composed of Air and Activated Carron
W. A. Barkley and Stuart B. Row; Virginia Polytechnic Jnstitnte ..
26. Heat transfer characteristics for moving particles of carbon in an
air atmo.sphere were studied. A single pass, co-current heat exchanger
36 inches long was constructed using 3/4-inch and 2 1 /2-inch schedule
40 black iron pipe as the tube and shell, respectively. Steam was
used as the heating medium. Three variables, steam pressure, carbon
flow rate, and carbon particle size, were evaluated in the investigation.
Steam presure was varied from 15 to 75 psig, at 15 psig increments;
carbon flow rate was varied from 2.2 to 11.0 Ib/hr, at 2.2 Ib/hr incre¬
ments; and carbon meshes of 10, 14, 20, 28 and fines were tested.
Thirtv tests were made to ajiproximate the results of a complete eval¬
uation (125 tests). An equation relating the overall heat transfer coef¬
ficient with the three variables has not yet been completed, but the
following trends for the overall heat transfer coefficient, U indicated:
(1) U increased as the carbon flow rate increased; (2) U increased as
the carbon particle size increased; and (3) U remained approximately
constant with changes in steam pressure. Calculated values for U varied
from 1.58 to 4.02 Btu/hr-ft.^— °F. A straight line temperature profile
through the heat exchanger indicated a varying carbon film coefficient.
The Use of High Rotational Speed Equipment to Complement
Molecular Beam Studies in Cas Dynamics
Hubert J. Davis, Jr.; University of Virginia
27. The production of molecular beams at the University of Virginia
Research Laboratory for the Engineering Sciences has made it desirable
to design and construct a device to experimentally determine the distribu¬
tion of vlocities in molecular beams. The currently accepted method of
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
205
accomplishing this purpose is by use of a device consisting of a rigid
shaft separating two circular discs. Around the periphery of the discs
are cut narrow radial slots. With proper design, this particular con¬
figuration, when placed in a molecular beam, will allow molecules only
within a small velocity range to pass througli the selector. Analysis
shows that a device of entirely different configuration should produce
the same results. This latter type of seleetor consists of a thin circular
ring in which narrow slots are cut in a direction perpendicular to the
radii of the ring. The ring selector has the inherent advantage of
being readily adaptable to techniques of magnetie suspension. However,
a detailed analysis shows that even with eareful selection of design par¬
ameters, struetural limitations prohit a ring selector design consistent
with the performance necessary for use in molecular beam studies.
The Analysis of Ion Beams Using a Radio Frequency Mass
Spectrometer
Hugh S. Landes; Universittf of Virginia
28. An r-f mass spectrometer for analyzing low energy ion beams was
built. The unit is a miniature modification of a design by Paul, et. al.
It employs the mass dependence of a strong-focusing electric quadro-
pole field for the filtering of different masses. A speetrometer operat¬
ing on this prineiple is a pure mass filter in the sense that neither
energy selection nor momentum selection is required; ions are seleeted
solely on the basis of mass. The field strueture, measuring 8 cm in
diameter by 26 cm in length, is portable and can be placed in a vacu¬
um system. The apparatus is capable of measuring ions of mass num-
bers ranging from 1 to 140 with a resolution up to 150. The spectro¬
meter has been used suecessfuTly to analyze a molecular beam of nitro¬
gen ions for impurity content. Intensities as low as 1 part in 1000
were measured. In addition to the determination of beam purity con¬
tent, the spectrometer will be used to identify particles before and after
collisions. The small size and convenience of handling, coupled with
ability to select a particular mass, regardless of energy, makes the r-f
spectrometer a valuable deviee in the research of low energy molecular
beams.
High Speed Drag on Rotating Cylinders at Low Pressures
J. H. Bodine; University of Virginia
29. Consider a gas between two infinitely long concentrie clyinders of
radius a and b (b > a), the inner cylinder rotating with a peripherial
velocity V. Assume the density of the gas sufficiently low so that a
negligible number of molecular collisions occur in the annular space, the
206 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
molecules moving from surface to surface in straight lines. Also assume
the gas molecules leave each surface with a Maxwellian distribution of
velocities with respect to a coordinate system fixed onto that surface corre¬
sponding to a common temperature. The velocitv distribution in a non¬
rotating coordinate system of the molecules leaving the inner cylinder
will be skewed bv rotation, resulting in the pressure in the annular region
being a vector quantity. Define Q^a/b, S as the ratio of V to the
most probably velocitv of the molecules leaving the surface, and py as
the pressure measured perpendicular to a radius at the outer cylinder
surface. A detailed analvsis shows the torque per unit length will be:
a -y/x Py a^s/G (Q, S)
The function G(Q, S) will be defined and numerical values of it pre¬
sented. Generally: (1) G(Q, S) > 1; (2) G(Q, S) is monotonically
increasing in S; (3) G(Q, S) is a maximum for a Q of about 0.65.
A Technique for Measuring Gapacity Ghanges of Two Insulated
Hemispheres
B. J. Gilpin and R. R. Humphris; Universitij of Virginia
30. In this paper, the total capacitv between two insulated hemispheres
is considered as being composed of a direct capacity and a mutual ca¬
pacity. The direct capacitv is defined as the “free space” eapaeity be¬
tween the two hemispheres. The mutual capacity is defined as the
series combination of the two capacities between each hemisphere and
ground. An experimental technique is described for determining the
variations in the total and the component eapacities as a function of:
(1) the distance above a conducting grounded plane; (2) the diameter
of the sphere, and (3) the separation of the hemispheres. A size fae-
tor is determined so that the results of measurements made on specific
spheres may be extended to other sizes. The changes in the total ca¬
pacity which occurred between the two halves of the sphere as they
approached ground were detected by a neon tube oscillator built into
the sphere in such a manner that the total capacity between the hemis¬
pheres was one of the frequentcy-determining components of the cir¬
cuit. The neon tube was mounted in a flashlight reflector, and a Fres¬
nel lens was used to focus the light onto a phototube. The output of
the phototube was amplified and the frequency determined by a Hew¬
lett-Packard, Model 524B, electronic counter.
A Proximity Pickup with a Vacuum Tight Probe
W. M. Bland and W. H. Daney, Jr.; University of Virginia
31. Displacement measurements of metallic objects which are vibrating
at high speeds are possible using a non-contacting probe and read-out
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
207
system. A tuned grid-tuned plate r-f oscillator coupled to an infinite
impedance detector was used in the system. Any voltmeter, oscillo¬
scope, or recorder may be used to read-out the displacement. The grid
coil of the oscillator was physically separated from the remainder of the
circuit and was connected electrically through coaxial cable. This grid
coil acted as a proximity pickup due to the loading effect produced
when metallic objects were placed in the r-f field produced by it. To
facilitate measurements in both pressure and vacuum environments, the
grid coil was mounted on the end of a sylphon bellows sealed, micro¬
meter slide apparatus which mav be inserted into the environmental
chamber through a standard “veeco” vacuum seal. The micrometer slide
permitted calibration and adjustments in position, while the apparatus
was operating. Bv operating the oscillator at a frequency of 6 me, one
obtained an output signa lof 2 volts per 0.001" of displacement, linear
over ±15 thousandths of an inch. This output signal followed displace¬
ments which occur at rates up to 100 kc.
Preparation of Plated Specimens for Microscopic Examination of
Chrome-Steel Interface
J. B. Fracis and W. H. Dancy, Jr.; Unive{rsittj of Virginia
32. A method of polishing was developed which permitted a highly
magnified examination of the interface of chrome plated steel sepcimens.
The specimen was prepared by grinding on a series of emery papers
of decreasing grit size. It was polished for two minutes on a polish¬
ing table covered with “Fisher No. 12-284" polishing cloth, using “Carn¬
al” (gamma alumina) as polishing compound. The sample was then
gently polished on a No. 0000 emery polishing paper for two minutes.
The alternate grinding and polishing operations were repeated at least
three times. The specimen was then etched for 20 sconds in a 50% by
volume solution of hydrochloric acid and water maintained at room tem¬
perature. Since chromium is etch at a higher rate than steel, this
treatment leaves the surface of the chromium lower than that of the
steel. Final polishing removed the excess steel and leaves the chromium
surface highly polished and level with the steel. A final 15 second etch
in a solution of ethyl alcohol containing one drop of concentrated nitric
acid per cc darkened the steel surface and gave sufficient contrast be¬
tween chromium and steel to allow detailed boundary examination at
high magnifications.
Satellite Orientation Using Magnetic Support Methods
R. E. Russell and O. R. Harris; University of Virginia
33. The usefulness of an earth satellite as an experimental device would
208 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
be greatly enhanced if it could be spatially oriented in a controllable
manner while in orbit. Three flywheels mounted orthogonally within
the satellite and rotated by electric motors should proyide the desired
attitude control of the satellite. Howeyer, the frictional loss in angular
momentum of the fly-wheels will result in undesired rotations of the
satellite. One method of eliminating the mechanical bearing friction is
the electromagnetic support technique deyeloped by |. S. Beams of the
Uniyersity of Virginia. The proposed system consists of a three-dimen-
sionally supported ferrite or sphere and a driye system to rotate the
sphere in the desired direction. Preliminary calculations were made as¬
suming what was considered to be a “worst case” orientation problem.
For a ferrite sphere with a rotational hysteresis loss constant of 150
dyne-cm/cm^, the sphere radius was found to be about 10 cm. and the
required peak driying power is 122 watts. Additional work is now being
done on the use of conducting spheres; estimates are being made of
the torque interaction between the support field and the rotating sphere.
The Soaking Effect — Apparent Drag Reduction on Bodies Held
AT Low Pressures for Extended Periods of Time
J. E. May and A. R. Kuhlthau; University of Virginia
34. In using a concentric cylinder apparatus for the determination of
drag in gases at lovy pressures it was obseryed that drag apparently de¬
creases when the apparatus is allowed to stand at low pressures for sey-
eral days. This has been called the soaking effect. In the present ex¬
periments the effect was studied oyer a month wider range of yariables
than heretofore. The results of this study, are not yet conclusiye, but
suggestions for further rather crucial experiments were obtained.
A Strength Criterion for Compacted Fine-Grained Soils
H. G. Larew; University of Virginia
35. Two strength criteria for the failure of compacted fine-grained soils
under the action of repeated loads were postulated and experiments to
inyestigate these were initiated on three soils: a micaceous silt, a lime¬
stone residual clay, and a sand-clay. Conyentional and repeated stress
triaxial strength tests were employed to study and compare the strength
and deformation characteristics of identical specimens of each soil which
had been carefully prepared by a static compaction process. For the
soils studied and the test conditons employed, a criterion of failure has
been established as follows: a critical leyel of repeated deyiator stress
exists at which the slope of the curye of deformation yersus number of
repetitions is constant after the first few load applications. For leyels
of deyiator stress in excess of this critical yalue, the deformation curyes
Proceedings 1959-1960
209
1960]
eventually turn concave upward, their slopes increase and the soil fails
either in shear or by excessive deformation. For levels of deviator
stress less than the critical value, the deformation curves eventually
approach a horizontal asymptote.
Rotational Hysteresis Losses in Nickel-Zinc Ferrites at Low
Frequencies
R. Berner and H. S. Landes; University of Virginia
36. Measurement of rotational hysteresis losses of small ferrite spheres
at low frequencies were made. Rotational hysteresis torque arises from
an interaction between the magnetization and the crystal structure, but
very little is actually known about the interaction mechanism involved.
It is known, however, that since there is a coupling between magnet¬
ization and crystal structure, a rotation of the mangetization in the body
will produce a torque on the body itself. R would appear that this
effect might be useful in torquing a magnetically supported rotor. For
this, ferrite compositions of high torque densities might be used, or the
ferrites could be used as rotors for a magnetically supported free gyro¬
scope, in which case, a redutcion of rotational loss is of interest. Fer¬
rites belong to a group of non-conducting magnetic materials with low
or high rotational losses depending primarily on composition. A tor¬
sional pendulum apparatus was used for the measurements. A clear
trend toward zero rotational hysteresis losses was obtained in a group
of nickel-zinc ferrites by varying composition.
Magnetostriction in Ni — Zn P'errites
G. S. Nurre and H. S. Landes; University of Virginia
37. As part of a ferrite research program, a device for measuring mag¬
netostriction was built and measurements were taken for several ferrites.
Since the magnetostriction coefficient (a) for these ferrites is of the
order of 10 *^ cm/cm, for a one cm diameter sphere, dimensional changes
of 10'^ cm must be measured. An ultramicrometer, consisting of a dif¬
ferential capacitor, was designed with satisfactory sensitivity. The device
was calibrated by measuring the calculated deflection of a small doubly sup¬
ported steel beam, and was found to be linear with a sensitivity of 3.73
X 10'^ cm per millivolt. Measurements were made of A as a function of
applied field for a series of Ni — Zn ferrite and for a Co — Zn ferrite.
The magnetostriction curves are compared to the magnetization curves,
and the comparison is especially interesting for the Co — Zn ferrite, which
exhibits a change of sign in the magnetostriction curve. For the ferrite
series, Niy Zn^.y Fel.95, As is ploted as a function of y. The data
indicate that As is linearly dependent on y and is zero for y = .225. The
210 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
position of the zero point is as expected, since the Curie temperature
for No.225 Zno.775 Fei.95 is very close to room temperature.
SECTION OF GEOLOGY
Mineral Paragenesis in the Myers-L. Copenhaver Barite Mines
Smyth County, Virginia
Donald K. Grubbs and Robert C. Barnes; University of Virginia
1. This paper is concerned with the Myers-L. Copenhaver mines,
which are situated four miles west of Marion, in Smyth County, Virginia.
Its two-fold purpose is to report a new occurrence of sphalerite in Vir¬
ginia, and to interpret the sequence of mineral deposition at the deposit
in which it occurs. The barite and gangue minerals occur as fracture
fillings within brecciated Beekmantown limestone of Ordovician age. The
fractures are irregular in pattern and are filled with hydrothermal min¬
erals which were deposited at very low temperatures — as evidenced by
the complete lack of alteration in the wall rock. The minerals in the
general order of deposition are pyrite, sphalerite, limited purple fluorite,
barite, clear fluorite, and calcite. The pyrite occurs in thin, fine-grained
bands lying adjacent to the wall rock in most cases. Honey colored
sphalerite generally follows the pyrite. A small amount of deep pur¬
ple fluorite appeared to have been deposited before the barite crystal¬
lized. The next mineral in the sequence is the radiating, tabular, or
prismatic barite. Clear fluorite follows it, and is usually succeeded by
white calcite. Considerable overlapping occurred, particularly among the
last three minerals.
Retention of KCl by Halloysite
G. W. Thomas; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
2. The retention of KCl by hvdrated and dehydrated halloysite was
studied, using clays from Floyd and from Piney River, Virginia. Wash¬
ing solutions used were 95 percent ethanol, 100 percent methanol and
distilled water. Ethanol removed KCl ineffectively from hydrated hal¬
loysite. About eight washings were required with methanol to remove
the bulk of the salts, while water cleaned the hydrated clay rather com¬
pletely in three washings. Dehydrated clays were washed effectively
by both methanol and water while ethanol was somewhat less effec¬
tive. X-ray data showed that the KCl was held between layers of
hydrated halloysite, suggesting that drying before KCl-saturating destroy¬
ed the salt-holding site.
211
1960] Proceedings 1959-1960
Comments on Apatite from the Morefield Mine, Amelia County
Virginia
E. H. McCavock and R. S. Mitchell; University of Virginia
3. Apatite grains and crystals, ranging from less than 1 mm to over
5 mm across occur in cleavelandite and quartz at Morefield Mine,
Amelia County, Virginia. The material is light gray, white or pale aqua-
green in color, with stubby crystals consisting of pinacoids and first and
second order hexagonal prisms. Goniometrie studies showed the presenee
of 11 forms on one crystal. Indistinct cleavage oecurs parallel to (1010)
and (0001). X-ray powder data compare favorably with typical fluora-
patite patterns. The apatite fluoresces a bright orange-yellow in both
long- and short-wave ultraviolet radiation. In unfiltered copper x-rays,
the mineral fluoresces a bright yellow. No phosphorescence was observ¬
ed as a result o f ultra violet radiation, but x-rays produced a persistent
yellow phosphorescence. Strong orange-yellow thermoluminescence oe¬
curs when the apatite is heated in a Bunsen burner flame in the dark.
Most apatite is not fluorescent. A semicpiantitative spectrographic ana¬
lysis was made to determine impurity elements which might activate
the fluorescence. Trace elements (oxides) made up about 7% of the
minerars composition, of which, about 1% was rare-earths (chiefly cerium
and yttrium), 2.5% silicon, and 2% manganese. Manganese produces
a bright yellow fluorescence in some phosphates. Comparison of More¬
field apatite analyses with published aanlyses of rare-earth apatites from
Mineville, N. Y., showed that the chief difference was the high man¬
ganese eontent in the Morefield material. The Mineville apatite is not
fluorescent, thus it seems that the activating element is manganese.
Geology of the Lexington Quadrangle, Virginia
Kenneth F. Biek; Washington and Lee University
4. The Lexington quadrangle, Virginia, includes parts of the Blue Ridge
and the Valley and Ridge province of the Appalachian Highlands. The
range in age from Precambrian to Middle Deevonian. The Preeambrian
igneous and metamorphic basement eomplex is unconformably overlain
by 2500 feet of elastic and volcanic rocks of Precambrian and Early
Cambrian age. These rocks represent westward transgression of a sea
aeross the area. The clastic rocks are overlain by 10,000 feet of Early
Cambrian to Middle Ordovician rocks, chiefly carbonates, that represent
a long period of shallow water, offshore deposition. The earbonate se¬
quence is overlain by about 5000 feet of Middle Ordovician to Mid¬
dle Devonian elastic rocks that represent the debris eroded from land
areas east of the quadrangle. The rocks were deformed during the
Appalachian orogeny. There are 3 structural units: the Blue Ridge, the
212 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Central, and the Northwestern belts. The Blue Ridge belt is charac¬
terized by folding and faulting of the Precambrian basement complex;
it is bounded on the northwest by the previously unmapped South River
fault. The Central belt is characterized by low angle thrust faulting of
the sedimentary rocks. The Pulaski fault branches southwest of Fair-
field and the west (main) branch is continuous with the Staunton fault.
The minor east branch, earlier considered to be the main Pulaski fault,
is named the Fairfield fault. A complex area near Brownsburg is a
window in the North Mountain fault and this fault is also complicated
by three branches northwest of Brownsburg. The center branch is the
main fault. The Northwestern belt is characterized by folding of the
sedimentary rocks. One thrust fault of minor displacement bounds a
large overturned anticline in the northern part of the belt. The deforma¬
tion appears to proceed from folding of sedimentary rocks to thrust fault¬
ing of sedimentary rocks and finally to thrust faulting of the competent
basement complex over the other structures. (^Published by permission
of the State Geologist, Virginia Division of Mineral Resources.)
A Diabase Dike near Greenville, Augusta County, Virginia
Frank Howard Campbell, III and John Milton Cole, Jr.;
University of Virginia
5. A diabase dike ranging in width from 35 to 50 feet was traced
from Avis to the C. T. Glover farm on Virginia Secondary highway
095, 0.8 mile south of Aibor Hill, for a total length of 5.5 miles. This
intrusive crosses U. S. 11 approximately 3.3 miles north of Greenville,
southern Augusta County, Virginia. The dike transects strata ranging
from the upper Cambrian Elbrook dolomite to the upper Ordovician
Martinsburg shale. The dike which trends from N 10 W to N 25 W
crosses the Massanutten syncline near its southwestern terminus. Rough¬
ly 0.1 mile east of the confluence of Virginia Secondary 697 with 693
the dike crosses the Staunton Fault. According to T. L. Watson and
R. W. Johnson, Jr. this and many other dikes in the region closely
parallel a known major joint direction of the Appalachians. Thus we
conclude that the emplacement of this intrusion was joint-controlled.
Microscopically, this olivine diabase contains abundant calcic labrado-
rite, twinned according to the albite and carlsbad laws. Considerable
augite surrounds the plagioclase to form a well-developed ophitic tex¬
ture. Olivine is third in importance and an estimated 3 to 4 per cent
is present. Although aeromagnetic surveys by the U. S. G. S. have
found that the diabases of the Valley show little or no magnetic ex¬
pression, the calculated susceptibility of the rock is 10,200 cgs units.
The extent and attitude of the dike was studied with a Schmidt bal¬
ance vertical force magnetometer. Six traverses were run normal to the
dike trend. These magnetic profiles having a maximum expression of
Proceedings 1959-1960
213
1960]
600 gammas. It is postulate! that other diabases of the Valley will give
good expression to ground magnetic survey methods.
A Petrographic Study of Some Dikes in a Quarry in Bluegrass
Valley, Highland County, Virginia
E. K. Rader and V. S. Griffin; University of Virginia
6. The dikes under consideration were found in a quarry 2.5 miles
north of the village of Hightown, Highland County, Virginia. One basic
dike and four intermediate dikes were observed. An abundance of ser¬
pentine was noted in the basalt, possibly due to the post crystallization
migration of the hydrothermal residual solutions of the andesite magma.
The intermediate dikes have previously been classified as “felsophyre”
and “granite-feldsophyre,” but our petrographic work revealed that the
name andesite porphyry would better describe this light-gray dike mate¬
rial, composed of plagioclase (basic oligoclase to acid andesine), biotite,
hornblende, ihnenite, limonite, hematite, and leucoxene. These dikes
appear to be controlled by jointing and two low to moderate angle
reverse faults, which have caused brecciation giving rise to the carbonate
pebbles in some of the andesite materials. It appears that the folding
of the Hightown anticline and the jointing occurred first. Next, the
basalt was injected into a NW trending joint in the Beekmantown lime¬
stone. Fially, the andesite was intruded along both joints and faults
trending NE.
Undergraduate Research Participation Program in VPl Department
OF Geologigal Sciences
Byron N. Cooper; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
7. The undergraduate research participation program carried on dur¬
ing the last six weeks of the summer of 1959 and during the fall and
winter quarters of the 1959-60 academic year was sponsored by the
National Science Foundation. Eight undergraduates were selected for
the program, and each participant was assigned a limited research project.
The six weeks during the summer, when field work was carried on,
allowed time for gathering of field data. During the fall and winter
months, the participants worked up their data, carried on laboratory
studies, and drafted final reports on their studiese. The results are
being presented before the Virginia Academy of Science in order to show
that it is not only possible but quite feasible to launch students into
Hmited research participation while they are still undergraduates. The
studies, and drafted final reports on their studies. The results are
knowledge of the geology of Virginia. Three of the studies uncovered
types of field evidence that are of special and outstanding significance
214 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
to our understanding of the geology of the Appalachian Mountains. Con¬
sidering the funds invested and the tangible accomplishments of the
program, as indicated by the following papers, the undergraduate re¬
search participation program was very successful.
Stratigraphy and Petrogaphy of Two Sections of Nolichucky
Shale in the Southwest Part of Virginia
James W. Bryan; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
8. Two of the finest exposed sections of the Upper Cambrian Noli¬
chucky shale are situated in Russell and Smyth Counties, Virginia. The
unique lithology can be subdivided into three distinctive parts: an upper
part consisting of banded limestones, dolomites, and fossiliferous calcare-
nites; a central part consisting of calcareous shales, dolomitic sand¬
stones, and edgewise conglomerates with limestone and dolomite peb¬
bles and a lower part consisting of banded limestones and dolomites.
The Nolichucky is largely limestones and dolomites in Virginia and the
usage of Nolichucky “shale” is somewhat misleading. Two hundred sam¬
ples collected during the detailed litho-stratigraphic measurements were
subjected to controlled acid tests and 90 were examined by x-ray studies.
The yellowish-brown, sandy textured weathering or rusty weathering,
characteristics of the Maynardville lithology, proved to have a varied
mineralogy and were not indicative of dolomite as has generally been
considered. Some sample of the rusty weathered material proved to
be pure calcite. The megascopic appearance of the different beds can
not always be correlated directly with the mineralogy of the beds. A
potassic feldspar occurs with the carbonates as well as the other clastic
beds.
Post-Canadian Disconformity and the Related Mosheim Limestone
NEAR Chatham Hill, Virginia
Wilson Fisher, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
9. The post-Canadian disconformity and the overlyin Mosheim lime¬
stone were mapped in detail in three areas near Chatham Hill, Smyth
County, Virignia. The maximum relief of the surfaee of disconformity
in the mapped areas is 160 feet, but “stray” detrital pieces of Knox
chert in overlying beds as high as the Effna formation suggest that the
local relief may have been as much as 400 feet. Vertical cliffs and
overhangs in the Knox group are evident along the disconformitv. The
Mosheim limestone consists of a series of lenses which are thickest in
old stream or river channels on the disconformity. The lenses of Mos¬
heim limestone thin out against topographic “highs” of the erosional sur¬
face and some debris from these “highs” was transported into the lower
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
215
areas during deposition of the overlying Lenoir limestone. The basal
part of the Mosheim consists of coarse clastic limestone containing inter-
bedded chert breccias and dolomite conglomerates, with some detrital
dolomite. The clastic rocks follow the disconformable surface and were
deposited at different times in pockets of the Knox dolomite, as the
basal portion of the Mosheim limestone. Numerous “veins” of relatively
fine grained clastic material transect the bedding of the Mosheim and
are composed of dolomitic sand and chert fragments from the Knox.
These “veins” are generally at right angles to bedding and fill clefts or
cavities left by fracturing and solution of the Mosheim immediately after
consolidation.
Areal Geology of the Region Just South of Saltville, Virginia
Joel T. Blankenship; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10. The abrupt southeastward deflection in the trace of the Saltville
fault in the vicinity of Saltville, Smyth County, Virginia, poses an inter¬
esting problem: Is the deflection in the fault trace the consequence of
a cross or tear fault that offsets the Saltville thrust, or is the offset
merely the consequence of local flattening of the thrust surface, which
causes the trace to follow a level-line course around the hills that rim
Saltville on the east and south? Areal geologic mapping of the forma¬
tions southeast of the fault trace of the Salville thrust shows no offset
of any mappable units comprising the thrust block. The swing in out¬
crop pattern of the various mappable units in the Upper Cambrian and
Lower Ordovician formations in the south and east environs of Salt¬
ville does not require any cross faulting, and none apparently exists.
This interpretation means that immediately east of Saltville, the thrust
surface is flat over a considerable area, which might make drift mining
of salt a feasible undertaking.
Chemigal Stratigraphy of Middle Ordovigian Limestones in a
Portion of Righ Valley, Smyth County, Virginia
Edward L. Lee; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
11. The Effna limestone, which immediately underlies the Middle Ordo¬
vician black graptolitic shales in a portion of Rich Valley southwest of
Porterfield Quarry and Worthy Mine, is a high-calcium limestone that
varies considerably in thickness. The maximum thickness is about 175
feet and the formation thins to the southwest and finally pinches out
entirely. The limestone is a typical calcarenite and constitutes a great
bank of shell sand conaining little magnesium carbonate and relatively
little insolubles. The thickness of the limestone and chemical analyses
obtained from channel samples taken from excellent outcrops provide a
216 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
basis for estimating the limestone reserves in a belt about 4 miles long.
Loeally the stone is sufficiently thick and pure to be minable just as it
is at Portefield Quarry and Worthy Mine, operated by Olin Mathieson
Chemical Corp.
Stratigraphy and Brachiopod Fauna of the Chatham Hill Lime¬
stone AT THE Type Locality
Donald E. Hallinger; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
12. The lithology and fauna of the Chatham Hill limestone have never
been completely described at the type locality in Smyth County, Vir¬
ginia. Two detailed stratigrahic sections in the Chatham hill limestone
were measured, one at the type locality 3.0 miles south of Chatham Hill,
and the second approximately 5 miles north along strike at a point 2.5
miles southwest of Nebo, Virginia. Many well preserved brachiopods
were obtained by dissolving limestone samples from a number of zones
in the Chatham Hill limestone. Among them are Sowerhyella perplexa,
Dinorthis transversa, and Opikinu dorsatifomiis which were not previouslv
reported at the type locality. In addition, large numbers of specimens
were obtained which provide additional information on the morphology
and stratigraphic and geographic range of species previously described by
G. A. Cooper from nearby areas.
Stratigraphy and Pleontology of the “Maysville” Division of the
Martinsburg Shale Formation near Chatham Hill, Smyth County,
Virginia
R. L. Sutherland; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
13. The Maysville division of the Martinsburg, characterized by the
well-known brachiopod, Orthorhynchula stevensoni, constitutes one of the
best known stratigraphic zones in the Paleozoic succession of the Appala¬
chian Valley region. The major purpose of the writer’s study was to
determine whether the various well-known fossils in the OHhorhynchtila
zone constitute one faunule or several definite faunules. The character¬
istic lithology of the zone is a calcareous siltstone, some layers of which
are characteristically concretionary. This type of lithology is gradational
with the cross-laminated sandstones of the overlying Juniata. The fossil
pelecypods and inarticulate brachiopod. Lingula nicMesi, seem to occur
together in many places. Onhorhynchula is common in various beds
throughout the zone that bears its name. Lingula nicklesi is more char¬
acteristic of the upper part of the zone which averages about 85 feet
thick, but it also occurs in the lower part of the division. The Mays¬
ville clams are very characteristic of a zone about 10 feet below the
top of the Maysville division.
19601
Proceedings 1959-1960
217
SECTION OF PSYCHOLOGY
Certain Time Relations in Serial Rote Learning
Gene Wilson and Rosemary Hartman; The College of Williom and Mary
1. To determine why the serial position eurve is skewed, Deese and
Kresse employed 4-see. and unpaeed rate sof nonsense syllable presenta¬
tion. The present study repeats these conditions and adds an 8-sec.
rate. Both obtained typical serial position curves. Remote associations
were symmetrically distributed about the center of the list. The curve
of failures-to-respond in the Deese and Kresse study was skewed under
the paced condition and reached an asymptote near the middle of the
list fo rthe unpaced condition. The present study found bowed curves
for all rates of presentation although this effect was least pronounced
under the unpaced condition. Rate of presentation appeared to have had
its greatest effect on failures-to-respond.
Individual Differences in Binary Pattern Recognition
Dorothy W. Dver and E. Rae Harcum; The College of William ami Mary
2. Right-left field differences in accuracy of reproducing tachistoscopi-
cally exposed binary patterns were investigated. Observer’s eye domi¬
nance and cerebral hemisphere dominance were simulated, respectively,
by monocular viewing and bv different element contrasts in opposite
hemi-fields. Relatively greater accuracy occurred for elements having
greater contrast. Group results indicated greater accuracy left of fixa¬
tion, and no effect of viewing eye. However, of the twelve observers
the four who exhibited nearly equal binocular performance for the two
hemi-fields also exhibited superiority of the nasal retinae with monocu¬
lar viewing. A learned bias favoring left elements apparently can over¬
come viewing eye effects.
Attensity Gradients in the Perception of Binary Patterns
David Gamp; The College of William and Mary
3. Three experiments were performed investigating binocular percep¬
tion of ten-element binary patterns tachistoscopically exposed to the right
or left of fixation. Experiment I, using blackened and open circular
elements, yielded minimal errors of reproduction adjacent to fixation,
maximal errors at the sixth position, and a relative minimum at the
extremes. There were no right-left differences. In Experiments H and
III an attempt was made to flatten the error curves by adjusting target
218 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
size and brightness respectively as a direct function of the errors made
in Experiment 1. In both cases there was an increase in errors in the
foveal region with no significant peripheral effect.
A Further Experiment Concerning Dependency Contrast in Visual
Defection and Recognition
E. Rae Harcum; The College of William and Mary
4. The surface microstructnres in eight target forms were the same as
or different from background surfaces. For a given surface, a unit of
microstrnctnre was black or white depending upon whether it was dif¬
ferent from the brightness of the adjacent preceding unit in an arbitrary
sequence. Dependencies of 100%, 75%, and 50% produced three dif¬
ferent surfaces. Generallv, a greater difference between target-surface
microstructure and background microstructure produces more frequent
target detections. Stimulus characteristics determining recognition of
target form are also discussed. The results from these 26 observers cor¬
roborate those reported earlier for two observers tested under somewhat
different conditions.
The Acquisition of Probarilistic Paired Associates as a Function
S-Rj : S-R2 Ratio and Blank Trials
James H. Woods; University of Virginia
5. Previous studies of probabiliistic paired associates, in which two
response syllables are learned to each stimulus syllable, have shown that
response frequencv is an increasing function of stimulus probabilitv. This
study compared the influence of increasing numbers of blank trials (trials
on which neither response member occurred) within the above frame¬
work. The results indicated that frequency of response for the more
frequently occurring response svllable decreased as blank trials increas¬
ed. However, the less freqeunt response was not affectd by different
numbers of blank trials.
Some Effects of Long-Continued, Low-Intensity, Gamma
Irradiation on the Rat
Leonard E. Jarrard; Washington and Lee University
6. Rats were continuously exposed for 60 days to a low-intensity
source of cobalt 60. One group of 24 animals received 539 r., another
group received 230 r., and an additional 24 served as nonirradiation
controls. Body weight and food consumption were recorded throughout
the irradiation period. Half of the animals began training in a water
Proceedings 1959-1960
219
1960]
maze after 7 days while the other half started training 37 days after
irradiation. Results indicated that for these conditions, a small amount
of continuous irradiation affected body weight but not learning, whereas
a greater amount was accompanied by a decrement in learning but no
further loss in body weight.
An Experimental Investigation of Forgetting and Anxiety
John H. Borghi; The College of William and Mary
7. A repression-like inhibition was observed for associate responses
when followed by a raucous buzzer. Subjects were asked to respond to
one-hundred Kent-Rosanoff words and were buzzed when they gave cer¬
tain critical responses. The initial instructions suggested to the subject
that these buzzed responses were “poor.” Following the administration
of a Taylor Anxeity Scale, the subjects were asked to recall all one-
hundred responses. There was less recall of the buzzed words, indicat¬
ing some support for the hypothesis of repression.
Conditions Determining Short-Term Retention in Sequential Tasks
H. R. Brackett; University of Virginia
8. Three experimental conditions were employed to test the effect of
interference when the members of natural classes of items do not occur to-
gther but are mixed among different arbitrary categories which shift
in their makeup from presentation to presentation. Condition I afforded
opportunity for grouping but offered a minimum of inter-items interfer¬
ence. Condition II prevented grouping and provided opportunity for
interference. Condition III prevented grouping but minimized interfer¬
ence. It was predicted that recall scores would be best under Condi¬
tion I, next best under Condition II, and worst under Condition III.
These hypotheses were borne out by the results of the experiment.
Work as a Measure of Motivtion in Operant Conditioning
Nelson F. Smith; The College of William and Mary
9. A progressively increasing work load was required of animals under
different periods of food deprivation. White rats pressed a lever in a
Skinner box to operate a mechanical food vender. Rats were tested un¬
der four periods of deprivation; 0, 24, 48, 72 hours. The work load
was varied by progressively increasing the weight on the lever. It is
thought that the maximum load undertaken by the rat might be used
as a measure of the motivation induced by food deprivation, since the
data thus far indicate a linear relationship between work load and hours
of deprivation.
220 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
A Bar Press Apparatus Suitable for Construction and Use by
Students
Peter Guthrie and David Camp; The College of William and Mary
10. An nndergraduae laboratory for studying animal behavior was pro¬
vided with bar pressing apparatus by having the members of the class
construct their own equipment from pre-cut aluminum sheets, bars and
angles. The class, working in pairs, constructed this equipment during
the first two three-hour lab periods of the semester at a cost of about
$3.50 per box. This apparatus has proved reliable in the demonstration
of magazine training, operant conditioning, extinction, spontaneous rec¬
overy, discrimination learning and the effects of several schedules of rei-
forcement. The project appears to have had heuristic value for the
students involved.
Distribution of Practice in Concept Formation
James Crouse; College of William and Mary
11. Does massed practice facilitate the learning of concepts? Some evi¬
dence in die literature suggests that it may if certain conditions are met,
in spite of the well-known principle that it hinders rote learning. This
experiment required Ss to discover a concept, i.e., the consonants k, p,
r, t, embedded in some of the groups of a list of 180 pairs of groups
of eight consonants presented by a modified memory drum. Two groups
of 24 college students practiced without a rest or with 45 seconds rest
after every ten stimulus presentations, with an eight-second inter-stimulus
interval held constant. The results indicated that learning was signif¬
icantly faster by massed practice.
The Secondary Reinforcing Value of Low Intensity Shock
Douglas K. Candland and James F. Campbell; University of Virginia
12. Research based on reinforcement theory has tended to separate sti¬
muli into categories, such as positive and negative, or appetitive and
aversive. Such distinctions have obscured the possibility that a stimu¬
lus may assume different properties depending upon its effect on the
organism during previous training. To test the possibility that a nega¬
tive stimulus could become positive, tliis study used electric shock in a
bar-press situation to determine whether the shock would assume posi¬
tive properties as a secondary reinforcer. Rats were trained to press
for food reinforcement with a constant current a.c. shock accompany¬
ing each bar-press. All rats were then extinguished, so that food no
longer accompanied a bar press. Half of the animals received shock
with each bar press, while the other half did not receive shock. Both
Proceedings 1959-1960
221
1960]
groups responded the same number of times during a two-hour extinc¬
tion period. The group which still received shock during extinction
pressed at a slower, but more consistent, rate than did the group for
which shock was eliminated during extinction. It was concluded that
shock may come to serve as a positive reinforcer with training.
The Evoked Electrocortical Response and its Relation to
Behavioral Conditioning
George M. Gerken; Universitij of Virginia and
William D. Neff; University of Chicago
w
13. Bipolar electrodes were implanted in auditorv cortex of six cats.
After the cats recovered from surgerv, the potentials evoked from audi¬
tory cortex bv acoustic stimuli were recorded with an EEG machine
over a period of 18 to 21 dailv sesisons. During these sessions, the
animals were restrained in a conditioning apparatus that permitted leg
flexion responses. All animals received either six or nine precondition¬
ing sessions which were followed bv sessions in which clas.sical condi¬
tioning, avoidance conditioning, and pseudo-conditioning training proce¬
dures were used. A session bv session analysis of the EEG records show¬
ed that a varietv of changes took place in the evoked potential during
the preconditioning period and during conditioning. These changes did
not present a consistent pattern from cat to cat.
Interaction of PIunger and Estrus in the Rat
Robert L. Rhyne; U^iiversity of Virginia
14. Twenty-two hour food deprivation in the mature female rat pro¬
duced relatively greater changes in wheel activity during the anestrum
than during estrus. The character of running behavior was differential¬
ly altered depending on whether the animal was restricted or free to
run during the daily feeding. Goncurrent measures of food consumption,
water intake, and body weight showed no consistent relationships to
either amount of activity or to the hormonal state as determined by daily
vaginal smears. Recovery periods showed essentially normal running
patterns with a reinstatement of inverse relationships between ingestional
and bodv weight changes, and the estrous activity cycle.
Discrimination Reaction Time to a Vibrotactile Display
Raymond G. Bice, Jr.; University of Virginia
15. As a part of a program studying the problems associated with
tracking to vibratory stimulus displays, a vibratory discrimination reac¬
tion time test has been devised. The directional stimuli are presented
222 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
by four skin vibrators mounted in a rubberized vest in such a way that
the stimuli are delivered to the chest. Subjects learn to react correctly
and rapidly to the displav, but there is greater difficulty when the re¬
sponse panel is horizontal (at right angles to the display) than when
it is vertcial (parallel to the displav) because of disturbances in the
body image. Subjects tend to regard stimuli delivered to the upper part
of the chest as nearer than those delivered low on the chest.
Electrical Stimulation of the Skin — on Purpose
Robert H. Gibson; University of Virginia
16. Pain is readily produced bv electric stimuli. This is fortunate for
research on pain, but limits the usefulness of electric signals for tactual
communication. The present report is part of an investigation to find
conditions for painless electric stimulation. Previous findings were that
painless stimulation with alternating current was possible on onlv certain
areas of the bodv, other areas responding with pain. It is now found
that the latter areas will also vield painless sensations when stimulated
bv certain temporal arrangements of brief, biphasic electrical pulses.
The Scaling of Motor Noises in Terms of Annoyance
James Harvey Brown; University of Virginia
17. Ten motor noises were recorded on tape and equated for loud¬
ness. Groups of subjects scaled these noises in terms of annoyance by
the method of successive intervals and the method of paired compari¬
sons. Spectrograms were made of each noise. Within and between
scale analyses were made in terms of position on the scale, significant
differences between the scale values, and the spectrograms. Six of the
original ten noises formed a final scale, the utility of which lies in its
potential use for determining the annoyance values of other motor noises.
The Development of Affectional Responses in Infant Dogs
George J. Igel; University of Virginia and Allen D. Galvin; Hollins College
18. Dr. Harry Harlow has shown that, for monkeys, “contact comfort”
is a more important variable than lactation in the development of the
affectional bond between infant and mother. The preesnt study was un¬
dertaken to (1) investigate the development of the affectional bond in
a species other than the monkey, namely the dog, and (2) to investi¬
gate further the effect of lactation on the development of the affec¬
tional responses. Sixteen mongrel puppies served as subjects. The re¬
sults of the present study show that dogs also prefer cloth mother to
wire mothers under all conditions of feeding, but that lactation is a
Proceedings 1959-1960
223
1960]
variable of significant importance when paired with cloth mothers, but
that lactation is not a significant variable when paired with the wire
mothers.
Testing in Juvenile Court: ( Survey
Ray Naar; Richmond, Virginia
19. The importance of environmental factors upon a Subject’s perform¬
ance has often been recognized. It was felt that the performance of
juvenile delinquents would be particularly affected by the fact that these
children had come within the purview of the Taw. To determine whether
this belief was shared by other psvchologists working under similar cir¬
cumstances, as well as what steps were taken to neutralize or account
for such factors, a questionnaire was mailed to a number of juvenile
courts throughout the country. The answers to the questionnaire were
tabulated and discussed.
Need Affiliation: Approach and Avoidant Aspects
Richard N. Carrera; V.A. Hospital, Richmond, Virginia
20. The French “Test of Insight” was employed to investigate the
correlates of need affiliation, which may be defined as a need to be
with and be liked by other people. Findings indicate that there are
two general types of need affiliation, which may be designated positive
and negative on the basis of underlying motivation. Positive need affi¬
liation is a genuine lildng for other people, which results from a history
of satisfying relaionships with others. It is positively correlated with
personal popularity and may be regarded as a personality asset. Nega¬
tive need affiliation is defensive in quality and is based on a chronic
fear of rejection. This trait tends to be negatively correlated with effec¬
tiveness in interpersonal functioning.
Mental Hospital Admission Rates as a Measure of the Extent of
Mental Illness in Modern American Society
Henry B. Adams; V.A. Hospital, Richmond
21. Admissions to mental hospitals have multiplied in recent decades.
Is there an increase of incidence of mental illness in modern society?
Analysis of hospital admission figures raises doubts about such an inter¬
pretation. Rates of admission vary widely from state to state. Almost
all this variation can be explained by (1) the number of hospital beds
available and (2) the rate at which deaths and discharges make space
for new admissions. Differences in urbanization, income, and propor¬
tions of the aged in the population have only limited effects on admis-
224 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
sion rates. These rates are often influenced bv many factors unrelated
to the incidence of mental illness, and there is no conclusive evidence
that any true increase has taken place.
Intelligence and Logical Reasoning Ability
Fred McCov; Universitij of Richmond
23. Whether logical reasoning abilitv mav be considered primarily learn¬
ed or innate has shown conflictin gevidence. Present work shows a
elose relationship between intelligenee and logical reasoning ability.
Two Validity Studies of the Wide Range Achievement Reading Test
Rudolph F. Wagner and Fred McCov; Richmond Public Schools
24. The Wide Range Achievement Test, reading section, is appealing
in its simplicitv and intei'view-tvpe administration, but is generally re¬
jected bv experts because it is unoilhodox and unsupported bv research.
In independent studies, Wagner and the Clinic staff found the WRAT
to correlate beyond the .01 level with several validation criteria, and
when the two studies were compared, to have striking similaritv in re¬
sults. Results of the two studies tend to support the validitv of the test.
SECTION OF STATISTICS
Compound Binomial Distributions and Target Theory
Malcolm E. Turner; Medical College of Virginia
1. The probabilistic theory of hits by quantum particles upon miero-
scopie targets has had wide application in biological research. These
applications include problems in the inactivation of viruses by radiation
and discernment of the number of quanta required to produce a visual
image. The theorv as developed by Timofeev-Ressouvsky and Zimmer
is reviewed and certain extensions, variations, and modifications are sug¬
gested in light of certain compound distributions of the unknown jiaram-
eters.
Sequential Allocation of Patients in Clinical Trials
Robert J, Taylor; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
2. A scheme for eonducting clinical trials that allows the proportion
of patients assigned to the various treatments to be changed at .specified
imes during the course of the trial depending on the results up to that
Proceedings 1959-1960
225
1960]
time is discussed. The proportion of patients assigned at each stage is
determined by use of a “weighting fnnetion.” Several weighting inne-
tions are presented along with the results of sampling experiments using
random numbers to simulate actual clinical trials. These results arc com¬
pared to the situation with ecpial proportions of patients on all treat¬
ments discussed by Sobel and Huyett.
On the Combination of Errors in Agricultural Research
N. R. Thompson; Virginia Polytechnic Imtitutc
3. Some agricultural investigations involve one or more stages of
sampling, followed by chemical analyses and experimental trials. Also,
certain biological “constants,” derived from previous obseravtions, mav
enter into the calculations. The residts from such investigations, if used
to make inferences applicable to whole populations, should be evaluated
with respect to all sources of error. Linear combinations of the individual
errors may be appropriate. Some errors may be much larger, and there¬
fore of more importance, tlian others. Also, when variances of the “con¬
stants” are included, the total error may increase.
The Measurement of Risk in Agricultural Production
Paul H. Hoepner; De])cirtnient of Agricultural Economics, V.F.l.
4. This discusison deals with the statistical techniejues used to meas¬
ure the risk involved in certain phases of agricultural production. The
primary tool used was the two-way analysis of variance model with ihc
data classified by years and farmers. After certain necessary adjustments
in the data, variance components are computed from the mean S([nare
terms to estimate the variance associated with years, farmers and random
error. Both year and random error variances constitute risk. Finally,
the discussion deals with the estimation of the variance of a sum, dif¬
ference, product and cpiotient, to indicate the procedures used to com¬
bine the numerous variance estimates into a single measure of risk (vari¬
ance of net income ) .
The Reliability and Cost Considerations of Systems with Spare
Components
Donald F. Morrison; National Institute of Mental Health and
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
5. A system is said to consist of n components, not necessarily of the
same kind, whose lives are independent random variables specified by
some known probability distribution. Failure of any component will
cause the entire system to fail. In addition to the original components,
226 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
a set of k spare elements is available for replaeing suecessive failures?
within the system, until the (k + l)th failure, when the system ceases
operation. The distribution of system life has been determined for a
general component life density f(x), and expected total hfe has been
evaluated for certain gamma-type densities. System reliabilitij , or the
probabihty that the final failure will not occur prior to some time T,
has been tabled for certain of these densities. Since total life is not
the only measure of the advantage of including spare components with
a system, the distribution of the number of element failures on a given
time interval has been investigated. From the expected numbr of fail¬
ures on the interval, expected total life, and system reliability, a cost
function for determining the optimum number of spares is proposed.
Systems with different types of components present a more complex sta¬
tistical problem. Such devices have been studied for exponential com¬
ponent lives with a different failure rate for each type. Expressions for
expected system life have been obtained, and tables for allocating spares
to different component groups for maximum expected system life or
reliability have been constructed.
Some Tests for Outliers
C. P. Quesenberry and H. A. David; Virginia Polytechnic Imtitutc
6. This paper will propose a test statistic which is the extreme de¬
viate from the sample mean divided by a pooled estimate of the stand¬
ard deviation. The components of the pooled estimate consist of the
estimate from the sample and an independent estimate. This statistic
is appropriate for a one-sided test. The modulus of the above statistic
is proposed for the two-sided test. Some tables of percentage points
will be given for both of these statistics for the 1 and 5 per cent levels.
A Soybean Experiment Interpreted with Respect to Genetic Models
Theodore W. Horner, Booz, Allen Applied Research, Inc., and
Charles R. Weber; Iowa State University
7. Estimates of genotype components and environmental variances were
obtained as functions of thirty covariances and variances computed on
data involving the F2 through F7 generations of a soybean cross. The
estimated genotype and environmental variances were then used to esti¬
mate gains from selection. These were then compared to observed
gains from selection and found to agree closely with respect to some
characters and poorly with respect to others.
A Study of Soldier Preferences for Various Blends of Roasted
AND Ground Coffees in Three Strengths
227
1960] Proceedings 1959-1960
Elie Weeks; Quartermaster Research and Engineering, Fort Lee, Virginia
8. During the fall of 1959 the Food and Containers Engineering
Branch, Quartermaster Research and Engineering Field Evaluation Agen¬
cy conducted a test of four blends of roasted and ground coffee and
one type of instant coffee. Each blend or type was prepared and served
in three strengths to some 720 soldiers stationed at Fort Lee, Virginia.
Each soldier tasted and rated four coffees. The design of test was a
partially balanced incomplete block design, in which each of the 15
“coffees” was served to an equal number of men in each of the four
serving orders at each of the eight test sessions. This design provided
960 ratings for each of the three coffee strength levels, and 576 ratings
of each of the five blends or types of coffee. Ratings were obtained
on a 9-point hedonic scale ranging from “Like Extremely” to “Dislike
Extremely.”
Contributions to the Method of Paired Comparisons
H. A. David; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
9. The method of paired comparisons is widely used in sensory dif¬
ference testing whenever judgments have to be of a subjective nature.
It has been applied to taste testing, color comparisons, personnel rating,
and generally to all forms of preference testing. In the present paper
a new approach both to the execution and the analysis of paired-com¬
parison experiments is discussed. This approach is based on the analogy
between these experiments and popular methods of organizing competi¬
tions, such as Round Robin and Knock-out tournaments.
Some Asymptotic Results in a Balanced Paired-Comparison
Experiment
B. J. Trawinski; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
10. In a balanced paired comparison experiment involving t treatments,
Ti, T2, . . . Tt, subject to sensory judgment, each treatment is com¬
pared with all the remaining treatments once in every replication. The
number of replications n is determined in such a way that the best
treatment is declared as such with a preassigned probability P. It is
assumed that there is no difference between the judges or the n replica¬
tions. The assumption in the model is that the best treatment is better
than the second best by a specified probabiliy of preference
TT — V2 + A , O C A < y2 ,
and the probability of preference for any comparison between the treat¬
ments excluding the best is 7r=:l/2; this situation is usually referred
228 The Virginia Journal, of Science [September
to as the least favorable configuration. With the above model and
asymptotic distribution theory a table has been prepared giving the num¬
ber of replications necessary for the detection of the best treatment
with specified probability P. The entries n are functions of tt, t, and
P.
Meteorological Applications of Power-Spectrum Analysis
R. E. Walpole; Roanoke College
11. The applications of power-spectrum analysis to meteorological data
are discussed in general and then illustrated specifically by obtaining a
power-spectrum analysis of horizontal wind speed on data collected from
a 2t)() foot steel tower at the White Sands Missile Range. The results
are compared with similar analysis made at Brookhaven National Labo¬
ratory and Oak Ridge. The data was collected in a dry desert-type
climate from a flat countryside bordered by two mountain ranges approxi¬
mately one hundred miles apart. The method of analysis is given and
the results are discussed. The direction for further investigation is sug¬
gested along with the difficulties that arise.
Multivariate Analysis of Incomplete-Variables Designs
Irene Monahan; Virginia Polytechnic Imiitute
12. Methods of estimation and tests of hypotheses are developed for
multivariate experiments in which a different subset of the p variables
under study is observed in each of k groups of n sampling units. The
matrix of observations in the i th group is Y/ = X/Mj where Mj is a
matrix of ones and zeros which selects from X/ (n x p) the u variables
measured. An explicit expression for the maximu mlikelihood estimate
of the parameter matrix and an equation involving that of the dispersion
matrix are obtained by differentiating the likelihood function for the
whole sample of kn observations. The latter equation is solved by the
Newton iterative method.
Some Contributions to the Evaluation of Pearsonian Distribution
Functions
John White; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
13. This paper represents a report of the construction of extended tables
of percentage points of the Pearson Distributions. It consists of two
parts: (1) The evaluation of the cumulative distribution function of the
Pearson system (except for the so-called Type IV distribution) for a
given pair of parameters jSi and ^2; (2) The determination of
percentage points associated with a given probability level. The tables
Proceedings 1959-1960
229
1960]
presented here have been extended, both in aeeuraey and as well as increas¬
ing the ranges of [Si and /I2. Numerical illustrations are presented show¬
ing the closenes of the Pearson approximation with the exact distribution.
The Prediction of College Success from Tests and PIigh School
Achievement
John M. Long; The College of William and Mary in Norfolk
14. The predictive data used were scores on entrance tests and high
school records for a group of freshmen at the College of William and
Mary in Norfolk. The criterion of the study was College quality point
average. Standard multiple regression analysis techniques were used.
Considered in this paper are: (1) High school quality point average
was used. Eleven other academic ability and achievement measures were
used. Ten personality scales and ten interest indices were also used.
(2) Thirty-two predictor variables were used. The inter-dependence
of most of the variables resulted in a spreading out effect which ob¬
scured many otherwise significant variables. Smaller groups of one,
two and five were selected. The results compared favorably with that
for all thirty-two variables. (3) Computations were performed on an
I.B.M. 650 Data Processing System. The smaller groups were selected
using the Wherry-Doolittle Test Selection Method and using variables
with highest simple correlations with the criterion. Certain implications
for prediction of a complex criterion are discussed. For such studies
the size of the sample needs to be quite large. The value of using such
a large number of interdependent variables is doubtful.
Optimum Allocation in Regression Split-Plot Experiments
R. M. DeBaun; American Cyanamid Company and
Victor Chew; U . S. Naval Weapons Laboratory
15. In the literature, experimental designs for regression analysis are
usually optimized with respect to the total number of observations to
be taken; also, in the optimization, the cost of taking an observation
is assumed to be the same for all treatment combinations. In this
paper, cost functions are introduced and optimum designs are derived
for both extrapolation and interpolation, including split-plot situations
where the cost of taking an additional sub-plot observation is small rela¬
tive to that of a main plot.
230 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Conditional Distributions Arising from Variation of Parameters
IN A Non-Linear Response Function
Max H. Myers and David C. Hurst; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
16. This paper proposes that the growth of an individual organism
follows a mathematical model closely and that different individuals follow
different members of the same parametric family of models. This implies
that the variation observed between individuals measured at the same
time arises not from an additive term as has been previously supposed,
but primarily from variation of the parameters of the model. A graph
of data from an experiment on chickens is included which points up
this individuality and the increased variation resulting from the passage
of time. The three models considered were growth curves employing
two, three, and four parameters, respectively, with biological interpreta¬
tions existing for the parameters. The parameters were allowed to follow
independent uniform distributions and independent gamma distributions.
Group Testing in Binomial and Multinomial Situations
Rolf E. Bargmann and Frederick L. Carter; Virginia Polytechnic Institute
17. This is a study and extension of methods of finding defective mem¬
bers in a population by testing groups of an optimum size. For the
case where the over-all population size is finite, strategies by Sobel and
Groll, and Sterrett were discussed. Properties and extensions of the Dorf-
man technique were considered. This is the situation where the popu¬
lation may be infinite or unspecified. A somewhat related problem con¬
cerns the detection of error in iterative procedures, where cumbersome
checks have to be made at certain intervals.
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
231
LIST OF MEMBERS
1959 - 1960
Note: Following are the types of membership in the Academy:
Patrons, who contribute one thousand dollars or more to the Academy.
Members, who contribute one hundred dollars or more to the
Academy.
Honorary Life Members (Elected by Council).
"^Sustaining Members, who pay annual dues of ten dollars.
Regular Members, who pay annual dues of three dollars.
Student Members, who pay annual dues of one dollar.
(Restricted to college students only.)
Note: Number following name designates section, or sections, to which
member belongs:
1.
Agricultural Sciences
7.
Engineering
2.
Astronomy, Mathematics
8.
Geology
and Phyiscs
9.
Medical Sciences
3.
Bacteriology
10.
Psychology
4.
Biology
11.
Science Teachers
5.
Chemistry
12.
Statistics
6.
Education
Please notify Foley F. Smith, P.O. Box 1420, Richmond, Va., of any
errors you may find in this list.
^bbitt, Mary Horne 12 . 7703 Wood Rd., Richmond
Abbott, Betty J. 4 . Biology Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg
Abbott, Dr. Lynn D. Jr. 9, 5 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond
Ackerman, C. J. 5 . Dept, of Chemistry, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Adams, Dr. Henry B. 10 . Vet. Ad. Hospital, Box 8, Richmond 19
**Addision, W. Meade . 2000 Monument Ave., Richmond
Akerman, Prof. Alfred 1 . The Seward Forest, Triplett
Albemarle Paper Manufacturing Co . Richmond
Albright, Dr. Joseph F. 9 . Box 146, MCV Station, Richmond 19
Alden, Prof. Harold L. 2 . Box 3445 Univ. Station, Charlottesville
Alexander, Morris W. 1 . Tidewater Research Station, Holland
232
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Allen, Carl W. 1 . Dundas Heights, Blacksburg
Allen, Dr. J. Frances 4 . 5702 Queens Chapel Rd., Apt. 3,
West Hyattsville, Maryland
Allied Chemical & Dye Corporation B . Nitrogen Division, Hopewell
Allison, A. H. 1 . Onley
Alrich, Dr. E. Meredith 9 . Univ. of Va. Hospital, Charlottesville
Alter, Dr. Bruno E. K., Jr. 2 . Dept, of Physics, Randolph-Macon
Woman’s College, Lynchburg
American Tobacco Company B . Research Lab., Petersburg Pike,
Richmond
Ammerman, Don J. c, 2 . 1501 Park Street, Richmond 28
Amore, Dr. Thomas 5 . Cardinal Products, Inc., P.O. Box 1611,
Durham, N. C.
Amos, John M. 4 . Price Hall, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Anderson, A. H. 1 . Forest Supervisor, U.S.D.A., George Wash¬
ington National Forest, Harrisonburg
Anderson, Mrs. John Wm. 11,4 . 4404 West Franklin St., Richmond
—Anderson, Stewart W. 7, 6 . V. M. I., Lexington
Andrako, Dr. John 5, 9 , Dept, of Chemistry, MCV Station, Richmond 19
Anderws, Dr. Jay 4 . Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Gloucester Point
Andrews, Robert S. Jr. 10, 12 . Box 377, Framingham, Mass.
— Anslow, W. Parker, Jr. 9 Bennington Rd., Hessian Hills, Charlottesville
*Armistead, Fontaine C . 7611 Sweetbriar Rd., Richmond 26
Armstrong, Dr. Alfred R. 5 . 510 Newport Ave., Williamsburg
Arrintgon, Dr. George E. 9 . McGuire Vet. Adm. Hosp., Richmond
Artz, Miss Lena 4, 8 . Waterlick
Ashley, Roy 5 . 5304 Michael Ave., Richmond
Atkins, Dr. H. Pearce 2 . 1612 Bellevue Ave., Richmond 27
Austin, John M. 11,5 . Route 2, Farmville
* Baber, Clinton W. 5, 7 . Apartado 769, Caracas, Venezuela
Bachrach, Arthur J. 10 . Div. of Behavioral Science, Univ. of
Va. Med. School, Charlottesville
Bagley, Virginia S. 4 . Biology Dept., Col. of Wm. & M., Norfolk
Bahous, Mrs. C. Ruth 2 . 410 Westwood Ave., Lynchburg
Bailey, Dr. John Wendell 4 . 27 Willway Rd., Richmond 26
Bain, Mrs. Carl E. 11, 5 . 109 Maple Ave., Richmond 26
—Baker, Dr. T. Nelson 5 . Virginia State College, Petersburg
Baldock, Dr. Russell 2, 5 . 114 Ogontz Lane, Oak Ridge, Tenn.
**Baldwin, Dr. J. T., Jr. . College of Wm. & M., Williamsburg
BalHngall, J. M. 2 . 4267 S. 35th St., Arlington 6
Balthis, Thomas A. 5 . 3333 Stuart Ave., Richmond 21
Bane, Ruby K. 5, 9 . 2623 Hanover Ave., Apt. 4, Richmond
Banghart, Dr. Frank W. 12 . 1518 Oxford Rd., Charlottesville
Bargmann, Dr. Rolf E. 12
109 Upland Road, Blacksburg
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
233
Barker, John G. 4 .
— Bartsch, Dr. Paul 4, 8 .
Bass, Dr. B. C. 1 .
Bass, Charles E. 8 .
—Bateman, Robert C. 5 .
Banm, Parker B. 5 .
—Baxter, Dr. Donald L. 9
Baylor, Crews B. 11 .
Beach, Miss Marv Leigh 3 .
Beall, Mrs. Agnes K. 5, 9 .
Beams, Dr. Jesse W. 2 .
Beattv, M. Edwin 4, 8 .
Becker, Mrs. Mariana 11 .
^Bell, C. Cooper, Jr. 9 .
Belcher, Gladys H. 4 .
Bennett, Melvin B. 5 .
—Bell, Dr. Wilson B .
Benoit, Dr. E. Paul 10, 6
Benton, Prof. Arthur F. 5 .
Benton, James E. 11, 5 .
Berkey, William M. 7 .
Berkeley, Dr. Edward 4 .
Berne-Alien, Dr. Allan 5, 7 .
Berry, Rodney C., Jr. 5 .
Berry, Rodney C., Sr. 5 .
Betts, Edwin M. 4 .
— Bevan, Dr. Arthur 8 .
Bice, Prof. Raymond C., Jr. 10
—Bickers, Dr. William .
Bierhorst, Dr. David 4 .
Bill, Miss Margaret E. 5 .
Bird, George C. 5 .
-Bird, Lloyd C. 3 .
—Black, Dr. Zoe 4 .
Blackwell, Jane 11, 5 .
Blair, Miss Barbara 5 .
Blake, Dr. Archie 12 .
Blake, Dr. John A. 10 .
Biology Dept., Radford College, Radford
. Gimston Hall Rd., Lorton
. Box 607, Blacksburg
. Box 43, Stephens City
. 8410 Spalding Dr., Richmond 26
. 603 Burleigh Ave., Norfolk 5
. 471 Briarhiil Rd., Springfield,
Delaware County, Penna.
. 6503 Boatwright Dr., Richmond 26
. Box 151, Arlington
. 3528 Amherst St., Norfolk
. . Box 1882, Univ. Station, Charlottesville
. 6029 — Bonneau Rd., Richmond 27
. 119 E. Ocean Ave., Norfolk
. 710 Keats Rd., Richmond 29
. White Marsh
. 210 Defense Ave., Sandston
. V. P. I., Blacksburg
. The Partridge Schools, Springfield
. Cobb Chemical Lab., Univ. Station,
Charlottesville
. 1000 North Lombardy St., Richmond 20
9501 Bonnie Dale Rd., Richmond 26
. Box 111-A, R.D. 2, Charlottesville
144 N. Washington Dr., St. Armands Key,
Sarasota, Florida
. 808 Bliley Rd., Richmond 25
. 5907 Brookfield Rd., Richmond 27
. Box 3203, University
. Churchville
. Peabody Hall, U. of Va.,
Charlottesville
. Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond
. Dept, of Botany, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York
. care, Mrs. E. L. McIntosh, Hugenot Rd.,
Richmond 25
. Phipps & Bird, Box 2 V, Richmond
. 303 South 6th St., Richmond
Box 1171 College Station, Fredericksburg
. Box 514, South Boston
. Dept, of Biochemistry, Univ. of
Virginia, Medical School, Charlottesville
. 2133 N. Circle Dr., Ann Arbor, Mich.
. 6707 Stuart Ave., Richmond
234 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Bland, Rudolph J., Jr. C, 8 . 3218 Rueger St., Richmond 26
Bland, William M. 7, 2 . 240 Monte Vista Ave., Charlottesville
* Blank, Grace J. 9 . 606 Chandler Court, Williamsburg
Blaser, Dr. R. E. 1,4, 12 . V. P. I., Blacksburg
Blincoe, Dr. J. W. 2 . Ashland
Bliss, Dr. Laura 5 . 225 S. Princeton Circle, Lynchburg
— Blomquist, Dr. John H. 7, 5 . 1210 Chatham Rd., Waynesboro
Blue, Dr. John T., Jr. 10 . Virginia State College, Norfolk
Blumenthal, Alan H. 7, 10 . 627 G Street, S. E., Washington, D. C.
Bobb, Dr. Marvin L. 4 . Piedmont Fruit Research Labatory,
Charlottesville
Bodenstein, Prof. Dietrich 4 . Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Va.,
Charlottesville
Boger, Jack Holt 6 . 8807 Turnbull Ave., Richmond
Boggess, Charles S. 5 . 4050 Forest Hill Ave., Richmond 25
* Boggs, Prof. Isabel 2 . 14 Parkmont Apts., Lynchburg
Boldridge, Frank 5 . 305 Henry St., Ashland
-Bond," Dr. W. R., Jr. 9 . Rt. 2, Box 106, Midlothian
—Boozer, Miss Mary E. 12 . 1140 West Grace St., Richmond 20
Borzelleca, Dr. Joseph F. 9 . Dept, of Pharmacology, MCV Station,
Richmond 19
Bose, Dr. Smritimoy 4 . Dept, of Horticulture, Purdue University,
Lafayete, Indiana
**Bosher, Dr. Lewis H., Jr . MCV Station, Richmond 19
Bouton, Dr. S. Miles, Jr. 9 . Rt. 1, Cherry Hill Farm, Evington
Bowen, Dr. Leroy E. 1 . 505 Elmwood Ave., Lynchburg
Bowers, Dr. Russell V. 9 . 3601 Mechanicsville Pike, Richmond
Bowles, John L. 8 . 5330 Chamberlain Ave., Chevy Chase 15, Md.
Bowles, Miles C. 3 . P. O. Box 246, Accomac
Bowman, Edward R. 6, 9 . Dept, of Pharmacology, MCV Station,
Richmond 19
—Bowman, Dr. Paul W. 4 . 3114 5th Street, North, Arlington
Bowman, Dr. Raymond P. G. 6 . 609 Progress St., Blacksburg
Bowman, S. D. 4, 8 . 1435 Main Street, S.W., Roanoke
—Boyer, Dr. Win. P. 5 . Director of Research, Virginia-Carolina
Chemical Corp., Richmond
Bozeman, Herman H. 6 . Norfolk Div., Virginia State College, Norfolk
Bradfield, W. E. 10, 6 . Box 795, Pearisburg
Bradley, Frank D. 3 . 4249 25th Street, North, Arlington 7
—Brand, Dr. Eugene D. 9 . Dept, of Pharmacology, Univ. Hosp.,
Charlottesville
Brice, Dr. Luther K., Jr. 5 . Chemistry Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg
Bridges, Troy D. 11, 5 . 2012 Adams Lane, Falls Church
Brinkley, Mrs. Bernice N. 11,4 . Clover
Bristol, Mrs. Roger P. 8 . 1808 Barracks Rd., Charlottesville
Proceedings 1959-1960
235
1960]
— Brittingham, Dr. William H. 1 . Box 2160, Norfolk 1
*Brogden, C. E. 5 . 11 Greenway Lane, Richmond 26
Brooks, Clyde J. 5 . Morton Mfg. Co., Newport News
Brown, Earle S., Jr. C, 5 . 1719y2 North 21st Street, Richmond 23
*Brown, Erederick L. 2 . 308 Montebello Circle, Charlottesville
Brown, Irby H. 5 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond
Brown, Dr. J. Stanley 4 .... Dept, of Biology, Emoiy & Henry Col., Emory
Brown, Dr. Paul L. 4 . Norfolk Div., Va. State Col., Norfolk
Brown, Dr, W. Horatio 8 . Austinville
Brown, Lt. Col, Warren W. 5, 6, 11 . Box 73, Kable Sta., Staunton
Brubaker, Dr. Kenton K. 1, 4 . EMC Harrisonburg
Bruce, A. C. 7 . P. O. Box 196, Blacksburg
Bruce, Dr. Robert E. 11, 2 . P. O. Box 385, Staunton
Brugh, Joseph F. 2,4,6 . 1846 Oakland St., Petersburg
* Brumfield, Dr. Robert T. 4 . Longwood College, Farmville
—Bruner, B. M. 5 . 105 North Wilton Rd., Richmond 21
Bryan, James W. C, 8 . Box 495, Pearisburg
Bryant, R. E., Jr. 5 . 2623 Linbrook Dr., Richmond
Bull, Fred W. 7, 5 . V. P. I., Blacksburg
Bullington, Dr. W. E. 4 . Randolph-Macon Col., Ashland
Bully, Miss Kathryn 4 . 216 West Queen St., Hampton
—Burch, John B. 4 . Museum of Zoology, Univ. of Mich.,
Ann Arbor, Mich.
—Burger, Miss Eliazbeth 4 . Longwood College, Farmville
Burke, Barbara E. 7, 5 . 2550 Ross Rd., Apt. 104, Silver Spring, Md.
—Burke, Jack D. 4 . Biology Dept., University of Richmond
—Burns, Prof. G. Preston 2 .... P. O .Box 1005, College Sta., Fredericksburg
Burton, Willard W. 5 . 6556 Hagueman Dr., Richmond 25
Butler, James T. 5 . 1204 Bobbiedell Lane, Richmond 26
Buxton, Dr. W. D. 9 . Univ. of Va. Hosp., Charlottesville
Byrn, Mrs. Jane N. 4, 5 - . 80 Main Street, Warwick
Byrne, Col. William E. 2 . Box 836, Lexington
Cabrera, Dr. N. 2, 5 . Dept, of Physics, Univ. of Va., McCormick Rd.,
Charlottesville
—Caldwell, Paul N. 11, 4 . 2784 Westhampton Ave., S.W., Roanoke
Callahan, William H . 1 Rowe Place, Franklin, N. J.
Calver, James L. 8 . Box 3667, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Calvin, Dr. Allen 10 . Psychology Dept., Hollins Col., Hollins
Calvin, L. W. 10 . 1620 Monument Ave., Richmond
Camp, David S. 10 . 232 Griffin Ave., Williamsburg
Campliell, Addison D. 2 . . . 8520 Julian Rd., Richmond 26
*Caminita, Mrs. B. H. 3 . 501 North Lincoln St., Arlington
Canham, R. G. 5 . . . . . 590 Burnham Lane, Williamsburg
Cardell, Robert E., Jr. C, 4 . Biology Dept., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
236
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
* Carmen, George Gay 2 . 3907 W. Franklin St., Riehmond 21
Games, Mary Beverly 9, 4, 5 . 663 Montrose Ave., Roanoke
—Carpenter, D. Rae, Jr. 2 . 313 Letcher Ave., Lexington
—Carroll, Dorothy 8 . U. S. Geological Survey, Washington 25, D. C.
Carroll, Robert P. Robert 4 . Box 613, Lexington
Carter, Miss Linda L. 10 . Children’s Service Center Univ. Hosp.
Charlottesville
Carver, Dr. Merton E. 10 . University of Richmond
— Carv, Miss M. Katherine 9, 5 . Box 817, MCV Sta., Richmond
Cary, Dr. Roderick C. 5 . 901 West Franklin St., Richmond 20
Cash, W. W., Jr. 5 . Rt. 2, Box 150, Eagle Rock
Castor, W. S., Jr. 5 . 2212 Taylor Farm Rd., Lynchburg
Chace, F. M. 8 The M. A. Hanna Co., 1300 Leader Bldg., Cleveland, O.
Chamberlain, Dr. J. L. 4 Dept, of Biologv, R.-M.W.C., Lvnchbiirg
—Chapman, Dr. Douglas C 9 . 324 Clovelly Rd., Richmond
—Chappell, Dr. Wilbert 5 . Madison College, Harrisonburg
—Charlton, Mrs. T. R. 11,9 Calthrops Neck Rd., Rt. 1, Box 123, Tabbs
Chase, H. M. 5 . 158 West Main St., Danville
Chesson, R. R. 5 . 6 Lexington Rd., Richmond 26
Chevalier, Dr. Paul L. 9 . 11 East Franklin St.,, Richmond
Chew, Victor 12 . Box 517, Dahlgren
Chi Beta Phi, Iota Sigma Chapter Radford College, Radford
Choate, M. S., Jr. 10 . 812 Park Ave., Richmond 20
Christie, Thomas H. 11 . 3713 W. Washington Blvd., Arlington
Chnmney, Richard D 1 . Box 1163, Richmond 9
— Churchill, Miss Helen 4, 3, 9 . Hollins College, Hollins
Clagne, Prof. W. Donald 5, 9 . Bridgewater
Claiborne, Miss Imogene B. 5 . 2413 Terrell Place, Lvnchbiirg
Clay, John W. 7 . Box 565, Tappahannock
Clayton, Dr. C. C. 5 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
Clayton, Dr. R. A. 5 , Research Lab., American Tobacco Co., Richmond
Clough, Dr. O. W. 9 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
Cocke, E. C. 4 . College Station, Winston-Salem, N. C.
Coclcerille, Dr. F. O. 5 . Greenwood
Cogbill, Dr. E. C. 5 . American Tobacco Co. Research Lab.,
Petersburg Pike, Richmond
Cole, Cletns A. 10 . 3414 N. Kensington St., Arlington
—Cole, Dr. James W., Jr. 5 . Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville
Coleman, Arthur P., Jr. 11,4,9 . 1053 N. Chambliss, Alexandria
Coleman, C. S. 1, 8 ‘ . P. O. Box 194, Fairfax
—Coleman, George W., Jr. 4, 5, 2 . 621 Staunton Ave., N.W., Roanoke
Coleman, John S. 2, 6 . 3010 N. Florida St., Arlington 7
^College of William and Mary . Williamsburg
Collins, Beth, C, 4 . 801 Illinois Ave., Salem
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
237
Gompton, Dr. Jack 4, 5 . Institute of Textile Teehnology, Charlottesville
Congclon, Dr. Wm. J. 8 . 200 Ramsey Ave., Hopewell
Conn, Mrs. Garland J. 11 . 42 Brandon Rd., Newport News
Cook, Mrs. F. Hartwick 2, 5, 12 . Alton State Hospital, Alton, Ill.
Cool, Dr. R. D. 5 . Madison College, Harrisonburg
Cooper, Dr. Bvron N. 8, 7 . Box 634, Blacksburg
Cooper, Miss Franees 5, 4 . 1301 Third St., S.W., Roanoke
—Cooper, Dr. Pascal W. 5 . 301 Ohio Ave., Harrisonburg
Copeland, Graham 1 . 1112 State Office Bldg., Richmond
Cornfield, Jerome 12 . R.F.D. 2, Herndon
Cotting, Mrs. Ed. L. 9 . 1213 Rowe St., Fredericksburg
*Coty, O. N. 5 . 515 Ridge Top Rd., Richmond 26
Couper, Dr. Monroe 5 . 1925 Cherokee Rd., Waynesboro
Courtnev, Welbv G. 5 . Experiment Inc., Richmond
*Cox, Edwin 5 . Holly Hill, Aylett
Cox, Edwin L. 12, 4 . Biometrical Services, ARS, Plant Industrv Div.,
Beltsville, Md.
Cox, Edwin III 5, 7 . Holly Hill, Avlett
-Cox, Mary Lee 11,5,4 . 3654 Radford St., Norfolk 13
Cox, Norman R. 5 . . . 5209 Forest Hill Ave., Riehmond
—Craighead, R. A . General Offiee Building, N. &W. R., Roanoke
Crandall, Dorothv L. 4 . Box 278, R.M.W. College, Lvnehburg
—Crawford Staurt C. 5,4,7 . Box 124, Franklin
Cravton, Frank H. 4 . 6312 Glyndon Lane, Richmond 25
Crim, David M. 2, 11 . V. M. L, Lexington
Crimm, Prof. S. H. 4, 11 . Glasboro State College, Glasboro, N. J.
— Groitendon, Dr. Eugene D. 5, 1 . Nitrogen Div., Allied Ghemical &
Dye Gorp., Hopewell
Gross, Herbert J. 10 . Box 1047, Univ. of Riehmond
Groueh, Joseph P. 9 . 4600 Eastover Ave., Richmond 31
Growell, Prop Thomas I. 5 . Gobb Ghemical Lab., Gharlottesville
Grownfield, Frederic R. 2 . 312 Gary St., Williamsburg
Gruser, Melvin E., Jr. 2 . 5305 Lakeside Dr., Virginia Beach
—Cummins, Dr. Milton D. 9 . 1001 West Franklin St., Richmond 20
— Daffin, Prof. John B. 5, 2 . Mary Baldwin College, Staunton
Dancy, William H. Jr. 2 . Rt. 4, Box 141, Charlottesville
*Darden, Prof. Colgate W., Jr . 1013-14 Bank of Com. Bldg., Norfolk
Daughtrey, Mrs. William H. 4 . 4307 South 16th St., Arlington
**Davenport & Company . 1113 E. Main St., Richmond
David, Dr. H. A. 12 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.L, Blacksburg
Davies, Dr. E. F. S. 6 . Va State College, Petersburg
—Davies, William E .8 . 125 W. Greenway Blvd., Falls Ghurch
Davis, Donald 4 . 1163 Tyler Ave., Newport News
—Davis, James H. 8 . 3207 Inwood Dr., Houston, Texas
238 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
—Davis, Lloyd H. 5, 2 . Box 1895, Richmond 15
Davis, Thursa F. 5 . Va. State College, Petersburg
DeArmon, Ira A., Jr. 12 . 508 Military Rd., Frederick, Md.
Deck, Dr. J. David 9 . Dept, of Anatomy, Univ. of Va. Hosp.,
Charlottesville
Decker, Miss Marv G. 5 . 1014 Long St., Charlottesville
Delk, J. A. 11,4 . 816 Appomattox St., Hopewell
DelPriore, Francis R. 12 . Rt. 2, Box 22, Arnold, Md.
Dent, Dr. J. N. 4 . Dept, of Biology, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Derting, John F. 8, 1 . 152 North Lake Dr., Manassas
Dewey, Dr. Lovell J. 5 . Box 726, MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Diana, Dr. Leonard M. 2 . 4111 Hillcrest Rd., Richmond 25
Diana, Dr. Pearl B. 10 . 4111 Hillcrest Rd., Richmond 25
Dickey, Dr. R. W. 2 . 32 University Place, Lexington
Dietrick, L. B. 1 . 506 Preston Ave., Blacksburg
Dinwiddie, Dr. J. G. 5 . 620 Walnut Ave., Waynesboro
Dodd, Dr. Eileen K. 10 . Box 1205, College Station, Fredericksburg
Doerhoefer, Basil 8 . Longview Lane, Upper River Rd., Louisville, Ky.
Doub, W. H., Jr. 10 . 6623 Wexford Lane, Richmond 25
Dovel, Anne Hundley 5 . Nurses Home Memorial IIo.sp.,
Wilmington 6, Delaware
Dow Chemical Companv B . Attn: O. R. Mclntire, Technical Dir.,
Textile Fiber Dept., James River Riv., Williamsburg
Dryer, Mrs. Hilda V. 11, 4 . 1916 N. Lexington St., Arlington 5
Duford, Dr. Robert H. 10 . Psvchologv Dept., Univ. of Richmond
Duke, Miss Martha W. 4, 11 . 721 Park St., Charlottesville
* Duncan, Dr. Cecil E. 2 . 865 Thorn wood Dr., Palo Alto, Calif.
*Duncan, Mrs. Geraldine 9 . 8808 Marchant Ave., Atascadero, Calif.
Dunlap, Miss Elizabeth 11 . Spring Farm, Lexington
Dunton, Dr. E. M., Jr. 1 . R.F.D. 1, Box 133, Painter
***DuPont Mrs. Alfred I . Nemours, Wilmington, Del.
E. I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc. B . Textile Fibers Dept., Richmond
Dyer, Edward R., Jr. 2 . Leander-McCormick Observatory,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville
Eades, Dr. James B. 7 . Box 351, V. P. I., Blacksburg
Eades, James L. 8 . 1528 Westwood Ave., Charlottesville
—Eddy, C. Vernon 6 . Box 58, Winchester
Edgerton, J. Wilbert 10 . 700 E. Jefferson St., Charlottesville
—Edmonds, Marvin D. 5 . 1315 Foster Rd., Richmond 26
Edmundson, Dr. R. S. 8 . 1411 Virginia Ave., Charlottesville
Edwards, Dr. Leslie E. 9 Dept, of Physiology, M.C.V., Sta., Richmond 19
Eheart, James F. 5, 1 . V. P. I., Blacksburg
Eisenhart, Dr Churchill 12 . Natl. Bu. of Standards, Washington, D. C.
Ei.ser, Arthur L. 4 . 921 Yale Ave., Munice, Ind.
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
239
Elder, John H. 5, 1 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond
Elder, John W., Jr. 1,4 . . . Box 145, Madison
Ellett, Virginia C. 11 . Thomas Jefferson H. S., Richmond 21
Ellison, Robert Lee 8 . 2503 Brunswick Rd., Charlottesville
^Emmett, Dr. J. M. 9 . C & O Hospital, Clitfon Forge
-Engel, Dr. R* W. 5 . V. P. L, Blacksburg
—English, Prof. Bruce V. 2 . 109 Arlington, Ashland
Enrick, Norbert Lloyd 12 . care. Institute of Textile Technology,
Charlottesville
Essary, Prof. E. O. 1 . Poultry Dept, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Esso Standard Oil Company B . Atten.: C. C. Pembroke, Broad &
Hamilton Sts., Richmond
Evert, Dr. Henry 4, 5 . 11 Harvard St, Garden City, N. Y.
—Experiment Incorporated . Box 1-T, Richmond 2
— Farlowe, Vivian 4 . Box 1243, 1900 West Polk St., Chicago 12, Ill.
"^Faulconer, Dr. Robert Jameson 9 . Dept, of Pathology, DePaul Hos.,
Norfolk
Ferneyhough, Dr. Robert S. 9 . 810 Lee St, Warrenton
—Fields, Dr. Victor H. 5 . Box 32, Hampton In.st., Hampton
Filer, Dr. Robert J. 10 . Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
Fillinger, Harriett H. 5, 2 . The Inn, Wise
Finch, Earl A. 1, 12 . 1311 Hillside Ave., Richmond
Finger, Prof. Frank W. 10 . Peabody Hall, University
First and Merchants National Bank B . Atten.: Mr. R. T. Marsh,
President, Richmond 17
Fischer Dr. Ernst 9, 4 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
Fish, Prof. F. H. 5 . Box 702, Blacksburg
Fisher, Dr. Robert A. 7, 5 . 106 Cohee Rd., Blacksburg
— Fitzroy, Herbert W. K. 6 . 1 West Main St., Richmond Area
University Center, Richmond
Flagg, Raymond O. C, 4 . Box 85, Boyce
Flemer, Capt. John 7 . Oakgrove
Fletcher, F. P. 9 . 2319 East Broad St., Richmond
Flint, Dr. Franklin F. 4 . Box 254, R.-M. W. C., Lynchburg
— Flory, Dr. Walter S. Jr. 4, 1 . Blandy Exper. Farm, Boyce
Flowers, Wm. L. 5 . 8719 Weldon Dr., Richmond
—Floyd, Miss Susie V. 4 . 46 Hopkins St, Hilton Village
Foltin, Dr. Edgar N. 10 . Chatham College, Woodland Rd.,
Pittsburgh 32, Pa.
—Forbes, Dr. Allan L. 9 . Medical Service, McGuire Vet. Adm.
Hosp., Richmond
*Forbes, Dr. J. C. 5, 9, 2 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond 19
—Freer, Prof. Ruskin 4, 8 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Freitag, Mrs. Herta Taussing 2 . Hollins College, Hollins
240 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
—French, G. Talbot 1,4 . 1510 Wilmington Ave., Richmond 27
French, R. H. 5 . Longwod College, Farmville
Freimd, Dr. Jack 9, 5 . 622 N. Boulevard, Richmond
Friedman, Samuel J. 2, 5 . 840 Jefferson Ave., Wavnesboro
^Froehling & Robertson, Inc. 814 West Carv St., Richmond
— Fnqna, Mrs. F. C. 9 . 3005 Linden Ave., Fredericksburg
Fnrtsch, Dr. E. F. 5,6 . P.O. Box 618, Blacksburg
Gager, Forrest L., Jr. 5 7313 Lee Circle, Richmond 25
**Gaines, Prof. Robert E. 2 . 3 Bostwick Lane, Univ. of
Richmond, Richmond
Galidas, Panos 7 . 813 S. Lee St., Alexandria
Gamble, Samuel J. R. 5 . Lvnchbnrg College, Lynchburg
Gant, Dr. James Q . 1726 M St., N.W., Washington 6, D. C.
Garner, W. N. 4, 6 . 128 Lewis Ave., Salem
Garber, Louis L. 10 . Box 1080, Staunton
Garretson, Harold H. 5 . Lvnchbnrg College, Lynchburg
Garrett, Dr. H. E. 10 . 1872 Winston Rd., Charlottesville
Garrett, Dr. Richard E. 2 Box 615, Hollins College, Hollins
Geldard, Dr. Frank A. 10 1900 Edgewood Lane, Charlottesville
Gemmill, Chalmers L. 9 Dept, of Pharmacologv, Univ. of Virginia,
Charlottesville
General Electric Gompanv B . Atten,; Paul R. Thompson,
150 Roanoke Blvd., Salem
Gerken, G. M. 10 . Dept, of Psvch., U. of Va., Charlottesville
German, Dr. Leslie 5 . 303 Letcher Ave., Lexington
Gibson, Prof. Theodore 2 . Wise
Gilbert, Ray C. 8 . Austinville
Gildea, Prof. R. E. L. 7 . Cobham
Gildersleeve, Benjamin 8 . 5811 North 19th St., Arlington 5
Gillespie, Dr. J. Samuel, Jr. 5, 7 . 22 Maxwell Rd., Richmond 26
Gillespie, Robert F., Jr. 4 . Va. Episcopal Schol, Lynchburg
Gilliam, ajne E. 11,2,5 . Box 52, Phenix
Gilmer, Prof. Thomas E. 2 . Hampden-Sydnev
Gilmer, Dr. T. E., Jr. 2 . 102 Allendale Court, Blacksburg
Gilreath, Dr. E. S. 5 . Box 745, Lexington
—Gladding, R. N. 5 . American Tob. Research Lab., 400 Peters¬
burg Pike, Richmond
Gladding, Mrs. Walter 5, 9 . 1613 Park Ave., Richmond 20
Gladstone, Irwin M. 7 . Ill Greenway Dr., Portsmouth
*Glass, Jewel J. 8 . U. S. Geological Snrvev, Washington 25, D. G.
Glenn, Dr. William A. 12 . 1011 Draper Rd., Blacksburg
Glick, Rudolph A. 2 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
-Clock, Dr. Eugene 5 . American Tob. Co., Research Lab., Richmond
*^*Goethe, C. M . 720 Capital National Bank Bldg., Sacramento, Calif.
Proceedings 1959-1960
241
1960]
—Goldstein, Dr. Lewis C . 1102 West Ave., Rielimoiid 20
Gooch, Edwin O. 8 . 1443 Westwood Rd., Gliarlottesville
Goodfriend, Dr. Paul Louis 5, 2 . Dept, of Glicmistry, Gol. of Wm. &
Mary, Williamsburg
Gordon, Elmer L. 5 . 404 North 12th St., Riehmond
Gordon, John R. 2 . 759 E Street, Harrisonburg
Gould, Henry W. 2 . West Virginia Univ., Dept, of Mathematies,
Morgantown, W. Va.
Gourley, Dr. D. R. H. 9 . Univ .of Va. Med. School, Gliarlottesville
— Goyete, Dr. Lewis E. 4 . 4013 Mt. Vernon St., Riehmond 27
Graf, Dr G. G. 1 . Dept, of Dairy Sci., V.P.L, Rlaeksburg
Gray, Garolyn E 4 . 1316 Atlanta Ave., Portsmouth
Gary, Dr. Glarence G. Ill 5, 1 . P.O. Box 537, Va. State Gob, Petersburg
Graybeal, Prof. PI. C. 6 . Box 1204, Radford College, Radford
Grayson, Dr. James MeD. 4 . 1300 Oak Dr., Blacksburg
Green, Mrs. Meredith W. 10 . 435 Mosby St., Winchester
Green, Ralph E. 2 . 3015-A, Woodrow Ave., Richmond
Greene, Frank L. 5 . 3805 Caulder Court, Richmond
Greenway, Roy D. 7 . 1818 Chesterfield Ave., McLean
Griffin, Pearl C. 5 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Grizzard, Miss Alice E. 11, 4 . 109 North Plum St., Richmond 20
Gross, W. B. 9 . care. Animal Pathology, V.P.L Blacksburg
Grossniekle, Dr. Thurman T. 5 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
Grove, Mrs. Phyllis S. 5 . 1415 Cornet Dr., Richmond 29
Groves, Dr. A. B. 1,4, 5,3 . Winchester
— Guerry, Dr. DuPont, 111 9 . 2015 Monument Ave., Riehmond 20
Gupton, Oscar W. 4 . 184 Daniels Rd., Chapel Hill, N. C.
Gushee, Beatrice E. 5 . Hollins College, Hollins
Guthrie, John D. 1 “Vhlle View”, Charlote Court House
Guthrie, Peter M. 10 . 1018 Capitol Landing Rd., Williamsburg
*Guy, Dr. William G. 5 . Box 1274, Williamsburg
*Gwathmey, Dr. Allan T. 5 . Cobb Chem. Lab., University
Gwathmey, Mrs. Allen T. 6 . Dawson’s Row, U. of Va., Charlottesville
—Haag, Dr. H. B. 9 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond
Hack, Dr. John T. 8 . U. S. Geological Survey, Washington 25, D. C.
Hackman, Miss Joanna C, 5 . 8 Monroe Terrace, Radford
Hackney, R. P. 5 . 4500 Hanover Ave., Richmond 21
Hahn, J. F. 10 . Peabody Hall, Charlottesville
Hahn, Dr. T. M., Jr. 2 . Dept, of Physics, V.P.L, Blacksburg
Hale, Barbara M. 5, 4 . 51 Malvern Ave, Richmond 21
Hallock, Dr. Daniel L. 1 . Holland
-Ham, Dr. William T., Jr. 2 . P.O. Box 816, MCV Sta., Richmond Va.
Hardley, C. O., Jr. 4 . U. S. Nat. Mus., Washington 25, D. C.
Handy, E. S. C. 4, 10 . Box 57, Oakton
242 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
**Hanmer, H. Rupert 5 . 400 Petersburg Turnpike, Richmond 24
Hanna, Dr. Bertram L. 12, 9 . M.C.V. Sta., Richmond 19
Hanselman, Miss Louise 5 . 603 South Davis Ave., 5, Richmond 20
—Hansen, Prof. P. Arne 3, 4 . Dept. Microbiology, U. of Md.,
College Park, Md.
Harcum, Dr. E. Rae 10 . 482 Penniman Rd., Williamsburg
Hardcastle, James E. 5 . Rt. 10, Box 270- A, Richmond
Hargis, Dr. Wm. J., Jr. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point
Harker, Joseph N., Jr. 2, 11 . 2302 Wycliffe Ave., S.W., Roanoke
* Harlan, Dr William R. 5 . 329 Greenway Lane, Richmond
*Harlow, Edward S. 5 . Stuart Court Apts. 303, 1600 Monument Ave.,
Richmond 20
Harnsberger, W. T., Jr. 8 . 2325 Crestmont Ave., Charlottesville
Harowitz, Charles L. 5 . 7804 Meherrin Rd., Richmond
Plarrell, Dr. Bryant 5 . Dept, of Chemistry, Col. of Wm. & Mary,
Williamsburg
Harrell, Cleon 12 . Princess Anne
—Harrell, Ruth Fhnn 10 . 6411 Powhatan Ave., Norfolk 8
Harrington, Mrs. Betrice A. 2 . 2024 Barton Ave., Richmond 22
Harris, Dr. Isabel 2 . 6411 Three Chopt Rd., Richmond
—Harris, Dr. Orville R. 2, 7 . 908 Rosser Lane, Charlottesville
Harris, Dr. William E. 10 . . . Bon Air
Harrison, Edward T., Jr. C, 4 . Box 1307, Va. State Col., Petersburg
Harrison, Dr. J. Peachy 5 . Monroe Terrace, Apt. 6-E, Richmond 20
— Harshbarger, Dr. Boyd 12 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I., Blacksburg
*Hartung, Walter H. 5 . M.C.V. Sta., Richmond 19
— Harvie, Lewis E. 4 . Dept, of Biology, U. of Va., Charlottesville
—Hay, N. R. T. 8 . . Four Winds, Mendham, N. J.
Haygood, Neal T. 5 . 2447 South Lowell St., Arlington
Haynes, Mrs. Donald H. 5 . 473 Beacon St., Boston, Mass.
Heatwole, Mrs. B. G. 11, 2 . 1411 Churchville Ave., Staunton
Hedgepeth, Rodger 7 . Box 405, Blacksburg
—Heflin, Col. S. M. 2 . 508 Highland Rd., Lexington
Hegre, Dr. Erling S. 9 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Heisey, Dr. Lowell 5, 3 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
—Hembree, Dr. Howard W. 10 . 2720 Forest Hills Rd., Petersburg
Hench, Miles E . 4802 Kensington Ave., Richmond
—Henderson, R. G. 1,4 . Blacksburg
Henneman, Dr. Richard H. 10 . Psychology Lab., University
Hereford, Dr. F. L. 2 . Dept, of Physics, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Hering, Mrs. T. T. 4, 2, 11 . P.O. Box 87, Stuarts Draft
Herr, J. M., Jr. 4 . Dept, of Biology, U. of S. C, Columbia, S. C.
Hester, Mrs. John E. 4, 7 . 916 Onslow Dr., Greensboro, N. C.
Heyn, Dr. A. N. 2, 5 . 5027 Devonshire Rd., Richmond 25
Proceedings 1959-1960
243
1960]
Pliggins, Dr. Edwin S. 9, 5 .... Dept, ol Biochem., MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Hildreth, Dr. H. M. 10 . 7607 Lakeview Dr., Falls Church
Hill, C. H. 4 . 447 N. Braddock St., Winchester
Hill, Janies P., Jr. 4, 5 . 1031 Homestead Dr., Salem
Hillsman, Overton L . 5814 Crestwood Ave., Richmond 26
Hinton, Dr. William 10 . 15 Jordan St., Lexington
Hoak, James F. 2 . Luray
Hobbs, Herman H. 2 . 301 S. Jefferson St.^ Arlington 4
Hobbs, Prof. Horton H., Jr. 4 . 517 Rugby Rd., Charlottesville
—Hock, Hans 5, 2 . MCV Sta., Box 877, Richmond 19
— Hoch-Ligeti, Dr. Cornelia 9 . 1614 Greenleaf Lane, Charlottesville
Hodge, Robert A. 11,4 . 417 Pelham St., Fredericksburg
Hoff, E. C. 9, 4,10 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
—Holcomb, Carl J. 4 . Extension Forester, V.P.L, Blacksburg
—Holland, Charles T. 7 . P.O. Box 836, Blacksburg
Holland, Margaret M. 4 . Dept, of Botany, U. of N. C.,
Chapel Hill, N. C.
* Hollins College . Hollins College, Hollins
Holloway, Harry Lee, Jr. 4 . Roanoke College, Salem
Plolmes, Dr. B. T. 9 . 336 Mero St., Frankfort Ky.
Holmes, J. C. 5 . 519 Tanglewood Rd., Richmond 25
Holt, Dr. Perry C. 4 . Biology Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg
Hopkins, H. Robert 8 . Va. Div. of Geol., Box 3667, Univ. Sta.,
Charlottesville
Horhck, Dr. Reuben S. 10 . 3004 N. Stuart St., Arlington
Horn, Robert H. 11, 5 . Rt. 1, Waynesboro
Horne, Dr. T. J. 1, 6 . 1013 Draper Rd., Blacksburg
* Horowitz, Alan S. 8 . Box 269, Littleton, Colo.
^Horsley, Dr. Guy W. 9 . 617 W. Grace St., Richmond
Horsley, Mrs. Ruth O. 4 . Wingina
Horton, Mrs. Loetta W. 11, 2 . 4431 Hazel Ridge Rd., Roanoke
Hostetter, Dr. D. Ralph 4, 8 . Eastern Mennonite Col., Harrisonburg
Hough, Dr. W. S. 4, 1, 8 . 523 Fairmont Ave., Winchester
Howe, A. Gregory 5 . Div. of Chem., Rm. 1122, State Office Bldg.,
Richmond 19
*Hoxton, L. G. 2 . U. of Va.— McCormick Rd., Dept, of Physics,
Charlottesville
—Hubbard, Robert M. 7, 5 . 311 Montebello Circle, Charlottesville
Hudgins, Webster R. 5 . Port Haywood
— Huf, Dr. Ernst G. 9 . M.C.V. Station, Richmond 19
Hughes, Hansel L. 5 . 1538 W. 50th Street, Norfolk
Hughes, Dr. Roscoe 4, 9 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond
* Humphreys, Dr. Mary E. 4 . Box 127, Mary Baldwin Col., Staunton
Humphreys, Miss M. Gweneth 2 . R.M.W.C., Lynchburg
244
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Hundley, Dr. Louis R. 4 . V.M.I., Dept .of Biology, Lexington
—Hunt, Harvey L. 5, 7, 1 . 1411 N. Shore Dr., Norfolk
—Hunter, Louise S. 2 . Va. State College, Petersburg
Hurley, John F. 10 . 1609 Pinewod St., P'alls Church
Husted, Dr. Ladley 4 . Dept, of Biology, U. of Va., Charlottesville
—Hyde, Dr. Austin T., Jr. 4 . Rutherford Hosp., Rutherfordton, N. C.
Hye, Henry A. Jr. 7 . 4901 Fairmont Ave., Washington 14, D. C.
Ikenberry, Dr. Emmert 2 . 310 West View St., Harrisonburg
—Inge, Dr. Frederick D. 4 . Hampton Institute, Hampton
Ingersoll, Everett H. 9 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
—Ingles, Andrew L. 4 . 1006 3rd St., West, Radford
Insley, Dr. E. G. 5 . 1233 Brent St., PTedericksburg
—Irby, Richard, Jr. 5 . 712 Spottswod Rd., Richmond
Jackson, Auzville, Jr. 7 . Reynolds Metal Bldg., Richmond 18
—Jackson, Dr. PI. W. 4 . Sanitary Engineering Center,
4676 Columbia Parkway, Cincinnati 26, Ohio
Janies, Dr. G. Watson, HI 9 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
James, Col. Harold C. 2, 11, 6 . Kable Station 32, Staunton
Jarman, Dr. A. M. 6, 10 . 1872 Winston Ave., Charlottesville
Jarrand, Dr. Leonard E. 10 . W. & L. Univ., Lexington
-Jeffers, Dr. George W. 4, 11 . Rt. 6, FarmviUe
Jefferson, Miss Betty Lou 11,4 . 1211 Poorest St., Danville
Jeffrey, Jackson E. 4 . Dept, of Anatomy, M.C.V., Sta., Richmond 19
Jeffreys, Dr. A. W., Jr. 10 . Western State Hosp., Staunton
—Jeffreys, George A 3, 5 . P.O. Box 225, Salem
Jennings, Mae 11, 4 . Radford High School, Radford
Johnson, Dr. Harry I. 7, 5, 6 . 429 High St., Salem
Johnson, James A., Jr. 5 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond 19
Johnson, J. H. 6, 5 . Booker T. Washington H. S., Norfolk 4
—Johnson, Rose Mary 4 . Dept, of Biology, Sweet Briar College,
Sweet Briar
Johnston, Dr. Robert A. 10 . Box 255, University of Richmond
—Jones, Arthur R. 2 . 612 N. Main St., Lexington
Jones, Dr. E. Ruffin 4 . Dept, of Biology, U. of Fla., Gainesville, Fla.
Jones, George D. 1, 4 . 309 Caroline St., Orange
Jones, George R. 3 . Luray
Jones, J. Glaggett 5 . 3906 Paterson Ave., Richmond 21
Jones, John G. 1, 4 . 5810 Namagagan Rd., Washington 16, D. C.
—Jones, Mrs. Louise L. 9 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
Jones, Muriel M. 3 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
Jopson, Dr. Harry G. M. 4 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
—Joyner, Dr. W. T. 2 . Physics Dept., Hampden-Sydney Col.,
Hampden-Sydney
Kapp, Mary E. 5 . 901 W. Franklin St., Richmond 20
Proceedings 1959-1960
1960]
Kay, Dr. Saul 9 . MCV Station, Ricliiiiond 19
Kaye, Dr. Sidney 9, 5 . 404 North 12tli St., Richmond 19
Keaeh, Charles G. 10 . 2531 Holmes Run Dr., Falls Church
*Kean, Dr. Robert H. 5 . 32 Old Farm Rd “Bellair”, Charlottesville
Keeble, Prof. W. H. 2 . Box 607, Ashland
—Kell, Dr. Joseph F., Jr. 9 . M.C.V. Station, Richmond 19
Kelly, J. J., Jr. 6 . Wise
Kelly, Dr. John W. 9 . Dept, of Anatomy, MCV Sta., Richmond 19
Kelly, Dr. M. Mae 10 . School Board Office, Pearisburg
Kent, Mrs. Cleo Q. . Naruna, Campbell Co.
Kent, Prof. George W. 10 . Bridgewater
Kepner, Dr. William A. 4 . 29 University Place, University
Kerby, G. F. 5 . 503 Cokesburg Lane, Richmond 29
Kerlin, Russell G. 11, 5 . 206 Batle St., Vienna
Kindred, Dr. J. E. 9 . Box 1873, University Sta., Charlottesville
King, Dr. Kendall W. 3, 4 .. Dept, of Biochem. & Nutr., V.P.I., Blacksburg
Kipps, M. S. 1 . 103 Cohee Rd., Richmond
^Kise, Dr. M. A. 5 . Virginia Smelting Co., W. Norfolk
Kizer, Franklin D. 11 . 7711 Woodman Rd., Richmond 28
Kiinepeter, Donald E. 11,4 . 212 Scott Dr., Fairfax
Koppel, Leopold 5 . 16 West St., Fort Plain, N. Y.
Kramer, Clyde Y. 12 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.L, Blacksburg
Kreshover, Dr. Seymour 9 . 5206 West Cedar Lane, Bethesda, Md.
Kriegman, Mrs. Lois S. 10 . 26 Malvern Ave., Richmond 26
Krug Dr. Robert C. 5 . Dept, of Chemistry, V.P.L, Blacksburg
Kubler, Dr. Donald G. 5 . Box 115, Hampden-Sydney
Kulthau, Dr. A. R. 2 . 1615 Hardwood Ave., Charlottesville
Kunz, Walter B. 5, 2, 6 . American Viscose Corp., Marcus Hook, Pa.
Kurzhals, Peter R. C, 7 . Box 4580, Va. Teeh Station, Blacksburg
Kyle, Z. T., 6, 2 . Supv. of School Libraries & Text Books,
State Dept, of Educ., State Office Bldg., Richmond
Lackey, Miss T. Jacquelyn 11, 4 . 322 Cherry Ave., Hampton
Lacy, O. W. 10 . Trinity College, Hartford 6, Conn.
Lacy, William S. 6 . Ill N. 5th St, Richmond
Lambert, Dean J. Wilfred 10 . College of Wm. & Mary, Wilhamsburg
—Lancaster, J. L. 6 . 416 17th St., N.W., Charlottesville
Lancaster, Morton H. 5, 1 . 404 Glendale Dr., Richmond 29
Lane, Charles F. 8 . Longwood College, Fannville
^Lane, E. H. 5 . The Lane Co., Altavista
Langston, Dr. Henry J. 9 . Cor. Main St. & Jefferson Ave., Danville
LaPrade, J. L. 1,4 . P. O. Box 715, Chatham
*Larew, Dr. Gillie A. 2 . 2301 Rivermont Ave., Lynchburg
Larson, Dr. Paul S. 5, 9 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond
246
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Larus & Brother Company B . Atten.: Mr. A. T.
Webster, Secy.-Treas.,
Richmond 17
—Larus, C. D. 2 . Larus & Bros. Co., 22nd & Cary St., Richmond
—Latham, R. E. 2, 11 . Science Dept., Episcopal H. S., Alexandria
Lautenschlager, E. W. 4 . Dept, of Biology, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Lawless, Dr. Kenneth R. 5 . Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville
* Lawrence, Dr. C. K. 5 . Claremont
Lebo, Dr. Dell 10 . Child Guidance Clinic, 625 Ocean St.,
Jacksonville, Fla.
—Lee, Dr. Claudius 7 . Box 157, Blacksburg
Lee, Prof. Mary Ann 2, 12 . Sweet Briar
Leper, Mrs. Annie S. 5 . 6727 Stuart Ave., Richmond
Lefebure, Paul W. C, 4 . 105 Orchard Ave., Suffolk
Lefever, Miss Grace B. 2 . Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg
Lehman, Robert C. 2 . . Box 81, Eastern Mennonite College, Harisonburg
Leidecker, Prof. Kurt F. 6 . College Station, Box 1246, Fredericksburg
— Leidheiser, Henry, Jr. 5, 2 . Va. Inst. Scientific Research,
326 North Boulevard, Richmond
Leighton, Dr. A. T., Jr. 9 . Poultry Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg
Leone, Dr. Louis A. 9 . 1500 Confederate Ave., Richmond 27
LeVan, Donald C. 8 . 2316 Stadium Rd., Charlottesville
Levin, Neal T. 5 . 250 Mt. Vernon Place, Apt. 10-E, Newark 6, N. J.
**Lewis, Dr. Ivey F. 4 . 1110 Rugby Rd., Charlottesville
Lewis, Mrs. Karen 1. 9 . Hq. MATS, SJA, Scott AFB, 111.
Lewis, Penelope B. 10 . Western State Hosp., Staunton
Lewis, Virginia E. 11, 6 . Culpeper
Lewis, Walter H. C, 4 . Dept, of Biology, Stephen F. Austin Col.,
Nacogdoches, Texas
Likes, Dr. Carl J. 9 . 2006 Hanover Ave., Richmond
Lindzey, Dr. James S. 4 . Patuxent Research Refuge, Laurel, Md.
Line, Dr. Lloyd E., Jr. 2 . Experiment Inc., Richmond
Linfield, Dr. B. Z. 2, 12 . 1324 Hill Top Rd., Charlottesville
Liney, Mrs. Dorothy P. 5 . 554 Almond Dr., Newport News
—Little, Edwin D., Jr. 5 . Box 221, Hopewell
—Littleton, Dr. Leonidas R. 5, 2 . Emory
Lloyd, Dr. Kenneth E. 10 . Dept, of Psych., Washington State CoL,
Pullman, Washington
Lockett, Dr. J. L. 1 . Virginia State College, Petersburg
Loll, Hung-Yu 2 . Box 767, Blacksburg
—Lombardi, Gerado J. 7, 12 . 1705 Indiana, N.E., Albequerque, N. M.
Long, Dr. John H. 2 . R.F.D. 2, Williamsburg
Long, John M. 2, 12, 6 . 224 West 35th St., Norfolk
Loving, Mrs. Virginia K. 11,4 . Stage Junction
Lowry, W. D. 8 . 206 Rose Ave., Blacksburg
Proceedings 1959-1960
247
1960]
— Lundquist, Dr. Eugene 2 . P. O. Box 462, Hampton
Lurate, Lt. Robert B. 8 . Apt. 18-B, Lloydway, Battle Park,
Fort Benning, Ga.
Lutz, Robert E. 5 . Cobb Chemical Lab., U. of Va., Charlottesville
Lyons, Dr. Harry 9 . MCV Station, Richmond 19
MacDougall, Capt. Hugh 10, 8, 4 . F. U. M. A., Fork Union
Macon, Evelyn T. 11,4 . 1110 Griffin St., Lynchburg
Mahan, Dr. John G. 4 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Main, Ralph E. 11,4 . 1415 Briarcliff Ave., Charlottesville
Major, Dr. Randolph T. 5 . Cobb Chemical Lab., Charlottesville
**Manahan, Dr. John E. 2,4 . Seottsville
Mandell, Alan 11,4 . 4213 Hall Dr., Norfolk 6
Mankin, W. D. 4 . Herndon
Mapp, John A. 10, 6 . 1416 Octavia St., New Orleans 15
Markees, D. C. 4, 5 . Dept, of Chemistry & Physics, Wells Col.,
Aurora, N. Y.
Marmasse, Dr. Claude 2 . Hollins College, Hollins
Maroney, Samuel P., Jr. 4 . Dept, of Biology, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Martin, Dorothy A. 4 . 1116 Bedford Ave., Apt. 2, Norfolk 8
—Martin, Dr. Walter B. 9 . 521 Wainwright Bldg., Norfolk
Mason, Dr. A. H. 2 . 2407 N. Kenmore St., Arlington 7
— Masey, Prof. A. B. 4, 1 . Box 95, Blacksburg
Matthews, T. L., Jr. 10 . 8710 Brawner Dr., Richmond 29
Mattus, Dr. George 1 . Agn. Exp. Sta., V.P.I., Blacksburg
Maurice, Mrs Elmira C. 6, 4, 11 . 1208 W. 45th St., Richmond 24
Maurice, H. A., Jr. 4 . 1208 W. 45th St., Richmond 24
May, Margaret L. 4 . 7432 Landsworth Ave., Richmond 28
Maynard, William R., Jr. 5 . 1600 Michaels Rd., Richmond 26
Mays, Gilbert 11 . State Dept, of Education, Richmond
McClurbin, John 1. 4 . Box 214, R.M.C., Ashland
McCorkle, T. A. 5 . Longwood College, P’armville
McCrackan, Prof. Robert F. 5 . 41 Mill Rd., Spartanburg, S. C.
McDaniel, Dr. R. R. 2, 12 . Va. State Col., Petersburg
McDarment, Capt. Corley 4, 2 . Rt. 1, Eau Gallic, Fla.
McDermott, Mrs. Kate B. 2, 11 . 331 Vernon St., Lynchburg
McDowell, Gloria 10 . Box 144, Georgetown, Delaware
McEwen, Dr. Nobel 10 . 401 College Ave., Ashland
McCehee, Dr. Frances 10 . 2615 Rivermont Ave., Lynchburg
McGill, Wilham M. 8, 6, 7,5 . 1874 Wayside Place, Charlottesville
McCinness, Burd S. 4 . care. Wildlife Unit, V.P.I., Blacksburg
McGuigan, F. J. 10 . Psych. Dept., Hollins College, Hollins
McHugh, Dr. J. L. 4 . Div. of Biological Res., Bur. of Com. Fisheries,
Washington 25, D. C.
Mclnteer, Warren H. 2 . 3100 Greencastle Rd., Burtonsville, Md.
248 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
MeKee, Betty, A. 9 . Apt. 2, 707 N. Colonial Ave., Riehmond 21
MeKeimis, Dr. Herbert, Jr. 9, 5 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19
McKillop, L. D. 5 . Box 117, Rt. 2, Glen Allen
McLaughlin, Sam B. 11,4 ... Woodberry Forest School, Woodberry Forest
McNutt, Miss Peggy 11 . 9000 Manchester Rd., Silver Springs, Md.
MePlierson, Col. W. L. 5, 6 . Box 23, Blacksburg
McShane, E. J. 2 . 209 Maury Ave., Charlottesville
Mead, William M. 12 . 4011 Morrison Dr., Lynchburg
* Medical College of Virginia . Richmond
Meeni, Dr. J. L. 7 . School of Engineering, U. of Va., Charlottesville
— Mellete, Dr. Susan J. 9 . Box 728 M.C.V. Sta., Richmond 19
Melton, Charles E. 2 . 4124 Royalview Rd., Knoxville, Term.
Mengebier, Dr. W. L. 4 ... Dept, of Biology, Madison Col., Harrisonburg
Merck, Sharp & Dohme B . Atten.: Dr. Max Tishler, Research Lab.,
Rahway, N. J.
Meredith, Dr. John M. 9 . 1200 East Broad St., Richmond
Meyer, W. J. 1 . 258 Windsor Ave., Manassas
Midyette, James W., Jr. 1 . P. O. Box 228, Ashland
Miles, John L., Jr. C, 10 . Box 212, Lexington
Mill, Dr. Cyril R. 10 . Director, Psychological Services, Dept.
Mental Hygiene, N. 12th St., Richmond 19
—Miller, Dr. Edwin DeWitt 4 . 200 Monument Ave., Harrisonburg
Miller, G. Tyler 6 . Hillerest, Madison College, Harrisonburg
Miller, Dr. G. Tyler, Jr. 5 . Box 146, Hampden-Sydney Col.,
Hampden-Sydney
Miller, Lawrence I. 1 . Tidewater Research Sta., Holland
Miller, Russell 1, 9, 5 . Dept, of Bioehem. & Nutr., V.P.I., Blacksburg
Miller, Miss Vada C. 4, 5 . Rt. 1, Bridgewater
Miller, Dr. W. Schuyler 5 . . Box 202, Ashland
Millham, John O. 5 . 3412 Plawthorne Ave., Riehmond 22
— MiHliiser, Fred R. 5 . 839 Jefferson Ave., Waynesboro
— Minix, Richard B. 2 . Box 656, Honeysuckle Hill, Lexington
Mitchell, Dr. Richard S. 8 . .. Dept, of Geology, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Mizell, David, Jr. 11 . Fairfax H. S., Fairfax
Moller, Dr. Elizabeth 10 . Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar
Monk, Dr. Charles 2 . Box 127, Univ. of Richmond
—Montgomery, Mrs. Dorothy D. 2 . Hollins College, Hollins
* Moody, Warren L. 5 . 5 North 6th Street, Richmond 19
Moomaw, Rawie P. 5, 7 . Rayon Service Bldg., Apt. A, Covington
Moore, Robert C. 1 . Blacksburg
—More, Ross E. 8 . 1160 Denver Club Bldg., Denver 2, Colo.
Moore, Dr. Warren 4, 1,5 . Raphine
Moran, Mrs. Leroy 5 . 2552 Sweetbriar Ave., S.W., Roanoke
Moreland, Dr. J. Earl 10 . Randolph-Macon College, Ashland
Proceedings 1959-1960
1960]
249
—Morgan, Dr. William J. 10 . Merrifield
-^Morgan, Mrs. William J. 10, 6 . Merrifield
Morrow, Leonard 4 . 1717 Grove Ave., Apt. 3, Riclimond 20
Mosehler, W. W. 1 V.P.I., Agronomy Dept., Smyth Hall, Blaelcshnrg
—Moseley, John M. 5 . 108 N. Wilton Rd., Richmond 26
Monlton, George B. 5 . Ghristchnrch
Mounter, L. A. 5 . Box 877, MCV Station, Richmond 19
-Mullen, Dr. James W. 2, 7 . Box 1-T, Richmond 2
Mnllin, George B. P. 1 . Southeastern Forest Exper. Sta., Box 2570,
Asheville, N. C.
Mnmford, George S. Ill 2, 8 . Began Lane, Dover, Mass.
Mnrden, William P. 7 . 305 Webster St., Monterey, Galif.
Miirphv, Dr. Nelson F. 7, 5 . Box 104, Blacksburg
-Murphy, R. S. 5 . 502 McRae Rd., Bon Air
Murray, J. J., Jr. 4 . Dept, of Zoology & Comparative Anatomy,
University Museum, Oxford, England
Murray, Dr. J. J., Sr. 4 . 6 White Street, Lexington
Mvster, Dr. Alonzo M. 12, 6 . Va. State College, Petersburg
Naar, Ray 10 . 4610 Park Ave., Richmond 26
Nedlock, Wesley 5 . 305 N. Sixth St., Hopewell
—Negus, Dr. Sidney S. 5 . M.C.V. Station, Richmond 19
—Nelson, Dr. Charles M. 9 . 906 West Franklin St., Richmond
Nelson, Dr. E. Clifford 3, 9, 4 . M.C.V. Station, Richmond
Nelson, Prof. Wilbur A. 8 . 208 Magnolia Dr., Charlottesville
Nettles, Mrs. Frances 4, 6 . 836 13th Street, Newport News
Newcomb, Dr. T. Robinson 12 . Box 162, Vienna
—Newell, Lt. H. W. 6, 4 . Box 5, S. M. A., Staunton
—Newman, Lt. Col. James B. 2 . 445 Institute Hill, Lexington
***The Newport News Shipbuilding & Drydock Co. B . Newport News
— Niemeier, B. A. 7 . 809 W. 44th Street, Richmond
— Niemeyer, A. B., Jr., 5 . 85 Alywin Rd., Cradock, Portsmouth
Norby, Dr. Daiwin E. 4 . Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Norfolk & Western Railway Co B .. Atten.; Mr. Martin P. Burks, Roanoke
Norment, C. Russell, Jr. il,5, 2 . Ellerson
—Norris, Dean Earle B. 7, 2 . P. O. Box 26, Blacksburg
North, Edward M. 11, 2 . The Choate School, Wallingford, Conn.
Nnckols, J. T. HI 8, 7 . Box 53, Bremo Bluff
Nugent, t. J. 1 . Box 2160, Norfolk
Nuwayser, Elie S. C, 5 . 303 Lexington Rd., Richmond 26
-Obenshain, Dr. S. S. 8 . Blacksburg
O’Connell, James L. 10 . 651 Sleepy Hollow Rd., Falls Church
O’Donohue, Mrs. Cynthia H. 5 2903 Monument Ave., Apt. 2, Richmond 21
O Donohue, W. J., Jr. 9 . 2903 Monument Ave., Apt. 2, Richmond 21
—Oglesby, Prof. E. J. 2 . Box 1887, Univ. Station, Charlottesville
250 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Old, Mrs. James E., Jr. 4 . P. O. Box 69, Point Harbor, N. C.
Old, Wm. E., Jr. 4 . . 728 Raleigh Ave., Norfolk 7
Oldham, A M. 5 . . 1507 Young St., Riehmond 22
Olivier, Dr. Charles P. 2 . v* . 521 North Wynnewod Ave., Narberth, Pa.
O’Meara, Eleanor W. 5 . 316 Alderman Rd., Charlottesville
O’Neill, Charles T . P. O. Box 711, Charlottesville
Orentt, Dr. F. S. 3, 4, 5 . 1305 Hillerest Dr., Blacksburg
O’Rear, Charles Edward 5 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond 19
Osborne, J. Scott, Jr. 5 . 8719 Old Spring Rd., Richmond 25
Osobrne, Dr. Paul J. 4 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Osborne, W. Wyatt 4 . Plant Pathology Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg
Osvalds, Dr. V. 2 . P. O. Box 3445, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Overcash, H. B. 4 . Hampton Sydney
Owen, Dr Fletcher B., Jr. 9, 5 . Box 726, M.C.V., Sta, Richmond
Packard, Charles E. 4 . 501 South Center St., Ashland
Pallotta, Dr. Arthur J. 5, 9 . Hazelton Lab., Box 30, Falls Church
—Palmer, Dr. James K. 5 . Central Res. Lab., United Fruit Co.,
Norwood, Mass.
Palmer, Mrs. Viola G. 3 . Box 44, Hampton Institute, Hampton
Pardue, Dr. Louis A. 2 . 1005 Airport Rd., Blacksburg
Parker, M .M. 1 . . Box 2160, Norfolk
Partlow, Benjamin W. 5 . Box 518, Madison College, Harrisonburg
Patterson, Dr. Paul M. 4 . Hollins College
Patton, James B., Jr. 6 .. State Dept, of Edu.j State Office Bldg, Richmond
Paul, Lee E 10 . M & S, FFA, Fort Lee
Peabody, Dr. William A. 5, 9 . 4805 Brook Rd., Richmond
Pedersen, P. M. 5, 2, 7, 12 . 4712 New Kent Rd., Richmond 25
Peery, G. G. 4 . 310 High St., Salem
Pegau, Lucy Byrd 4 . 1808 Winston Rd., Charlottesville
—Perkins, Mrs. Frances R. 11, 2 . 2003 Le Suer Rd., Richmond 26
*Perry, John L. 2 . 216 Fairlawn Ave., Norfolk 12
Pertzoff, Dr. V. A. 2 . 1820 Edgewod Lane, Charlottesville
Petterson, Olga M. 9 . Box 727, M.C.V. Sta., Richmond
Petus, William G. 2 . 410 Riverside Dr., Lynchburg
Morris, Philip & Co., Ltd. Inc. B . Atten.: Helmut Wakeham, Div. of
Research, P. O. Box 1895, Richmond 15
Phillips, Dr. E. Lakin 10 . 415 E. Jefferson St., Falls Church
Phillips, Mrs. Margaret C. 2 . 114 Conway Ave., Norfolk 5
Phillips, Mary B. 5 . 1206 Confederate Ave., Richmond 27
Phipps and Bird, Inc. B . 303 South 6th Street, Richmond
Pickral, Col. George M. 5 . 315 Letcher Ave., Lexington
—Pierce, Dr. J. Stanton 5 . 813 Roseneath Rd., Richmond 21
Pin CHS, Dr. Albert 9 . Central Natl. Bank Bldg., Richmond
Pinschmidt, William C., Jr. 4 .... Box 1132 College Station, Fredericksburg
Proceedings 1959-1960
251
1960]
Pitman, W. J. 4 . 503 Aline St., Murray, Ky.
—Pitt, Lyndele A. 4, 5, 11 . 4303 New Kent Ave., Richmond 25
Pittman, Lawrence E. 11,4 . Prince George Schol, Prince George
Pittman, Dr. Melvin A. 2 . Gol. of Wm. & Mary, Williamsburg
Pitts, Prof. Frank P. 5 . Medical GolTege of Virginia, Richmond
Pitts, Dr. Grover C. 9 . Dept, of Physiology School of Medicine,
University of Virginia, Gharlottesville
Pleasants, S. W. 5 . Beaverdam
Poindexter, Emmett H., Jr. 5 . Frederick Hall
Pond, John W. 3 . . . 3916 Pilots Lane, Apt. 5, Richmond 22
Powell, James R. C, 4 . Box 1089, University of Richmond
Powell^ W. Allan 5 . Box 86, University of Richmond, Richmond
"'"^Powers and Anderson . 603 E. Main St., Richmond
*Wm. P. Poythress & Co., Inc. 5,9 . Aten.: A. G. Richardson,
Chief Chemist, Box 2158, Richmond 17
— Psimas, Dr. C. N. 9 . Tyler Crescent, Portsmouth
Puckett, Dr. Hugh 4 . College of Wm. & Mary, Norfolk
Pugh, Jean E. 4 . Norfolk Div., W & M-V.P.t., Norfolk
Pullen, Dr. E. W. 9 . Dept. Anatomy, Univ. of Va. Medical School,
Charlottesville
Pulliam, Miss Elizabeth 3 . 3516 Stuart Ave., Apts., Richmond 21
— Pnrlee, Dr. E. Lee 5 . Box 106, Winthrop Col. Sta., Rock Hill, S. C.
—Quarles, Dr. Lawrence R. 7 . Thornton Hall, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Rageot, Roger . Norfolk Museum of Art & Sciences, Norfolk 10
* Ragland, Richard S. 2 . 107 Sunset Blvd., Blacksburg
Ramey, Dr. Robert L. 2, 7 . Thornton Hall, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Ramsey, E. W. 8 . 516 Marilea Rd., Richmond 25
Ramsey, John B,, Jr. 2, 7 . 1420 Abingdon Dr., Apt. 201, Alexandria
Ramsey, M. M. 8 . 126 Observatory Ave., Charlottesville
Ramsey, Robert A. 3 . 3 Stacie Rd., Richmond 24
—Ramsey, Dr. Robert W. 9 . M.C.V. Station, Richmond
*Randolph-Macon Woman’s College . Lynchburg
Rappaport, Dr. Jacques 4 . Miller School of Biology, Charlottesville
Rayburn, Dr. C. H. 5 . 5212 Devonshire Rd., Richmond
Reaves, Paul M. 1 . 215 Washington St., Blacksburg
Redd, John B., Jr. 4 . Box 43, Powhatan
Reid, Dr. J. Douglas 3 . Univ. Heights, R.F.D. 13, Richmond
Reitz, John E. 4 . 1414 Gordon Ave., Charlottesville
Remsburg, Mrs. Vera B. 4 . 625 Locust St., Herndon
*Rennie, C. Bruce 1, 7, 5 . Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corp.,
401 East Main St., Richmond
*Rennie, James G., Jr. 2 . 1302 Greycourt Ave., Richmond 27
Rex, Alan C, 4 . Box 5308, Virginia Tech Station, Blacksburg
Rice, Dr. Nolan E. 4 . Box 169, University of Richmond, Richmond
252
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Riee, Dr. William E. 5 Dept. Chemistry. Beloit Col., Beloit, Wis.
Rich, Dr. C. I. 1 . Box 481, Blacksburg
Rich, Dr. Cilbert J. 10 . 406 Allison Ave., S.W., Roanoke
Richards, Walter L., Jr. 4 . 1502 Cedar Lane, Richmond 25
Richardson, Ruth E 11,2 . 2921 Midlothian Pike, Richmond 24
Richardson, Prof. W. 2 . 401 Roanoke St., Blacksburg
Ridley, Bromfield L . Dept, of Biology, V.M.I., Lexington
Ridley, Walter N. 10, 6 . St. Paul’s College, Lawrenceyille
Riggins, George Thomas 4 . Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Riggins, Mrs. William M., Jr. 4 . Rt. 34, Lynchburg
Rigney, James A. 5 . 803 S. Main St., Blacksburg
Risley, Miss A. Marguerite 2 . Box 63, R.M.W.C., Lynchburg
— Rison, J. Waddell . 609 Insurance Bldg., Richmond
Ritchey, Col. H. E. 5 . 613 Maiden Lane, Lexington
Rittenbury, Dr. Max E. 9 . 8327 Whitewod Rd., Richmond 25
Robb, J. Bernard 5 . care, Jefferson Hotel, Rm. 383, Richmond 20
A. H. Robbins Company, Inc. B . 1407 Cummings Dr., Richmond
D. B. Roberts 7, 10, 6 . U .S. Nayal Sta., Navy 520, care F.P.O.,
San Francisco, Calif.
Roberts, Dr. Joseph K. 8 . Box 3234, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Roberts, J. W. 7 . 3204 Hawthorne Ave., Richmond 22
Robeson, Dr. Andrew 2 . Kelsey Lane, Blacksburg
Robey, Dr. Ashley 5 . P. O. Box 421, Salem
Rodger, E. E. 1 . 1427 Gentry Lane, Charlottesville
Rodig, Dr. Oscar R. 5 . Cobb Chemical Lab., U. of Va., Charlottesville
Rosbash, Dr. David O. 5, 3 . 3516 Brymoor Rd., S.W., Roanoke
Rose, Dale E. 11, 5 . Hampton High School, Hampton
Rosenblatt, Prof. David 12, 4, 2 . 1126 S. Wakefield St., Arlington 4
Rosenzweig, Abraham Leon 3 . Vet. Adm. Hosp., Richmond
Ross, Robert D. 4 . 614 Airport Rd., Blacksburg
Rosser, Shirley E. 2 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg
Roszell, David K. 5 . 601 West 26th St., Richmond 25
Row, Dr. Stuart B . 206 Eakin St., Blacksburg
Rowe, Maurice B. 1 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond 19
—Rowlett, Dr. Russell J., Jr. 5 . 4606 Wythe Ave., Richmond
Rozsa, Dr. George 9, 5 . 6 Lexington Ave., Buffalo 22, N. Y.
Ruffenberger, Eugene R. 11,4,5 . 6602 Willston Place, Falls Church
Runk, Dr. B. F. D. 4 . Dean of the University, Charlottesville
Rushton, E. R. 5 . 850 Locust Ave., Charlottesville
Russell, Dr. Catherine M. 3 Dept, of Micro-Biology, Univ. of Va.
Medical School, Charlottesville
—Russell, Edgar V. 5 . V.P.I., Blacksburg
Russell, Mary Vaughn 7 . 9732 Glen Ave., Apt. 202, Silver Spring, Md.
Ryman, Jacob F. 2 . Box 147, Blacksburg
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
253
—Sacks, Dr. Jerome H 9 . Box 273, MCV Station, Richmond 19
Sadie, Dr. Alexander 5 . Nitrogen Div., Allied Chem. & Dye Corp,.
Hopewell
Sadler, O. P. 11 . Buckingham Central High School, Buckingham
Samuel, Boyd L. 5, 1 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond
Sanders, Jerrell 2 . 1546 Berkeley Ave., Petersburg
-Sanger, Dr. Win. T. 9, 10, 6 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
Sander, Lt. William C. 2 . Physics Dept, V.M.I., Lexington
Schaffiier, Mrs. Milton 10 . 1212 N. Quincy St, Arlington
—Scherer, Dr. J. H. 9 . 820 W. Franklin St., Richmond
Scherer, Dr. Philip C., Jr. 5 . P. O. Box 80, Blacksburg
Scherer, W. B. 10 . Box 6113, Richmond 22
SchilTo, Richard J. 10 . 517 Valley Dr., S. E., Vienna
—Schmidt, R. C. 5 . Box 5262, Richmond
Schneider, Dr. Joseph 5 .. . P. O. Box Apartado, 5858, Guayquil, Ecuador
Schoenbaum, Alexander W. 5, 7 . 403 Beechwood Dr., Richmond
Schuman, D. E. W. 12, 2 Dept, of Statistics, Univ. of Stellenbosch,
Stellenbosch, South Africa
Scott, Dr. A. P. 9 . Allied Arts Bldg., Lynchburg
Scott, Frances Deane 10, 6 . Woodstock Apt. 12, Lynchburg
Scott, Frederic R. 4, 2 . 115 Kennondale Lane, Richmond 26
**Scott and Stringfellow . Richmond
Scott, Dr. William W. 4 . Dept. Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Sears, C. E. 8, 7 . Box 522, Blacksburg
Sears, Dr. D. Scott 5 . 8131 Sawmill Rd., Richmond 26
Sharpley, J. M. 3 . 226 Pandova St, Memphis, Tenn.
Shelburne, Tilton E. 7, 8 . Box 3817, University Sta., Charlottesville
Shelton, George E. 5 . Box 6-S, Richmond 17
Shepherd, Mary G. 11, 5, 4 . 1643 Center Hill Dr., S. W., Roanoke
Sheppard, Dr. L. Benjamin 9 . 301 Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond
—Sherwood, C. S., Ill 5, 6, 8 . Ill West Rd., Portsmouth
Shields, A. Randolph 4 . 2318 10th St., N.W., Roanoke
Shillington, Dr. James K. 5 . Box 557, Lexington
Sholes, Dr. Dillard M., Jr. 5, 9 . 203 West G, Elizabethton, Tenn.
Shomon, Joseph J. 4, 6 . 5603 Cedarhurst Dr., Richmond 25
Sho waiter. Dr. A .M. 4, 1 . 310 Paul St, Harrisonburg
Shuey, Dr. Audrey M. 10 . 1059 Rivermont Terraee, Lynchburg
^Shufflebarger, T. E., Jr. 8 . 3804 Appletree Dr., Alexandria
Sieburth, Dr. John 3 . Narragansett Marine Lab., Kinston, R. 1.
Siegel, Dr. Herbert S. 1 . Poultry Dept., Va. Agr. Exp. Sta., Blaeksburg
Siegel, Dr. Paul B. 1 . Poultry Dept, V.P.I., Blaeksburg
—Silas, Dr. Gordon 10 . Roanoke College, Salem
Silverberg, Dr. Jaeob 10 . 2706 Melbourne Dr., Richmond 25
Simmons, Roberta K. 10 . 1102 Colonial Ave., Norfolk
—Simpson, J. A. G. 12 . 2215 Monument Ave., Richmond
254 The Virginia Journal of Science [September
Simpson, Dr. R. L., Jr. 6, 9 . Medical College of Va., Richmond
—Simpson, Dr. T. McN., Jr. 2 . Ashland
Singleton, O. R., Jr. 7 . 49 Malvern Ave. No. 6, Richmond 21
—Singleton, Dr. W. Ralph 4 .... Dept, of Biology, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Sitler, Miss Ida 4 . 137 South Second St., Lehighton, Penn.
Sitterson, Louise 11 . 118 Warren St., Apt., Norfolk
Slimick, John C. C, 2 . Box 134, Emmett House, U. of Va.,
Charlottesville
— Sloope, Billy . 2 . 8906 Penquin Rd., Richmond
Smart, Col. C. W. 5 . 449 Institute Hill, Lexington
Smart, Grover C., Jr. 4 . Dept, of Plant Pathology, U. of Wis.,
Madison 6, Wisconsin
—Smart, Dr. Robert F. 4, 2 . Box 108, U. of Richmond, Richmond
Smiddy, Joseph C. 4 . Clinch Valley College, Wise
Smith, Alvin H. 10, 6 . Hampden-Sydney College, Hampden-Sydney
Smith, Bessie S. 10 . . 26 Elm Ave., Hilton Village
Smith, Dr. WBurke M. 10 . 827 Kerner Ave., Salem
—Smith, Foley F. 5, 9, 1 . Box 1420, Richmond
Smith, Garland D. 7 . R.F.D. 2, York, Penna.
Smith, Harry L. 1,4 . 3404 Martin Ave., Richmond
Smith, Dr. Leroy . MCV, Richmond
Smith, Dr. J. Doyle 9 . 1805 Monument Ave., Richmond
Smith, Pauline 11 . Rt. 2, Box 434, Manassas
Smith, Robert L. 5 . 940 West Teak St., Brea, Galif.
Smithey, Dr. William R., Jr. 5 . Research Dept., Virginia-Carolina
Ghemical Corp., Richmond
— Snieszko, Dr. S. F. 3, 4 . Keameysville, W. Va.
Snoddy, Virginia C. 4, 5 . Jack Jouett Apts., Charlottesville
Sommerville, Dr. R. C. 10 . 307 Vernon St., Lynchburg
Sorensen, Harold F. 10 . 8001 Crescent Rd., Norfolk 8
Speidel, Dr. Carl C. 9, 4 . University
Spencer, Dr. Edgar W. 8 . Geology Dept., W. & L. U., Lexington
Sprague, Elizabeth F. 2 . Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar
Stapelkamp, Mrs. Joan L. 5 . Research Lab., American Tobacco Co.,
400 Petersburg Pike, Richmond 24
Starling, Dr. James 4 . Main St., Lexington
State-Planters Bank of Comm. & Trusts B Atten.: Mrs. Charles E. Moore,
Vice-President, Richmond 14
Steeves, Harrison S., Ill C, 4 . 1718 Jefferson Park Ave., Charlottesville
Steinhardt, R. G., Jr. 5, 2 . Hollins College, Hollins
Stern, Dr. E. George 7 . Box 361, Blacksburg
Stephens, William K., Jr. 5 . 2322 Golden Rd., Richmond
Stevens, Eleanor B. 11,2,5,4 . Foxcroft School, Middleburg
Stevens, Fred, Jr. 7 . Box 108, Lorton
Proceedings 1959-1960
255
1960]
—Stevens, Dr. Kenneth P. 9, 4 . 404 E. Nelson St., Lexington
—Stevenson, Dr. Edward C. 2 . Box 1893, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville
Stewart, John W. 2 . Dept, of Physics, McCormick Rd., Charlottesville
Stewart, Lawrence L., Jr. 5 . 2212 Hanover Ave., Richmond
Stewart, Miss Roberta A. 5 . Box 634, Hollins College, Hollins
Stickley, Allen R., Jr. 4 . Box 667, Buena Vista
* Strauss, Admiral Lewis L. 2, 1, 9 . Brandy Farm, Brandy Station
Strickland, Dr. John C. 4 . Biology Dept., U. of Richmond, Richmond
* Strudwick, Edmund, Jr . Fine Creek Mills
Strunk ,DeForest 11, 10, 6 . School Psychologist, 620 Twentieth St.,
Huntington, W. Va.
Sumpter, Charles E. 3 . 5204 Lee Ave., Richmond 26
Suter, Daniel B. 4 . Eastern Mennonite Col., Harrisonburg
* Sweet Briar College . Sweet Briar
Swem, Dr. Earl G. 6 . 119 Chandler Court, Williamsburg
Swertferger, Dr. Floyd F. 6, 10 . Longwood College, lAirinville
— Swezey, Dr. F. H. 5 . Box 1071, Wayneseboro
Talley, Claude P. 5 . 5209 Sheridan Lane, Richmond
Tatum, Charles E. C, 4 . 3851 North Ingleside Dr., Norfolk
—Taylor, Henry M. 12 . Ravenwood, 8718 River Rd., Richmond 26
—Taylor, Jackson J. 2 . Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
—Taylor, Dr. Mildred E. 2 . Mary Baldwin College, Staunton
Taylor, Dr. Raymond L. 4 . 1820 N. Johnson St., Arlington 7
Teasley, Harry North, Jr. C, 4 . 2 N. Confederate Ave., Sandston
Teass, F. Alex 4 . 239 S. Princeton Cir., Lynchburg
Tebo, Dr. Edith J. 2 . 53 East End Ave., Shrewsbury, N. J.
—Temple, Wade J. 2 . P. O. Box 186, Asliland
Temple, William T. 5 . 1712 Monticello Ave., Petersburg
Tenney, Eleanor 11,4 . Montpelier High School, Beaver Dam
Tenney, Dr. Wilton R. 3 . Box 414, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
— Thalhimer, Morton G . 3202 Monument Ave., Richmond
— Thaxton, Gertrude F . 746 Peaks St., Bedford
The Gillette Company B . Atten.: Milton Harris, Vice-President,
Gillette Park, Boston 6, Mass.
Thiers, Dr. Ralph 5 . 9 Alton Place, Brookline, Mass.
Thomas, Dr. Minor Wine 10, 6 . Radford College, Radford
—Thompson, Dr. Dorothy D 5 . Box 32, Sweet Briar Col., Sweet Briar
Thompson, Jesse C. 4 . Biology Dept., Hollins College, Plollins
Thompson, Norman R. 4 . Dairy Sci. Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg
^Thompson, Dr. W. T., Jr. 9 . MCV Hosp., Richmond 19
^Thomsen, Dr. Lillian 4 . Mary Baldwin College, Staunton
Thornton, Dr. Nan V. 5 . Box 292, R.M.W.C., Lynchburg
-Thornton, Dr. S. F. 1 . P. O. Box 1940, Norfolk
Tischler, Morris S 11,5 . Fairfax High School, Fairfax
256
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Toller, Louis 2 . Box 478, Madison College, Harrisonburg
Toone, Dr. Elam C., Jr. 9 . 1200 East Broad St., Richmond
Totten, A. I., Jr. 7 . Reynolds Metal Co., 10th & Byrd St., Richmond
Tovazzi ,Dr. Giano 5 . Villa Concordia, Nira-Porte, Venezia, Italy
Trainer, Erank W. 8 . Dept, of Geology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Trout, Dr. William E., Jr. 5 . Box 64, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond
Trout, William E., Ill C, 4 . 35 Towana Rd., Richmond
Troutman, Joseph L. 1 . Va. Agri. Exp. Sta., Chatham
Truitt, Prof. R. W. 7 . Aero. Engr. Dept, VPI, Blacksburg
Tucker, Ellis N 11^2 . Woodbery Forest
—Turner, Edward F., Jr. 2 . 13 University Place, Lexington
—Turner, Dr. J. V., Jr. 9 . 804 Professional Bldg., Richmond
Turner, Dr. Malcolm E. 12 . 7007 Lakewod Dr., Richmond 29
Ulrich, Dale 2 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater
Umphlett, Clyde J. 4 . Dept, of Botany, U.N.C., Chapell Hill, N. C.
*The University of Richmond . Richmond
Alderman Library . Exchange Div., U. of Va., Charlottesville
—Updike, Dr. I. A. 5, 6 . 304 Henry St., Ashland
—Updike, Dr. O. L., Jr. 7, 5 . Thornton Plall, U. of Va., Charlottesville
—Valentine, C. Braxton 5, 9 . Box 7306, Richmond 21
Valentine, Granville G., Jr. 5, 9, 3 . Box 7306, Richmond 21
— VanAlstine, J. N. 8 . Rt. 1, Center Conway, N. H.
Van Engel, Willard A. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point
Varnier, H. E. 7 . 6401 Clydewood Ave., Richmond
— Varsel, Charles 5 . 5022 Patterson Ave., Richmond 26
Vaughan, Dr. John D. 5 . 217 Washington St., Blacksburg
Vaughan, Thomas H., Jr. 5 . 3916 Chamberlayne Ave., Apt. 5,
Richmond 27
Via, Betty Carolyn 4 . 2228 Carter Rd., Roanoke
Vingiello, Dr. Frank 5 . 408 Roanoke St., Blacksburg
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corp. . Res. Dept. Lib., Box 1136,
Richmond 8
Virginia Electric & Power Co. B . Richmond
* Virginia Military Institute . Lexington
*V.M.I. Student Chapter, VAS . V.M.I. Lexington
^Virginia Polytechnic Institute . Blacksburg
Volk, Dr. Wesley A. 4 . Dept, of Microbiology, School of Med.,
Univ. of Va., Charlottesville
Wagner, John R. 5 . 2609 Floyd Ave., Richmond 20
Waid, William S. 11, 2 . Rocky Mount
Walker, Frank S., Jr. 1 . Box 506, Orange
Walker, Dr. Paul A. 4 . Dept, of Biology, R.M.W.C., Lynchburg
Walker, R. J. 9, 1, 6 . 2901 West Ave., Newport News
Wallace, Donald S. 7 . Boffl 3094, Univ. Staflfi Charlottesville
Wallace, John H. 4 . 1324 Eye St. N. W., Washington 5, D. C.
1960]
Proceedings 1959-1960
257
Waller, Mrs. Marion 9 . 3607 Florida Ave., Richmond 22
Wallerstein, Dr. Emanuel U. 9 . Professional Bldg., Richmond
—Walsh, Mrs. Martha L. 11,5 . . 1819 Chesterfield Ave., McLean
Walton, Harriet M. 11,4 . . 5818 York Rd., Richmond 26
Walton, Dr. Leon J. 9 . 713 Shenandoah Life Bldg., Roanoke
—Walton, Miss Lucile 4 . 1116 East Main St., Danville
—Walton, Miss Margaret 4 . 1116 East Main St., Danville
—Ward, L. E., Jr. 1, 7 . One Morris St., Apt. 408, Charleston, W. Va.
Warren, Dr. Percy H. 4 . Madison College, Harrisonburg
— Wartmen, William B., Jr. 5 . 1020 Horsepen Rd., Richmond
Wash, Dr. A. M. 9 . Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond
*Washintgon & Lee University .... care, Dr. Edgar W. Spencer, Lexington
Watkins, Miss Leslie V. 2, 4 . 419 Day Ave., S.W., Roanoke
Watson, Dr. John W. 5 . Box 75, Blacksburg
Watson, Dr. William 1 . . Box 327, Va. State Col., Petersburg
Watt, Joe T., Jr. 7 . . 4901 Fairmont Ave., Washington 14, D. C.
Watt, Dr. William J. 5 . Box 402, W. & L. Univ., Lexington
Watts, Mrs. P. W. 4 . 816 Park Ave., Richmond 20
Wayne, Elinor T. 2 . 1106 Chesapeake Ave., South Norfolk
Weaver, Miss L. M. 11,2 . Huntington H. ,S., Newport News
Weaver, Mrs. Meredith A. 5 . 3208 Seminary Ave., Richmond
—Weaver, Col. R. C. 2 . 404 V.M.l. Parade, Lexington
Weaver, Dr. Warren E. 5, 9, 6 . 5910 Upham Dr., Richmond 27
Webb, L. W., Jr. 2, 7 . 5234 Edgewater Dr., Norfolk 8
Weeks, Edna M. 11 . Box 614, Salem
—Weeks, Elie 12 . Chief, Food and Container Branch, QMR &
DFEA, Fort Lee
Weiland, Elizabeth 4 . 3634 Fort Ave., Lynchburg
Weir, Dr. Robert J. 1 . Hazelton Lab., Box 30, Falls Church
Weiss, Otto H. 4 . Box 669, Newport News
Wells, John C. 2, 11 . Madison College, Harrisonburg
Weller, Dr. Edwin M. 4 . 187 N. Princeton Dr., Lynchburg
—West, Warwick R., Jr. 4 . Box 597, U. of Richmond, Richmond
Westbrook, Dr. C. Hart 10 . 17 Towana Rd., Richmond
Westbrook, John James, III 5 . Box 437, Chester
— Whidden, Miss Helen L. 5, 2 . R.M.W.C., Lynchburg
White, John F. 12 . Box 6351, Va. Tech Sta., Blacksburg
Whitehead, W. Dexter, Jr. 2 . Physics Dept. U. of Va., Charlottesville
Whitehead, W. M. 11 . Va. State School, Hampton
Whitehurst, Prof. W. H. 4 . Box 422, Lawrenceville
Whitlow, Mrs. Arline 4, 11 . Rt. 1, Gladys
Whittimore, Dean J. W. 6,7 . 900 Draper Rd., Blacksburg
Whyburn, G. T. 2 . Cabell Hall, U. of Va., Charlottesville
Wickham, James E., Jr. 5, 4 . Box 142, Ashland
258
The \'irgixia Journal of Science
[September
Cat. No. 71-281-1 Cat. No. 71-726
$45.00 $10.00
In the laboratory this large
capacity Pipette Dryer is special¬
ly recommended for thorough diT
ing pipettes of any size up to
375 mm. in length.
Cylinder is mounted on vented
base with specially designed heat¬
er placed in lower end of cylin¬
der. The instrument is designed
to take the standard rack of
6-in. pipette washer. Rack is tak¬
en ' out of washer drained for
about a minute and placed right
into the dryer. Drying time varies
according to size and load of
pipettes. But this method of dry¬
ing means less handling by the
technician thus the hazard of
breakage is greatly reduced.
The Pipette Dryer comes com¬
plete with cord and plug but
without rack. The instrument
operates on 115 volts AC or DC.
PHIPPS & BIRD
PIPEUE DRYER
Without obligation send us com¬
plete information on your Pipette
Dryer.
Name . Title .
Company .
Address .
City . State .
_
lPKia[p[?S (!^[l3[llIilIXaK]<2«
MANUFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS OF SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT
6TH & BYRD STREETS
RICHMOND, YA.
Proceedings 1959-1960
259
1960]
Wiley, Robert M. 5 . 6301 Ruthersford Rd., Richmond
Wilkerson, Emory Coles 2 . 5503 Forest Hill Ave., Richmond
—Willey, C. R. 4 . 1112 State Office Bldg., Richmond
** Williams, Dr. Carrington 9 . 805 West Franklin St., Richmond 20
Williams, Dr. John E. 10 . 7303 Harlow Rd., Richmond
Williams, Kenneth D. 2 . 2320 Stadium Rd., Charlottesville
** Williams, Lewis C. 6, 12, 10 . 1001 E. Main St., Richmond
Williams, Rayburn A. 11, 2 . Box 82, Rt. 1, Vienna
—Williams, Dr. Stanley B. 10 . Dept, of Psychology, Wm. & M. Col.,
Williamsburg
Williams, Mrs. Stanley B. 10 . 504 Newport Ave., Williamsburg
Wilson, Dr. I. D. 9, 4, 1 . 1303 Oak Dr., Blacksburg
Wills, Wirt H. 1,4 . Box 430, Chatham
Wilson, Wingate 4 . Troy State College, Troy, .A.la.
Wiltshire, (Mrs.) Dr. James W., Jr. 4 . R.M.W.C., Lynchburg
Wine, Dr. R. Lowell 12 . Rt. 1, Box 311, Roanoke
Wingard, S. A. 4, 1 . Box 425, V.P.I., Blacksburg
Wingo, Dr. Alfred L. 6, 5, 1, 10 . State Board of Ed., Richmond
Winn, Miss R. Tucker 11,5 . 1019 Maple St., Fairfax
Winsten, Dr. Benjamin 10 . 126 Thirtieth St., Newport News
Winter, John A. 12 . 950 Northampton Dr., Silver Spring, Md.
Wise, Dr. John H. 5, 2,6 . Dept, of Chem., .W & L. U., Lexington
Wikswo, Mrs. Leonora A. 2 . Box 241, Amherset
—Wood, John E. 11, 2 . Pamplin
Wood, Dr. John Thornton 4, 9, 10 . Burkeville
Wod, Robert S. 8 . 1605 Gordon Ave., Charlottesville
Woodland, Dr. John T. 4 . State Teachers College, Salem, Mass.
—Woodson, Bernard R., Jr. 4 . Va. State College, Petersburg
Woolcott, William S. 4 . Box 296, U. of Richmond, Richmond
Worsham, James E., Jr. 5, 2 . Dept, of Physics, Rm. 6-310,
M.I.T., Cambridge 44, Mass.
Wright, Miss E. Katharine 5 .... 203 South Tremont Dr., Greensboro, N. C.
Wright, H. E., Jr. 5 . 5500 Queensbury Rd., Richmond
Yates, Dr. Robert C. 2 . Math. Dept., Wm. & M. C., Williamsburg
Yoe, Dr J. H 2 . University
Yoho, Dr. Clayton W. 5 . Rt. 2, Elkton
Yonce, W. I., 5, 12 . 709 Frances St., Hopewell
—York, James E., Jr. . 1006 Baywood Court, Richmond
Youden, Dr. W. J. 12 . Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington 25, D. C.
—Young, Dr. Fred W., Jr. 5 . 7213 Sheffield Dr., Knoxville 19, Tenn.
Young, Dr. Robert S. 8 . 114 West Park Dr., Charlottesville
—Young, Roderick W. 1 . Box 66, Blacksburg
Zaneveld, Dr. Jacques S. 4 . 1334 Upper Brandon Place, Norfolk
— Zimmermann, Henry D. 5 . 1030 West Franklin St., Apt. 31,
Richmond 20
McCOMAS
RESEARCH
CENTER
to provide for growing
basic research program
The opening of our new research
center this month will provide us
with an opportunity for even
more extensive basic research
into the physical sciences.
The new laboratories and in¬
strumentation will facilitate
comprehensive studies into the
basic nature of tobacco, smoke
and smoke flavor as well as in¬
tensify our corporate research
into packaging and adhesive ma¬
terials.
We are looking forward to the
achievements to come from this
new laboratory complex. We
sincerely believe our greater em¬
phasis on fundamental research
will be an important factor in
the continued growth of both
our company and the industries
we serve.
PHILIP MORRIS INC
1960] Proceedings 1959-1960 261
— Zipf, Elizabeth M. 4 . 316 Kingston Ave., Barrington, N. J.
Zuk, Dr. William 7 . Thornton Hall, U. of Va., Charlottesville
SUBSCRIBERS
Filial Biblioteki Akademii Nauk SSSR . Ballijsky Pos. 42-G,
Moseow D-219, USSR
Cos. Nauehn. Biblioteka, . Minist. Vyssh. Obraz., PL Nogina 2/5,
Moscow, USSR
Lindstahle Lilia Boklada . Subscr. No. 6, Birger Jarlsgatan 102,
W Stockholm, Sweden
Institute De Medicina Tropical . Biblioteca, Rua Da Junqiieira,
Lisbon 3, Portugal
Department of Agriculture . Information Service, Library,
Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Canada
M. Cuypers . Fleurusstraat 5, Brussels, Belgium
Virginia Fisheries Labortory . Gloucester Point
The Library S . American Museum of Natural History,
Central Park West 2t 79th St., New York City 24, N. Y.
Serials Division . Harvard College Library, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Richmond Public Library . 101 East Frankhn St., Richmond 19
Richmond Professional Institute .... Atten.: Rosamond McCanles, Librn.,
901 West Frankhn St., Richmond 20
R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co . Research Dept.— Library Subs.,
Winston-Salem, N. C., U.S.A. No. 58-19933
Phipps and Bird, Incorporated A . 303 South Sixth St, Richmond
Pinkus & Company . Postfach, Zurich 25, Switzerland
Periodical Department . The Library, West Virginia University,
Morgantown, W. V.
Order No. L-50909 S . Michigan State College, Library Department,
East Lansing, Mich.
John H. Nair A . Thomas J. Lipton, Inc., Hoboken, N. J.
Marchant Calculators . Roanoke
Library . National Institute of Health, Building 10, Bethesda 14, Md.
Librarian . Hampden-Sydney College, Hampden-Sydney
D. H. Hill Library . North Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.
General Library . Periodicals Recording Clerk, So. HI. Univ.,
Carbondale, Ill.
Eastern Advertising Agency . 113 East Grace St., Richmond
Dombrower Advertising A . 11 East Frankhn St., Richmond 20
Mary Helen Cochran Library . Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar
Cardinal Products, Inc. A . P. O. Box 828, Durham, N. C.
Arnold Arboretum (L. Schwarten, Librn.) . 22 Division Ave.,
Cambridge 38, Mass.
Armed Forces Medical Library . Washington 25, D. C.
262
The Virginia Journal of Science
[September
Quality
© A. T. Co.
Products of
” ^ ”
Uuvhjcuzo-
IS OUR MIDDLE NAME
The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof
is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Robert Krai, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia.
The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements,
and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The
Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia.
Notice To Contributors
Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Robert D. Ross, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. If any preliminary not^ have been published on
the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must accompany
the manuscript.
Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
SVii” X 11” paiier, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total
number of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the
approximate number of printed pages in the Journal.
Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be
held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.
Footnotes should be included in the body of tlie monuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.
Bibliographies (Lileralure Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically
according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the
name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any).
For example: ‘‘Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940, Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the
Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the
bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations,
where a reference is desired: either “Sniffen (1940)”, (Sniffen, 1940: 186)”, or “Sniffen
(1940) states that . . .”
Explanation of figures, graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures
should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
througli the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated
by writing “Figure — ” at the appropriate place in the margin.
Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensicms of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1/2” x 6-1/2”, and so
that they are well balanced on the page. Large plates must be accompanied by 8-1 /2” x
11” photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will furnish
the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional
figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a
grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black
drawing ink) not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photo¬
graphs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photo¬
graphic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast.
Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are sub¬
mitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted.
Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction.
Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author.
OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Wilson B. Bell, President
Horton H. Hobbs, President-Elect
Paul M. Patterson, Secretary
Foley F. Smith, Treasurer
William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary-Treasurer
COUNCIL
Susie V. Floyd (1965)
Stanley B. Williams (1964)
William M. Hinton (1963)
Harry M. Jopson (1963)
Herbert W. K. Fitzroy (1962)
}, C. Forbes (1962)
Thomas E. Gilmer (1961)
William G. Guy (1961)
Walter S. Flory
Jackson J. Taylor
Robert D. Ross
Robert Krai
i
SvY 'X<
§kW
'<si
9i\
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11